DR-ID - 300CL-15E Fuji DR-ID 300CL Service Manual

FUJIFILM DR
FUJIFILM DR-ID 300

Console : DR-ID 300CL
Service Manual
Document No. 010-305-15E

First Edition : Aug. 20, 2009
15th Edition : Mar. 31, 2016
Printed in Japan
Export Restrictions Applying to this Equipment
Japanese export restrictions and foreign exchange regulations apply to
this equipment. Therefore, government approval obtained through due
procedure is required in order to export or otherwise remove such
equipment from Japan.
Note that the same restrictions and regulations apply not only to the
main unit but also to after-sale parts, service manuals and service
training (for exporting or transferring technology) when such items are
dispatched or shipped to foreign countries and when service training is
given for trainees from foreign countries.
Caution : RX only in the United States. (Federal law restricts this device to sale by
or on the order of a physician.)
Precautions in Using the Service Manual

This manual should not be used by anyone other than the servicing staff
members qualified through the training specified by our company. Since
this manual contains confidential information including engineering know-
how related to product development, it is prohibited to distribute the manual
to users or to allow them free access to the manual without obtaining prior
permission from FUJIFILM Corporation.
This manual is intended to assist the service person in the safe and efficient
servicing of the equipment described.
The equipment must be used in accordance with the procedures contained in this
manual and must not be used for purposes other than those which are described
herein.
The equipment should only be used by persons having recognized qualifications

and, if relevant, having adequate training on this equipment, especially regarding
protective measure such as laser radiation protection.
It is the responsibility of the user to ensure that existing legal regulations regarding
installation of the building with respect to the equipment are observed. Moreover
the legal regulations regarding the operation of the equipment are to be observed.
Incorrect operation, or failure of the user to maintain the equipment in accordance

with the schedule of maintenance, relieves the manufacturer or his agent from all
responsibility for consequent non-compliance, damage, injury, defects and/or other
malfunction.
FDR and FCR are trademarks or registered trademarks of FUJIFILM Corporation.
Copyright © 2009-2016 by FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted

in any form or by means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise,
without the prior written permission of FUJIFILM Corporation.
010-305-15E
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual 03.31.2016 FM9387
WARNING
This manual is written for International distribution (including
distribution in the U.S.) and therefore may contain references to
Important Notice Concerning this Manual

mammography related options.
Mammography functionality for this product is not
commercially available in the US, pending FDA Approval.
This functionality must not be activated on US models, the only
breast related functionality available in the U.S. is the Specimen
Imaging Application.
010-305-07E
BLANK PAGE
010-305-07E
How to Use This Manual ■ Warning and Cautionary Information
Precautions during the service work are indicated by the following terms
and symbols.
■ Notes on the Use of the Service Manual
1. This document is intended to be read by the service WARNING
personnel of FUJIFILM Corporation or authorized agent who
is commissioned by FUJIFILM Corporation to perform Serious injuries or death may result if this precaution is not
servicing tasks. observed.
Damage of the unit and customer database may also occur.
Under these circumstances, no one is allowed to perform the
following actions without the prior written permission from
FUJIFILM Corporation CAUTION
 Duplicating or reproducing this document in whole or in part Mild or moderate injuries may result if this precaution is not
 Disclosing this document, in whole or in part, to a person other than observed.
the authorized service personnel Serious malfunction (which may be unrepairable or difficult to
repair) may also occur.
 Lending or transferring this document, in whole or in part, to a third
party
➤ IMPORTANT
2. Due care must be exercised when handling this document
because it contains product internal structure descriptions Abnormal operations (easy to repair) may result if this precaution is not
and other confidential information. observed.
* When the contents of this document need be changed, the

information about such changes will be conveyed using  NOTE 
“Engineering Change Notice (ECN)”.
Indicates items which require particular attention.
The “Engineering Change Notice (ECN)” must also be handled
using the same care as for this document.
➥ REFERENCE
3. Due to a product development schedule, the product
Explanation of related items and terms.
specifications and available options/variations prevailing at
the time of the release of this document may differ from the
descriptions given in this document. In such an instance, a
Service Engineering Information will be issued as needed to
furnish latest information about inapplicable specifications
and components.
4. If you have any doubt about the contents of this document

or find errors, contact your local FUJIFILM representative.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual 1
■ Servicing Instruments and Tools That Require ■ Software version notation
Inspection/Calibration Software versions are shown according to the following version
The machine should be installed and serviced by use of servicing notation.
instruments and tools that have been regularly inspected and calibrated V1. 0. 0003
as appropriate. X Y Z
If the machine were serviced using servicing instruments and tools that
have not been inspected and calibrated, proper performance of the X. Major version
machine could not be guaranteed. The number increasing at every function addition. 1 to 99.
Servicing instruments and tools that require inspection/calibration are However, this number does not always be a continuous number at
as listed below. every release.
The inspection/calibration should be planned and performed in
Y. Minor version (sometimes called serviced package)
accordance with the specifications and instruction manuals of the
The number increasing at every error corrections and function
applicable servicing instruments and tools.
addition. 0 to 99.
● Instruments and tools that require inspection/calibration However, this number does not always be a continuous number at
every release.
Name Inspection Calibration
Z. Hot-fix status number
Digital multimeter  
The number indicating the status of Hot Fix (hereinafter referred to as
HF). 0001 to 7777.
■ Screen Displays According to Different OSs The sum of all of the HF numbers is displayed as this number. If no
This manual uses either of the Windows Vista or Windows 7 screen HF included, this Z part is not written.
displays. Each digit of HF is formed by only 3 elements, 1, 2 and 4, and a
When setting procedures to be performed and displayed windows are maximum of 12 combinations of elements can be indicated by these
4 digits. You can learn which elements are included from the HF
different between Windows Vista and Windows 7, follow the procedure
status number.
specific to the used OS to perform necessary settings.
Numbers represent unique combinations as follows: 7 = 1+2+4,
6 = 2+4, 5 = 1+4, 4 = 4 only, 3 = 1+2, 2 = 2 only, 1 = 1 only, 0 = none.
For example, the Z part “1234” indicates that 5 HF, HF1000, HF0200,
HF0010, HF0020, and HF0004 among 12 HF have been installed.
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
Contents (DR-ID 300CL Service Manual)

Safety Precautions
1. Safety Precautions ...................................................... 1
2. Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) ....................... 5

2.1 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Related Standard ... 5
2.2 Further information for IEC 60601-1-2: 2001+A1:2004... 6
3. Caution for Handling Personal Information .............. 10
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Product Specifications
1. Equipment Specifications .......................................... 1

1.1 Product Code ......................................................... 1
1.2 Optional Components ............................................. 2
1.3 Dimensions/Weight ................................................. 5
1.3.1 PC ................................................................ 5
1.3.2 Monitor .......................................................... 5
1.4 Environmental Conditions ....................................... 6
1.4.1 PC ................................................................ 6
1.4.2 Monitor .......................................................... 6
1.5 Electrical Specifications .......................................... 8
1.5.1 PC ................................................................ 8
1.5.2 Monitor .......................................................... 9
1.6 Applicable Standards .............................................. 10
1.7 Network Cable ........................................................ 10
1.8 Equipment Disposal ................................................ 10
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
MD: Machine Description
1. System Configuration ................................................. MD-1 6. Relationship between

a Cassette-type Image Reader and the DR-ID 300CL ... MD-29
1.1 Desktop PC ............................................................ MD-1
1.1.1 System Configuration ...................................... MD-1 6.1 Software (AP/OS) and Data Flow ........................... MD-29
1.1.2 Operating Environment .................................... MD-2
7. Cluster Connection Function Overview .................... MD-30
1.2 Laptop PC .............................................................. MD-3
1.2.1 System Configuration ...................................... MD-3
1.2.2 Operating Environment .................................... MD-3
2. Connectors and Slots ................................................. MD-4

2.1 Dell OptiPlex 760 MT .............................................. MD-5
2.2 Dell OptiPlex 780 MT .............................................. MD-6
2.3 Dell OptiPlex 780 DT .............................................. MD-7
2.4 Dell OptiPlex 790 DT .............................................. MD-8
2.5 Dell OptiPlex 960 MT (for Mobile Model) .................. MD-9
2.6 HP Compaq 6200/6300 Pro SF ............................... MD-10
2.7 HP Compaq 8200 Elite MT ...................................... MD-11
2.8 HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF .......................................... MD-12
3. System Connection Example ..................................... MD-13

3.1 System Connection Example (for Desktop PC)......... MD-13
3.2 System Connection Example (for Laptop PC)........... MD-14
3.3 System Connection Example (for Connecting DS) .... MD-15
4. Software Function Overview ...................................... MD-16
5. Relationship between FPD and DR-ID 300CL ........... MD-29

5.1 Software (AP/OS) and Data Flow ............................ MD-29
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
MT: Machine Troubleshooting
1. Error Code Table ......................................................... MT-1 4.5 Changing the Barcode Reader/Magnetic Card Reader
Driver Software ....................................................... MT-22
1.1 Referring to Error Messages.................................... MT-1
4.6 Confirmation Required When
1.2 Precautions ............................................................ MT-4 Beeps Sound at PC Startup
1.3 Error Message ........................................................ MT-4 (For Dell OptiPlex 760/780/790) .............................. MT-26
2. Using the Event Viewer .............................................. MT-5 5. Troubleshooting (for HP PC) ...................................... MT-27
2.1 Overview of the Event Viewer .................................. MT-5 5.1 Checking the Memory
(For HP Compaq 6200/6300 Pro SF and
2.2 Starting the Event Viewer ........................................ MT-5 HP Compaq 8200 Elite MT) ..................................... MT-28
2.3 Configuration and How to View the Event Viewer ..... MT-6 5.2 Executing the Diagnosis Tool
(HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF) ........................................ MT-32
2.4 Details of Events ..................................................... MT-7
5.3 Setting the BIOS ..................................................... MT-35
2.5 Saving the Event Log .............................................. MT-8
5.3.1 For HP Compaq 6200/6300 Pro SF and
2.6 Deleting the Event Log ............................................ MT-9 HP Compaq 8200 Elite MT ............................... MT-35
2.7 Quitting the Event Viewer ........................................ MT-9 5.3.2 For HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF ............................. MT-39
3. Information Useful for Error Recovery ...................... MT-10

3.1 Precautions to be Observed During
the Use of Options .................................................. MT-10
4. Troubleshooting (for DELL PC).................................. MT-11

4.1 Trouble Diagnosis Tool (Dell Diagnostics) ................ MT-13
4.1.1 Starting the Trouble Diagnosis Tool
(Dell Diagnostics) ............................................ MT-13
4.1.2 Running the Trouble Diagnosis Tool
(Dell Diagnostics) ............................................ MT-14
4.2 Checking the Hard Disk .......................................... MT-18
4.3 Resetting the Refresh Frequency ............................ MT-19
4.4 Resetting the Touch Panel Sound ........................... MT-21
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
Appendix A DR-ID 300CL Error Message Table

(V4.0 or Earlier) .............................. Appx MT A-1
Appendix B DR-ID 300CL Error Message Table

(V5.0 or Later) ................................ Appx MT B-1
Appendix C Cooper Application

Error Message Table...................... Appx MT C-1
Appendix D Precise Enlargement Function

Error Message Table...................... Appx MT D-1
Appendix E Free Layout Print

Error Message Table...................... Appx MT E-1
Appendix F Referral Viewing Function

Error Message Table...................... Appx MT F-1
Appendix G Network Image Search Function

Error Message Table...................... Appx MT G-1
Appendix H QA ROI Measurement

Error Message Table...................... Appx MT H-1
Appendix I QA Measurement Function

Error Message Table...................... Appx MT I-1
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment
1. Reinstalling the OS and Application ....................... MC-1 5. Installing the DR-ID 300CL-AP ................................. MC-120
5.1 Installing the AP.................................................... MC-120
2. Installing and Setting Up the OS ............................. MC-2
5.2 Replacing the Menu Database............................... MC-123
2.1 Installing and Setting Windows Vista...................... MC-4
2.1.1 Installing and Setting Windows Vista ................ MC-4 5.3 Installing Correction Parameters (V4.0 Only) .......... MC-125
2.1.2 Installing the Driver Software .......................... MC-20 5.4 Installing the RAID Status Display Tool
2.1.3 Installing the Windows Update Program ........... MC-26 (Only for RAID Configuration in V5.0 or Later) ........ MC-126
2.1.4 Setting the OS .............................................. MC-28 5.5 Setting the Partition (V7.3 or later) ......................... MC-128
2.2 Installing and Setting Windows 7 ........................... MC-53 6. Installing Various Components ............................... MC-129
2.2.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7 ..................... MC-53
6.1 Built_in Console (V4.0 or Earlier) ........................... MC-129
2.2.2 Installing the Driver Software .......................... MC-75
2.2.3 Installing the Windows 7 Update Program ........ MC-83 6.2 FRIS Modules....................................................... MC-130
2.2.4 Setting the OS .............................................. MC-85 7. Installing the DR-ID 300CL Standard Key ............... MC-132
3. Setting Up the Monitor .............................................. MC-113 7.1 Installing the DR-ID 300CL Standard Key
(V4.0 or Earlier) .................................................... MC-132
3.1 17" Monitor with Touch Panel ................................ MC-113
7.2 Installing the DR-ID 300CL Standard Kit
3.2 2M Color LCD Monitor (V5.0 or Later) ...................................................... MC-133
Radiforce RX211/RX220/RX240 ............................ MC-113
8. Installing the Exposure Guidance
4. Installing the Database Management System ........ MC-114 (Applicable only in Japan) ........................................ MC-136
4.1 For Software V4.0 or Earlier .................................. MC-114
9. Installing the Electronic Manual .............................. MC-136
4.2 For Software V5.0 to V8.1 ..................................... MC-115
4.2.1 Installing .NET Framework ............................. MC-115 10. Option Key Installation ............................................. MC-137
4.2.2 Applying Windows Installer ............................. MC-116
11. AP Key Installation .................................................... MC-140
4.2.3 Installing SQL Server ..................................... MC-116
4.3 For Software V9.0 or later ..................................... MC-118 12. Initializing the Image Database ................................ MC-141
4.3.1 Installing SQL Server 2012 SP2 ...................... MC-118
4.3.2 Precautions When
Installing SQL Server 2012 SP2 ...................... MC-119
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
13. Display Optimization (LUT File Settings) ................ MC-143 Appendix A Replacement Procedure of
Damaged RAID Configuration HDD ... Appx MC A-1
14. Restoring the Config/Network Adapter Settings .... MC-144
1. Confirming Which HDD is Damaged ........... Appx MC A-1
14.1 Restoring the Config ............................................. MC-144
2. Replacing the HDD ...................................... Appx MC A-3
14.2 Restoring the Network Adapter Settings ................. MC-147
3. Rebuilding RAID .......................................... Appx MC A-3
15. Settings for 4. Verification ................................................... Appx MC A-5
the FPD/Cassette-type Image Readers ................... MC-148
Appendix B Setting
16. Firewall Settings ........................................................ MC-149 the RAID Status Display Tool ....... Appx MC B-1
17. Canceling AutoPlay Mode ........................................ MC-157 1. Setting the Operation of

RAID Status Display Tool ............................ Appx MC B-1
18. Setting the Event Log ............................................... MC-158 2 Disabling RAID Status Display Tool ............ Appx MC B-3
19. Checking the Virtual Memory Size

(Windows Vista Only)................................................ MC-160
20. Disabling the Shadow Copy Service ....................... MC-162
21. Setting the Images Folder Size (V7.3 or later) ........ MC-164
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
Appendix C Reinstalling the OS and Application on 15. Firewall Settings .......................................... Appx MC C-10
Laptop PC ....................................... Appx MC C-1
16. Canceling AutoPlay Mode ........................... Appx MC C-10
1. Installation Workflow .................................... Appx MC C-1
17. Setting the Event Log .................................. Appx MC C-10
2 Installing and Setting Up the OS.................. Appx MC C-2
18. Disabling the Shadow Copy Service............ Appx MC C-10
2.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7 ............ Appx MC C-3
19. Setting the Images Folder Size (V7.3 or later)... Appx MC C-10
2.2 Installing the Windows 7 Update Program ... Appx MC C-4
20. Other Settings .............................................. Appx MC C-11
2.3 Setting the OS....................................... Appx MC C-5
3. Installing
the Database Management System ............ Appx MC C-5
4. Installing the DR-ID 300CL-AP .................... Appx MC C-5
4.1 Installing the DR-ID 300CL-AP ............... Appx MC C-5
4.2 Replacing the Menu Database ............... Appx MC C-5
4.3 Setting the Partition (V7.3 or later) ......... Appx MC C-5
5. Installing the FRIS Modules ......................... Appx MC C-6
6. Installing the SKB Launcher ........................ Appx MC C-6
7. Installing the Standard Kit ............................ Appx MC C-7
8. Installing the Electronic Manual ................... Appx MC C-9
9. Installing the Option Key .............................. Appx MC C-9
10. Installing the AP Key.................................... Appx MC C-9
11. Initializing the Image Database.................... Appx MC C-10
12. Display Optimization (LUT File Settings) ..... Appx MC C-10
13. Restoring
the Config/Network Adapter Settings........... Appx MC C-10
14. Settings for
the FPD/Cassette-type Image Readers ....... Appx MC C-10
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix D Reinstalling 2. For PPU-AP V1.2 or Later ........................... Appx MC D-40

the OS and Application on PPU ... Appx MC D-1
2.1 Installation Workflow.............................. Appx MC D-40
1. For PPU-AP V1.1......................................... Appx MC D-1
2.2 Installing and Setting Up the OS ............ Appx MC D-40
1.1 Installation Workflow.............................. Appx MC D-1 2.2.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7 ..... Appx MC D-41
1.2 Installing and Setting Up the OS ............ Appx MC D-2 2.2.2 Installing the Driver Software .......... Appx MC D-59
1.2.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7 ..... Appx MC D-3 2.3 Setting the OS....................................... Appx MC D-64
1.2.2 Installing the Driver Software .......... Appx MC D-12
2.4 Installing the PPU-AP (1/2) .................... Appx MC D-80
1.3 Setting the OS (1/4) ............................... Appx MC D-14
2.5 Changing Server Authentication Mode ... Appx MC D-94
1.4. Installing the SQL Server ....................... Appx MC D-18
2.6 Creating DSN ........................................ Appx MC D-97
1.4.1 Installing
the Microsoft SQL Server 2008 SP1 ... Appx MC D-18 2.7 Installing the PPU-AP (2/2) .................... Appx MC D-100
1.4.2 Installing the Microsoft SQL Server 2.8 Setting Up the FTP Server ..................... Appx MC D-102
Management Studio ...................... Appx MC D-19
2.9 Disabling the Shadow Copy Service ....... Appx MC D-106
1.5 Creating the DB/Table ........................... Appx MC D-21
2.10 Verifying the Operation of Application ..... Appx MC D-108
1.7 Installing the PPU-AP ............................ Appx MC D-27
1.9 Installing the MFC ................................. Appx MC D-35
1.10 Setting the Update Interval for
Time Synchronization ............................ Appx MC D-35
1.11 Setting the PPU Startup ......................... Appx MC D-36
1.12 Registering/Executing the JOB............... Appx MC D-36
1.14 Procedure to be Performed If Necessary... Appx MC D-39
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix E Reinstalling the OS and Application 14. Settings for

(HP PC) ........................................... Appx MC E-1 the FPD/Cassette-type Image Readers ....... Appx MC E-22
1. Installation Workflow .................................... Appx MC E-1 15. Firewall Settings .......................................... Appx MC E-22
2. Installing and Setting Up the OS.................. Appx MC E-2 16. Canceling the AutoPlay ............................... Appx MC E-22
2.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7 ............ Appx MC E-3 17. Setting the Event Log .................................. Appx MC E-22
2.2 Installing the Driver Software ................. Appx MC E-9 18. Disabling the Shadow Copy Service............ Appx MC E-22
2.3 Installing the Windows 7 Update Program ... Appx MC E-12 19. Setting the Images Folder Size
(V7.3 or later) ............................................... Appx MC E-22
2.4 Setting the OS....................................... Appx MC E-13
3. Setting Up the Monitor ................................. Appx MC E-21
4. Installing Database Management System ... Appx MC E-21
5. Installing the DR-ID 300CL-AP .................... Appx MC E-21
5.1 Installing the AP .................................... Appx MC E-21
5.2 Replacing the Menu Database ............... Appx MC E-21
5.3 Installing the RAID Status Display Tool
(Only for RAID Configuration) ................ Appx MC E-21
5.4 Setting the Partition (V7.3 or later) ......... Appx MC E-21
6. Installing FRIS Modules ............................... Appx MC E-21
7. Installing the DR-ID 300CL Standard Kit ..... Appx MC E-21
8. Installing the Electronic Manual ................... Appx MC E-21
9. Option Key Installation ................................. Appx MC E-21
10. AP Key Installation....................................... Appx MC E-22
11. Initializing the Image Database.................... Appx MC E-22
12. Display Optimization (LUT File Settings) ..... Appx MC E-22
13. Restoring
the Config/Network Adapter Settings........... Appx MC E-22
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
Appendix F Backup/Restoration for Appendix G Setting the Firewall when

Windows 7 ...................................... Appx MC F-1 Using the IPv6 Address................. Appx MC G-1
1. Overview ...................................................... Appx MC F-1 1. Changing the Firewall Setting ...................... Appx MC G-1
2. Backing up Windows 7 ................................ Appx MC F-3 2. Confirming the Connection .......................... Appx MC G-4
2.1 Confirmation Before Backup .................. Appx MC F-3
2.2 Confirming and Changing
Windows Services ................................. Appx MC F-3
2.2.1 Confirming the “Startup Type” ......... Appx MC F-3
2.2.2 Changing the “Startup type” Setting ... Appx MC F-5
2.3 Creating the Backup Image.................... Appx MC F-6
2.3.1 For using DVD .............................. Appx MC F-6
2.3.2 For using USB HDD ...................... Appx MC F-11
2.4 Resetting the Windows Services ............ Appx MC F-15
3. Restoring System Images............................ Appx MC F-17
3.1 Restoring from Backup Images .............. Appx MC F-17
3.1.1 Restoring from DVD-R ................... Appx MC F-17
3.1.2 Restoring from USB Hard Disk........ Appx MC F-23
3.2 Error Avoidance Procedure at the Time of
Image Drive Formatting ......................... Appx MC F-28
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
MU: Maintenance Utility
1. Starting/Exiting the Service Utility .......................... MU-1 6. Retrieving EDR Data — Retrieve EDR Backup Data ... MU-106
2. Overview of Service Utility Functions ..................... MU-4 7. Verifying the Connection to

Other Connected Equipment — Verify Connection... MU-108
3. Various Configuration Settings —
Setup Configuration Item ......................................... MU-11 8. Print Output Function ............................................... MU-110
3.1 Meanings of Individual Tree Items ......................... MU-12 8.1 Film Annotation Character Setup
(Direct Editing of FilmStrFmt) ................................ MU-111
3.2 Editing the Listed Configuration Items .................... MU-14
8.1.1 Procedure for
3.3 Saving the Configuration Data ............................... MU-15 Directly Editing the FilmStrFmt File .................. MU-111
3.4 Configuration Details — 1. IMAGE MODALITY....... MU-16 8.1.2 FilmStrFmt File Description Format.................. MU-112
8.1.3 Changing the Film Annotation Characters......... MU-114
3.5 Configuration Details — 3. QA FUNCTION ............ MU-34
8.1.4 Format Descriptors........................................ MU-118
3.6 Configuration Details — 4. PRINTER ..................... MU-38
8.1.5 Attribute Descriptors ...................................... MU-122
3.7 Configuration Details — 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION .... MU-61 8.1.6 Film Annotation Character Verification Procedure ... MU-127
3.8 Configuration Details — 7. CONFIG OPTION ......... MU-89
9. Management of Various Databases —
3.9 Configuration Details — 8. CONFIG QC ................ MU-92 DataBase Utility ......................................................... MU-128
3.10 Configuration Details — 10. CONFIG QR 9.1 Initializing the Image Database .............................. MU-128
(V4.0 or Earlier) .................................................... MU-93
9.2 Clearing the Contents of the Image Output Queue ... MU-129
3.11 Configuration Details — 99. CONFIG FIX .............. MU-94
9.3 Initializing the Patient Database ............................. MU-130
3.12 Setting the Name Elements for DICOM Connection ... MU-95
9.4 Initializing the Calibration Database
3.13 Setting Up the DICOM Print Film Sorting Function ... MU-96 (V4.0 or Earlier) .................................................... MU-130
3.14 Patient Information Sharing Function Setup ........... MU-99
10. Setting the Magnetic Card —
3.15 MAC Address Manual Input ................................... MU-101 Magnetic Card Setting .............................................. MU-131
3.16 Log Information Sharing Function Setup ................ MU-102 10.1 Setting the Hospital Card Data Format ................... MU-131
4. Display Optimization — LUT .................................... MU-104 10.2 Defining the ISO Card Character Read Code ......... MU-131
5. Restoring/Backing Up the Configuration File —

Configuration Restore/Backup ................................ MU-105
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
11. Setting the Barcode — Barcode Setting ................. MU-132 19. DR Console Setup Tool............................................. MU-159
11.1 1D Barcode .......................................................... MU-132 19.1 Setting the Wake-on-LAN Utility ............................ MU-159
11.2 2D Barcode (Applicable only in Japan)................... MU-135 19.2 Setup for Addition of Descriptive Characters to Icons
[Applicable only in Japan] ..................................... MU-162
12. Setting the Selectors — Selector Setting ............... MU-136 19.3 The Grid Pattern Removal Processing ................... MU-163
12.1 Setting the Selectors (V4.0 or Earlier) .................... MU-136 19.3.1 Setting the Grid Pattern Removal Processing .... MU-163
12.2 Setting the Selectors (V5.0 or Later) ...................... MU-137 19.3.2 Verifying the Grid Pattern
Removal Processing Operations ..................... MU-164
13. Collecting the Log and Configuration Files — 19.4 Setup of Auto Shuttering Processing...................... MU-166
Log/Configuration Files Acquisition Tool ............... MU-140
19.5 Batch Setting of VG Parameters (V9.0 and later) .... MU-167
14. Setting the DICOM MWL C-FIND Tags —
DICOM MWL C-FIND Tag Setting (V4.0 or Earlier) ... MU-144 20. Menu Import Export Tool .......................................... MU-168
20.1 Functions and Overview of
15. Registering the Image Detectors — the Menu Import Export Tool ................................. MU-169
Device Setting (V5.0 or Later) .................................. MU-145
20.2 Setting Up the Menu Import Export Tool ................ MU-171
16. Setting the Available Parameter — 20.3 Starting/Shutting Down
Selectable Image Processing Parameter Setting the Menu Import Export Tool ................................. MU-173
(V7.1 or Later) ............................................................ MU-146
20.4 Exporting Exposure Menus ................................... MU-173
17. Registering the Network Adapter Settings — 20.5 Cautions Observed Before Menu Import ................ MU-174
Network Adapter Configuration (V7.3 or Later) ...... MU-151 20.5.1 Cautions Observed When
17.1 Registering the Network Adapter Settings .............. MU-151 Editing Exposure Menus and Study Menus ....... MU-174
20.5.2 Setting the Positioning ID and
17.2 Backing up the Network Adapter Settings .............. MU-155 the Tube/Technique Code
17.3 Restoring the Network Adapter Settings ................. MU-156 (Applicable in other than Japan) ...................... MU-175
20.6 Importing Exposure Menus and Study Menus ........ MU-177
18. Setting the Password of the Service Utility —
Password Setting (V8.0 or Later) ............................. MU-158 20.7 Checking APR Information .................................... MU-179
20.8 Setting the 180° Image Rotation Information .......... MU-180
20.9 Automatic Technique Settings ............................... MU-181
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
Appendix A DICOM Tag Mapping Function Appendix H Setting the Exposure Index Function
(V4.0 or Earlier) .............................. Appx MU A-1 (V5.0 or later) .................................. Appx MU H-1
Appendix B Creating/Registering/Deleting Appendix I Setting the Technique Code ......... Appx MU I-1
Markers ........................................... Appx MU B-1
Appendix J DICOMTagEditTool (V5.0 or Later)... Appx MU J-1
1. Creating Markers ......................................... Appx MU B-1
1. Functions and Overview of
2. Marker Creation Example [Reference] ........ Appx MU B-4
DICOMTagEditTool ..................................... Appx MU J-1
3. Preparing Markers for Mammography
2. Setting up the DICOMTagEditTool .............. Appx MU J-5
(V7.0 or Later).............................................. Appx MU B-8
3. Creating Tag Conversion Files .................... Appx MU J-6
4. Registering Markers (V5.0 or later).............. Appx MU B-8
3.1 Creating the Operation Definition
5. Deleting Markers.......................................... Appx MU B-9 Selection List ........................................ Appx MU J-6
5.1 Deleting Markers (V4.0 or Earlier) .......... Appx MU B-9 3.2 Configuring Operation Definitions ........... Appx MU J-6
5.2 Deleting Markers (V5.0 or Later) ............ Appx MU B-9 3.3 Saving Tag Conversion Files ................. Appx MU J-8
Appendix C Using the DICOM Log Mode ........ Appx MU C-1 3.4 Testing the Saved Tag Conversion Files ... Appx MU J-9
3.5 Applying Tag Conversion Files ............... Appx MU J-10
Appendix D DICOM Tag Editing Function
(V4.0 or Earlier) .............................. Appx MU D-1 4. Details of Each Command ........................... Appx MU J-11
1. MPM Code Related Settings ....................... Appx MU D-2 4.1 Details of Operation Commands ............ Appx MU J-11
2. Settings Enabling Differentiation Between 4.2 Details of Judgment Command .............. Appx MU J-13
a DR Image and a CR Image ...................... Appx MU D-3 4.3 Details on Description of Tags ............... Appx MU J-14
Appendix E Setup of Log Output Items of 5. Taking over the Tag Conversion Function in
the Exposure Result Log Function... Appx MU E-1 V4.0 or Earlier .............................................. Appx MU J-15
5.1 Taking over the Conversion Setting of
Appendix F Setup of Rules Applied for the “TagReplace.ini” File ........................ Appx MU J-16
Automatic Patient ID Issuance
(V4.0 or Earlier) .............................. Appx MU F-1 5.2 Taking over the Conversion Setting of
the “TagLookUp.ini” File ........................ Appx MU J-17
Appendix G Filter Information Setup 5.3 Taking over the DICOM MWM C-FIND Tag
(Applicable in other than Japan) ... Appx MU G-1 Customization ....................................... Appx MU J-18
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix K Editing the AEC Conversion File Appendix N Extended Parameter Convert Tool
(V6.1 or Later) ................................ Appx MU K-1 (V7.0 or Later) ................................ Appx MU N-1
1. Format of the AEC Conversion File ............. Appx MU K-2 1. Overview of
the Extended Parameter Convert Tool ........ Appx MU N-1
2. Procedures of Editing AEC Conversion File ... Appx MU K-3
2. Setting up
Appendix L CS Edit Tool for Storage ............... Appx MU L-1 the Extended Parameter Convert Tool ........ Appx MU N-2
1. Functions and Overview of 3. Starting/Operating
CS Edit Tool for Storage .............................. Appx MU L-1 the Extended Parameter Convert Tool ........ Appx MU N-3
2. Setting up the CS Edit Tool for Storage....... Appx MU L-4 4. Errors and Remedies ................................... Appx MU N-5
2.1 Operating Environment .......................... Appx MU L-4 5. List of Update Files ...................................... Appx MU N-6
2.2 Tool Installation ..................................... Appx MU L-4 6. List of Additional Menus............................... Appx MU N-7
2.3 Starting/Shutting Down 6.1 Mammography Menu............................. Appx MU N-7
the CS Edit Tool for Storage .................. Appx MU L-5
6.2 Tomosynthesis Menu ............................ Appx MU N-10
3. Operation List of Editing Functions .............. Appx MU L-6
4. Editing Samples ........................................... Appx MU L-7 Appendix O Editing the Minimum Lengths of
the User Name and
Appendix M Setting the Default Positioning ID Password Strings .......................... Appx MU O-1
(Only for Connecting to
the DR-ID 200) ................................ Appx MU M-1 Appendix P List of New Group Indications of
Configuration Items
(V7.3 or Later) ................................ Appx MU P-1
1. A. System .................................................... Appx MU P-1
2. B. Modality device........................................ Appx MU P-4
3. C. Imaging ................................................... Appx MU P-6
4. D. Ordering system ...................................... Appx MU P-9
5. E. CSL operation ......................................... Appx MU P-11
6. F. DICOM storage........................................ Appx MU P-12
7. G. Film print ................................................. Appx MU P-13
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
Appendix Q Setting the Connection Device

Status Icons (V7.3 or Later) .......... Appx MU Q-1
1. Settings Concerning Radio Wave Intensity and
the Antenna Icon.......................................... Appx MU Q-1
2. Settings Concerning
the Remaining Battery Life of
a Laptop PC and the Battery Icon................ Appx MU Q-3
Appendix R FNCParamVerUpTool
(V8.0 or Later) ................................ Appx MU R-1
FNCParamVerUpTool.................................. Appx MU R-1
2. Setting up the FNCParamVerUpTool .......... Appx MU R-2
3. Executing the FNCParamVerUpTool ........... Appx MU R-2
Appendix S Setting of Issuance Rules for

the Quick Start Function
(V9.0 or later) .................................. Appx MU S-1
Appendix T VGParamVerUpTool
(V9.0 or Later) ................................ Appx MU T-1
VGParamVerUpTool .................................... Appx MU T-1
2. Setting up the VGParamVerUpTool............. Appx MU T-2
3. Executing the VGParamVerUpTool ............. Appx MU T-2
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
SP: Service Parts
1. Service Parts List ........................................................ SP-1

1.1 How to Use Service Parts List ................................. SP-1
1.2 Service Parts List .................................................... SP-3
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
PM: Preventive Maintenance
1. Preventive Maintenance Items ................................... PM-1
2. Checking for a Fatal Error .......................................... PM-2

2.1 Confirming the Event Log ........................................ PM-2
3. Safety ........................................................................... PM-2

3.1 Service Voltage ...................................................... PM-2
3.2 Power Plug ............................................................. PM-2
4. Hardware Cleaning ...................................................... PM-3

4.1 PC Internal Cleaning ............................................... PM-3
4.2 Keyboard and Mouse Cleaning................................ PM-3
4.3 LCD Cleaning ......................................................... PM-4
4.4 DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive Cleaning ....................... PM-4
5. Executing the Error Analysis Tool ............................. PM-5

5.1 Executing Dell Diagnostics ...................................... PM-5
6. Functional Checks ...................................................... PM-5

6.1 Confirmation of Image Input to Storage onto HDD .... PM-5
6.2 Image Output to Film .............................................. PM-5
6.3 Image Transfer ....................................................... PM-5
7. Backup of Setup Files and

Verification of Date and Time ..................................... PM-6
7.1 Backup of Setup Files and Log Files ........................ PM-6
7.2 Verification of Date and Time .................................. PM-6
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
IN: Installation
1. DR-ID 300CL Installation Conditions ......................... IN-1 4. DR-ID 300CL Software Setup ..................................... IN-13
1.1 Dimensions and Weight .......................................... IN-1 4.1 DR-ID 300CL-AP Startup ........................................ IN-14
1.1.1 PC ................................................................ IN-1 4.1.1 OS Startup ..................................................... IN-15
1.1.2 Monitor .......................................................... IN-1 4.1.2 OS Setups ..................................................... IN-16
1.2 Temperature and Humidity ...................................... IN-2 4.1.3 Installing and Setting the Touch Panel Driver
(Only on Desktop PC)
1.2.1 PC ................................................................ IN-2 [Skip this procedure if the 17" monitor with
1.2.2 Monitor .......................................................... IN-2 a touch panel is provided.] ................................ IN-17
4.1.4 Touch Panel Monitor Setups/
1.3 Places of Installation ............................................... IN-3 Operational Verification (Only on Laptop PC) ...... IN-25
1.4 Power Requirements .............................................. IN-3 4.1.5 Setup for Addition of Descriptive Characters to Icons
[Applicable only in Japan] ................................. IN-26
2. Installation Procedure Overview ............................... IN-4 4.1.6 Installing the DR-ID 300CL Standard Kit
(V5.0 or Later) ................................................ IN-27
3. DR-ID 300CL Hardware Setup .................................... IN-5 4.1.7 Option Key Installation ..................................... IN-29
3.1 Unloading and Unpacking ....................................... IN-5 4.1.8 AP Key Installation .......................................... IN-32
3.2 Checking the Component Items ............................... IN-6 4.1.9 DR-ID 300CL Startup Verification ...................... IN-33
3.3 Installing the Accessories, 4.2 Settings on the DR-ID 300CL for Connection with
Optional Items, and Available Items ......................... IN-10 the FPD/Cassette-type Image Readers .................... IN-34
3.3.1 Installing the Accessories and Optional Items 4.2.1 Starting the Service Utility ................................ IN-34
(for Desktop PC) ............................................. IN-10 4.2.2 DR-ID 300CL System Information Setup ............ IN-35
3.3.2 Installing the Accessories and Available Items
4.2.3 Registering the Image Detector (V5.0 or Later).... IN-76
(for Laptop PC) ............................................... IN-11
4.2.4 Setting the Selectors ....................................... IN-77
3.4 Making a Cable Connection to
4.2.5 Optimizing the Monitor Display .......................... IN-81
the FPD/Cassette-type Image Reader ..................... IN-12
4.2.6 Changing the Menu Database........................... IN-82
3.5 Connecting to the Other Equipment ......................... IN-12
4.2.7 Exiting the Service Utility .................................. IN-83
4.2.8 Installing the MC Software ................................ IN-83
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
4.3 Setting Network Connection in Laptop PC ................ IN-84 4.15 Changing the Password of
4.3.1 Setting the IP Address in the Service Utility (V8.0 or Later) ............................. IN-99
Each Network Configuration ............................. IN-84 4.16 Batch setting of VG parameter (V9.0 or Later) .......... IN-99
4.3.2 Enabling the Built-in Wireless Network Adaptor of
a Laptop PC ................................................... IN-88 5. Checkout Procedures ................................................. IN-100
4.3.3 Setting the Connection Between
DR-ID 300CL (Laptop PC) and 5.1 Checking the Connection between
the Image Local Network AP ............................ IN-89 the DR-ID 300CL and
FPD/Cassette-type Image Reader ........................... IN-100
4.3.4 Registration of Connection Settings of
the In-Hospital Network (V7.3 or Later) .............. IN-90 5.2 Checking the Connection between
the DR-ID 300CL and Other Equipment ................... IN-100
4.4 Setting Network Connection for
the Desktop PC with Additional NIC ......................... IN-91 5.3 Checking the Output Image ..................................... IN-100
4.5 Setting the Priority Order of the Network Binding ...... IN-92 5.4 Operation Check of the Network Switching Function ... IN-101
4.5.1 For the Laptop PC ........................................... IN-92
6. Setup File Backup, Image Database Initialization and
4.5.2 For the Desktop PC with Additional NIC ............. IN-93
Error Log Verification/Deletion .................................. IN-102
4.6 Procedures for Changing the DR-ID 300CL and
6.1 Backing Up the DR-ID 300CL Setup Files ................ IN-103
RU (FPD and Cassette-type Image Reader)
IP Addresses .......................................................... IN-93 6.1.1 Backing Up the System Setup Files ................... IN-103
6.1.2 Backing Up the Network Adapter Setup Files
4.7 Procedures for Changing
(Only Laptop PC) ............................................ IN-103
the DR-ID 300CL Host Name .................................. IN-93
4.8 DR-ID 300CL Setup for 6.2 Initializing Various Image Databases ....................... IN-104
Connection to Other Equipment ............................... IN-94 6.2.1 Initializing Image Databases ............................. IN-104
4.9 Barcode Reader/Magnetic Card Reader Connection ... IN-94 6.2.2 Clearing the Image Output Queue ..................... IN-105
6.2.3 Initializing the Patient Database ........................ IN-105
4.10 Setting the DX Parameter ....................................... IN-94
6.2.4 Initializing the Calibration Database
4.11 Setting the VIP Account Password........................... IN-95 (V4.0 or Earlier) .............................................. IN-106
4.12 Setting the Connection Device 6.3 Checking and Deleting the DR-ID 300CL Error Log ... IN-107
Status Icon (V7.3 or Later) ...................................... IN-96
6.4 Turning OFF the DR-ID 300CL ................................ IN-107
4.13 Setting the Images Folder Size (V7.3 or Later) ......... IN-96
4.14 Enabling the New GUI for
Laptop PCs (V7.4 or Later)...................................... IN-97
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
Appx IN: Installation – Appendix
Appendix 1 Connecting the Barcode Reader Appendix 2 Setting Up the Magnetic Card
[Option] ........................................... Appx IN1-1 [Option] ........................................... Appx IN2-1
1. Connecting 1. Installing the Bracket ................................... Appx IN2-1
the Barcode Reader to the DR-ID 300CL .... Appx IN1-1
2. Connecting the Magnetic Card Reader to
1.1 For the Barcode Reader the DR-ID 300CL ......................................... Appx IN2-2
Using USB Connection .......................... Appx IN1-1
3. Setting the Magnetic Card Reader and
1.2 For the Barcode Reader Using Bluetooth Connection Magnetic Card ............................................. Appx IN2-5
(Only Mobile PC) ................................... Appx IN1-7
4. Hospital Card Data Format Setup Example
1.2.1 Enabling the Bluetooth................... Appx IN1-7
[Reference] .................................................. Appx IN2-9
1.2.2 Installing the Bluetooth Driver ......... Appx IN1-8
1.2.3 Disabling
5. ID Card Data Format [Reference] ................ Appx IN2-13
the Bluetooth Network Connection ... Appx IN1-9 6. Updating the Driver for
1.2.4 Setting the OPN-3002i the Magnetic Card Reader........................... Appx IN2-19
(Factory Setting) ........................... Appx IN1-13
1.2.5 Pairing Setting for Appendix 3 Procedures for
PC and the Barcode Reader ........... Appx IN1-15 Changing the DR-ID 300CL and
1.2.6 Setting the Configuration Items ....... Appx IN1-16 RU IP Addresses ............................ Appx IN3-1
1.2.7 Verification ................................... Appx IN1-19 1. Incorporating into the Network ..................... Appx IN3-1
2. Settings Required When Using 2. Changing the Software Settings .................. Appx IN3-2
the Study List Search Function Based on
the Hospital Barcode ................................... Appx IN1-21 Appendix 4 Changing the RU Host Name ........ Appx IN4-1
2.1 Setting the Search Key .......................... Appx IN1-21 Appendix 5 Changing
2.2 Setting the Barcode Type ...................... Appx IN1-22 the DR-ID 300CL Host Name ......... Appx IN5-1
3. Operation Setting of Appendix 6 Changing
Wireless Barcode Reader ............................ Appx IN1-23 the DR-ID 300CL IP Address ......... Appx IN6-1
1. IP Version 4 ................................................. Appx IN6-1
2. IP Version 6 ................................................. Appx IN6-3
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 7 Uninstalling the AP ........................ Appx IN7-1 Appendix 8 Upgrading the AP .......................... Appx IN8-1
1. DR-ID 300CL-AP ......................................... Appx IN7-2 1. Upgrading the DR-ID 300CL........................ Appx IN8-1
2. SQL Server .................................................. Appx IN7-3 2. System Migration to
the DR-ID 300CL V5.0 or Later ................... Appx IN8-41
2.1 SQL Server 2005 .................................. Appx IN7-3
3. Upgrading the PPU-AP ................................ Appx IN8-55
4. Upgrade of the DR-ID 300CL-AP Which
Accompanies Creation of Partitions............. Appx IN8-65
3. Option Keys ................................................. Appx IN7-11
Appendix 9 Setup for Security Enhancement ... Appx IN9-1
4. Console Software (Built_inConsole)
(V4.0 or Earlier) ........................................... Appx IN7-12
5. FRIS Modules [Applicable only in Japan] .... Appx IN7-13
6. Synapse Client (Synapse Workstation) ....... Appx IN7-14
7. Precise Enlargement Software .................... Appx IN7-15
8. Free Layout Print Software .......................... Appx IN7-17
9. Referral Viewing Software ........................... Appx IN7-20
10. PPS Cache Server....................................... Appx IN7-22
11. Network Image Search Software ................. Appx IN7-23
12. QA ROI Measurement Software .................. Appx IN7-25
13. QA Measurement Software ......................... Appx IN7-27
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 10 DICOM CR Storage ........................ Appx IN10-1 Appendix 11 DICOM DX Storage ........................ Appx IN11-1
1. Hardware Setup ........................................... Appx IN10-3 1. Hardware Setup ........................................... Appx IN11-3
2. Software Setup ............................................ Appx IN10-4 2. Software Setup ............................................ Appx IN11-4
2.1 DR-ID 300CL Software Setup ................ Appx IN10-5 2.1 DR-ID 300CL Software Setup ................ Appx IN11-5
2.1.1 Starting the Service Utility .............. Appx IN10-5 2.1.1 Starting the Service Utility .............. Appx IN11-5
2.1.2 Setup for the Study Modality ........... Appx IN10-6 2.1.2 Setup for the Study Modality ........... Appx IN11-6
2.1.3 Setup of Information on 2.1.3 Setup of Information on
This Equipment for This Equipment for
the DICOM CR Storage Function .... Appx IN10-7 the DICOM DX Storage Function .... Appx IN11-7
2.1.4 Registration of Information on 2.1.4 Registration of Information on
Other Connected Equipment for Other Connected Equipment for
the DICOM CR Storage Function .... Appx IN10-10 the DICOM DX Storage Function .... Appx IN11-10
2.1.5 Settings of Automatic Image Distribution 2.1.5 Settings of Automatic Image Distribution
(DISTRIBUTION CODE) ................ Appx IN10-14 (DISTRIBUTION CODE) ................ Appx IN11-14
2.1.6 Setup for 2.1.6 Setup for
CONNECTING EQUIPMENT.......... Appx IN10-15 CONNECTING EQUIPMENT.......... Appx IN11-15
2.1.7 Settings for UID Issuance............... Appx IN10-15 2.1.7 Settings for UID Issuance............... Appx IN11-15
2.1.8 Changing the Name Elements ........ Appx IN10-17 2.1.8 Changing the Name Elements ........ Appx IN11-17
2.1.9 Display Gradation Correction Setup ... Appx IN10-17 2.1.9 Display Gradation Correction Setup ... Appx IN11-17
2.1.10 Service Utility Shutdown ................ Appx IN10-19 2.1.10 Service Utility Shutdown ................ Appx IN11-19
2.1.11 Setup for the Timing of the Image Distribution 2.1.11 Setup for the Timing of the Image Distribution
(V7.3 or Later) .............................. Appx IN10-19 (V7.3 or Later) .............................. Appx IN11-19
2.2 Software Setup on 2.2 Software Setup on
Other Connected Equipment .................. Appx IN10-21 Other Connected Equipment .................. Appx IN11-21
3. Connection Checkout .................................. Appx IN10-22 3. Connection Checkout .................................. Appx IN11-22
3.1 DR-ID 300CL-AP Startup ....................... Appx IN10-22 3.1 DR-ID 300CL-AP Startup ....................... Appx IN11-22
3.2 Image Transfer to 3.2 Image Transfer to
Other Connected Equipment .................. Appx IN10-22 Other Connected Equipment .................. Appx IN11-22
4. Setup File Backup........................................ Appx IN10-23 4. Setup File Backup........................................ Appx IN11-23
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 12 DICOM Print ................................... Appx IN12-1 3. Verifying the Connection.............................. Appx IN12-20
1. Hardware Setup ........................................... Appx IN12-2 3.1 Starting the DR-ID 300CL-AP ................ Appx IN12-20
2. Software Setup ............................................ Appx IN12-3 3.2 Verifying
the Film Annotation Character Format .... Appx IN12-20
2.1 DR-ID 300CL Software Setup ................ Appx IN12-3
2.1.1 Installation of 4. Backing Up the Setup File ........................... Appx IN12-21
the DICOM Print Option Key ........... Appx IN12-3
2.1.2 AP Key Reinstallation .................... Appx IN12-4
2.1.3 Service Utility Startup .................... Appx IN12-5
2.1.4 Setup of Information on
This Equipment for
the DICOM Print Function .............. Appx IN12-6
2.1.5 Registration of Information on
Other Connected Equipment for
the DICOM Print Function .............. Appx IN12-9
2.1.6 Registration of Printer That
Automatically Outputs Print Films Upon
Completion of Checkout –
CONNECTING EQUIPMENT.......... Appx IN12-13
2.1.7 Film Annotation Character
Format Setup ............................... Appx IN12-14
2.1.8 Changes in Name Elements ........... Appx IN12-15
2.1.9 Setup for Film Sorting Function ....... Appx IN12-15
2.1.10 Setting the DICOM Print
Output Conditions ......................... Appx IN12-16
2.1.11 Service Utility Shutdown ................ Appx IN12-16
2.1.12 Setup for the Timing of the Image Distribution
(V7.3 or later) ............................... Appx IN12-17
2.2 Software Setup for
Other Connected Equipment .................. Appx IN12-19
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 13 RIS: DICOM MWM/DICOM PPS ..... Appx IN13-1 2.5.5 Setting the Additional PPS Items to
be Returned to the RIS .................. Appx IN13-26
1. Hardware Setup ........................................... Appx IN13-5
2.5.6 Setting the Timing for Transmission of
2. Software Setup ............................................ Appx IN13-6 PPS Study Termination Notice
(V4.0 or Earlier) ............................ Appx IN13-26
2.1 DICOM MWM or DICOM PPS
2.5.7 Embedding the Exposure Information into
Option Key Installation ........................... Appx IN13-6
a PPS Standard Tag ..................... Appx IN13-27
2.1.1 DICOM MWM Option Key Installation ... Appx IN13-6 2.5.8 Settings for Editing the Exposure Result
2.1.2 DICOM PPS Option Key Installation ... Appx IN13-8 (V4.0 or Earlier) ............................ Appx IN13-27
2.2 AP Key Reinstallation ............................ Appx IN13-10 2.5.9 Setting the MWM Code Meaning as
a Menu Name .............................. Appx IN13-28
2.3 Setup for the DICOM MWM Function ..... Appx IN13-10 2.5.10 Settings for Regenerating
2.3.1 Setup of DR-ID 300CL Information for StudyInstanceUID for a Study Acquired Using
the DICOM MWM Function ............ Appx IN13-10 the MWM Function ........................ Appx IN13-29
2.3.2 Registration of RIS Information ....... Appx IN13-13 2.5.11 Settings of PPS Cache Server ........ Appx IN13-31
2.3.3 Registration of RIS Used for MWM ... Appx IN13-15 2.6 The Environment Setting of
2.4 Setup for the DICOM PPS Function ....... Appx IN13-16 PPS Cache Server ................................ Appx IN13-32
2.4.1 Setup of DR-ID 300CL Information for 2.7 Changing Name Elements ..................... Appx IN13-34
the DICOM PPS Function .............. Appx IN13-16
2.8 Setup for
2.4.2 Registration of RIS Information Exposure Menu/Study Menu Mapping .... Appx IN13-34
(When Not Using PPS Cache Server)... Appx IN13-18
2.4.3 Registration of RIS Information 3. Verifying the Connection.............................. Appx IN13-36
(When Using PPS Cache Server) .... Appx IN13-20 3.1 Starting the DR-ID 300CL-AP ................ Appx IN13-36
2.4.4 Registration of RIS Used with PPS ... Appx IN13-21
3.2 Verifying MWM...................................... Appx IN13-36
2.5 MWM/PPS Configuration Setup ............. Appx IN13-22
3.3 Verifying PPS ........................................ Appx IN13-36
2.5.1 General Settings for MWM/PPS ...... Appx IN13-22
2.5.2 Setting
4. Backing Up the Setup File ........................... Appx IN13-37
the Method of Inquiring at the RIS ... Appx IN13-23
2.5.3 Setting
Additional MWM Inquiry Items ........ Appx IN13-24
2.5.4 Settings for the Compliance with
the JJ1017 Guideline
(Applicable only in Japan) .............. Appx IN13-25
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 14 Archiver: Appendix 15 F-RIS: Ordering .............................. Appx IN15-1

Storage Commitment Push .......... Appx IN14-1
Appendix 16 Connecting
the High-resolution Monitor ......... Appx IN16-1
2. Software Setup ............................................ Appx IN14-4
1. Changing to the High-resolution Monitor
2.1 Installing the DICOM Commitment Push (1600 × 1200 monitor) ................................. Appx IN16-1
Option Key ............................................ Appx IN14-4
2. Reinstalling the Application and
2.2 Reinstalling the AP Key ......................... Appx IN14-5 Performing Necessary Settings ................... Appx IN16-3
2.3 Performing DICOM Storage Setup ......... Appx IN14-5 2.1 Reinstalling the Application
(V4.0 or Earlier) ..................................... Appx IN16-3
2.4 Setting Information on This Equipment for
the Commitment Push Function ............. Appx IN14-6 2.2 Setting the High-Resolution Monitor ....... Appx IN16-4
2.5 Registering the Archiver Information for
the Commitment Push Function ............. Appx IN14-7
2.6 Registering the SC AE Name ................. Appx IN14-9
3. Verifying the Function .................................. Appx IN14-10
3.1 Starting the DR-ID 300CL-AP ................ Appx IN14-10
3.2 Transferring an Image to the Archiver..... Appx IN14-10
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 17 DICOM Server : 3. Verification ................................................... Appx IN17-21

Image Reprint (V4.0 or Earlier) ..... Appx IN17-1
1. Hardware Setup ........................................... Appx IN17-3 3.2 Searching/Acquiring Images from
2. Software Setup ............................................ Appx IN17-4 the DICOM Server ................................. Appx IN17-22
2.1 DR-ID 300CL Software Setup ................ Appx IN17-4 3.3 Checking Film Output Images ................ Appx IN17-22
2.1.1 Installing the Image Search/Acquisition 4. Setup File Backup........................................ Appx IN17-23
Option Key ................................... Appx IN17-4
2.1.2 Reinstalling the AP Key ................. Appx IN17-5
2.1.3 Setting the Information on
This Equipment for
Image Search/Acquisition............... Appx IN17-5
2.1.4 Registering the Information on
Image Search/Acquisition............... Appx IN17-8
2.1.5 Setting the Information on
This Equipment for
the DICOM Storage Function .......... Appx IN17-12
2.1.6 Registering the Information on
the DICOM Storage Function .......... Appx IN17-14
2.1.7 Setting CONNECTING EQUIPMENT ... Appx IN17-16
2.1.8 Setting CONFIG QR ...................... Appx IN17-17
2.1.9 Setting the LUT Reverse-conversion
Processing ................................... Appx IN17-19
2.1.10 Exiting the Service Utility ................ Appx IN17-20
2.2 Software Setup on
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 18 Setup of Date and Time Display ... Appx IN18-1 Appendix 19 X-Ray Controller ............................ Appx IN19-1
1. Displaying the Date and Time 1. Hardware Setup ........................................... Appx IN19-3
(V4.0 or Earlier) ........................................... Appx IN18-1
2. Setting the Date and Time ........................... Appx IN18-3 2.1 Installing the Software for
3. Setting the Display Format of Date and Time ... Appx IN18-4 Directly Connecting the X-CON .............. Appx IN19-4
4. Setting the Display Font of Date and Time... Appx IN18-6 2.2 Reinstalling the AP Key ......................... Appx IN19-6
5. Setting the Display Font Size of 2.3 Configuration Setting for
Date and Time (V4.0 or Earlier) ................... Appx IN18-8 Direct Connection with the X-CON ......... Appx IN19-6
2.4 Setting the OS COM Ports ..................... Appx IN19-11
3. Verifying the Connection/Data Exchange .... Appx IN19-12
3.1 Verifying the Serial Connection .............. Appx IN19-12
3.2 Checking the Data Exchange ................. Appx IN19-13
5. Switching to DR Connection Environment
(V4.0.0001) .................................................. Appx IN19-15
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 20 Removable Media : Appendix 21 Synapse Server (Web Query) ....... Appx IN21-1
DICOM Media Storage ................... Appx IN20-1
1. DR-ID 300CL Software Setup...................... Appx IN20-4
1.1 Installation of
the Media Storage Option Key ............... 2.1 Installing the Synapse Client Software .... Appx IN21-3
Appx IN20-4
2.2 Installing the Synapse Web Query
1.2 Reinstallation of the AP Key ................... Appx IN20-5
Application (V4.0 Only) .......................... Appx IN21-4
1.3 Setup of Removable Media Information on
the DICOM Media Storage Function ....... Appx IN20-6 2.3 Setting System Environment Variables ... Appx IN21-5
2.4 Web Query Related
1.4 CONNECTING EQUIPMENT Settings .... Appx IN20-11
Configuration Settings ........................... Appx IN21-6
1.5 Configuration Settings ........................... Appx IN20-12
2.5 Setting the User Utility ........................... Appx IN21-8
1.6 Setting When DVD Media are Used ....... Appx IN20-14
3. Connection Checkout .................................. Appx IN21-9
1.6.1 For DR-ID 300CL V4.0 .................. Appx IN20-14
3.1 DR-ID 300CL-AP Startup ....................... Appx IN21-9
1.6.2 For DR-ID 300CL V7.0 or Later ....... Appx IN20-15
3.2 Web Query Checkout ............................ Appx IN21-9
1.7 Setup for the Timing of
the Image Distribution (V7.3 or Later) ..... Appx IN20-16 4. Setup File Backup........................................ Appx IN21-11
2.2 Image Storage onto
the Removable Media ............................ Appx IN20-19
3. Setup File Backup........................................ Appx IN20-20
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 22 Auto Convert Patient ID ................ Appx IN22-1 3.2 3M Monitor

(Video Board: FireGL V3600) ................. Appx IN24-11
Appendix 23 Settings Necessary for Browsing 3.2.1 Setting the Monitor
the Operation Manuals (PDF) ....... Appx IN23-1 (Before installing the driver) ............ Appx IN24-11
1. Software Setup ............................................ Appx IN23-2 3.2.2 Installing the Video Driver .............. Appx IN24-13
3.2.3 Setting the Monitor ........................ Appx IN24-15
1.1 Tool Installation ..................................... Appx IN23-2
3.3 3M Monitor
1.2 AP Key Installation ................................ Appx IN23-3 (Video Board: FirePro V3800) ................ Appx IN24-19
1.3 Setting the Adobe Reader 3.3.1 Setting the Monitor
Operating Environment .......................... Appx IN23-4 (Before Installing the Driver) ........... Appx IN24-19
1.4 Correcting and Moving the Setup Files ... Appx IN23-6 3.3.2 Installing the Video Driver .............. Appx IN24-20
2. Verification ................................................... Appx IN23-7 3.3.3 Setting the Monitor ........................ Appx IN24-23
3. Setup File Backup/Restore .......................... Appx IN23-8 3.4 3M Monitor (Video Board: MED-X3900) ... Appx IN24-27
3.4.1 Setting the Monitor
4. Browsing Operation Manuals (PDF) (Before Installing the Driver) ........... Appx IN24-27
Other Than for the Console ......................... Appx IN23-9
3.4.2 Installing the Video Driver .............. Appx IN24-28
Appendix 24 Connecting 2nd Monitor ............... Appx IN24-1 3.4.3 Setting the Catalyst Control Center ... Appx IN24-30
3.4.4 Setting the 1st Monitor ................... Appx IN24-31
1. Uninstalling the Video Driver ....................... Appx IN24-2
3.4.5 Setting the 2nd Monitor .................. Appx IN24-32
2. Mounting the Video Board ........................... Appx IN24-4
3.4.6 Changing the Refresh Frequency .... Appx IN24-34
3. Installing and Setting the Video Driver......... Appx IN24-6 3.4.7 Changing the Desktop Layout ......... Appx IN24-35
3.1 2M Monitor (Video Board Not Added) ..... Appx IN24-7 4. Changing the 2nd Monitor ........................... Appx IN24-37
3.1.1 Connecting the Monitor .................. Appx IN24-7
4.1 Changing the 2nd Monitor ...................... Appx IN24-37
3.1.2 Setting the Monitor ........................ Appx IN24-9
4.1.1 Changing the 2M Monitor to
the 3M Monitor ............................. Appx IN24-37
4.1.2 Changing the 3M Monitor to
the 2M Monitor ............................. Appx IN24-37
4.2 Having the 2nd Monitor Recognize
the Linking Application ........................... Appx IN24-37
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 25 Precise Enlargement Function ..... Appx IN25-1

1.1 Installing the Precise Enlargement Function
Software ............................................... Appx IN25-2
1.2 Setting the Firewall (V4.0 Only) .............. Appx IN25-6
1.3 Installing the Precise Enlargement Function
Option Key ............................................ Appx IN25-7
1.4 Reinstalling the AP Key ......................... Appx IN25-8
1.5 Setting the System ................................ Appx IN25-9
1.5.1 Setting the OS .............................. Appx IN25-9
1.5.2 Setting the Service Utility ............... Appx IN25-9
1.5.3 Setting the User Utility ................... Appx IN25-10
1.5.4 Setting the Overlay Items ............... Appx IN25-11
2. Confirming the Settings ............................... Appx IN25-13
2.2 Confirming the Image Display ................ Appx IN25-13
3. Backup/Restore ........................................... Appx IN25-14
3.1 Backup ................................................. Appx IN25-14
3.2 Restore ................................................. Appx IN25-16
4. Disabling
the Precise Enlargement Function............... Appx IN25-17
5. Enabling
the Precise Enlargement Function............... Appx IN25-18
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 26 Adding and Setting 4. Port and Service Utility Settings .................. Appx IN26-16
the Serial Connector ..................... Appx IN26-1 4.1 The Case Where
1. Adding a Serial Connector ........................... Appx IN26-1 the PC-standard Serial Connector and
an Add-in Serial Connector are Used ..... Appx IN26-16
1.1 Adding a Serial Connector from
the Mother Board .................................. Appx IN26-2 4.2 The Case Where
a MOXA Board is Used.......................... Appx IN26-18
1.2 Mounting the Serial Connector
Add-in Board ......................................... Appx IN26-5
1.3 Mounting the MOXA Board .................... Appx IN26-6
1.3.1 Setting the DIP Switch ................... Appx IN26-6
1.3.2 Mounting the MOXA Board ............. Appx IN26-6
2. Installing the Driver ...................................... Appx IN26-7
2.1 Installing the Serial Connector
Add-in Board Driver ............................... Appx IN26-7
2.1.1 Installing the Serial Connector
Add-in Board Driver ....................... Appx IN26-7
2.1.2 Confirming Installation of
the Serial Connector
Add-in Board Driver ....................... Appx IN26-8
2.2 Installing the MOXA Board Driver ........... Appx IN26-9
2.2.1 Installing the MOXA Board Driver
(for Windows Vista) ....................... Appx IN26-9
2.2.2 Installing the MOXA Board Driver
(for Windows 7) ............................ Appx IN26-11
2.2.3 Confirming Installation of
the MOXA Board Driver ................. Appx IN26-15
3. Setting of the Communication Standards
(HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF Only) .................... Appx IN26-16
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 27 DAP (Dose-area Product Meter) ... Appx IN27-1 Appendix 28 Simple Ordering or
RIS Order USB ............................... Appx IN28-1
2.1 Starting the Service Utility ...................... Appx IN27-3
2.1 Installing the Simple Ordering
2.2 Setting the Configuration Items .............. Appx IN27-5 Option Key ............................................ Appx IN28-3
2.3 Exiting the Service Utility ....................... Appx IN27-7 Reinstalling the AP Key .........................
2.2 Appx IN28-4
3. Verification ................................................... Appx IN27-8 2.3 Setting the Configuration Related to
3.1 Starting the DR-ID 300CL-AP ................ Appx IN27-8 the Simple Ordering or RIS Order USB... Appx IN28-5
3.2 Verifying Connection to a DAP ............... Appx IN27-8 2.4 Creating and Setting the Shared Folder ... Appx IN28-7
3.3 Verifying Reception of 2.5 Setting for Automatic Deletion of
Dose-area Product Information .............. Appx IN27-9 Unsent Exposure Result Files ................ Appx IN28-9
3.4 Verifying Transfer of 3. Verification ................................................... Appx IN28-10
Dose-area Product Information .............. Appx IN27-10 3.1 Starting the DR-ID 300CL-AP ................ Appx IN28-10
3.4.1 When DICOM PPS Connection is
Enabled ....................................... Appx IN27-10 3.2 Verifying Receiving of
the Order Information ............................ Appx IN28-10
3.4.2 When DICOM Storage Connection is
Enabled ....................................... Appx IN27-10 3.2.1 For Simple Ordering ...................... Appx IN28-10
3.4.3 When DICOM Print Connection is 3.2.2 For RIS Order USB ....................... Appx IN28-11
Enabled ....................................... Appx IN27-10
3.3 Confirmation of Automatic Deletion of
4. Setup File Backup........................................ Appx IN27-11 Unsent Exposure Result Files ................ Appx IN28-12
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 29 PDI (Portable Data of Imaging) ..... Appx IN29-1 Appendix 30 Free Layout Print ........................... Appx IN30-1
1.1 Installing the PDI Application.................. Appx IN29-2 1.1 Installing
the Free Layout Print Application............ Appx IN30-3
1.2 Installing the PDI Option Key ................. Appx IN29-4
1.2 Installing the Free Layout Print
1.3 Reinstalling the AP Key ......................... Appx IN29-4 Option Key ............................................ Appx IN30-7
1.4 Set up configurations related to 1.3 Reinstalling the AP Key ......................... Appx IN30-8
PDI function .......................................... Appx IN29-5
1.4 Set up Configurations Related to
1.5 Editing the Institution Information ........... Appx IN29-7 Free Layout Print Function ..................... Appx IN30-9
2. Verification ................................................... Appx IN29-8 1.5 Setting the Cooper Application ............... Appx IN30-10
2.1 Starting the DR-ID 300CL-AP ................ Appx IN29-8 1.6 Setting the Logo .................................... Appx IN30-12
2.2 Writing Study Information Using 1.7 Setting the Character String of Footer .... Appx IN30-13
the PDI Function ................................... Appx IN29-9
2. Verification ................................................... Appx IN30-14
2.3 Verifying the Created CD-R ................... Appx IN29-11
2.2 Verifying Free Layout Print..................... Appx IN30-15
4. Backing up/Restoring
Cooper Application Settings ........................ Appx IN30-17
4.1 Backup ................................................. Appx IN30-17
4.2 Restore ................................................. Appx IN30-19
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 31 Performing 3. Connection Verification ................................ Appx IN31-25

Study Information Sharing Setup
3.1 Confirming Consistency ......................... Appx IN31-25
(Cluster Connection) ..................... Appx IN31-1
3.2 Study Registration ................................. Appx IN31-26
3.3 Image Reading...................................... Appx IN31-27
3.4 Study Information and Image Display ..... Appx IN31-27
2.1 Software Setup for All DR-ID 300CLs ..... Appx IN31-4
2.1.1 Verifying the Host Name ................ Appx IN31-4 4. Setup File Backup........................................ Appx IN31-28
2.1.2 Initializing the Output Queue and 5. Adding or Deleting
Image Database ........................... Appx IN31-5 the Cluster-connected DR-ID 300CL ........... Appx IN31-29
2.1.3 Equalizing
5.1 Adding
the Configuration Settings .............. Appx IN31-6 the Cluster-connected DR-ID 300CL ...... Appx IN31-29
2.1.4 Verifying the Settings of
5.1.1 Setting the Existing DR-ID 300CL.... Appx IN31-29
Connected Devices and Selectors ... Appx IN31-7
5.1.2 Settings the DR-ID 300CL to
2.1.5 Equalizing
be Added ..................................... Appx IN31-30
the Environment/Table/Menu Settings ...
Appx IN31-8
5.1.3 Performing Study List Setup ........... Appx IN31-30
2.1.6 Performing Setup for Drive Sharing ... Appx IN31-14
2.1.7 Performing 5.2 Deleting
Study Information Sharing Setup ..... Appx IN31-17 the Cluster-connected DR-ID 300CL ...... Appx IN31-31
2.1.8 Defining the Share Range .............. Appx IN31-18 5.3 Replacing
2.1.9 Backing Up/Restoring the Cluster-connected DR-ID 300CL ...... Appx IN31-32
the Share Settings ........................ Appx IN31-19
2.1.10 Register IP Addresses and Appendix 32 Installing and Setting up
Host Names of Other DR-ID 300CLs to the Control Software as
Share Study Information with .......... Appx IN31-20 Software Product ........................... Appx IN32-1
2.2 Software Setup for
Individual DR-ID 300CLs ....................... Appx IN31-22
Appendix 33 Laptop PC ....................................... Appx IN33-1
2.2.1 Performing Integrated
Output Processing Setup ............... Appx IN31-22
2.2.2 Performing Study List Setup ........... Appx IN31-24
2.2.3 Setting User Utility in
All DR-ID 300CLs ......................... Appx IN31-24
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
Appendix 34 Setting up the USB Flash Drive .... Appx IN34-1 Appendix 35 Patient Information Display Linkage
(for V6.1 or Later) ........................... Appx IN35-1
1. Setting up the Security Software ................. Appx IN34-1
1.1 Setting up the Security Area .................. Appx IN34-2
1.2 Setting the Password............................. Appx IN34-3
2.1 Setting in the DR-ID 300CL.................... Appx IN35-3
1.3 Confirming the Login to the Security Area... Appx IN34-4
2.1.1 Installing the Application for
1.4 Creating a Folder .................................. Appx IN34-5 the Remote Display ....................... Appx IN35-3
2. Changing the Drive Letter of 2.1.2 Installing the Option Key ................ Appx IN35-5
the USB Flash Drive .................................... Appx IN34-6 2.1.3 Reinstalling the AP Key ................. Appx IN35-5
2.1.4 Checking the IIS ........................... Appx IN35-6
2.1.5 Setting the Wake-on-LAN Utility ...... Appx IN35-7
2.1.6 Setting the Automatic Shutdown of
the Remote Terminal ..................... Appx IN35-8
2.1.7 Setting the Configuration Related to
the Patient Information
Display Linkage ............................ Appx IN35-11
2.2 Setting in the Remote Terminal .............. Appx IN35-13
3.1 Verifying the Patient Information Display ... Appx IN35-16
3.2 Verifying Wake-on-LAN ......................... Appx IN35-17
5. Changing
the Patient Information Display Items .......... Appx IN35-19
5.1 Display/Nondisplay of
the Patient Information Items ................. Appx IN35-20
5.2 Changing the Display Order of
Patient Information Items ...................... Appx IN35-21
5.3 Changing the Font Size/Color of
Patient Information Items ....................... Appx IN35-22
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 36 Remote Image Display .................. Appx IN36-1 5. Changing Display Layout ............................. Appx IN36-19
1. Hardware Setup ........................................... Appx IN36-2 5.1 Changing the Items Displayed in
the Patient Information Display Area ...... Appx IN36-20
5.2 Changing the Items Displayed in
2.1 Setting in the DR-ID 300CL.................... Appx IN36-3 the Image Processing Button
2.1.1 Installing the Application for Display Area ......................................... Appx IN36-21
the Remote Display ....................... Appx IN36-3
5.3 Changing the Items Displayed in
2.1.2 Installing the Option Key ................ Appx IN36-5 the Exposure Information Area
2.1.3 Reinstalling the AP Key ................. Appx IN36-5 (Displaying Overlay Items) ..................... Appx IN36-22
2.1.4 Checking the IIS ........................... Appx IN36-6 5.4 Changing the Items Displayed in
2.1.5 Setting the Wake-on-LAN Utility ...... Appx IN36-7 the Exposure Information Area
(Displaying an Exposed Image).............. Appx IN36-24
2.1.6 Setting the Automatic Shutdown of
the Remote Terminal ..................... Appx IN36-8
2.2 Setting in the Remote Terminal .............. Appx IN36-11
2.2.1 PC Terminal ................................. Appx IN36-11
2.2.2 Mobile Terminal ............................ Appx IN36-15
3.1 Verifying the Image Display ................... Appx IN36-16
3.2 Verifying Wake-on-LAN ......................... Appx IN36-17
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 37 Energy Subtraction (ES) ............... Appx IN37-1 Appendix 38 Tomosynthesis............................... Appx IN38-1
1. Hardware Setup ........................................... Appx IN37-2 1. Hardware Setup ........................................... Appx IN38-2
2.1 Installing the ES Option Key .................. Appx IN37-4 2.1 DR-ID 300CL Software Setup ................ Appx IN38-3
2.2 Reinstalling the AP Key ......................... Appx IN37-4 2.1.1 Installing
the Tomosynthesis Option Key ....... Appx IN38-3
2.3 Setting the Position ID ........................... Appx IN37-5 2.1.2 Reinstalling the AP Key ................. Appx IN38-4
2.4 Set up Configurations Related to 2.1.3 Setting the Position ID
Energy Subtraction ................................ Appx IN37-6 (PositionIDDefault.ini) ....................Appx IN38-4
2.5 Setting up the User Utility Related to 2.1.4 Setting a Module for Tomosynthesis... Appx IN38-5
Energy Subtraction ................................ Appx IN37-8 2.1.5 Setting the Service Utility ............... Appx IN38-8
2.5.1 Starting User Utility ....................... Appx IN37-8 2.1.6 Setting the User Utility ................... Appx IN38-12
2.5.2 Displaying the ES Exposure Menu ... Appx IN37-8 2.2 PPU Software Setup.............................. Appx IN38-13
2.5.3 Setting up the ES Exposure Menu ... Appx IN37-9 2.2.1 Setting the IP Address ................... Appx IN38-13
2.5.4 Exiting User Utility ......................... Appx IN37-10 2.2.2 Setting
3. Verification ................................................... Appx IN37-11 the SQL Server Remote Connection ... Appx IN38-13
3.1 DR-ID 300CL-AP Startup ....................... Appx IN37-11 3. Verification ................................................... Appx IN38-14
3.2 Verifying the ES Exposure ..................... Appx IN37-11 3.1 Starting the DR-ID 300CL-AP ................ Appx IN38-14
4. Setup File Backup........................................ Appx IN37-12 3.2 Checking the Tomosynthesis ................. Appx IN38-14
5. PPU Data Initialization ................................. Appx IN38-16
6. Time Synchronization for
the DR-ID 300CL and PPU .......................... Appx IN38-17
6.1 Settings on the DR-ID 300CL Side ......... Appx IN38-17
6.2 Settings on the PPU Side ...................... Appx IN38-19
7. Setting of the PPU at the Time of
Changing the IP Address of DR-ID 300CL ... Appx IN38-20
8. Tomosynthesis Menu List ............................ Appx IN38-21
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 39 Remote Desktop ............................ Appx IN39-1 4. Solving Connection Problems...................... Appx IN39-21
1. Hardware Setup ........................................... Appx IN39-2 4.1 When the VNC Connection Fails ............ Appx IN39-21
2. Software Setup ............................................ Appx IN39-3 4.2 When the Performance of
the Remote Desktop is Unstable ............ Appx IN39-22
2.1 Setting in the DR-ID 300CL.................... Appx IN39-3
2.1.1 Installing the Remote Desktop 4.3 When the Remote Operation from
Option Key ................................... Appx IN39-3 the Mobile Terminal to DR-ID 300CL
Cannot be Performed ............................ Appx IN39-22
2.1.2 Reinstalling the AP Key ................. Appx IN39-4
2.1.3 Setting the UltraVNC
(For V7.1 or Earlier) ...................... Appx IN39-4
2.1.4 Setting the TightVNC
(For V7.2.0003 or Later) ................ Appx IN39-10
2.2 Setting in the Mobile Terminal ................ Appx IN39-14
2.2.1 Setting the Network of
the Mobile Terminal ....................... Appx IN39-14
2.2.2 Installing the Application ................ Appx IN39-15
2.2.3 Setting the Connection of
Application ................................... Appx IN39-15
3.2 Checking the Operation of
Remote Desktop ................................... Appx IN39-20
3.2.1 Checking the Operation of
Wyse PocketCloud ........................ Appx IN39-20
3.2.2 Checking the Operation of
Mocha VNC/Mocha VNC Lite/
VNC Viewer ................................. Appx IN39-20
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 40 DoseSR (Output for Appendix 41 Screening Examination

Exposure Dose Management) ...... Appx IN40-1 Order Issuance .............................. Appx IN41-1
1.1 Registering
the Information on This Equipment ......... Appx IN40-3
1.2 Registering
the Exposure Dose Management System... Appx IN40-5
1.3 Setting up the Exposure Dose
Management System Output.................. Appx IN40-8
1.4 Setting up the Configurations Related to
DoseSR ................................................ Appx IN40-9
2.2 Verifying Sending of
Exposure Dose Information When
Finishing QA ......................................... Appx IN40-11
2.3 Verifying Sending of
Exposure Dose Information When
Redistributing Study .............................. Appx IN40-11
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 42 DICOM MG Storage: Appendix 43 Adding the NIC ............................... Appx IN43-1
Digital Mammogram Transfer ....... Appx IN42-1
1. Adding a Serial Connector ........................... Appx IN43-1
1.1 Mounting PWLA8391GTL ...................... Appx IN43-1
1.2 Mounting EXPI9301CT .......................... Appx IN43-2
2.1 Setting the Configuration Related to
the DICOM MG Storage Function........... Appx IN42-4 2. Updating Network Driver.............................. Appx IN43-3
2.2 Setting Up on the DR-ID 300CL for 2.1 EXPI9301CT ......................................... Appx IN43-3
DICOM MG Storage Function ................ Appx IN42-7 2.1.1 Updating
EXPI9301CT Network Driver .......... Appx IN43-3
2.3 Registering on
2.1.2 Confirming
the Other Connected Equipment for
the Update EXPI9301CT
DICOM MG Storage Function ................ Appx IN42-10 Network Driver ............................. Appx IN43-4
2.4 Setting Up
the Automatic Image Distribution Function
(DISTRIBUTION CODE) ........................ Appx IN42-14
2.5 Setting Up CONNECTING EQUIPMENT ... Appx IN42-15
2.6 Setting Up the UID Issuance Method ...... Appx IN42-15
2.7 Changing the Name Elements ............... Appx IN42-16
2.8 Setup for the Timing of the Image Distribution
(V7.3 or Later) ....................................... Appx IN42-17
3.2 Image Transfer to
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 44 Referral Viewing............................. Appx IN44-1 Appendix 45 Network Image Search .................. Appx IN45-1
1.1 Installing Referral Viewing Software ....... Appx IN44-2 1.1 Installing Network Image Search
Software ............................................... Appx IN45-3
1.2 Installing the Option Key ........................ Appx IN44-5
1.4 Setting the System ............................... Appx IN44-6
1.4.1 Setting the Connection of 1.4 Setting the System ............................... Appx IN45-7
Referral Viewing Software ..............
Appx IN44-6 1.4.1 Setting the Connection of
1.4.2 Confirming the Connection ............. Appx IN44-10 Network Image Search Function ..... Appx IN45-7
1.4.3 Setting 1.4.2 Confirming the Connection ............. Appx IN45-11
the Referral Viewing Software ......... Appx IN44-11 1.4.3 Setting the Network Image Search
1.4.4 Setting the System of Function ...................................... Appx IN45-12
the Linking Application ................... Appx IN44-12 1.4.4 Setting the LUT Reverse-conversion
Processing ................................... Appx IN45-13
1.4.5 Setting the System of
2.1 DR-ID 300CL-AP Startup ....................... Appx IN44-13 the Linking Application ................... Appx IN45-14
2.2 Confirm Image Display .......................... Appx IN44-14 2. Verification ................................................... Appx IN45-15
3. Backup/Restore ........................................... Appx IN44-15 2.1 Starting DR-ID 300CL-AP ...................... Appx IN45-15
3.1 Backup ................................................. Appx IN44-15 2.2 Searching/Acquiring Images from
the DICOM Server ................................. Appx IN45-16
3.2 Restore ................................................. Appx IN44-17
2.3 Checking Film Output Images ................ Appx IN45-17
4. Switching the Log Output Mode................... Appx IN44-18
3.1 Backup ................................................. Appx IN45-18
3.2 Restore ................................................. Appx IN45-20
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 46 Smart-controller ............................. Appx IN46-1 Appendix 48 QA ROI Measurement .................... Appx IN48-1
1. Hardware Setup ........................................... Appx IN46-2 1. Software Setup ............................................ Appx IN48-2
2. Software Setup ............................................ Appx IN46-3 1.1 Installing
the QA ROI Measurement Software ....... Appx IN48-2
2.3 Setting the Connection between
the DR-ID 300CL and Mobile Terminal ... Appx IN46-5 1.4 Setting the Service Utility of
2.3.1 Setting the Configuration Related to QA ROI Measurement Software ............. Appx IN48-6
the Smart-controller 2. Creating an Exposure Menu for
[Setting in the DR-ID 300CL] .......... Appx IN46-5
QA ROI Measurement ................................. Appx IN48-7
2.3.2 Setting the Mobile Terminal
[Setting in the Mobile Terminal] ....... Appx IN46-8 3. Confirming the Settings ............................... Appx IN48-10
2.3.3 Starting the User Utility 3.1 Starting the DR-ID 300CL-AP ................ Appx IN48-10
[Setting in the DR-ID 300CL] .......... Appx IN46-10
3.2 Confirming Image Display ...................... Appx IN48-11
2.3.4 Creating the Smart-controller Icon
[Setting in the Mobile Terminal] ....... Appx IN46-11 4. Backup/Restore ........................................... Appx IN48-13
3. Verification ................................................... Appx IN46-12 4.1 Backup ................................................. Appx IN48-13
3.1 Starting the DR-ID 300CL-AP ................ Appx IN46-12 4.2 Restore ................................................. Appx IN48-15
3.2 Checking the Display of Smart-controller... Appx IN46-13
Appendix 47 Nothing ........................................... Appx IN47-1
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 49 General RIS Browser ..................... Appx IN49-1 Appendix 50 Setting up

the Functions of the D-EVO2 ........ Appx IN50-1
1.1 Setting for DR-ID 300CL Related to
2.1 Setting in the DR-ID 300CL.................... Appx IN49-3 Memory Exposure Mode ........................ Appx IN50-2
2.1.1 Installing the Option Key ................ Appx IN49-3 1.1.1 Setting up the FTP Server .............. Appx IN50-2
2.1.2 Reinstalling the AP Key ................. Appx IN49-4 1.1.2 Setting the Configuration Items ....... Appx IN50-5
2.1.3 Setting the Configuration of
Non-FUJIFILM RIS Terminal .......... Appx IN49-4 1.2 Setting for DR-ID 300CL Related to
Extended Image Readout Mode ............. Appx IN50-6
2.1.4 Setting User Utility ........................ Appx IN49-6
1.2.1 Setting the X-ray Automatic Detection
2.2 Non-FUJIFILM RIS Terminal Setup ........ Appx IN49-8 Function ...................................... Appx IN50-6
2.2.1 Connection Permission Settings of 1.2.2 Setting the Configuration Items ....... Appx IN50-7
Remote Desktop ........................... Appx IN49-8 1.2.3 Creating the Extended Image Readout Mode
3. Verification ................................................... Appx IN49-13 Menu .......................................... Appx IN50-8
3.1 Starting the DR-ID 300CL-AP ................ Appx IN49-13 1.3 Setting for Extra Sleep Function ............. Appx IN50-9
3.2 Confirm Image Display .......................... Appx IN49-14 2. Verification ................................................... Appx IN50-10
4. Setup File Backup........................................ Appx IN49-15 2.1 Confirmation
Concerning Memory Exposure Mode...... Appx IN50-10
5. Solving Problems ......................................... Appx IN49-16
2.2 Confirmation of
Extended Image Readout Mode ............. Appx IN50-11
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 51 Changing the 1st Monitor ............. Appx IN51-1 Appendix 54 Software Licence ........................... Appx IN54-1
1. Uninstalling the Video Driver and 1. DR-ID 300CL Structure Confirmation .......... Appx IN54-2
Disconnecting the Cable .............................. Appx IN51-1
1.1 Obtain the Hardware Unique Key ........... Appx IN54-2
2. Changing the 1st Monitor............................. Appx IN51-1
1.2 Checking the Installed Options ............... Appx IN54-3
2.1 Changing to the T1781 .......................... Appx IN51-1
2. Obtaining the Licence .................................. Appx IN54-7
2.1 Logging in the Licence Server ................ Appx IN54-7
4. Troubleshooting .......................................... Appx IN51-3
2.2 Obtaining Licence keys.......................... Appx IN54-8
4.1 Executing the TPOffset Tool .................. Appx IN51-3 2.2.1 New Installation ............................ Appx IN54-9
2.2.2 Add Option................................... Appx IN54-15
Appendix 52 Nothing ........................................... Appx IN52-1
2.2.3 ZigZag ........................................ Appx IN54-21
Appendix 53 Nothing ........................................... Appx IN53-1 2.2.4 Paid Version Up............................ Appx IN54-25
2.2.5 Free Version Up ........................... Appx IN54-29
2.2.6 Replace Motherboard .................... Appx IN54-33
2.2.7 Reissue Licence ........................... Appx IN54-39
2.2.8 Change Password......................... Appx IN54-42
2.3 Logging Out of the Licence Server ......... Appx IN54-43
3. Applying the Licence.................................... Appx IN54-44
4. Licence Server FAQ .................................... Appx IN54-47
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 55 QA Measurement Function ........... Appx IN55-1 Appendix 56 Setting the Duplication of
an Image ......................................... Appx IN56-1
1 Software Setup ............................................ Appx IN55-2
1.1 Installing
1. Setting the Service Utility ............................. Appx IN56-1
the QA Measurement Software .............. Appx IN55-3 2. Setting the User Utility ................................. Appx IN56-3
1.2 Setting the System ................................ Appx IN55-6
1.2.1 Setting
the DR-ID 300CL Service Utility ...... Appx IN55-6
1.2.2 Setting the Service Utility for
the Linking Application ................... Appx IN55-7
1.2.3 Setting
the DR-ID 300CL User Utility .......... Appx IN55-8
2.1 Starting DR-ID 300CL-AP ...................... Appx IN55-10
2.2 Checking QA Measurement Function ..... Appx IN55-11
3.1 Backup ................................................. Appx IN55-12
3.2 Restore ................................................. Appx IN55-14
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
PC: Performance Check
DR-ID 300CL Performance Checklist ............................... PC-1
DR-ID 300CL System Configuration List ......................... PC-3
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Safety Precautions-I
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual
Safety Precautions
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Safety Precautions-I
Safety Precautions-II
Control Sheet
Issue date Revision number Reason Pages affected
08/20/2009 01 New release (FM5581) All pages
04/15/2010 02 Revision for V4.0 (FM5668) 1–10
02/28/2011 03 Revision for V5.0 (FM5818) 2
12/15/2011 05 Revision for V6.1 (FM5944) 2
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Safety Precautions-II
Safety Precautions-1
1. Safety Precautions CAUTIONS

 The grounding wire must be connected.
■ Precautions to be observed during operations  To avoid damages to the parts/units due to static discharge, use
a wrist strap putting one end on your wrist and the other end on
To prevent danger to humans and serious accidents, observe the the grounded section of the equipment, as illustrated below.
following.
 When doing so, make sure to unplug the power connector from
the socket to avoid electrical hazards.
WARNING
 Unless indicated otherwise, be sure to turn off the power switch
before maintenance work, and disconnect the power plug from Wrist strap
the outlet.
Even if the power switch is OFF, 100 to 240VAC (differs according
to machine specifications) will still be supplied to the primary
input terminal of the unit if the power cable is connected, and this
may result in possible electric hazards.
 As neckties, scarves, and necklaces may get caught in the unit
during work, remove these items or take precautions against
such accidents.
 Never modify the unit unless otherwise specified.
Modification of the safety unit (interlock, breaker, temperature
fuse, etc.) will cause serious problems as it is not only dangerous
00010003.EPS
but violates the related laws and regulations.
 When performing settings for several software programs, ensure
that applications other than those of specified procedures must
have been shut down appropriately.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Safety Precautions-1
This equipment is affixed with a label. Follow the instructions provided ■ Shock Hazard Precautions
on the label when performing necessary works.
300CL-PC 300CL-PC
● Control Unit
(DT) (MT) When installing, using, or servicing the Control Unit (hereinafter referred
to as the PC), observe the following precautions. For details, refer to
the User’s Guide, which is supplied with the PC.
 Prevention of electric shock
For the PC main body and monitor, use a power cord provided with a
3-prong plug. Connect the PC main body and monitor to a power
outlet that is properly grounded. If the use of an extension cord is
required, use a three-wire type having a grounding pin.
● LCD
Identification Identification WARNING

label label
A high voltage is applied to the inside of the LCD monitor.
DXL00010002.ai
To avoid safety hazards such as electric shock hazard, never
access the interior of the LCD. The LCD monitor has no parts that
can be serviced by a service engineer.
Identification ● Power supply

label
DXCL0500Sa001.ai
WARNING
● Identification label When supplying power to system components, do not use a multi-
outlet power strip or extension cable because the capacity of such
a power strip or extension cable may be exceeded to create a fire
hazard or shock hazard.
Sample year of manufacture
MADE IN JAPAN
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
■ Installation Precautions ■ Connection Precautions

When installing, using, or servicing the PC, observe the following WARNING
precautions. For details, refer to the User’s Guide, which is supplied
with the PC. Be sure that only specified external devices are connected to the
apparatus.
● Installation site
Exercise care so that no dust or foreign matter enters an opening in the
PC or the interior of the PC. Do not install the PC near a heating device ■ Isolation Precautions
or other heat source. When mounting the PC on a floor, ensure that it
is positioned at least 5 cm above the surface of the floor. WARNING
To assure complete system isolation, do not install unspecified
● Precautions to observe when servicing the interior of the PC
accessories or options.
(1) Turn off the PC, monitor, and other currently used peripheral devices.
(2) Disconnect the power cord from the power outlet (to avoid electric
shock hazard).
(3) Open the I/O panel on the rear of the PC main body, and touch a
■ Disinfection Precautions
metal surface to discharge any static buildup on your body before WARNING
accessing the interior of the PC.
(4) If it is necessary to remove, for instance, a circuit board or a Make sure that a legal limit is not exceeded by the respiratory
memory module, handle it without directly touching its connector or concentration of an employed disinfectant containing a solvent.
IC pin and place it in an antistatic bag. Some disinfectants may pose a hazard to human health. Before
using any disinfectant, be sure to thoroughly read its
● Environmental conditions documentation.
Avoid installing the machine at the following places:
 Places where the temperature changes drastically WARNING
 Places near heaters or other heat sources
Places where the machine is likely to be wet or submerged Do not use the following disinfectants. If you use them, the

Places where the machine is likely to come into contact with any apparatus becomes damaged so that the quality, performance, and

corrosive gas safety of the apparatus cannot be guaranteed.
 Dusty or dirty places. Places where the machine is subjected to ● Chlorine disinfectants that readily corrode metals and rubber
constant vibration or shock. members.
 Places where the machine is subjected to excessive vibration or ● Disinfectants that are described in their documentation as being
shock. Places exposed to direct sunlight inapplicable to metals, plastics, rubber members, and paints.
Also, be sure that the monitor is not installed at the following places: ● Formalin gases or spray-type disinfectants that may enter the
apparatus.
 Places where the monitor is surrounded, such as in a rack case
It is recommended that ethanol for disinfection be used as a
 Places whether the display surface is exposed to direct sunlight
disinfectant. Before using a disinfectant, thoroughly read its
 Places near a transformer, another monitor, a power line, or a 0.02
Gauss or more of AC magnetic field documentation.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
■ Cleaning Precautions
CAUTION
For exterior cleaning, use a cloth moistened with neutral detergent
or ethanol. Do not use thinner, benzine, or other similar solvent
because the exterior will corrode.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
2. Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) This Service Manual contains the names of standards applied in
IEC 60601-1-2.
The names of standards applied in EN 60601-1-2 are replaced as
follows.
2.1 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
Related Standard IEC 60601-1-2
(descriptions in this Service Manual)
Standards applied in EN 60601-1-2
As required by IEC 60601-1-2:2001+A1:2004/EN 60601-1-2:2001+A1: CISPR 11 EN 55011

2006, this equipment complies with the following internationally IEC 61000-3-2 EN 61000-3-2
recognized standard regarding Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC). IEC 61000-3-3 EN 61000-3-3
EMC standard : IEC 60601-1-2:2001+A1:2004 IEC 61000-4-2 EN 61000-4-2
This does not guarantee that there is no harmful electromagnetic IEC 61000-4-3 EN 61000-4-3
interference under any installation environment. IEC 61000-4-4 EN 61000-4-4
This equipment can generate, use and radiate radio frequency energy.
IEC 61000-4-5 EN 61000-4-5
If the equipment is not installed and used in accordance with the
instructions, or if peripheral devices that are not complied with the EMC IEC 61000-4-6 EN 61000-4-6
standard, harmful interference may be generated under a particular IEC 61000-4-8 EN 61000-4-8
environment causing malfunction of the equipment and other devices. IEC 61000-4-11 EN 61000-4-11
If this equipment causes harmful interference to other devices, or if this
equipment is affected by interference from other devices, the user is
encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the
following measures:
 Reorient or relocate the device.
 Increase the separation between the equipment.
 Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to
which the other device(s) are connected.
If the problem cannot be solved with the above measures, stop using
this equipment and consult the manufacturer or our official dealer for
help.
WARNING
Do not place devices generating electromagnetic wave near this
equipment.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
2.2 Further information for IEC 60601-1-2: Table 1

2001+A1:2004 Guidance and manufacturer’s declaration - electromagnetic emissions
The Console is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified
below. The customer or the user of the Console should assure that it is used in
(1) Medical electrical equipment is subject to special precautions such an environment.
regarding EMC. The equipment must be installed and put into Emissions test Compliance Electromagnetic environment - guidance
service according to the EMC information provided in Tables 1 to 4. The Console uses RF energy only for its
(2) Portable and mobile RF communications equipment can affect RF emissions internal function. Therefore, its RF emissions
Group 1
CISPR 11 are very low and are not likely to cause any
medical electrical equipment. interference in nearby electronic equipment.
(3) Information regarding the cable affecting EMC is as follows. RF emissions
Class A
CISPR 11 The Console is suitable for use in all
Name Maximum Length General Specification
Harmonic emissions establishments other than domestic and
Cat5e or more, UTP type and straight Class D
Network Cable 100m IEC 61000-3-2 those directly connected to the public low-
cable Voltage fluctuations/ voltage power supply network that supplies
Does not buildings used for domestic purposes.
Power Cable Depends on the cable length of a personal computer. flicker emissions
comply
IEC 61000-3-3
(4) The use of accessories, transducers and cables other than those
specified, with the exception of transducers and cables sold by
FUJIFILM Corporation as replacement parts for internal
components, may result in increased emissions or decreased
immunity of the equipment.
(5) The equipment should not be used adjacent to or stacked with other
equipment.
If adjacent or stacked use is necessary, the equipment should be
observed to verify normal operation in the configuration in which it
will be used.
(6) Test items (Tables 1 to 4)
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Table 2
Guidance and manufacturer’s declaration - electromagnetic immunity
The Console is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below.
The customer or the user of the Console should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Immunity test EN/IEC test level Compliance level Electromagnetic environment - guidance
±6kV contact ±6kV contact
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) Floors should be wood, concrete or ceramic tile. If floors are covered with
IEC61000-4-2 synthetic material, the relative humidity should be at least 30%.
±8kV air ±8kV air

±2kV for power supply lines ±2kV for power supply lines
Electrical fast transient/burst Mains power quality should be that of a typical commercial or hospital
IEC61000-4-4 environment.
±1kV for input/output lines ±1kV for input/output lines
±1kV between lines ±1kV between lines
Surge Mains power quality should be that of a typical commercial or hospital
IEC61000-4-5 environment.
±2kV between line and contact ±2kV between line and contact
<5% UT <5% UT
(>95% dip in UT) (>95% dip in UT)
for 0.5 cycles for 0.5 cycles
40% UT 40% UT
Voltage dips, short interruptions and Mains power quality should be that of a typical commercial or hospital
for 5 cycles for 5 cycles
voltage variations of power supply environment. If the user of the Console requires continued operation during
input lines power mains interruptions, it is recommended that the Console be powered
70% UT 70% UT
IEC61000-4-11 from an uninterruptible power supply or a battery.
(30% dip in UT) (30% dip in UT)
<5% UT <5% UT
Power frequency (50/60Hz)
Power frequency magnetic fields should be at levels characteristic of a typical
magnetic field 3 A/m 3 A/m
location in a typical commercial or hospital environment.
IEC61000-4-8
NOTE: UT is the a.c. mains voltage prior to application of the test level.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Table 3
Guidance and manufacturer’s declaration - electromagnetic immunity
The Console is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below.
The customer or the user of the Console should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Immunity test EN/IEC test level Compliance level Electromagnetic environment - guidance
Conducted RF 3 Vrms 3 Vrms Portable and mobile RF communications equipment should be used no closer to any
IEC61000-4-6 150 kHz to 80 MHz part of the Console, including cables, than the recommended separation distance
calculated from the equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter.
Recommended separation distance

d = 1.2
d = 1.2 80 MHz to 800 MHz
Radiated RF 3 V/m 3 V/m
IEC61000-4-3 80 MHz to 2.5 GHz d = 2.3 800 MHz to 2.5 GHz
where P is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in watts (W)
according to the transmitter manufacturer and d is the recommended separation
distance in metres (m).
Field strengths from fixed RF transmitters, as determined by an electromagnetic site
survey,a should be less than the compliance level in each frequency range.b
Interference may occur in the vicinity of equipment marked with the following
symbol:
NOTE 1: At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the higher frequency range applies.
NOTE 2: These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and reflection from structures, objects and people.
a Field strength from fixed transmitters, such as base stations for radio (cellular/cordless) telephones and land mobile radios, amateur radio, AM and FM radio broadcast and TV
broadcast cannot be predicted theoretically with accuracy.
To assess the electromagnetic environment due to fixed RF transmitters, an electromagnetic site survey should be considered. If the measured field strength in the location in
which the Console is used exceeds the applicable RF compliance, the Console should be observed to verify normal operation. If abnormal performance is observed, additional
measures may be necessary, such as reorienting or relocating the Console.
b Over the frequency range 150 kHz to 80 MHz, field strength should be less than 3 V/m.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Table 4
Recommended separation distances between
Portable and mobile RF communications equipment and the Console
The Console is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment in which radiated RF
disturbances are controlled.
The customer or the user of the Console can help prevent electromagnetic interference by
maintaining a minimum distance between portable and mobile RF communications equipment
(transmitters) and the Console as recommended below, according to the maximum output
power of the communications equipment.
Separation distance according to frequency of transmitter
Rated maximum
m
output power of
transmitter 150 kHz to 80 MHz 80 MHz to 800 MHz 800 MHz to 2.5 GHz
W
d = 1.2 P d = 1.2 P d = 2.3 P
0.01 0.12 0.12 0.23
0.1 0.38 0.38 0.73
1 1.2 1.2 2.3
10 3.8 3.8 7.3
100 12 12 23
For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed above, the recommended
separation distance d in metres (m) can be estimated using the equation applicable to the
frequency of the transmitter, where P is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in
watts (W) according to the transmitter manufacturer.
NOTE 1: At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the separation distance for the higher frequency range
applies.
NOTE 2: These guidelines may not apply in all situations.
Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and reflection from
structures, objects and people.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
3. Caution for Handling Personal

Information
● Discarding the Equipment

When disposing of the DR-ID 300CL, be sure to completely discard any
private information stored on it.
● When to Obtain and to Bring Out Personal Information

Follow the operating procedures under the Private Information
Protection Law and prescribed by your local FUJIFILM representative.
When you collect logs, use such as a security-ensured jig provided by
your local FUJIFILM representative, and handle the medium with
adequate care.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Product Specifications-I
Product Specifications
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Product Specifications-I
Product Specifications-II
Control Sheet
04/15/2010 02 Revision for V4.0 (FM5668) 1–6
02/28/2011 03 Revision for V5.0 (FM5818) 1–3
08/31/2011 04 Revision for V6.0 (FM5897) 1
08/31/2011 04 Changes in pagination (FM5897) 2
12/15/2011 05 Revision for V6.1 (FM5944) 1–4
03/31/2012 06 Revision for V6.2 (FM6000) 2
03/31/2012 06 Changes in pagination (FM6000) 1, 3–5
09/12/2012 07 Revision for V7.0 (FM6055) 2–6
02/15/2013 08 Revision for V7.1 (FM6142) 2–5
05/25/2013 09 Revision for V7.2 (FM6179) 1, 2
03/31/2014 11 Revision for V7.4 (FM6225) 3–7, 9, 10
03/31/2014 11 Changes in pagination (FM6225) 1, 2, 8
08/31/2014 12 Revision for V8.0 (FM6242) 2, 3, 5–9
12/31/2015 14 Revision for V9.0 (FM9380) 1–3
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Product Specifications-II
Product Specifications-1
1. Equipment Specifications
1.1 Product Code
Product Code Description Q’ty Remarks
DR300CL A*-V* Control Unit (Non-RAID type) 1
DR300CL B*-V* Control Unit (RAID type) 1
DR300CL LITE A*-V* Control Unit (LITE specification Non-RAID type) 1 V5.0 or later
DR300CL LITE B*-V* Control Unit (LITE specification RAID type) 1 V5.0 or later
DR300CL A*-V* MOBILE 3 Control Unit (Mobile specification) 1 V7.3 or later
DX CL SOFT V* Software 1 V6.1 or later
DX CL SOFT LITE V* Software (LITE specification) 1 V7.1 or later
DX CL SOFT MOBILE V* Software (Laptop type) 1 V6.1 or later
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Product Specifications-1
1.2 Optional Components

DX CL DICOM PRINT DICOM print key CD 1
DX CL MFP MFP Processing key CD 1
DX CL DICOM ORDER MWM DICOM Worklist (MWM) key CD 1
DX CL DICOM ID MWM DICOM worklist (MWM) key CD (only for patient information) 1
DX CL DICOM MPPS DICOM PPS key CD 1
DX CL DICOM COMMITMENT DICOM Commitment Push key CD 1
DX CL SHUTTER-PROC Shuttering Processing key CD 1
DX CL TILE-IM QA QA Tiling Confirmation key CD 1 V4.0 or earlier
DX CL DICOM QR DICOM Image Query/Retrieve key CD 1 V4.0 or earlier, and V7.2 or later
DX CL GPR Grid pattern removal processing key CD 1
DX CL IM COMPOSITION Automatic image composition key CD 1
DX CL RETAKE ANALYSIS Retake Analysis key CD 1
DX CL QC TEST SOFT Image Reader QC key CD 1 V4.0 or earlier
DX CL RUQC Image Reader QC key CD 1 V6.1 or later
DX CL DICOM MEDIA STORAGE DICOM Media Storage key CD 1
DX CL PRECISE ENLARGEMENT Precise Enlargement function software CD 1 For V4.0
DX CL PRECISE ENLARGEMENT A Precise Enlargement function key CD 1 V5.0 or later
DX CL DISPLAY OF PATIENT INF Patient Information Display Linkage function key CD 1 V4.0 or later
DX CL SIMPLE ORDERING Simple ordering function key CD 1 V5.0 or later
DX CL DELUX-QA FOR LITE Detail QA key CD (for Lite type) 1 V5.0 or later
DX CL IM-MAGNIFY FOR LITE Image magnification key CD (for Lite type) 1 V5.0 or later
DX CL LUT-ADJ FOR LITE LUT adjustment key CD for competitor’s PACS (for Lite type) 1 V5.0 or later
DX CL ANNOTATION FOR LITE Annotation key CD (for Lite type) 1 V5.0 or later
DX CL X ONLINE FOR LITE X-CON control function key CD (for Lite type) 1 V5.0 or later
DX CL FPD FOR LITE DR exposure device connection key CD (for Lite type) 1 V5.0 or later
DX CL DICOM PDI STORAGE PDI key CD 1 V6.0 or later
DX CL F-LAYOUT PRINT Free Layout Print key CD 1 V6.0 or later
DX CL REMOTE IMAGE DISPLAY Remote Display Image Display function key CD 1 V6.1 or later
DX CL ES FOR DR-ID200 Energy Subtraction key CD 1 V6.1 or later
DX CL TOMO FOR DR-ID200 A Tomosynthesis key CD 1 V6.1 or later, and V7.4 or earlier
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380

DX CL TOMO FOR DR-ID200 B Tomosynthesis key CD 1 V8.0 or later
DX CL REMOTE DESKTOP Remote Desktop function key CD 1 V6.2 or later
IR CL PEM PEM Processing key CD 1 V7.0 or later
DX CL MAMMOGRAPHY QC Mammography QC key CD 1 V7.1 or later
DX CL REFERRAL VIEWING Referral Viewing function key CD 1 V7.1 or later
DX CL SMART CONTROLLER Smart-Controller key CD 1 V7.2 or later
DX CL MOTION DETECTION General exposure motion detection function key CD 1 V7.2 or later
- V7.4 or later
DX CL VIRTUAL GRID Virtual Grid function key CD 1
- Laptop type is not supported
DX CL GENERAL RIS BROWSER General RIS Browser key CD 1 V7.4 or later
DX CL QA ROI MEASUREMENT Region of Interest measurement function key CD 1 V7.4 or later
IR 346 MCR ISO B Magnetic Card Reader (ISO) 1
IR 346 BARCODE NB Barcode Reader 1
IR 346 BCR STAND NA Barcode Reader Stand 1
IR CL BARCODE KIT DL Barcode reader (Datalogic Gryphon GD4130) 1
IR CL BARCODE STAND DL Barcode reader stand Datalogic Gryphon GD4130) 1
IR CL BARCODE OA Barcode Reader (OmniScan)/stand 1
DR300 CL DISPLAY 17IN LCD 17" Touch Panel LCD Display 1
LCD 17IN TP CLR EIZ 17" Touch Panel Color Display 1
DR300 CL 2M DISPLAY CLR 2M Color LCD (EIZO Radiforce RX211/RX220/RX240) 1
DR300 2M DISPLAY DUAL GRAY DUAL Monitor LCD/2M Monochrome (EIZO Radiforce GS220-CL/GX240-CL) 1
DR300 3M DISPLAY DUAL CLR DUAL Monitor LCD/3M Color (EIZO Radiforce RX320/RX340) 1
DR300 3M DISPLAY DUAL GRAY DUAL Monitor LCD/3M Monochrome (EIZO Radiforce GS310-CL/GS310-CL ECN/GX340-CL) 1
VIDEO BD V3600 DUAL Monitor Video Board (ATI FireGL V3600) 1 Windows Vista only
VIDEO BD V3800 DUAL Monitor Video Board (ATI FireGL V3800) 1
VIDEO BD X3900 DUAL Monitor Video Board (EIZO MED-X3900) 1 Windows 7 only
IDT3/4 ONLINE 9S-CBL nM* RS232C cable (9 pin) for connection to other manufacturer’s RIS terminal or X-ray apparatus 1 *n: Cable length
IDT3/4 ONLINE 25P-CBL nM* RS232C cable (25 pin) for connection to other manufacturer’s RIS terminal or X-ray apparatus 1 *n: Cable length
SERIAL PORT OPTI TYPE 1 Additional serial port (for Optiplex GX620/745/755/760/780) 1
SERIAL PORT OPTI TYPE 10 Additional serial port (for Optiplex 790DT/790SFF/990DT/990SFF) 1 V6.1 or later
- V7.0 or later
SERIAL PORT OPTI TYPE 20 Additional serial cable (for HP 6200/6300/600G1/8200) 1
- For PCI
XCON CONNECT KIT XCON connection kit for RS-232C 1
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380

SERIAL PORT BS Board for serial capacity enhancement (MOXA CP-112UL-I-DB9) 1 V5.0 or later
- V7.4 or later
SERIAL PORT BD I PCIEX1 Board for serial capacity enhancement (MOXA CP-114EL-I-DB9M/RS-232C or RS-422) 1
- For PCI Express x1
MARKER KIT Positioning marker 1 V6.1 or later
GIGABIT NIC BD PCIEX1 Additional LAN board (Gigabit CT Desktop Adapter EXPI9301CT) 1 V7.0 or later
GIGABIT NIC BD PCI Additional LAN board (for OptiPlex 780DT) 1 V7.0 or later
OPTIPLEX MEM 4GB TYPE 3 Memory extension 2GB×2 (for OptiPlex 760/790) 2 V7.0 or later
OPTIPLEX MEM 4GB TYPE 4 Memory extension 2GB×2 (for OptiPlex GX280/745/755/760/960/WS370/WS380/WS390) 2 V7.0 or later
OPTIPLEX MEM 4GB TYPE 11 Memory extension 2GB×2 (for OptiPlex 780/790/990) 2 V7.0 or later
DR300CL PPU A*-V* Control Unit (PPU) 1 V6.1 or later
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
1.3 Dimensions/Weight
1.3.1 PC
Model Dimensions (height  width  depth) Weight Remarks
Optiplex 760MT 408.9  186.9  445 (mm) Approx. 14.3 kg
Optiplex 780MT 408  187  433 (mm) Approx. 11.7 kg
Optiplex 780DT 399  114  353 (mm) Approx. 8.26 kg V5.0 or later
Optiplex 790DT 360  102  410 (mm) Approx. 7.56 kg V6.1 or later
Compaq 6200 Pro SF 338  100  378 (mm) Approx. 7.6 kg V7.0 or later
Compaq 6300 Pro SF 338  100  378 (mm) Approx. 7.6 kg V7.0 or later
Compaq 8200 Elite MT 448  178  445 (mm) Approx. 11.2 kg V7.0 or later
ProDesk 600 G1 SF 338  100  379 (mm) Approx. 7.6 kg V7.4 or later
1.3.2 Monitor
Model Dimensions (height  width  depth) Weight Remarks
L560T-C 432.5 - 514.5  380  208.5 (mm) Approx. 8.2kg
T1781 411 × 392 × 157 (mm) Approx. 6.7kg
RadiForce RX211 522.5 - 604.5  376  208.5 (mm) Approx. 9.4kg
RadiForce RX240 520.5 - 599.0  376  245.5 (mm) Approx. 10.2kg V7.0 or later
RadiForce GS220-CL 522.5 - 604.5  376  208.5 (mm) Approx. 9.9kg
RadiForce GX240-CL 520.5 - 599.0  376  245.5 (mm) Approx. 10.2kg V7.0 or later
RadiForce RX340 520.5 - 599.0  376  245.5 (mm) Approx. 10.7kg V7.0 or later
RadiForce GS310-CL 515.5 - 597.5  368  208.5 (mm) Approx. 9.2kg
RadiForce GS310-CL ECN 515.5 - 597.5  368  208.5 (mm) Approx. 9.2kg
RadiForce GX340-CL 520.5 - 599.0  376  245.5 (mm) Approx. 10.2kg V7.0 or later
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
1.4 Environmental Conditions
1.4.1 PC
➥ REFERENCE
Increase humidity appropriately if it is too dry to operate the equipment.
Model Condition Temperature Humidity * Atmospheric Pressure

Optiplex 760MT Operating 10ºC - 35ºC 20% - 80%H 700hpa - 1060hpa
Optiplex 780MT
Optiplex 780DT
Optiplex 790DT Non-operating -40ºC - 65ºC 20% - 80%H 200hpa - 1060hpa
Compaq 6200 Pro SF Operating 10ºC - 35ºC 10% - 90%H 710hpa or more
Compaq 6300 Pro SF
Compaq 8200 Elite MT Non-operating -30ºC - 60ºC 10% - 90%H 320hpa or more
Operating 10ºC - 35ºC 10% - 90%H 710hpa or more

ProDesk 600 G1 SF
Non-operating -30ºC - 60ºC 5% - 95%H 320hpa or more
* No dew condensation
1.4.2 Monitor
➥ REFERENCE
Increase humidity appropriately if it is too dry to operate the equipment.

Operating 0ºC - 35ºC 20% - 80%RH 700hpa - 1060hpa
L560T-C
Non-operating -20ºC - 60ºC 10% - 85%RH 200hpa - 1060hpa
T1781
RadiForce RX211
RadiForce RX220
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242

RadiForce RX240
RadiForce GS220-CL
RadiForce GX240-CL
RadiForce RX320
RadiForce RX340
RadiForce GS310-CL
RadiForce GS310-CL ECN
RadiForce GX340-CL
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
1.5 Electrical Specifications
1.5.1 PC
Model Frequency Input Voltage Max. Input Current Remarks
115V 3.6A
Optiplex 760MT 50/60Hz
230V 1.8A
90V - 135V 3.6A
Optiplex 780MT 50/60Hz
180V - 265V 1.8A
90V - 135V 3.6A
Optiplex 780DT 50/60Hz V5.0 or later
180V - 265V 1.8A
90V - 135V 3.6A
Optiplex 790DT 50/60Hz V6.1 or later
180V - 265V 1.8A
Compaq 6200 Pro SF 50/60Hz 90V - 264V 2.6A V7.0 or later
Compaq 6300 Pro SF 50/60Hz 90V - 264V 2.6A V7.0 or later
Compaq 8200 Elite MT 50/60Hz 90V - 264V 3.5A V7.0 or later
ProDesk 600 G1 SF 50/60Hz 90V - 264V 1.05A V7.4 or later
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
1.5.2 Monitor
Model Frequency Input Voltage Max. Input Current Remarks
100V - 120V 0.55A - 0.5A
L560T-C 50/60Hz
200V - 240V 0.35A - 0.3A
100V - 120V 0.7A - 0.6A
T1781 50/60Hz
200V - 240V 0.4A - 0.35A
100V - 120V 1.1A
RadiForce RX211 50/60Hz
200V - 240V 0.6A
100V - 120V 1.2A
200V - 240V 0.6A
100V - 120V 1.1A - 0.9A
200V - 240V 0.6A - 0.5A
100V - 120V 1.1A
RadiForce GS220-CL 50/60Hz
200V - 240V 0.5A
100V - 120V 0.85A - 0.65A
RadiForce GX240-CL 50/60Hz
200V - 240V 0.4A - 0.35A
100V - 120V 1.2A
200V - 240V 0.6A
100V - 120V 1.3A - 1.0A
200V - 240V 0.6A - 0.5A
100V - 120V 1.0A - 0.8A
RadiForce GS310-CL 50/60Hz
200V - 240V 0.5A - 0.4A
100V - 120V 1.0A - 0.8A
RadiForce GS310-CL ECN 50/60Hz
200V - 240V 0.5A - 0.4A
100V - 120V 0.9A - 0.75A
RadiForce GX340-CL 50/60Hz
200V - 240V 0.5A - 0.45A
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
1.6 Applicable Standards

PC IEC 60950-1
Monitor IEC 60950-1
1.7 Network Cable

Use an IEC950/UL1950-compliant UTP cable of enhanced category 5
or higher.
1.8 Equipment Disposal

When disposing of the DR-ID 300CL, be sure to completely discard any
private information stored on it.
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
MD: Machine Description
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual MD-I
Control Sheet
04/15/2010 02 Revision for V4.0 (FM5668) 1–9, 11, 12, 14
04/15/2010 02 Changes in pagination (FM5668) 10, 13
02/28/2011 03 Revision for V5.0 (FM5818) 1–3, 6, 8, 9, 11–14, 18
02/28/2011 03 Changes in pagination (FM5818) 7, 10, 15–17
08/31/2011 04 Revision for V6.0 (FM5897) 1, 4-7, 9, 10, 12, 14, 17–20
12/15/2011 05 Revision for V6.1 (FM5944) 1–4, 8–17, 24
12/15/2011 05 Changes in pagination (FM5944) 5–7, 18–23, 25, 26
03/31/2012 06 Revision for V6.2 (FM6000) 12, 14, 15, 17
09/12/2012 07 Revision for V7.0 (FM6055) 1, 2, 4, 10–12, 14, 18–20
09/12/2012 07 Changes in pagination (FM6055) 13, 15–17, 21–26
02/15/2013 08 Revision for V7.1 (FM6142) 1, 4, 10, 16–20
02/15/2013 08 Changes in pagination (FM6142) 21–26
05/25/2013 09 Revision for V7.2 (FM6179) 17, 18, 20
08/30/2013 10 Revision for V7.3 (FM6200) 1, 13–17, 19, 21
03/31/2014 11 Revision for V7.4 (FM6225) 1–4, 12, 15, 16, 18, 20–22, 28–30
03/31/2014 11 Changes in pagination (FM6225) 13, 14, 17, 19, 23–27
08/31/2014 12 Revision for V8.0 (FM6242) 1, 13, 15–24
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual MD-II
Control Sheet
01/31/2015 13 Revision for V8.1 (FM6269) 16–20, 24, 31, 32
12/31/2015 14 Revision for V9.0 (FM9380) 1, 13, 15, 16, 23, 26
12/31/2015 14 Changes in pagination (FM9380) 17–22, 24, 25, 27–36
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual MD-III
BLANK PAGE
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual MD-IV
1. System Configuration 1.1 Desktop PC
This section shows the system configuration, which includes the 1.1.1 System Configuration
DR-ID 300CL application, and the operating environment for the PC.
The PC used is the following. PC main unit Monitor
 Dell OptiPlex 760 MT Video cable
 Dell OptiPlex 780 MT Video board
 Dell OptiPlex 780 DT
 Dell OptiPlex 960 MT (for mobile model) Mother board
 HP Compaq 6200 Pro SF
 HP Compaq 6300 Pro SF DR-ID 300CL
 HP Compaq 8200 Elite MT application Disk
 HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF
 Panasonic TOUGHBOOK CF-19AW1ADS (for laptop PC) SATA
 HP EliteBook 2760p (for laptop PC) System area
 HP EliteBook Revolve 810 (for laptop PC) (drive C)
 HP EliteBook Revolve 810 G2 (for laptop PC)
Image area Option key CD
 HP EliteBook Revolve 810 G3 (for laptop PC) (drive I)
PCI slot (±2)

Network i/f

RS232C
USB USB USB USB
Accessories
(keyboard
and mouse)
DXCL110101001.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual MD-1
1.1.2 Operating Environment ● Monitor (RadiForce RX211/RX220/RX240)
Item Description
● PC main unit
Display resolution 1600 × 1200 pixels
Item Description Number of display colors 24-bit True-Color (16,777,216 colors)
*1 *2
CPU Core2Duo E7300 or more
$ See the manuals supplied with RadiForce RX211/RX220/RX240.
System memory 2GB or more
HDD 160GB SATA 7200rpm*3 ● Monitor (SL-IC300)
3.5" FD drive $ See the manuals supplied with SL-IC300.
Internal drives
DVD/CD-RW multi-drive
● 2nd monitor (RadiForce GS220/GX240)
Expansion card
PCI × 2 or PCI Express x1×2
slots Item Description
Network 10/100/1000BASE-T Display resolution 1200 × 1600 pixels (monochrome)
 Windows Vista Business Edition SP1 (32-bit)
OS
 Windows 7 Professional (32-bit) $ See the manuals supplied with RadiForce GS220/GX240.
 Keyboard connection port : USB or 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2
 Mouse connection port : USB or 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 ● 2nd monitor (RadiForce RX320/RX340)
 USB port × 6 or more
Port Item Description
* USB 2.0 port is recommended.
 COM port RS232C (9-pin) Display resolution 1536 × 2048 pixels
 DVI adapter : 1600 × 1200 pixel or more
Number of display colors 24-bit True-Color (16,777,216 colors)
Input device Keyboard and mouse
RGB : 1280 × 1024 pixel $ See the manuals supplied with RadiForce RX320/RX340.
Monitor DVI : 1600 × 1200 pixel
connection Added video board : 1600 × 1200 pixel, 2048 × 1536 pixel ● 2nd monitor (RadiForce GS310-CL/GS310-CL ECN/GX340-CL)
(One or two monitors can be connected.)
*1 : Core2Duo: ON, Hyper Thread: OFF Item Description
*2 : Intel Core2Duo E8400 or more for mobile model. Display resolution 1536 × 2048 pixels (monochrome)
*3 : 250GB SATA 7200rpm or more × 2 (RAID1 type) for mobile model.
$ See the manuals supplied with
RadiForce GS310-CL/GS310-CL ECN/GX340-CL.
● Monitor (17" monitor with a touch panel)
Item Description
Display resolution 1280 × 1024 pixels
Number of display colors 24-bit True-Color (16,777,216 colors)
$ See the manuals supplied with 17” monitor with a touch panel.
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
1.2 Laptop PC 1.2.2 Operating Environment
● PC main unit
1.2.1 System Configuration
Item Description
PC main unit CPU Intel Core i5 540UM or more
System memory 2GB or more
 160GB SATA 5400rpm (HDD)
Mother board HDD/SSD
 128GB or more (SSD)
(video terminal: onboard) LCD
Network (LAN) 10/100/1000Base-T : 1 or more ports
Compliant with
Network (Wireless LAN)
Video RAM IEEE802.11a (W52/W53/W56) /b/g/n
OS Windows 7 Professional (32-bit)
DR-ID 300CL  USB port (Conformable to USB 2.0 port)
E-IDE application Disk Port : 2 or more ports
-i/f System area  COM port (RS232C) : 1 or more ports
(drive C) Input device Keyboard and touch panel
Image area
(drive I)
Option key CD
Network i/f
Serial connector i/f
Wireless Network
Adapter
USB USB
Connector Connector
USB Flash Drive

(For Media Storage)
(Available Item)
USB Flash Drive

(For RIS Order USB)
(Available Item)
DXCL110101002.ai
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
2. Connectors and Slots
This section shows the locations of the following PC connectors,
memory modules, and PC board mounting slots.
 Dell OptiPlex 760 MT
 Dell OptiPlex 780 MT
 Dell OptiPlex 960 MT (for mobile model)
 HP Compaq 8200 Elite MT
 HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
2.1 Dell OptiPlex 760 MT ■ Memory
2048MB memory is factory-installed prior to shipment.
■ System board location
System board DIMM sockets
System board
Memory slots
Expansion card slots
AWS10008.ai
■ Connector configuration (PC rear panel)

AWS10002.ai
■ Expansion card slots z Video connector

Parallel port connector
z NIC connector
PCI Express x16

Card slot
PCI1
PCI2
PCI Express x1
Card slot
System board z Serial port connector z USB port (6-port)
AWS10007.ai
z Video connector
z : Indicates connectors used for the DR-ID 300CL.

DXCL050102008.ai
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
2.2 Dell OptiPlex 780 MT ■ Memory
System board
Memory slots
DCL10018.ai

AWS10002.ai
■ Expansion card slots z Video connector

z NIC connector
PCI Express x16

Card slot
PCI1
PCI2
PCI Express x1
Card slot
System board z Serial port connector z USB port (6-port)
DCL10017.ai
z Video connector

DXCL050102009.ai
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
2.3 Dell OptiPlex 780 DT ■ Memory
System board
Memory slots
DXL01020005.ai

z Video connector
DXL01020008.ai
z NIC connector
■ Expansion card slots
PCI Express x16

Card slot
PCI1 z Serial port connector z USB port (6-port)
PCI2 z Video connector

z : Indicates connectors used for the DR-ID 300CL. DXCL050102010.ai
System board DXL01020004.ai
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
2.4 Dell OptiPlex 790 DT ■ Memory
System board
Power button
DXCL050102001.ai

DXCL050102003.ai

z NIC connector z Serial port connector
PCI Express x16
Card slot
PCI Express x1
Card slot
PCI
PCI Express x4
Card slot System board z USB port z DisplayPort z Video connector
DXCL050102002.ai
(6-port) connector
DXCL050102004.ai
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
2.5 Dell OptiPlex 960 MT (for Mobile Model) ■ Memory
System board
Power button
NAX010130.ai

Parallel port connector z NIC connector
NAX010129.ai
PCI Express x16

Card slot
PCI1
PCI2
PCI Express x1 z Video connector z USB port (6-port)
Card slot
System board NAX010131.ai
z Serial port connector z Video connector

DXCL050102011.ai
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
2.6 HP Compaq 6200/6300 Pro SF ■ Memory
System board
Memory slots
AWS080102013.ai

z NIC connector z Serial port connector
DXCL070102006.ai
PCI Express x1 z USB port z Video connector

Card slot (6-port) z DisplayPort connector
PCI Express x1
Card slot z : Indicates connectors used for the DR-ID 300CL.
DXCL070102009.ai
PCI Express x16

Card slot
System board PCI
DXCL070102007.ai
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
2.7 HP Compaq 8200 Elite MT ■ Memory
System board
Memory slots
DXCL070102012.ai

z Serial port connector z NIC connector
DXCL070102010.ai

PCI Express x4
Card slot
z Video connector DisplayPort

z USB port
z
PCI connector (6-port)

DXCL070102013.ai
System board PCI Express x1 PCI Express x16

Card slot Card slot
DXCL070102011.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
2.8 HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF ■ Memory
DIMM sockets
System board Memory slots
DXCL110102003.ai
DXCL110102004.ai
z Serial port connector
z NIC connector z USB 2.0 port (2-port)
PCI Express x16
Card slot
z Video connector z USB 3.0 port (2-port)

z DisplayPort connector (2-port)
z USB 2.0 port (2-port)
z : Indicates connectors used for the DR-ID 300CL. DXCL110102001.ai
PCI Express x1
System board
Card slot
DXCL110102002.ai
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
3. System Connection Example
This section shows an DR-ID 300CL system connection example.
3.1 System Connection Example

(for Desktop PC)
 The DR-ID 300CL can be connected to one CU/MC/FSC. The CU/MC/
FSC can be connected to other units in the following combinations.
- Two DR built-in exposure units can be connected to one CU.
Further, two DR cassettes can be connected via MC.
- Five DR cassettes can be connected to one MC.
- A total of three DR cassettes/handy modules can be connected to
one FSC. (V7.0 or later)
 The DR-ID 300CL can be connected to eight cassette-type CR Image
Readers.
 The DR-ID 300CL can be connected to one DR built-in unit or three
DR cassettes connected to the CU, and one CR-IR
364/366/367/370/371/372. (V5.0 or later)
 For V9.0 or later, it is possible to communicate with the other side that
is connected to the network via IP translator in IPv6. CU, MC, FSC
and the CR built-in device cannot be connected with IPv6.
TCP/IP
CR Image CR Image
DR-ID 300CL CR-IR 36X/37X CU/MC/FSC
Reader Reader
DR Image
Detector
* 36X : 364/366/367
37X : 370/371/372 DXCL070103002.ai
➥ REFERENCE
FSC is applicable only in Japan.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3.2 System Connection Example (for Laptop PC)
 NOTE 
 When connecting DR-ID 300CL wirelessly to the in-hospital network, make encryption settings in accordance with the security policy in each hospital,
and check the operations.
 When you connect or disconnect a LAN cable for the wired connection, you may do so only on the study registration window or the study list window (except RIS).
 Be sure to use the wired connection in the following cases.
- When inputting images from the CR image reader to DR-ID 300CL.
- When using the RIS trigger function.
- When using the remote image display function.
- When using the patient information display linkage function.
- When sharing the study data by clustering, with their image already input.
- When using the simple ordering.
- When using the Network image search function.
- When using the Referral viewing function.
- When using the remote maintenance function.
 When connecting to DR-ID 700, the connection between DR-ID 300CL and MC of DR-ID 700 cannot be dynamically changed to the wired or wireless
connection.
y Network setting of DR-ID 300CL in

(A) (C) the in-hospital network ((A) and (B))
DR-ID 300CL IP address : 172.16.1.20
(Laptop PC) Subnet mask : 255.255.0.0
(B) (D) y Network setting of DR-ID 300CL in
the image local network ((C) and (D))
AP TCP/IP SE
or AP IP address : 192.168.0.50
HUB (DR Cassette) Subnet mask : 255.255.255.0
y When connecting (A), (B) and (D) at
CR Image DR-ID 300CL the same time, connect (B) via the outfit
PACS RIS CU/MC (Cluster Connection)
Reader HUB MC wireless LAN terminal (AP) and
the wireless LAN adaptor
DR Image
(connected to DR-ID 300CL).
Reader
In-Hospital Network Image Local Network DXCL050102007.ai
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
3.3 System Connection Example ■ When DR-ID 300CL connects to both the in-hospital
(for Connecting DS) network and image local network
Connect the DR-ID 300CL with the DS via either the in-hospital network
 NOTE  or the image local network.
DS cannot be connected with IPv6.
➥ REFERENCE
As both the in-hospital network and the image local network can be
➥ REFERENCE accessed from the DR-ID 300CL, the DS can be connected to either of
Maximum of three DSes can be connected to one DR-ID 300CL. them.
■ When DR-ID 300CL connects to the in-hospital network Example: When connecting one DS via the image local network
only
Connect DR-ID 300CL with DS via the in-hospital network. DR-ID 300CL
(MC less)
➥ REFERENCE
AP and
As the image local network cannot be accessed from the DR-ID 300CL, HUB DS
HUB
the DS cannot be connected to the image local network which is located
beyond the MC.
PACS
SE
(DR Cassette)
DR-ID 300CL
In-Hospital Network Image local Network
DXCL140103004.ai
HUB MC HUB
SE
PACS DS AP
(DR Cassette)
In-Hospital Network Image Local Network

DXCL140103003.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4. Software Function Overview
■ External equipment connections
Equipment Description
In software V4.0 or later, DR-ID 300RU (CU, FDR AcSelerate) V2.0 or later/DR-ID 600MC V1.0 to V1.x can be connected.
In software V5.0 or later, the following units can be connected.
 CR-IR 364U/364T/364UM/366/367
 CR-IR 370/371/372
 DR-ID 300RU (CU, FDR AcSelerate) V3.2 or later/DR-ID 600MC V2.0 or later
In software V6.0 or later, DR-ID 300RU (CU) V3.2 or later, DR-ID 600MC V2.1/V3.1 or later can be connected.
In software V6.2 or later, CR-IR 391RU/392 can be connected.
 FSC (In case of desktop PC, a network card is necessary for connection.) (only in Japan)
 DR-ID 600MC V6.0 or later/DR-ID 700MC V4.0 or later
 DR-ID 200CU (Acselerate-Se) V3.11 or later/DR-ID 200CU (Acselerate-CsI) V4.5 or later/DR-ID 300CU V3.10 or later
 FSC V1.5 or later (only in Japan)
 PPU V1.3 or later
 DR-ID 600MC V6.3 or later/DR-ID 700MC V4.3 or later/DR-ID 1200MC V1.0 or later
Reader  FSC V2.2 or later (only in Japan)
 DS
 CR-IR 392 (Mammography type)
 DR-ID 1200MC V1.3 or later
 DR-ID 300CU V3.11 or later
In software V9.0 or later, PPU V2.0 or later can be connected.
DR built-in Exposure device (single) Up to two devices can be connected (one unit for CU). (Only on desktop PC)
In V4.0 or earlier:
Up to two devices can be connected (one unit for MC).
In V5.0 or later:
DR cassette (single)
Up to three devices can be connected (one unit for MC). Up to two devices can be additionally registered as spare devices.
In V7.3 or later
Up to five devices can be connected (one unit for MC). Up to 95 devices can be additionally registered as spare devices.
Up to two devices can be connected.
CR built-in Exposure device (single)
(Only on desktop PC V5.0 or later)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
DR cassette/Handy module Maximum four DR cassettes/handy modules can be connected (one unit for FSC). Maximum two units can be additionally
(singly, when the Firm-RAD exposure registered for replacement. However maximum two handy modules can be registered, including the ones for replacement.
unit is used) (only in Japan) (V7.0 or later)
DR built-in Exposure device and DR Up to two DR built-in exposure devices and up to two DR cassette can be connected (one unit of CU can be connected, and
Reader cassette (mixed) MC connects with the CU). (Only on desktop PC V5.0 or later)
(cont’d) DR cassette and CR built-in Exposure Up to three DR cassettes (one unit for MC) can be connected. Up to one unit of CR built-in device can be connected. (Only on
device (mixed) desktop PC V5.0 or later)
Up to eight units can be connected by wired connection.
CR Image Reader Note however that the number of Images Readers that can read images at the same time is two for the FRUP-system
Image Readers and three for the DICOM-system Images Readers.
The connection protocol used is DICOM BGP/Printer SOP. The acceptable connection target is the DRYPIX
Network printer
3000/4000/6000/7000 or other specified device of a different manufacturer.
This device can deliver its output to one filing device and eight other devices.
As the connection protocol, DICOM CR Image Storage, DICOM DX Image Storage, DICOM Storage Commitment and
DICOM receiver DICOM Query/Retrieve (V4.0 or earlier) can be used.
The acceptable connection target is the Synapse, QA-WS776 (only DICOM CR Image storage) or other specified devices of
different manufacturers.
Only one unit can be serially connected (via COM port on the PC). (Only on desktop PC)
Dose-area product meter  Only VacuTEC’s VacuDAP can be connected.
 IBA’s Kermax plus (V8.1 or later)
The Toshiba, Shimadzu, Hitachi, Phillips and Siemens devices are supported.
X-CON For V4.0 or earlier, an X-CON is connected when connecting only CR Image Reader.
(Only on desktop PC)
DICOM MWM or DICOM PPS compliant
RIS Network connection.
device
Monitor Only one unit can be connected on a desktop PC.
1280×1024 color LCD The touch panel function is provided.
1600×1200 color LCD Color
SL-IC300 Dedicated video board is required.
Patient information display terminal Network connection. (Only wired connection)
Only one unit can be connected via USB.
Magnetic card reader
The JIS card and ISO card are supported.
Other Only one unit can be connected via USB (wired/wireless) or Bluetooth.
Barcode reader
(Connection via Bluetooth is available only on Bluetooth-equipped laptop PCs in V8.0 or later.)
Full-size keyboard Only one unit can be connected.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Mouse Only one unit can be connected.
Other Disk Drive Can be connected via USB (laptop PC only, for services)
(cont’d)
The unit can be connected via USB. (Optional item of DR-ID 700)
Wireless LAN compact access point
$ For details on setup procedures, see “DR-ID 700PU & Battery Charger” service manual.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Start of processing
Function Description
 Displaying the study list stored on the HDD (local worklist)
 Displaying the DICOM worklist
 The following processes can be performed with a study listing selected:
 Exposure
Study list display  QA
 Lock
 Deletion
 Multi-frame forced output
 Reservation of batch suspension of multiple studies (V7.3 or later)
This function enables multiple DR-IR 300CLs to share study information and can be set up in service utility mode.
Shared study information (cluster connection) (only in the wired connection environment of V6.0 or later)
$ “7. Cluster Connection Function Overview”
 Exposure menu information setup/management
 Image processing parameter
 Exposure menu
 Film annotation character string
 Anatomical region
 Lookup table setup /management
 Technologist
 Requesting department
 Film annotation character string
 Import of consumables database
 User group
User utility  Comment on improperly exposed images
 Anatomical region
 Environment setup
 Switching the display unit of area dose (Only support to V7.4 or later, overlay display of the 1st monitor)
 Setup data backup/restore
 Patient database utility
 Transfer of image processing parameter file
 Acquisition and clearing of exposure result log
 Customization of window display
 Smart-controller settings (V7.2 or later)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Exposure
 Patient information input methods
 Magnetic card input
 Keyboard input
 Barcode reader input
 Software keyboard input
 Automatic ID assignment function (V3.1 or earlier)
 ID issuance function for mass screening (V4.0 only)
 Local database search (300,000 items)
Study registration (reception)  Exposure menu registration methods
 Choosing from a displayed group of exposure menus
(Two or more exposure menus can be registered.)
 Choosing from a study menu
 Choosing a exposure menu/study menu from a Schema (V8.1 or later)
 Registered study list management function
 Displaying a list of registered studies
 Deleting registered studies
 Monitor image display
 Blackened images are displayed when the automatic shuttering process is specified.
 Six images can be displayed on the same window in the list form. (V4.0 or earlier and V7.3 or later)
 The QA function can be exercised with images for study selected.
 Settings for embedding of automatic markers
 Exposure list manipulation
 New-exposure addition
 Repeat
 Duplication
 Reexposure
 Exposure menu change
Performing studies  Exposure menu parameter change
 Exposure sequence change
 Image change
 Information change (The patient information/exposure information can be changed. The results will not be fed to the RIS.)
 S value/L value warning function (V7.0 or earlier)
 Multiple studies performed at the same time
 Input of images acquired in the “Memory Exposure Mode” of the DR cassette (Only when connecting with the DR-ID
1200 in V8.0 or later)
 Separation of long-view images
 Recomposition of long-view images
 Image duplication to the unfinished exposure menus (V8.1 or later)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
 Automatic printing/delivery
The user can choose printing/delivering exposed images successively or making prints/delivery in compliance with the
instructions issued upon completion of a study or printing/delivering according to user operations.
 Individual distribution/manual distribution (V7.3 or later)
 Automatic distribution per image reading is temporarily stopped/restarted.
 Only the selected images are distributed individually.
Performing studies  Study suspension (suspension/termination) and initiation of a new study
When new patient information is entered via the magnetic card/barcode reader during study, a new study can be started.
In such an instance, the user can choose between proceeding without changing the exposure menu and removing the
exposure menu registration.
 Synapse Web Query
Browsing Synapse-server-stored images of the same patient ID. (V4.0 or later)
 Correction of patient information when ordering is used (V7.3 or later)
 Choosing from the local worklist (list of registered studies)
Starting an exposure (study)  Choosing from the DICOM worklist
 Making an entry from the RIS
Temporary study suspension An ongoing study can be temporarily suspended.
Study interruption An ongoing study can be interrupted.
Study termination The study ends when all the registered exposures are made.
Forwarding to QA/printing without QA The user can choose between forwarding the studied items to QA and printing them without forwarding them to QA.
Study result management Ordering and DICOM PPS are supported.
Setting of 2on1 or 4on1 on the study window 2on1 or 4on1 format can be set up and image position can be changed accordingly on the study window.
S/L values display on the study window S/L values can be displayed at the menu display area. (V7.1 or later)
Support provided to PAS security Authority (password) to change image processing parameters can be set up.
Other
Enabling patient information to be displayed on the patient information display terminal.
Patient information display linkage (Option key: DX CL DISPLAY OF PATIENT INF)
(V4.0 or later. The exposure menu information can be displayed with V7.3 or later.)
Remote image display Displaying an image in the image display terminal. (Option key: DX CL REMOTE IMAGE DISPLAY) (V6.1 or later)
After inputting images, the following items are analyzed, and notification is made if malfunctions are found. (V7.1 or later)
 S value, L value
Smart-QA  DI value
 General exposure motion detection (Long view image (MPM code: 770D) is not supported by motion detection function in
Smart-QA)
Setting of auto 2on1 on the right/left pair
Only the film format of the menu recognized as the right/left pair menu is set to 2on1 automatically. (V7.1 or later)
menu (Only mammography study)
Setting of auto 2on1 on the film format
The film formats of the menus in the study are set to 2on1 uniformly. (V7.1 or later)
(Only mammography study)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Display the patient information, exposure result information and image information (S/L values etc.) on the image as overlay.
Display of overlay item on the image
(V5.0 or later)
Other Multi-touch compatible Magnification/Reduction can be displayed by pinching in/out on the study window. (Only for multi-touch compatible PC)
(cont’d) Extended Image Readout mode Supports the continuous exposure using the DR cassette. (Only when connecting with the DR-ID 1200 in V8.0 or later)
One-touch study initiation
Start the exposure immediately without registering patient information. (V9.0 or later)
(Quick Start)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ QA function (QA waiting study list/QA upon study)
The following items of information can be handled:
 Image information
 Exposure menus
 Image processing conditions
 Film formats
Information display/ correction
 Distribution destination selection for each study
 Imaging failure setup
 Output log
 Calculated DAP values from X-CON (V6.2 or later)
 S/L values view function of the exposure menu display area. (V7.1 or later)
The following image manipulation functions are supported:
 Shuttering process
 Restandardization process
 Image processing change
 Rotation
Image manipulation  Arbitrary angle rotation of image (V7.4 or later)
 Marker imbedding (whether manually or automatically)
 Trimming
 Annotation
 Emphasis parameter display (V7.4 or later)
 QA measurement (V8.1 or later)
The following operations can be performed for images:
 The sequence of images within a study can be changed.
 The images within a study can be interchanged.
 Images can be moved from one study to another. (V4.0 or earlier and V7.3 or later)
 Images can be output.
 The image erasure lock can be set.
Operations
 Setup can be performed so as indicate the completion of QA.
 Images can be deleted.
 The image can be magnified and the full screen display is available.
 Exposure menus can be additionally registered to an already delivered study.
 A study waiting for QA can be forcibly exit. (V6.2 or later)
 QA reset (V7.4 or later)
Other Window customization function
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Image output
Images can be output automatically to one or two printers.
A printer optimum for film output is selected automatically according to the “Image size” and “Film format” for the image to
be output on film.
The sorter function is supported.
Printers connectable with the following protocols are supported:
 DICOM Print
Output to printer
The following film sizes are available for film output.
 14"×17"  14"×14"
 26×36cm  10”×12” (V7.1 or later)
 8"×10"
Image In software V7.1 or later, 12-frame (12on1) outputting to a 14”×17” file is available.
data Only one unit of the filing device can be connected. When DICOM is used, processed images can be output. Further, DICOM
output Output to network- connected filing Storage Commitment is supported (one unit only). Filing devices connectable with the following protocols are supported:
function device  DICOM CR Image Storage
 DICOM DX Image Storage for Presentation
Up to eight units can be connected.
When DICOM is used, processed images can be output.
Output to network- connected device Filing devices connectable with the following protocols are supported:
 DICOM CR Image Storage
 DICOM DX Image Storage for Presentation
Images can be output in any layout.
(Option key: DX CL F-LAYOUT PRINT)
Free Layout Print
(Only on desktop PC V6.0 or later)
(For V8.1 or later, free layout printing during study is possible.)
Patient information log function Patient information is logged in text format. Patient information used for exposures can be viewed with Service Utility.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Image search
Function Description Option key
 Study information can be searched for from the filing device (Query).
DICOM Query/Retrieve
 Based on the searched information, images can be acquired from the filing device (Retrieve). DX CL DICOM QR
(V4.0 or earlier and V7.2 or later)
 Acquired images can be output to the printer (Reprint).
■ Image processing
Standardization (automatic/manual) Not applicable to image reoutputs that are generated by an external device. Standard
Gradation processing Standard
Spatial frequency processing Standard
DRC Standard
TAS Standard
MFP DX CL MFP
PEM CL PEM
Shuttering processing Not applicable to image reoutputs that are generated by an external device. DX CL SHUTTER-PROC
Grid pattern removal processing Removes moire appearing on the grid without deteriorating the image quality. DX CL GPR
Flexible Noise Control (FNC) processing Improves image graininess. Standard
CRF processing Standard
Image composition Composes multiple images into one so that it is output on one film. DX CL IM COMPOSITION
Energy subtraction processing Generates soft tissue and bone images from two or more images exposed with different energies. DX CL ES FOR DR-ID200
Tomosynthesis processing Displays the plain image generated by PPU by reconstruction processing on the 2nd monitor of DR-ID 300CL. DX CL TOMO FOR DR-ID200
Auto concentration adjustment When combining long view images, with the appearance of the reference image specified by the user as the
DX CL IM COMPOSITION
long view image basis, the concentration of other images are processed automatically. (V7.1 or later)
 Right-and-left mammography images are automatically positioned up-and-down. (V7.1 or later)
Image up-and-down positioning  Positioning of a right/left pair mammo image is re-implemented/canceled at the timing specified by the Standard
user. (V7.3 or later)
Mammo QC processing Mammo QC processing tool (V7.1 or later) DX CL MAMMOGRAPHY QC
Paints out the chest wall’s transparent portion in the mammography images to improve the visibility at
Mammographic chest wall painting DX CL SHUTTER-PROC
reading. (V7.1 or later)
Virtual Grid processing The image processing that can improve the decreased contrast due to scattering radiation (V7.4 or later). DX CL VIRTUAL GRID
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
DR stated size image generation Adjusts an image size to a stated DR image size during distribution by putting a black frame around the
Standard
(frame boarder processing) trimmed image when the image size does not match the stated DR image size after trimming. (V8.0 or later)
Painting processing for the images that Paint the transparent area(occurs when images read by particular model) in both left and right sides with
Standard
are with transparent area black. (V9.0 or later)
■ Other
 Stores/calculates the information of exposure and improperly exposed images.
Retake Analysis DX CL RETAKE ANALYSIS
 Outputs the calculation data as CSV data.
Image Reader QC processing Image Reader QC tool (V4.0 or earlier, and V6.1 or later) DX CL RUQC
Calculation of IP use count Counts and resets the use count of each DR cassette and IP barcode. Standard
 Temporary storage
Supported local storage  Simplified image storage (V4.0 or earlier) Standard
 DICOM file storage
DX CL
Removable media Removable media storage (USB memory stick, USB hard disk or the like) (V4.0 or later)
DICOM MEDIA STORAGE
 For hospitals
User interface Standard
 For laptop PC (V7.4 or later)
 Authenticates a user at startup of the application.
 Automatic log-off processing (V4.0 or earlier, and V7.1 or later)
Patient information protection  Limited items available for each user Standard
 Entry of mis-exposure comment when canceling a mis-exposure that occurred
 Re-entry of a password when changing or modifying a radiographer name
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
 Japanese
 English
 German
 French
 Spanish
 Italian
 Swedish
 Finnish
 Danish
 Norwegian
Supported languages  Korean Standard
 Chinese (Simplified)
 Chinese (Traditional)
 Portuguese
 Polish
 Hungarian
 Czech
 Russian
 Turkish
 Greek
 Romanian
Date display Displays the current date and time. Standard
Logon to the Service Utility Password entry is required when logging on to the Service Utility. Standard
Presents displayed images and their additional information on an add-in monitor. (Only on desktop PC DX CL
Precise enlargement images
V4.0 or later) PRECISE ENLARGEMENT
Displays Exposure Index (EI) and Deviation Index (DI) for images. (V5.0 or later)
Displaying Exposure Index $ “Appendix H Setting the Exposure Index Function (V5.0 or Later)” under Standard
“MU: Maintenance Utility”
RAID status display Displays the icon which indicates the RAID status. (V5.0 or later) Standard
Sends/Receives order information by exchanging XML files between the ordering device and DR-ID
Simple ordering DX CL SIMPLE ORDERING
300CL. (V5.0 or later)
RIS Order USB Store XML file into a USB flash drive and load the order information to DR-ID 300CL. (V6.1 or later) DX CL SIMPLE ORDERING
PDI creation Saves the study result into the media or the sharing folder. (Only on desktop PC V6.0 or later) DX CL DICOM PDI STORAGE
Creates images without receiving the exposure signal from the X-ray exposure device during X-ray
exposure, and connects to the DR cassette with X-ray automatic detection function.
Connecting to DR cassette with
Also, consumption of the battery can be controlled by controlling the X-ray automatic detection function. Standard
X-ray automatic detection function
(V6.0 or later)
(When the Firm-RAD exposure unit is connected, this function cannot be used.) (only in Japan)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
DR-ID 300CL and the technical service center can be connected online.
Remote Maintenance The technical service center grasps operating status by collecting the operating logs and management Standard
data of DR-ID 300CL and peripheral devices, and reports the status to the user. (V6.1 or later)
Output for exposure dose management Sends the exposure results to the dosage management system. (V6.2 or later) Standard
Remote desktop operation DR-ID 300CL can be displayed and operated from a mobile terminal. (V6.2 or later) DX CL REMOTE DESKTOP
DX CL
Referral viewing Searches the past images and displays the searched study images on the 2nd monitor. (V7.1 or later)
REFERRAL VIEWING
It is possible to operate the mobile terminal (Smart-controller) and perform the initiation, exposure, DX CL
Smart-controller
termination, etc. of the studies administrated by DR-ID 300CL. (V7.2 or later) SMART CONTROLLER
Switching the network setting when It becomes possible to switch the connecting network without closing DR-ID 300CL-AP at arbitrary timing
Standard
DR-ID 300CL-AP is operating by registering multiple network settings in DR-ID 300CL. (V7.3 or later)
An ROI determined on an image enables display of width and height of the ROI, as well as its mean pixel DX CL
QA ROI measurement
value, median pixel value, standard deviation and area. (V7.4 or later) QA ROI MEASUREMENT
The screen of a RIS-installed terminal can also be displayed on the DR-ID 300CL screen by activating DX CL
General RIS browser function
Windows remote desktop function. (V7.4 or later) GENERAL RIS BROWSER
Technologist switching according to
Technologist can be switched by reading the technologist barcode (1D barcode). (V8.1 or later) Standard
barcode reading
Software X-CON Display the same window in both DR-ID 300CL and X-CON. (Only for V8.1 or later in China) Standard
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5. Relationship between 6. Relationship between
FPD and DR-ID 300CL a Cassette-type Image Reader and
the DR-ID 300CL
This section explains about the data exchange operations between the
DR-ID 300CL and FPD that are performed when establishing
connection between them. This section explains about the data exchange operations between the
DR-ID 300CL and a cassette-type Image Reader that are performed
when establishing a connection between them.
 NOTE 
The “application” and “operating system” are abbreviated hereafter “AP”  NOTE 
and “OS”, respectively.
The “application” and “operating system” are abbreviated hereafter “AP”
and “OS”, respectively.
5.1 Software (AP/OS) and Data Flow

■ Data flow during routine processing 6.1 Software (AP/OS) and Data Flow
➥ REFERENCE
■ Data flow during routine processing
FSC is applicable only in Japan. ● Image data
Images read on a cassette-type Image Reader are transferred to the
● Image data DR-ID 300CL via TCP/IP.
Images derived from FPD are retained once in CU/MC/FSC and then
transferred to the DR-ID 300CL via CU/MC/FSC.
● Control command
The network that connects the DR-ID 300CL and CU/MC/FSC assumes
responsibility to control the DR-ID 300CL and FPD.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
7. Cluster Connection Function ■ Function overview
Overview ● Study information display
Various study lists (Waiting study, Waiting QA, Finish QA, All, Today) of
The cluster connection function enables network-connected DR-ID a specific DR-ID 300CL can display the study information about the
300CLs to share study information. other DR-ID 300CLs within the shared range.
This function enables each cluster-connected DR-ID 300CL to display In this instance, the study information that is not possessed by the
study information and images registered with another cluster-connected specific DR-ID 300CL can also be obtained from the other cluster-
DR-ID 300CL on a specific DR-ID 300CL’s display and to perform connected DR-ID 300CL and displayed.
integrated output processing. Cluster-connected
 NOTE 
If the Japanese and English versions of the DR-ID 300CLs are used
together, they cannot be cluster-connected. DR-ID DR-ID
Printer FPD1 300CL1 300CL2 FPD2
■ An example of cluster connection

A typical cluster connection is shown below. Information
sharing
Study information Study information
Cluster-connected database database
Study list display Study list display
A C
A A
B D
B B
C C
DR-ID DR-ID D D Image files
Image files
Printer FPD1 FPD2
300CL1 300CL2 A C
Image display B Image display D
DXCL040107001.ai
A A
DXCL040107002.ai
● Image display
Study information can be selected from a study list to display the
associated image.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Study execution ● Sorting, search, and filtering
The “study execution” process can be performed by a DR-ID 300CL Although the total number of studies to be displayed increases due to
other than the one with which the study information to be studied was cluster connection, you can perform a sorting/search/filtering operation
registered. from a study list to narrow down the range of study information to be
Registered study information can be shared by cluster-connected DR- displayed.
ID 300CLs.
 NOTE 
Study information registration Study execution
E If an error occurs, it is displayed and logged by a DR-ID 300CL that has
E F
F
been performing the affected process. Therefore, the error information
must be collected on an individual DR-ID 300CL basis.
Example) Image reading error → Displayed on a DR-ID 300CL that
has been reading the affected
image.
Printer output error → Displayed on an output processing
DR-ID DR-ID
Printer FPD1
300CL1 300CL2
FPD2 DR-ID 300CL.
Information ● Shared study information display setup

sharing
Various study list setup windows are available for defining the items to
Study list display Study information Study list display Study information
database database be displayed and the maximum number of studies to be displayed in
A A each study list.
A
B B C
B
C C D
E ● Share range setup
D D
F
E E With Service Utility, you can define a share range to determine what
F F
Image files Image files DR-ID 300CLs can share study information.
Image display Image display C E
A
B
D F After a share range is defined in this manner from Service Utility, it can
E A be narrowed down from a study list.
DXCL040107003.ai
When images are read for executing a study, they are stored in a DR-ID
300CL that has executed the study.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Studies enabled by cluster connection ● Configuration restrictions
When a cluster connection is established, the following studies can be  The numbers of DR-ID 300CLs that can be cluster-connected (share
conducted. study information) are as follows.
When performing the integrated output processing: Up to 4
● Intensive QA (improved QA efficiency) When not performing the integrated output processing: Up to 8
After study reception, X-ray exposure, and primary verification  When establishing a cluster connection, it is necessary to initialize the
procedures are performed by a designated radiographer at various image databases of the DR-ID 300CLs within a share range. The
DR-ID 300CLs, a senior radiographer can perform a secondary DR-ID 300CLs cannot be cluster-connected while they retain their
verification procedure intensively at a separate DR-ID 300CL. previously saved data.
● Integrated output processing (reduced output load)  When DR-ID 300CLs are to be added to or removed from an
institution in which a cluster connection is established, they are
A specific DR-ID 300CL can be designated as an output processing unit
allowed to retain their previously saved data. However, you must
so as to carry out output processing in a centralized manner. In this
delete the image files that are saved in the DR-ID 300CLs to be
instance, the print option is required for the output processing DR-ID
removed.
300CL only.
 When an MWM connection is used, each DR-ID 300CL receives
● Moving a study from one X-ray exposure room to another study information from the RIS. Therefore, the MWM tab in a study
A currently executed study can be suspended and then resumed at list is not to be shared.
another DR-ID 300CL. If, for instance, a built-in type X-ray exposure is ● Setting restrictions
needed for a study that was originally registered for a cassette
 The host name of a cluster-connected DR-ID 300CL cannot exceed
exposure, the study can be moved to another X-ray exposure room
10 characters in length.
 Ensure that the cluster-connected DR-ID 300CLs use the same DR-
■ Restrictions on cluster connection
ID 300CL software version.
● Functional restrictions  There are some User Utility/Service Utility configuration settings that
 Concentrating study reservations on a specific DR-ID 300CL and then need to be the same for all DR-ID 300CLs.
performing studies on other DR-ID 300CLs are not guaranteed. $ For details on User Utility configuration settings, see “2.1.5
(Forbidden of study reservation concentration) Equalizing the Environment/Table/Menu Settings” under
“Appendix 31 Performing Study Information Sharing Setup
 The patient information input in the DR-ID 300CL cannot be shared (Cluster Connection)” in “Appx IN: Installation – Appendix”.
with other DR-ID 300CLs. (Patient information sharing is not
$ For details on Service Utility configuration settings, see “3.
supported) Various Configuration Settings — Setup Configuration Item” in
“MU: Maintenance Utility”.
 Each DR-ID 300CL can designate only one output processing DR-ID
300CL.
 All the output DR-ID 300CLs entitled to issue an output request must
be registered with the output processing DR-ID 300CL.
 If the number of studies to be displayed is set to “limitless”, a
considerable amount of time may be required for operation.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Operational restrictions
 A study currently used by a certain DR-ID 300CL for exposure or QA
purposes cannot be selected from the other DR-ID 300CLs (the “All”
list indicates that an exposure/QA process is in progress).
 While a DR-ID 300CL is running User Utility or Service Utility, the
other DR-ID 300CLs can share the study information. However,
image database initialization, study-related information editing, and
other similar operations must be performed while all DR-ID 300CLs
are stopped.
 Studies cannot be moved from one X-ray exposure room to another if
they are being used for exposure/QA at another DR-ID 300CL,
registered without completing an image input, or in an output process.
 If the output processing DR-ID 300CL receives a request for large-
volume output, the processing speed may decrease. To keep a high
output processing speed, perform setup in the same manner as
before so that each DR-ID 300CL performs output operation.
 Turn OFF other DR-ID 300CLs sharing study information before
initializing the image database.
 Ensure that LAN cables are inserted when initializing the image
database. The image database cannot be initialized properly without
LAN cable connection.
 Study results cannot be output to media during the integrated output
processing. To output to media, output to media set in the DR-ID
300CL to which the study results are stored during distributed output
processing.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
MT: Machine Troubleshooting
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual MT-I
Control Sheet
04/15/2010 02 Revision for V4.0 (FM5668) 3, 4, 8, 10, 22 Appx MT A-1–136 Appx MT B-1–12
Appx MT C-1–4
02/28/2011 03 Revision for V5.0 (FM5818) 4, 5, 8, 9, 18, 19, 21–26 Appx MT A-1–136 Appx MT B-1–108
Appx MT C-1–12 Appx MT D-1–4
08/31/2011 04 Revision for V6.0 (FM5897) Appx MT B-1–108 Appx MT C-1–16 Appx MT D-1–4
Appx MT E-1–8
12/15/2011 05 Revision for V6.1 (FM5944) 11, 25 Appx MT B-1–136 Appx MT E-1–8
03/31/2012 06 Revision for V6.2 (FM6000) Appx MT B-1–148 Appx MT C-1–16
09/12/2012 07 Revision for V7.0 (FM6055) 11, 26–34 Appx MT B-1–152
02/15/2013 08 Revision for V7.1 (FM6142) 10–12, 27, 36–38 Appx MT B-1–184 Appx MT F-1–4
02/15/2013 08 Changes in pagination (FM6142) 13–26, 28–35
05/25/2013 09 Revision for V7.2 (FM6179) 22, 24 Appx MT B-1–188 Appx MT G-1–4
08/30/2013 10 Revision for V7.3 (FM6200) Appx MT B-1–196
03/31/2014 11 Revision for V7.4 (FM6225) 27, 28, 32–35, 39–42 Appx MT B-1–208 Appx MT H-1–4
08/31/2014 12 Revision for V8.0 (FM6242) Appx MT B-1–212
01/31/2015 13 Revision for V8.1 (FM6269) Appx MT B-1–216 Appx MT I-1–4
12/31/2015 14 Revision for V9.0 (FM9380) 25, 42–46 Appx MT B-1–220
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual MT-II
1. Error Code Table ● Meaning of the event (error code)
A five-digit code displayed in the “Event” column implies the following.
For errors occurring while the DR-ID 300CL-AP is being used, take A B C C C
appropriate countermeasures following the error codes (and error
messages) listed herein. A: Error-detected process
1: Module used in common in the system
$ See “2. Using the Event Viewer”.
2: Main process
3: Input process
4: QA unit
1.1 Referring to Error Messages 5: Output process, SFPD process
7: UTILITY process
● Event (error code) and event source name
When an error occurs, use the event and event source name B: Error level (See the Table Error Levels.)
information to separate the assumed causes.
CCC: For error level 0 or 1, this section of the error code is
The event and event source name are displayed in the “Source” and
provided so that it is unique in the process.
“Event” columns of the Event Viewer main window shown below.
For error level 2, 3 or 9, this section is unique in the
“Source” column “Event ID” column control.
00000072.ai
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual MT-1
Table Error Levels ● Message
Error Level Description The message is description of an event.
A display message can be checked up on a window that opens by
0: Fatal Error A serious, fatal problem that absolutely disables the system’s
An error that fully stable operation. selecting the “General” tab on the “Event Properties” window shown
disables system  DB access error below.
operation.  System file access file error
1: Warning Inevitably involves user notification and the system operation
An error that enables can be continued by the user intervention.
the system’s Causes of this error type can be assumed as follows.
operation to be  Data file access error
continued after user  Disk full
intervention.  No response from the target destination for connection
2: Warning A slight error that does not require user notification.
An error that enables The system operation can be continued with no user
the system’s intervention. The following causes can be assumed.
continuous  Unspecified data entered from networks. (An error implying
operation. that the system can be continued being substituted by the
default).
00000073.ai
3: Information Information that the system development section wishes to
Simple information keep.
9: Logical Error An error presumably caused by defective program.
Defective program Basically, this error does not occur at user’s site.
The following causes can be assumed.
 Unspecified value returned from the method
 Failure in securing memory
 Failure in acquiring Windows resources
 Error returned from the Windows API
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
● Identifying the problem cause when two or more errors encountered To identify the error cause, perform the following procedure:
have the same error code
The same error code may appear on the display even when the error 1. Start the Event Viewer.
cause varies. If you encounter such a situation, note both the error
code and error message to identify the error cause. 2. Open the Event Properties window.
$ For details the procedure for opening the above window,
Event see “2.4 Details of Events”.
Event Description Causes
Source
FFCustom MessageBox A message box could not be
MsgBox Dialog Show displayed. The problem is 3. See both the error code and error message, and then locate
13005
Error. attributable to resource the associated error description in “Appendix A DR-ID
inadequacy or system instability
300CL Error Message Table”.
FFIdFilm It failed that [%1] The FfilmMarkDB” key was not
Mark gets the found in Directory.ini.
13005
connection string
of FilmMarkDB
FFId [%1] failed in the The connection to the
Menu liberating displaygroup table was not Error message
13005 Change processing of the successfully closed.
display group
* data acquisition
FFIdPat It failed that [%1] The “LangStrDB” key was not
InfoInput gets the SexMale found in Directory.ini or the ID Error code
13005
caption 30705 was not registered in the
character string data base.
FFIipInput It failed that [%1] The connection character string
connects to was not properly registered for
13005
STRDB the “LangStrDB” key in Directory.
ini.
FFIpcInf [%1] It failed in_ Main thread creation was no 00000472.ai
beginthread(%2). successful. The problem is

13005
attributable to resource
inadequacy or system instability.
* There are two or more occurrences of the same error code

(event).
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
1.2 Precautions 1.3 Error Message
 An error such as incorrectly entered image processing parameters
will not be handled as an error. ● For software V4.0 or earlier
 The correlation between the error level (the second digit of an error $ For error messages, see “Appendix A DR-ID 300CL Error Message
code number) of DR-ID 300CL-generated errors and that assumed Table (V4.0 or Earlier)”.
by Windows (Event Viewer) is as follows.
● For software V5.0 or later
Error level Error level assumed by Windows
$ For error messages, see “Appendix B DR-ID 300CL Error Message
0 : Fatal Error EVENTLOG_ERROR_TYPE Table (V5.0 or Later)”.
1 : Warning EVENTLOG_WARNING_TYPE
2 : Warning EVENTLOG_WARNING_TYPE
3 : Information EVENTLOG_INFORMATION_TYPE
9 : Logical Error EVENTLOG_ERROR_TYPE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
2. Using the Event Viewer 2.2 Starting the Event Viewer
1. Start up the DR-ID 300 CL Service Utility mode.
The Windows Event Viewer is used for checking details of errors
occurring with Windows or the DR-ID 300CL-AP. $ For details of DR-ID 300 CLs Service Utility mode startup, see
How to use the Event Viewer is described herein, together with the “1. Starting/Exiting the Service Utility” in “MU: Maintenance
startup procedures. Utility”.
➔ The “IIP Service Utility” window opens.
2.1 Overview of the Event Viewer

A variety of information items, such as resource information, system
operation status and application errors occurring with Windows, are
recorded (logged) to the Event Viewer.
Causes of errors that occur can be specified from the following logs.
 Application Log
 System Log
 Security Log
The DR-ID 300CL-AP error information is recorded to “Application”

under the “Windows Logs”.
To display the DR-ID 300CL-AP error information, select the “Windows
Logs” – “Application” from the tree menu of the Event Viewer main
window shown below.
00000371.ai
DXL02020001.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
2.3 Configuration and How to View
2. Click .
the Event Viewer
➔ The Event Viewer main window opens. Explained herein are the Event Viewer’s screen configuration (shown
below) and how to view it.
➥ REFERENCE
Use the following procedures if you cannot start up the Event
Viewer from the Service Utility mode.
1. From the “Start” menu at the lower left of the desktop window,
select “Control Panel” to display the “Control Panel” window.
2. Double-click “Administrative Tool” to display the “Administrative
Tool” window.
3. Double-click “Event Viewer”. The Event Viewer starts up.
A B C D E
00000375.ai
A Level:
Symbol Meaning Description
Displayed when a fatal error, such as failure in device
Error driver or service startup, or loss of data, occurs while the
system is running.
Displayed to indicate that the system has started normally
Information
being successful in startup of services or remote access.
Displayed to indicate that the Warning can be attributable
Warning
to the cause of the error that has occurred.
B Date and Time : The date and time when an event occurs.
C Source : The source application that wrote an event.
D Event ID : Event ID
E Task Category : Event category
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
2.4 Details of Events 2. Check detailed information of an event.
Described below are the procedures used for checking detailed event
information. Error message
1. On the Event Viewer main window, double-click the log you

wish to display.
Event details
00000377.ai
00000376.ai
3. Click .
➔ The “Event Properties” window opens. ➔ The system returns to the “Event Viewer” window.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
2.5 Saving the Event Log 3. Select or enter the following.
How to save event logs is explained below. I
 NOTE 
Be sure to have media (FD, USB memory stick or the like) ready to use
for saving event logs.
1. Insert the media used for saving event logs into the PC.
2. From the “Action” menu of the Event Viewer main window,

select “Save All Event As...” II
(“Save Events As...” for Windows Vista).
00000379.ai
I. Select a media drive used for saving event logs.

II. Enter the filename (e.g.: log).
➥ REFERENCE
If “Text (Tab Separation)” is selected for “Save as Type”, event logs
can be saved as text files.
4. Click .
➔ The “Display Information” window opens.
DXL02020005.ai
➔ The “Save As” window opens.
00000473.ai
5. Click .
➔ The system returns to the “Event Viewer/Application” window.
6. Remove the media from the PC.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
2.6 Deleting the Event Log 2.7 Quitting the Event Viewer
How to delete event logs are explained below. How to quit the Event Viewer is explained below.
1. From the “Action” menu of the Event Viewer window, select 1. Click of the Event Viewer main window.
“Clear Log...”. ➔ The system return to the desktop window.
DXL02020006.ai
➔ A window opens prompting you to confirm the data to be saved.
2. Click .
➔ The system returns to the “Event Viewer/Application” window,

deleting thus all event logs.
DXL02020007.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
3. Information Useful for Error The checks to be performed are detailed below:
Recovery Option key Check

Verify that the option key is installed, and then check
that the MPPS option performs DICOM settings and
3.1 Precautions to be Observed During CONNECTING EQUIPMENT settings properly. The
procedure is described below:
the Use of Options 1. With the Service Utility, open the “Setup
Configuration Item” window.
If an error message of the error code 50001 (for V5.0 or later, error 2. Open “NETWORK CONFIGURATION” and then
code RE10094) appears at DR-ID 300CL-AP startup, check the settings “THIS HOST (IIP)”.
for the following option. DX CL DICOM MPPS 3. Check that the MPPS SCU is registered
Inappropriately performed settings will disable the DR-ID 300CL to appropriately.
operate properly. 4. Check that MPPS SCP is specified for ALL OTHER
NODES.
 DX CL DICOM MPPS 5. Check that PPS is specified for CONNECTNIG
 DX CL DICOM MEDIA STORAGE EQUIPMENT.
* Register as appropriate if no data is registered at

steps 3, 4 and 5, above.
Verify that the option key is installed, and then check
that the MEDIA STORAGE option performs MEDIA
settings and CONNECTING EQUIPMENT settings
properly.
The procedure is described below:
1. With the Service Utility, open the “Setup
DX CL DICOM MEDIA
2. Open “NETWORK CONFIGURATION” and then
STORAGE
“THIS HOST (IIP)”.
3. Check that MEDIA SCP is specified.
4. Check that MEDIA is specified for CONNECTING
EQUIPMENT.
* Register as appropriate if no data is registered at

steps 3 and 4, above.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
4. Troubleshooting (for DELL PC)
The table below summarizes various troubles that may arise with the
DR-ID 300CL. In accordance with the encountered trouble, perform a
procedure indicated in the “Check Method/Remedies” column.
● For V4.0 or earlier

Symptom Probable Causes Check Method/Remedies
The PC (Windows) does not It is conceivable that the PC’s memory Check the PC’s memory. If it is defective, replace it.
start up. may be defective.
$ For the memory check procedure, see “4.1 Trouble Diagnosis Tool (Dell Diagnostics)”.
The DR-ID 300CL-AP It is conceivable that the data stored on Check the hard disk. If any error is revealed by the check, perform a procedure for achieving error
(application) does not start the hard disk may be partly damaged. recovery or replace the hard disk.
up.
$ For the hard disk check procedure, see “4.2 Checking the Hard Disk”.
Installed options are not properly set up. Properly set up system options.
[Displayed error code: 50001  20110]
$ For details, see “3.1 Precautions to be Observed During the Use of Options”.
The image database is not initialized. With the Service Utility, initialize the image database.
[Displayed error code: 50001  20001 
30107  30151  20110]
The MAC address is not acquired. If the error recurs after the network driver is updated, replace the PC’s motherboard. Before
[Displayed error code: 20111  20110 motherboard replacement, acquire the MAC address manually and start up the DR-ID 300CL-AP.
(Error 20111 is recorded only in the
$ For the MAC address acquisition procedure, see “3.15 MAC Address Manual Input”
application’s event log.)]
in “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
The selector resetup procedure is not After the host name for the built-in type equipment is changed, use the selector setup of the Service
completed. Utility to set the built-in type equipment host name again.
[Displayed error code: 31099]
$ For the setup procedure, see “12. Setting the Selectors – Selector Setting” in
The LCD flickers. The refresh frequency setting is improper. Correct the refresh frequency setting.
$ For the refresh frequency setup procedure, see “4.3 Resetting the Refresh Frequency”.
The LCD touch panel does The screen contact position correction With the utility tool for the touch panel, perform the touch panel sound setup procedure again.
not sound. procedure was performed twice in
$ For the setup procedure, see “4.4 Resetting the Touch Panel Sound”.
succession.
The barcode reader (BCR)/ The proper driver software is not installed. With Windows “Device Manager”, switch to the proper driver software.
magnetic card reader (MCR) Reinstalling the OS with the BCR or MCR
$ For the driver software change procedure, see “4.5 Changing the Barcode Reader/
does not operate. connected to a USB port results in
installation of improper driver software.
Magnetic Card Reader Driver Software”.
The BCR/MCR does not The BCR/MCR is connected to an Connect the BCR/MCR to a recommended USB port.
normally operate. improper USB port.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
● For V5.0 or later
$ For the memory check procedure, see “4.1 Trouble Diagnosis Tool (Dell Diagnostics)”.
up.
The application does not start up because Check that the network is connected or replace the HUB and cable.
DE00001 error has occurred.
An error occurs when the Installed options are not properly set up. Properly set up system options.
DR-ID 300CL-AP starts [Displayed error code: RE10094]
running. $ For details, see “3.1 Precautions to be Observed During the Use of Options”.
The Shot Ready icon is not The selector resetup procedure is not After the host name for the built-in type equipment is changed, use the selector setup of the Service
displayed. completed. Utility to set the built-in type equipment host name again.
$ For the setup procedure, see “12. Setting the Selectors – Selector Setting” in
succession. $ For the setup procedure, see “4.4 Resetting the Touch Panel Sound”.
does not operate. connected to a USB port results in $ For the driver software change procedure, see “4.5 Changing the Barcode Reader/
installation of improper driver software. Magnetic Card Reader Driver Software”.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
4.1 Trouble Diagnosis Tool (Dell Diagnostics) 4. Select the CD-ROM drive (The screen display is “SATA0-WDC
WD1600AAJS-75PSA0”) by using the <  > key and then
Use “Dell Diagnostics” for trouble diagnosis. “Dell Diagnostics” uses the press the <Enter> key.
“Driver disk” supplied with the computer. The “Driver disk” is a Dell DVD
➔ The screen for selection of the boot disk is displayed.
with various drivers stored on it.
5. Enter the <1> key.
4.1.1 Starting the Trouble Diagnosis Tool (Dell Diagnostics)
➔ The “Drivers and Utilities CD” window opens.
1. Turn ON the monitor and PC power switches.
6. Enter the <2> key.
➔ The PC starts running.
➔ Dell Diagnostics program starts running.
2. Press the <F12> key when “F12 Boot Option” appears at the
upper right corner of the window. 7. Select “Run the 32 Bit Dell Diagnostics” from the lists.
 NOTE   NOTE 
If the <F12> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the setup If multiple versions are displayed, select a version suitable for the
window will not open.In such an instance, restart the PC to perform computer.
step 2. above again.
➔ The “Main Menu” window opens.
➔ The “Boot Device Menu” window opens.
Boot Device Menu
*Onboard or USB CD-ROM Drive

*SATA0-WDC WD1600AAJS-75PSA0
*System Setup
*Diagnostics
Use Up/Down arrows to highlight desired item.

Use Enter to select highlighted item.
AWS24001.ai AWS24002.ai
3. Insert the “Drivers Disk” into the PC.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
4.1.2 Running the Trouble Diagnosis Tool (Dell Diagnostics) ● Express Test
1. Start up the “Dell Diagnostics”.
$ For detail, see “4.1.1 Starting the Trouble Diagnosis Tool (Dell
Diagnostics)”.
2. Click on the “Main Menu” window.
➔ Diagnosis starts.
AWS24002.ai
AWS24003.ai
 Express Test (used at the time of normal inspection)

The entire computer is tested (10 to 20 minutes). ➔ One of the following is displayed after completion of testing.
 Extended Test  When there was no fault

Detailed diagnosis is performed, taking more time than “Express Test” The following window is displayed. Click .
(one hour to several hours).
 Custom Test
Diagnosis in part units
AWS24004.ai
 Symptom Tree
The symptoms of the occurred computer trouble are selected and all  When a fault has been found
trouble-related hardware is tested. An error code and an error message are displayed.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
● Extended Test ● Custom Test
1. Start up the “Dell Diagnostics”. 1. Start up the “Dell Diagnostics”.
$ For detail, see “4.1.1 Starting the Trouble Diagnosis Tool (Dell $ For detail, see “4.1.1 Starting the Trouble Diagnosis Tool (Dell
Diagnostics)”. Diagnostics)”.
2. Click on the “Main Menu” window. 2. Click on the “Main Menu” window.
➔ Diagnosis starts. ➔ The “Customize” window opens.
AWS24003.ai AWS24005.ai
➔ One of the following is displayed after completion of testing.

3. Select the parts to be tested and click “Run Tests” (or
 When there was no fault double-click the item).
The following window is displayed. Click . ➔ Diagnosis starts.
➥REFERENCES
The test items are shown below.
AWS24004.ai
Item Test object Remarks

 When a fault has been found All Devices Same as for “Expanded Some test items may
An error code and an error message are displayed. Test”. require user input or
judgment.
Processor CPU
System Board Mother board
System Management BIOS and SMBIOS

controller
System Memory Memory May not be detected by

testing. “Endurance
Test” is recommended.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
Item Test object Remarks ➔ One of the following is displayed after completion of testing.
Video Video function (On-board  When there was no fault
or card type)
The following window is displayed. Click .
CDROM/DVD CD-ROM Drive Media must be placed
into the drive.
Cables All cables in the AWS24004.ai
computer (IDE/SATA/
Audio cables)  When a fault has been found
USB USB Port An error code and an error message are displayed.
4. Select the “Result” tab or “Error” tab. Confirm the detailed

Keyboard Keyboard input
test results.
Pointing Devices Mouse operation
Network Interface Network function
PCI Devices PCI Card A PCI card must be

installed.
Parallel Port Parallel port / controller Devices must be

disconnected.
Serial Port Serial port / controller Devices must be

disconnected.
Diskette Drive FD Drive A floppy disk must be

inserted into the drive.
Audio Sound function A speaker is required.
Hard Drive HDD The time changes

according to the
capacity.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
● Symptom Tree ➔ One of the following is displayed after completion of testing.
1. Start up the “Dell Diagnostics”.  When there was no fault

$ For detail, see “4.1.1 Starting the Trouble Diagnosis Tool (Dell The following window is displayed. Click .
Diagnostics)”.
2. Click on the “Main Menu” window.

AWS24004.ai
➔ The “Symptom Tree” window opens.

 When a fault has been found
An error code and an error message are displayed.
3. Select the occurred trouble contents and click “Run Tests”
(or double-click the item).
4. Select the “Result” tab or “Error” tab. Confirm the detailed
➔ Diagnosis starts. test results.
➥ REFERENCES
The trouble contents which can be diagnosed differ according to
the configuration of the computer. Example test items are shown
below.
Item Trouble contents

No Sound or Audio No sound
All devices Diagnose all.
Problems with Fan(s) or System Abnormally high temperature in the
Seems Hot computer. Problems with fan(s).
Problems with USB Device or USB devices are not recognized. USB
USB Device Not Detected devices do not operate normally.
Keyboard Non-Responsive Keyboard input is not possible.
Abnormal noise coming from my Abnormal noise from the computer
system
Cursor Movement is Erratic Erratic mouse cursor movement
Cannot Boot the OS The OS cannot be booted.
Hard Drive Errors The hard disk does not operate normally.
Video Corruption The video display does not operate
normally.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
4.2 Checking the Hard Disk 3. Choose the “Tools” tab. In the “Error-checking” area, click
.
1. Start up Windows and open Windows Explorer.
2. Right-click drive C (Local Disk C:) and then choose

“Properties”.
MT000011.ai
4. Verify that the check boxes in the “Check disk options” area
are unchecked, and then click .
MT000012.EPS
MT000010.ai
➔ The hard disk check starts (and it takes about 5 minutes when the
disk size is 40GB).
When the hard disk is normal, Phases up to 3 will be completed and a

dialog box will open to indicate the completion of the hard disk check.
If the hard disk is not normal, Phases up to 3 will not be completed and
a dialog box will open to indicate that the hard disk check is not
completed.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
4.3 Resetting the Refresh Frequency ● For Windows 7
I. Choose “Screen Resolution” from the right-click menu on the
If the screen flickers, it can be restored to normal by changing the desktop.
refresh frequency setting. ➔ The “Screen Resolution” window opens.
The refresh frequency change procedure is described below.
II. Click the “Advanced settings”.
1. Perform the following procedures.
● For Windows Vista

I. Choose “Personalization” from the right-click menu on the
desktop.
➔ The “Personalization” window opens.
II. Click the “Display Settings”.

MT000020.ai
➔ The “Monitor Properties” window opens.
2. Click the “Monitor” tab.
3. From the “Screen refresh rate:” pull-down menu, choose

“60 Hertz”.
MT000015.ai
➔ The “Display Properties” window opens.
III. Click .
MT000016.ai
➔ The “Monitor Properties” window opens.

MT000015.ai
4. Click .
➔ The confirmation window opens.

010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
5. Click .
➔ The “Display Settings” window opens.
 NOTE 
If you do not click within 15 seconds, the system reverts the
previous setting. Therefore, click it without delay.
6. Click and close all windows.

➔ The system returns to the desktop screen.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
4.4 Resetting the Touch Panel Sound 3. Perform following settings.
If you perform the screen contact position correction procedure two or

more times in succession, the touch panel may fail to sound when you
touch it.
To recover the touch panel sound generation function, perform the
following procedure. I.
1. Double-click on the desktop.
➔ The “MT 7 Software Control Panel” window opens. II.
2. Select the “Touch Settings” tab.

DCL70421.ai
I. Touch to set Touch Mode to [Click on touch with

DCL70420.ai
drag].
II. Touch to set Touch Sound to [Beep on
touchdown].
4. Touch to close the “MT7 Software Control Panel”

window. The touch sound will then be restored.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
4.5 Changing the Barcode Reader/ 5. If the DataLogic’s barcode reader is used, insert “Barcode
Magnetic Card Reader Driver Software Reader Driver CD V1.0” into the PC.
➔ The installation window automatically opens.
If any encountered problem is attributable to the recognition of wrong
driver software, use Windows “Device Manager” to check whether  NOTE 
proper driver software is used. If improper driver software is used, In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
replace it with proper driver software. double-click the execution file (Setup.bat) in the CD.
The driver software check/change procedure is indicated below.
 NOTE 
 If either one of the following are applicable, display the desktop screen
and start from step 9.
- When the Barcode Reader other than the DataLogic’s is used.
- When the driver of the Magnetic Card Reader is to be changed.
DXL02040006.ai
- When the version is V5.0.0001 or later.

 To use the OPI-4002, you must confirm that the OPA-1001 has been 6. Enter “1” and press the <Enter> key.
inserted to the PC USB port.
➔ The following window opens.
1. Exit DR-ID 300CL-AP and shut down the PC.
2. Connect the barcode reader to the USB port on the PC.

DXL02040007.ai
3. Turn On the PC power. 7. Press the <Enter> key.

➔ Windows starts up. After about one minute, the DR-ID 300CL-AP ➔ The system returns to the desktop screen.
starts.
8. Remove the CD from the PC.

4. Start up the Service Utility and click [Exit Service Utility].
010-305-09E
05.25.2013 FM6179
9. Select “Control Panel” from the menu. 12. Select “Browse my computer for driver software”.
➔ The “All Control Panel Items” window opens.
10. Click .
➔ The “Device Manager” window opens.
11. Right-click “Human Interface Devices” and then “USB

Human Interface Device” to select “Update Driver
Software...”.
MT000057.ai
➔ The “Browse for diver software on your computer” window opens.
13. Select “Let me pick from a list of device drivers on my

computer”.
MT0000053.ai
➔ The “Update Driver Software - USB Human Interface Device”

window opens.
MT000058.ai
➔ The “Select the device driver you want to install for this hardware”
window opens.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
14. Select a driver you wish to install and click . ❍ If the OPI-4002 is used
● For the barcode reader

 NOTE 
 With V5.0.0001 or later, select “WinUSB BCR”.
 If the driver you wish to install is not displayed in the “Model” field,
close the “Update Driver Software - USB Human Interface
Device”, return to step 11 and select other item.
❍ If the barcode reader other than the DataLogic’s is used DXCL090801011.ai
 NOTE 
 In case of V7.2, the displayed item is “WinUSB BCR (OPTO
Electronics OPI-6125/OPI-4002)”.
 In case of V7.1 and the device driver software has been updated,
both “WinUSB (OPTOELECTORONICS OPI-4002)” and “WinUSB
BCR(OPTO Electronics OPI-6125/OPI-4002)” are displayed in the
“Model” field. Either of them can be selected.
MT0000055.ai
❍ If the DataLogic’s barcode reader is used
DXL02040008.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● For the magnetic card reader 16. Click [Close].
 NOTE  ➔ The system returns to the “Device Manager” window.
 In V8.0 or earlier version, only “USB Card Reader (NEURONKT-  NOTE 
900-1R-TS)” is displayed.
If the DataLogic’s barcode reader is used, perform the following
 For V8.1 or larter version, “USB Card Reader (NEURONKT-900- procedures.
1R-TS)” must be selected.
I. Disconnect the barcode reader and restart the PC.
➔ PC restarts.
II. Start up the Service Utility and click [Exit Service Utility].
➔ The desktop screen opens.
III. Connect the barcode reader to the USB port on the PC.
IV. Select “Control Panel” from the menu.
V. Click .
DXCL140204001.ai
➔ The “Windows Security” window opens.
15. Select “Install this driver software anyway”. 17. Verify that the proper USB drivers are installed.
MT000059.ai
➔ A window opens to indicate that installation processing has ended.
Example of state that

the drivers installed normally
Upper: Barcode reader
Lower: Magnetic card reader
DXL02040009.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4.6 Confirmation Required When Beep code Cause
Beeps Sound at PC Startup 1-1-2 Microprocessor register failure
(For Dell OptiPlex 760/780/790) 1-1-3 NVRAM read/write failure

1-1-4 ROM BIOS checksum failure
A series of beeps may sound sometimes consecutively when display of 1-2-1 Programmable interval timer failure
the relevant error message or the problem indication is disabled on the 1-2-2 DMA initialization failure
monitor for an error detected at computer startup.
1-2-3 DMA page register read/write failure
Example: 3 beeps + 2 consecutive beeps + 4 beeps (beep pattern code:
1-3 Video Memory test failure
3-2-4)
The example above shows that a keyboard controller test error 1-3-1 through 2-4-4 Memory not being properly identified or used
occurred. 3-1-1 Slave DMA register failure
3-1-2 Master DMA register failure
If your computer beeps when it starts, perform the following procedure. 3-1-3 Master interrupt mask register failure
3-1-4 Slave interrupt mask register failure
1. Write down the beep code.
3-2-2 Interrupt vector loading failure
3-2-4 Keyboard Controller test failure
2. Execute the Dell Diagnostics program, and check details.
3-3-1 NVRAM power loss
$ For detail, see “4.1.1 Starting the Trouble Diagnosis Tool (Dell
Diagnostics)”. 3-3-2 Invalid NVRAM configuration
3-3-4 Video Memory test failure
3. Inquire at DELL Technical Support. 3-4-1 Screen initialization failure
3-4-2 Screen retrace failure
3-4-3 Search for video ROM failure
4-2-1 No timer tick
4-2-2 Shutdown failure
4-2-3 Gate A20 failure
4-2-4 Unexpected interrupt in protected mode
4-3-1 Memory failure above address 0FFFFh
4-3-3 Timer-chip counter 2 failure
4-3-4 Time-of-day clock stopped
4-4-1 Serial or parallel port test failure
4-4-2 Failure to decompress code to shadowed memory
4-4-3 Math-coprocessor test failure
4-4-4 Cache test failure
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
5. Troubleshooting (for HP PC)
The table below summarizes various troubles that may arise with the
DR-ID 300CL. In accordance with the encountered trouble, perform a
procedure indicated in the “Check Method/Remedies” column.
$ For the procedure details, see “5.1 Checking the Memory (For HP Compaq
6200/6300 Pro SF and HP Compaq 8200 Elite MT)” or “5.2 Executing the Diagnosis
Tool (HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF)”.
up.
The application does not start up because Check that the network is connected or replace the HUB and cable.
DE00001 error has occurred.
An error occurs when the Installed options are not properly set up. Properly set up system options.
DR-ID 300CL-AP starts [Displayed error code: RE10094]
running. $ For details, see “3.1 Precautions to be Observed During the Use of Options”.
The Shot Ready icon is not The selector resetup procedure is not After the host name for the built-in type equipment is changed, use the selector setup of the Service
displayed. completed. Utility to set the built-in type equipment host name again.
$ For the setup procedure, see “12. Setting the Selectors – Selector Setting” in “MU:
Maintenance Utility”.
succession. $ For the setup procedure, see “4.4 Resetting the Touch Panel Sound”.
does not operate. connected to a USB port results in $ For the driver software change procedure, see “4.5 Changing the Barcode Reader/
installation of improper driver software. Magnetic Card Reader Driver Software”.
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
5.1 Checking the Memory 4. Select “Removable Media Boot” and change it to “Enabled”.
(For HP Compaq 6200/6300 Pro SF
and HP Compaq 8200 Elite MT)
2. Press the <F10> key when the hp logo appears at the center
of the window.
AWS080205016.ai
 NOTE 
If the <F10> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the setup 5. Press the <F10> key.
window will not open. In such an instance, restart the PC to perform ➔ The system returns to the setup window.
➔ The setup window opens.

6. Select “File” – “Save Changes and Exit” and press the
<Enter> key.
3. Select “Storage” – “Storage Options” and press the <Enter> key.
AWS080205001.ai
➔ The “Storage Options” window opens.

AWS080205014.ai
➔ The “Save Changes and Exit” window opens.
AWS080205002.ai
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
7. Make sure that “Yes” has been selected and press the 10. Select “Legacy Boot Source” – “ATAPI CD/DVD Drive” –
<Enter> key. “SATA2” and press the <Enter> key.
AWS080205015.ai
➔ The PC restarts.
8. Press the <F9> key when hp logo appears at the center of

the screen.
DXCL070205001.ai
 NOTE  ➔ The “Attempting Boot From CD-ROM” message appears.

If the <F9> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the “Please
select boot device:” window will not open. In such an instance,
restart the PC to perform step 8. above again.
➔ “Please select boot device:” window opens.

DXCL070205002.ai
9. Insert the “Diagnostics CD for 6200/8200 V1.1” into the PC.

11. Enter “2”.
➔ The “Hewlett-Packard End-User License Agreement” message
appears.
DXCL070205003.ai
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
12. Enter “a” and press the <Enter> key. 15. Make sure that all the test results are “passed” and press
➔ The “Memory Tests Mode Selection” message appears. the <Enter> key.
DXCL070205004.ai
13. Enter “2” and press the <Enter> key.

➔ The following message appears.
DXCL070205005.ai
DXCL070205006.ai
14. Press the <Enter> key.
➔ Checking the memory start. 16. Press the <F10> key when the hp logo appears at the center
Upon completion of checking the memory, the “HP Memory of the window.
Diagnostics” message appears.
 NOTE 
If the <F10> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the setup
window will not open. In such an instance, restart the PC to perform
17. Remove the “Diagnostics CD for 6200/8200 V1.1” from the PC.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
18. Select “Storage” – “Storage Options” and press the <Enter> 21. Select “File” – “Save Changes and Exit” and then press the
key. <Enter> key.
AWS080205001.ai
AWS080205014.ai
22. Make sure that “Yes” has been selected and press the <Enter>
key.
AWS080205017.ai
19. Select “Removable Media Boot” and change it to “Disabled”.
AWS080205015.ai
AWS080205003.ai
20. Press the <F10> key.

➔ The system returns to the setup window.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
5.2 Executing the Diagnosis Tool (HP 5. Select “Storage” – “Storage Options” and press the <Enter> key.
ProDesk 600 G1 SF)
 NOTE 
Diagnosis tool only starts when connecting with USB. Therefore, a USB
connection Disk drive (jig) is necessary for start-up. Prepare it in
advance.
1. Connect the USB connection Disk drive (jig) to the USB port
D80H010204010.ai

on the PC.
2. Insert the “Diagnostics CD for 600G1/800G1 V1.0” Disk into

the Disk drive.
3. Turn ON the monitor and PC power switches. D80H010204011.ai

6. Select “Removable Media Boot” and change it to “Enabled”.
of the window.
 NOTE 
step 4. above again. DXCL110205001.ai
➔ The setup window opens. 7. Press the <F10> key.

010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
8. Select “File” – “Save Changes and Exit” and press the 10. Press the <Esc> key when the hp logo appears at the center
<Enter> key. of he screen.
 NOTE 
If the <Esc> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the setup
➔ “Startup Menu” window opens.
11. Select “Run UEFI Application...” and press the <Enter> key.
➔ “File Browser” window opens.
12. Select “USB: XXXXXXXX” (XXXXXXXX is the model name

for Disk drive) and press the <Enter> key.
AWS080205014.ai
➔ The “Save Changes and Exit” window opens. ➔ “File Browser” window opens.
9. Make sure that “Yes” has been selected and press the 13. Select “HEWLETT_” and press the <Enter> key.
<Enter> key. ➔ “File Browser” window opens.
14. Select “SYSTEMDI” and press the <Enter> key.
➔ “File Browser” window opens.
15. Select “SYSTEMDI.EFI” and press the <Enter> key.
➔ The diagnosis tool starts.
D80H010204021.ai
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
16. Execute the diagnosis tool.
➥REFERENCE
Items available for test are as following.
Item Explanation
Display the constitution of hardware, the HDD,
System Information
and the information of memory
System Tests Check the hardware sub system.
Check the following sub systems.*
Component Tests Memory, hard drive, keyboard, mouse, system
board, 1394 connector
Test Log Display the history of test results.
Language Change the displayed language
* Processor, optical drive, USB port and video cannot be checked.
17. After the diagnosing, remove the Disk from the Disk drive.
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
5.3 Setting the BIOS 4. Select “Removable Media Boot” and change it to “Disabled”.
5.3.1 For HP Compaq 6200/6300 Pro SF and

HP Compaq 8200 Elite MT
of the window.
AWS080205003.ai
 NOTE 
If the <F10> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the setup 5. Press the <F10> key.
window will not open. In such an instance, restart the PC to perform ➔ The system returns to the setup window.

6. Select “Storage” – “Boot Order” and press the <Enter> key.
AWS080205004.ai
➔ The “Boot Order” window opens.
AWS080205001.ai
AWS080205002.ai
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
7. Select the following items, and press the <F5> key. 10. Select “Data Execution Prevention” and change it to “Disabled”.
 “EFI Boot Source” – “USB Floppy/CD”
 “EFI Boot Source” – “USB Hard Drive”
 “Legacy Boot Source” – “USB Floppy/CD”
 “Legacy Boot Source” – “Hard Drive” – “USB Hard Drive”
 “Legacy Boot Source” – “Network Controller”
➔ The selected items turn gray.
DXCL070205007.ai

12. Select “Power” – “OS Power Management” and press the

<Enter> key.
AWS080205005.ai

9. Select “Security” – “System Security” and press the <Enter>

key.
AWS080205006.ai
➔ The “OS Power Management” window opens.
13. Select “Runtime Power Management” and change it to “Disabled”.
AWS080205007.ai
DXCL070205007.ai
➔ The “System Security” window opens.
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
14. Press the <F10> key. 18. Press the <F10> key.
➔ The system returns to the setup window. ➔ The system returns to the setup window.
15. Select “Power” – “Hardware Power Management” and press 19. Select “Advanced” – “Device Options” and press the
the <Enter> key. <Enter> key.
AWS080205008.ai AWS080205010.ai
➔ The “Hardware Power Management” window opens.

20. Select “Hyperthreading” and change it to “Disabled”.
16. Select “S5 Maximum Power Savings” and change it to “Enabled”.
AWS080205009.ai
➔ The “Warning” window opens.

AWS080205011.ai

➔ The system returns to the “Hardware Power Management” window.
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
22. Select “Advanced” – “AMT Configuration” and press the 25. Select “File” – “Save Changes and Exit” and press the
<Enter> key. <Enter> key.
AWS080205012.ai
➔ The “AMT Configuration” window opens.
23. Select “AMT” and change it to “Disabled”.

AWS080205014.ai
26. Make sure that “Yes” has been selected and press the
<Enter> key.
AWS080205013.ai

AWS080205015.ai
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
5.3.2 For HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF 4. Select “Removable Media Boot” and change it to “Disabled”.
of the window.
 NOTE 
D80H010204012.ai
➔ The setup window opens. ➔ The system returns to the setup window.
6. Select “Storage” – “Boot Order” and press the <Enter> key.
D80H010204010.ai
➔ The “Storage Options” window opens. D80H010204013.ai
➔ The “Boot Order” window opens.
D80H010204011.ai
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
7. Select the following items, and press the <F5> key. 9. Select “Security” – “System Security” and press the <Enter>
 “UEFI Boot Sources” – “USB Floppy/CD” key.
 “UEFI Boot Sources” – “USB Hard Drive”
 “Legacy Boot Sources” – “USB Floppy/CD”
 “Legacy Boot Sources” – “Hard Drive” – “USB Hard Drive”
 “Legacy Boot Sources” – “Network Controller”
➔ The selected items turn gray.
D80H010204015.ai
➔ The “System Security” window opens.
10. Select “Data Execution Prevention” and change it to “Disabled”.

D80H010204014.ai

DXCL110205002.ai

010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
12. Select “Advanced” – “Device Options” and press the 15. Select “Advanced” – “Management Operations” and press
<Enter> key. the <Enter> key.
AWS080205010.ai
13. Select “Hyperthreading” and change it to “Disabled”.

D80H010204019.ai
➔ The “Management Operations” window opens.
16. Select “AMT” and change it to “Disabled”.
AWS080205011.ai
D80H010204020.ai

010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
18. Select “File” – “System Information” and press the <Enter> ● When the BIOS Version is v02.15 or earlier
key. I. Press the <Esc> key and proceed to step 20.
● When the BIOS Version is v02.16 or later

I. Press the <Esc> key.
II. Select “Power” – “Hardware Power Management” and press the
<Enter> key.
D9S020205001.ai
D9S020205003.ai
➔ The “System Information” window opens. ➔ The “Hardware Power Management” window opens.
19. Check “BIOS Version & Date”. III. Select “PCI Express Power Management” and change it to
“Disabled”.
D9S020205004.ai
IV. Press the <F10> key.

D9S020205002.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
<Enter> key.
AWS080205014.ai
21. Make sure that “Yes” has been selected and press the
<Enter> key.
D80H010204021.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix A DR-ID 300CL Error Message Table (V4.0 or Earlier)
Event Event Source Description Causes Remedies Remarks

1 VBRunTime The VB Application No application key is registered to the Install the DR-ID 300CL application key.
identified by the event registry.
source logged this
ApplicationPDFPassWordInput:
Thread ID: 2556 ,Logged:
PasswordInputTool can’t
start.
29 FFIIPQACtrl clsCombineDialog.cls, Failed in automatic image combining Check image orientation and rotation and
cmdAutoCombine_Click, 1. processing. then retry.
3001 FFQAMsgBoxCtrl ctlImageLaterality.ctl, The ImageLaterality tag ([0x00200062] Set up image laterality from the User Utility.
GetLateralityParam, 1, tag) does not exist in DDO.
clsImageInfoFCR.
GetBSTRValue
[0x00200062] Element Not
Found.
3001 FFQAMsgBoxCtrl ctlImageLaterality.ctl, No value has been set up for the Set up image laterality from the User Utility.
GetLateralityParam, 2, ImageLaterality tag ([0x00200062] tag) in
clsImageInfoFCR. DDO.
GetBSTRValue
[0x00200062] Length = 0.
10000 MenuManager Property data is invalid. A program internal error or inconsistency in Restart. Use the User Utility to check “%s”: Detailed
[%s] exposure menu data. parameter of the exposure menu at error explanation
Invalid Data(%s%s) occurrence.
10001 MenuManager Method Error. A program internal error. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, “%s”: Detailed
[%s] reinstall the system. explanation
Error Message: %s
10001 CooperMsgNotify Property data is invalid. The parameter to be conveyed to the I/F is Restart.
%n%1%n%2 invalid.
10002 CooperMsgNotify Function Call Error. A program error. Restart.
%n%1%n%2
10003 CooperMsgNotify Exception Error. A program error. Restart.
%n%1%n%2
10900 IIPInputEz %1 : Registry Value The acquisition/setup key or registration Check the registry key.
Get/Set Error%n information is abnormal.
[Key] %2%n
[Exp] %3%n
%4%n
%5
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MT A-1
10901 IIPInputEz %1 : Database Connection This error is attributable to an abnormal Check Directory.ini or database file name.
Error%n character string in Directory.ini, an incorrect
[DB] %2%n database file name, or a damaged
[Exp] %3%n database.
%4%n
%5
10902 IIPInputEz %1 : Database Data This error is attributable to an abnormal Check the database table/field name.
Get/Set Error%n database acquisition/setup key or
[DB] %2%n database.
[Table] %3%n
[Field] %4%n
[Exp] %5
10903 IIPInputEz %1 : Dicom Data Object The DDO acquisition/setup tag is Check the DDO tag.
Get/Set Error%n abnormal.
[Tag] %2%n
[Exp] %3%n
%4%n
%5
10904 IIPInputEz %1 : Other Error%n Unknown error.
[Procedure] %2%n
[ErrorCode] %3%n
[Exp] %4%n
%5
[Key] %2%n
[Exp] %3%n
%4%n
%5
11900 IIPPortable %1 : Registry Value Get/ The registry was damaged. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
Set Error reinstall the system.
[Key] %2
[Exp] %3
%4
%5
%4%n
%5
11901 IIPPortable %1 : Database Connection Failed in accessing the image database. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
Error reinstall the system and perform
[DB] %2 “Initialization of image database”. (Image
[Exp] %3 data will be fully deleted.)
%4
%5
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
11902 IIPInputEz %1 : Database Data Get/ This error is attributable to an abnormal Check the database table/field name.
Set Error%n acquisition/setup key or database.
[DB] %2%n
[Table] %3%n
[Field] %4%n
[Exp] %5
11902 IIPPortable %1 : Database Data Get/ Failed in accessing the image database. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
Set Error reinstall the system and perform
[Table]%3 data will be fully deleted.)
[Field]%4
[Exp]%5
[Tag] %2%n
[Exp] %3%n
%4%n
%5
11903 IIPPortable %1 : DDO Data Get/Set The DDO file was damaged. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
[Tag] %2 “Initialization of image database”. (Image
%3 data will be fully deleted.)
%4
%5
[Procedure] %2%n
[ErrorCode] %3%n
[Exp] %4%n
%5
11904 IIPPortable %1 : Other Error Program error or unstable system status. Check POCKET id Console connection
[Procedure] %2 status and restart. If the same symptom
[Error Code]%3 recurs, reinstall the system and perform
[Exp]%4 “Initialization of image database”. (Image
12001 FF32 [%1] Failed in reading a bitmap file. Check to see if the filename is correct or “%1”: Instance name
It failed in CreateFile(%2). It is conceivable that there was no such available hard disk space is sufficient. “%2”: Error code
%3 file, free disk space was not sufficient or Proceed with processing. “%3”: Bitmap file name/
the system was unstable. Icon file name
12002 FF32 [%1] Failed in creating a file map object. Proceed with processing. “%1”: Instance name
It failed in It is conceivable that available resources “%2”: Error code
CreateFileMapping(%2). were insufficient or the system was “%3”: Bitmap file name/
%3 unstable. Icon file name
12003 FF32 [%1] Failed in mapping a file. It is conceivable Proceed with processing. “%1”: Instance name
It failed in that available resources were insufficient “%2”: Error code
MapViewOfFile(%2). or the system was unstable. “%3”: Bitmap file name/
%3 Icon file name
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
12004 FF32 [%1] Failed in creating a device context. Proceed with processing. “%1”: Instance name
CreateCompatibleDC. were insufficient or the system was
[%2] unstable.
12005 FF32 [%1] Failed in creating a DIB section. Proceed with processing. “%1”: Instance name
CreateDIBSection(%2). were insufficient or the system was “%3”: Bitmap file name/
12006 FF32 [%1] Failed in creating a bitmap picture object. Proceed with processing. “%1”: Instance name
OleCreatePictureIndirect(%2). were insufficient or the system was “%3”: Bitmap file name/
12008 FF32 [%1] Failed in reading an icon file. Check to see if the filename is correct or “%1”: Instance name
It failed in ExtractIon. It is conceivable that there was no such available hard disk space is sufficient. “%2”: Error code
%2 file, free disk space was not sufficient or Proceed with processing.
the system was unstable.
12009 FF32 [%1] Failed in creating an picture object for an Proceed with processing. “%1”: Instance name
It failed in icon. It is conceivable that available “%2”: Error code
OleCreatePictureIndirect(%2). resources were insufficient or the system “%3”: Bitmap file name/
%3 was unstable. Icon file name
12011 FF32 [%1] The file path was illegal. Check to see if the filename is correct. “%1”: Instance name
It is a filepath error. %2 Proceed with processing. “%2”: Error code
12012 FF32 [%1] Failed in acquiring memory. Check to see if the filename is correct. “%1”: Instance name
Memory allocation failed(%2). It is conceivable that available resources Proceed with processing. “%2”: Error code
%3 were insufficient or the system was “%3”: Bitmap file name/
unstable. Icon file name
12014 FF32 [%1] An invalid input value was specified. Proceed with processing. Common software
“%1”: Instance name
(function name),
occurred error,
error code
%2 “%1”: Instance name
(function name),
occurred error,
error code
“%2”: Error details
%3 (function name),
occurred error,
error code
“%2”: Error details (1/2)
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
[Key] %2%n
[Exp] %3%n
%4%n
%5
12900 IIPPortable %1 : Registry Value Get/ A registry was damaged. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
Set Error reinstall the system.
[Key] %2
[Exp] %3
%4
%5
%4%n
%5
12901 IIPPortable %1 : Database Connection Failed in accessing the image database. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
[Exp] %3 data will be fully deleted.)
%4
%5
12902 IIPInputEz %1 : Database Data This error is attributable to an abnormal Check the database table/field name.
Get/Set Error%n acquisition/setup key or database.
[DB] %2%n
[Table] %3%n
[Field] %4%n
[Exp] %5
12902 IIPPortable %1 : Database Data Get/ Failed in accessing the image database. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
Set Error reinstall the system and perform
[Table]%3 data will be fully deleted.)
[Field]%4
[Exp]%5
[Tag] %2%n
[Exp] %3%n
%4%n
%5
12903 IIPPortable %1 : DDO Data Get/Set The DDO file was damaged. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
[Tag] %2 “Initialization of image database”. (Image
%4
%5
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
12904 IIPInputEz %1 : Unknown Error%n Unknown error. Check the POCKET id Console connection
[Procedure] %2%n status.
[ErrorCode] %3%n
[Exp] %4%n
%5
12904 IIPPortable %1 : Other Error A general-purpose information event log. Check the POCKET id Console connection
[Procedure] %2 status.
[Error Code]%3
[Exp]%4
%5
13000 FFIdMenuChange It failed that [%1] gets the The “Font” key was not found in the Reinstall the IIP because the displayed
FontName registry. characters can be corrupted.
13000 FFIdMenuItem It failed that [%1] gets the The “Font” key was not found in the Reinstall the IIP because the displayed
13001 FFCustomMsgBox MessageBox DataBase The message database was not Reinstall or check whether the message
Connection Error. successfully connected. It is conceivable database exists and the contents of
that the database did not exist or that the Directory.ini are correct.
specified data source name was invalid.
13001 FFIdMenuChange It failed that [%1] gets the The “FontSizeSS”/“FontSizeS”/“FontSizeM”/ Reinstall the IIP because the displayed
FontSize “FontSizeL”/“FontSizeLL” key was not found characters can be corrupted.
in the registry.
13001 FFIdMenuItem It failed that [%1] gets the The “FontSizeSS”/“FontSizeS”/“FontSizeM”/ Reinstall the IIP because the displayed
in the registry.
13001 FFIipInput It failed that [%1] gets the The “Font” key was not found in the Reinstall the IIP because the displayed
13001 FFIpcInf [%1] Initialization was unsuccessful. Restart. “%1”: Instance name
It failed in CoInitialize(%2). It is conceivable that the system was “%2”: Error code
unstable.
13001 FFLogFile [%1] Log file creation was unsuccessful. Check for a free disk space or restart. “%1”: Instance name
It failed in CreateFile(%2). The problem might have been caused, for “%2”: Error code
instance, by an invalid filename selection, “%3”: File name/mutex
inadequate disk space, or system name
instability.
13001 FFImageDBCTL Image Database Access The image database was not successfully Restart.
Failure. accessed (ADO error).
ErrNo:%1 NativeErrNo:%2
SQLState:%3 Source:%4
Description:%5
13001 FF32LIB Image Database Access The image database was not successfully Restart.
Failure. accessed (ADO error).
ErrNo:%1 NativeErrNo:%2
SQLState:%3 Source:%4
Description:%5
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Error. accessed (ADO error).
ErroNo:%1
Source:%2
Description:%3
13001 FF32LIB FF32lib Database Access Failed in accessing the database. Restart.
Failure.%nFunction:%1
Command:%2%nErrNo:%3
NativeErrNo:%4
SQLState:%5%n
Source:%6%n
Description:%7
13002 FFIdMenuChange It failed that [%1] gets the The “Multibyte” key was not found in the Reinstall.
multibyte flag registry.
13002 FFIdMenuItem It failed that [%1] gets the The “Multibyte” key was not found in the Reinstall.
13002 FFIipInput It failed that [%1] gets the The “FontSizeSS”/“FontSizeS”/“FontSizeM”/ Reinstall the IIP because the displayed
in the registry.
13002 FFIpcInf [%1] A log save control was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom recurs, “%1”: Instance name
It failed in created. The problem is attributable to perform a reinstallation. “%2”: Error code
CoCreateInstance(%2). system instability or unregistered control.
LogFileCom create failure.
13002 FFLogFile [%1] File map object creation was unsuccessful. Restart. “%1”: Instance name
It failed in The problem is attributable to resource “%2”: Error code
CreateFileMapping(%2). inadequacy or system instability.
Failure. accessed.
InstanceName[%1]%2
13002 FFIdMcrControl Driver initialize error[%1] The magnetic card was not connected. Connect the magnetic card reader.
13002 FFCustomMsgBox MessageBox Data Get The specified message was not Perform a reinstallation or replace the
Error. databased. message database with the latest one.
It is conceivable that the message was not
registered in the message database or that
the specified ID was incorrect (program
defect).
13002 FF32LIB FF32lib Database Access Failed in accessing the database. Restart.
Failure. InstanceName[%1]
%n%2%nFunction:%3
Command:%4
13002 FF32LIB Image Database Access Failed in accessing the image database. Restart.
Failure.
InstanceName[%1]
%2
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
13003 FFIdMenuChange [%1] failed in the The “DisplayDataDB” key was not found in Reinstall.
initialization for the display Directory.ini or the connection character
group data acquisition string was not properly registered in the
display group table.
13003 FFIdMenuItem Image Folder Path Get The “Bitmap” key was not found in Reinstall.
Error Directory.ini.
13003 FFIipInput It failed that [%1] gets the The “Multibyte” key was not found in the Reinstall.
13003 FFIpcInf [%1] Memory allocation was not successfully Restart. “%1”: Instance name
Memory allocation failed. achieved for main thread creation.
The problem is attributable to resource
13003 FFLogFile [%1] File mapping was unsuccessful. Restart. “%1”: Instance name
It failed in The problem is attributable to resource “%2”: Error code
MapViewOfFile(%2). inadequacy or system instability.
Failure. accessed.
InstanceName[%1]%2%3
13003 FF32LIB Image Database Access The image database was not successfully Restart.
Failure. accessed.
InstanceName[%1]%2
%3
13003 FFCustomMsgBox Same MessageBox The specified message box is already Close the message box.
Existed. open.
[%1]
13003 FF32LIB FF32lib Database Access Failed in accessing the database. Restart. “%1”: Instance name
Failure. “%2”: Error code
InstanceName[%1]%n%2
%n%3
13004 FFIdMenuChange [%1] failed in the display The “DisplayDataDB” key was not found in Reinstall.
group data acquisition Directory.ini or the connection character
string was not properly registered in the
13004 FFIdMenuItem [Miss]Image Get Error Id_MissExposure_I.bmp was not found in Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
the path to an image folder or the image be displayed normally.
format was illegal.
13004 FFIipInput It failed that [%1] gets the The “LangStrDB” key was not found in Reinstall.
connection string of STR Directory.ini.
DB
13004 FFIpcInf [%1] A pipe has already An attempt was made to duplicate a pipe. There are no operational problems. “%1”: Instance name
been made(%2). “%2”: Error code
13004 FFLogFile [%1] It failed in Mutex creation was unsuccessful. Restart. “%1”: Instance name
CreateMutex(%2). The problem is attributable to resource “%2”: Error code
%3 inadequacy or system instability. “%3”: file name/mutex
name
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
13004 FFIdMcrControl Magnetic card data The magnetic card was found damaged. Have a normal magnetic card be read.
acquisition error[%1]
13004 FFCustomMsgBox MessageBox Dialog Create The message box could not be created. Restart.
Error. This error occurred due to insufficient
[%1] resources or system instability.
13005 FFIdMenuChange [%1] failed in the liberating The connection to the display group table Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
processing of the display was not successfully closed. reinstall.
group data acquisition
13005 FFIipInput It failed that [%1] connects The connection character string was not Reinstall.
to STR DB properly registered for the “LangStrDB” key
in Directory.ini.
13005 FFIpcInf [%1] Main thread creation was not successful. Restart. “%1”: Instance name
It failed in _ The problem is attributable to resource “%2”: Error code
beginthread(%2). inadequacy or system instability.
13005 FFldMcrControl Magnetic card variation The magnetic card was not of the specified Have the specified type of magnetic card
error[%1] type. be read.
13005 FFCustomMsgBox MessageBox Dialog Show The message box could not be opened. Restart.
Error. This error occurred due to insufficient
13006 FFCustomMsgBox List For Modeless The modeless message box management Restart.
MessageBox Management table was not successfully created.
New Error. The problem is attributable to resource
13006 FFIdMenuChange [%1] Failed in the The “DisplayDataDB” key was not found in Reinstall.
initialization for the display Directory.ini.
menu data acquisition
13006 FFIipInput It failed that [%1] gets the The “SysConfigDB“ key was not found in Reinstall.
connection string of SYS Directory.ini.
DB
13006 FFIpcInf [%1] It failed in The specified pipe was not successfully Make a change so as to let the program “%1”: Instance name
WaitNamedPipe(%2). connected. It is conceivable that the pipe initiate a retransmission, or restart. “%2”: Error code
was not created or was unconnectable or
that the system was unstable.
13006 FFIdMcrControl Magnetic card variation The card format was incorrect or an Have the specified hospital card be read.
check error[%1] attempt was made to read an unspecified
hospital card.
13006 FFCustomMsgBox List For Modeless The modeless message box management Restart.
MessageBox Management table was not successfully created.
New Error. This error occurred due to insufficient
13007 FFIdMenuChange [%1] failed in the acquisition The connection character string was not Reinstall.
of number of records of properly registered in the display group
display menu data table.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
13007 FFIipInput It failed that [%1] connects The connection character string was not Reinstall.
to SYS DB properly registered for the “SysConfigDB”
key in Directory.ini.
13007 FFIpcInf [%1] The specified pipe was not successfully The problem is attributable to the program. “%1”: Instance name
It failed in CreateFile(%2). connected. It is conceivable that the pipe Check the program or restart. “%2”: Error code
was closed or that the system was
unstable.
13008 FFIdMenuChange [%1] failed in the display Not properly registered to the display group Reinstall.
menu data acquisition table.
13008 FFIipInput It failed that [%1] calls the The message database did not exist or the Reinstall.
CUSTOM MESSAGE BOX program was faulty.
(%2)
13008 FFIpcInf [%1] A message was not successfully The problem is attributable to the program. “%1”: Instance name
It failed in WriteFile(%2). transmitted. It is conceivable that the pipe Check the program or restart. “%2”: Error code
was closed or that the system was
unstable.
13008 FFCustomMsgBox An exception error An exception occurred (the system was Restart.
occurred. unstable).
[%1]
%2
13009 FFIdConnectionWatch LogFile Name Make The “Log” key was not found in Directory. Reinstall.
error(%1).%n[%2] ini.
13009 FFIdMenuChange [%1] Failed in the liberating The connection to the display menu table Restart. If the problem frequently occurs,
processing of the display was not successfully closed. initialize the image database.
13009 FFIpcInf [%1] Memory allocation was not successfully Restart. “%1”: Instance name
Memory allocation failed. achieved for reception thread creation. “%2”: Error code
aaaaa The problem is attributable to resource
13009 FFIdConnectionWatchEx Log File Name Make The “Log” key was not found in Directory. Register the “Log” key in Directory.ini.
Error[%1] ini.
Error Code [%2]
13009 FFIdMcrControl DataFormatDB close The database was faulty. Reinstall.
error[%1]
13009 FFCustomMsgBox Common function error The common function returned an error. Restart.
occurred.
[%1]
%2
13010 FFIdConnectionWatch DB Connect The “SysConfigDB” key was not found in Reinstall.
error(%1).%n[%2] Directory.ini or SysConfig.mdb did not exist
in the path.
13010 FFIdMenuChange [%1] Failed in the The connection to the display menu table Restart. If the problem frequently occurs,
termination of the display was not successfully closed. initialize the image database.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
13010 FFIdConnectionWatchEx DB Connect Error [%1] “SysConfigDB” key was not found in Properly register the “SysConfigDB” key in
Error Code [%2] Directory.ini or SysConfig.mdb did not exist Directory.ini.
in the specified path.
13010 FFIdMcrControl Patient info data error[%1] The patient information contained in the Check the data contained in the magnetic
%n(%2) magnetic card was incorrect. card.
13010 FFIpcInf [%1] It failed in The pipe was not successfully created. Restart.
CreateNamedPipe(%2). The system was unstable.
[Pipe:%3]
13010 FFCustomMsgBox ActiveX Data Objects(ADO) An ADO error was detected. Restart.
Error.
ErroNo:%1
Source:%2
Description:%3
13011 FFIipInput It failed that [%1] gets the The “ScallHight”/“ScallWidth” key was not Reinstall.
window size registered in the registry.
13011 FFIpcInf [%1] Pipe connection was not successfully Restart. “%1”: Instance name
It failed in awaited. It is conceivable that the system “%2”: Error code
ConnectNamedPipe(%2). was unstable.
13012 FFIpcInf [%1] The reception thread was not successfully Restart.
It failed in _ created. This error occurred due to
beginthread(%2). [Pipe:%3] insufficient resources or system instability.
13013 FFIdMenuChange It failed that [%1] get the The “Bitmap” key was not found in Reinstall.
folder path to Bitmap Directory.ini.
13013 FFIpcInf [%1] The message reception was not Restart.
It failed in ReadFile(%2). successfully completed. The system was
[Pipe:%3] unstable.
13014 FFIdMenuChange It failed that [%1] get the Id_PrevPage_U.bmp/“Id_PrevPage_D.bmp”/ Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
bitmap to Previous Page “Id_PrevPage_X.bmp” was not found in the be displayed normally.
path to an image folder or the image format
was illegal.
13014 FFIpcInf [%1] An illegal parameter was encountered “%1”: Instance name
It is a parameter error. (program defect).
13015 FFIdMenuChange It failed that [%1] get the Id_NextPage_U.bmp/“Id_NextPage_D.bmp”/ Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
bitmap to Next Page “Id_NextPage_X.bmp” was not found in the be displayed normally.
was illegal.
13015 FFIpcInf [%1] An exception occurred (the system was Restart.
Exception Information. unstable).
%2
13023 FFIdPatInfoInput %1 (%2) : Patient The patient information contained illegal Correct the patient information setup.
Information Check Error%n information.
Item [%3]%n
Error [%4]
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
13024 FFIdPatInfoInput %1 (%2) : Bitmap Image “Id_LocalSearch_U.bmp”, Place “Id_LocalSearch_U.bmp”,
Get Error%n “Id_LocalSearch_D.bmp”, or “Id_LocalSearch_D.bmp”, and
BMP File [%3] “Id_LocalSearch_X.bmp” was not found in “Id_LocalSearch_X.bmp” in the path to the
the path to the folder in which images were folder in which images are positioned.
positioned.
13025 FFIdPatInfoInput %1 (%2) : Patient Info Get The patient information database was Repair the patient information database.
Error%n damaged.
Error [%3]%n
RetCode [%4]
13026 FFIdPatInfoInput %1 (%2) : Patient Info Set The patient information to be registered Enter correct patient information or repair
Error%n contained illegal information or the patient the patient information database.
Error [%3]%n information database was damaged.
RetCode [%4]
13027 FFIdPatInfoInput %1 (%2) : Patient Info Not No matching patient information was
Correspond%n found.
RetCode [%3]%n
13027 FFIipInput %1%n%2%n%3%n%4%n Control information No particular remedy needs be taken.
%5%n%6%n%7%0
13030 FFIipInput %1%n%2%n%3%n%4%n The connection character string was not Reinstall.
%5%n%6%n%7%0 properly registered for the
“RuStatusDataDB” key in Directory.ini.
13031 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Log Output The system setup database was damaged. Reinstall.
Directory Get Error
13032 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): MCR Control The card reader unit was not connected. There are no particular problems except
Initialize Error that the magnetic card reader is not
available.
13033 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): LR button The range was changed by the Service No particular remedy needs be taken.
cannot be concave set Utility.
13034 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): TB button The range was changed by the Service No particular remedy needs be taken.
13035 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): TBLR button The range was changed by the Service No particular remedy needs be taken.
13036 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Rotation The range was changed by the Service No particular remedy needs be taken.
button cannot be concave Utility.
set
13037 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Message The “MsgTableName” key was not found in Reinstall.
Table Name Get Error the system setup database.
13038 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): StrDB The “LangStrDB” key was not found in Reinstall.
Connection String Get Directory.ini.
Error
13039 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): StrDB The connection character string was not Reinstall.
Connect Error properly registered for the “LangStrDB” key
in Directory.ini.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
13040 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): SysDB The “SysConfigDB” key was not found in Reinstall.
Error
13041 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): SysDB The connection character string was not Reinstall.
Connect Error properly registered for the “SysConfigDB”
13042 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): ImageDB The “ImageDB“ key was not found in Reinstall.
Connection Character Directory.ini.
String Get Error
13043 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed The connection character string was not Reinstall.
ImageDB Connection properly registered for the “ImageDB” key
in Directory.ini.
13044 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed The image database was not successfully Reinstall.
ImageDB Open Recordset accessed.
13045 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed The image database was not successfully Check whether the SQL service manager
ImageDB Close Recordset accessed. is normally operating. If the same symptom
occurs while the SQL service manager is
normally operating, initialize the image
database (the entire image data is then
deleted).
13046 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): ImageDB The image database was not successfully Check whether the SQL service manager
Data Get Error accessed. is normally operating. If the same symptom
deleted).
Data Set Error accessed. is normally operating. If the same symptom
deleted).
Data Delete Error accessed. is normally operating. If the same symptom
deleted).
ImageDBFlag Connection accessed. is normally operating. If the same symptom
deleted).
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
ImageDBFlag Close accessed. is normally operating. If the same symptom
deleted).
13051 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): The image database was not successfully Check whether the SQL service manager
ImageDBFlag Data Set accessed. is normally operating. If the same symptom
Error occurs while the SQL service manager is
deleted).
13052 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed The initialization process for menu Reinstall.
MenuDB Initialize database access was not successfully
performed.
13053 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Menu Data Menu information was not successfully Reinstall.
in ImageDB Get Error acquired from the menu database.
13054 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Menu Menu parameter information was not Reinstall.
Parameter Data in successfully acquired from the menu
ImageDB Get Error database.
13055 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed The termination process for menu Reinstall.
MenuDB Termination database access was not successfully
performed.
13056 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): NetDB The “NetConfigDB” key was not found in Reinstall.
Connection Character Directory.ini.
String Get Error
13057 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed The connection character string was not Reinstall.
NetDB Connection properly registered for the “NetConfigDB”
13058 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): NetDB Data The network setup database was Reinstall.
Get Error damaged.
13059 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed New DICOM data was not successfully Restart. If the problem frequently occurs,
Create New DICOM Data created. initialize the image database.
13060 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): DICOM Data DICOM data was not successfully Restart. If the problem frequently occurs,
Get Error acquired. initialize the image database.
13061 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): DICOM Data DICOM data was not successfully set up. Restart. If the problem frequently occurs,
Set Error initialize the image database.
13062 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): DICOM Data DICOM data was not successfully deleted. Restart. If the problem frequently occurs,
Delete Error initialize the image database.
13063 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): DICOM Data DICOM data was not successfully loaded. Restart. If the problem frequently occurs,
Load Error initialize the image database.
13064 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): DICOM Data DICOM data was not successfully saved. Restart. If the problem frequently occurs,
Save Error initialize the image database.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
13065 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): DICOM Data DICOM data was not successfully freed. Restart. If the problem frequently occurs,
Free Error initialize the image database.
13066 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in The “IdPadding” key was not found in the Reinstall.
Padding Acquisition[Id#] system setup database.
13067 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in The “ExaminationNoPadding” key was not Reinstall.
Padding found in the system setup database.
Acquisition[Exam#]
13068 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in The “DateFormat” key was not found in the Reinstall.
Format Acquisition[Date Of system setup database.
Birth]
13069 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Cannot The requesting department database was Reinstall.
Access Data not found in the path indicated by the
Base[Departmdb] connection character string. The requesting
department table did not exist.
13070 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Displayed The “FieldDepartList” key was not found in Reinstall.
Item Is Not the system setup database.
Understood[Depart List]
13072 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in The “DepartDB” key was not found in Reinstall.
Connected String Directory.ini.
Acquisition[Depart]
13073 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Cannot The technician’s database was not found Reinstall.
Access Data in the path indicated by the connection
Base[Paramedicmdb] character string. The technician’s table did
not exist.
13074 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Displayed The “FieldParamedicList” key was not Reinstall.
Item Is Not found in the system setup database.
Understood[Paramedic List]
13076 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in The “ParamedicDB” key was not found in Reinstall.
Connected String Directory.ini.
Acquisition[Paramedic]
13077 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in The registry was damaged. Reinstall.
Window Size Acquisition
13078 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in The “ExposureListErase” key was not Reinstall.
ExposureList Erase found in the system setup database.
13079 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Config The “Config” key was not found in Reinstall.
Directory Character String Directory.ini.
Get Error
13080 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): The image database was damaged. Check whether the SQL service manager
ImageDBFlag Data Get is normally operating. If the same symptom
Error occurs while the SQL service manager is
deleted).
13081 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): StrDB The character string database was Reinstall.
Message String Get Error damaged.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
13083 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Initialize The system was unstable. Restart.
Timeout <InImg>
13084 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Terminate The system was unstable. Restart.
Error <InImg>
13085 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Terminate The system was unstable. Restart.
Timeout <InImg>
13086 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Input The system was unstable. Restart.
Method Error <InImg>
13087 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Original The system was unstable. Restart.
Image Input Failure
<InImg>
13088 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Image The system was unstable. Restart.
Processing Trouble
<InImg>
13089 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Menu Read The image database/information file was Reinstall.
Error <IdExposureList> damaged.
13090 FFIdDepartSelect %1 (%2) : Invalid Depart Directory.ini was damaged. Reinstall.
Code%n
Code [%3]
13090 FFIdParamedicSelect %1 (%2) : Invalid Directory.ini was damaged. Reinstall.
Paramedic Code%n
Code [%3]
13090 FFIdIndividualSelect %1 (%2) : Invalid Directory.ini was damaged. Repair Directory.ini.
Depart/Paramedic Code%n
Code [%3]
13091 FFIdDepartSelect %1 (%2) : Invalid Depart The database was damaged. Reinstall.
Name (SBCS)%n
Name (SBCS) [%3]
13091 FFIdParamedicSelect %1 (%2) : Invalid The database was damaged. Reinstall.
Paramedic Name
(SBCS)%n
Name (SBCS) [%3]
13091 FFIdIndividualSelect %1 (%2) : Invalid The database was damaged. Repair the database.
Depart/Paramedic
Name (SBCS)%n
Name (SBCS) [%3]
13094 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Message The system was unstable. Restart.
Send Error <IpcInfCom>
13096 FFNetDB %1 An invalid input value was specified. Restart. Common software
%3 (function name),
occurred error,
error code
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
13097 FFNetDB %1 Invalid network configuration. Check network configuration using the Common software
%2 Service Utility. “%1”: Instance name
%3 (function name),
occurred error,
error code
13098 FF32LIB FF32lib A WIN32 system An error occurred when calling up the Restart.
library error occurred. WIN32 API.
[%1]%n%2
13098 FFIdPatInfoInput %1 (%2) : %n A general-use message for the input of If it is referring to an error, follow the
[%3]%n patient information (serves as an error custom message box that opens.
%4%n message and also as information).
%5
13099 FF32LIB FF32lib An unknown error An exception error occurred. Restart.
occurred. [%1]%n%2
13100 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in The “DisplayDataDB” key was not found in Reinstall.
Display Group Directory.ini or the connection character
Acquisition[Initialize] string was not properly registered in the
Display Group Acquisition Directory.ini or the connection character
string was not properly registered in the
Display Menu Directory.ini.
Acquisition[Initialize]
13104 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in The menu database was damaged. Reinstall.
Display Menu
Acquisition[Record]
13108 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in The menu database was damaged. Reinstall.
Exposure Menu Acquisition
13109 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Next Set The registry was damaged. Reinstall.
Number Data Get Error
13110 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Next Set The registry was damaged. Reinstall.
Number Data Set Error
13111 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): System ID The system setup database was damaged. Reinstall.
Data Get Error
13112 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Auto The system setup database was damaged. Reinstall.
Distribution Data Get Error
13113 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Enable The system setup database was damaged. Reinstall.
Selector Data Get Error
13114 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Auto Menu The system setup database was damaged. Reinstall.
Select Data Get Error
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
13115 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Next Set The system setup database was damaged. Reinstall.
Number Min Data Get Error
13116 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Next Set The system setup database was damaged. Reinstall.
Number Max Data Get
Error
13120 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in The database was not found or the Reinstall.
Getting ID-Online Port# associated key did not exist.
13121 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in The database was not found or the Reinstall.
ID- Online Device Name associated key did not exist.
13123 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in The “SelectableDirection” key was not Reinstall.
selectable direction found in the system setup database or its
value was incorrect.
13124 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in The “SelectableFormat” key was not found Reinstall.
Selectable Image Format in the system setup database or its value
Acquisition was incorrect.
13125 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): FilmMarkDB The “FilmMarkDB“ key was not found in Reinstall.
Error
13126 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): FilmMarkDB The connection character string was not Reinstall.
Connect Error properly registered for the “FilmMarkDB“
13128 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in The “LimitFilmCopy” key was not found in Reinstall.
Limit Film Copy Acquisition the system setup database or its value was
incorrect.
13131 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in The “SelectableEdrMode” key was not Reinstall.
Selectable EDR Mode found in the system setup database or its
Acquisition value was incorrect.
13132 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in The “SelectableFunction” key was not Reinstall.
Selectable Function found in the system setup database or its
13134 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in The “SelectableFilingMode” key was not Reinstall.
Selectable EDR Mode found in the system setup database or its
13135 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): NetDB Data The connection character string for the Reinstall.
Get Error network setup database was not
successfully acquired or the network setup
database did not exist.
13136 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in The “EnableDistributionCode” key was not Reinstall.
Enable DistributionCode found in the system setup database or its
13137 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in The “EnableFileString” key was not found Reinstall.
Enable FileString in the system setup database or its value
Acquisition was incorrect.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
13138 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in The “EnableFunction” key was not found in Reinstall.
Enable Function Acquisition the system setup database or its value was
incorrect.
13157 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Finish Mode The system setup database was damaged. Reinstall.
Get Error
13161 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed The program was faulty or the image file Restart. If the problem frequently occurs,
Display Thumbnail Image was damaged. initialize the image database.
13165 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Image Size PU-dependent symptom. Check the PU status.
Code Specify Error
13166 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Pantomo The system setup database was damaged. Repair the system setup database.
Setting Get Error
13177 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Default The system setup database was damaged. Reinstall.
Menu Code Get Error
13178 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Next Multi The registry was damaged. Reinstall.
Frame Pair Code Data Get
Error
13179 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Next Multi The registry was damaged. Reinstall.
Frame Pair Code Data Set
Error
13180 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Series The system setup database was damaged. Reinstall.
Generation Type Data Get
Error
13181 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Multi Frame The system setup database was damaged. Reinstall.
UID Information Get Error
13184 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): MCR Type The system setup database was damaged. Reinstall.
Get Error
13185 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): MCR The system setup database was damaged. Reinstall.
Variation Get Error
13186 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Custom The system setup database was damaged. Reinstall.
Card Use Get Error
13187 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Font Name The “Font” key was not found in the Reinstall the IIP because the displayed
Get Error registry. characters can be corrupted.
13188 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Font Size The “FontSizeSS”/“FontSizeS”/“FontSizeM”/ Displayed characters can be corrupted.
Get Error “FontSizeL”/“FontSizeLL” key was not Reinstall the IIP as necessary.
found in the registry.
13189 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Multibyte The “Multibyte” key was not found in the Reinstall.
Flag Get Error registry.
13190 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in The “LangStrDB” key was not found in Reinstall.
Caption Acquisition[Id#] Directory.ini or the ID “30700” was not
registered in the character string database.
Caption Acquisition[Exam#] Directory.ini or the ID “30701” was not
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Caption Acquisition[SBCS Directory.ini or the ID “30702” was not
Patient Name] registered in the character string database.
Caption Acquisition[DBCS Directory.ini or the ID “30703” was not
Patient Name] registered in the character string database.
Caption Acquisition[Sex] Directory.ini or the ID “30704” was not
Caption Acquisition[Sex M] Directory.ini or the ID “30705” was not
Caption Acquisition[Sex F] Directory.ini or the ID “30706” was not
Caption Acquisition[Sex O] Directory.ini or the ID “30707” was not
Caption Acquisition[Date Of Directory.ini or the ID “30708” was not
Birth] registered in the character string database.
13199 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in The “IdLength” key was not found in the Reinstall.
Limitation No system setup database.
Acquisition[Id#]
13200 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in The “ExaminationNoLength” key was not Reinstall.
Limitation No found in the system setup database.
Acquisition[Exam#]
Caption Acquisition[Depart] Directory.ini or the ID “30800” was not
Caption Directory.ini or the ID “30800” was not
Acquisition[Paramedic] registered in the character string database.
13203 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Image The “Bitmap” key was not found in Reinstall.
Folder Path Get Error Directory.ini.
13204 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Id_Clear_U.bmp/“Id_Clear_D.bmp”/ Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
[Clear]Button Image Get “Id_Clear_X.bmp” was not found in the be displayed normally.
Error path to an image folder or the image format
was illegal.
13205 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Id_Ok_U.bmp/“Id_Ok_D.bmp”/“Id_Ok_ Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
[Ok]Button Image Get Error X.bmp” was not found in the path to an be displayed normally.
image folder or the image format was
illegal.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
13206 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): [Cancel] Id_Cancel_U.bmp/“Id_Cancel_D.bmp”/ Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
Button Image Get Error “Id_Cancel_X.bmp” was not found in the be displayed normally.
was illegal.
13207 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Id_Plus_U.bmp/“Id_Plus_D.bmp”/“Id_Plus_ Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
[Plus]Button Image Get X.bmp” was not found in the path to an be displayed normally.
Error image folder or the image format was
illegal.
13208 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): [Minus] Id_Minus_U.bmp/“Id_Minus_D.bmp”/ Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
Button Image Get Error “Id_Minus_X.bmp” was not found in the be displayed normally.
was illegal.
13209 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Id_NextPage_U.bmp/“Id_NextPage_ Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
[Next Page]Button Image D.bmp”/“Id_NextPage_X.bmp” was not be displayed normally.
Get Error found in the path to an image folder or the
image format was illegal.
13210 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Id_PrevPage_U.bmp/“Id_PrevPage_ Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
[Previous Page]Button D.bmp”/“Id_PrevPage_X.bmp” was not be displayed normally.
Image Get Error found in the path to an image folder or the
Acquisition[Complete] registered in the character string database.
Caption Acquisition[QA Directory.ini or the ID “30201” was not
Unfinished] registered in the character string database.
Acquisition[Interrupt] registered in the character string database.
Caption Acquisition[Cancel] Directory.ini or the ID “30203” was not
Caption Acquisition[New Directory.ini or the ID “30500” was not
Study] registered in the character string database.
Acquisition[Registered] registered in the character string database.
Caption Acquisition[QA Directory.ini or the ID “30502” was not
Waiting] registered in the character string database.
Caption Acquisition[Output Directory.ini or the ID “30503” was not
Waiting] registered in the character string database.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Acquisition[Outputted] registered in the character string database.
Caption Acquisition[All] Directory.ini or the ID “30505” was not
Caption Acquisition[Today] Directory.ini or the ID “30506” was not
Image Acquisition[System] Directory.ini or the ID “30507” was not
Acquisition[StudyReseve] registered in the character string database.
Acquisition[StudyStart] registered in the character string database.
13231 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in The bmp file path/bmp file was abnormal. Reinstall.
Image Acquisition[Priority]
Image Acquisition[End]
Image Acquisition[Change]
13234 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): The bmp file path/bmp file was abnormal. Reinstall.
[New]Button Image Get
Error
13235 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): [Repeat] The bmp file path/bmp file was abnormal. Reinstall.
Button Image Get Error
[Again]Button Image Get
Error
[Add]Button Image Get
Error
13238 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): [Delete] The bmp file path/bmp file was abnormal. Reinstall.
[Prev]Button Image Get
Error
[Next]Button Image Get
Error
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
[Monitor Mode]Button
Image Get Error
[QA]Button Image Get Error
13243 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): [Change] The bmp file path/bmp file was abnormal. Reinstall.
[AP/PA]Button Image Get
Error
[EDR Mode]Button Image
Get Error
[Film Format]Button Image
Get Error
[Detail]Button Image Get
Error
13248 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): The character string database was Reinstall.
[New]Button ToolTipText damaged.
Get Error
13249 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): [Repeat] The character string database was Reinstall.
Button ToolTipText Get damaged.
Error
[Again]Button ToolTipText damaged.
Get Error
[Add]Button ToolTipText damaged.
Get Error
13252 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): [Delete] The character string database was Reinstall.
Error
[Prev]Button ToolTipText damaged.
Get Error
[Next]Button ToolTipText damaged.
Get Error
[Monitor Mode]Button damaged.
ToolTipText Get Error
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
[QA]Button ToolTipText Get damaged.
Error
13257 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): [Change] The character string database was Reinstall.
Error
[AP/PA]Button ToolTipText damaged.
Get Error
[EDR Mode]Button damaged.
[Film Format]Button damaged.
[Detail]Button ToolTipText damaged.
Get Error
Image Acquisition[New]
13263 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in Id_NormalImage_U.bmp/ Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
Image Acquisition[Normal] “Id_NormalImage_ D.bmp”/ be displayed normally.
“Id_NormalImage_X.bmp” was not found in
the path to an image folder or the image
format was illegal.
13264 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in Id_LR_Reverse_U.bmp/“Id_LR_Reverse_ Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
Image Acquisition[LR] D.bmp”/“Id_LR_Reverse_X.bmp” was not be displayed normally.
found in the path to an image folder or the
13265 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in Id_TB_Reverse_U.bmp/“Id_TB_Reverse_ Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
Image Acquisition[TB] D.bmp”/“Id_TB_Reverse_X.bmp” was not be displayed normally.
13266 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in Id_Rotation180_U.bmp/ Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
Image Acquisition[TB LR] “Id_Rotation180_D.bmp”/ be displayed normally.
“Id_Rotation180_X.bmp” was not found in
the path to an image folder or the image
format was illegal.
13267 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in Id_Rotation90_U.bmp/“Id_Rotation90_ Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
Image Acquisition[Rotation] D.bmp”/“Id_Rotation90_X.bmp” was not be displayed normally.
13268 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in Id_Single_U.bmp/“Id_Single_D.bmp”/ Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
Image Acquisition[Single] “Id_Single_X.bmp” was not found in the be displayed normally.
was illegal.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
13269 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in Id_Twin_U.bmp/“Id_Twin_D.bmp”/ Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
Image Acquisition[Twin] “Id_Twin_X.bmp” was not found in the path be displayed normally.
to an image folder or the image format was
illegal.
13270 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): An Illegal The film mark database was damaged. Reinstall.
Film Mark Character Was
Detected
Caption Acquisition[FIX] Directory.ini or the ID “33502” was not
Caption Acquisition[Skfix] Directory.ini or the ID “33503” was not
Caption Acquisition[SEMI- Directory.ini or the ID “33504” was not
X] registered in the character string database.
Caption Acquisition Directory.ini or the ID “33505” was not
[DensityAverage] registered in the character string database.
13275 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Id_Utility_U.bmp/“Id_Utility_D.bmp”/ Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
[Utility]Button Image Get “Id_Utility_X.bmp” was not found in the be displayed normally.
Error path to an image folder or the image format
was illegal.
Caption Acquisition[Alarm Directory.ini or the ID “32700” was not
Stop] registered in the character string database.
13277 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in The character string database was Reinstall.
Caption Acquisition[Exit] damaged.
Caption Acquisition[User damaged.
Utility]
Caption Acquisition[List damaged.
Setting]
Caption damaged.
Acquisition[Version]
Caption damaged.
Acquisition[CANCEL]
[Clear]Button Image Get
Error
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
[Clear]Button ToolTipText damaged.
Get Error
Acquisition[CANCEL] registered in the character string database.
Caption Acquisition[DUST] Directory.ini or the ID “35001” was not
13286 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Tooltip Text The character string database was Reinstall.
Get Error damaged.
Caption damaged.
Acquisition[TitleBar]
Caption Acquisition[Option] damaged.
13289 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Version Info The registry was damaged. Reinstall.
Get Error
13290 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Option List The registry was damaged. Reinstall.
Get Error
[Miss]Image Get Error
13294 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Id_ApPa_U.bmp/“Id_ApPa_D.bmp”/ Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
[Image Style]Button Image “Id_ ApPa_ X.bmp” was not found in the be displayed normally.
Get Error path to an image folder or the image format
was illegal.
13295 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Id_Edr_U.bmp/“Id_Edr_D.bmp”/ Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
[EDR]Button Image Get “Id_Edr_ X.bmp” was not found in the path be displayed normally.
Error to an image folder or the image format was
illegal.
13296 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): [Function] Id_Edr_U.bmp/“Id_Edr_D.bmp”/“Id_Edr_ Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
Button Image Get Error X.bmp” was not found in the path to an be displayed normally.
image folder or the image format was
illegal.
13297 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Id_FilmCount_U.bmp/“Id_FilmCount_ Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
[Film Count]Button Image D.bmp”/“Id_FilmCount_X.bmp” was not be displayed normally.
Get Error found in the path to an image folder or the
13299 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Id_FilmFormat_U.bmp/“Id_FilmFormat_ Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
[Image Format]Button D.bmp”/“Id_FilmFormat_X.bmp” was not be displayed normally.
Image Get Error found in the path to an image folder or the
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
13300 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Id_FilingMode_U.bmp/“Id_FilingMode_ Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
[Filing]Button Image Get D.bmp”/“Id_FilingMode_X.bmp” was not be displayed normally.
Error found in the path to an image folder or the
13301 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Id_FilmMark_U.bmp/“Id_FilmMark_D. Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
[Film Mark]Button Image bmp”/“Id_ FilmMark_X.bmp” was not found be displayed normally.
Get Error in the path to an image folder or the image
format was illegal.
13302 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Id_DistributionCode_U.bmp/ Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
[Distribution Code]Button “Id_DistributionCode_D.bmp”/ be displayed normally.
Image Get Error “Id_DistributionCode_ X.bmp” was not
13303 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): [CSSS] Id_CsCs_U.bmp/“Id_CsCs_D.bmp”/ Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
Button Image Get Error “Id_CsCs_ X.bmp” was not found in the be displayed normally.
was illegal.
13304 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Image Data The line was abnormal. Check the line.
Connection Disconnected
13309 FFIipInput [%s] %s (%s): Failed in The patient information contained an illegal Ensure that the patient information does
Patient Information character string. not contain any illegal character string.
13345 FFIdDepartSelect %1 (%2) : Database Data The database was damaged. Reinstall.
Get Error%n
Database [%3]%n
Table [%4]%n
Key [%5]
13345 FFIdFilmMark %1 (%2) : Database Data The database was damaged. Reinstall.
Get Error%n
Database [%3]%n
Table [%4]%n
Key [%5]
13345 FFIdMcrControl IdMcrControl The database was faulty. Reinstall.
(threadMcrRead) :
Database Data Get Error
13345 FFIdParamedicSelect %1 (%2) : Database Data The database was damaged. Reinstall.
Get Error%n
Database [%3]%n
Table [%4]%n
Key [%5]
13345 FFIdPatInfoInput %1 (%2) : Database Data The database was damaged. Reinstall.
Get Error%n
Database [%3]%n
Table [%4]%n
Key [%5]
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
13345 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : Database Data The database was damaged. Reinstall.
Get Error%n
Database [%3]%n
Table [%4]%n
Key [%5]
13345 FFIdIndividualSelect %1 (%2) : Database Data The database was damaged. Repair the database.
Get Error%n
Database [%3]%n
Table [%4]%n
Key [%5]
13346 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : Patient The patient information contained illegal Correct the patient information setup.
Information Check Error%n information.
Item [%3]%n
Error [%4]
13347 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : Caption Get The character string database was Reinstall.
Error%n damaged.
CaptionId [%3]
13348 FFIdDepartSelect %1 (%2) : Registry Data The registry was damaged. Reinstall.
Get Error%n
Value [%3]
13348 FFIdFilmMark %1 (%2) : Registry Data The registry was damaged. Reinstall.
Get Error%n
Value [%3]
13348 FFIdMenuChange %1 (%2) : Registry Data The registry was damaged. Reinstall.
Get Error%n
Value [%3]
13348 FFIdParamedicSelect %1 (%2) : Registry Data The registry was damaged. Reinstall.
Get Error%n
Value [%3]
13348 FFIdPatInfoInput %1 (%2) : Registry Data The registry was damaged. Reinstall.
Get Error%n
Value [%3]
13348 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : Registry Data The registry was damaged. Reinstall.
Get Error%n
Value [%3]
13348 FFIdIndividualSelect %1 (%2) : Registry Data The registry was damaged. Repair the registry.
Get Error%n
13349 FFIdDepartSelect %1 (%2) : INI File Data Get Directory.ini was damaged. Reinstall.
Error%n
Key [%3]
13349 FFIdFilmMark %1 (%2) : INI File Data Get Directory.ini was damaged. Reinstall.
Error%n
Key [%3]
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
13349 FFIdMenuChange %1 (%2) : INI File Data Get Directory.ini was damaged. Reinstall.
Error%n
Key [%3]
13349 FFIdParamedicSelect %1 (%2) : INI File Data Get Directory.ini was damaged. Reinstall.
Error%n
Key [%3]
13349 FFIdPatInfoInput %1 (%2) : INI File Data Get Directory.ini was damaged. Reinstall.
Error%n
Key [%3]
13349 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : INI File Data Get Directory.ini was damaged. Reinstall.
Error%n
Key [%3]
13349 FFIdIndividualSelect %1 (%2) : INI File Data Get Registry.ini was damaged. Repair Registry.ini.
Error%n
Key [%3]
13350 FFIdFilmMark %1 (%2) : Bitmap Image The bmp file path or bmp file was Reinstall.
Get Error%n abnormal.
BMP File [%3]
13350 FFIdMenuChange %1 (%2) : Bitmap Image The bmp file path or bmp file was Reinstall.
BMP File [%3]
13350 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : Bitmap Image The bmp file path or bmp file was Reinstall.
BMP File [%3]
13352 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : Dicom MWM & The DICOM MWM & PPS option was not Install the DICOM MWM & PPS option.
PPS Option Not Install installed.
13353 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : Dicom MWM The DICOM MWM option was not installed. Install the DICOM MWM option.
Option Not Install
13362 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : Not Entry Host The host name for the local enclosure was With the service utility, register the host
Name not successfully acquired. information about the PPS local enclosure.
13370 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : PPS Request The equipment connection was faulty or Retry.
Failure [IN PROGRESS] the remote equipment power was OFF.
Failure [COMPLETED] the remote equipment power was OFF.
Failure [DISCONTINUED] the remote equipment power was OFF.
13382 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : Study List Retry.
Refresh Exception%nError
[%3]
13386 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : Failed in data The serial cable was broken or the Reinstall.
reception%n[Online Time connected equipment did not respond.
Out]
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
13389 FFIdDepartSelect %1 (%2) : Database The database was damaged. Reinstall.
Connection Error%n
Database [%3]%n
13389 FFIdFilmMark %1 (%2) : Database The database was damaged. Reinstall.
Connection Error%n
Database [%3]%n
13389 FFIdParamedicSelect %1 (%2) : Database The database was damaged. Reinstall.
Connection Error%n
Database [%3]%n
13389 FFIdPatInfoInput %1 (%2) : Database The database was damaged. Reinstall.
Connection Error%n
Database [%3]%n
13389 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : Database The database was damaged. Reinstall.
Connection Error%n
Database [%3]%
13389 FFIdIndividualSelect %1 (%2) : Database The database was damaged. Repair the database.
Connection Error%n
Database [%3]%n
13392 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : BCR Control The barcode reader was not connected. Connect the barcode reader.
Initialize Error
13443 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : Cannot Change An attempt was made to change the Change the information after completion of
Patient Info patient information during an image input image input.
EditMode [%3] sequence (patient information change
button: inactive).
13444 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : Cannot End An attempt was made to terminate a study Terminate the study after completion of
Examination during an image input sequence (study image input.
ExamEndMode [%3] end button: inactive).
13447 FFIipInput %1 : IipInput.exe [Starts] IipInput.exe is started (information).
13448 FFIipInput %1 : IipInput.exe [Normal IipInput.exe is terminated (information).
Termination]
13449 FFIipInput %1 : IipInput.exe [Forced IipInput.exe is terminated (information).
Termination]
13457 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : Image This error occurs if the image processing
Processing Information parameter file does not exist.
<InImg>
13462 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : Ordering The exposure menu received as the Register the exposure menu with the user
Exposure Menu Not Entry ordering information was not registered. utility.
[%3]
13470 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : Exposure Menu The exposure menu received as the Register the exposure menu with the user
Register Error. ordering information was not registered. utility.
13471 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : All Exposure The exposure menu received as the Register the exposure menu with the user
Menu Register Error. ordering information was not registered. utility.
13475 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : Failed in The patient exposure order information
Ordering Data.[RIS] sent from the RIS was abnormal.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
13477 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : Exposure Menu The exposure menu specified by the Register the exposure menu with the user
Register Error. received ordering information was not utility.
registered.
13478 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : All Exposure The exposure menu specified by the Register the exposure menu with the user
Menu Register Error. received ordering information was not utility.
registered.
13479 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : Failed in The order exposure study termination Check the RIS settings.
Examination End signal was received from the RIS although
Command.[Ris] an order exposure was not received.
13480 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : Failed in The problem is attributable to a Check the equipment and cables.
Communication with RIS. disconnected line or invalid parameter.
[%3]%n[%4]
13483 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : Menu is not An ID acquisition request was received Make a menu selection and then press the
Selected. from built-in type equipment although no OK button on the built-in type Console.
Failed in Getting ID exposure menu was selected.
Information
13484 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : Failed in the Inappropriate installation. Reinstall the system to secure matching
System Start. between DX option and menu database.
[Error: OpDcmStandardDx
or MenuData.mdb]
13489 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : Patient Info Set Patient information to be registered Enter correct patient information or repair
Error%n included illegal information items or patient patient information database.
Error [%3]%n information database was damaged.
RetCode [%4]
13490 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : UserName Illegal information was input as the Call upon the user to input a correct
Check Error%n username. username.
Item [%3]%n
Error [%4]
13491 FFIipInput User Login [UserName:%1] The user logged in the system.
13492 FFIipInput User Logout The user logged off the system.
[UserName:%1
13493 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : MCR-Data Send Failed in transferring magnetic card Repeat the same operation. If the symptom
Error.[RIS] information to the FRIS. remains uncorrected, check the barcode
information.
13494 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : BCR-Data Send Failed in transferring barcode information Repeat the same operation. If the symptom
Error.[RIS] to the FRIS. remains uncorrected, check the barcode
information.
13495 FFIipInput [%1] Failed in setting MCR Failed in setting magnetic card information. Repeat the same operation. If the symptom
data [%2] remains uncorrected, check the magnetic
card information.
13496 FFIipInput [%1] Failed in setting BCR Failed in setting barcode information. Repeat the same operation. If the symptom
data [%2] remains uncorrected, check the barcode
information.
13497 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : Failed in deleting Program error.
multibyte data
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Get/Set Error%n information was abnormal.
[Key] %2%n
[Exp] %3%n
%4%n
%5
%4%n
%5
13903 IIPInputEz %1 : Database Data The acquisition/setup key or database was Check the database table/field name.
[DB] %2%n
[Table] %3%n
[Field] %4%n
[Exp] %5
13903 IIPInputEz %1 : Dicom Data Object The DDO acquisition/setup tag was Check the DDO tag.
[Tag] %2%n
[Exp] %3%n
%4%n
%5
[Procedure] %2%n
[ErrorCode] %3%n
[Exp] %4%n
%5
13998 FFIipInput %1 (%2) : [%3] General information event log.
13998 FFIipInput SendToCommPort, COMM The data transmission port is defective. Check connection and settings of the port.
Port Send Error
13998 FFIipInput m_hQUEMutex, Create An exclusive processing error occurred. Restart.
Mutex Error
13998 FFIipInput CommOpen, COMM Port A failure resulted in an attempt to establish Check connection and settings of the port.
Open Error connection to the data transmission port.
13998 FFIipInput CommOpen, COMM Port Settings of the data transmission port are Check settings for connection to the port.
Param Set Error defective.
13998 FFIipInput tControlMain, _ A failure occurred in an attempt to start the Restart.
beginthreadex Create Error main thread.
13998 FFIipInput End_ControlProc, COMM A failure occurred in an attempt to close No particular remedial measures need to
Port Close Error the port. be taken as the DR-ID 300CL is in process
of shutdown.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
13998 FFIipInput MakeSendMessage, The received data is defective. Check the connected cable and device.
Message Code Convert
Error
13998 FFIipInput lFocus, The “Focus” data received is defective. Check the equipment targeted for
DicomDataFormatError connection or restart it.
13998 FFIipInput lTubeVoltage, The “Tube Voltage” data received is Check the equipment targeted for
DicomDataFormatError defective. connection or restart it.
13998 FFIipInput lExposureTime, The “Exposure Time” data received is Check the equipment targeted for
13998 FFIipInput lmAs, The “mAs” data received is defective. Check the equipment targeted for
13998 FFIipInput csGrid, The “Grid” data received is defective. Check the equipment targeted for
13998 FFIipInput lGlandulardose, The “Glandular Dose” data received is Check the equipment targeted for
13998 FFIipInput csFilterMaterial, The “Filter Material” data received is Check the equipment targeted for
13998 FFIipInput BodyPartThickness, The “Body Part Thickness” data received Check the equipment targeted for
DicomDataFormatError is defective. connection or restart it.
13998 FFIipInput csActualStereoAngle, The “Actual Stereo Angle” data received is Check the equipment targeted for
13998 FFIipInput csTubeHeadAngle, The “Tube Head Angle” data received is Check the equipment targeted for
13998 FFIipInput lmAsActualValue, The “Actual Value” data received is Check the equipment targeted for
13998 FFIipInput SaveResExpParamData, An attempt to store a DICOM file resulted Restart.
DicomFile Save Error in a failure.
13998 FFIipInput SaveResExpParamData, An attempt to obtain information on the Restart.
Not Use Dicom Directory folder targeted for storing a DICOM file
resulted in a failure.
13998 FFIipInput tComRecvMain, Sub Tread A attempt to create a data reception thread Restart.
Create Error resulted in a failure.
13998 FFIipInput MainTH_MainPrc, An attempt to obtain an area resulted in a Restart.
Received from Port [Alloc failure.
Error]
13998 FFIipInput MainTH_MainPrc, The received data is defective. Check the equipment targeted for
Received Buffer Claer connection or restart it.
13998 FFIipInput RespOperation, response The received data is defective. Check the equipment targeted for
data Format error connection or restart it.
13998 FFIipInput RespOperation, response A checksum error was found in the Check the equipment targeted for
data Checksum error received data. connection or restart it.
13998 FFIipInput RespOperation, Alloc Error An attempt to obtain an area resulted in a Restart.
for Dicom Data failure.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
13998 FFIipInput ACKOperation, No Target Illegal ACK data was received. Nothing particular.
[ACK] Receive
13998 FFIipInput SendToCommPort, Send Data transmission resulted in a failure. Check the equipment targeted for
Error connection or restart it.
13998 FFIipInput RetryOperation, Retry Send Data retransmission processing resulted in Check the equipment targeted for
Error a failure. connection or restart it.
13998 FFIipInput RetryOperation, Comm An attempt to retransmit data resulted in a Check the equipment targeted for
Send Retry Over failure. connection or restart it.
13998 FFIipInput RetryOperation, Response A timeout error occurred while in wait of Check the equipment targeted for
Timeout data reception. connection or restart it.
14900 IIPInputEz %1 : Registry Value Get/Set An acquisition/setup key error. A registry Check the registry key.
Error%n information error.
[Key] %2%n
[Exp] %3%n
%4%n
%5
14900 IIPPortable %1 : Registry Value Get/ A registry was damaged. There is no particular problem with
Set Error operations.
[Key] %2
[Exp] %3
%4
%5
14901 IIPInputEz %1 : Database Connection Incorrect Directory.ini file character strings. Check the Directory.ini file. Also check the
Error%n An incorrect database filename. Damaged database filename.
[DB] %2%n database.
[Exp] %3%n
%4%n
%5
14901 IIPPortable %1 : Database Connection Failed in accessing the image database. There is no particular problem with
Error operations.
[DB] %2
[Exp] %3
%4
%5
14902 IIPInputEz %1 : Database Data An acquisition/setup key error. A database Check the database table/filed name.
Get/Set Error%n error.
[DB] %2%n
[Table] %3%n
[Field] %4%n
[Exp] %5
14902 IIPPortable %1 : Database Data Get/ Failed in accessing the image database. There is no particular problem with
Set Error operations.
[DB] %2
[Table]%3
[Field]%4
[Exp]%5
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
14903 IIPInputEz %1 : DDO Data Get/Set A DDO acquisition/setup tag error. Check the DDO tag.
Error%n
[Tag] %2%n
%3%n
%4%n
%5
14903 IIPPortable %1 : DDO Data Get/Set The DDO file was damaged. There is no particular problem with
Error operations.
[Tag] %2
%3
%4
%5
14904 IIPInputEz %1 : Other Error%n Other error.
[Procedure] %2%n
[ErrorCode] %3%n
[Exp] %4%n
%5
14904 IIPPortable %1: Other Error A general-purpose information event log. There is no particular problem with
[Procedure] %2 operations.
[Error Code]%3
[Exp]%4
%5
19001 FFDICOMCommit SCU Initialization failed. DPM thread generation was unsuccessful. Restart.
[DPM Invoke fail] The system was unstable.
19001 FFDICOMCommit SCU Initialization failed. DPC thread generation was unsuccessful. Restart.
[DPC Invoke fail] The system was unstable.
19001 FFDICOMCommit SCU Initialization failed. Instance generation was unsuccessful. Restart.
[Insufficient memory] The system was unstable.
19001 FFDICOMEchoSCU Initialization failed. DPM thread generation was unsuccessful. Restart.
19001 FFDICOMEchoSCU Initialization failed. Instance generation was unsuccessful. Restart.
19001 FFDICOMMPPSSCU Initialization failed. DPM thread generation was unsuccessful. Restart.
19001 FFDICOMMPPSSCU Initialization failed. Instance generation was unsuccessful. Restart.
19001 FFDICOMMWLSCU Initialization failed. DPM thread generation was unsuccessful. Restart.
19001 FFDICOMMWLSCU Initialization failed. Instance generation was unsuccessful. Restart.
19001 FFDICOMPrintSCU Initialization failed. DPM thread generation was unsuccessful. Restart.
19001 FFDICOMPrintSCU Initialization failed. Instance generation was unsuccessful. Restart.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
19001 FFDICOMStoreSCP Initialization failed. DPM thread generation was unsuccessful. Restart.
19001 FFDICOMStoreSCP Initialization failed. DPC thread generation was unsuccessful. Restart.
[DPC Invoke fail] The system was unstable.
19001 FFDICOMStoreSCP Initialization failed. Instance generation was unsuccessful. Restart.
19001 FFDICOMStoreSCU Initialization failed. DPM thread generation was unsuccessful. Restart.
19001 FFDICOMStoreSCU Initialization failed. Instance generation was unsuccessful. Restart.
19002 FFDICOMCommit SCU Method Invoke failed. A message was not successfully Restart.
[PushPrc] transmitted.
The system was unstable.
19002 FFDICOMCommit SCU Method Invoke failed. A message was not successfully Restart.
[DiscontinueRequest] transmitted.
19002 FFDICOMEchoSCU Method Invoke failed. A message was not successfully Restart.
[EchoPrc] transmitted.
19002 FFDICOMMPPSSCU Method Invoke failed. A message was not successfully Restart.
[CreatePrc] transmitted.
19002 FFDICOMMPPSSCU Method Invoke failed. A message was not successfully Restart.
[SetPrc] transmitted.
19002 FFDICOMMWLSCU Method Invoke failed. A message was not successfully Restart.
[FindPrc] transmitted.
19002 FFDICOMMWLSCU Method Invoke failed. A message was not successfully Restart.
[CancelPrc] transmitted.
19002 FFDICOMQRSCU Method Invoke failed. A message was not successfully Restart.
[FindPrc] transmitted.
[MovePrc] transmitted.
[CancelPrc] transmitted.
[FreePrc] transmitted.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
19002 FFDICOMPrintSCU Method Invoke failed. A message was not successfully Restart.
[PrintPrc] transmitted.
[GetPrc] transmitted.
[DiscontinueRequest] transmitted.
19002 FFDICOMStoreSCU Method Invoke failed. A message was not successfully Restart.
[StorePrc] transmitted.
19003 FFDICOMCommit SCU File I/O failed. A communication log file was not Although the communication log cannot be
[Communication log file successfully opened. obtained, execution is possible.
name]
19003 FFDICOMEchoSCU File I/O failed. A communication log file was not Although the communication log cannot be
name]
19003 FFDICOMMPPSSCU File I/O failed. A communication log file was not Although the communication log cannot be
name]
19003 FFDICOMMWLSCU File I/O failed. A communication log file was not Although the communication log cannot be
name]
19003 FFDICOMPrintSCU File I/O failed. A communication log file was not Although the communication log cannot be
name]
19003 FFDICOMStoreSCP File I/O failed. An adequate disk space was not available. Check the available disk space.
[Communication log file
name]
19003 FFDICOMStoreSCP File I/O failed. An image-related file was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom frequently
[Communication log file accessed. The problem is attributable to a occurs, replace the disk.
name] disk.
19003 FFDICOMStoreSCP File I/O failed. A communication log file was not Although the communication log cannot be
name]
19003 FFDICOMStoreSCU File I/O failed. A communication log file was not Although the communication log cannot be
name]
Get/Set Error%n information was abnormal.
[Key] %2%n
[Exp] %3%n
%4%n
%5
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
%4%n
%5
19902 IIPInputEz %1 : Database Data The acquisition/setup key or database was Check the database table/field name.
[DB] %2%n
[Table] %3%n
[Field] %4%n
[Exp] %5
19903 IIPInputEz %1 : Dicom Data Object The DDO acquisition/setup tag was Check the DDO tag.
[Tag] %2%n
[Exp] %3%n
%4%n
%5
[Procedure] %2%n
[ErrorCode] %3%n
[Exp] %4%n
%5
20001 FFCtrlProc It failed in CreateProcess. A subprocess was not successfully started Restart. If the same symptom occurs after A subsystem name is
It has the possibility that an up. The system was unstable or a a restart, reinstall. placed in the “%1”
executive file doesn’t exist. necessary executable file was not found. position.
The start treatment can’t be
continued. /
CtrlProc:RunProc()
%1
20002 FFCtrlProc Process start information is An illegal parameter was used for process Restart. If the same symptom occurs after
unusual. The start startup. It is conceivable that the contents a restart, reinstall.
treatment can’t be of the process information database were
continued. / wrong.
CtrlProc:RunProc()
20003 FFCtrlProc It failed in the completion A process end request message was not Restart.
message preparation successfully created. It is conceivable that
treatment. The treatment the available resource was not adequate
can’t be continued. or that the system was unstable.
/CtrlProc:EndProc()
20004 FFCtrlProc It failed in the completion A process end request message was not Restart.
message transmitting successfully transmitted. It is conceivable
treatment. The treatment that the transmission destination process
can’t be continued. was down or that the transmission
/CtrlProc:EndProc() destination was wrong.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
20005 FFCtrlProc It failed in the switching A window show/hide message was not Restart.
message preparation successfully created. It is conceivable that
treatment. The treatment the available resource was not adequate
can’t be continued. or that the system was unstable.
/CtrlProc:ChangeProc()
20006 FFCtrlProc It failed in the switching A window show/hide message was not Restart. If the same symptom occurs after
message transmitting successfully transmitted. It is conceivable a restart, reinstall.
treatment. The treatment that the transmission destination process
can’t be continued. was down or that the transmission
/CtrlProc:ChangeProc() destination was wrong.
20007 FFCtrlProc It failed in CreateProcess. A window show/hide message was not Restart. If the same symptom occurs after
It has the possibility that an successfully transmitted. It is conceivable a restart, reinstall.
executive file doesn’t exist. that the transmission destination process
The start treatment can’t be was down or that the transmission
continued. destination was wrong.
/CtrlProc:SetInitProcEnd()
20102 FFCustomMsgBox [20102] Setup not It is conceivable that the application key Install the application key. Main
completed. was not installed.
20104 FFCustomMsgBox [20104] Failed in securing It is conceivable that the file was damaged Restart. If the same symptom occurs after Main
system settings. or deleted. a restart, reinstall.
20104 FFIIPMAIN It failed in the acquisition of The configuration information was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
the configuration information. successfully acquired. This error occurred perform a reinstallation.
The initialization treatment due to an improper installation or system
can’t be continued. instability.
/MainProcess:Main()
20105 FFCustomMsgBox [20105] Failed in accessing It is conceivable that the file was damaged Restart. If the same symptom occurs after Main
the process control or deleted. a restart, reinstall.
database.
20105 FFIIPMAIN It failed in the acquisition of Data was not successfully acquired from Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
the process information the process information database. perform a reinstallation.
data base. The initialization This error occurred due to an improper
treatment can’t be installation or system instability.
continued. /
MainProcess:Main()
20106 FFCustomMsgBox [20106] Failed in accessing It is conceivable that the file was damaged Restart. If the same symptom occurs after Main
the message distribution or deleted. a restart, reinstall.
control database.
20106 FFIIPMAIN It failed in opening of the The message database was not Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
message data base. successfully opened. This error occurred perform a reinstallation.
The initialization treatment due to an improper installation or system
can’t be continued. instability.
/MainProcess:Main()
20108 FFCustomMsgBox [20108] Failed in process A subprocess was not successfully started View the event logs around to examine the Main
activation. up for some reason. cause.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
20108 FFIIPMAIN It failed in the start of the The subprocess was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
sub-process. started. This error occurred due to an perform a reinstallation.
The initialization treatment improper installation or system instability.
can’t be continued.
/MainProcess:Main()
20110 FFCustomMsgBox [20110] Failed in The subprocess was not successfully Check for error messages and warnings Main
initialization processing. started. It is conceivable that the system issued before the occurrence of this error
was unstable. This error may also occur as and then take a remedial action.
a consequence of the occurrence of Or, restart. If the same symptom recurs,
another error. perform a reinstallation.
20110 FFIIPMAIN It failed in the start of the The subprocess was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
sub-process. started. This error occurred due to an perform a reinstallation.
The initialization treatment improper installation or system instability.
can’t be continued.
/MainProcess:
m_ProcessControl_
OnRunProcComplete()
20118 FFCustomMsgBox [20118] Failed in process An error occurred for some reason during No particular remedy needs be taken. Main
termination. subprocess end processing.
20118 FFIIPMAIN It failed in the completion of The subprocess was not successfully Restart.
the sub-process. terminated. The system was unstable.
/MainProcess:
ProcessEndRequirement()
20124 FFCustomMsgBox [20124] Failed in process A subprocess was not successfully View the event logs around to examine the Main
switchover. controlled for some reason. cause.
20124 FFIIPMAIN It failed in switching of the A subprocess changeover was not Restart.
process. / successfully effected. The target
MainProcess:xxxxx subprocess was not active or the system
was unstable.
20147 FFIIPMAIN Study Automatic Deletion The log was deleted successfully by study This is not an error.
successfully processed. automatic deletion processing.
(Loop Count is [ %1 ]. )/
MainProcess:m_Timer_
Timer()
20148 FFIIPMAIN Study Automatic Deletion Deleting the log using study automatic This is not an error.
warning. deletion processing resulted in a failure. If a message box opens, follow what is
(Loop Count is [ %1 ]. )/ directed in the box.
MainProcess:m_Timer_
Timer()
21001 FFCustomMsgBox [21001] Failed in The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager List
connecting to the image an inactive SQL service manager or is normally operating. If the symptom
database. uninitialized image database. occurs while the SQL service manager is
deleted).
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
21002 FFCustomMsgBox [21002] Failed in accessing The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager List
the image database. an inactive SQL service manager or is normally operating. If the symptom
uninitialized image database. occurs while the SQL service manager is
deleted).
21003 FFCustomMsgBox [21003] Failed in obtaining The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager List
information from the image an inactive SQL service manager or is normally operating. If the symptom
deleted).
21004 FFCustomMsgBox [21004] Failed in accessing The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager List
deleted).
21005 FFCustomMsgBox [21005] Failed in setting The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager List
information to the image an inactive SQL service manager or is normally operating. If the symptom
deleted).
21006 FFCustomMsgBox [21006] Failed in deleting The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager List
the study information. an inactive SQL service manager or is normally operating. If the symptom
deleted).
21007 FFCustomMsgBox [21007] Failed in It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
connecting to the system damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
setting database.
21008 FFCustomMsgBox [21008] Failed in accessing It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
the system setting damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
database.
21009 FFCustomMsgBox [21009] Failed in obtaining It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
information from the system damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
setting database.
21010 FFCustomMsgBox [21010] Failed in It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
connecting to the character damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
database.
21011 FFCustomMsgBox [21011] Failed in accessing It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
the character database. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
information from the damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
character database.
21013 FFCustomMsgBox [21013] Failed in accessing It is conceivable that the file was damaged Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
the definition file. or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
21014 FFCustomMsgBox [21014] Failed in opening It is conceivable that the registry Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
the registry information. information was damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
21015 FFCustomMsgBox [21015] Failed in retrieving It is conceivable that the registry Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
21016 FFCustomMsgBox [21016] Failed in writing the It is conceivable that the registry Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
registry information. information was damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
21017 FFCustomMsgBox [21017] Failed in closing It is conceivable that the registry Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
21018 FFCustomMsgBox [21018] Failed in receiving The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
message. perform a reinstallation.
21019 FFCustomMsgBox [21019] Failed in canceling The selected image was being output or No particular response is required. List
the output processing. already deleted.
21020 FFCustomMsgBox [21020] Failed in output. The selected image was being output or No particular response is required. List
already deleted.
21021 FFCustomMsgBox [21021] Failed in receiving The system was unstable. No particular response is required. List
the message.
21022 FFCustomMsgBox [21022] Failed in initializing The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
process for message perform a reinstallation.
communication.
21023 FFCustomMsgBox [21023] Failed in The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
terminating process for perform a reinstallation.
message communication.
information from the host damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
setting database.
21025 FFCustomMsgBox [21025] Failed in editing the The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
host setting database. perform a reinstallation.
21030 FFCustomMsgBox [21030] Failed in study Connection equipment was not operative Check the connected equipment or List
start. or the network was unstable. network.
21031 FFCustomMsgBox [21031] Failed in QA start. Connection equipment was not operative Check the connected equipment or List
or the network was unstable. network.
re-start. or the network was unstable. network.
21033 FFCustomMsgBox [21033] Failed in obtaining Connection equipment was not operative Check the connected equipment or List
study information from host or the network was unstable. network.
%s.
21034 FFCustomMsgBox [21034] Failed in locking Connection equipment was not operative Check the connected equipment or List
the study. or the network was unstable. network.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
completion processing. or the network was unstable. network.
21036 FFCustomMsgBox [21036] The target study Connection equipment was not operative Check the connected equipment or List
exists but is not displayed or the network was unstable. network.
on the list.
21037 FFCustomMsgBox [21037] The target study The specified study may have been No particular measures need to be taken. List
could not be found. deleted.
21038 FFCustomMsgBox [21038] The input format The input format was incorrect. No particular measures need to be taken. List
for date is wrong.
21039 FFCustomMsgBox [21039] The input format The input format was incorrect. No particular measures need to be taken. List
for time is wrong.
21040 FFCustomMsgBox [21040] No patient ID or The input word was incorrect. No particular measures need to be taken. List
Accession number exists.
21041 FFCustomMsgBox [21041] Multiple target Two or more relevant studies existed. No particular measures need to be taken. List
studies exist. The study
cannot be started.
21051 FFCustomMsgBox [21051] An unknown study Illegal data was contained in the study Check the RIS side setup information and
was received from the RIS. information received from the RIS. the like.
21052 FFMWMHelper [MWMHelper]%1 This is an information log. There is no particular problem with
operations.
21053 FFMWMHelper [MWMHelper]%1 A warning condition is encountered. There is no particular problem with
For details, refer to the contents of the operations.
event log.
21054 FFMWMHelper [MWMHelper]%1 An error occurred. Restart.
A study received by means of MWM didn’t
include StudyInstanceUID (0020,000D).
Request the MWM Server to send
StudyInstanceUID.
21129 FFCustomMsgBox [21129] The hard disk was • The free hard disk space was insufficient. Delete unnecessary images. If any images Main
full. • A forced termination procedure was are left without being output, output them.
performed during a startup or freeze.
21201 FFCustomMsgBox [21201] An error occurred. The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
perform a reinstallation.
21202 FFCustomMsgBox [21202] Initialization has The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
not been completed. perform a reinstallation.
21203 FFCustomMsgBox [21203] Radiographer It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
information database is damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
abnormal.
21204 FFCustomMsgBox [21204] Failed in obtaining The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
the registry information. perform a reinstallation.
21205 FFCustomMsgBox [21205] Failed in setting The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
registry values. perform a reinstallation.
21206 FFCustomMsgBox [21206] Failed in clearing a The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
displayed image. perform a reinstallation.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
21207 FFCustomMsgBox [21207] Failed in Connection equipment was not operative Check other connected equipment or List
connecting to the database. or the network was unstable. network.
21208 FFCustomMsgBox [21208] Failed in Connection equipment was not operative Check other connected equipment or List
connecting to the database. or the network was unstable. network.
21209 FFCustomMsgBox [21209] Failed in setting the The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
study information sharing perform a reinstallation.
host.
the study information from damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
the database.
21211 FFCustomMsgBox [21211] An error occurred It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
in obtaining radiographer damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information.
Study information cannot perform a reinstallation.
be obtained.
21214 FFCustomMsgBox [21214] Failed in starting The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs, List
remote search/acquisition perform a reinstallation.
processing.
21215 FFCustomMsgBox [21215] An error occurred It is possible that the definition file and/or Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
in checking the definition database file has been damaged or perform a reinstallation.
file for patient ID auto- deleted.
convert.
21216 FFCustomMsgBox [21216] An error occurred. The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
21217 FFCustomMsgBox [21217] Failed in auto- It is possible that the definition file and/or Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
conversion of patient ID. database file has been damaged or perform a reinstallation.
deleted.
21218 FFCustomMsgBox [21218] The upper-limit of The limit number of the items allowed on Reduce the number of selected studies.
the number of studies the list is exceeded.
selectable by patient ID
auto-convert is exceeded.
21219 FFCustomMsgBox [21219] No setting file for The patient ID auto-convert setting file Allocate the patient ID auto-convert setting
patient ID auto-convert does not exist at the specified location. file at the specified location, and then
exists. restart.
21220 FFCustomMsgBox [21220] A format error Format of the patient ID auto-convert Correct the error so that the format of the
occurred in the setting file setting file is invalid. patient ID auto-convert setting file is
for patient ID auto-convert. appropriate, and then restart.
21221 FFCustomMsgBox [21221] No definition file of The definition file of examinee-list for Allocate the definition file of examinee-list
examinee-list for patient ID patient ID auto-convert does not exist at for patient ID auto-convert at the specified
auto-convert exists. the specified location. location, and then restart.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
21222 FFCustomMsgBox [21222] A format error Format of the definition file of examinee-list Correct the error so that the format of the
occurred in the definition is invalid. definition file of examinee-list is
file of examinee list for appropriate, and then restart.
patient ID auto-convert.
21223 FFCustomMsgBox [21223] No definition DB of The definition DB file of examinee-list for Allocate the definition DB file of examinee-
examinee-list for patient ID patient ID auto-convert does not exist at list for patient ID auto-convert at the
auto-convert exists. the specified location. specified location, and then restart.
22100 FFIIPListMoveImage Warning. A warning was issued. For details, see the There is no particular problem with
%1 contents of the event log. operations.
22103 FFIIPMAIN It failed in the acquisition of The version information was not Reinstall.
the configuration information. successfully acquired. It is conceivable that
The initialization treatment the Version.env file did not exist in the
can’t be continued. specified directory or that the contents of
/MainProcess:Main() the file were damaged.
22128 FFIIPMAIN An error occurred in logfile A log file backup was not successfully Reinstall. (Although there are no
backup treatment. made. It is conceivable that the specified operational problems, various
/MainProcess:xxxxx pathname was incorrect. communication logs cannot be saved.)
22200 FFIIPListMoveImage Error. An error occurred. For details, see the Since the process was aborted due to an
%1 contents of the event log. error occurrence, it is conceivable that a
data inconsistency may exist. Verify the
data consistency.
22201 FFIIPListMoveImage Initialize Error. The initialization process failed. Restart.
%1
22202 FFIIPListMoveImage FFGetString Error. The FFGetString function returned an Restart.
%1 error.
22203 FFIIPListMoveImage DB Connect Error. The database connection was not Restart.
%1 successfully established.
22204 FFIIPListMoveImage DB Get Error. Data could not be acquired from the Restart.
% database.
22205 FFIIPListMoveImage SetDB Error. Data could not be set up for the database. Restart.
%1
22206 FFIIPListMoveImage Dicom Data Object Get Data could not be acquired from the Dicom Restart.
Error. Data Object.
%1
22207 FFIIPListMoveImage Dicom Data Object Set Data could not be set up for the Dicom Restart.
Error. Data Object.
%1
22208 FFIIPListMoveImage An unknown error An exception error occurred. Restart.
occurred.%n[%1]
23000 FFMWMStudyList RegCreatekey() returned The RegCreateKey function returned an Restart.
with Error at %1. [%2] error.
23000 FFStudyList, RegCreatekey() returned The user authority may not have been Use the normal startup procedure or
FFOutputList with Error at %1.%n[%2] granted or installation may have been perform reinstallation.
ended abnormally.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
23000 FFIIPListCustomize RegCreatekey() returned The user authority may not have been Use the normal startup procedure or
with Error at %1.%n[%2] granted or installation may have been perform reinstallation.
ended abnormally.
23000 FFIIPListSearch RegCreatekey() returned The user authority may not have been Use the normal startup procedure or
ended abnormally.
23000 FFIIPListMoveImage Information. Information log. There are no operational problems.
%1
23000 FFMWMStudyList Study couldn’t be started Failed in starting a study automatically for There are no operational problems.
automatically. %1. [%2] any reason.
23001 FFMWMStudyList RegOpenkey() returned The RegOpenKey function returned an Restart.
23001 FFStudyList, RegOpenkey() returned The user authority may not have been Use the normal startup procedure or
FFOutputList with Error at %1.%n[%2] granted or installation may have been perform reinstallation.
ended abnormally.
23001 FFIIPListCustomize RegOpenkey() returned The user authority may not have been Use the normal startup procedure or
ended abnormally.
23001 FFIIPListSearch RegOpenkey() returned The user authority may not have been Use the normal startup procedure or
ended abnormally.
23002 FFMWMStudyList RegClosekey() returned The RegOpenKey function returned an Restart.
23002 FFStudyList, RegClosekey() returned The user authority may not have been Use the normal startup procedure.
FFOutputList with Error at %1.%n[%2] granted.
23002 FFIIPListCustomize RegClosekey() returned The user authority may not have been Use the normal startup procedure.
with Error at %1.%n[%2] granted.
23002 FFIIPListSearch RegClosekey() returned The user authority may not have been Use the normal startup procedure.
with Error at %1.%n[%2] granted.
23003 FFMWMStudyList RegQueryNumericValue() The RegOpenKey function returned an Restart.
returned with Error at %1. error.
[%2]
23003 FFStudyList, RegQueryNumericValue() The user authority may not have been Use the normal startup procedure.
FFOutputList returned with Error at granted.
%1.%n[%2]
23003 FFIIPListCustomize RegQueryNumericValue() The user authority may not have been Use the normal startup procedure.
returned with Error at granted.
%1.%n[%2]
23003 FFIIPListSearch RegQueryNumericValue() The user authority may not have been Use the normal startup procedure.
%1.%n[%2]
23004 FFMWMStudyList RegSetNumericValue() The RegOpenKey function returned an Restart.
[%2]
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
23004 FFStudyList, RegSetNumericValue() The user authority may not have been Use the normal startup procedure.
FFOutputList returned with Error at granted.
%1.%n[%2]
23004 FFIIPListCustomize RegSetNumericValue() The user authority may not have been Use the normal startup procedure.
%1.%n[%2]
23004 FFIIPListSearch RegSetNumericValue() The user authority may not have been Use the normal startup procedure.
%1.%n[%2]
23005 FFMWMStudyList FFGetString() returned with
The FFGetString function returned an Restart.
Error at %1. [%2] error.
23005 FFStudyList, FFGetString() returned with
The problem is attributable to a damaged Ensure that the Directory.ini file is normal,
FFOutputList Error at %1.%n[%2] Directory.ini file. and then restart.
23005 FFIIPListCustomize FFGetString() returned with
Error at %1.%n[%2] Directory.ini file. and then restart.
23005 FFIIPListSearch FFGetString() returned with
Error at %1.%n[%2] Directory.ini file. and then restart.
23006 FFIIPListCustomize FFStrDBConnect() returned The problem is attributable to a damaged Ensure that the Directory.ini file is normal,
with Error at %1.%n[%2] Directory.ini file or missing LangStr.mdb and then restart. Or, check the LangStr.
file. mdb file.
23006 FFIIPListSearch FFStrDBConnect() returned The problem is attributable to a damaged Ensure that the Directory.ini file is normal,
with Error at %1.%n[%2] Directory.ini file or missing LangStr.mdb and then restart. Or, check the LangStr.
file. mdb file.
23006 FFMWMStudyList FFStrDBConnect() returned The FFStrDBConnect function returned an Restart.
23006 FFStudyList, FFStrDBConnect() returned The problem is attributable to a damaged Ensure that the Directory.ini file is normal,
FFOutputList with Error at %1.%n[%2] Directory.ini file or missing LangStr.mdb and then restart. Or, check the LangStr.
file. mdb file.
23007 FFIIPListCustomize FFStrDBClose() returned The LangStr.mdb file was damaged. Check the LangStr.mdb file.
with Error at %1.%n[%2]
23007 FFIIPListSearch FFStrDBClose() returned The LangStr.mdb file was damaged. Check the LangStr.mdb file.
23007 FFMWMStudyList FFStrDBClose() returned The FFStrDBClose function failed. Restart.
with Error at %1. [%2]
23007 FFStudyList, FFStrDBClose() returned The LangStr.mdb file was damaged. Check the LangStr.mdb file.
FFOutputList with Error at %1.%n[%2]
23008 FFIIPListCustomize FFStrDBReadString() The LangStr.mdb file was damaged. Check the LangStr.mdb file.
returned with Error at
%1.%n[%2]
23008 FFIIPListSearch FFStrDBReadString() The LangStr.mdb file was damaged. Check the LangStr.mdb file.
returned with Error at
%1.%n[%2]
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
23008 FFMWMStudyList FFStrDBReadString() The FFStrDBReadString function returned Restart.
returned with Error at %1. an error.
[%2]
23008 FFStudyList, FFStrDBReadString() The LangStr.mdb file was damaged. Check the LangStr.mdb file.
FFOutputList returned with Error at
%1.%n[%2]
23009 FFIIPListCustomize FFRegGetKeySZ() returned The problem is attributable to an Use the normal startup procedure.
with Error at %1.%n[%2] unprivileged user.
23009 FFIIPListSearch FFRegGetKeySZ() returned The problem is attributable to an Use the normal startup procedure.
with Error at %1.%n[%2] unprivileged user.
23009 FFMWMStudyList FFRegGetKeySZ() returned The FFRegGetKeySZ function returned an Restart.
23009 FFStudyList, FFRegGetKeySZ() returned The problem is attributable to an Use the normal startup procedure.
FFOutputList with Error at %1.%n[%2] unprivileged user.
23010 FFIIPListCustomize FFRegGetKeyDWORD() The problem is attributable to an Use the normal startup procedure.
returned with Error at unprivileged user.
%1.%n[%2]
23010 FFIIPListSearch FFRegGetKeyDWORD() The problem is attributable to an Use the normal startup procedure.
returned with Error at unprivileged user.
%1.%n[%2]
23010 FFMWMStudyList FFRegGetKeyDWORD() The FFRegGetKeyDWORD function Restart.
returned with Error at %1. returned an error.
[%2]
23010 FFStudyList, FFRegGetKeyDWORD() The problem is attributable to an Use the normal startup procedure.
FFOutputList returned with Error at unprivileged user.
%1.%n[%2]
23011 FFStudyList, FFSysDBConnect() It is conceivable that the Directory.ini file Ensure that the Directory.ini file is normal,
FFOutputList returned with Error at was damaged or the Hosts.mdb file did not and then restart. Or, check the SysConfig.
%1.%n[%2] exist. mdb file.
23011 FFMWMStudyList FFHostDBInitialize() FFHostDBInitialize() sent back an error. Restart the system.
returned with Error at %1.
[%2]
23012 FFStudyList, FFSysDBClose() returned This error is attributable to a damaged Check the SysConfig.mdb file.
FFOutputList with Error at %1.%n[%2] Directory.ini file.
23012 FFIIPListCustomize FFHostDBGetQueryHost() It is conceivable that the Hosts.mdb file Check the Hosts.mdb file.
returned with Error at was damaged.
%1.%n[%2]
23012 FFMWMStudyList FFHostDBGetQueryHost() FFHostDBGetQueryHost() sent back an Restart the system.
[%2]
23013 FFStudyList, FFSysDBReadszValue() This error is attributable to a damaged Check the SysConfig.mdb file.
FFOutputList returned with Error at Directory.ini file.
%1.%n[%2]
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
23013 FFIIPListCustomize FFHostDBSetQueryHost() It is conceivable that the Hosts.mdb file Check the Hosts.mdb file.
returned with Error at was damaged.
%1.%n[%2]
23013 FFMWMStudyList FFHostDBSetQueryHost() FFHostDBSetQueryHost() sent back an Restart the system.
[%2]
23014 FFStudyList, FFSysDBReadnValue() This error is attributable to a damaged Check the SysConfig.mdb file.
FFOutputList returned with Error at Directory.ini file.
%1.%n[%2]
23015 FFStudyList, Failed ImageDB The SQL Server Service Manager starts Ensure that the SQL Server is running.
FFOutputList Connection at %1.%n[%2] running or necessary files are not installed.
23016 FFStudyList, Failed ImageDB The SQL Server Service Manager starts Ensure that the SQL Server is running.
FFOutputList Disconnection at running or necessary files are not installed.
%1.%n[%2]
23017 FFStudyList, Failed ImageDB Open The SQL Server Service Manager starts Ensure that the SQL Server is running.
FFOutputList Recordset at %1.%n[%2] running or necessary files are not installed.
23018 FFStudyList, Failed ImageDB Update The SQL Server Service Manager starts Ensure that the SQL Server is running.
23019 FFStudyList, Failed ImageDB Close The SQL Server Service Manager starts Ensure that the SQL Server is running.
23020 FFStudyList Failed Get HostName as Failed in acquiring a host name. Check the network/network settings.
%1.%n[%2] The network may have been set up
incorrectly.
23021 FFStudyList Failed HostDB Data at Failed in acquiring data from the Hosts. Check the Hosts.mdb file.
%1.%n[%2] mdb file. The database may have been
damaged.
23022 FFStudyList Failed GetPossession at Failed in acquiring property. Check the network/equipment.
%1.%n[%2] It is conceivable that any other equipment
has already acquired property, network
disconnected or power not turned ON.
23023 FFStudyList Failed A failure occurred in file change or delivery Restart the system.
DDOChangeOrDelivery at processing at film division/extension
%1.%n[%2] (12on1) output.
23024 FFStudyList Failed DicomQ/R at A failure occurred when performing DICOM Check the network/network settings, and
%1.%n[%2] Q/R processing. then restart the system as necessary.
23025 FFStudyList FFNetDBConnect() An attempt to establish connection to the Check NetConfig.mdb and restart the
returned with Error at network setup database resulted in a system.
%1.%n [%2] failure.
23026 FFStudyList Failed DicomQ/R Initialize A failure occurred in initialization of DICOM Restart the system.
at %1.%n[%2] Q/R processing.
23027 FFStudyList Failed A failure occurred in file change processing Restart the system.
MultiPrintDDOUpdate at at film division/extension (12on1) output.
%1.%n[%2]
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
23028 FFStudyList Failed MultiPrintDelivery A failure occurred in delivery processing at Restart the system.
%1.%n[%2] film division/extension (12on1) output.
23029 FFStudyList Failed FFNetDBGet An attempt to acquire data from the Check NetConfig.mdb and restart the
%1.%n[%2] network setup database resulted in a system.
failure.
23031 FFStudyList CSIdmCheckResource() CSIdmCheckResource() returned an error Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
returned with Error at at %1. perform a reinstallation.
%1.%n[%2]
23032 FFStudyList Failed IDAutoConvertDLG Initialization of the auto-convert screen Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
Initialize at %1.%n[%2] returned an error at %1. perform a reinstallation.
23033 FFStudyList frm_AutoConvertProgDlg. frm_AutoConvertProgDIg.SetExecData() Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
SetExecData() returned returned an error at %1. perform a reinstallation.
23034 FFStudyList LimitOver SelectedRows The number of selected studies is Reduce the number of selected studies.
with Error at %1.%n[%2] exceeded the upper limit at %1.
23035 FFStudyList No Config File On A configuration file browse error occurred Allocate the patient ID auto-convert
AutoConvert Proc.%n[%1] during auto-convert processing. configuration file at the specified location,
and then restart.
23036 FFStudyList Config File Format Error A configuration file format error occurred Correct the error so that the format of the
On AutoConvert during auto-convert processing. patient ID auto-convert configuration file is
Proc.%n[%1] appropriate, and then restart.
23037 FFStudyList No Schema File On A definition file browse error occurred Allocate the definition file of examinee-list
AutoConvert Proc.%n[%1] during auto-convert processing. for patient ID auto-convert at the specified
location, and then restart.
23038 FFStudyList Scehma File Format Error A definition file format error occurred during Correct the error so that the format of the
On AutoConvert auto-convert processing. definition file of examinee-list is
Proc.%n[%1] appropriate, and then restart.
23039 FFStudyList No MatchingDB Error On A definition DB browse error occurred Allocate the definition DB file of examinee-
AutoConvert Proc.%n[%1] during auto-convert processing. list for patient ID auto-convert at the
specified location, and then restart.
23099 FFIIPListCustomize An unknown error An unknown error occurred. Restart.
occurred.%n[%1]
23099 FFIIPListSearch An unknown error An unknown error occurred. Restart.
occurred.%n[%1]
23099 FFMWMStudyList An unknown error occurred. An exception error occurred. Restart.
[%1]
23099 FFStudyList, An unknown error An unknown error occurred. Restart.
FFOutputList occurred.%n[%1]
24244 FFCustomMsgBox [24244] Patient ID auto- The patient ID auto-convert button was No problems will arise.
convert processing is pressed.
executed.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
24245 FFCustomMsgBox [24245] No examinee-list Target processing was performed Select the examinee-list file and re-perform
file has been selected. preliminarily or definitively with no the target processing preliminarily or
examinee-list file for patient ID auto- definitively.
convert selected appropriately.
24246 FFCustomMsgBox [24246] Change the study Processing to output a specified study was No problems will arise.
status from QA List to performed.
Study Completed and
output to %s.
24247 FFCustomMsgBox [24247] No output device No devices have been registered to output Register a device for output of the specified
has been registered. a specified study. study, and then redistribute the target
study.
24248 FFCustomMsgBox [24248] Failed in output a It is possible that the database file has Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
part of the study been damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
24249 FFCustomMsgBox [24249] No destination has No destination has been specified for the Register a destination for distribution of the
been set. specified study. specified study, and then redistribute it.
24250 FFCustomMsgBox [24250] There is a study No patient ID or name has been input for Input the patient ID and name for the
into which a patient ID or the specified study. specified study, and then redistribute it.
patient name has not been
entered.
25029 FFCustomMsgBox [25029] Failed in obtaining Access to the definition file failed while the Restart.
the setting info of the target media for connection was being
connected media. changed.
25030 FFCustomMsgBox [25030] Failed in changing In an attempt to change the target media Restart.
the connecting destination. for connection, access to the database
failed or an unexpected error occurred.
25031 FFCustomMsgBox [25031] Failed in accessing A drive where no media has been inserted Ensure that a disk has been inserted into
the selected drive. was selected. the drive correctly.
29010 FFIIPEvtMonitoringCtrl [%1]%nThe error occurred The Win32 API function returned an error. Restart. Worklist
in Win32 API.%n%2
29011 FFIIPEvtMonitoringCtrl [%1]%nThe exception error An exception error occurred. Restart.
occurred.%n%2
29107 FFIIPMAIN It failed in the preparation The pipe for inter-process communication Restart.
of the pipe. The treatment was not successfully created.
can’t be continued. It is conceivable that the system was
/MainProcess:Main() unstable.
29112 FFIIPMAIN It failed in the indication of The routine transition instruction message Restart. If the same symptom occurs after
the routine mode transition. was not successfully issued. a restart, reinstall.
/MainProcess: It is conceivable that the subprocess was
m_ProcessControl not running or that the pipe was not
_OnRunProcComplete() created.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
29114 FFIIPMAIN An unusual message was The received message was unusual. Restart. If the same symptom occurs after
received. This message is It is conceivable that the message was not a restart, reinstall.
ignored. registered in the message information
/MainProcess: database or that the system was unstable.
m_ProcessComControl
_OnRecvNotification()
29115 FFIIPMAIN An unusual send cause A message was received from an unknown Restart. If the same symptom occurs after
was received. This send source. It is conceivable that the a restart, reinstall.
cause is ignored. transmission source was not registered in
/MainProcess: the message information database or that
m_ProcessComControl a wrong transmission source was selected.
_OnRecvNotification()
29116 FFIIPMAIN The form of the place of the An unknown transmission destination was Restart. If the same symptom occurs after
transmission isn’t right. specified for the received message. a restart, reinstall.
/MainProcess: It is conceivable that the transmission
SendMessage() destination was not registered in the
message information database or that a
wrong transmission destination was
selected.
29117 FFIIPMAIN It failed in the message A message delivery was not successful. Restart. If the same symptom occurs after
delivery. It is conceivable that the subprocess at the a restart, reinstall.
/MainProcess: transmission destination was not running.
SendMessage()
29119 FFIIPMAIN It failed in the process An end notice was not successfully sent to Restart.
completion notice. the subprocess. It is conceivable that the
/MainProcess:ProcessEnd- subprocess was not running or that the
AnswerMessage() system was unstable.
29122 FFIIPMAIN It failed in the unusual An error notice was not successfully sent Restart.
occurrence notice. to the subprocess. It is conceivable that
/MainProcess: the subprocess was not running or that the
ErrorNoticeMessage() system was unstable.
29123 FFIIPMAIN It failed in the pipe close. An inter-process communication pipe was Restart.
/MainProcess: not successfully closed. It is conceivable
EndMainProcess() that the system was unstable.
29125 FFIIPMAIN It failed in close of the The message database was not Restart.
message data base. successfully closed. It is conceivable that
/MainProcess:xxxxx the system was unstable.
29126 FFIIPMAIN It failed in reading of the Data was not successfully acquired from Reinstall.
registry information. the registry. It is conceivable that
/MainProcess:xxxxx installation was not properly completed.
29127 FFIIPMAIN It failed in writing of the Data was not successfully written into the Restart.
registry information. registry. It is conceivable that the system
/MainProcess:xxxxx was unstable.
30001 FFCustomMsgBox [30001] Failed in obtaining It is conceivable that the file was damaged Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
the connection characters or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
to the character database.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
30002 FFCustomMsgBox [30002] Failed in It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
database.
to the system setting
database.
setting database.
to the image database.
30013 FFCustomMsgBox [30013] Failed in saving It is conceivable that the file was damaged Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
listed (worklist) display or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
settings.
30019 FFCustomMsgBox [30019] Failed in obtaining It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
the connection characters damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
to the network setting
database.
30027 FFCustomMsgBox [30027] Failed in initializing It is conceivable that the registry Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
the list (worklist). information was damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
obtained.
30045 FFCustomMsgBox [30045] IP address on the It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
Image Reader not damaged or improperly set. perform a reinstallation.
obtained.
30057 FFCustomMsgBox [30057] Failed in receiving The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
the message. perform a reinstallation.
to the Image Reader status
information database.
30105 FFCustomMsgBox [30105] Failed in list The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
initialization (waiting for perform a reinstallation.
study).
QA).
output).
initialization (already perform a reinstallation.
output).
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
initialization (all). perform a reinstallation.
initialization (today). perform a reinstallation.
30117 FFCustomMsgBox [30117] Failed in updating The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
list (worklist) display. perform a reinstallation.
to the Image Reader
30122 FFCustomMsgBox [30122] Failed in accessing It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
the Image Reader damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (Magnetic card
type).
information (Magnetic card
type).
information (Hospital card
used).
database.
30151 FFCustomMsgBox [30151] Failed in • The connection to the network was not • Connect to the network.
initialization processing. established. • Set a dummy node for “THIS HOST (IIP)”
• Node setup was not completed for “THIS (e.g., DICOM Print).
HOST (IIP)” under “Network Config”. • Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
• The system was unstable. perform a reinstallation.
the pass information (image or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
data folder).
30153 FFCustomMsgBox [30153] The shutdown The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
process resulted in a perform a reinstallation.
failure.
30155 FFCustomMsgBox [30155] Failed in list It is conceivable that the file was damaged Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
initialization (waiting for or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
study).
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
30157 FFCustomMsgBox [30157] Database access The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
was unsuccessful. an inactive SQL service manager or is normally operating. If the symptom
deleted).
30200 FFCustomMsgBox [30200] Failed in RIS There may be a problem with the RIS Verify the settings and then restart.
activation. module or RIS setup. If the same symptom recurs, perform a
reinstallation.
30201 FFCustomMsgBox [30201] A communication There may be a problem with the RIS Verify the settings and then restart.
error with RIS occurred. module or RIS setup. If the same symptom recurs, perform a
reinstallation.
30202 FFCustomMsgBox [30202] A communication There may be a problem with the RIS Verify the settings and then restart.
error with RIS occurred. module or RIS setup. If the same symptom recurs, perform a
reinstallation.
30204 FFCustomMsgBox [30204] Because of Failed in installation. Reinstall.
improperly performed
installation processing, the
system cannot be started.
30205 FFCustomMsgBox [30205] Failed in search The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
processing. perform a reinstallation.
30206 FFCustomMsgBox [30206] Failed in initializing The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
patient-incidental perform a reinstallation.
information.
30208 FFCustomMsgBox [30208] System error A return error from the Shimadzu FPD Restart the FPD system. If the same error
occurred. controller and a program error. recurs, reinstall the system.
30209 FFCustomMsgBox [30209] System error A return error from the Shimadzu FPD Restart the FPD system. If the same error
occurred. controller and a program error. recurs, reinstall the system.
30210 FFCustomMsgBox [30210] System error An error of level: 3,4 originated from theRestart the FPD system. If the same error
occurred. FPD system. recurs, reinstall the system.
30211 FFCustomMsgBox [30211] System error An error of level: 3,4 originated from theRestart the FPD system. If the same error
occurred. FPD system. recurs, reinstall the system.
30213 FFCustomMsgBox [30213] Failed in displaying A failure occurred in preview display of aRestart the FPD system. If the same Improvement of
the preview screen. CR long-view image before it is subjected symptom recurs, perform a reinstallation. operation performance
to image combining processing. of the automatic image
combining processing.
30215 FFCustomMsgBox [30215] An error occurred An error occurred in an attempt to change Confirm connection to the FPD device. Exposure technique
when changing the an exposure technique is notified change
exposure technique. accordingly. (Not only an error occurring
while the exposure controller controlling
method is being called up, but also an
error occurring in an attempt to access
DDO and image database are notified
accordingly.)
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
30216 FFCustomMsgBox [30216] No configurable The database does not contain trimming Contact your maintenance personnel.
trimming size available in sizes configurable for the FPD selector
%s. (upright or supine position).
30507 FFCustomMsgBox [30507] An error occurred. Communication with the linking application Restart the system. If the same error still
failed. recurs, contact your maintenance
personnel.
31001 FFCustomMsgBox [31001] Failed in obtaining It is conceivable that the registry Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
the registry information information was damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
(font name).
(font size).
(multi-byte language
information).
the used language in damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
system setting.
to the character database.
database.
to the system setting
database.
setting database.
31010 FFCustomMsgBox [31010] Failed in The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
connecting to the image an inactive SQL service manager or is normally operating. If the symptom
deleted).
31011 FFCustomMsgBox [31011] Failed in acquiring The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
information from the image an inactive SQL service manager or is normally operating. If the symptom
deleted).
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
31012 FFCustomMsgBox [31012] Failed in accessing The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
deleted).
31013 FFCustomMsgBox [31013] Failed in obtaining The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
the information from the an inactive SQL service manager or is normally operating. If the symptom
image database. uninitialized image database. occurs while the SQL service manager is
deleted).
31014 FFCustomMsgBox [31014] Failed in setting The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
information to the image an inactive SQL service manager or is normally operating. If the symptom
deleted).
31015 FFCustomMsgBox [31015] Failed in deleting The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
image database. uninitialized image database. occurs while the SQL service manager is
deleted).
31016 FFCustomMsgBox [31016] Failed in The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
connecting to the flag an inactive SQL service manager or is normally operating. If the symptom
deleted).
31017 FFCustomMsgBox [31017] Failed in accessing The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
the flag database. an inactive SQL service manager or is normally operating. If the symptom
deleted).
31018 FFCustomMsgBox [31018] Failed in setting The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
information to the flag an inactive SQL service manager or is normally operating. If the symptom
deleted).
initialization process for damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
menu setting database.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
the menu information from damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
the menu setting database.
the menu parameter damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information from the menu
setting database.
terminating the menu damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
setting database.
to the network setting
database.
connecting to the network damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
setting database.
the information from the damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
network setting database.
31026 FFCustomMsgBox [31026] Failed in issuing The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
the image information. perform a reinstallation.
31027 FFCustomMsgBox [31027] Failed in obtaining The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
Use the DICOM MWM C-FIND Tag Setting
of CL Service Utility to see if Distribution
Code (ID:141) is checked or not.
If checked, uncheck it.
31028 FFCustomMsgBox [31028] Failed in setting the The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
image information. perform a reinstallation.
31029 FFCustomMsgBox [31029] Failed in deleting The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
31030 FFCustomMsgBox [31030] Failed in reading An image-related file was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom frequently
the image information file. accessed. The problem is attributable to a occurs, replace the disk.
disk.
31031 FFCustomMsgBox [31031] Failed in writing the An image-related file was not successfully Restart. If the same symptom frequently
image information file. accessed. The problem is attributable to a occurs, replace the disk.
disk.
31032 FFCustomMsgBox [31032] Failed in releasing The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
the caption information damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
(ID#).
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
(study#).
(patient name).
(Kanji-patient name).
(sex).
(sex: M).
(sex: F).
(sex: O).
(data of birth).
information (ID# input
character limitation).
information (Study # input
character limitation).
information (ID # padding
format).
information (Study #
padding format).
information (date of birth
format).
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
31051 FFCustomMsgBox [31051] Invalid character is A 2-byte character, @, or other Make a proper entry.
input in ID #. unacceptable character was contained.
input in Study #. unacceptable character was contained.
input in patient name. unacceptable character was contained.
31054 FFCustomMsgBox [31054] Invalid character is A 1-byte character or other unacceptable Make a proper entry.
input in kanji-patient name. character was contained.
31055 FFCustomMsgBox [31055] Invalid character is A character other than “M”, “F”, and “O” Make a proper entry.
input in sex. was contained.
31056 FFCustomMsgBox [31056] Invalid format for The entry did not agree with a preselected Make a proper entry.
date of birth is input. birth date format.
the requesting department damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
database.
(requesting dep.).
the item information for damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
displaying in the requesting
dep. Selection list.
information.
to the requesting
department database.
the technician information damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
database.
31063 FFCustomMsgBox [31063] Failed in caption It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
information (technician). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
the item information for damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
displaying in the technician
selection list.
the technician information. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
to the technician database.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
(window size).
31068 FFCustomMsgBox [31068] No patient Nothing was entered in the patient Enter at least the patient’s sex.
information is input. information input field.
information (succeeded
from exposure menu
reservation list).
31070 FFCustomMsgBox [31070] Multiple studies An attempt was made to start an Start an examination process with one
cannot be executed. examination process with more than one examination item selected.
examination item selected from an
examination waiting list.
31071 FFCustomMsgBox [31071] No list is selected. An attempt was made to start execution Select at least one examination item.
with no examination item selected.
31072 FFCustomMsgBox [31072] Invalid character is An unacceptable character was contained. Make a proper entry.
input for film annotation.
31074 FFCustomMsgBox [31074] Failed in obtaining The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
flag database. uninitialized image database. occurs while the SQL service manager is
deleted).
31076 FFCustomMsgBox [31076] Failed in obtaining It is conceivable that the bitmap file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
the button image (Clear damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
the button image (OK damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
the button image (Cancel damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
the button image (increment damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
the button image damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
(decrement button).
the button image (Next damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
page button).
the button image (previous damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
page button).
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
character database.
31099 FFCustomMsgBox [31099] An error of It is conceivable that there is an Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
unknown cause occurred. inconsistency in the image information file. perform a reinstallation.
31100 FFCustomMsgBox [31100] The image display It is conceivable that the image data or Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
process resulted in a failure image information file was damaged. perform a reinstallation.
while operating in the
image input subsystem.
the pass information (log or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
saving folder).
31103 FFCustomMsgBox [31103] Failed in calling up The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
the patient information. perform a reinstallation.
31105 FFCustomMsgBox [31105] Failed in The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
terminating the image input perform a reinstallation.
subsystem.
terminating the image input perform a reinstallation.
subsystem.
31107 FFCustomMsgBox [31107] Failed in image The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
inputting process in the perform a reinstallation.
image input sub-system.
31110 FFCustomMsgBox [31110] Failed in calling up The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
the exposure menu. perform a reinstallation.
31111 FFCustomMsgBox [31111] Failed in study The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
terminating process. perform a reinstallation.
inputting process. perform a reinstallation.
inputting process. perform a reinstallation.
31114 FFCustomMsgBox [31114] Failed in specifying The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
the urgent processing. perform a reinstallation.
(Study with QA completed).
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
the caption (only exposure damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
competed).
(Study interrupt button).
(Cancel button).
(Study reception tab).
(waiting for study tab).
(waiting for QA tab).
(Waiting for output tab).
(Already output tab).
(All tab).
(Today tab).
the button image (System damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
(Study reservation button).
(Study start button).
31141 FFCustomMsgBox [31141] Patient information An unacceptable character was contained. Make a proper entry.
is illegal.
the display group data. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
the exposure menu perform a reinstallation.
information.
the button image (Urgent damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
the button image (Study damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
completed button).
the button image (Update damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
the button image (New damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
the button image (Repeat damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
the button image (Re-shoot damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
the button image (Add damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
the button image (Delete damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
the button image (Before damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
scroll button).
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
the button image (After damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
Scroll button).
the button image (Monitor damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
mode button).
the button image (QA damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
the button image (Change damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
the button image (Rotation/ damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
Inversion button).
the button image (EDR damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
mode button).
the button image (Image damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
format button).
the button image (Change damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
menu parameter button).
the tool tip (New button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
the tool tip (Repeat button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
the tool tip (Re-shoot damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
the tool tip (Add button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
the tool tip (Delete button). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
the tool tip (Before scroll damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
the tool tip (After scroll damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
the tool tip (Monitor mode damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
the tool tip (QA button ). damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
the tool tip (Change damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
the tool tip (Rotation/ damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
Inversion button).
the tool tip (EDR mode damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
the tool tip (Image format damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
the tool tip (Change menu damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
parameter button).
the registry information (Set information was damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
No.).
31187 FFCustomMsgBox [31187] Failed in setting the It is conceivable that the registry Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
tool tip (Before scroll information was damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
information (System ID).
information (Auto-
distribution instruction
information).
information (Selector
auto-switchover
information).
information (Menu
auto-sequence
information).
information (Set No.
minimum value
information).
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
information (Set No.
maximum value
information).
information (Series
information issuing
method).
31197 FFCustomMsgBox [31197] No matching work The contents of the image file did not Initialize the image database.
ID exists. agree with those of the image database.
31198 FFCustomMsgBox [31198] Failed in distribution The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
process. perform a reinstallation.
31201 FFInImgMonitorCtrl Data error.%n[%1] Input data was incorrect. Restart the system.
31202 FFCustomMsgBox [31202] Failed in obtaining It is conceivable that the database file was Check the FPD and the 5000 Series
the system setting damaged or deleted. equipment. Perform an image input
information (Patient process again or restart.
information online serial
port No.).
31202 FFIIPInImgCtrl Initialize error. [Detailed An abnormality occurred in the initialization Restart the system. If the same symptom
error information 31202 14 process. The common probable causes occurs after a restart, perform a
items] are as follows: reinstallation and initialize the image
database.
• Installation was not normally ended.
• The parameter file was incorrect.
31202 FFInImgMonitorCtrl Initialize error.%n[%1] Failed in initialization processing. Restart the system.
information (Patient
information online device
name.).
31203 FFInImgMonitorDispCtrl Method process error.%n An error was detected during method Restart the system.
[%1] processing.
31204 FFInImgMonitorDispCtrl Windows API access error. The system was unstable. Restart the system.
%n[%1]
31205 FFInImgMonitorDispCtrl Parameter error.%n[%1] An abnormal parameter was detected. Restart the system.
31206 FFInImgMonitorDispCtrl Memory access error. System memory was insufficient. Restart the system.
%n[%1]
31207 FFInImgMonitorDispCtrl Function error.%n[%1] An error was detected during internal Restart the system.
processing.
Image Reader machine reinstall the system.
code.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
the button image (New damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
31208 FFInImgMonitorDispCtrl File access error.%n[%1] The system was unstable. Restart the system.
information (Image rotation/
inversion selectable range).
the button image (frontal damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
image button).
the button image (Left-right damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
invert button).
the button image (Up-side- damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
down invert button).
the button image (180 damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
degree rotation button).
the button image (90 damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
degree rotation button).
information (Image format
selectable range).
the button image (SINGLE damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
the button image (TWIN damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
to the film annotation
database.
connecting characters to damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
the film annotation
database.
film annotation database.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
information (upper limit of
No. of output film).
(CS).
(SS).
31241 FFCustomMsgBox [31241] Failed in creating The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
thumbnail images with the perform a reinstallation.
image input subsystem.
processing in image input perform a reinstallation.
subsystem.
31243 FFCustomMsgBox [31243] Image format A value in the image file conflicted with a Since a standard setting will be used as a
information is illegal. system setting. substitute to continue with the process, no
particular response is required.
31244 FFCustomMsgBox [31244] Annotation A value in the image file conflicted with a Since a standard setting will be used as a
31245 FFCustomMsgBox [31245] No. of output film A value in the image file conflicted with a Since a standard setting will be used as a
31246 FFCustomMsgBox [31246] Distribution code A value in the image file conflicted with a Since a standard setting will be used as a
31247 FFCustomMsgBox [31247] Image reading A value in the image file conflicted with a Since a standard setting will be used as a
sensitivity is illegal. system setting. substitute to continue with the process, no
31248 FFCustomMsgBox [31248] Average output A value in the image file conflicted with a Since a standard setting will be used as a
density is illegal. system setting. substitute to continue with the process, no
31249 FFCustomMsgBox [31249] EDR mode is A value in the image file conflicted with a Since a standard setting will be used as a
illegal. system setting. substitute to continue with the process, no
31250 FFCustomMsgBox [31250] Image filing mode A value in the image file conflicted with a Since a standard setting will be used as a
is illegal. system setting. substitute to continue with the process, no
31251 FFCustomMsgBox [31251] Function mode is A value in the image file conflicted with a Since a standard setting will be used as a
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
31253 FFCustomMsgBox [31253] Contrast shift is A value in the image file conflicted with a Since a standard setting will be used as a
31254 FFCustomMsgBox [31254] Sensitivity shift A value in the image file conflicted with a Since a standard setting will be used as a
31255 FFCustomMsgBox [31255] There is a A value in the image file conflicted with a Since a standard setting will be used as a
discrepancy between system setting. substitute to continue with the process, no
system setting and image particular response is required.
information.
information.
information.
information.
31259 FFCustomMsgBox [31259] Failed in obtaining It is conceivable that the image information Delete the associated examination.
the image invert/rotate was damaged. If the same symptom frequently recurs,
information. perform a reinstallation.
31260 FFCustomMsgBox [31260] Failed in setting the
A value in the image file conflicted with a Since a standard setting will be used as a
image format information. system setting. substitute to continue with the process, no
31261 FFCustomMsgBox [31261]Failed in obtaining It is conceivable that the image information Delete the associated examination.
the image format was damaged. If the same symptom frequently recurs,
information. perform a reinstallation.
31262 FFCustomMsgBox [31262] Film annotation is The registered film mark contained an Correct the film mark setup with a user
illegal. unacceptable character. utility.
(FIX).
(S value).
(SEMI-X).
(Density Ave)
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
(Density Average).
31270 FFCustomMsgBox [31270] Input value is The entered value contained an Make a proper entry.
illegal. unacceptable character or was out of
range or otherwise abnormal.
information (Function
selectable range).
function information. perform a reinstallation.
No. of output film. perform a reinstallation.
contrast shift. perform a reinstallation.
sensitivity shift. perform a reinstallation.
EDR mode information. perform a reinstallation.
FIX mode S value. perform a reinstallation.
SEMI-X mode average perform a reinstallation.
output density.
31282 FFCustomMsgBox [31282] Failed in QA The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
starting process. perform a reinstallation.
information (Filing mode
selectable range).
image filing information. perform a reinstallation.
the distribution destination perform a reinstallation.
information.
information (Distribution
code change).
information (Film annotation
change).
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
information (Function
change).
the list display. perform a reinstallation.
31303 FFCustomMsgBox [31303] No list (Waiting for It is highly probable that the program was
study) is selected. faulty.
QA) is selected. faulty.
output) is selected. faulty.
31306 FFCustomMsgBox [31306] No list (Already It is highly probable that the program was
output) is selected. faulty.
31307 FFCustomMsgBox [31307] No list (All) is It is highly probable that the program was
selected. faulty.
31308 FFCustomMsgBox [31308] No list (Today) is It is highly probable that the program was
selected. faulty.
the list (Waiting for study) perform a reinstallation.
display.
the list (Waiting for QA) perform a reinstallation.
display.
the list (Waiting for output) perform a reinstallation.
display.
the list (Already output) perform a reinstallation.
display.
the list (All) display. perform a reinstallation.
the list (Today) display. perform a reinstallation.
31315 FFCustomMsgBox [31315] No. of selected It is highly probable that the program was
study is illegal. Study faulty.
cannot be started.
31316 FFCustomMsgBox [31316] Failed in study The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
31317 FFCustomMsgBox [31317] No. of selected It is highly probable that the program was
studies is illegal. QA cannot faulty.
be started.
information (Operational
mode after studying).
the button image (Utility damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
the patient information. perform a reinstallation.
31323 FFCustomMsgBox [31323] Date of birth could Illegal birth date information was set. Delete the associated examination. If the
not be converted to the same symptom recurs after deletion,
displaying format. perform a reinstallation.
(Stop alarm button).
31330 FFCustomMsgBox [31330] Failed in the It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
obtaining the caption damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information (System
Terminating button).
(User Utility button).
(Study list setting button).
(Version displaying button).
(Cancel button).
the button image (Clear damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
the tool tip information damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
(Clear button).
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
31337 FFCustomMsgBox [31337] Failed in displaying The thumbnail image file was damaged, There are no processing problems except
the thumbnail images. deleted, or otherwise abnormal. for the inability to display thumbnail
images. If the same symptom frequently
occurs, initialize the image database.
(Cancel button).
(Cancel button).
31348 FFCustomMsgBox [31348] Failed in thumbnail The thumbnail image file was damaged, There are no processing problems except
image creation process. deleted, or otherwise abnormal. for the inability to display thumbnail
images. If the same symptom frequently
occurs, initialize the image database.
31349 FFCustomMsgBox [31349] Failed in displaying It is conceivable that the system was If the same symptom recurs after a restart,
the list (Waiting for study). unstable or that the program was faulty. perform a reinstallation.
the list (Waiting for QA). unstable or that the program was faulty. perform a reinstallation.
the list (Waiting for output). unstable or that the program was faulty. perform a reinstallation.
the list (Already output). unstable or that the program was faulty. perform a reinstallation.
the list (All). unstable or that the program was faulty. perform a reinstallation.
the list (Today). unstable or that the program was faulty. perform a reinstallation.
31355 FFCustomMsgBox [31355] Failed in It is conceivable that the system was If the same symptom recurs after a restart,
customizing the list display. unstable or that the program was faulty. perform a reinstallation.
information (Default menu
code).
the tool tip text. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
(Title bar).
(Option label).
the version information. or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31362 FFCustomMsgBox [31362] Option list could It is conceivable that the registry Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
not be obtained. information was damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
(Next multiple frame set
No.).
31364 FFCustomMsgBox [31364] Failed in setting the It is conceivable that the registry Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
registry information (Next information was damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
multi-frame set No.).
information (Series issuing
type).
the multi-frame UID perform a reinstallation.
information.
the cassette insertion damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
enabled image.
the cassette insertion damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
disabled image.
the image icon (Mis- damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
exposure).
the button image (Image damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
style button).
the button image (EDR damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
the button image (Function damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
the button image (No. of damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
output film button).
the button image (Film damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
format button).
the button image (Filing damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
the button image (Film damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
annotation button).
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
the button image damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
(Distribution code button).
the button image (CS/SS damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
button).
31382 FFCustomMsgBox [31382] Image data line to The line was abnormal. Check the line.
the Image Reader (%s) has
broken.
the caption information. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31387 FFCustomMsgBox [31387] Failed in reading It is conceivable that the bitmap file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
the bit-map file. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
the font information. information was damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
31389 FFCustomMsgBox [31389] Failed in refresh The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
the list. reinstall the system.
31390 FFCustomMsgBox [31390] The information The entered information or its format was
about a requesting in error.
department was illegal.
31391 FFCustomMsgBox [31391] The information The entered information or its format was
about a paramedic was in error.
illegal.
31392 FFCustomMsgBox [31392] A patient Nothing matched the entered patient Check the patient information.
information search was information.
unsuccessful.
31393 FFCustomMsgBox [31393] Failed in setting up This error is attributable to an RIS problem Check RIS-side status or RIS setup.
connection status with the or RIS setup problem.
RIS.
31394 FFCustomMsgBox [31394] The line connected This error is attributable to an RIS problem Check the RIS status and RIS setup.
to the RIS was faulty. or RIS setup problem.
31395 FFCustomMsgBox [31395] Failed in reporting It is conceivable that the server was Check operating condition of the server
of study start (PPS). inoperative or network settings were and network settings.
incorrect.
of study termination (PPS). inoperative or network settings were and network settings.
incorrect.
of study abort (PPS). inoperative or network settings were and network settings.
incorrect.
the label caption. damaged or deleted. reinstall the system.
31400 FFCustomMsgBox [31400]The selected menu This error is attributable to an RIS problem Check the RIS status and RIS setup.
did not exist. or RIS setup problem.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
31401 FFCustomMsgBox [31401] Path information It is conceivable that the file was damaged Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
(image data folder) or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
acquisition was not
successful.
31402 FFCustomMsgBox [31402] Parameter icon It is conceivable that the bitmap file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
image acquisition was not damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
successful.
31403 FFCustomMsgBox [31403] Caption information It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
acquisition was not damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
successful.
31404 FFCustomMsgBox [31404] Failed in This error is attributable to a problem with Check the connected equipment,
communicating with other the connected equipment or connection connection setup, and others.
connected device. setup.
31407 FFCustomMsgBox [31407] Failed in setting the The connected equipment may be faulty. Check the connected equipment.
exposure size.
31408 FFCustomMsgBox [31408] Failed in setting the The connected equipment may be faulty. Check the connected equipment.
reference position for
exposure.
31409 FFCustomMsgBox [31409] No response The connected equipment may be faulty. Check the connected equipment.
comes from other
connected device.
31410 FFCustomMsgBox [31410] There is no answer The connected equipment may be faulty. Check the connected equipment.
from the device that ID
information is shared.
31411 FFCustomMsgBox [31411] A Study can’t This error is attributable to an improperly Check the menu registration information.
register because the registered menu.
exposure menu registerd in
IDT isn’t registered in IIP.
31412 FFCustomMsgBox [31412] An image data line The connected equipment may be faulty. Check the connected equipment.
with the reader is cut off.
31414 FFCustomMsgBox [31414] Failed in obtaining The database file may be damaged or Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
the caption information (RIS deleted. perform a reinstallation.
tab).
31415 FFCustomMsgBox [31415] A communication The connected equipment may be faulty. Check the connected equipment.
error with RIS occurred.
31416 FFCustomMsgBox [31416] Some exposure This error is attributable to an improperly Check the settings.
menus couldn’t be set menu parameter or other setup failure.
registered.
31417 FFCustomMsgBox [31417] An exposure menu This error is attributable to an improperly Check the settings.
couldn’t be registered. set menu parameter or other setup failure.
31418 FFCustomMsgBox [31418] Failed in the The connection setup may be faulty. Check the connection setup.
reference of the reader
device.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
31420 FFCustomMsgBox [31420] A failure occurred It is conceivable that the connected Check the connected equipment.
in the communication with equipment may be faulty.
the RIS.
31422 FFCustomMsgBox [31422] Failed in registering The patient information database operation Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
the study to the patient was wrong. perform a reinstallation.
stitching processing. perform a reinstallation.
Ensure that only period is used as a
symbol representing a decimal point for
values to be set in “OS Settings - Regional
Options”. If any symbol other than a period
is used, correct it appropriately.
31424 FFCustomMsgBox [31424] Failed in saving the The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
exposure result information. perform a reinstallation.
31425 FFCustomMsgBox [31425] Failed in setting Invalid characters were used for the No remedial action is needed because the
actual exposure result performed procedure step description, process will be continuously performed
value. protocol name, or filter type. The radiation with the invalid settings replaced with the
source-to-detector distance or radiation standard ones.
time did not consist of numerals only.
The film output count or film size ID was
out of range.
31426 FFCustomMsgBox [31426] Failed in acquiring Settings may have been corrupted. Restart the system. If the same symptom
coloring information. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
31427 FFCustomMsgBox [31427] Failed in image The system was unstable. Restart the system. If the same symptom
distribution processing. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
31428 FFCustomMsgBox [31428] Failed in displaying The system was unstable. Restart the system. If the same symptom
the study information list. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
31429 FFCustomMsgBox [31429] Failed in setting The system was unstable. Restart the system. If the same symptom
patient information. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
31430 FFCustomMsgBox [31430] Failed in acquiring The system was unstable. Restart the system. If the same symptom
patient information. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
31431 FFCustomMsgBox [31431] Failed in acquiring The bitmap file may have been damaged Restart the system. If the same symptom
image (background). or deleted. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
31441 FFCustomMsgBox [31441] Failed in acquiring It is conceivable that the file was damaged Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
parameters used for or deleted. It is also conceivable that the perform a reinstallation.
displaying mammography database file was damaged or deleted.
images.
31444 FFCustomMsgBox [31444] Illegal information Polling to the shared folder with the receipt It is conceivable that the content of the
received from the outside. computer resulted in a failure. study received from the receipt computer
does not match the DR-ID 300CL setting.
Check the connection setting and the
system setting.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
31445 FFCustomMsgBox [31445] Illegal information The patient cannot be registered because Check to see that characters prohibited to
received from the outside. of a format error that occurred with the text use on the DR-ID 300CL are not included
received from the Fujitsu receipt computer. in the transmitted information. Retransmit
then the study from the receipt computer,
as necessary.
31446 FFCustomMsgBox [31446] An error occurred A study transmitted from the receipt Check to see that characters prohibited to
for connection with the computer cannot be registered. use on the DR-ID 300CL are not included
equipment. in the transmitted information. Retransmit
then the study from the receipt computer,
as necessary.
31448 FFCustomMsgBox [31448] System error An error occurred in the FPD. Restart the FPD system. If the same error
occurred. recurs, reinstall the system.
31449 FFCustomMsgBox [31449] System error A disconnection error occurred in the line Check connection status to the equipment
occurred in to the FPD system. and restart the FPD system.
communications. If the same error recurs, reinstall the
system.
31449 FFCustomMsgBox [31449] Connecting… A disconnection error occurred in the line Check connection status to the equipment
* Please wait for a moment. to the FPD system. and restart the FPD system.
If the same error recurs, reinstall the
system.
31450 FFCustomMsgBox [31450] System error An error occurred on the FPD side (a error Restart the FPD system. If the same error
occurred. of level: 1,2 originated from the FPD recurs, reinstall the system.
system).
31451 FFCustomMsgBox [31451] Failed in image Due to an error occurred during image It is possible that the image can be re-
input processing. input processing, acquisition of an image acquired if it remains in the CU/MC.
If you carry input from the CU/MC or image reconstruction If the user abandoned to re-acquire the
processing out again, you based on the raw image resulted in a image, the user can delete the target
may succeed in input failure. menu.
image.
31455 FFCustomMsgBox [31455] An exposure menu This error can be attributable to the fact Check the FPD system and line status.
couldn’t be decided. that the user selected a menu on the study If such symptom does not improve, restart
window and pressed the button halfway the FPD system. If the same error recurs,
with the LED unlit. reinstall the system.
The LED may not go on by the causes
below.
 FPD panel error

 Line status error
 Exposure disabled due to emergency
 Inconsistency found in the database
31460 FFCustomMsgBox [31460] Initialization of DAP Initialization of the DAP meter resulted in a Check connection to the DAP meter and DAP
meter has failed. failure. restart the system.
31461 FFCustomMsgBox [31461] Initialization of DAP Initialization of the DAP meter resulted in a Retry initialization processing or suspend DAP
meter has failed. failure. the study and then restart it after checking
connection to the DAP meter.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
31462 FFCustomMsgBox [31462] Dose acquisition Failed in acquiring a dose value from the Confirm the dose value with the dose-area DAP
from DAP meter has failed. DAP meter. product meter. Check connection to the
DAP meter as necessary.
31464 FFCustomMsgBox [31464] Registration of An error occurred in an attempt to register Reinstall the system. Re-scanning.
study information has study information.
failed.
31466 FFCustomMsgBox [31466] No selector is An IP is registered and the study is Review the selector setting. Cancellation of
applicable. suspended. The Console is then shut registered IP.
down. While it is being shut down, the
selector where the IP has been registered
was deleted accidentally.
31467 FFCustomMsgBox [31467] Failed in energy Failed in performing ES (energy- Reinstall the system. ES processing
subtraction processing. subtraction) processing.
31468 FFCustomMsgBox [31468] Failed in exposure A failure occurred in exposure abort Perform re-exposure as necessary. Exposure abort
abort processing. processing. processing
31469 FFCustomMsgBox [31469] A system Disconnection of the line to the Shimadzu Reconfirm FPD device settings. Line disconnected.
communication error was FPD system (while in process of ID
detected. determination).
31850 FFCustomMsgBox [31850] Failed in It is conceivable that the connected Check status of the connected equipment.
communicating with X-ray equipment may have a problem or the
equipment. network may be unstable.
31851 FFCustomMsgBox [31851] Failed in registering The system is unstable. Restart the system. If the same symptom
a reserved study. recurs, reinstall the system.
31852 FFCustomMsgBox [31852] Failed in starting a The system is unstable. Restart the system. If the same symptom
reserved study. recurs, reinstall the system.
31853 FFCustomMsgBox [31853] An error occurred The system is unstable. Restart the system. If the same symptom
with connection to the recurs, reinstall the system.
equipment.
31854 FFCustomMsgBox [31854] Failed in searching The system is unstable. Restart the system. If the same symptom
a reserved study. recurs, reinstall the system.
31855 FFCustomMsgBox [31855] Received illegal It is conceivable that the connected Check information transmitted from the
information from the equipment may have transmitted illegal connected equipment.
outside. information.
31856 FFCustomMsgBox [31856] Received illegal It is conceivable that the connected Check information transmitted from the
information from the equipment may have transmitted illegal connected equipment.
outside. information.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl Initialize warning. [Detailed A warning-level error occurred in an image Check whether the SQL service manager
error information 32001 35 database initialization process. The is normally operating. If the same symptom
items] common probable causes are as follows: occurs while the SQL service manager is
• An abnormality occurred when the image database (the entire image data is then
database was accessed. deleted).
• An abnormality occurred when an
information file was accessed.
• An abnormality occurred when an image
file was created or referenced for image
file recovery.
• The contents of the image database or
information file were illegal.
• An unrecoverable image file was
encountered.
32001 FFInImgMonitorCtrl Initialize warning.%n[%1] A warning-level error occurred during Nothing particular. (Processing was
initialization processing. continued.)
32001 FFInImgMonitorDispCtrl Initialize warning.%n[%1] A warning-level error occurred during Nothing particular. (Processing was
initialization processing. continued.)
32002 FFIIPInImgCtrl Data not found.(warning) A warning-level error was found in Nothing in particular. (The data found
[Detailed error information information file data. abnormal was replaced by the default
32002 1 item] value to continue with the process.)
32002 FFInImgMonitorCtrl Data not found.(warning) A warning-level error was detected in the Nothing particular. (The error data was
%n[%1] information file data. replaced by the default value and
processing was continued.)
32002 FFInImgMonitorDispCtrl Data not found.(warning) A warning-level error was detected in the Nothing particular. (The error data was
%n[%1] information file data. replaced by the default value and
32003 FFInImgMonitorCtrl Status warning. [Detailed A process request was issued while an Nothing in particular. (The process request
error information 32003 1 initialization or termination process was was rejected.)
item] being performed.
32003 FFInImgMonitorCtrl Status warning.%n[%1] A warning-level error occurred during Nothing particular. (The error data was
method processing. replaced by the default value and
32003 FFInImgMonitorDispCtrl Status warning.%n[%1] A warning-level error occurred during Nothing particular. (The error data was
method processing. replaced by the default value and
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
32038 FFCustomMsgBox [32038] An error was An exposure technique notified from the Reconfirm FPD device settings. Exposure ready status
detected in connection with FPD device as an error is notified. (Console target #1912)
%s. Caption of the selector
where an error occurred
is included in “%s”. (If
errors occur in both of
the exposure
techniques, standing
position and supine
position, at the same
time, the both are
included putting a
comma between them.)
Example: “Error
occurred both in the
standing position, the
supine position.”
32039 FFCustomMsgBox [32039] An error message Though an error was notified from the FPD Make sure that settings for the selector
was received from device, no selector that is for the exposure and the FPD device have been performed
unspecified technique. technique exists. properly.
32043 FFCustomMsgBox [32043] Failed in linking the Output of the examinee-list definition file Ensure that a disk has been inserted into
patient info and display failed. the drive correctly.
terminal.
34084 FFCustomMsgBox [34084] Illegal information Illegal information was received from the Correct the information properly and then
was transmitted from the RIS. restart the study from the RIS.
RIS. Information of the started study includes
the one that is not allowed for the DR-ID
300CL.
34085 FFCustomMsgBox [34085] Communication A connected device may have a problem Reconnect. If the same symptom recurs,
with the RIS was disabled. or the network can be unstable. check status of the connected device.
34091 FFCustomMsgBox [34091] An error occurred An error of unknown cause occurred with Restart.
in an attempt to connect to the connection to the RIS.
the RIS.
34092 FFCustomMsgBox [34092] A failure occurred The system was unstable. Restart.
when starting the ordered
study.
34094 FFCustomMsgBox [34094] A failure occurred An attempt to inform the RIS of the Determine the same technologist both for
when notifying the RIS of changed technologist resulted in a failure. the RIS and the DR-ID 300CL.
the changed technologist.
34095 FFCustomMsgBox [34095] A failure occurred Communication with the RIS at startup of Stop the study exposure started via the
in communication with the an ordered study resulted in a failure. RIS and then restart it.
RIS at startup of a study.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
34096 FFCustomMsgBox [34096] A failure occurred Communication with the RIS at the end of Confirm the actual exposure result. If
in communication with the an order study resulted in a failure. information of the actual exposure result is
RIS when finishing a study. not reflected appropriately on the data,
input it on the RIS screen.
If the same symptom remains, restart the
relevant system.
34097 FFCustomMsgBox [34097] A failure occurred The system was unstable. Match technologist registration information
when changing the RIS of this equipment with that of the
user. connected device.
34098 FFCustomMsgBox [34098] Failed in Display of RIS view screen was disabled. Restart the relevant system. If the same
communicating with other symptom remains, check settings for
connected device. connection of the connected device.
34107 FFCustomMsgBox [34107] Do you wish to When rotating a marker-specified image, When the [Yes] button is pressed, the
delete markers and execute determine whether or not to delete the markers are deleted and the image with no
the operation? markers. markers is rotated. When the [No] button is
pressed, the image is rotated without
deleting the markers.
34109 FFCustomMsgBox [34109]Images were input During preview display of the 2 CR long- After all images have fully been read, Improvement of
during the preview display. view images before subjecting them to press the CR long-view image combining operation performance
combining processing, the third image was button. of the automatic image
input. combining processing.
34113 FFCustomMsgBox [34113] Automatic linkage A failure occurred in an attempt to perform Check the settings determined on the Long-view image
of stitching images has automatic combining processing of long- Image Reader (size, reference position, combining processing
failed. view menu images, which consequently offset value).
notifies the user of the fact that the images
have been combined as determined by the
default setting.
34114 FFCustomMsgBox [34114] Conditions Inconsistency between the exposure mode Check the settings determined on the Exposure initiation
inhibiting the start of and the specified number of image Image Reader.
exposure had been sent exposures, transferred from an external
from the external device. device, is notified to the user.
34115 FFCustomMsgBox [34115] Exposure was When the number of actually exposed The hand switch may have been released Exposure abort
aborted. images did not reach the number expected too early. Retry exposure.
for image exposure, the user will be
notified that the exposure was aborted.
34116 FFCustomMsgBox [34116] Technique cannot When a pre-determined exposure Register a new menu to perform exposure Exposure technique
be changed because it is a technique was changed for a Console- of the long-view menu whether in standing change
long view menu whose IP derived reason while an IP-registered long- position or supine position.
number has been view menu was being selected, the user
registered. will be notified that the exposure technique
cannot be changed.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
34117 FFCustomMsgBox [34117] Exposure technique In the case of receiving from the FPD a Retry after a while. Exposure technique
cannot be changed. notification to change exposure parameters change
(such as exposure technique and exposure
size) while exposure processing is being
inactivated, with, for example, the related
dialog box left opened or when the selector
button is pressed, the user will be notified
that changing the exposure parameters is
disabled.
34118 FFCustomMsgBox [34118] Long view image When the function menu flag is set to be Perform re-exposure as necessary. Exposure initiation
exposure will be aborted. WS, the user will be notified of aborting the
exposure processing.
34119 FFCustomMsgBox [34119] Exposure for When the function menu flag is set to be Perform re-exposure as necessary. Exposure initiation
energy subtraction will be ES (energy-subtraction processing), the
aborted. user will be notified of aborting the
exposure processing.
34120 FFCustomMsgBox [34120] Reader Unit QC Confirming whether or not to perform Operate as instructed on the window. Reading Unit QC
menu is being irradiated. Reading Unit QC processing, when an
attempt was made to shut down the
system while exposure of the Reading Unit
QC menu was being performed on the
study execution screen.
34121 FFCustomMsgBox [34121] The imaging range When an attempt was made to perform Check the number of image shootings.
is exceeded. exposure of long-view images of the
number larger than that supported by the
system, the user will be notified that the
shooting is disabled.
34122 FFCustomMsgBox [34122] Reader Unit QC Confirmation required when an attempt Operate as instructed on the window. Reading Unit QC
menu is registered, but not was made to exit the Reading Unit QC
all the exposure has been menu without performing it, though
completed. properly registered on the study execution
screen.
34123 FFCustomMsgBox [34123] Exposure size In the case of receiving from the FPD a If the dialog box is left open, close it and
cannot be changed. notification to change exposure parameters then retry.
(such as exposure size) while exposure
processing is being inactivated, with, for
example, the related dialog box left opened
or when the selector button is pressed, the
user will be notified that changing the
exposure parameters is disabled.
34842 FFCustomMsgBox [34842] Incorrect password. An incorrect password was input. Input a correct password. Password
authentication
component
39001 FFIIPInImgCtrl Memory allocate error. Sufficient memory was not available to the Restart.
[E1027] system.
39001 FFInImgMonitorCtrl Memory allocate error. System memory was insufficient. Restart.
%n[%1]
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
39002 FFIIPInImgCtrl Message post/get error. The system was unstable. Restart.
[Detailed error information
39002 5 items]
39002 FFInImgMonitorCtrl Message post/get error. The system was unstable. Restart.
%n[%1]
39003 FFIIPInImgCtrl IIPInImg control error. An abnormality was found in the IIP input Restart.
[Detailed error information image process.
39003 19 items]
39004 FFIIPInImgCtrl CR-Image control error. An abnormal termination was detected in Restart.
[Detailed error information image file creation processing or image
39004 13 items] display processing. The disk may be faulty.
39004 FFInImgMonitorCtrl CR-Image control error. An error was detected during image Restart.
%n[%1] processing.
39005 FFIIPInImgCtrl Pipe error. [Detailed error The system remains unstable. Restart.
information 39005 1 item]
39005 FFInImgMonitorCtrl Pipe error. %n[%1] The system was unstable. Restart.
39006 FFIIPInImgCtrl File error. [Detailed error The system remains unstable. Restart.
information 39006 7 items]
39006 FFInImgMonitorCtrl File error.%n[%1] The system was unstable. Restart.
39007 FFIIPInImgCtrl Data not found.(error) The data in the image database or Make an exposure again. If the error
[Detailed error information information file was abnormal. recurs, initialize the image database (the
39007 3 items] entire image data is then deleted).
39007 FFInImgMonitorCtrl Data not found.(error) There is an error in the image database/ Restart.
%n[%1] information file data.
39008 FFIIPInImgCtrl DB access error. [Detailed An abnormality occurred when a database Restart. If the same symptom frequently
error information 39008 19 was accessed. occurs, perform a reinstallation.
items]
39008 FFIIPInImgMgr Insufficient memory. The available memory was insufficient. Restart.
%n[%1]
39008 FFInImgMonitorCtrl DB access error.%n[%1] An error occurred with accessing to several Restart.
databases.
39009 FFIIPInImgMgr Create Dicom Data Object Data object creation was not successfully Restart.
Failed. %n[%1] completed.
39010 FFIIPInImgCtrl DICOMDataObj data area. An exception occurred when accessing to Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
the information file (DDO). perform a reinstallation.
39010 FFIIPInImgCtrl Exception error. Exception handling was done. Restart. If the same symptom frequently
[Detailed error information occurs, perform a reinstallation.
39010 5 items]
39010 FFIIPInImgMgr Input Image Operation is The disk was full or the connection limit This is not an operating error. Wait a while
Busy. %n[%1] was exceeded by the input request (busy and then input again.
state).
39010 FFInImgMonitorCtrl Exception error.%n[%1] An exceptional error occurred. Restart.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
39010 FFInImgMonitorDispCtrl Exception error.%n[%1] An exceptional error occurred. Restart.
39045 FFCustomMsgBox [39045] Image input A failure occurred during image input Restart. If the same symptom recurs, DR #1277 - A measure
processing has failed. processing at recovery of a CR image. perform a reinstallation. to prevent images from
being lost accidentally.
39901 FFInitializingStudy [%1] An exception error occurred. Restart.
An exception error
occurred(%2).
39902 FFInitializingStudy [%1] An error occurred. Restart.
%2.
40002 FFCustomMsgBox [40002] An error occurred. An error occurred in communication with Restart.
Ascent View (linking application).
40200 FFQAMsgBox Process Communication The method return value for the inter- Restart.
Control Error. process communication control resulted in
[File Name] [Function Name] an error.
[Error Code]
40201 FFQAMsgBox Journal Proc Failure. The method return value for the log save Restart.
[File Name] [Function Name] control resulted in an error.
[Error Code]
40202 FFQAMsgBox CustomMessageCtrl The return value for the custom message Restart.
Access Failure. box control resulted in an error.
[File Name] [Function Name]
[Error Code]
40203 FFQAMsgBox Image DB Access Control The method return value for the image Restart.
Error. database access control resulted in an
[File Name] [Function Name] error.
[Error Code]
40205 FFQAMsgBox Process Communication The method return value for the inter- Restart.
API Error. process communication API resulted in an
[File Name] [Function Name] error.
[Error Code]
40206 FFQAMsgBox SysConfig DB Access An error occurred with connection/ Restart.
Error. disconnection/value acquisition/value
[File Name] [Function Name] setup for the system setup database
[Error Code] access API.
40207 FFQAMsgBox LangStr DB Access Error. An error occurred with connection/ Restart.
[File Name] [Function Name] disconnection of the character string
[Error Code] database access API.
40208 FFQAMsgBox LangMsgBox DB Access An error occurred with connection/ Restart.
Error. disconnection of the message box
[File Name] [Function Name] database access API.
[Error Code]
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
40209 FFQAMsgBox Flag DB Access Error. An error occurred with connection/value Restart.
[File Name] [Function Name] acquisition/value setup/disconnection of
[Error Code] the flag database access.
40210 FFQAMsgBox Return value of a The method return value for the image Restart.
ImgDeliveryCom makes an distribution instruction component resulted
error. in an error.
[Error Code]
40211 FFQAMsgBox NetConfig DB Access Error. An error occurred with connection/ Restart.
[File Name] [Function Name] disconnection/value acquisition/value
[Error Code] setup for the network setup database
(irreplaceable).
41001 FFCustomMsgBox [41001] The device is not No floppy disk was set in position. Set media that is appropriate for the
ready. device.
41002 FFCustomMsgBox [41002] Remaining capacity The file to be copied was too large to fit Switch to larger-capacity media.
is insufficient. onto the media at the receiving end.
41003 FFCustomMsgBox [41003] Destination for file An invalid pathname was specified as the Check the system setup.
copy is illegal. file copy destination.
41004 FFCustomMsgBox [41004] E-mail program Outlook was not properly set up. Exit IIP and then complete Outlook setup.
cannot be started.
41005 FFCustomMsgBox [41005] No data cannot be The disk was write-protected or damaged. Check the disk.
written on the disk.
41106 FFCustomMsgBox [41106] Hard Disk Full. The hard disk was full. Exit QA, delete unnecessary images from
the list, and retry the distribution.
41107 FFCustomMsgBo [41107] Hard Disk Full. The hard disk was full. Exit QA, delete unnecessary images from
the list, and retry the distribution.
41108 FFCustomMsgBox [41108] Failed in reading No JPEG image gradation correction file is Check the correction file.
the LUT file for JPEG available or the format is illegal.
Image.
41109 FFCustomMsgBox [41109] A menu of a A menu of a different modality was Select a menu of the same modality.
different modality has been selected.
selected.
41110 FFCustomMsgBox [41110] Failed in access to The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
the image database. perform a reinstallation.
41111 FFCustomMsgBox [41111] Failed in access to It is conceivable that the shared host has Check targets involved in the shared host.
the image database. not been started.
41112 FFCustomMsgBox [41112] Failed in access to It is conceivable that QA processing was Check other equipment or perform another
the image database. performed on other equipment. study.
the image file. not been started.
41114 FFCustomMsgBox [41114] Failed in saving the It is conceivable that the shared host has Check targets involved in the shared host.
information. not been started.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
41118 FFCustomMsgBox [41118] Failed in image It is conceivable that the shared host has Check targets involved in the shared host.
output processing. not been started.
41119 FFCustomMsgBox [41119] Failed in QA startup The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
processing. perform a reinstallation.
41130 FFCustomMsgBox [41130] Failed in replacing No extension menus have been registered. Check menu registration information.
an image.
41131 FFCustomMsgBox [41131] Study information It is conceivable that system settings for Check the settings.
cannot be modified. the study # and ID # have been changed.
41132 FFCustomMessageBox [41132] Failed in energy Failed in re-performing energy subtraction Change the exposure menu again.
subtraction processing. processing in an attempt to change an ES
menu already subjected to exposure.
Abnormal resultant images (bone and soft
tissue images) were generated.
41140 FFCustomMsgBox [41140] The function cannot A function that was called up did not match Check the customized settings.
be implemented. the optional system settings.
41141 FFCustomMsgBox [41141] An error occurred. The system was unstable. Reinstall the program if the same symptom
recurs after restarting the equipment.
41150 FFCustomMsgBox [41150] Failed in file output A failure occurred in accessing the Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
processing. transmission file. The system may have perform a reinstallation.
been unstable.
41151 FFCustomMsgBox [41151] There is no free The hard disk was full. Exit QA processing, delete unnecessary
space on the hard disk. images from the list, and retry output
processing.
41152 FFCustomMsgBox [41152] Free space is The hard disk was full. Exit QA processing, delete unnecessary
insufficient on the images from the list, and retry output
destination for output. processing.
41200 FFQAMsgBox HDD FULL. The hard disk was full. Increase the free hard disk space and then
[File Name] [Function Name] retry operation.
[Error Code]
41201 FFQAMsgBox The specified path does not The specified path was not found. Check path settings.
exist.
[Error Code]
41210 FFQAMsgBox Return value of a The method return value for the image Check the destination for image distribution
ImgDeliveryCom makes an distribution instruction component resulted and then retry.
error. in an error. (Processing other than image
[File Name] [Function Name] distribution can be continued.)
[Error Code]
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
42200 FFQAMsgBox Can’t Get Bitmap Failed in acquiring a bitmap (replaceable). Reinstall the program.
(Processing continuation).
[Error Code]
42201 FFQAMsgBox CustomMessageCtrl The return value for the custom message Reinstall the program.
Access Failure(Processing box control resulted in an error.
continuation).
[Error Code]
42202 FFQAMsgBox SysConfig DB Access An error occurred when obtaining a system Reinstall the program.
Failure(Processing setup database access API value or the
continuation). obtained value was illegal (replaceable).
[Error Code]
42203 FFQAMsgBox LangStr DB Access An error occurred when obtaining a Reinstall the program.
Failure(Processing character string database access API
continuation). value (replaceable).
[Error Code]
42204 FFQAMsgBox LangMsgBox DB Access The return value for the message box Reinstall the program.
Failure(Processing database access API resulted in an error.
continuation).
[Error Code]
42205 FFQAMsgBox FF32 Access Failure The return value for the FF32 library (FF32. Reinstall the program.
(Probably acquisition of dll) resulted in an error.
Registry goes wrong.)
[File Name] [Function Name] * When acquiring an optional key registry,
[Error Code] no error will be registered even if no key
is available.
42206 FFQAMsgBox Tag Information Access No tag information was set up though it Use default information for processing.
Failure(Processing must have been set up beforehand There is no operational problem.
continuation). (replaceable).
[Error Code]
42207 FFQAMsgBox NetConfig DB Access An error occurred when obtaining a Reinstall the program.
Failure(Processing network setup database value or obtained
continuation). value was not correct (replaceable).
[Error Code]
42209 FFQAMsgBox FF32 Access Failure Failed in obtaining/setting an FF32 library Reinstall the program.
(Processing continuation). value (replaceable).
[Error Code]
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
42210 FFQAMsgBox Invalid function ID Number. An illegal function ID (disregard). There is no operational problem.
(Processing continuation).
[Error Code]
42211 FFQAMsgBox Data is not found in No custom setup database registered Register custom setup database using the
CustomScreenDB. (processing can be continued). customization setting displayed on the
[File Name] [Function Name] User Utility window.
[Error Code]
42212 FFQAMsgBox LogFile Access Failure. Failed in accessing the log file. Reinstall the program.
[Error Code]
42214 FFQAMsgBox The amount of adjustments The amount of position adjustment is set to Manually adjust the positioning amount
is 0. 0 (zero). from the trimming dialog.
[Error Code]
42299 FFQAMsgBox Data resource access error. A clustering resource access error Check network connection status.
[File Name] [Function Name] (processing can be continued).
[Error Code]
43010 FFQAManagerCom Can’t Get FontSize The font size was not registered in the Reinstall the IIP because the displayed
Information. registry. characters can be corrupted.
43010 FFIIPQACtrl Can’t Get FontSize The font size was not registered in the Reinstall the IIP because the displayed
Information. registry. characters can be corrupted.
43020 FFIIPQACtrl Can’t Get Caption The character string database did not exist Reinstall the IIP because the displayed
Information. or was damaged. characters can be corrupted.
43060 FFQAManagerCom [Control: %1, The character string database did not exist Reinstall the IIP because the displayed
Function: %2 , Code: %3] or was damaged. characters can be corrupted.
43110 FFIIPQACtrl Can’t Access Local The language setting could not be Reinstall the IIP because the displayed
Configuration Data. obtained. characters can be corrupted.
43201 FFIIPQACtrl Focus Set Failure. The focus cannot be determined properly. There is no particular problem with
operations. (The focus cannot be
determined properly because the
annotation character input dialog has been
inactivated.) After shutting the
magnification function, input of annotation
characters becomes possible.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
43210 FFIIPQACtrl frmChageMenu.frm, Energy subtraction processing was retried. Re-perform changing of the exposure
cmdOK_Click-RunEsProc menu.
Retry
43210 FFIIPQACtrl frmChageMenu.frm, Though energy subtraction processing was Re-perform changing of the exposure
cmdOK_Click-RunEsProc retried, an abnormal image was generated. menu.
Retry Error
43301 FFQAManagerCom [Control: %1, The screen size was not obtained. Reinstall the IIP because the displayed
Function: %2 , Code: %3] characters can be corrupted.
43310 FFQAManagerCom [Control: %1, The language setup data was not obtained. Reinstall the IIP because the displayed
Function: %2 , Code: %3] characters can be corrupted.
44200 FFQAMsgBox Journal Proc Failure. The method return value for the log Restart the system.
[File Name] [Function Name] storage control resulted in an error.
[Error Code]
44201 FFQAMsgBox An unexpected Method An unexpected method call (called up at Restart the system.
call. an impossible timing, being possible
[File Name] [Function Name] though to continue processing).
[Error Code]
44262 FFCustomMsgBox [44262] The maximum Automatic marker setting was attempted Delete unnecessary markers so that there
settable number of on an image where the number of are 4 or less, and reperform the setting.
automatic markers automatic markers allowed for one
exceeded. exposure menu was exceeded.
44263 FFCustomMsgBox [44263] Do you wish to The image was rotated/flipped with Press the [Yes] button to delete the
delete markers and execute markers determined on it. markers so that the image is rotated/flipped
the operation? appropriately. Press the [No] button to
rotate/flip the image without deleting the
markers.
44266 FFCustomMsgBox [44266] Markers are not The setting of automatic markers was Press the [Yes] button to delete the
being selected. attempted on an image with an exposure already-registered automatic markers.
menu where automatic markers are Press the [No] button not to make any
already-registered, though no markers changes in the setting of the automatic
have been determined on the same image. markers.
44267 FFCustomMsgBox [44267] Automatic markers The setting of automatic markers was Press the [Yes] button to determine image
will be registered. performed for an exposure menu for which makers for the exposure menu as the
no automatic markers have been automatic markers. Press the [No] button
determined. not to perform the setting of automatic
markers.
44268 FFCustomMsgBox [44268] Automatic markers The setting of automatic markers was Press the [Yes] button to delete already-
will be registered. performed for an exposure menu for which registered automatic markers and
automatic markers have already been determine image markers as the automatic
determined. markers. Press the [No] button not to make
any changes in the setting of the automatic
markers.
49000 FFIIPQACtrl frmChageMenu.frm, An error other than generation of an Re-perform changing of the exposure
cmdOK_Click-RunEsProc abnormal image. menu.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
49000 FFIIPQACtrl frmChageMenu.frm, An error other than generation of an Re-perform changing of the exposure
cmdOK_Click-RunEsProc abnormal image occurred at retrial of menu.
Retry Error energy subtraction processing.
49200 FFQAMsgBox FF32 Error. The return value for the FF32 library (FF32. Restart the system.
[File Name] [Function Name] dll) resulted in an error (irreplaceable).
[Error Code]
49201 FFQAMsgBox Method Argument Error. A method argument type error (for Restart the system.
[File Name] [Function Name] instance, there were no objects).
[Error Code]
49202 FFQAMsgBox Can’t get Tag Information. No tag information was set up though it Restart the system.
[File Name] [Function Name] must have been set up beforehand
[Error Code] (irreplaceable).
49203 FFQAMsgBox Memory or Resource Failed in acquiring memory/handle Restart the system.
cannot be gained. resources.
[Error Code]
49204 FFQAMsgBox Windows API error Windows API return value resulted in an Restart the system.
occurred. error.
[Error Code]
49298 FFQAMsgBox Secondary detection code An error occurred with the return value of Restart the system.
Error. the secondary detection code.
[Error Code]
49299 FFQAMsgBox Exception Error occurred. An exceptional error (an error detected Restart the system.
[File Name] [Function Name] with Try/Catch, OnErrorGoto).
[Error Code]
50000 FFFinpSend Memory Error.%n%1 The system was abnormal (memory Restart.
allocation was not accomplished).
50000 FFOutImgPrc Initialize Error.%n%1 An error occurred during initialization Restart. If the same symptom recurs
processing. frequently, reinstall the system and then
initialize the image database.
50001 FFCustomMsgBox [50001] Failed in • Output option setup was not completed. • Perform output option setup.
initialization process. • The system was unstable. • Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
50001 FFFinpSend Dicom Data Object Load The DicomDataObject file for output was Perform a reinstallation.
Error.%n%1 not found.
50001 FFIIPOUTPUT Initialize Error.%n[%1] Initialization process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently
occurs, perform a reinstallation.
• Output control was not exercised.
• The error check method was not
successfully called.
• A certain other program error occurred.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
50001 FFOutImgPrc DB Connect Error.%n%1 An abnormality occurred in the connection Check whether the SQL service manager
to a database. is normally operating. If the same symptom
deleted).
50001 Spooler Initialize Error.%n[%1] Initialization process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Output section
occurs, perform a reinstallation. container.
• No output control was exercised.
• An error check method call was
unsuccessful.
• Other program error.
50002 FFCustomMsgBox [50002] Failed in output The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs after
process. a restart, perform a reinstallation.
50002 FFFinpSend File Open Error.%n%1 There is no output raw data file. Reinstall.
50002 FFIIPOUTPUT State Change State transition notification process error. Restart.
Error.%n[%1]
• The output destination was not
successfully reregistered.
• The state transition notification call was
not successful.
• An unknown program error occurred.
50002 FFOutImgPrc DB Information Error.%n%1 The database information was abnormal. Restart. If the same symptom frequently
occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
50002 Spooler State Change Error.%n[%1] State change notification process error. Restart. Output section
container.
• An output destination was not
successfully registered.
• A state change notification call was not
successful.
• Line establishment message transmission
error [not used].
• Line abnormality message transmission
error [not used].
50003 FFFinpSend File Read Error.%n%1 The output raw data file is abnormal. Reinstall.
50003 FFIIPOUTPUT Routine Change Routine change process error. Restart.
Error.%n[%1]
• The resumption request was not
successfully made.
50003 FFOutImgPrc System Error.%n%1 The system was abnormal. Restart. If the same symptom frequently
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
50003 Spooler Routine Change Routine change process error. Restart. Output section
Error.%n[%1] container.
• A resumption request was not
successfully made.
50004 FFCustomMsgBox [50004] Failed in output The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
50004 FFFinpSend FinpSend Error.%n%1 An abnormality occurred in the output Restart. If the same symptom frequently
sequence. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
50004 FFIIPOUTPUT Spool Error.%n[%1] Spool process error. Restart.
• The spool request call was not

successfully made.
• The reoutput request was not
successfully made.
• The study termination notification was not
successfully made.
• The spool request response status was
invalid.
50004 FFOutImgPrc I/F Timing Error.%n%1 An interface abnormality was encountered. Restart.
50004 Spooler Spool Error.%n[%1] Spool process error. Restart. Output section
container.
• A spool request call was not successfully
made.
• A reoutput request was not successfully
made.
• An examination end notification was not
successful.
• The spool request response state was
illegal.
50005 FFIIPOUTPUT ExeOutput Error.%n[%1] Forced-output process error. Restart.
• The spool forced output request call was

not successfully made.
• The queue forced output response
message was not successfully
transmitted.
50005 FFOutImgPrc CreateFileMapping File mapping was unachievable. Restart.
Error.%n%1
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
50005 Spooler ExeOutput Error.%n[%1] Forced output process error. Restart. Output section
container.
• A spool forced output request was not
• A queue forced output response message
was not successfully transmitted.
50006 FFIIPOUTPUT Image Proc Error.%n[%1] Image processing error. Restart.
• The image processing request call was

• The image processing setup completion
call was not successfully made.
• The image processing completion
notification call was not successfully
made.
• The image processing job acquisition
request was not successfully made.
50006 FFOutImgPrc File Open Error.%n%1 The file could not be opened. Check the file.
50007 FFCustomMsgBox [50007] Failed in The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs after
terminating process. a restart, perform a reinstallation.
50007 FFIIPOUTPUT Output Proc Error.%n[%1] Output processing error. Restart.
• The output destination information was

not successfully acquired.
• The output request call was not
successfully made.
• The output completion notification was
50007 FFOutImgPrc File Read/Write A file write/read was unsuccessful. If the problem frequently occurs, replace
Error.%n%1 The problem is attributable to a disk. the disk or take some other remedial
action.
50007 Spooler Terminate Error.%n[%1] Termination process error. Restart. Output section
container.
50008 FFCustomMsgBox [50008] Failed in image The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs after
processing for output. a restart, perform a reinstallation.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
50008 FFIIPOUTPUT Commit Proc Error.%n[%1] Commitment processing error. Restart.
• The commitment destination information

was not successfully acquired.
• The commitment request call was not
successfully made.
• The commitment completion notification
was not successfully made.
50008 FFOutImgPrc CreateDispatch The control was not successfully initialized. Check that the control is registered.
Error.%n%1
50008 Spooler Image Proc Error.%n[%1] Image process error. Restart. Output section
container.
• An image process request was not
• An image process setup completion call
• An image process completion notification
was not successfully called.
• An image process job acquisition request
was not successfully issued.
50009 FFIIPOUTPUT Queue Resume Queue resumption process error. Restart.
Error.%n[%1]
• The queue resumption request call was
• The queue resumption response
transmitted.
50009 FFOutImgPrc Memory Get Error.%n%1 The system was abnormal (memory Restart.
allocation was not achieved).
50009 Spooler Output Proc Error.%n[%1] Output process error. Restart. Output section
container.
• Output destination information was not
successfully acquired.
• An output request was not successfully
called.
• An output completion notification was not
successful.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
50010 FFIIPOUTPUT Queue Delete Queue deletion process error. Restart.
Error.%n[%1]
• The queue deletion request was not
successfully made.
• The queue deletion response message
50010 FFOutImgPrc Memory(DDO) Get The system was abnormal (memory Restart.
Error.%n%1 allocation was not achieved).
50010 Spooler Queue Resume Queue resumption process error. Restart. Output section
• A queue resumption request was not
• A queue resumption response message
50011 FFIIPOUTPUT Unit Suspend Equipment output suspension process Restart.
Error.%n[%1] error.
• The equipment output suspension

request call was not successfully made.
• The equipment output suspension
response message was not successfully
transmitted.
50011 FFOutImgPrc Memory(VR) Get The system was abnormal (memory Restart.
Error.%n%1 allocation was not achieved).
50011 Spooler Queue Delete Queue deletion process error. Restart. Output section
• A queue deletion request was not
successfully issued.
• A queue deletion response message was
not successfully transmitted.
50012 FFIIPOUTPUT Unit Resume Error.%n[%1] Equipment output resumption error. Restart.
• The equipment output resumption

request call was not successfully made.
• The equipment output resumption
response message was not successfully
transmitted.
50012 FFOutImgPrc Dicom Data Object Dicom Data Object was abnormal. Restart. If the same symptom frequently
Error.%n%1 occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
50012 Spooler Unit Suspend Error.%n[%1] Unit output suspension process error. Restart. Output section
container.
• A unit output suspension request was not
• A unit output suspension response
transmitted.
50013 FFOutImgPrc Dicom Data Object No Dicom Data Object did not contain any Restart. If the same symptom frequently
Data.%n%1 data. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
50013 Spooler Unit Resume Error.%n[%1] Unit output resumption process error. Restart. Output section
container.
• A unit output resumption request was not
• A unit output resumption response
transmitted.
50015 FFIIPOUTPUT Terminate Error.%n[%1] Termination process error. Restart.

50020 FFOutImgPrc Data Error.%n%1 A data abnormality was encountered. Restart. If the same symptom frequently
50021 FFOutImgPrc Output Job DB Error.%n%1 The output database was abnormal. Restart. If the same symptom frequently
50022 FFOutImgPrc Memory Over.%n%1 A memory area abnormality was Restart.
encountered.
50030 FFOutImgPrc OutImgPrc Error.%n%1 An abnormality occurred. Restart.
50100 FFOutImgPrc IFormatCom Error.%n%1 The format calculation object was Restart. If the same symptom frequently
abnormal. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
50100 Spooler Spooler Error.%n%1 Common error message. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
• Queue information class related initialize the image database.
message.
An output job file was not successfully
accessed.
Output job information was not
successfully accessed.
Film information was not successfully
acquired. Information was not
The job status was not successfully
acquired (program error).
Job information was not successfully
freed.
• Unit information class related message.

Unit information was not successfully
freed.
• Spooler class related message.

The film count was not successfully
checked.
The image count/image information area
Unit information was not successfully
acquired.
• Other program error

50101 FFOutImgPrc IRawMakeCom The raw data creation object was Restart. If the same symptom frequently
Error.%n%1 abnormal. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
50101 Spooler RunProc Error.%n%1 Initialization process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
• The spooler control state was abnormal. initialize the image database.
• A spool start process was in error.
• A database connection was not
successfully closed.
50102 FFOutImgPrc FFNetDB Error.%n%1 An abnormality occurred at the time of Restart. If the same symptom frequently
network setup data acquisition. occurs, perform a reinstallation.
(It is conceivable that the network setup
database was abnormal.)
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
50102 Spooler OutputRegisterProc Output destination registration process Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
Error.%n%1 error. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
• The spooler control state was abnormal.
• An illegal parameter was encountered.
• An output destination registration request
message was not successfully issued.
• An output destination was not
successfully registered.
50103 FFOutImgPrc IImgJpegCtrl Error.%n%1 The decompression object was abnormal. Restart. If the same symptom frequently
50103 Spooler StateChangeProc Local printer/Dicom printer state change Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
Error.%n%1 notification process error. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
• A printer state change notification
• The unit status was not successfully
acquired.
50104 FFOutImgPrc IFMImgSkGpCtrl The normalization process object was Restart. If the same symptom frequently
50104 Spooler ErrorCheckProc Data integrity check process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
• A data integrity check request message
50105 FFOutImgPrc IFMImgVRSCtrl The zoom object (VRS method) was Restart. If the same symptom frequently
50105 Spooler RestoreJob Error.%n%1 Job restoration error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
• An unprocessed job restoration request
50106 FFOutImgPrc IRotateCom Error.%n%1 The rotation object was abnormal. Restart. If the same symptom frequently
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
50106 Spooler SpoolProc Error.%n%1 Spool process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
• A parameter error occurred.
• A spool request message was not
• DDO file information was not successfully
acquired.
50107 FFOutImgPrc IFMImgParamCtrl The image process management Restart. If the same symptom frequently
Error.%n%1 parameter object was abnormal. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
50107 Spooler ReoutputProc Error.%n%1 Reoutput start process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
• A reoutput start message was not
50108 FFOutImgPrc IFMImgHandCtrl The CR image process object was Restart. If the same symptom frequently
50108 Spooler StudyReqEndProc Study termination request processing error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
• Spooler control status error. initialize the image database.
• Illegal parameters.
• Failed in issuing study termination
request message.
• Other program errors.
50109 FFOutImgPrc IFMImgFCmpCtrl FCR compression (compression/ Restart. If the same symptom frequently
Error.%n%1 decompression (Fuji’s unique method)) occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
was abnormal. initialize the image database.
50109 Spooler ExeOutputJob Error.%n%1 Forced output request process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
• A forced output request message was not
• The requested output image data did not
exist.
50110 FFOutImgPrc IDataToPrintCom Data conversion (for DICOM) was Restart. If the same symptom frequently
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
50110 Spooler GetImageProcJob Image processing job acquisition process Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
• An image processing job acquisition
request message was not successfully
issued.
• Data was not databased.
50111 FFOutImgPrc IDataToStorageCom Data conversion (for DICOM Storage) was Restart. If the same symptom frequently
50111 Spooler SetImageProcComplete Image processing completion notification Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
Error.%n%1 process error. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
• An image processing completion
notification message was not successfully
issued.
50112 FFOutImgPrc IFMImgMoireCtrl Moire elimination was abnormal. Restart. If the same symptom frequently
50112 FFQCMsgBox Custom DB Access Error. Access error to ReaderQC.mdb. Restart.
[File Name]
[Function Name]
[50112]
50112 Spooler GetOutputProcJob Output job acquisition response process Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
• An output job acquisition response
50113 FFOutImgPrc IFilmCharMakeCom The film annotation character generation Restart. If the same symptom frequently
Error.%n%1 object was abnormal. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
50113 Spooler SetOutputProcComplete Output completion notification process Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
• An output completion notification
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
50114 FFOutImgPrc MaskProcExec Error.%n%1 The blackening process was abnormal. Restart. If the same symptom frequently
50114 Spooler GetCommitProcJob Commitment job acquisition response Restart. If the same symptom frequently
• The spooler control status was abnormal.
• The commitment jog acquisition response
• The data was not found in the database.
50115 FFOutImgPrc RecognizeProcExec The blackening automatic recognition Restart. If the same symptom frequently
Error.%n%1 process was abnormal. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
50115 Spooler QueueResume Queue output resumption request process Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
• A queue output resumption request
50115 Spooler SetCommitProcComplete Commitment completion notification Restart. If the same symptom frequently
• The commitment completion notification
• The queue was not found.
• The data was not found in the database.
50116 FFOutImgPrc ExecMarker Error.%n%1 The marker imbedding process was Restart. If the same symptom frequently
abnormal. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
50116 Spooler QueueDelete Error.%n%1 Queue deletion request process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
• A queue deletion request message was
not successfully issued.
• Output job file information was not
• Queue deletion was not successful.
• Database access was not successful.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
50117 FFOutImgPrc LUTProcExec Error.%n% An error occurred in a display gradation Restart. If the same symptom frequently
correction process. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
50117 Spooler QueueResume Queue output resumption request process Restart. If the same symptom frequently
• The queue output resumption request
50117 Spooler UnitSuspend Error.%n%1 Unit suspension request process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
• A unit suspension request message was
50118 FFOutImgPrc MPMCode Error.%n%1 An error occurred in an output information Restart. If the same symptom frequently
conversion process. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
50118 Spooler QueueDelete Error.%n%1 Queue deletion request process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently
• The spooler control status was abnormal. initialize the image database.
• Failed in issuing a queue deletion request
message.
• Failed in accessing the output job file
information.
• Failed in deleting the queue.
• Failed in accessing the database.
50118 Spooler UnitResume Error.%n%1 Unit resumption request process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
• A unit resumption request message was
50119 Spooler SuspendProc Error.%n%1 Suspension request process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
• A suspension request message was not
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
50119 Spooler UnitSuspend Error.%n%1 Equipment suspension request process Restart. If the same symptom frequently
error. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
• The equipment suspension request
50119 FFOutlmgPrc Trimming Error.%n%1 An error occurred while in trimming Restart. If the same symptom frequently
processing. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
50120 Spooler ResumeProc Error.%n%1 Resumption request process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
• A resumption request message was not
50120 Spooler UnitResume Error.%n%1 Equipment resumption request process Restart. If the same symptom frequently
error. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
• The equipment resumption request
50120 FFOutlmgPrc AnnotationProc An error occurred while in annotation Restart. If the same symptom frequently
Error.%n%1 information embedding processing. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
50121 Spooler EndProc Error.%n%1 End request process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
• An end request message was not
50121 Spooler SuspendProc Error.%n%1 Suspension request process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently
• The suspension request message was
50121 FFOutlmgPrc FNCProc Error.%n%1 An error occurred during FNC processing. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
perform reinstallation and initialize the
image database.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
50122 Spooler ResumeProc Error.%n%1 Resumption request process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently
• The resumption request message was
50123 Spooler EndProc Error.%n%1 Termination request process error. Restart. If the same symptom frequently
• The termination request message was
50400 FFQCAutoCalcCom File %1, Spot %2, Fatal Error (exceptional error)
Code %3.
50500 FFQCAutoCalcCom File %1, Spot %2, Fatal Error (exceptional error)
Code %3.
50700 FFCustomMsgBox [50700] An unknown error The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
occurred. perform a reinstallation.
50700 FFIIPDicomQR Unknown Error. %n[Module] Unknown error. Restart the system.
%1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode]
%3 %n[Ret]%4
%n[Description]
%5
initialization processing. perform a reinstallation.
50702 FFIIPDicomQR Logical Program Error. Not This is an anticipated error, but Restart the system.
Supported Case. unsupported.
%n[Module] %1 Hard to continue the operation as it is a
%n[Function] %2 critical error.
%n[SpotCode]
%3 %n[Ret]%4
%n[Description]
%5
50703 FFIIPDicomQR Initialization Error. Initialization error. Restart the system.
%n[Module]
%1 %n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4
%n[Description] %5
50704 FFIIPDicomQR UnInitialization Error. Uninitialization error. Restart the system.
%n[Module] %1
%n[Function]
%2 %n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4 %n[Description]
%5
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
50705 FFIIPDicomQR System Configuration System configuration information Shut down the system and make sure that
Information Acquisition acquisition error. the system configuration is appropriate.
Error.
%n[Module] %1
%n[Function]
%2 %n[SpotCode] %3
%5
50706 FFIIPDicomQR Network Configuration Network configuration information Shut down the system and make sure that
Information Acquisition acquisition error. the network configuration is appropriate.
Error.
%n[Module] %1
%n[Function]
%2 %n[SpotCode] %3
%5
50707 FFIIPDicomQR Resource (Message/String/ Resource (message, character string, Restart the system.
Bitmap etc.) Acquisition BMP) acquisition error.
Error.
%n[Module] %1
%n[Function]
%2 %n[SpotCode] %3
%5
50708 FFIIPDicomQR Registry Information Registry information acquisition error. Restart the system.
Acquisition
Error. %n[Module] %1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode]
%3 %n[Ret]%4
%n[Description]
%5
50709 FFIIPDicomQR InterProcess Message Interprocess message communication Restart the system.
Communication Error. error.
%n[Module] %1
%n[Function]
%2 %n[SpotCode] %3
%5
50710 FFIIPDicomQR Database Access Error. Database access error. Restart the system.
%n[Module] %1
%n[Function]
%2 %n[SpotCode] %3
%5
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
50711 FFIIPDicomQR DDO Access Error. DDO file access error. Restart the system.
%n[Module]
%1 %n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4
%n[Description] %5
50721 FFIIPDicomQR Queried Information Query result display error. Restart the system.
Display Hard to continue the operation as it is a
Error. %n[Module] %1 critical error.
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode]
%3 %n[Ret]%4
%n[Description]
%5
50741 FFIIPDicomQR Retrieved Image Display Retrieved image display error. Restart the system.
Error. Hard to continue the operation as it is a
%n[Module] %1 critical error.
%n[Function]
%2 %n[SpotCode] %3
%5
50742 FFIIPDicomQR Retrieved Image Output Image distribution error. Restart the system.
Error. Hard to continue the operation as it is a
%n[Module] %1 critical error.
%n[Function]
%2 %n[SpotCode] %3
%5
50800 FFSFPD Logical Program Error. %n A program error occurred. Processing Restart.
%1 %n %2 cannot be continued because it is a serious
error.
50801 FFSFPD Catch Exception Error. %n A program error occurred. Processing Restart.
%1 %n %2 cannot be continued because it is an
exceptionally occurred serious error.
50802 FFSFPD Process Pipe Timeout. %n A timeout error occurred in inter-process Restart.
%1 %n %2 communication.
50803 FFSFPD Property Error. %n An illegal property. Restart.
%1 %n %2
50804 FFSFPD Arg Error. %n An illegal argument. Check the input data. Proceed with
%1 %n %2 processing.
50805 FFSFPD Data Error. %n A packet data error. Restart.
%1 %n %2
50806 FFSFPD WinAPI Error. %n A WinAPI error. Restart.
%1 %n %2
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
50900 FFSFPD Program Error. %n A program error. Processing cannot be Restart the system.
[Module]%1 %n continued because it is a serious error.
[Function]%2 %n
[SpotCode]%3 %n
[Ret]%4 %n
[Description]%5
50901 FFSFPD Resource (Message/String/ A resource (message/character string/ Check the database or BMP file.
Bitmap etc.) Acquisition BMP) acquisition error.
Error.
%n
[Module]%1 %n
[Function]%2 %n
[SpotCode]%3 %n
[Ret]%4 %n
[Description]%5
50902 FFSFPD Registry Information A registry setting acquisition error. Check the registry key.
Acquisition
Error. %n
[Module]%1 %n
[Function]%2 %n
[SpotCode]%3 %n
[Ret]%4 %n
[Description]%5
50903 FFSFPD System Configuration A system setting acquisition error. Check the NetConfig.mdb file.
Information Acquisition
Error.
%n
[Module]%1 %n
[Function]%2 %n
[SpotCode]%3 %n
[Ret]%4 %n
[Description]%5
50904 FFSFPD XML Data Acquisition Error. An XML data acquisition error. Check the xml format.
%n
[Module]%1 %n
[Function]%2 %n
[SpotCode]%3 %n
[Ret]%4 %n
[Description]%5
50905 FFSFPD Initialization Error. %n An initialization processing error. Restart the system.
[Module]%1 %n
[Function]%2 %n
[SpotCode]%3 %n
[Ret]%4 %n
[Description]%5
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
50906 FFSFPD UnInitialization Error. %n A system shutdown error. Restart the system.
[Module]%1 %n
[Function]%2 %n
[SpotCode]%3 %n
[Ret]%4 %n
[Description]%5
50907 FFSFPD Shimazu FPD control A Shimadzu FPD control error. Restart the system.
processing
error. %n
[Module]%1 %n
[Function]%2 %n
[SpotCode]%3 %n
[Ret]%4 %n
[Description]%5
50908 FFSFPD Calibration Execution Error. A calibration execution error. Check the error.
%n
[Module]%1 %n
[Function]%2 %n
[SpotCode]%3 %n
[Ret]%4 %n
[Description]%5
50909 FFSFPD Database Access Error. %n A database access error. Check the actual calibration execution
[Module]%1 %n database.
[Function]%2 %n
[SpotCode]%3 %n
[Ret]%4 %n
[Description]%5
50910 FFSFPD DB Result Set Error. %n A database result setting error. Check the actual calibration execution
[Module]%1 %n database.
[Function]%2 %n
[SpotCode]%3 %n
[Ret]%4 %n
[Description]%5
50911 FFSFPD NetConfig Acquisition Error. A network setting acquisition error. Check the NetConfig.mdb file.
%n
[Module]%1 %n
[Function]%2 %n
[SpotCode]%3 %n
[Ret]%4 %n
[Description]%5
50951 FFStdFPDCtrl %1!s! An error occurred at an external device. Restart.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
51001 FFIIPOUTPUT Initialize Warning.%n[%1] Initialization process warning. Check the network settings. If any setting
is incorrect, perform a reinstallation.
• The output equipment execution was not
successfully started.
• The output equipment name (AE name/
host name) was not successfully acquired
(there was an inconsistency between the
option and network settings).
• The FFNET database was not
51001 Spooler Initialize Warning.%n[%1] Initialization process warning. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Output section
occurs, perform a reinstallation. container.
• An output device execution was not
successfully started.
• An output device name (AE name/host
name) was not successfully acquired.
• FFNETDB access was unsuccessful.
51002 FFIIPOUTPUT State Change State transition notification process Restart.
Warning.%n[%1] warning.
• The response to an acquisition request

51002 Spooler State Change State change notification process warning. Restart. Output section
Warning.%n[%1] container.
• An acquisition request was not
successfully answered.
51007 Spooler Terminate Warning.%n[%1] Termination process warning. Restart. Output section
container.
• A process status flag was not successfully
set.
• A process termination response message
• An abnormality occurrence notification
transmitted.
• A message box was not successfully
displayed.
• A spooler termination request was not
• A spooler control end request was not
• The spooler control end response state
was abnormal.
• An image process control end request
• An output device control end request was
• The output device control end response
state was abnormal.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
51010 FFCustomMsgBox [51010] Specified device The setup data was incorrect or the Reset the data or check the equipment.
does not exist. equipment not started.
51011 FFCustomMsgBox [51011] Failed in reading of The setup file format was incorrect or the Check settings.
the configuration file file could not be read.
(TagLookup.ini).
51012 FFCustomMsgBox [51012] Failed in reading of The setup file format was incorrect or the Check settings.
the gray level correction file could not be read.
file.
51013 FFCustomMsgBox [51013] Failed in output The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
51015 FFIIPOUTPUT Terminate Warning.%n[%1] Termination process warning. Restart.
• The process status flag was not

successfully set.
• The process termination response
transmitted.
• The abnormality occurrence notification
transmitted.
• The message box was not successfully
opened.
• The spooler termination request call was
• The spooler control termination request
call was not successfully made.
• The spooler control termination response
status was abnormal.
• The image processing control termination
• The output equipment control termination
• The output equipment control termination
response status was abnormal.
51301 FFCustomMsgBox [51301] The hard disk is The remaining free space is insufficient. Increase the free space and then perform
full. the output process again.
51302 FFCustomMsgBox [51302] Failed in the image The image output process could not be Start up the host at the output destination
output process. performed because the host at the output and then perform the output process again.
destination was not running.
51312 FFCustomMsgBox [51312] Failed in the image The selected image was not found. Select an image that can be output.
output process.
51320 FFCustomMsgBox [51320] Failed in accessing The image file was not found. Make sure that the images are entered.
the image file.
51323 FFCustomMsgBox [51323] An error occurred. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
51701 FFIIPDicomQR Failed in Processing. Exceptional error. Continue the operation. If the same error DICOM QR
%n[Module] The operation can be continued as it is a recurs continuously, restart the system.
%1 %n[Function] %2 minor error.
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4
%n[Description] %5
51702 FFCustomMsgBox [51702] Failed in displaying The search result includes illegal data. Stop acquiring studies that include illegal
the study information list. information.
51710 FFCustomMsgBox [51710] Input information Input information includes illegal data. Input correct data.
includes illegal characters.
51711 FFCustomMsgBox [51711] Input information Input information includes illegal data. Input correct data.
exceeds the limit number of
characters.
51712 FFCustomMsgBox [51712] The hit rate of The number of hit studies is many. Narrow down the search conditions
searching for studies accordingly.
exceeded the limit value.
Search processing is
suspended.
51713 FFCustomMsgBox [51713] Failed in searching The system was unstable. Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
study information. perform a reinstallation.
51714 FFCustomMsgBox [51714] A network error The network settings were inappropriate. Check settings of network and other
occurred while in search of connected equipment.
study information.
51715 FFCustomMsgBox [51715] A timeout error The network settings were inappropriate. Check settings of network and other
occurred while in search of connected equipment.
study information. No
responses come from
equipment targeted for
search.
51717 FFCustomMsgBox [51717] Information of The network settings were inappropriate. Check settings of network and other
equipment targeted for connected equipment.
search cannot be found.
Network settings may not
be correct.
51718 FFCustomMsgBox [51718] A communication The network settings were inappropriate. Check settings of network and other
error occurred while in connected equipment.
search of study information.
51720 FFIIPDicomQR Query Processing Error. Query processing error. Continue the operation. If the same error
%n[Module] %1 It is a minor error. The operation can be recurs continuously, restart the system.
%n[Function] continued after the user issues a
%2 %n[SpotCode] %3 necessary notification.
%5
51721 FFCustomMsgBox [51721] Failed in Not possible to obtain the selected study. Stop obtaining a study that may contain DICOM QR
processing to acquire invalid information.
studies.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
51721 FFIIPDicomQR Queried Information Query result display error. Continue the operation. If the same error
Display It is a minor error. The operation can be recurs continuously, restart the system.
Error. %n[Module] %1 continued after the user issues a
%n[Function] %2 necessary notification.
%n[SpotCode]
%3 %n[Ret]%4
%n[Description]
%5
51722 FFCustomMsgBox [51722] Failed in Free space on the hard disk is insufficient. Increase free space on the hard disk
processing to acquire appropriately.
studies. Free hard disk
space is not sufficient.
51722 FFIIPDicomQR Failed in Query Processing. Query processing error. Continue the operation. If the same error DICOM QR
%5
51723 FFCustomMsgBox [51723] Image that is not An acquired study includes illegal data. Stop acquiring studies that include illegal
subject to being acquired or information.
displayed may be included.
* Image of 13.6” in size,
which was exposed by
FDR D-EVO may be
contained.
51725 FFCustomMsgBox [51725] Information of Network settings were inappropriate. Check settings of network and other
equipment targeted for connected equipment.
image acquisition cannot
be found. Network settings
may not be correct.
51726 FFCustomMsgBox [51726] A communication Network settings were inappropriate. Check settings of network and other
error occurred in an attempt connected equipment.
to acquire studies.
51727 FFCustomMsgBox [51727] A timeout error Network settings were inappropriate. Check settings of network and other
occurred while in process connected equipment.
of study acquisition. No
responses come from the
study acquisition.
51729 FFCustomMsgBox [51729] Input information is Input information includes illegal data. Input correct information.
not correct.
51730 FFCustomMsgBox [51730] An attempt is made Acquired study information includes illegal Stop acquiring studies that include illegal
to acquire a study data. information.
generated by an unknown
modality.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
51731 FFCustomMsgBox [51731] A study generated Acquired information includes illegal data. Stop acquiring studies that include illegal
by an unknown modality information.
was acquired.
51732 FFCustomMsgBox [51732] The hit rate of The number of hit studies is many. Narrow down the search conditions
searching for studies accordingly.
exceeded the listed limit
value.
51740 FFIIPDicomQR Retrieve Processing Error. Retrieve processing error. Continue the operation. If the same error
%5
51741 FFIIPDicomQR Retrieved Image Display Retrieved image display error. Continue the operation. If the same error
Error. It is a minor error. The operation can be recurs continuously, restart the system.
%n[Module] %1 continued after the user issues a
%n[Function] necessary notification.
%2 %n[SpotCode] %3
%5
51742 FFIIPDicomQR Failed in Retrieve Retrieve processing error. Continue the operation. If the same error DICOM QR
Processing. It is a minor error. The operation can be recurs continuously, restart the system.
%2 %n[SpotCode] %3
%5
51742 FFIIPDicomQR Retrieved Image Output Image distribution error. Continue the operation. If the same error
Error. It is a minor error. The operation can be recurs continuously, restart the system.
%2 %n[SpotCode] %3
%5
51805 FFCustomMsgBox [51805] Failed in image Acquired studies include illegal data. Stop acquiring studies that include illegal
display processing. Some information.
images cannot be
displayed.
51806 FFCustomMsgBox [51806] Failed in image Acquired studies include illegal data. Stop acquiring studies that include illegal
distribution processing. information.
51810 FFCustomMsgBox [51810] Information on the Network settings were inappropriate. Check settings of network and other
device targeted for image connected equipment.
printout was not found.
Network settings may
possibly be incorrect.
51950 FFStdFPDCtrl %1!s! A warning was issued from an external Check the device status.
device.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
52000 FFFinpSend Warning.%n%1 Information for development personnel. There is no problem with operations.
52000 FFOutImgPrc Warning.%n%1 Information for development personnel. There is no problem with operations.
52002 FFEifPrinter SMCU Driver error. An error occurred in the SMCU driver. Restart.
[%1] The problem might have been caused, for
instance, by data incompleteness or
system instability.
52003 FFEifPrinter EIFIMG Driver error. An error occurred in the EIFIMG driver. It is Restart.
[%1] conceivable that the system was unstable.
52004 FFEifPrinter Received unexpected An unknown command was received from Check the log of communications with the
command. the printer. connected printer or restart the printer/IIP.
[%1]
52006 FFEifPrinter File Error. The raw data file for output was not found. Since the problem is attributable to a
[%1] program error, try performing a reinstall.
52100 FFQCMsgBox Custom DB Access Error. The bitmap was not successfully acquired. Check that the bitmap file is installed.
[File Name]
[Function Name] [50112]
52100 Spooler Spooler Warning.%n%1 Common warning message. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
• Queue information class related initialize the image database.
message. Image information
(SOPInstanceUID) was not successfully
acquired. The job status was not
• Spooler class related message.
A database connection was not
successfully closed.
• Illegal image display format data.
52101 Spooler RunProc Warning.%n%1 Initialization process warning. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
• A character string database connection initialize the image database.
was not successfully opened.
52102 FFQCMsgBox SysConfig DB Access An error/invalid value was encountered Restart.
Failure (Processing when an attempt was made to acquire a
continuation). system setup database access API value.
[File Name]
52103 FFQCMsgBox LangStr DB Access Failure An error occurred when an attempt was Restart.
(Processing continuation). made to acquire a character string
[File Name] database access API value.
52103 Spooler StateChangeProc Local printer/Dicom printer state change Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
Warning.%n%1 notification process warning. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
• A unit state character string was not
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
52105 FFQCMsgBox FF32 Access Failure The FF32 library (FF32dll) return value It is probable that the installation was not
(Probably acquisition of was in error. properly completed. Perform a
Registry goes wrong) reinstallation.
[File Name] * For option key registry acquisition, no
[Function Name] [52105] error occurs even if the key is missing.
52105 Spooler RestoreJob Warning.%n%1 Job restoration warning. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
• An output job file was not successfully initialize the image database.
accessed.
52106 Spooler SpoolProc Warning.%n%1 Spool process warning. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
• Unit information acquisition was not initialize the image database.
successful.
• File deletion was not successful.
• Queue cancellation was not successful.
• Data was not successfully written into a
log file.
52108 FFQCMsgBox Custom DB Access Failure An attempt to set/acquire a value from Restart.
(Processing continuation) ReaderQC.mdb failed.
[File Name]
52108 Spooler StudyReqEndProc Examination end request process warning. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
Warning.%n%1 occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
• A database was not successfully initialize the image database.
accessed.
• DDO file information was not successfully
acquired.
52109 FFQCMsgBox FF32 DB Access Failure Registry setup/acquisition failed It is probable that the registry information
(Processing continuation) (replaceable). was not properly installed. Perform a
[File Name] reinstallation.
52109 Spooler ExeOutputJob Forced output request process warning. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
• DDO file information was not successfully initialize the image database.
acquired.
52110 FFQCMsgBox FF32 DB Access Failure An image file access error occurred. Since the image is valid, make an
(Processing continuation) exposure again.
[File Name]
52110 Spooler GetImageProcJob Image processing job acquisition process Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
Warning.%n%1 warning. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
• An output unit type parameter error
occurred.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
52112 Spooler GetOutputProcJob Output job acquisition response process Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
• An output unit type parameter error was
encountered.
52114 Spooler GetCommitProcJob Commitment job acquisition response Restart. If the same symptom frequently
Warning.%n%1 process warning. occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
• A commitment equipment type parameter
error occurred.
52116 Spooler QueueDelete Queue deletion request process warning. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
• An image database flag was not initialize the image database.
successfully set.
• The DDO file was not successfully
deleted.
52117 Spooler UnitSuspend Unit suspension request process warning. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
• A unit status character string was not initialize the image database.
52118 Spooler QueueDelete Queue deletion request process warning. Restart. If the same symptom frequently
• The image database flag was not initialize the image database.
successfully set.
• The DDO file was not successfully
deleted.
52118 Spooler UnitResume Unit resumption request process warning. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
• A unit status acquisition error occurred. initialize the image database.
52119 Spooler UnitSuspend Equipment suspension request process Restart. If the same symptom frequently
• The equipment status character string
52120 Spooler UnitResume Equipment resumption request process Restart. If the same symptom frequently
• An equipment status acquisition error
occurred.
52400 FFQCAAutocalccom File %1, Spot %2, Code Warning information. Perform reexposure and then
%3. measurement processing because the
image is illegal.
52500 FFQCAAutocalccom File %1, Spot %2, Code Fatal error (exceptional error).
%3.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
52720 FFIIPDicomQR Query Processing Error. Query processing error. Continue the operation. If the same error
%n[Module] %1 The operation can be continued as it is a recurs continuously, restart the system.
%n[Function] minor error.
%2 %n[SpotCode] %3
%5
52721 FFIIPDicomQR Queried Information Query results display error. Continue the operation. If the same error
Display The operation can be continued as it is a recurs continuously, restart the system.
Error. %n[Module] %1 minor error.
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode]
%3 %n[Ret]%4
%n[Description]
%5
52740 FFIIPDicomQR Retrieve Processing Error. Retrieve processing error. Continue the operation. If the same error
%n[Module] %1 The operation can be continued as it is a recurs continuously, restart the system.
%n[Function] minor error.
%2 %n[SpotCode] %3
%5
52741 FFIIPDicomQR Retrieved Image Display Retrieved image display error. Continue the operation. If the same error
Error. The operation can be continued as it is a recurs continuously, restart the system.
%n[Module] %1 minor error.
%n[Function]
%2 %n[SpotCode] %3
%5
52742 FFIIPDicomQR Retrieved Image Output Image distribution error. Continue the operation. If the same error
Error. The operation can be continued as it is a recurs continuously, restart the system.
%n[Module] %1 minor error.
%n[Function]
%2 %n[SpotCode] %3
%5
52750 FFIIPDicomQR Logical Program Error. Timeout error. Shut down the system and make sure that
%nNetwork the network configuration is appropriate.
Warning(Timeout). Check also to see that the connected
%n%1 %n %2 equipment operates correctly.
52751 FFIIPDicomQR Network Warning(Over The limit number for querying is exceeded. Suspend the query. Narrow down the
Number query condition and reperform it.
Of Result). %n%1 %n %2
52760 FFTsSearchCondition Disk Full Error. %n The hard disk is full. Restart the system.
52761 FFTsSearchCondition DB Operation Status A warning given when the database Restart the system.
Warning. %n operation result status is illegal.
52770 FFMaSearchCOM Disk Full Error. %n The hard disk is full. Restart the system.
52771 FFMaSearchCOM Network Error. %n A network error occurred. Restart the system.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
52772 FFMaSearchCOM Network Error. %n The number for hit results exceeded the Restart the system.
upper limit.
52780 FFMaCommon Disk Full Error. %n The HDD disk is full. Restart the system. DICOM QR
52581 FFMaCommon Debug Log OutPut. %n Event log output number for debugging. Restart the system. DICOM QR
52790 FFMaCommonImage Disk Full Error. %n The HDD disk is full. Restart the system. DICOM QR
52800 FFIIPDicomQR Network Warning(Timeout). Timeout error. Shut down the system and make sure that
%n%1 %n %2 the network configuration is appropriate.
Check also to see that the connected
equipment operates correctly.
52801 FFIIPDicomQR Network Warning(DiskFull). The HDD disk is full. Stop retrieving image information. Increase
%n%1 %n %2 free space available on the hard disk and
retry retrieval.
52802 FFIIPDicomQR Warning(Retrieve Image No images are contained in the retrieved End the study without checking images.
Nothing). %n%1 %n %2 study. Make sure that the connected equipment
retains correct study information.
52810 FFTsImgRetInd Disk Full Error. %n The hard disk is full. Restart the system.
52820 FFMaRetrieve Disk Full Error. %n The hard disk is full. Restart the system.
52821 FFMaRetrieve Storage SCP not found. %n No Storage SCP is set up. Restart the system.
52822 FFMaRetrieve Cannot Get NetWork Necessary network settings cannot be Restart the system.
Setting. %n acquired.
52823 FFMaRetrieve Integration Warning in There is a problem with consistency of the Restart the system.
DataBase. %n database.
52824 FFMaRetrieve DICOM Data Waring. %n A DICOM data-related warning. Restart the system.
52825 FFMaRetrieve Local Retrieve Warning. A warning given when images cannot be Restart the system.
%n acquired locally.
52826 FFMaRetrieve Input Image Warning A warning given when an SH image is Restart the system.
(DensityCode = SH). %n input.
52827 FFMaRetrieve File Error. %n Warning issued when an error occurs Continue the operation. If the same error DICOM QR
during file operation. recurs continuously, restart the system.
52828 FFMaRetrieve File Format Error. %n Warning issued when there is an error withThere was an invalid format row in the DICOM QR
the file format. obtained ConfigQRFilter.ini filter file. Such
row was processed as an invalid condition.
Make sure that the content of the filter file
is correct.
52830 FFMaRetrieve Out Of Memory Error. %n Warning issued when a failure occurred in Continue the operation. If the same error DICOM QR
an attempt to secure memory. recurs continuously, restart the system.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
52831 FFMaRetrieve Input Image Infomation Warning issued when an image targeted Suspend the attempt to retrieve image DICOM QR
(Image data not match for filtering was input. information because an image that does
QRFilter). %n not match the filtering condition described
in the obtained ConfigQRFilter.ini filter file
was input. If the intended filtering condition
is not met, make sure that the content of
the filter file is correct.
52832 FFMaRetrieve Catch Exception Error.%n Warning issued when an unexpected error Continue the operation. If the same error DICOM QR
occurred exceptionally. recurs continuously, restart the system.
52840 FFTsCommon Disk Full Error. %n The HDD disk is full. Restart the system. DICOM QR
52841 FFTsCommon Catch DB exception. %n Exceptional database access error. Restart the system. DICOM QR
52850 FFMaCommon Disk Full Error. %n The HDD disk is full. Restart the system.
52851 FFMaCommon Debug Log OutPut. %n Event log output number for debugging Restart the system.
purposes.
52860 FFMaCommonImage Disk Full Error. %n The HDD disk is full Restart the system.
52870 FFTsCommon Disk Full Error. %n The HDD disk is full. Restart the system.
52871 FFTsCommon Catch DB exception. %n An exceptional access to the database. Restart the system.
53106 Spooler SpoolProc Information in a spool process. Restart. If the same symptom frequently Spooler
Infomation.%n%1 occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
• Unit type mismatch notification. initialize the image database.
53820 FFMaRetrieve Retrieve Process Start. %n Process startup. Restart the system.
53821 FFMaRetrieve Retrieve Process End. %n Process shutdown. Restart the system.
53823 FFMaRetrieve Image is Already Exists in Information given when the same image is Restart the system.
ImageDB. %n input.
52840 FFTsCommon Retry is success. %n Database retry information. Restart the system. DICOM QR
53870 FFTsCommon Retry is success. %n Database retry information. Restart the system.
54100 FFQCMsgBox Journal Proc Failure. Writing error. Check to see the media has not been
[File Name] prohibited for writing.
54800 FFSFPD Network Error. %n An ArcNet network error. Check the ArcNet line. Proceed with
%1 %n %2 processing.
54801 FFSFPD Process Start. %n Started process (COM). Proceed with processing.
%1 %n %2
54802 FFSFPD Process End. %n Ended process (COM). Proceed with processing.
%1 %n %2
54803 FFSFPD Property Error. %n Invalid actual result information. Check the equipment.
%1 %n
%2
54804 FFSFPD Property Error. %n Parameter specified outside the fixed Check the exposure parameter.
%1 %n range.
%2
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
54807 FFSFPD Property Error. %n A filter information definition file data error. Check the filter information definition file.
%1 %n
%2
54808 FFSFPD Property Error. %n An X-ray tube code file data error. Check the X-ray tube code file
%1 %n
%2
54900 FFSFPD Impossible Error. %n A calibration execution disable error. If the system is in emergency mode, wait
[Module]%1 %n until it goes into routine mode.
[Function]%2 %n
[SpotCode]%3 %n
[Ret]%4 %n
[Description]%5
59100 FFQCMsgBox FF32 Error. An FF32 library (FF32.dll) return value It is possible that the registry information
[File Name] error (irreplaceable). has not been installed correctly. Perform a
[Function Name] [59100] reinstallation.
59102 FFQCMshBox Cant get Tag Information. No value is set up for the tag information Perform reexposure because the image is
[File Name] even though it must have been set up illegal.
[Function Name] [59102] accordingly (irreplaceable).
59103 FFQCMsgBox Memory or Resource Failed in obtaining memory/handle Increase available resources and then
cannot be gained. resource. retry.
[File Name]
59198 FFQCMsgBox Secondary detection code A secondary detection code return value
Error. error.
[File Name]
59701 FFIIPDicomQR Logical Program Error. Exceptional error. Continue the operation. If the same error
Exception The operation can be continued as it is a recurs continuously, restart the system.
has Occurred. %n[Module] minor error.
%1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode]
%3 %n[Ret]%4
%n[Description]
%5
59702 FFIIPDicomQR Logical Program Error. Not This is an anticipated error, but Continue the operation. If the same error
Supported Case. unsupported. recurs continuously, restart the system.
%n[Module] The operation can be continued as it is a
%1 %n[Function] %2 minor error.
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4
%n[Description] %5
59751 FFIIPDicomQR Catch Exception Error. An unexpected error occurred Restart the system.
%n%1 exceptionally.
%n %2
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
59761 FFTsSearchCondition Catch Exception Error. %n An exceptional error occurred Restart the system.
unexpectedly.
59762 FFTsSearchCondition Out Of Memory Error. %n An error occurred, which disabled the Restart the system.
memory to be secured appropriately.
59763 FFTsSearchCondition Free Memory Error. %n An error occurred, which disabled the Restart the system.
memory to be released appropriately.
59771 FFMaSearchCOM Catch Exception Error. %n An unexceptional error occurred Restart the system.
unexpectedly.
59772 FFMaSearchCOM Out Of Memory Error. %n An error occurred, which disabled the Restart the system.
59773 FFMaSearchCOM Free Memory Error. %n An error occurred, which disabled the Restart the system.
59774 FFMaSearchCOM Data Base Error. %n A database error occurred. Restart the system if the relevant
processing has been completed.
If the relevant processing remains
unprocessed, there may be an illegal study
in the server targeted for search of data. In
this case, no particular remedial measures
need to be taken.
59781 FFMaCommon Catch Exception Error. %n An unexpected error occurred Restart the system. DICOM QR
exceptionally.
59782 FFMaCommon Out Of Memory Error. %n An error occurred in an attempt to secure Restart the system. DICOM QR
memory.
59783 FFMaCommon Free Memory Error. %n An error occurred in an attempt to open Restart the system. DICOM QR
memory.
59791 FFMaCommonImage Catch Exception Error. %n An unexpected error occurred Restart the system. DICOM QR
exceptionally.
59792 FFMaCommonImage Out Of Memory Error. %n An error occurred in an attempt to secure Restart the system. DICOM QR
memory.
59793 FFMaCommonImage Free Memory Error. %n An error occurred in an attempt to open Restart the system. DICOM QR
memory.
59801 FFIIPDicomQR Catch Exception Error. An unexpected error occurred Restart the system.
%n%1 exceptionally.
%n %2
59802 FFIIPDicomQR Invalid Propaty Error. Invalid property error (only for the Restart the system.
%n%1 %n AddIndicationData method).
%2
59811 FFTsImgRetInd Catch Exception Error. %n An exceptional error occurred Restart the system.
unexpectedly.
59812 FFTsImgRetInd Out Of Memory Error. %n An error occurred, which disabled the Restart the system.
59813 FFTsImgRetInd Free Memory Error. %n An error occurred, which disabled the Restart the system.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
59821 FFMaRetrieve Catch Exception Error. %n An exceptional error occurred Restart the system.
unexpectedly.
59822 FFMaRetrieve Out Of Memory Error. %n An error occurred, which disabled the Restart the system.
59823 FFMaRetrieve Free Memory Error. %n An error occurred, which disabled the Restart the system.
59824 FFMaRetrieve Process Communication An error occurred in the communication Restart the system.
Error. %n control.
59825 FFMaRetrieve Retrieve Process Exists. A process was started double. Restart the system.
%n
59826 FFMaRetrieve Image is Already Exists in Image input is disabled because the same Restart the system.
ImageDB. %n image already exists in the image
database.
59827 FFMaRetrieve File Error. %n A file error occurred. Restart the system.
59828 FFMaRetrieve NetWork Error. %n The association was disconnected due to Restart the system.
a network error.
59829 FFMaRetrieve Cannot Get NetWork Necessary network settings cannot be Restart the system.
Setting. %n acquired.
59829 FFMaRetrieve Logical Program Error. %n Warning issued when a program error Continue the operation. If the same error DICOM QR
occurs. recurs continuously, restart the system.
59830 FFMaRetrieve DICOM Retrieve Timeout. A timeout error occurred in an attempt to Restart the system.
%n acquire a study.
59831 FFMaRetrieve DICOM Retrieve is Not DICOM acquisition processing is not Restart the system.
Able to Use Now. %n available at present.
59832 FFMaRetrieve Processing Image is Processing is disabled because the image Restart the system.
Deleted. %n was deleted.
59841 FFTsCommon Catch Exception Error. %n An unexpected error occurred Restart the system. DICOM QR
exceptionally.
59842 FFTsCommon Out Of Memory Error. %n An error occurred in an attempt to secure Restart the system. DICOM QR
memory.
59843 FFTsCommon Free Memory Error. %n An error occurred in an attempt to open Restart the system. DICOM QR
memory.
59851 FFMaCommon Catch Exception Error. %n An exceptional error occurred Restart the system.
unexpectedly.
59852 FFMaCommon Out Of Memory Error. %n An error occurred, which disabled the Restart the system.
59853 FFMaCommon Free Memory Error. %n An error occurred, which disabled the Restart the system.
59861 FFMaCommonImage Catch Exception Error. %n An exceptional error occurred Restart the system.
unexpectedly.
59862 FFMaCommonImage Out Of Memory Error. %n An error occurred, which disabled the Restart the system.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
59863 FFMaCommonImage Free Memory Error. %n An error occurred, which disabled the Restart the system.
59871 FFTsCommon Catch Exception Error. %n An exceptional error occurred Restart the system.
unexpectedly.
59872 FFTsCommon Out Of Memory Error. %n An error occurred, which disabled the Restart the system.
59873 FFTsCommon Free Memory Error. %n An error occurred, which disabled the Restart the system.
60000 FFCustomMsgBox [60000] Failed in accessing It is conceivable that the database file is Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
the database. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
60002 FFCustomMsgBox [60002] User Utility will be There is no alternative but to exit the Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
terminated. program due to the occurrence of an perform a reinstallation.
abnormality.
the character string damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
database.
database.
60053 FFCustomMsgBox [60053] Value of registry It is conceivable that the registry Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
information is abnormal. information was damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
character string database.
system setting database.
60056 FFCustomMsgBox [60056] Failed in obtaining The setup file format was incorrect or the Check settings.
the information from the file could not be read.
system setting file.
60057 FFCustomMsgBox [60057] Failed in setting The setup file format was incorrect or the Check settings.
information to the system file could not be read.
setting file.
the display group damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
information.
the menu information. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
the MPM code. damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
database.
database.
the film annotation damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
database.
the film annotation damaged or deleted. perform a reinstallation.
database.
60251 FFCustomMsgBox [60251] Image processing The image processing parameter data is Check the image processing parameters.
parameter data is abnormal.
abnormal.
60260 FFCustomMsgBox [60260] System has not It is conceivable that the IIP executable file Reinstall.
been rebooted. was damaged or deleted.
60300 FFCustomMsgBox [60300] An option and a Necessary options are not installed or Reinstall.
database aren’t inappropriate menu database is installed.
conformable.
60301 FFCustomMsgBox [60301] Data storage The database file is possibly damaged or Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
resulted in a failure. deleted. perform a reinstallation.
60302 FFCustomMsgBox [60302] Data deletion The database file is possibly damaged or Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
resulted in a failure. deleted. perform a reinstallation.
60303 FFCustomMsgBox [60303] User Utility cannot Necessary options are not installed or Reinstall the system.
be started because the inappropriate menu database is installed.
necessary option has not
been installed.
60304 FFCustomMsgBox [60304] System error An error occurred on the FPD side. Check information of the connected
occurred. devices.
60305 FFCustomMsgBox [60305] System error An error occurred on the FPD side. Check information of the connected
occurred. devices.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
60306 FFCustomMsgBox [60306] A communication An error occurred in communication with Check information of the connected
error occurred with the the X-ray generator. devices.
X-ray generator.
61060 FFCustomMsgBox [61060] Wrong password An incorrect password was entered. The password is fixed at “1111”.
has been input.
61082 FFCustomMsgBox [61082] No menu has been An attempt was made to start an editing or Complete a menu selection before initiating
selected. like operation without selecting any menu. an editing or like operation.
61083 FFCustomMsgBox [61083] Already registered The menu could not be deleted because it Clear the registration for display and then
for displaying and cannot was registered for display. delete the menu.
be deleted.
61084 FFCustomMsgBox [61084] Already registered The menu could not be deleted because it Remove the target menu from the
to the study menu and was registered for the examination menu. examination menu in advance.
cannot be deleted.
61085 FFCustomMsgBox [61085] No menu was A certain display group was empty because No empty display group is allowed to exist.
registered for a certain no menu was registered for it. Register one or more menus for the display
display group. group or delete the display group.
61090 FFCustomMsgBox [61090] Invalid character The entered data was abnormal due, for Make a proper entry.
has been input in the instance, to the inclusion of an
display group name. unacceptable character.
61093 FFCustomMsgBox [61093] Display group will This window opens for confirmation only.
be deleted.
61094 FFCustomMsgBox [61094] Display group The entered data was abnormal due, for Make a proper entry.
name is illegal. instance, to its excessive length or the
inclusion of an unacceptable character.
61103 FFCustomMsgBox [61103] Same extension The entered data value was already Enter another value.
menu code already exists. registered or otherwise unacceptable.
61106 FFCustomMsgBox [61106] Same ANK The entered data value was already Enter another value.
exposure menu name registered or otherwise unacceptable.
already exists.
61109 FFCustomMsgBox [61109] Same kanji- The entered data value was already Enter another value.
exposure menu name registered or otherwise unacceptable.
already exists.
61110 FFCustomMsgBox [61110] Extension menu The entered data was abnormal due, for Make a proper entry.
code is illegal. instance, to its excessive length or the
61111 FFCustomMsgBox [61111] ANK exposure The entered data was abnormal due, for Make a proper entry.
menu name is illegal. instance, to its excessive length or the
61112 FFCustomMsgBox [61112] Kanji-exposure The entered data was abnormal due, for Make a proper entry.
menu name is illegal. instance, to its excessive length or the
61122 FFCustomMsgBox [61122] MPM code is The entered data was abnormal due, for Make a proper entry.
illegal. instance, to its excessive length or the
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
61125 FFCustomMsgBox [61125] Same film The entered data value was already Enter another value.
annotation already exists. registered or otherwise unacceptable.
61130 FFCustomMsgBox [61130] Device code is The entered data was abnormal due, for Make a proper entry.
61131 FFCustomMsgBox [61131] Film-related code is The entered data was abnormal due, for Make a proper entry.
61132 FFCustomMsgBox [61132] Auto-exposure The entered data was abnormal due, for Make a proper entry.
mechanism is illegal. instance, to its excessive length or the
61142 FFCustomMsgBox [61142] Same study menu The entered data value was already Enter another value.
code already exists. registered or otherwise unacceptable.
61145 FFCustomMsgBox [61145] Same ANK study The entered data value was already Enter another value.
menu name already exists. registered or otherwise unacceptable.
61148 FFCustomMsgBox [61148] Same kanji-study The entered data value was already Enter another value.
menu name already exists. registered or otherwise unacceptable.
61149 FFCustomMsgBox [61149] No exposure menu An attempt was made to start an editing or Complete a menu selection before initiating
has been selected. like operation without selecting any menu. an editing or like operation.
61151 FFCustomMsgBox [61151] Exposure menu The maximum permissible number of Delete any unnecessary menu.
cannot be registered. menu registrations was exceeded.
61152 FFCustomMsgBox [61152] Same exposure The entered data value was already Enter another value.
menu has already been registered or otherwise unacceptable.
registered.
61153 FFCustomMsgBox [61153] Study menu code The entered data was abnormal due, for Make a proper entry.
is illegal. instance, to its excessive length or the
61154 FFCustomMsgBox [61154] ANK study menu The entered data was abnormal due, for Make a proper entry.
61155 FFCustomMsgBox [61155] Kanji-study menu The entered data was abnormal due, for Make a proper entry.
61156 FFCustomMsgBox [61156] The energy An attempt was made to register an energy Energy subtraction menus are not allowed
subtraction menu cannot subtraction menu in a study menu. to be included in a study menu.
be registered to the study
menu.
61171 FFCustomMsgBox [61171] No technician code An attempt was made to register data with Enter a value.
has been input. an input field left blank.
61172 FFCustomMsgBox [61172] Technician code is The entered data was abnormal due, for Make a proper entry.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
61173 FFCustomMsgBox [61173] Invalid character An unacceptable character was contained. Make a proper entry.
has been input in the
technician code.
61174 FFCustomMsgBox [61174] Same technician The entered data value was already Enter another value.
code already exists. registered or otherwise unacceptable.
61175 FFCustomMsgBox [61175] No ANK technician An attempt was made to register data with Enter a value.
name has been input. an input field left blank.
61176 FFCustomMsgBox [61176] ANK technician The entered data was too long. Make a proper entry.
name is too long.
has been input in the ANK
technician name.
technician name already registered or otherwise unacceptable.
exists.
61179 FFCustomMsgBox [61179] No kanji-technician An attempt was made to register data with Enter a value.
name has been input. an input field left blank.
61180 FFCustomMsgBox [61180] Kanji-technician The entered data was too long. Make a proper entry.
name is too long.
has been input in the kanji-
technician name.
technician name already registered or otherwise unacceptable.
exists.
61191 FFCustomMsgBox [61191] No requesting An attempt was made to register data with Enter a value.
department code has been an input field left blank.
input.
61192 FFCustomMsgBox [61192] Requesting The entered data was too long. Make a proper entry.
department code is too
long.
has been input in the
requesting department
code.
61194 FFCustomMsgBox [61194] Same requesting The entered data value was already Enter another value.
department code already registered or otherwise unacceptable.
exists.
61195 FFCustomMsgBox [61195] No ANK requesting An attempt was made to register data with Enter a value.
department name has been an input field left blank.
input.
61196 FFCustomMsgBox [61196] ANK requesting The entered data was too long. Make a proper entry.
department name is too
long.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
has been input in the ANK
name.
requesting department registered or otherwise unacceptable.
name already exists.
61199 FFCustomMsgBox [61199] No kanji-requesting An attempt was made to register data with Enter a value.
department name has been an input field left blank.
input.
61200 FFCustomMsgBox [61200] Kanji-requesting The entered data was too long. Make a proper entry.
department name is too
long.
61201 FFCustomMsgBox [61201] Invalid character The entered data value was already Make a proper entry.
has been input in the Kanji- registered or otherwise unacceptable.
name.
requesting department registered or otherwise unacceptable.
61211 FFCustomMsgBox [61211] No film annotation An attempt was made to register data with Enter a value.
characters have been input. an input field left blank.
61212 FFCustomMsgBox [61212] Film annotation The entered data was too long. Make a proper entry.
characters are too long.
has been input in the film
annotation characters.
61214 FFCustomMsgBox [61214] Same film The entered data value was already Enter another value.
annotation already exists. registered or otherwise unacceptable.
61224 FFCustomMsgBox [61224] Drive is not ready. No FD was inserted into the FDD. Insert an FD.
61234 FFCustomMsgBox [61234] Drive is not ready. No FD was inserted into the FDD. Insert an FD.
61235 FFCustomMsgBox [61235] Wrong disk A wrong FD was inserted into the FDD. Insert a correct FD.
61236 FFCustomMsgBox [61236] Wrong disk A wrong FD was inserted into the FDD. Insert a correct FD.
61280 FFCustomMsgBox [61280] No Coding Scheme No data is input. Make a proper entry.
Designator has been input.
61281 FFCustomMsgBox [61281] Coding Scheme The entered data was too long. Make a proper entry.
Designator is too long.
has been input in Coding
Scheme Designator.
61303 FFCustomMsgBox [61303] Failed in importing The problem is attributable, for instance, to Prepare a consumables database again.
the consumables database. a damaged file.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
61340 FFCustomMsgBox [61340] A file backed up An attempt was made to restore a backup To restore to the IIP, use a backup file
with another application made by the Viewer for use with the IIP or generated by the IIP. To restore to the
cannot be restored. to restore a backup made by the IIP for Viewer, use a backup file generated by the
use with the Viewer. Viewer.
61341 FFCustomMsgBox [61341] This is not a A file other than Supply.mdb was selected Select a Supply.mdb file.
contrast medium database for an import.
file.
61342 FFCustomMsgBox [61342] No backup files Specified drive or folder can be incorrect. Specify a correct destination for data
exist. backup.
61345 FFCustomMsgBox [61345] No media The DICOMDIR file does not exist. Ensure that the image file is correct.
management files exist.
64595 FFCustomMsgBox [64595] Failed in activation Access to the linking application Service Restart the system. If the same symptom
of Ascent View setting Utility failed or an unexpected error recurs, perform a reinstallation.
screen. occurred.
70000 FFCustomMsgBox [70000] Failed in It is possible that the RetakeAnalyisData. Open the RetakeAnalysisData.mdb file
conversion of mis-exposure mdb file is write-protected. properties to check to see if it is write-
image log information. protected.
70001 FFCustomMsgBox [70001] Failed in deletion of It is possible that the RetakeAnalyisData. Open the RetakeAnalysisData.mdb file
log files. mdb file is write-protected. properties to check to see if it is write-
protected.
70002 FFCustomMsgBox [70002] Failed in accessing It is possible that the file is damaged or Restart the system. If the same symptom
the definition file. deleted. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
70005 FFCustomMsgBox [70005] Connection to the It is possible that the database file is Restart the system. If the same symptom
system setting database damaged or deleted. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
resulted unsuccessful.
70006 FFCustomMsgBox [70006] Failed in acquiring It is possible that the database file is Restart the system. If the same symptom
information from the system damaged or deleted. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
setting database.
character string database damaged or deleted. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
information from the damaged or deleted. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
character string database.
70009 FFCustomMsgBox [70009] Failed in acquiring It is possible that the registry information is Restart the system. If the same symptom
registry information. damaged or deleted. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
70010 FFCustomMsgBox [70010] Failed in writing It is possible that the registry information is Restart the system. If the same symptom
registry information. damaged or deleted. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
technologist information. damaged or deleted. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
classifications of mis- damaged or deleted. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
exposure images.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
comments on mis-exposure damaged or deleted. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
images.
log information database damaged or deleted. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
information for setup of damaged or deleted. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
mis-exposure image
analysis.
70016 FFCustomMsgBox [70016] Failed in reading It is possible that the image file is damaged Although the image file in question is not
image files. or deleted. displayed, there are no problems with
other operations.
70017 FFCustomMsgBox [70017] Failed in displaying An error occurred while in image Restart the system. If the same symptom
images. processing. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
70019 FFCustomMsgBox [70019] Failed in The date display format may have been Input in a correct format.
conversion of date format. input incorrectly.
70020 FFCustomMsgBox [70020] Failed in storage of This error is displayed when a failure Retry data store. If the same symptom
the mis-exposure image log occurred in data storage. recurs, change the destination for storage
list. accordingly.
70021 FFCustomMsgBox [70021] Failed in storage of This error is displayed when a failure Retry data storage. If the same symptom
the calculation result. occurred in data storage. recurs, change the destination for storage
accordingly.
70022 FFCustomMsgBox [70022] An error occurred It is possible that the image display control Restart the system. If the same symptom
while an image is being or image file has a problem. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
displayed.
70023 FFCustomMsgBox [70023] An unknown error The system was unstable. Restart the system. If the same symptom
occurred. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
database of regions to be damaged or deleted. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
exposed resulted
unsuccessful.
database of causes of damaged or deleted. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
mis-exposure images
70026 FFCustomMsgBox [70026] Failed in calculation The system was unstable. Restart the system. If the same symptom
of the mis-exposure image recurs, perform a reinstallation.
log.
calculation result of the recurs, perform a reinstallation.
mis-exposure image log.
network setting database damaged or deleted. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
necessary data from the damaged or deleted. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
network setting database.
the list. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
70032 FFCustomMsgBox [70032] Failed in deleting It is possible that the file is damaged or Restart the system. If the same symptom
the mis-exposure image deleted. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
log.
the exposure result log. deleted. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
an image file. deleted. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
70035 FFCustomMsgBox [70035] Failed in writing It is possible that the database file is Restart the system. If the same symptom
image data in the system damaged or deleted. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
setting database.
70036 FFCustomMsgBox [70036] Failed in writing It is possible that the database file is Restart the system. If the same symptom
image data in the display damaged or deleted. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
setting database.
70037 FFCustomMsgBox [70037] Failed in relocating The system was unstable. Restart the system. If the same symptom
the tree structure. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
70038 FFCustomMsgBox [70038] Failed in reducing The system was unstable. Restart the system. If the same symptom
the tree structure. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
70039 FFCustomMsgBox [70039] Transition to the The system was unstable. Restart the system. If the same symptom
main window resulted recurs, perform a reinstallation.
unsuccessful.
70040 FFCustomMsgBox [70040] Failed in accessing It is possible that the database file is Restart the system. If the same symptom
the menu database. damaged or deleted. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
the log information damaged or deleted. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
database.
the system setup database. damaged or deleted. recurs, perform a reinstallation.
70043 FFCustomMsgBox [70043] Failed in storage of It is possible that the file is damaged or Retry file storage. If the same symptom
image data. deleted. It is also possible that the target recurs, perform a reinstallation.
media for file storage has problems.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
BLANK PAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
BLANK PAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
BLANK PAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appendix B DR-ID 300CL Error Message Table (V5.0 or Later)
➥ REFERENCE
The error message of DR-ID 300CL is displayed by starting with two-character alphabet, which is an abbreviation for subsystem name.
The relationship of abbreviations for subsystem names and the content is shown below.
Abbreviated subsystem name Subsystem name Function/Role

AC ApplicationCommon Common software library
BR Bridge Smart controller
DA DaemonActivity Image input on the background from CR
DE Delivery Output to Printer/PACS
DT DataEditor Study information display
IC IDAutoConvert Patient ID auto-convert
MD Modality CR/DR image input
ME MediaStorage Media output
MI ModalityInterface Communication with CR/DR/Xcon
MQ MammoQC Mammogram QC
OI OfflineImporter Image acquisition of memory exposure
OM OperationManager Login/Logout, splash window display
QA QA All QA windows
QC QC General QC
RD RDPClient Non-FUJIFILM RIS connection (remote desktop)
RE Reception Study reception to study start
SM SystemManager Overall management of DR-ID 300CL
ST Study All study windows
TD TomoDaemon Data notification to Beneo-Fx Shimadzu tomosynthesis WS
TS Tomosynthesis All tomosynthesis windows for FF
UU UserUtility UserUtility
WL WebLinker Remote image display
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MT B-1
0 CslAdv_ ClusteringManager Error Abnormality occurred in the program. Restart the application. If the same All details of abnormality
ClusteringManager Occuerd. Refer to the phenomenon recurred, reinstall the (for example, error
Application log. system. message and error spot)
are recorded to details
log.
0 CslAdv_ 1% 2% Abnormality occurred in the program. Restart the application. If the same 1%: Error message
DaemonActivity phenomenon recurred, reinstall the 2%: Error spot
system. (Stackinformation)
0 CslAdv_DataEditor {0} Abnormality occurred in the program. Restart the application. If the same {0}: The name of the
phenomenon recurred, reinstall the function which error
system. occurred.
0 CslAdv_Delivery Can not Open Sub Key {0} Failed in opening registry key. Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Registry key
restart the application. If the same
phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
0 CslAdv_Delivery Can not Send WaitOne function of signal returned an Check the setting parameter and then
SubApplication Wakeup error. restart the application. If the same
Message phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
0 CslAdv_Delivery It Failed in Configuraion Initialization function of setting returned an Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
Initialization (rc={0}) error. restart the application. If the same
system.
0 CslAdv_Delivery Linker Control Init Method Initialization function of linker returned an Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
Call Error (rc={0}) error. restart the application. If the same
system.
0 CslAdv_Delivery Not Found Application Key Failed in acquiring application key. Check the setting parameter and then
restart the application. If the same
system.
0 CslAdv_Delivery OutImgPrc Control An error was notified to the responding Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Status
RunProc Error (rc={0}) status of RunProcComplete event restart the application. If the same
processed in OutImagePrc. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
0 CslAdv_Delivery OutImgPrc Control An error was notified to the responding Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Status
RunProc Method Call Error status of RunProcComplete event restart the application. If the same
(rc={0}) processed in Spooler. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
0 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control RestoreJob Unprocessed JOB restoration request Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
Method Call Error (rc={0}) function returned an error to Spooler. restart the application. If the same
system.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
0 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control ResumeProc execution function of Spooler Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
ResumeProc Method Call returned an error. restart the application. If the same
Error (rc={0}) phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
0 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control RunProc An error was notified to the responding Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Status
Error (rc={0}) status of RunProcComplete event restart the application. If the same
processed in Spooler. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
0 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control RunProc Execution function of Spooler returned an Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
Method Call Error (rc={0}) error. restart the application. If the same
system.
0 CslAdv_Re Error when initializes Mwm/ Failed in initializing Mwm/PPS Controller. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
PPS controller If the same phenomenon recurred,
0 [QA00000] An error An error occurred. Restart the system.
occurred. If the same error recurs after restarting the
system, reinstall the system.
0 [RE00000] An error An error occurred. Restart the system.
0 [TS00000] An error An error occurred. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
occurred. If the same error recurs after restarting,
reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
0 CslAdv_Qc Access OLE DB failed. Failed in accessing the database. Restart QC. If the same phenomenon
recurred, reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
0 [IC00000] An error An error occurred. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
occurred. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
0 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control RestoreJob An error was notified to the responding Restart DR-ID 300CL. {0}: Status
Error (rc={0}) status of RestoreJobComplete event If the same error recurs after restarting,
processed in Spooler. reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
0 CslAdv_Bridge - An exception occurred in application. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
0 CslAdv_ IRSLibraryException Error, Create IRSLibrary instance error. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
DaemonActivity sportCode = {0} [%1] phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
0 CslAdv_ Exception Error, sportCode Constructor class AnalyseCtrl error. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
DaemonActivity = {0} [%1] phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
0 CslAdv_ IRSLibraryException Error, Initialize component of IRS. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
0 CslAdv_ IRSLibraryException Error, Terminate IRSLibrary error. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
300CL.
0 CslAdv_ Exception Error, sportCode Terminate IRS FrameWork error. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
300CL.
0 CslAdv_ IRSLibraryException Error, Synchronize analyzing IRS for image error. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
300CL.
0 CslAdv_ Exception Error, sportCode Implement analyze IRS error. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
300CL.
0 CslAdv_ 2 image is not couple Left/ Identify of two image is not couple left/ Select the left and the right menu as a pair.
DaemonActivity Right right.
0 CslAdv_ AC getter to get image Using AC getter to get image information Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DaemonActivity information fail error. If the same phenomenon recurred,
0 CslAdv_ BC FCD to caculate adjust Using BC FCD to calculate adjust value Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DaemonActivity value fail error. If the same phenomenon recurred,
0 CslAdv_ AC setter fail Using AC setter to set alignment error. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DaemonActivity If the same phenomenon recurred,
0 CslAdv_ AlignMammoImage fail Setting align mammo image error. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
DaemonActivity phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
0 CslAdv_ Get pair menu fail Get pair menu error. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
0 CslAdv_ Check alignment of both Check alignment of both menu error. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DaemonActivity menu fai If the same phenomenon recurred,
0 CslAdv_ Image is not mammo Image is not mammo. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
0 CslAdv_ Wrong direction Two menu not same direction. Select the left and the right menu as a pair.
DaemonActivity
0 CslAdv_ Menu can not align Alignment for menu error. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
DaemonActivity phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
0 CslAdv_ FCDAppImgCreatorWS Using BC::ImageProc to create image Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
DaemonActivity Combine Error combine error. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
0 - “Main()” An error occurs when the startup of the Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
“Exception Notification from UserUtility.exe application failed. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
UnhandledException 300CL.
EventHandler”
0 PatInfoDisplay CslAdv_AC_ An illegal parameter occurred inside %3. As an internal error occurred, restart DR- %1: Process ID
PatInfoDisplay: ID 300CL. %2: Process name
GeneralFailure If the error occurred again, restart the PC. %3: Detailed
processID: %1 If the error could not be recovered, reinstall information
processName: %2 the application.
%3
0 CslAdv_RDPClient LoadConfig Failed in reading the required settings
Restart DR-ID 300CL. {0}: Exception message
Error.¥r¥n{0}¥r¥n{1}¥n when starting the general-purpose RISIf the same error recurs after restarting, {1}: Stack trace
Browser. reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
0 to 2 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% An error occurred when starting Restart DR-ID 300CL. 1%: The spot and
Tomosynthesis View. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall cause error
DR-ID 300CL. occurred
0 to 3 MenuSel EventID (00000) AC-CGU- In %1 (Name of the file event occurred) As an internal error occurred, restart DR- %1: Fujifilm.
MenuSel:Unknown Error and %2 (Name of the method and row ID 300CL. ConsoleAdvance.
%1 %2 number event occurred), as there is flaw in If the error occurred again, restart the PC. ApplicationCommon
the parameter set in MenuSel, an error If the error could not be recovered, reinstall Library.GUI.MenuSel.
was returned. the application. MenuSel.Initialize()
%2: Z:\Source\....\
MenuSel\MenuSel.
cs:Lines 1186
0 CslAdv_QA 1% An error occurred in QA processing. Restart the application. If the same 1%: The name of the
to 2% phenomenon recurred, reinstall the module error
22103 system. occurred
2%: The spot and
cause error
occurred
1 CslAdv_AC_ImgDBC %1 An error occurred in ADO. As an internal error occurred, restart DR- %1: Method name
%2 ID 300CL. %2: Various types of
%3 If the error occurred again, restart the PC. information
%4 If the error could not be recovered, reinstall %3: Error number of ADO
%5 the application. %4: Provider-specific
%6 Error code of ADO
%7 %5: SQL status of ADO
%6: ADO object name
%7: Description of ADO
object
1 CslAdv_AC_ImgDBCEx CslAdv_AC_ImgDBCEx:Gen A general error occurred in the method of As an internal error occurred, restart DR- %1: Method name
eralFailure(Fujifilm. %1. ID 300CL. %2: Detailed information
ConsoleAdvance. If the error occurred again, restart the PC.
ApplicationCommonLibrary. If the error could not be recovered, reinstall
DataAccessor.ImgDBCEx. the application.
ImgDBCExException
Occuerd.
Code:GeneralFailure:%1,%2
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
1 CslAdv_ LogCtl2 Create Error. Failed in initializing AC log. Restart the application. If the same {0}: Error message of AC
ClusteringManager Msg:[{0}]\n{1} phenomenon recurred, reinstall the {1}: Error spot of ADO
system.
1 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control Data inconsistency checking request Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
ErrorCheckProc Method function returned an error to Spooler. restart the application. If the same
Call Error (rc={0}) phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
1 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control Completing request function of Spooler Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
GetCommitProcJob Method returned an error. restart the application. If the same
system.
1 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Failed in initialization processing. Restart the application. If the same %1: The module error
Initialize %3 phenomenon recurred, reinstall the occurred
system. %2: Spot where error
occurred
%3: Error details
1 CslAdv_Modality Failed Init %1 Failed in initializing indicator. Restart the application. If the same %1: Indicator name.
system.
1 CslAdv_Modality Failed to %1.Initialize Failed in initializing %1. Restart the application. If the same %1: Indicator name or
phenomenon recurred, reinstall the status window
system. name.
1 CslAdv_Modality Failed to Initialize%1 Failed in initializing indicator. Restart the application. If the same %1: Indicator name.
system.
1 CslAdv_ Lock Error Failed in accessing the Lock database. Restart the application. If the same One of these three
OperationManager GetAllLockInfo Error phenomenon recurred, reinstall the types is set in event
GetLockType Error system. content.
1 CslAdv_ System Error Receive A system error message was received. Restart the application. If the same
SystemManager phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
1 [DE00001] Failed in Failed in initialization. Restart the system.
initialization. If the same error recurs after restarting the
1 [DT00001] Key item setting Key item setting error Correct the item settings.
error
1 [MD00001] Failed in Failed in initialization. Restart the system.
1 [OM00001] Failed in Failed in initialization. Restart the system.
1 [QA00001] Failed in Failed in obtaining information from the Restart the system.
obtaining information from setting file. If the same error recurs after restarting the
the setting file. system, reinstall the system.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
1 [RE00001] Failed in Failed in accessing to database. Restart the system.
accessing to database. If the same error recurs after restarting the
1 [SM00001] Failed in Failed in initialization processing. Restart the system.
initialization processing. If the same error recurs after restarting the
1 CslAdv_Modality ModalityViewException Failed in initializing the panel change Restart the system.
Msg = Failed to Initialize dialog box. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
FPDPanelChangeDialog the system.
1 CslAdv_Modality ModalityViewException Failed in initializing the panel change Restart the system.
Msg = Failed to Initialize dialog box's event listener. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
panelChangeViewListener the system.
Class
1 CslAdv_Modality Failed to execute Failed in initializing the panel change Restart the system.
PanelGUIInitialize dialog box. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
the system.
1 [WL00001] Failed in Failed in initialization. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
initialization. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
1 [QC00001] Failed in Failed in accessing the database. Click the close button on the QC execution
accessing the database. window.
1 [TS00001] Failed in Failed in initialization. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
1 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert catch ThreadException An exceptional event ThreadException Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
1 [DA00001] An error An error occurred. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
1 [IC00001] Failed in Failed in initialization. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
1 MegBoxSyncHelper CslAdv_AC_ An unexpected program error has occurred Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same kind of %1: Detailed information
MsgBoxSyncHelper during display message synchronization phenomenon occurs again, set the smart
QueryChildWindow Error between the smart controller and DR-ID control function to OFF, or reinstall.
Illegal Message Contents: 300CL.
%1
Illegal UniqueId1: %1 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Illegal UniqueId2: %1 300CL.
1 CslAdv_Modality Exception occured Failed in rollback of the DDO file. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same %1: The record number
RollbackDDO. imageId : phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID of the image
%1 300CL. database.
1 CslAdv_Re TreeView Filtering Release Failed in accessing the database. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
Error.
1 CslAdv_Re TreeView Filtering Error. Failed in accessing the database. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
1 CslAdv_Re TreeView Specification Failed in accessing the database. Perform the operation again.
Error. If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
DR-ID 300CL.
1 CslAdv_Re TreeView ImageMove Failed in accessing the database. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
Error. Failed in accessing the DDO file.
1 CslAdv_Re TreeView End Error. Failed in each closing process of DB, Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DDO, etc.
1 CslAdv_Re TreeView DragOverEvent Failed in accessing the database. Perform the operation again.
Error. Failed in accessing the DDO file. If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
DR-ID 300CL.
1 CslAdv_Re TreeView DragEnterEvent Failed in accessing the database. Perform the operation again.
DR-ID 300CL.
1 CslAdv_Re TreeView DragDropEvent Failed in accessing the database. Perform the operation again.
DR-ID 300CL.
1 CslAdv_Re Initialize Exception Error. Failed in accessing the database. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
Failed in accessing the DDO file.
1 CslAdv_Re Refresh Exception Error. Failed in accessing the database. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
Failed in accessing the DDO file.
1 CslAdv_Re UpdateDBAndDDOByTo Failed in accessing the database. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
Tree Failed in accessing the DDO file.
ViewData Error.
1 CslAdv_Re UpdateDBAndDDOBy Failed in accessing the database. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
FromTreeViewData Error. Failed in accessing the DDO file.
1 CslAdv_AC_ToolMenu CslAdv_AC_ToolMenu:%1 A general error occurred in the method of Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: Method name
Error:Exception.. %1. If the error occurred again, restart the PC. %2: Process ID
processID:%2 If the error could not be recovered, reinstall %3: Process name
processName:%3 the application. %4: Detailed
%4 information
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
1 CslAdv_AC_SideBar CslAdv_AC_SideBar:%1 A general error occurred in the method of Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: Method name
Error:Exception.. %1. If the error occurred again, restart the PC. %2: Process ID
processName:%3 the application. %4: Detailed information
%4
1 PatInfoDisplay CslAdv_AC_ A general error occurred inside %3. As an internal error occurred, restart DR- %1: Process ID
GeneralFailure If the error occurred again, restart the PC. %3: Detailed information
processID: %1 If the error could not be recovered, reinstall
%3
1 CslAdv_Modality Failed to Failed in initializing the device status Restart DR-ID 300CL.
InitializeStatusDialog dialog. If the same error recurs after restarting,
1 CslAdv_Modality Failed to initialize the Failed in initializing the device status Restart DR-ID 300CL.
ModalityOutputLog dialog. If the same error recurs after restarting,
1 CslAdv_Modality ScreenDesign Value Error. The system settings (ScreenDesign) are Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: Error code
value invalid. If the same error recurs after restarting,
= %1 reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
1 CslAdv_Modality Initialize Failed in acquiring the value of DB. Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: Error code
IDeviceSettingCollectionClass. If the same error recurs after restarting,
Get() ErrorCode = %1 reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
1 CslAdv_Modality ModalityException Msg = An error occurs inside the program. Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: Error message
%1 If the same error recurs after restarting,
1 CslAdv_RDPClient Save Config Failed in saving the settings for the end Restart the general-purpose RIS browser. {0}: Exception message
Error.¥r¥n{0}¥r¥n{1}¥n processing of general-purpose RIS If the error recurs restarting the general- {1}: Stack trace
Browser. purpose RIS browser, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
1 [RD00001] An error An error occurred. Contact your service engineer.
occured
1 CslAdv_AC_GuiAdp %1 The path of screen keyboard set in Check if the path of screen keyboard is %1: Error message
InitializeScreenKeyBoard() “SysConfig.mdb” file is not found. correct in “SysConfig.mdb” file. %2: Path of screen
Key:SoftKBProgPath board specified by
[%2] is not found. “SysConfig.mdb”
file
1 CslAdv_Study 1% An unrecoverable error occurred in the DR-ID 300CL restarts automatically. 1%: Error function name
to process. Restart DR-ID 300CL if it has frozen. If the
9999 same phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
2 CslAdv_AC_ImgDBC FFImageDBCTL Failed in accessing the database. As an internal error occurred, restart DR- %1: Error information
%1 ID 300CL. %2: Method name
%2 If the error occurred again, restart the PC. %3: Various types of
%3 If the error could not be recovered, reinstall information
the application.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2 CslAdv_Delivery Invalid Media Status MediaStatAEName execution function of Check the setting parameter and then {0}: AE name
Parameter (ae_name={0}, Spooler returned an error. restart the application. If the same {1}: Status
media_status={1}, free_ phenomenon recurred, reinstall the {2}: Blank space
space={2}) system.
2 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control MediaStatAEName execution function of Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
MediaStatAEName Method Spooler returned an error. restart the application. If the same
system.
2 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control MediaStatErr execution function of Spooler Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
MediaStatErr Method Call returned an error. restart the application. If the same
system.
2 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control MediaStatFree execution function of Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
MediaStatFree Method Call Spooler returned an error. restart the application. If the same
system.
2 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control MediaStatMount execution function of Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
MediaStatMount Method Spooler returned an error. restart the application. If the same
system.
2 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control MediaStatUnMount execution function of Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
MediaStatUnMount Method Spooler returned an error. restart the application. If the same
system.
2 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control Image process completion notification Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
SetImageProcComplete function returned an error to Spooler. restart the application. If the same
Method Call Error (rc={0}) phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
2 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control Output completion notification function Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
SetOutputProcComplete returned an error to Spooler. restart the application. If the same
system.
2 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control SpoolProc An error was notified to the responding Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Status
Error (rc={0}) status of SpoolProcComplete event restart the application. If the same
system.
2 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control SpoolProc Spool request function returned an error to Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
Method Call Error (rc={0}) Spooler. restart the application. If the same
system.
2 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control Spool request function returned an error to Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
StudyReqEndProc Method Spooler. restart the application. If the same
system.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Failed in terminating processing. Restart the application. If the same %1: The module error
%3 phenomenon recurred, reinstall the occurred
[ExceptionInfomation] system. %2: Detailed
%4 information
%3: Error outline
%4: Error details
2 CslAdv_Modality Failed to %1.Terminate Failed in completion processing of %1. Restart the application. If the same %1: Indicator name or
phenomenon recurred, reinstall the status window
system. name.
2 CslAdv_ Msg Get Error Failed in accessing the resource database. Restart the application. If the same
OperationManager phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
2 CslAdv_ UPS Signal Receive UPS abnormality message was received. Restart the application. If the same
system.
2 [DE00002] Failed in output Failed in output processing. Restart the system.
processing. If the same error recurs after restarting the
2 [MD00002] Failed in Failed in terminating processing. Restart the system.
terminating processing. If the same error recurs after restarting the
2 [OM00002] Failed in Failed in starting up the service utility. Restart the system.
starting up the service If the same error recurs after restarting the
utility. system, reinstall the system.
2 [QA00002] Failed in QA Failed in QA starting process. Restart the system.
starting process. If the same error recurs after restarting the
2 [RE00002] Failed in Failed in accessing the database. Restart the system.
accessing the database. If the same error recurs after restarting the
2 [SM00002] System error System error occurred. Restart the system.
2 [WL00002] An error An error occurred. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
2 [QC00002] Failed to Failed to initialize QC. Click the close button on the QC execution
initalize QC. window.
2 [TS00002] Failed in Failed in obtaining the information from the Restart DR-ID 300CL.
obtaining the information system setting file. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
from the system setting file. DR-ID 300CL.
2 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert catch Exception An exception occurred while processing an Restart DR-ID 300CL.
exceptional event ThreadException. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
DR-ID 300CL.
2 CslAdv_AC_ToolMenu CslAdv_AC_ %1 file does not exist. Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: File name
ToolMenu:SysInfo If the error occurred again, restart the PC. %2: Process ID
File is not exist. If the error could not be recovered, reinstall %3: Process name
File path=%1 the application.
processID:%2
processName:%3
2 CslAdv_AC_ToolMenu CslAdv_AC_ An error occurred when accessing the Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: Process ID
ToolMenu:SysConfig.mdb system setting file. If the error occurred again, restart the PC. %2: Process name
Access If the error could not be recovered, reinstall %3: Detailed
Error:SysDBCException. the application. information
processID:%1
processName:%2
%3
2 CslAdv_AC_ToolMenu CslAdv_AC_ToolMenu:%1 An error occurred when accessing the data Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: Method name
Error:Exception.. in the method of %1. If the error occurred again, restart the PC. %2: Process ID
processName:%3 the application. %4: Detailed
%4 information
2 PatInfoDisplay CslAdv_AC_ The access to DB is illegal inside %3. As an internal error occurred, restart DR- %1: Process ID
%3
2 [RD00002] An error An error occurred. Contact your service engineer.
occurred.
2 CslAdv_OfflineImporetr Not create thumbnail An abnormal image received from FPD Perform an exposure again. 1%: Target image file
image, target filename = when importing a image. name
%1
2 CslAdv_OfflineImporetr Not create thumbnail It is conceivable that an error occurred Confirm that the target image is imported 1%: Directory name
images. Reason : No when importing a image. by DR-ID 300CL (ImageBox). created when
images. Target directory Import the image again from the panel if imported
path = %1 not imported by DR-ID 300CL (ImageBox).
2 CslAdv_OfflineImporetr Target menu is not only Menu of image matching target could not Close the image library, and reselect the %1: Number of the
one. total menu number is be identified. menu. If the same log has been recorded, selected menu
%1 finish and restart the study.
2 CslAdv_OfflineImporetr Target selecters %1 and Selector of the acquisition of the original Close the image library, and confirm the %1: Number of selector
%2 are difference. image and the selector of the menu of the menu selector once again. that import the
image with the matching target is different. If the same log has been recorded, finish image
and restart the study. %2: Number of selector
of the menu of
image match target
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2 CslAdv_OfflineImporetr Image status is invalid. %1 Menu of image matching target has been Image matching target menu is required to %1: Exposure status of
exposed. be unexposed. Confirm the status of the the image match
exposure. target menu
If the same log has been recorded, finish
and restart the study.
2 CslAdv_OfflineImporetr function type is not correct. Menu of the Function image matching The function of the image matching target %1: Function of the
%1 target is invalid. menu is required to be in RT/PS/TM. image match target
Confirm the function. menu
If the same log has been recorded, finish
and restart the study.
3 CslAdv_AC_ImgDBC Image Database %1 Error An error occurred in the method of %1. As an internal error occurred, restart DR- %1: Method name
ID 300CL.
If the error occurred again, restart the PC.
If the error could not be recovered, reinstall
the application.
3 CslAdv_AC_ImgDBC Image Database %1 Unknown error. As an internal error occurred, restart DR- %1: Method name
Exception ID 300CL.
If the error occurred again, restart the PC.
If the error could not be recovered, reinstall
the application.
3 CslAdv_Delivery OutImage Control Image process completion notification Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
ExecImageProc Method function returned an error to Spooler. restart the application. If the same
system.
3 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control Acquiring request function of image Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
GetImageProcJob Method processing JOB in Spooler returned an restart the application. If the same
Call Error (rc={0}) error. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
3 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Failed in acquiring directory information. Restart the application. If the same %1: The module error
Failed to Read Directory.ini: phenomenon recurred, reinstall the occurred
%3. system. %2: Spot error occurred
%3: Error details
3 CslAdv_ DB Error Failed in accessing SysConfig,Paramedic. Restart the application. If the same
OperationManager mdb. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
3 CslAdv_Re Error message of A problem occurred in _console_db. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
AC::ImgDBCEx
3 CslAdv_ BCR error Failed in creating data container or xml file Restart the application. If the same
SystemManager for BCR. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
3 [DE00003] Failed in image Failed in image processing for output. Restart the system.
processing for output. If the same error recurs after restarting the
3 [MD00003] Failed in Failed in accessing the database. Restart the system.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3 [OM00003] Failed in Failed in executing the lock processing.
Restart the system.
executing the lock If the same error recurs after restarting the
processing. system, reinstall the system.
3 [QA00003] Failed in Failed in initialization for communication. Restart the system.
initialization for If the same error recurs after restarting the
communication. system, reinstall the system.
3 [SM00003] A power failure A power failure has occurred. Restart the system.
has occurred. If the same error recurs after restarting the
3 [QC00003] Failed to Failed to displaying thumbnail image. Click the close button on the QC execution
displaying thumbnail image. window.
3 [TS00003] Recovery was Recovery was attempted from an error Restart DR-ID 300CL.
attempted from an error during the reconstruction processing but it If the same error recurs after restarting,
during the reconstruction failed. reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
processing but it failed.
3 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert catch ThreadException An exception occurred in Program.Main. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
3 CslAdv_AC_ToolMenu CslAdv_AC_ToolMenu:%1 An error occurred when accessing the Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: Method name
Error:%2 other modules in the method of %1. If the error occurred again, restart the PC. %2: Spot error occurred
processID:%3 If the error could not be recovered, reinstall %3: Process ID
processName:%4 the application. %4: Process name
%5 %5: Detailed
information
3 CslAdv_AC_SideBar CslAdv_AC_SideBar:%1 An error occurred when accessing the Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: Method name
Error:%2 other modules in the method of %1. If the error occurred again, restart the PC. %2: Spot error occurred
processID:%3 If the error could not be recovered, reinstall %3: Process ID
processName:%4 the application. %4: Process name
%5 %5: Detailed
information
3 PatInfoDisplay CslAdv_AC_ An external reference error occurred inside As an internal error occurred, restart DR- %1: Process ID
PatInfoDisplay: %3. ID 300CL. %2: Process name
%3
3 CslAdv_Modality Failed to Read Directory.ini: Failed in finding the connection character Restart DR-ID 300CL.
Key= ModalityDB string for ModalityDB If the same error recurs after restarting,
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3 CslAdv_RDPClient Load Directory.ini Failed in reading the setting file (Directory. Restart DR-ID 300CL. {0}: Exception message
Error.¥r¥n{0}¥r¥n{1}¥n ini) needed to start If the same error recurs after restarting, {1}: Stack trace
3 [RD00003] A connection A connection error has occurred. Please confirm the network condition and
error has occurred. restart %s.
4 CslAdv_Delivery Ansemble DataContainer Failed in registration to Ansemble. Check the setting parameter and then {0}: SANameDelivery
Create Error. (Name={0}, DataContainer. restart the application. If the same {1}: ContentType
ContentTyp={1}, Key={2}) phenomenon recurred, reinstall the {2}: Key
system.
4 CslAdv_Delivery DICOM Print Control Failed in acquiring the film number. Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Film number
PrintPrc Error restart the application. If the same
(indexNo={0}) phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
4 CslAdv_Delivery DICOM Print Control An error was notified to PrintPrc execution Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Execution result
PrintPrc Error (prcNo={0}) result. restart the application. If the same
system.
4 CslAdv_Delivery DICOM Print Control Dicom printer output control function Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
PrintPrc Method Call Error returned an error. restart the application. If the same
(rc={0}) phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
4 CslAdv_Delivery DICOM Store Control Output request function of storage output Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
StorePrc Method Call Error control returned an error. restart the application. If the same
system.
4 CslAdv_Delivery Output ddo file is not found No DDO files exist. Check the setting parameter and then {0}: DDO file
({0}) restart the application. If the same
system.
4 CslAdv_Delivery OutputJob Get Item Error Acquired function of GetItem returned an Check the setting parameter and then {0}: function
(function={0}, id={1}, rc={2}) error. restart the application. If the same {1}: id
phenomenon recurred, reinstall the {2}: rc
system.
4 CslAdv_Delivery OutputProc Error (rc={0}, Output completion notification function Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
UnitType={1}) returned an error to Spooler. restart the application. If the same
system.
4 CslAdv_Delivery PostMessage Method Call Post function of sending message returned Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
Error (rc={0}) an error. restart the application. If the same
system.
4 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control Acquiring request function of output JOB in Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
GetOutputProcJob Method Spooler returned an error. restart the application. If the same
system.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control NotifyUpdateImageStatusResult function Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
NotifyUpdateImage of Spooler returned an error. restart the application. If the same
StatusResult Method Call phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
Error (rc={0}) system.
4 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control Delivery completion notification function Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
SetCommitProcComplete returned an error to Spooler. restart the application. If the same
system.
4 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Value of system setting is invalid. Restart the application. If the same %1: The module error
%3 Value is invalid phenomenon recurred, reinstall the occurred
system. %2: Spot error occurred
%3: Information of
system setting key
4 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Failed in reading the system setting. Restart the application. If the same %1: The module error
Failed to Read SysConfig : phenomenon recurred, reinstall the occurred
%3 system. %2: Spot error occurred
[ExceptionInfomation] %3: Error outline
%4 %4: Error details
4 CslAdv_ Registory Error An error occurred when accessing registry Restart the application. If the same
OperationManager information. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
4 CslAdv_ MCR error Failed in creating data container for MCR Restart the application. If the same
SystemManager or xml file for BCR. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
4 [MD00004] Failed in Failed in sending the message. Restart the system.
sending the message. If the same error recurs after restarting the
4 [OM00004] Failed in Failed in accessing the database. Restart the system.
4 [SM00004] Failed in lock Failed in lock processing. Restart the system.
4 [QC00004] Cannot show Cannot show magnified image. Click the close button on the QC execution
magnified image. window.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4 [TS00004] Failed in starting Failed in starting up the TomoView. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
up the TomoView. If the same error recurs after restarting,
DR-ID 300CL.
4 CslAdv_Modality Exception Failed in acquiring the setup value of Restart DR-ID 300CL.
[SysDBCNotFoundException] system. If the same error recurs after restarting,
4 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Failed in initializing the ShotReadyIndicator Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same %1: Error occurred
failed Init because the acquisition of phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID module
ShotReadyIndicator ISelectorCollection failed. 300CL. %2: Error occurred part
[ExceptionInfomation] %3: Error code
Failed to GetResouce %4: Error outline
ISelectorCollection, Error_
code:%3
%4
5 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control QueueResume execution function of Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
QueueResume Method Spooler returned an error. restart the application. If the same
system.
5 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 • Failed in accessing the database. Restart the application. If the same %1: The module error
%3 • Failed in acquiring information from the phenomenon recurred, reinstall the occurred
database. system. %2: Spot error occurred
• Failed in setting information on the %3: Error details
database.
5 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Failed in updating the database. Restart the application. If the same %1: The module error
Execute Invalid phenomenon recurred, reinstall the occurred
Operation:%3 system. %2: Spot error occurred
%3: Error details
5 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Failed in updating the database. Restart the application. If the same %1: The module error
Failed to Execute SQL:%3 phenomenon recurred, reinstall the occurred
%3: Error details
5 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Failed in initializing the database. Restart the application. If the same %1: The module error
Failed to Initialize phenomenon recurred, reinstall the occurred
ModalityDB system. %2: Spot error occurred
%3: Error details
5 CslAdv_Modality Failed to get row number of Failed in acquiring data appricable for Restart the application. If the same %1: Search number.
DataSet from _modality_ number=%1 from ModalityDB. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
status_tbl: number=%1 system.
5 CslAdv_Modality Failed to SqlExecutor. Failed in obtaining the FCR error Restart the application. If the same
ReferenceCommand() for information. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
get fcr error record system.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5 CslAdv_Modality ModalityException Msg = Failed in updating the access of internal Finish the study, and perform the study %1: Selector number
Failed to SelectorChange database. again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
UpdateModalityDb - restart the application.
SelectorNumber = %1
5 CslAdv_Modality Not Found number in _ Data appricable for number=%1 does not Restart the application. If the same %1: Search number.
modality_status_tbl: exist in ModalityDB. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
number=%1 system.
5 CslAdv_ Lock error Failed in accessing the Lock database. Restart the application. If the same
system.
5 [OM00005] Failed in Failed in registering the user name. Click the button displayed on a the screen.
registering the user name.
5 [QA00005] Failed in Failed in entering parameters to start QA Restart the system.
entering parameters to start within the study. If the same error recurs after restarting the
QA within the study. system, reinstall the system.
5 [RE00005] Failed in Failed in sending the message. Restart the system.
sending the message. If the same error recurs after restarting the
5 [SM00005] Failed in Failed in creating a data file. Click the button displayed on a the screen.
creating a data file.
5 CslAdv_Modality Failed to show PanelChang Failed in displaying the panel change Check for the settings of selector and %1 :The selector
eDlg:selectorNumber=%1 dialog box. device again and restart the system. If the number for
same phenomenon recurred, reinstall the changing panel
system.
5 CslAdv_Modality Nothing selector's Failed in displaying the panel change Check for the settings of selector and %1 :The selector
icon:selector num=%1 dialog box. device again and restart the system. If the number for
same phenomenon recurred, reinstall the changing panel
system.
5 CslAdv_Modality Faild to Delete _panel_ Failed in updating the ModalityDB. Restart the system.
change_request_tbl If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
the system.
5 CslAdv_Modality Failed to reset selector's Failed in restoring the panel to the setup Restart the system. %1 :The selector
color:SelectorNumber=%1 condition with system setting. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall number for
the system. changing panel
5 CslAdv_Modality Failed to show PanelChang Failed in displaying the panel change Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same %1: Selector number
eDlg:selectorNumber=%1 dialog. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
5 CslAdv_Modality Faild to Delete _panel_ Failed in operating MD local database. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
change_request_tbl phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert GuiAdpException An exception occurred while retrieving Restart DR-ID 300CL.
processing result message. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
6 CslAdv_Delivery Linker Control End message sending function of queue Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
PostMessage Method Call returned an error. restart the application. If the same
system.
6 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control QueueDelete execution function of Spooler Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
QueueDelete Method Call returned an error. restart the application. If the same
system.
6 CslAdv_Modality %1 Failed in browsing the image database. Finish the study, and perform the study %1: The module and
again. If the same phenomenon recurred, spot error occurred
restart the application.
6 CslAdv_ ImgDBCEx error Failed in accessing the study database. Restart the application. If the same One of these two types
SystemManager DeleteRecordByStudy phenomenon recurred, reinstall the is set in event content.
Error system.
6 [OM00006] Failed in Failed in acquiring the initial user name. Restart the system.
acquiring the initial user If the same error recurs after restarting the
name. system, reinstall the system.
6 [SM00006] Failed in Failed in accessing the data base. Restart the system.
accessing the data base. If the same error recurs after restarting the
6 CslAdv_Modality Failed to ReleaseExclusion Failed in browsing the image database. Finish the study, and perform the study
again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
restart the Console.
6 CslAdv_Modality Failed to execute Failed in generating the XML to require of When the image is left in the panel, re-
CmdCRModeAcquisition the acquisition of the image. input the image.
Start.Convert If the same situations occur, restart the
DR-ID 300CL.
6 CslAdv_Modality Failed to execute Failed in generating the XML to require the When the image is left in the panel, re-
CmdCRModeDeleteStart. deletion of the image. input the image.
Convert If the same situations occur, restart the
DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
7 CslAdv_Delivery {0}\r\n{1} An exception has occurred. Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
system.
7 CslAdv_Delivery Can not Send {0} Message Message sending function of linker Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Cause of process
returned an error. restart the application. If the same abortion
system.
7 CslAdv_Delivery DICOMPrintSCU Control Request function on completing Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
EndProc Method Call Error DICOMPrintSCU returned an error. restart the application. If the same
system.
7 CslAdv_Delivery DicomSC Control EndProc An error was notified to the responding Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Status
Error (rc={0}) status of EndProcComplete event restart the application. If the same
processed in DicomSCCtrl. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
7 CslAdv_Delivery DicomSC Control EndProc EndProc function of SuspendComplete Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
Method Call Error (rc={0}) event processing returned an error. restart the application. If the same
system.
7 CslAdv_Delivery DICOMStoreSCU Control Complete request function to Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
EndProc Method Call Error DICOMStoreSCU returned an error. restart the application. If the same
system.
7 CslAdv_Delivery EventLog.InfoEventID. Output what has completed to the event Check the setting parameter and then
Terminate log. restart the application. If the same
system.
7 CslAdv_Delivery OutImage Control EndProc An error was notified to the responding Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Status
processed in OutImagePrc. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
7 CslAdv_Delivery OutImagePrc Control Request function on completing OutImgPrc Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
EndProc Method Call Error returned an error. restart the application. If the same
system.
7 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control EndProc An error was notified to the responding Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Status
system.
7 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control EndProc Completing request function of Spooler Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
Method Call Error (rc={0}) returned an error. restart the application. If the same
system.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
7 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control SuspendProc execution function of Spooler Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
SuspendProc Method Call returned an error. restart the application. If the same
system.
7 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 The character string database of the Image The Image Reader might not been %1: The module error
LngDBCExException Reader has not been installed. installed. Check the system. occurred
[ExceptionInfomation] %2: Spot error occurred
7 [OM00007] Setup hasn't Setup hasn't been completed yet. Contact maintenance personnel.
been completed yet. Click the button to exit the system.
7 [QA00007] Failed in starting Failed in starting QA within the study. Restart the system.
QA within the study. If the same error recurs after restarting the
7 CslAdv_ ImgGrpDBC:Delete Failed in accessing the study database. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
SystemManager RecordByStudy Error If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
7 [SM00007] An error An error occurred. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
8 CslAdv_Delivery DicomSC Control Commitment processing request function Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Function return value
CommitmentProc Method returned an error to DicomSC. restart the application. If the same
system.
8 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Failed in acquiring the selector information. Restart the application. If the same %1: The module error
[ExceptionInfomation] system. %2: Spot error occurred
% %3: Error code
8 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Failed in acquiring the selector information. Restart the application. If the same %1: The module error
Get SelectorDB Data Error. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the occurred
MenuManeger. system. %2: Spot error occurred
SelectorCollection.Get() %3: Error code
return status:%3
8 CslAdv_Re Load system config fail Failed in reading the system setting. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
8 [DE00008] An error An error occurred. Restart the system.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
8 CslAdv_ MessagePrameter error Message parameter list is abnormal. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
SystemManager (paramList.Count <= 0)
MessagePrameter error
(paramList.Count >
LockParameterCountMax)
8 [TS00008] The setting of The setting of the displayed screen is Check the screen setting, and restart
the displayed screen is invalid. DR-ID 300CL.
invalid. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
8 [IC00008] An error occurred An error occurred in starting auto- Restart DR-ID 300CL.
in starting auto-conversion conversion of patient ID. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
of patient ID. DR-ID 300CL.
8 [OM00008] The modality The modality setting of the system is Check the modality settings of Service
setting of the system is contradictory. Utility. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
contradictory. error recurs after restarting, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
8 [SM00008] Failed in Failed in changing network settings. Restart the system.
changing network settings.
9 CslAdv_Delivery If the same error recurs Failed in connecting the image database. Check the setting parameter and then
after restarting the system, restart the application. If the same
contact your service phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
engineer." system.
9 [IC00009] Failed in auto- Failed in auto-conversion of patient ID. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
conversion of patient ID. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
9 [OM00009] An error An error occurred. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
occurred. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
10 CslAdv_Modality catch DCMObjExException Failed in acquiring DICOM data. Finish the study, and perform the study
10 CslAdv_Modality Failed to execute Failed in releasing process of DICOM file. Finish the study, and perform the study
DDOHelper.FreeDDOObj again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
10 CslAdv_Modality Failed to execute Failed in browsing the image database. Finish the study, and perform the study
ImageDBAccessor. again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
RenewImageStatus restart the application.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10 CslAdv_Modality SendSetPatientInformation Failed in acquiring DICOM data. Finish the study, and perform the study
DCMObjExException again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
10 [DE00010] Failed in Failed in updating the study information. Restart the system.
updating the study If the same error recurs after restarting the
information. system, reinstall the system.
10 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 An error occurs inside the program. Restart the system %1: The module error
[ExceptionInfomation] If the same phenomenon recurred after occurred
%3 restarting the system, reinstall the system. %2: Spot error occurred
%3: Error details
10 [IC00010] Failed in auto- Failed in auto-conversion of patient ID. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
conversion of patient ID. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
10 CslAdv_Modality DCMObjExException DDO file operation has failed. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same %1: The record number
occured RollbackDDO. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID of the image
imageId : %1 300CL. database.
10 [OM00010] Setup is not Setup is not completed yet. Activate the application licence.
completed yet.
11 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Failed in acquiring sharing data. Restart the application. If the same %1: The module error
%3: Error details
11 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Failed in acquiring sharing data. Restart the application. If the same %1: The module error
%4 %3: Error outline
%4: Error details
11 CslAdv_Modality Failed to execute Failed in deleting an internal processing Finish the study, and perform the study %1: The search key of
DataContainerMain. file. again. If the same phenomenon recurred, internal processing
Remove() - tempDDOKey restart the application. file.
= %1
11 CslAdv_Modality Failed to execute Failed in deleting an internal processing Finish the study, and perform the study %1: The search key of
DataContainerMain. file. again. If the same phenomenon recurred, internal processing
Remove() - XmlKey = %1 restart the application. file.
11 CslAdv_Modality OnImagingPreviewCreated Failed in creating an internal processing Finish the study, and perform the study
DataContainerMain.Create file. again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Error restart the application.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
12 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 An error occurs inside the program. Finish the study, and perform the study %1: The module error
again. If the same phenomenon recurred, occurred
[ExceptionInfomation] restart the application. %2: Spot error occurred
12 CslAdv_Qc Can not execute inputted Failed in accessing the database. Restart QC. If the same phenomenon
query. recurred, reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
12 [DE00012] Failed in output Failed in output processing. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
processing. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
13 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Failed in acquiring registry value. Restart the application. If the same %1: The module error
Get Registry Data Error. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the occurred
14 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Failed in displaying message box. Restart the application. If the same %1: The module error
Faild to Show MessageBox. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the occurred
MessageID = %3 system. %2: Spot error occurred
[ExceptionInfomation] %3: ID of the message
%4 which could not be
shown
%4: Error details
14 CslAdv_Modality SendSetPatientInformation Failed in displaying dialog box. Finish the study, and perform the study
MsgBoxExException again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
14 CslAdv_Modality SendSetPatientInformation Failed in displaying dialog box. Finish the study, and perform the study
MsgBoxExNotFound again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Exception restart the application.
14 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control Image process completion notification Check the setting parameter and then %1: axSpooler.
SetImageProcComplete function returned an error to Spooler. restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same SetImageProc
Method Call Error (rc=%1) phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID Complete() return
300CL. value
14 CslAdv_Delivery CreateSRProcComplete is Failed to register an event to notify the Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: OutputID
null.(outputID=%1) completion of creating DDO for outputting If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
SR. DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
15 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Failed in initializing GUI. Restart the application. If the same %1: The module error
%4: Error details
16 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Failed in notifying the change of exposure Check the Image Reader status. %1: The module error
ModalityException Msg = Faild conditions to Image Reader. occurred
to %2: Spot error occurred
cmdChangeExposureCondition. %3: Error details
Convert
[ExceptionInfomation]
%3
16 CslAdv_Modality Failed to execute Selector number: Failed in notifying to the Finish the study, and perform the study %1: Selector number
ClearPatientInformation device of %1. again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
ActiveSelector = %1 restart the application.
16 CslAdv_Modality Failed to execute selector. Selector number: Failed in notifying to the Restart DR-ID 300CL and the device. %1: Selector number
Devices[%1].Modality. device of %1.
DisableImaging
16 CslAdv_Modality Failed to execute selector. Selector number: Failed in notifying to the Finish the study, and perform the study %1: Selector number
Devices[%1].Modality. device of %1. again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
EnableImaging restart the application.
SetExposureCondition device of %1. again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
ActiveSelector = %1 restart the application.
SetPatientInfomation device of %1. again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Selector = %1 restart the application.
16 CslAdv_Modality ModalityException Msg = Failed in acquiring the selector number. Finish the study, and perform the study %1: Selector number
Failed to again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
GetTubeTechniqueCode restart the application.
- SelectorNumber = %1
16 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 An error occurred inside the program. Restart the system. %1: The module error
[ExceptionInfomation] If the same error recurred after restarting occurred
%3 the system, reinstall the system. %2: Spot error occurred
%3: Error details
16 CslAdv_Modality Failed to execute selector. Failed in notifying the Image Reader that Confirm the status of the Image Reader. %1 :The selector
Devices[%1].Modality. exposure has been disabled. number error
EnableImaging occurred
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
16 CslAdv_Modality Failed to execute selector. Failed in notifying the Image Reader that Confirm the status of the Image Reader. %1 :The selector
Devices[%1].Modality. exposure has been enabled. number error
DisableImaging occurred
17 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 An error occurred when receiving Restart the application. If the same %1: The module error
[ExceptionInfomation] message. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the occurred
%3 system. %2: Spot error occurred
%3: Error details
17 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 An error occurred when receiving Restart the application. If the same %1: The module error
Failed to get searchkey of message. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the occurred
DataContainer from system. %2: Spot error occurred
XmlMessage faild. %3: Error details
17 [RE00017] Failed in starting Failed in starting up the user utility. Restart the system.
up the user utility. If the same error recurs after restarting the
18 CslAdv_Modality Failed to execute Linker. Failed in notifying the message. Finish the study, and perform the study
PostMessage() again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
18 CslAdv_Modality ModalityException Msg = Failed in notifying the message. Finish the study, and perform the study %1: The record number
Failed to again. If the same phenomenon recurred, of the image
SelectorChangedSend restart the application. database.
Message - imageId = %1
18 [RE00018] Failed in Failed in shutting down the console. Restart the system.
shutting down the console. If the same error recurs after restarting the
18 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 An error occurs inside the program. Restart the system. %1: The module error
[ExceptionInfomation] If the same error recurred after restarting occurred
%3 the system, reinstall the system. %2: Spot error occurred
%3: Error details
19 CslAdv_Modality 1% An error occurs inside the program. Finish the study, and perform the study 1%: Spot error occurred
19 [RE00019] Failed in Failed in sending a report to the simplified Restart the system.
sending a report to the ordering device. If the same error recurs after restarting the
simplified ordering device. system, reinstall the system.
19 CslAdv_Modality Failed to get value from Failed in acquiring the Tomosynthesis Finish the study, and perform the study %1: Tomosynthesis-
DDO:tag=%1 information from DDO. again. If the same phenomenon recurred, related tags
restart DR-ID 300CL. defined by DDO
19 CslAdv_Modality Failed to GetResouce Failed in acquiring the information from the Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
iReConstructCondition restructuring condition file. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
19 CslAdv_Modality ConvertXMLtoTempDDO:%1 Failed in processing in the program. Finish the study, and perform the study %1: DDO tag name
Failed to Convert:tag= %1 again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
restart DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
19 CslAdv_Modality CmdOnCRModeAcquisition The XML to notify the acquisition result of When the image is left in the panel, re-
Completed.Convert the image is abnormal. input the image.
xmlString Error. If the same situations occur, restart the
DR-ID 300CL.
19 CslAdv_Modality CmdOnCRModeAcquisition Failed in converting to notify the acquisition When the image is left in the panel, re- %1: XML of the notify
Completed.Convert Error. result of the image. input the image. the acquisition
ReceiveXml:[“ %1 “]” If the same situations occur, restart the result of the image
DR-ID 300CL.
19 CslAdv_Modality CmdOnCRModeAcquisition The XML to notify the transfer of the image When the image is left in the panel, re-
Received.Convert is abnormal. input the image.
DR-ID 300CL.
19 CslAdv_Modality CmdOnCRModeAcquisition Failed in converting the notice of the image When the image is left in the panel, re- %1: XML of the notify
Received.Convert Error. transfer. input the image. the acquisition
DR-ID 300CL.
19 CslAdv_Modality CmdOnCRModeDelete The XML to notify the deletion result of the When the image is left in the panel, re-
Completed.Convert image is abnormal. input the image.
DR-ID 300CL.
19 CslAdv_Modality CmdOnCRModeDelete Failed in converting the notice of the image When the image is left in the panel, re- %1: XML of the notify
Completed.Convert Error. deletion result. input the image. the acquisition
DR-ID 300CL.
19 CslAdv_Modality CmdResCRMode The XML of the image acquisition response When the image is left in the panel, re-
AcquisitionStart.Convert is abnormal. input the image.
DR-ID 300CL.
19 CslAdv_Modality CmdResCRMode Failed in converting the response of the When the image is left in the panel, re- %1: XML of the notify
AcquisitionStart.Convert image acquisition. input the image. the acquisition
Error. ReceiveXml:[“ %1 “]” If the same situations occur, restart the result of the image
DR-ID 300CL.
20 CslAdv_Modality Failed to execute Failed in retransmission processing. Finish the study, and perform the study %1: Device information
ModalityIF. again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
ReacquisitionImage restart the application.
(RETAKE) - imageKey =
%1
20 CslAdv_Modality Failed to execute ModalityIF. Failed in deleting retransmission menu. Finish the study, and perform the study %1: Device information
ReacquisitionImage(RETAKE_ again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
STOP) - imageKey = %1 restart the application.
20 CslAdv_Modality Failed to execute An error occurs inside the program. Finish the study, and perform the study
SelectorList. again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
GetImageData() restart the application.
20 CslAdv_Modality ImageData Create Error An error occurs inside the program. Finish the study, and perform the study
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
21 CslAdv_Qc Unhandle exception An unclear system error occurred. Restart QC. If the same phenomenon
ocurred recurred, reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
21 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 An error occurs inside the program. Restart the application. If the same %1: The module error
%4: Error details
%4: Error details
22 [RE00022] Failed in Failed in acquiring system setting Restart the system.
acquiring system setting information (IP size series). If the same error recurs after restarting the
information (IP size series). system, reinstall the system.
23 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Failed in checking menu condition. Restart the application. If the same %1: The module error
%4: Error details
23 CslAdv_Modality catch Exception An error occurs inside the program. Finish the study, and perform the study
23 CslAdv_Modality Failed to execute Failed in menu selecting process. Finish the study, and perform the study
MenuSelectStateCheck Menu selection is disabled in DR-ID 300CL again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
status. restart the application.
23 CslAdv_Modality Failed to execute Failed in menu selecting process. Finish the study, and perform the study
MenuUnSelectStateCheck Menu selection is disabled in DR-ID 300CL again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
status. restart the application.
23 CslAdv_Modality Failed to execute An error occurs inside the program. Finish the study, and perform the study
ReqExposurePreparation again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
CancelStateChecker. restart the application.
Check()
23 CslAdv_Modality ImageID incorrect Data in the image database is invalid. Shut down DR-ID 300CL, and check the %1: The record number
(imageIds.Length = %1 image database. of the image
database.
23 CslAdv_Modality ImageStatus of MixMenu Menu status is invalid. Finish the study, and perform the study
isn't ReadyUp. again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
23 CslAdv_Modality BreakOffStateChecker. An error occurs inside the program. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
StateCheck is NG phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
24 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Failed in initializing the log output function. Restart the application. If the same %1: The module error
failed logclass initilalize phenomenon recurred, reinstall the occurred
24 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Failed in outputting the log. Restart the application. If the same %1: The module error
failed output log phenomenon recurred, reinstall the occurred
24 [RE00024] Initialization has Initialization has not been completed. Restart the system.
not been completed. If the same error recurs after restarting the
25 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 An error was notified from the Image Confirm the Image Reader. %1: The module error
ErrorNumber =%3, Reader. occurred
ErrorCode = %4, %2: Spot error occurred
ExtraMessage =%5, %3: Error character
DataSouceType = %6, string ID
messag_mode = %7, win_ %4: Error code
func = %8, selectorNo = %5: Detailed
%9, hostName = %10 description for
errors
%6: ID for identifying
the data source
which this error
character string is
stored
%7: Procedure of
specifying means of
error message
display
%8: WinFunc definition
(FRUP)
%9: Selector number
%10: Host name
25 [RE00025] Failed in logoff. Failed in logoff. Restart the system.
If the same error recurs after restarting the
%4: Error details
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
26 [RE00026] Failed in Failed in registering the patient information. Register the patient information again from
registering the patient the ordering system.
information.
26 CslAdv_Modality Exception occurred. Failed in processing in the program. Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: Error details
%1 If the same error recurs after restarting,
27 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Failed in executing utility of the Image Confirm the Image Reader. %1: The module error
%3 Reader. occurred
[ExceptionInfomation] %2: Spot error occurred
%4: Error details
27 [RE00027] Failed in Failed in reserving a study. Reserve the study information again from
reserving a study. the ordering system.
28 [RE00028] Failed in starting Failed in starting a study automatically Reserve the study from the Ordering
a study automatically from from the Simplified Ordering. device again.
the Simplified Ordering.
29 [RE00029] Failed in starting Failed in starting a study automatically Register patient information from the
a study automatically from from the Simplified Ordering. Ordering device again.
the Simplified Ordering.
30 CslAdv_Modality 1% An error occurs inside the program. Finish the study, and perform the study 1%: Spot error occurred
30 [RE00030] Invalid data has Invalid data has been entered. Register it from the Ordering device again.
been entered.
30 CslAdv_Modality Failed to execute Failed in initializing Image Reader Utility. Restart the system.
IMDIFUtilityInterface. If the same error recurred after restarting
Initialize the system, reinstall the system.
30 CslAdv_Modality Failed to GetResourceInfo : Failed in acquiring the resource of Image Restart the system. %1 :Dynamic resource
resource_info = %1 Reader Utility. If the same error recurred after restarting information
the system, reinstall the system. acquired from
ModalityIF.
30 CslAdv_Modality Failed to An error occurs inside the program. Restart the system.
CreateXmlResource If the same error recurred after restarting
the system, reinstall the system.
30 CslAdv_Modality Failed to execute Failed in setting the resource of Image Restart the system. %1 :Dynamic resource
IMDIFUtilityInterface. Reader Utility. If the same error recurred after restarting information to hand
QueryRequisiteResource : the system, reinstall the system. over to ModalityIF.
resource =
30 CslAdv_Modality Failed to Read Modality. Acquisition of the respective parameter Check Modality.exe.config. %1: Parameter name
exe.config from Modality.exe.config has failed. defined in Modality.
%1 value is invalid exe.config.
30 CslAdv_Modality It is already ID lock has been implemented more than Finish the study, and perform the study %1: MenuUID/
IDLocked:ImageKey = %1 once. again. If the same phenomenon recurred, RegistID/PlateID of
restart the DR-ID 300CL. image DB
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
30 CslAdv_Modality Failed to execute Failed in updating DR-ID 300CL condition. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
ImageDBAccessor. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
RenewMenuOperation 300CL.
30 CslAdv_Modality OnTerminationCompleted An error occurs inside the program. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same %1: Inside message
Error. ReceiveXml:[%1] phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
30 CslAdv_Modality Failed to execute Failed in setting tags for DDO. Finish the study, and perform the study
ACCModImgPreProcCtrl. again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
ACCModImgPreProcVGP restart DR-ID 300CL.
Setter: Ret
30 CslAdv_Modality Failed to output Failed in setting tags for DDO. Finish the study, and perform the study
ImageProcParameter to again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
TempDDO restart DR-ID 300CL.
30 CslAdv_Modality Failed to execute Failed in unlocking of Xcon. Select the menu again. If the same
NotifyXconInterLock phenomenon recurred, restart DR-ID
300CL.
30 CslAdv_Modality Failed to execute selector. Failed in setting exposure conditions. Select the menu again. If the same %1: Error code
SendSetExposureCondition phenomenon recurred, restart DR-ID
ReturnValue = %1 300CL.
30 CslAdv_Modality ExposureResultFromXcon Failed in processing in the program. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same %1: Error code
LongTimeAccum() phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
NotifyExposureResult 300CL.
Receive() Error.
30 CslAdv_Modality LocalImageImportCtrl. Status of the image import destination Close the image library screen and confirm %1: Error code
LocalImageImportStart, menu is invalid. the menu.
StateCheckResult : From the image library screen, import
Error(%1) again.
If the same situations occur, restart the
DR-ID 300CL.
30 CslAdv_Modality LocalImageImportCtrl. Status of the image import destination %1: Error code
LocalImageImportFinished, menu is invalid or the image to import from
StateCheckResult : the library window is abnormal.
Error(%1)
30 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 The URL of sound file is invalid. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same %1: Error occurred
File URL is Invalid. File phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID module
=%3 300CL. %2: Error occurred part
[ExceptionInfomation] %3: Sound file name
30 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 The timeout occurred when playing the Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same %1: Error occurred
File Load Timeout. File sound file. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID module
=%3 300CL. %2: Error occurred part
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
30 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 The sound file is not found. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same %1: Error occurred
File is not found. File =%3 phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID module
[ExceptionInfomation] 300CL. %2: Error occurred part
%4 %3: Sound file name
%4: Error outline
30 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 The selected file is not in PCM .wav Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same %1: Error occurred
File is not PCM .wav File. format. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID module
File =%3 300CL. %2: Error occurred part
30 CslAdv_Modality Failed to execute Failed in importing the XML to notify the When the image is left in the panel, re-
cmdOnCRModeAcquisition transfer of the image. input the image.
Completed.Convert If the same situations occur, restart the
DR-ID 300CL.
cmdOnCRModeAcquisition acquisition result of the image. input the image.
DR-ID 300CL.
cmdOnCRModeDelete deletion result of the image. input the image.
DR-ID 300CL.
30 CslAdv_Modality Failed to execute Failed in importing the XML of the image When the image is left in the panel, re-
CmdResCRMode acquisition response. input the image.
AcquisitionStart.Convert If the same situations occur, restart the
DR-ID 300CL.
30 CslAdv_Modality Directory Not Found. path: The directory of the image saving When the image is left in the panel, re- %1: The directory of
%1 destination is not found. input the image. the image saving
If the same situations occur, restart the
DR-ID 300CL.
30 CslAdv_Modality Failed to Get hostName of Failed in acquiring a host name of the Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
5000(Cassette) 5000 series. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
31 [RE00031] Failed in starting Failed in starting the system. Restart the system.
the system. If the same error recurs after restarting the
32 [RE00032] Study condition Study condition cannot be changed. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
cannot be changed. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
40 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Failed in processing in the program. Restart the application. If the same %1: The module error
%4: Error details
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
40 CslAdv_Modality Err[%1.NotifyOKButton] Failed in processing OK button on the Restart the application. If the same %1: Dialog window name
connected device status dialog window phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
%1. system.
40 CslAdv_Modality Failed to %1. Failed in displaying the connected device Restart the application. If the same %1: Dialog window name
NotifyVisibleScreen [param status dialog window %1. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
showFlag=true] system.
40 CslAdv_Modality Failed to Failed in displaying the connected device Restart the application. If the same %1: Clicked indicator
ClickIndicator[param num = status window. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the number.
%1] system.
40 CslAdv_Modality Failed to DispScreen[param Failed in displaying the connected device Restart the application. If the same %1: Dialog window name
num=%1] status dialog window %1. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
40 CslAdv_Modality Failed to statusDlg. Failed in displaying the connected device Restart the application. If the same %1: The dialog window
PreparationShow[param status dialog window. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the number attempted
num =%1] system. to display.
40 CslAdv_Modality Failed to Failed in displaying the connected device Restart the application. If the same %1: Dialog window name
SwitchScreen[param status dialog window %1. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
num=%1] system.
40 CslAdv_Modality Failedt to Failed in requesting to enable/disable an Restart the application. If the same %1: Transition status of
ChangeShotReadyStatus: exposure of ShotReady. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the ShotReady
status=%1 system.
50 CslAdv_Re Unknown error when Unknown error was passed through during Restart DR-ID 300CL.
interact with plugin plugin command processing.
commands
64 CslAdv_Re Failed in applinker init A problem occurred in Reception.config Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
file. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
100 CslAdv_Re Can’t load plugin All plugins could not be imported. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
300CL.
100 CslAdv_Study Update User_Operation for Failed to update User Operation Table. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
menu ws combine failed (Update status of long-view stiched menu) phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
101 CslAdv_Bridge - An error occurred while starting up Bridge. Check the setting of WebApplication.
101 CslAdv_Study Delete menu in User_ Failed to update User Operation Table. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
Operation failed (Delete menu) phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
101 CslAdv_Study Change select menu in Failed to update User Operation Table. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
User_Operation failed (Update menu selection information) phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
102 CslAdv_Bridge - An error occurred while terminating Bridge. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
103 CslAdv_Bridge - An error has occurred at the time of Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
Ansemble message reception. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
104 CslAdv_Bridge - An error has occurred during message Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
loop processing. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
105 CslAdv_Bridge - Acquisition of the settings from Restart DR-ID 300CL.
ConsoleGateway has failed.
107 CslAdv_Bridge - Data acquisition from the table held by the Restart DR-ID 300CL.
console has failed.
110 CslAdv_Re Unhandled error Unhandled exception has occurred. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
200 CslAdv_Re Failed in interacting with • _console_db does not exist. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
[_console_db] database • Connection with the SQL server was If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
disconnected. DR-ID 300CL.
• The SQL service has been stopped. If the same phenomenon recurred,
200 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% An error occurred in QA processing. Restart DR-ID 300CL. 1%: Module name
2% If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall where an error
DR-ID 300CL. occurred
2%: The spot of the
error and its cause
202 CslAdv_Qc Initialize QC error. Failed in initializing QC. Necessary Restart QC. If the same phenomenon
resource and components may not exist. recurred, reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
203 CslAdv_Qc Can't show magnified RAW image data is not in the selected The image for QC may be illegal. Expose a
image form. folder. new image and perform the operation
again.
231 CslAdv_Re Parameter values for query _recept_image_db does not exist. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
data from [_recept_image_ If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
db] is invalid DR-ID 300CL.
If the same phenomenon recurred,
232 CslAdv_Re Initialized adapter for [_ _recept_image_db does not exist. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
recept_image_db] DB If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
failed. DR-ID 300CL.
233 CslAdv_Re SQL exception when • _recept_image_db does not exist. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
interact [_recept_image_ • Connection with the SQL server was If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
db] DB. disconnected. DR-ID 300CL.
290 CslAdv_Re Failed in connecting to MS • NetConfig.mdb does not exist in C:\ Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
Access database Program Files\Fujifilm\IIP folder and phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
subfolder. 300CL.
• Character string of the connection to
Depart.mdb, Paramedic.mdb, NetConfig.
mdb does not exist in Directory.ini file of
C:\Program Files\Fujifilm\IIP\System
folder, or the path is invalid
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
290 CslAdv_Re Failed in accessing the An error occurred in the information read Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
IDMassHistory database during record insertion. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
291 CslAdv_Re Could not load information • _recept_image_db does not exist. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
from database • Connection with the SQL server was If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
disconnected. DR-ID 300CL.
• Depart.mdb, Paramedic.mdb, NetConfig. initialize the image database.
mdb do not exist in "C:\Program Files\
Fujifilm\IIP" folder and subfolder.
• Character string of the connection to
Depart.mdb, Paramedic.mdb, NetConfig.
mdb does not exist in Directory.ini file of
"C:\Program Files\Fujifilm\IIP\System"
folder, or the path is invalid.
300 CslAdv_Re Failed in connecting to [_ • _recept_image_db does not exist. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
recept_image_db] • Connection with the SQL server was If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
database disconnected. DR-ID 300CL.
301 CslAdv_Re Could not load information • _recept_image_db does not exist. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
from database • _console_db does not exist. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
• Connection with the SQL server was DR-ID 300CL.
disconnected. If the same phenomenon recurred,
• The SQL service has been stopped. initialize the image database.
302 CslAdv_Re Could not store data in the • _recept_image_db does not exist. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
database. • _console_db does not exist. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
• Connection with the SQL server was DR-ID 300CL.
disconnected. If the same phenomenon recurred,
• The SQL service has been stopped. initialize the image database.
302 CslAdv_Qc Failed in accessing image RAW image data is not in the selected Confirm the authority and the free space
files folder. for the destination folder to save.
303 CslAdv_Qc Measurement processing Illegal image data (incomplete data). Perform an exposure again. If the same
cannot be implemented. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
304 CslAdv_Qc An error occurred. Error Illegal image data. The data may not be supported. If the {0}: Error code
code: {0} For the cause of the failure of same phenomenon recurred, expose an
measurement, refer to the error code {0}. image again.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
307 CslAdv_Qc The image is illegal Illegal image data. The image for QC may be illegal. Expose a
Its cause cannot be identified. new image and perform the operation
again.
308 CslAdv_Qc Save grid view settings QC application may have a component Restart QC. If the same phenomenon
occurs error problem. recurred, reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
310 CslAdv_Qc Terminate [QC Calculation] QC application may have a component Restart QC. If the same phenomenon
module occurs error problem. recurred, reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
311 CslAdv_Qc Delete image files when An error occurred when deleting the study Check that the path of the destination to
finish QC occurs error data. save study data for QC start exists.
314 CslAdv_Qc An error occurred. Error Illegal image data. The data may not be supported. If the {0}: Error code
code: {0} For the cause of the failure of same phenomenon recurred, take the
measurement, refer to the error code {0}. image again.
316 CslAdv_Qc Save QC data occurs error An error occurred when saving the QC Restart QC. If the same phenomenon
data. recurred, reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
An already existing file might not be
overwritten.
317 CslAdv_Qc Access Violation Exception No access authority. Restart QC. If the same phenomenon
330 CslAdv_Re Could not delete Input.xml "C:\Program Files\Fujifilm\IIP\Work\BC_ Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
file return from BC::RisIf RIS\Input" folder does not exist. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
330 CslAdv_Re Could not read Input.xml "C:\Program Files\Fujifilm\IIP\Work\BC_ Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
file return from BC::RisIf RIS\Input" folder does not exist. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
332 CslAdv_Re Could not access MenuDB. The Menu database does not exist. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
300CL.
340 CslAdv_Re Could not connect to PatientData does not exist. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
PatientData database. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
360 CslAdv_Re Could not get file path of • The type of barcode card is invalid. Recheck the BCR-related system settings.
BCR data file • The data of barcode card is incorrect. Check that the barcode type is supported.
360 CslAdv_Re Could not read BCR data • The type of barcode card is invalid. Recheck the BCR-related system settings.
file • The data of barcode card is incorrect. Check that the barcode type is supported.
370 CslAdv_Re Could not get file path of • The type of magnetic card is invalid. Recheck the MCR-related system settings.
MCR data file • The data of magnetic card is incorrect. Check that the magnetic card type has
been set to the system settings.
Check that the magnetic card type is
supported.
370 CslAdv_Re Could not read MCR data • The type of magnetic card is invalid. Recheck the MCR-related system settings.
file • The data of magnetic card is incorrect. Check that the magnetic card type has
been set to the system settings.
Check that the magnetic card type is
supported.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
402 CslAdv_Re SEHException content An error occurred in LoadDDO. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
406 CslAdv_Re Can't not convert data to Display format of the data is incorrect. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
display format
442 CslAdv_Re Format: • The XML declaration is missing. Check ECN.
[OrderInfo is invalid] • The file was not found.
<XmlTagName>:*** {0} • Opening the XML file has failed.
<XmlTagValue>:*** {1} • The XML format is not valid.
Invalid ESC existed. The
character position is *. {2}
Console has received some
invalid order data from RIS.
See the SEI about “Order
data checking”, and check
the data above.
Or
Invalid XML format
453 CslAdv_Re Failed in get registry key • Registry key value is invalid. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
value. • The corresponding registry key does not phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
exist. 300CL.
500 CslAdv_Qc Get data from station table Failed in accessing the database. Restart QC. If the same phenomenon
failed recurred, reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
503 CslAdv_Qc Save CSV file failed An error occurred when saving the QC Hard disk may not have enough free
data. space, or you have no writable authority.
An already existing file might not be Confirm the destination folder to save.
overwritten.
507 CslAdv_QA QADBAccessor.dll Failed in browsing the image database. Confirm _console_db, and restart DR-ID
ImgDBCExWrapper 300CL.
GetInstance
510 CslAdv_Re Create report file error Information could not be saved in output. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
xml file.
630 CslAdv_Re Failed in connecting to the Failed in connecting to the reception image Restart DR-ID 300CL.
recept image database. database.
634 CslAdv_Re You do not have permission The data is incorrect. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
to delete study.
635 CslAdv_Re Selected items are invalid. Selected items are invalid. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
650 CslAdv_Re =+ No procUID specifed for The following problems occurred during Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same Since the output of this
the request the auto start of studies requested from the phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID event log is likely to be
+ Auto start for multiple outside. 300CL. caused by the defect on
studies is not supported • No study. SmartController, there is
• There are two or more studies. no way to deal with the
phenomenon as CSL
when it occurs.
The cause could be
attributed to the
appearing of the
following messages as
the study starting
message from
SmartController.
• When an ID identifying
the corresponding study
was not granted
• When multiple studies
were ordered to start
simultaneously
* Simultaneous starting
of multiple studies
from SmartController
is not supported under
the specification.
702 CslAdv_Qc Init MammoQC or RUQC Failed in initializing Mammo QC or RUQC. Check that the study data exist in the study
error. folder. Also check that the required
database is sufficient. The required data
are the files “Fujifilm\IIP\Param\
MammoQC.mdb”, “Fujifilm\IIP\Param\
QCItems.mdb”, and “Fujifilm\IIP\GUI\
String\LangStr.mdb”.
706 CslAdv_Qc Folder Input incorrect. The folder for DDO file loading was not Check that the study data save folder
found. exists.
706 CslAdv_Qc Cannot display Mammo QC cannot be displayed. Check that the study data exist in the study
IIPMammoQCControl folder. Also check that the required
database is sufficient. The required data
are the files “Fujifilm\IIP\Param\
MammoQC.mdb”, “Fujifilm\IIP\Param\
QCItems.mdb”, and “Fujifilm\IIP\GUI\
String\LangStr.mdb”.
920 CslAdv_Re Failed in setting the image MWMImage.mdb file does not exist in "C:\ Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
information Program Files\Fujifilm\IIP\MWMStudyList" phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
folder or is read-only file. 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
921 CslAdv_Re Failed in obtaining data • MWMConfig.mdb file does not exist in “C:\ Check ECN.
from the MWMConfig.mdb Program Files\Fujifilm\IIP\MWMStudyList”
database. folder.
• Invalid data are included in several fields
Or inside the database.
[OrderInfo is invalid]
<MdbFiledName>: {0}
<MdbFieldValue>: {1}
Length exceeded the
provisions of the field ( max
size = {2})
Console has received some
invalid order data from RIS.
See the SEI about “Order
data checking”, and check
the data above.
940 CslAdv_Re Could not load information MWMConfig.mdb file does not exist in "C:\ Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
from [MWMConfig.mdb] Program Files\Fujifilm\IIP\MWMStudyList" phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
folder. 300CL.
1000 CslAdv_MdIf Module=%1, Class=%2, Defective program (error). Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: File name
Method=%3, %4 reinstall the system. %2: Class name
%3: Method name
%4: Detail message
1000 CslAdv_Re Failed in loading SysConfig.mdb file does not exist in "C:\ Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
configuration information Program Files\Fujifilm\IIP\Config" folder. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
from SysConfig DB 300CL.
1000 IIPUserUtility "Main()" Failed in launching the UserUtility.exe Restart the application. If the same
"Exception Notification from application. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
UnhandledException system.
EventHandler"
1000 IIPUserUtility 1% 2% 3% • Out of memory Restart the application. If the same 1%: Spot error occurred
• Directory browsing error phenomenon recurred, reinstall the 2%: Message
IIP/Config directory and IIP/System system. 3%: Event ID
directory under Fujifilm do not exist. Event logs output by
• File browsing error UserUtility.exe are
Execution file (IIPUserUtility.exe) does not categorized to 5
exist. patterns.
• Null browsing error
Failed in launching the execution file
(IIPUserUtility.exe).
• Exception error
Program error.
1000 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert Initialize faild Failed in initializing GUI. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
1000 - SA name: Occurrence Memory is running out. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same The event log outputted
method name “Occurrence phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID by UserUtility.exe is
location code: Error 300CL. divided into error logs
message” Event ID with five patterns.
1000 - SA name: Occurrence The following directories did not exist. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
method name “Occurrence • Fujifilm\IIP\Config phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
location code: Error • Fujifilm\IIP\System 300CL.
message” Event ID
1000 - SA name: Occurrence The execution file (IIPUserUtility.exe) did Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
method name “Occurrence not exist. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
location code: Error 300CL.
message” Event ID
1000 - SA name: Occurrence Failed in activation the execution file Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
method name “Occurrence (IIPUserUtility.exe). phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
message” Event ID
1000 - SA name: Occurrence An exception error occurred. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
method name “Occurrence phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
message” Event ID
1000 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% An error occurred in QA processing. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same 1%: Module name
to 2% phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID where an error
20854 300CL. occurred
2%: The spot of the
error and its cause
1001 FFQRP Another application There is a running Network Image Search Restart DR-ID 300CL.
instance is running. function process.
1005 CslAdv_MdIf Convert Tube code file Tube/technique code conversion file error. Restart the application. If the same
error. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
1005 CslAdv_Re Initialize MenuSel failed Failed in displaying the setting screen [E6] Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
for an active target. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
1006 CslAdv_MdIf Positioning file error. Positioning file error. Restart the application. If the same
system.
1007 CslAdv_MdIf Filter definition file error. Error of filter information definition file data. Restart the application. If the same
system.
1010 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert Linker.Init error Failed in initializing Linker. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
1011 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert InitializeIDAutoConvert Failed in initialization. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
error If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
1012 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert Linker. Failed in processing to instruct Restart DR-ID 300CL.
SendWakeupComplete SendWakeupComplete. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
error DR-ID 300CL.
1014 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert MyLinker. Failed in processing to instruct Restart DR-ID 300CL.
SendWakeupComplete SendWakeupComplete. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
error DR-ID 300CL.
1015 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert DirectoryInfo.Initialize() Failed in acquiring the path information. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
1020 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert matchingProc.Initialize Failed in initializing the matching Restart DR-ID 300CL.
failed processing section. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
1030 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert AppSettingInfo() error Failed in reading the default setting Restart DR-ID 300CL.
information. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
1031 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert AdjustDialogSize() error Failed in adjusting the dialog size. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
1032 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert MatchingCommon() error Failed in initializing the common matching Restart DR-ID 300CL.
processing section. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
1033 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert progressGUI() error Failed in generating the progress screen. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
1034 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert ProgressGUI.Initialize error Failed in initializing the progress screen. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
1040 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert Failed to execute Linker. Failed in the end processing of Linker. Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: Completion state
End: Linker.End = %1 If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall of Linker
DR-ID 300CL.
1060 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert GetProgressState error Failed in acquiring the progress Restart DR-ID 300CL.
information. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
1061 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert ProgressTimeOutCount An retry error occurred in updating the Restart DR-ID 300CL.
error progress ratio. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
1070 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert Matching process cancel. Failed in converting the matching process Restart DR-ID 300CL.
result. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
1070 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert resultGUICtrl.SetResultInfo Failed in converting the matching process Restart DR-ID 300CL.
faild result. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
1080 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert MatchingCancel Timeout Time-out occurred while waiting for cancel. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
1081 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert InitializeError: %1 Failed in initialization. Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: Error code
DR-ID 300CL.
1082 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert CancelComplete Failed in matching. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
1082 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert MatchingComplete(NG): Failed in matching. Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: The process status
%1 = %2 If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall %2: Error code
DR-ID 300CL.
1109 CslAdv_Re Failed in Initialize Fris Unable to connect to the FRIS system. Check that the FRIS client has been set
Client up.
1310 CslAdv_Re Error from BCRisIf Data of starting study is invalid. Check the following configuration items
related to RIS connection.
• Item 15 “Examination No.Length” of “5.
CSL/IDT FUNCTION”
• Item 17 “Use Series Identification From
F-RIS” of “5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION”
to 2% If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall where an error
1555 DR-ID 300CL. occurred
2%: The spot of the
error and its cause
1601 CslAdv_Re General exception of An error occurred in the soft keyboard Restart DR-ID 300CL.
KenshinOrder screen. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
1605 CslAdv_Re Failed in accessing into An error occurred when connecting to Restart DR-ID 300CL.
MassOrder.mdb MassOrderDB. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
1614 CslAdv_Re Invalid Format Failed in displaying the screen while Restart DR-ID 300CL.
starting DR-ID 300CL. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
1622 CslAdv_Re The site code mapping tag A siteCode mapping error occurred while Restart DR-ID 300CL.
is invalid starting DR-ID 300CL. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
to 2% If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall where an error
1653 DR-ID 300CL. occurred
2%: The spot of the
error and its cause
1700 [AC01700] An error An error occurred. Restart the system.
1703 CslAdv_Re Access IDMassHistory,mdb An error occurred when connecting to Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
failed IDMassHistory.mdb. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
1705 CslAdv_Re Failed in accessing into • Error occurred at the change checking of Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
MassOrder.mdb the AutoIDOn, Choose examtype, and phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
btnExposurePart buttons. 300CL.
• Error occurred at the focus setting event on
the exposure part and mass screening
type.
1706 CslAdv_Re Format Failed in checking setting data while Modify the setting of
IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat starting DR-ID 300CL. IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat.
failure
1853 CslAdv_Re Failed in accessing into the • Failed in accessing to the DB while starting Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
console image db DR-ID 300CL. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
• A study other than those of IDMassHistory 300CL.
table was deleted.
• Failed in acquiring the latest study
comment when the study finished.
1884 FFMultiViewObjCom [File: ImageProcessFCR. Failed in setting the Various Fill Density of Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same %1: Error code
cpp] [Spot: 1884] [Code: the shutter processing. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
%1] 300CL.
%1] 300CL.
%1] 300CL.
1887 FFMultiViewObjCom [File: ImageProcessFCR. Failed in preparing for the image display in Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same %1: Error code
cpp] [Spot: 1887] [Code: QA. (Show Image) phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
%1] 300CL.
cpp] [Spot: 1888] [Code: the shutter processing. (Show Image) phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
%1] 300CL.
1889 FFMultiViewObjCom [File: ImageProcessFCR. Failed in preparing for the image display in Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same %1: Error code
cpp] [Spot: 1889] [Code: QA. (Show Image2) phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
%1] 300CL.
cpp] [Spot: 1890] [Code: the shutter processing. (Show Image2) phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
%1] 300CL.
%1] 300CL.
%1] 300CL.
1999 MediaStorage MediaStorage:ctrlLinker_ An exception error occurred during the Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: Exception message
ReceiveEvent:%1: operation in the media list at %1. If the same error recurs after restarting,
MediaStorage reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
1999 MediaStorage MediaStorage:subEndProc An exception error occurred during the Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: Exception message
ess:%1:MediaStorage operation in the media list at %1. If the same error recurs after restarting,
1999 MediaStorage MediaStorage:subChkRun An exception error occurred during the Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: Exception message
DispFlg:%1:MediaStorage operation in the media list at %1. If the same error recurs after restarting,
2000 CslAdv_ 1% 2% Abnormality occurred in acquiring setting Restart the application. If the same 1%: Error message
DaemonActivity value from SysConfig, etc. Operate with phenomenon recurred, reinstall the 2%: Error spot
the default value. system. (Stackinformation)
2000 CslAdv_ Initialization Failed Failed in initializing Ansemble linker. Restart the application. If the same
DaemonActivity phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
2000 CslAdv_MdIf Module=%1, Class=%2, Defective program (error). Restart the application. If the same %1: File name
Method=%3, %4 phenomenon recurred, reinstall the %2: Class name
system. %3: Method name
%4: Detail message
2001 [MI02001] Failed in the Failed in the reference of the reader Restart the system.
reference of the reader device. If the same error recurs after restarting the
device. system, reinstall the system.
2001 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert Faild to execute Failed in acquiring the file path at Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DataContainerMain.Peek DataContainer. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
2002 [MI02002] An error An error occurred. Restart the system.
2002 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert Target file read error[%1] An error occurred in reading list file of the Confirm the file. If the error is caused by %1: File name
mass screening targets. the system, reinstall the system.
2003 [MI02003] An error An error occurred. Restart the system.
2003 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert Target file remove error[%1] An error occurred in deleting the list file of Confirm the file. If the error is caused by %1: File name
the selected studies. the system, reinstall the system.
2010 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert Faild SendMessage Failed in sending the process completion Restart DR-ID 300CL.
notification. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
2020 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert Faild PostMessage Failed in sending the FatalError message. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
2036 MediaStorage SysDB SysConfig PatientID Failed in acquiring the value from Restart DR-ID 300CL.
Padding SysConfig.mdb and “IdPadding” of If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
ConfigCSL table. DR-ID 300CL.
2037 MediaStorage SysDB SysConfig PatientID Failed in acquiring the value from Restart DR-ID 300CL.
Padding SysConfig.mdb and If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
“ExaminationNoPadding” of ConfigCSL DR-ID 300CL.
table.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2600 [TS02600] Failed in Failed in accessing Image database due to Restart DR-ID 300CL.
accessing Image database an error in PPUIF. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
due to an error in PPUIF. DR-ID 300CL.
2800 ClsAdv_Tomo An error occurred in TomoPPUCommCtrl. Check the connection to PPU server.
to dll. If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
2814 An error occurred in the connection with DR-ID 300CL.
PPU.
2900 [TS02900] Failed in Failed in accessing the database. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
accessing the database. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
3000 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert idAutoConvert=null Failed in generating IDAutoConvert.dll Restart DR-ID 300CL.
instance. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
3000 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% An error occurred in Restart DR-ID 300CL. 1%: The spot of the
to TomoImgProcReqQueueCtrl.dll. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall error and its cause
3008 An error occurred when initializing the DR-ID 300CL.
Tomosynthesis View.
3001 [MI03001] System error System error occurred. Restart the system.
occurred.
3001 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert cbProcessComplete=null Failed in acquiring the callback method Restart DR-ID 300CL.
address. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
3002 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert funcPtr=null Failed in registering the callback. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
3002 [MI03002] No response No response comes from X-ray controller. Check X-ray controller.
comes from X-ray
controller.
3003 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert SysConfigDBtoIdAuto Failed in writing the SysConfigDB value to Confirm the file. If the same phenomenon
ConvertIni() failed IdAutoConvert.ini. recurred, reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
3004 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert idAutoConvert.Initialize() Failed in initializing IdAutoConvert.dll. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
failed If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
3010 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert resultInfo=null Failed in generating the matching result Restart DR-ID 300CL.
storage region. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
3115 FFQRP Unkown error An unknown error has occurred when error Restart DR-ID 300CL.
message dialog box appears.
3202 ClsAdv_Tomo Access DDO tag " + An error occurred when acquiring the Check whether the DDO files exist. If DDO
strNumberTag + " is failed values of DDO tags. files exist, check whether tags exist and
whether the data are valid.
3205 FFQRP Communication initialize The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
fail damaged.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3205 FFQRP Communication: Bind fail The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
damaged.
3205 FFQRP Unknown Error! The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
damaged.
3410 FFQRP Can't get language from The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
config file damaged.
3410 FFQRP AppName key in file QRP. The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
exe.config isn't found or damaged.
value is empty
3410 FFQRP Monitor Lut file isn't found The monitor LUT file does not exist or is Reinstall all the linking applications and
damaged. Cooper which have been installed.
3410 FFQRP Thread worker to PRINT The monitor LUT file does not exist or is Reinstall all the linking applications and
fail. damaged. Cooper which have been installed.
3410 FFQRP Unknown Error! The monitor LUT file does not exist or is Reinstall all the linking applications and
damaged. Cooper which have been installed.
3425 FFQRP Initiate QRP failed! The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
damaged.
3425 FFQRP Could not load the config The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
file damaged.
damaged.
file damaged.
damaged.
file damaged.
damaged.
3450 FFQRP Can not get data from The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
3490 FFQRP The string with Id={0} is not The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
found in the language file. damaged.
StackStrace: {1}
3595 FFQRP VersionInformation: The The config file does not exist or is Reinstall all the linking applications and
Application element with damaged. Cooper which have been installed.
ID={0} in the version file
can't be load. StackTrace:
{1}
3600 FFQRP VersionInformation: The The config file does not exist or is Reinstall all the linking applications and
string with Id={0} in the damaged. Cooper which have been installed.
language file can't be load.
StackTrace: {1}
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3600 FFQRP Config TargetView is invalid The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
damaged.
value is empty
4000 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert OnRequestEvent=NULL Failed in sending the event that the Restart DR-ID 300CL.
prematch button is clicked. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
4010 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert OnRequestEvent=NULL Failed in sending the event that the real Restart DR-ID 300CL.
matching button is clicked. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
4020 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert GuiAdpException Failed in the GuiAdp processing when the Restart DR-ID 300CL.
file selection button is clicked. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
5000 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert [%1] The definition file for result displaying list Confirm the file. If the error is caused by %1: File path
does not exist. the system, reinstall the system.
5001 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert mainItemDataTable=null Failed in generating the data for result Restart DR-ID 300CL.
displaying list (DataTable). If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
5002 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert mainItemDataSet=null Failed in generating the data for result Restart DR-ID 300CL.
displaying list (DataSet). If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
5003 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert SetupMatchingName failed Failed in initializing the screen for Restart DR-ID 300CL.
displaying the processing result. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
5004 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert catch GuiAdpException Failed in retrieving the strings for updating Restart DR-ID 300CL.
the result displaying list. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
5005 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert catch Exception An operation error of the result displaying Restart DR-ID 300CL.
list occurred. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
5010 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert mainItemDataTable=null An argument error occurred while Restart DR-ID 300CL.
registering the matching result (registering If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
the list). DR-ID 300CL.
5020 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert GuiAdpException A GuiAdp error occurred while retrieving Restart DR-ID 300CL.
the matching type. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
6000 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert ArgumentException An argument error occurred while reading Restart DR-ID 300CL.
the XML file for requesting a processing. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
6001 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert XmlException Failed in processing the XML file in reading Restart DR-ID 300CL.
the XML file for requesting a processing. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
6010 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert ArgumentException An argument error occurred while Restart DR-ID 300CL.
generating the matching result file. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
6011 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert XmlException Failed in processing the XML file in Restart DR-ID 300CL.
generating the matching result file. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
6384 MediaStorRtrv FFIIPMedia 0008, 0060 Failed in acquiring the Modality (0008, Restart DR-ID 300CL.
GetString Err Return 0060). If the same error recurs after restarting,
Method (FcStorProc:: reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
ImageFilering)
6385 MediaStorRtrv FFIIPMedia DDO FILE The Modality (0008, 0060) tag does not Restart DR-ID 300CL.
INVALID Method exist. If the same error recurs after restarting,
(FcStorProc:: reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
ImageFilering)
6386 MediaStorRtrv FFIIPMedia 0018,1401 Failed in acquiring the MPM code (0018, Restart DR-ID 300CL.
GetString Err Return 1401). If the same error recurs after restarting,
Method (FcStorProc:: reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
ImageFilering)
6387 MediaStorRtrv FFIIPMedia DDO FILE The MPM code (0018, 1401) tag does not Restart DR-ID 300CL.
INVALID Method exist. If the same error recurs after restarting,
ImageFilering)
6388 MediaStorRtrv FFIIPMedia fcMenuDB. Failed in accessing the MenuData.mdb. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
Connect() Err Method If the same error recurs after restarting,
ImageFilering)
6389 MediaStorRtrv FFIIPMedia MPM Code no The MPM Code does not exist in Restart DR-ID 300CL.
Exist Method (FcStorProc:: MenuData.mdb. If the same error recurs after restarting,
ImageFilering) reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
7000 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert NullReferenceException Failed in converting the config information Confirm the system settings. If the problem
numerical value. is found in the system, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
7000 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert FormatException Failed in converting the config information Confirm the system settings. If the problem
numerical value. is found in the system, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
7001 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert GetSettingValue exception An error occurred while checking the upper Confirm the system settings. If the problem
limit of the Config value. is found in the system, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
7001 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert ProgressRatioOfPreIn An error occurred while checking the upper Confirm the system settings. If the problem
MatchingKey NG >max limit of the Config value. is found in the system, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
7002 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert ProgressRatioOfPreIn An error occurred while checking the lower Confirm the system settings. If the problem
MatchingKey NG <min limit of the Config value. is found in the system, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
8000 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert GuiAdpException An error occurred in the GuiAdp conversion Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
8010 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert GuiAdpException An error occurred in the GuiAdp conversion Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
8020 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert Monitor1Resolution An error occurred while converting the Restart DR-ID 300CL.
screen resolution. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
8021 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert SysDBCException An error occurred while retrieving the Restart DR-ID 300CL.
resolution in system settings. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
9100 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert GetDirectoryString(DirKey Failed in acquiring the config directory Restart DR-ID 300CL.
Config) path. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
9101 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert GetDirectoryString(DirKey Failed in obtaining the log file path. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
Log) If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
9102 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert GetDirectory(DirKeyIDAC Failed in acquiring the working directory Restart DR-ID 300CL.
Work) path. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery DeviceStateListData Exception occurred when converting Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
ChangeAttrString Failed.\r\ device attribute value of the database to restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
n{0}\r\n{1} the character string for display. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery DeviceStateListData An exception occurred when converting Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
ChangeStatusString device status of the database to character restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
Failed.\r\n{0}\r\n{1} string for display. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery DeviceStateListData An exception occurred when acquiring Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
GetListData Failed.\r\n{0}\r\ data for display of device status list. restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
n{1} phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery ListViewConfigFile An exception occurred during reading Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
LoadConfigFile Failed.\r\ process of XML file. restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
n{0}\r\n{1} phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery ListViewConfigFile An exception occurred during saving Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
SaveConfigFile Failed.\r\ process of XML file. restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
system.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
9999 CslAdv_Delivery ListViewConfigFile. NULL value or blank letter was notified in
Check the setting parameter and then
LoadBaseConfig - Not Font name. restart the application. If the same
Defined <FontName> phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery ListViewConfigFile. SelectSingleNode method of the root node Check the setting parameter and then
LoadBaseConfig - Not returned Not Found. restart the application. If the same
Found <FontSize> phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery ListViewConfigFile. SelectSingleNode method of Alignment Check the setting parameter and then
LoadColumns - Not Found returned Not Found. restart the application. If the same
<Column><Alignment> phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery ListViewConfigFile. SelectSingleNode method of MatchingType Check the setting parameter and then
<Column><MatchingType> phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery ListViewConfigFile. SelectSingleNode method of Name Check the setting parameter and then
<Column><Name> phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery ListViewConfigFile. SelectSingleNode method of Width Check the setting parameter and then
<Column><Width> phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery ListViewConfigFile. An exception occurred during reading Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
LoadColumns - Parse process of Columns. restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
Failed phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
<Column><Alignment>\r\ system.
n{0}\r\n{1}
9999 CslAdv_Delivery ListViewConfigFile. An exception occurred during reading Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
LoadColumns - Parse process of Columns. restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
Failed <Column> phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
<MatchingType>\r\n{0}\r\ system.
n{1}
9999 CslAdv_Delivery ListViewConfigFile. SelectSingleNode method of MatchingType Check the setting parameter and then
LoadQuery - Not Defined returned Not Found. restart the application. If the same
<QueryName> phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery ListViewConfigFile. SelectSingleNode method of MaxCount Check the setting parameter and then
LoadQuery - Not Found returned Not Found. restart the application. If the same
<MaxCount> phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery Not Found RootNode SelectSingleNode method of the root node Check the setting parameter and then
returned Not Found. restart the application. If the same
system.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputDB Close Failed.\r\ An exception occurred in database Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
n{0}\r\n{1} disconnecting process. restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputDB Connect Failed.\ An exception occurred in database Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
r\n{0}\r\n{1} connecting process. restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputDB Dispose Failed.\ An exception occurred in Dispose (Dispose Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
r\n{0}\r\n{1} flag) process. restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputDB An exception occurred in data set acquiring Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
OpenSQLDataset Failed.\r\ process. restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputIndicator An exception occurred in process of Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
ChangeStatus Failed.\r\ changing to status display. restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputIndicator An exception occurred in database Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
dependency_OnChange changing process. restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
Failed.\r\n{0}\r\n{1} phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputIndicator Click event of the indicator label is not set Check the setting parameter and then
IndicatorLabel_Click in the upper order. restart the application. If the same
ClickIndicator is null. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputIndicator An exception occurred in click event Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
IndicatorLabel_Click processing. restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputIndicator Initialize An exception occurred in initialization. Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
Failed.\r\n{0}\r\n{1} restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputIndicator Initialize An exception occurred in GUI initialization. Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
GuiAdp Error.\r\n{0}\r\n{1} restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputIndicator NULL value or blank letter was notified to Check the setting parameter and then
InitSqlDependency SQL server connection character string. restart the application. If the same
ConnectionString is illegal. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputIndicator An exception occurred in initialization of Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
InitSqlDependency Failed.\ SqlDependency. restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
r\n{0}\r\n{1} phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputIndicator An operational exception occurred in Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
InitSqlDependency initialization of SqlDependency. restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
InvalidOperationException.\ phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
r\n{0}\r\n{1} system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputIndicator An SQL exception occurred in initialization Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
InitSqlDependency of SqlDependency. restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
SqlException.\r\n{0}\r\n{1} phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputIndicator An exception occurred in setting process Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
SetSqlDependency Failed.\ of SqlDependency. restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputIndicator Terminate An exception occurred in completion Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
Failed.\r\n{0}\r\n{1} processing. restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputIndicator Terminate An SQL exception occurred in completion Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
SqlException.\r\n{0}\r\n{1} processing. restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputQueueListData An exception occurred in process of Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
ChangeDateString Failed.\ converting StudyDate value to date restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
r\n{0}\r\n{1} character string for display. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputQueueListData An exception occurred in acquiring data for Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
GetListData Failed.\r\n{0}\r\ display of output queue list. restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
n{1} phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputScreen An exception occurred in deleting process. Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
DeleteButton_Click Failed.\ restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputScreen An exception occurred in transition to Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
DevStsGroupButton_Click device status display. restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputScreen DevStsList_ Device status display list control error was Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Notification
OnErrEvent.\r\n{0} notified. restart the application. If the same message
system.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputScreen Initialize An exception occurred in initialization. Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
Failed.\r\n{0}\r\n{1} restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputScreen An exception occurred in message client Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
InitializeMsgClient Failed.\r\ initialization. restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputScreen Failed in message client initialization. Check the setting parameter and then
InitializeMsgClient restart the application. If the same
MsgClient.Init Failed. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputScreen An exception occurred in notification Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
NextPageButton_Click processing of page forward button restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
Failed.\r\n{0}\r\n{1} pressing. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
NotifyVisibleScreen Failed.\ process of display/nondisplay switching. restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputScreen An exception occurred in process of Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
OutQueGroupButton_Click transition to output queue display. restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputScreen OutQueList_ Output queue display list control error was Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Notification
OnErrEvent.\r\n{0} notified. restart the application. If the same message
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputScreen OutQueList_ An exception occurred in notification Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
Scroll Failed.\r\n{0}\r\n{1} processing of output queue display list restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
control scroll. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputScreen OutQueList_ An exception occurred in change Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
SelectionChanged Failed.\ notification processing of output queue restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
r\n{0}\r\n{1} display list control selecting status. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputScreen Post processing of sending message Check the setting parameter and then
PostMessage Failed. returned an error. restart the application. If the same
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputScreen An exception occurred in sending process Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
PostMessage Failed.\r\n{0}\ of re-output/delete message. restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
r\n{1} phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
PrevPageButton_Click processing of page backward button restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
Failed.\r\n{0}\r\n{1} pressing. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputScreen An exception occurred in message Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
ReceiveMsgFunc Error.\r\ receiving process. restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputScreen An exception occurred in display updating Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
RefreshButton_Click process. restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputScreen RetryButton_ An exception occurred in re-outputting Check the setting parameter and then {0}: Exception message
Click Failed.\r\n{0}\r\n{1} process. restart the application. If the same {1}: Stack trace
system.
9999 CslAdv_RDPClient Form Load Filed in starting the general-purpose RIS Restart DR-ID 300CL. {0}: Exception message
Error.¥r¥n{0}¥r¥n{1}¥n browser. If the same error recurs after restarting, {1}: Stack trace
9999 CslAdv_RDPClient Remote Desktop ActiveX Failed in connecting the remote. Restart the general-purpose RIS browser. {0}: Exception message
Control If the same error recurs after restarting, {1}: Stack trace
Error.¥r¥n{0}¥r¥n{1}¥n reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
10000 [MD10000] An error has An error occurred in completion processing Restart the system.
occurred in completion of the Image Reader. If the same error recurs after restarting the
processing of the Image system, reinstall the system.
Reader.
10000 FFQRP Another application Network Image Search function already Restart DR-ID 300CL.
instance is running. runs.
10000 CslAdv_RDPClient Loading " + %1 + " is failed. Failed in reading the setting file (XML). Restart the general-purpose RIS browser. {0}: Exception message
RDPClient have set the If the error recurs restarting the general- {1}: Stack trace
default purpose RIS browser, restart DR-ID XML file name is
value.¥r¥n¥n{0}¥r¥n{1} 300CL. entered in the %1.
If the same error recurs after restarting,
10001 CslAdv_Re Send message fail. Connection to firewall has been Restart DR-ID 300CL.
disconnected.
10001 [MD10001] Failed in Failed in obtaining the information from the Restart the system.
obtaining the information image database. If the same error recurs after restarting the
from the image database. system, reinstall the system.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10001 [RE10001] Failed in Failed in entering information. Enter proper information in the input item
entering information. that comes with a mark.
10001 [SM10001] The hard disk is The hard disk is full. Delete unnecessary images from the list.
full.
10001 [ST10001] An error that An error that disables to continue operation Restart the system.
disables to continue occurred. If the same error recurs after restarting the
operation occurred. system, reinstall the system.
10001 FFIdAutoConvert * A method name and a An unrecoverable error occurred in the DR-ID 300CL restarts automatically. * This part is
failed process name are process. Restart DR-ID 300CL if it has frozen. If the appropriated from
output depending on the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall the V4.0.
error spot. system.
10001 [BR10001] An error An error occurred. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
300CL.
10001 CslAdv_RDPClient Other Reason. Failed to connect to the terminal. Press the reconnection button again, or
Check the network settings The following reasons may be considered. restart the general-purpose RIS browser. If
on the remote terminal and • The network settings on the terminal there is still no change, implement the
the console terminal. which is installed DR-ID 300CL, as well followings.
Please testing connectivity as the network settings on the remote 1. Review the power for the terminal with
with the remote terminal terminal are incorrect. DR-ID 300CL installed and the terminal
and console. • There is a problem with the status of the connected with remote, and review the
network cable and power of PC. network cables and network settings.
2. Make sure the remote can connect to
the terminal that the remote needs to
connect to from the Windows remote
desktop connection.
3. Restart DR-ID 300CL and the general-
purpose RIS browser.
10001 CslAdv_RDPClient [Disconnection reason] Failed to connect to the terminal. Press the reconnection button again, or The reason for remote
Check the network settings It is possible that the network settings on restart the general-purpose RIS browser. If connection failure
on the remote terminal and the terminal which is installed DR-ID there is still no change, implement the acquired from the
the console terminal. 300CL, as well as the network settings on followings. controller is input in the
Please testing connectivity the remote terminal are incorrect. 1. Review the network settings for the [Disconnection reason]
with the remote terminal terminal with DR-ID 300CL installed and field automatically.
and console. the terminal connected with remote.
Restart DR-ID 300CL and the general-
desktop connection.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Check the network settings It is possible that the network settings on restart the general-purpose RIS browser. If connection failure
on the remote terminal. the remote terminal are incorrect. there is still no change, implement the acquired from the
Please testing connectivity followings. controller is input in the
with the remote terminal 1. Review the network settings for the [Disconnection reason]
and console. terminal connected with remote. Restart field automatically.
DR-ID 300CL and the general-purpose
RIS browser.
desktop connection.
Check the configuration of It is possible that the settings (Ris IP restart the general-purpose RIS browser. If connection failure
the IPAddress in Address) in Service Utility are incorrect. there is still no change, implement the acquired from the
ServiceUtility. Please followings. controller is input in the
testing connectivity with the 1. Review the settings for service utility (Ris [Disconnection reason]
remote terminal. IP Address). Restart DR-ID 300CL and field automatically.
the general-purpose RIS browser.
desktop connection.
Check the configuration of It is possible that the settings in UserUtility restart the general-purpose RIS browser. If connection failure
user account and password (user account and password of the RIS there is still no change, implement the acquired from the
in UserUtility. terminal) are incorrect. followings. controller is input in the
1. Review the settings for user utility (user [Disconnection reason]
account and password of the RIS field automatically.
terminal). Restart DR-ID 300CL and the
general-purpose RIS browser.
desktop connection.
Restart the system. and, Memory is running out and it is required to restart the general-purpose RIS browser. If connection failure
please to perform a re- restart the PC. there is still no change, restart PC. acquired from the
connection. In addition, check whether the connection controller is input in the
of Windows remote desktop is enable or [Disconnection reason]
not. field automatically.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Check the status of the It is possible that there is a problem with restart the general-purpose RIS browser. If connection failure
network cable and power of the status of the network cable and power there is still no change, implement the acquired from the
PC, please to perform a of PC. followings. controller is input in the
re-connection. 1. Review the network cables and network [Disconnection reason]
settings. for the terminal with DR-ID field automatically.
300CL installed and the terminal
connected with remote.
2. Restart DR-ID 300CL and the general-
desktop connection.
10001 [OI10001] An error An error occurred. Close the image library screen and open
occurred. again. If same errors occur, restart the
system.
10001 [TD10001] An error An error occurred. Click the button to restart the system.
system, contact your service engineer.
10001 CslAdv_Study 1% Failed in operating data. Restart the application. If the same 1%: Error function
to phenomenon recurred, reinstall the name
19999 system. Excluding No. 1 to
44 IDs.
10001 CslAdv_Study * A method name and a Failed in operating data. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
to failed process name are If the same error recurs after restarting,
19999 output depending on the reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
error spot.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10002 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 An error was notified from the Image Confirm the Image Reader. %1: The module error
ErrorNumber =%3, Reader. occurred
ErrorCode = %4, %2: Spot error occurred
ExtraMessage =%5, %3: Error character
DataSouceType = %6, string ID
messag_mode = %7, win_ %4: Error code
func = %8, selectorNo = %5: Detailed
%9, hostName = %10 description for
errors
the data source
which this error
character string ID
is stored
%7: Procedure of
specifying means of
error message
display
%8: WinFunc definition
(FRUP)
%9: Selector number
%10: Host name
10002 [MD10002] Failed in setting Failed in setting the information to the Restart the system.
the information to the image database. If the same error recurs after restarting the
image database. system, reinstall the system.
10002 [QA10002] Failed in starting Failed in starting QA. Restart the system.
QA. If the same error recurs after restarting the
10002 [RE10002] Failed in reading Failed in reading the magnetic card. Check the card.
the magnetic card.
10002 [ST10002] Failed in Failed in receiving information from the Restart the system.
receiving information from magnetic card reader or barcode reader. If the same error recurs after restarting the
the magnetic card reader or system, reinstall the system.
barcode reader.
10002 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% An error occurred when changing image Preform the operation again. If the same 1%: The spot of the
types (exposed image or re-exposed phenomenon recurred, restart DR-ID error and its cause
image). 300CL.
10002 [SM10002] The remaining The remaining battery charge of the PC is Stop operation and recharge the battery.
battery charge of the low.
Console PC is low.
10002 [BR10002] Failed in linking Failed in linking to the patient information Check the patient information for the study
to the patient information display terminal. that is currently in process and for the
display terminal. study that is displayed on the patient
information display terminal.
10002 [OI10002] An error An error occurred. Restart the system.
occurred.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10002 [TD10002] Failed in Failed in initialization. Contact your service engineer.
initialization.
10003 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Failed in processing in the program. Restart the application. If the same %1: The module error
%4: Error details
10003 [MD10003] Failed in issuing Failed in issuing the image information. Restart the system.
the image information. If the same error recurs after restarting the
10003 [QA10003] Failed in Failed in accessing the data base. Restart the system.
10003 [RE10003] Failed in reading Failed in reading the magnetic card. Swipe the card again or check the contents
the magnetic card. of the card.
10003 [ST10003] Failed in setting Failed in setting the exposure result value. Restart the system.
the exposure result value. If the same error recurs after restarting the
10003 [SM10003] It has passed It has passed %s hours since the Console Restart the system. %s: Time
%s hours since the Console application started. To continue the operations, click the button
application started. displayed on the screen.
10003 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% An error occurred when changing image Preform the operation again. If the same 1%: The spot of the
types (exposed image or re-exposed phenomenon recurred, restart DR-ID error and its cause
image). 300CL.
10003 [TS10003] Failed in starting Failed in starting to retrieve images from Restart DR-ID 300CL.
to retrieve images from PPU. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
PPU. DR-ID 300CL.
10003 CslAdv_Re Send report pps is failed Has problem with when send report PPS Restart DR-ID 300CL.
or process update studystatus_ris_outflag
is failed.
10003 [OI10003] Failed in Failed in thumbnail creation process for the Restart the system.
thumbnail creation process mage library.
for the image library.
10003 [TD10003] Failed in Failed in terminating processing. Contact your service engineer.
terminating processing.
10004 CslAdv_Modality Remaining battery power is Remaining battery power is low. Charge the battery.
low
10004 [MD10004] Failed in Failed in obtaining the image information. Restart the system.
obtaining the image If the same error recurs after restarting the
10004 [QA10004] Failed in Failed in acquiring study information of the Restart the system.
acquiring study information image. If the same error recurs after restarting the
of the image. system, reinstall the system.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10004 [RE10004] Failed in reading Failed in reading the barcode. Try reading operation again.
the barcode.
10004 [ST10004] Failed in setting Failed in setting information for the image Restart the system.
information for the image database. If the same error recurs after restarting the
database. system, reinstall the system.
10004 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% An error occurred when sending the image. Preform the operation again. If the same 1%: The spot of the
phenomenon recurred, restart DR-ID error and its cause
300CL.
10004 [SM10004] Failed in Failed in resetting the wireless LAN Restart the system.
resetting the wireless LAN adapter. If the same error recurs after restarting the
adapter. system, contact your service engineer.
10004 [TD10004] Failed in Failed in transmitting the study information Click the button and continue the
transmitting the study to the workstation. operation.
information to the
workstation.
Patient Name:%s
Study Date:%s
Study Time:%s
10005 CslAdv_Modality If the same error recurs Retransmission execution has been Execute retransmission. %1: The module error
after restarting the system, selected. occurred
contact your service %2: Spot error occurred
engineer." %3: Selector number
%4: Menu UID
10005 CslAdv_Modality No remaining battery No remaining battery power. Charge the battery.
power.
10005 [MD10005] Failed in setting Failed in setting the image information. Restart the system.
the image information. If the same error recurs after restarting the
10005 [QA10005] Failed in image Failed in image rotation. Restart the system.
rotation. If the same error recurs after restarting the
10005 [RE10005] Failed in Failed in acquiring information from the Restart the system.
acquiring information from system setting. If the same error recurs after restarting the
the system setting. system, reinstall the system.
10005 [ST10005] Failed in Failed in entering information. Input information is invalid.
entering information. [*]Enter proper information in the input item
that comes with a mark.
10005 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% An error occurred when sending the image. Preform the operation again. If the same 1%: The spot of the
phenomenon recurred, restart DR-ID error and its cause
300CL.
10005 [QC10005] Failed in Failed in accessing image files. Click the close button on the QC execution
accessing image files. window.
10005 [SM10005] Failed in Failed in wireless LAN connection. Move to a place with good radio wave
wireless LAN connection. reception, and execute network recovery.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10005 [TD10005] Canceling the Sending is about to be cancelled Click the button and continue the
transmission will lose the operation.
study information.
10006 [MD10006] An error An error occurred. Restart the system.
10006 ClsAdv_Tomo Failed in processing finish An error occurred when copying the Check the connection to PPU server. 1%: The spot of the
copy one image images from PPU to console. error and its cause
10006 [QC10006] Measurement Measurement processing cannot be Arrange the phantom position and perform
processing cannot be implemented. an exposure again.
implemented.
10006 [SM10006] The hard disk is The hard disk is full. Delete unnecessary images from the list.
full. If the error persists, contact your service
engineer.
10007 CslAdv_Modality Remaining capacity disk Required hard disk space is insufficient. Check the free space of the hard disk.
error
10007 [QA10007] Failed in Failed in accessing the image file. Check if other device has been activated
accessing the image file. first, and then execute this function again.
10007 [RE10007] Failed in Failed in acquiring the study information. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
acquiring the study If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
information. DR-ID 300CL.
10007 [ST10007] Failed in Failed in communication with RIS. Restart the system.
communication with RIS. If the same error recurs after restarting the
10007 [QC10007] An error of An error of unknown cause occurred. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
unknown cause occurred. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
10007 [SM10007] The system will The system will be shut down because the Charge the battery.
be shut down because the remaining battery level of the PC is low.
remaining battery level of
Console PC is low.
10007 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% An error occurred in the process to receive Preform the operation again. If the same 1%: The spot of the
to images from PPU. phenomenon recurred, restart DR-ID error and its cause
10011 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10008 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Information was notified from the Image Check the content displayed in the Image %1: The module error
statusId = {%3}, Reader. Reader status display dialogue. occurred
DataSourceType = {%4}, %2: Spot error occurred
selectorNo = {%5}, %3: ID of connected
hostName = {%6} character string and
status display
character string
the data source
which this error
character string ID
is stored
%5: Selector number
%6: Host name
10008 [QA10008] Failed in saving Failed in saving information. Check if other device has been activated
information. first, and then execute this function again.
10008 [ST10008] A communication A communication error with RIS occurred. Restart the system.
error with RIS occurred. If the same error recurs after restarting the
10008 [QC10008] Failed in Failed in accessing the database. Click the close button on the QC execution
accessing the database. window.
10008 [TS10008] An error An error occurred while obtaining Image Click the button displayed on the screen. * This function cannot
occurred while obtaining Information. be executed.
Image Information.
10008 [SM10008] The system has The system has been shut down due to the Execute again after charging the battery.
been shut down due to the low remaining battery level.
low remaining battery level.
10009 [QA10009] Failed in saving Failed in saving the information. Check if other device has been activated
the information. after completing the QA.
10009 [ST10009] An An communication error with RIS occurred. Restart the system.
communication error with If the same error recurs after restarting the
RIS occurred. system, reinstall the system.
10009 [QC10009] Failed to access Failed to access the registry information. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
the registry information. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
10009 [TS10009] An error An error occurred while obtaining the Click the button displayed on the screen. * This function cannot
occurred while obtaining exposure menu name. be executed.
the exposure menu name.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10009 [SM10009] Unexpected Unexpected power shutdown has Confirm the study details and then perform
power shutdown has occurred. the exposure again.
occurred.
An inconsistent menu(s) in
the last executed study has
been deleted.
10010 [MD10010] An error An error occurred while changing an Select the menu again.
occurred while changing an exposure technique.
exposure technique.
10010 [QA10010] An error An error occurred. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
10010 [ST10010] Failed in Failed in obtaining information from RIS. Restart the system.
obtaining information from If the same error recurs after restarting the
RIS. system, reinstall the system.
10010 [QC10010] Free hard disk Free hard disk space is not sufficient. Confirm the free space of the hard disk,
space is not sufficient. and perform the operation again.
10010 [TS10010] An error An error occurred while obtaining the Click the button displayed on the screen. * This function cannot
occurred while obtaining mis-exposure status. be executed.
the mis-exposure status.
10010 [SM10010] Wireless LAN Wireless LAN adapter: can’t recognize %s. Please check the state of s%
adapter: can’t recognize
%s.
10011 [MD10011] Failed in setting Failed in setting the exposure size. Confirm the connected device.
the exposure size.
10011 [RE10011] Input of field Input of field name is invalid. Enter information correctly.
name is invalid.
10011 [ST10011] Failed in Failed in querying patient information. Restart the system.
querying patient If the same error recurs after restarting the
10011 [QC10011] Failed in writing Failed in writing a file. Check the output media status.
a file.
10011 [TS10011] Image Image information could not be changed. Click the button displayed on the screen. * This function cannot
information could not be be executed.
changed.
10011 [SM10011] Wireless LAN Wireless LAN adapter: abnormal in s% Please execute the restoration of network.
adapter: abnormal in s% happened If restoration fails, please restart the
happened system.
Please contact service engineer when the
same errors happen after restarting the
system.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10012 [MD10012] Failed in setting Failed in setting the reference position for Check the device.
the reference position for exposure.
exposure.
10012 [QA10012] Failed in Failed in applying the changes of trimming Restart the system.
applying the changes of settings. If the same error recurs after restarting the
trimming settings. system, reinstall the system.
10012 [RE10012] Failed in data Failed in data access of magnetic card Restart the system.
access of magnetic card reader. If the same error recurs after restarting the
reader. system, reinstall the system.
10012 [TS10012] An error An error occurred while saving information. Click the button displayed on the screen. * This function cannot
occurred while saving be executed.
information.
10013 [MD10013] Image size Image size could not be detected. Confirm the connected device.
could not be detected.
10013 [QA10013] Failed in Failed in accessing the database. Check if the host has been activated.
accessing the database.
10013 [RE10013] Failed in data Failed in data access of magnetic card Restart the system.
access of magnetic card reader. If the same error recurs after restarting the
reader. system, reinstall the system.
10013 [QC10013] Folder input Folder input incorrect. Confirm the folder name.
incorrect.
10013 [TS10013] An error An error occurred while starting up the Restart DR-ID 300CL.
occurred while starting up control function of reconstruction queue. If the same error recurs after restarting,
the control function of reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
reconstruction queue.
10013 [ST10013] Failed in Failed in automatic saving for QC study. Perform QC study saving on the study list
automatic saving for QC screen.
study.
10014 [MD10014] Failed in Failed in registering the IP#. Check the device.
registering the IP#.
10014 [QA10014] An error An error occurred in image processing. Restart the system.
occurred in image If the same error recurs after restarting the
10014 [QC10014] The image is The image is illegal. Arrange the phantom position and perform
illegal. an exposure again.
10014 [TS10014] Failed in Failed in switching exposure menu display. Check the status of PPU and the
switching exposure menu connection with PPU, and switch the
display. display of the exposure menu again.
10014 [ST10014] Failed in Failed in registering the IP#. Click the button and continue the
registering the IP#. operation.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10015 [MD10015] This cassette This cassette cannot be registered Suspend the current study.
cannot be registered properly. It has been registered to the Read then the cassette’s IP# again on the
properly. following menu where image input is either Local WL list.
It has been registered to being processed or stopped halfway. If the menu is found, open the relevant
the following menu where Patient name: %s Exposure menu: %s study to check the state of such menu
image input is either being processing. Delete then the exposure
processed or stopped menu if it is judged unnecessary.
halfway.
Patient name: %s Exposure
menu: %s
10015 [QA10015] Failed in Failed in accessing the database. Click the button displayed on the screen. * This function cannot
accessing the database. be executed.
10015 [QC10015] An error An error occurred. Perform re-exposure with a default size.
occurred.
10015 [TS10015] Failed in Failed in switching exposure menu display. Click the button displayed on the screen.
switching exposure menu
display.
10016 [MD10016] The hard disk is The hard disk is full. Delete unnecessary images from the list.
full.
10016 [QA10016] Failed in Failed in accessing the database. Click the button displayed on the screen. * This function cannot
accessing the database. be executed.
10016 [QC10016] Measurement Measurement processing cannot be Check to see if an image has been input.
processing cannot be implemented.
implemented.
10016 [TS10016] Image Image information of the selected study Click the button displayed on the screen. * This function cannot
information of the selected could not be obtained. be executed.
study could not be
obtained.
10017 [MD10017] The exposure The exposure menu could not be Check the device and select appropriate
menu could not be determined. menus for the exposure again.
determined.
10017 [QA10017] Failed in Failed in calculating the S or L value. Restart the system.
calculating the S or L value.
10017 [RE10017] Forbidden Forbidden character(s) are contained. Enter information correctly.
character(s) are contained.
10017 [QC10017] Measurement Measurement processing cannot be Enter a correct image.
implemented.
10017 [TS10017] Failed in loading Failed in loading the image information file. Click the button displayed on the screen. * This function cannot
the image information file. be executed.
10018 [MD10018] Failed in Failed in cancelling the exposure. Restart the system.
cancelling the exposure. If the same error recurs after restarting the
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10018 [QA10018] An error An error occurred in ROI calculation. Restart the system.
occurred in ROI calculation. If the same error recurs after restarting the
10018 [QC10018] Measurement Measurement processing cannot be Set the size of the 1shot Phantom image
processing cannot be implemented. to 24x30 or larger.
implemented.
10018 [TS10018] Failed in loading Failed in loading the exposure menu Click the button displayed on the screen.
the exposure menu information.
information.
10019 [MD10019] Failed in Failed in reading the IP#. Perform the read operation again.
reading the IP#.
10019 [QA10019] An error An error occurred in Edge Reinforcement Restart the system.
occurred in Edge processing. If the same error recurs after restarting the
Reinforcement processing. system, reinstall the system.
10019 [QC10019] Measurement Measurement processing cannot be Use only the images from the same reader
processing cannot be implemented. for one study.
implemented.
10019 [TS10019] Failed in loading Failed in loading image information files of Click the button displayed on the screen.
image information files of exposure menus.
exposure menus.
10020 [QC10020] Image with Image with unsupported reading density is Select an image with the designated
unsupported reading included. reading density.
density is included.
10020 [TS10020] Failed in Failed in displaying the patient information. Click the button displayed on the screen. * This function cannot
displaying the patient be executed.
information.
10021 [MD10021] Failed in image Failed in image resecuring. Restart the system.
resecuring. If the same error recurs after restarting the
10021 [QA10021] Failed in Failed in obtaining the login user. Restart the system.
obtaining the login user.
10021 [QC10021] Measurement Measurement processing cannot be Use only images with a same reading
processing cannot be implemented. density.
implemented.
10021 [TS10021] Failed in Failed in displaying the exposure menu Click the button displayed on the screen. * This function cannot
displaying the exposure name and mis-exposure status. be executed.
menu name and mis-
exposure status.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10022 [MD10022] Failed in image Failed in image inputting process in the Restart the system.
inputting process in the image input sub-system. If the same error recurs after restarting the
image input sub-system. system, reinstall the system.
10022 [QA10022] Failed in Failed in updating the login user. Restart the system.
updating the login user.
10022 [QC10022] Data cannot be Data cannot be deleted because the basic Select data without basic value data.
deleted. value data are included.
10023 [MD10023] Image input Image input processing has failed. Restart the system.
processing has failed. If image input failed again, restart the
Reader Unit.
If restarting the Reader Unit does not
resolve the problem, contact your service
engineer.
10023 [QA10023] Failed in Failed in creating a temporary DDO file. Restart the system.
creating a temporary DDO
file.
10023 [QC10023] Measurement Measurement processing cannot be Use only the images from the same reader
processing cannot be implemented. for one study.
implemented.
10023 [TS10023] Failed in saving Failed in saving the information. Confirm that the other device has been
the information. activated after completing the QA.
10024 [MD10024] An error An error notification was issued by the The image is registered to the study of
notification was issued by Imager Reader. The target image may Exposure menu and IP number.
the Imager Reader. The have been input erroneously in the study Therefore, subject the IP to image erasure
target image may have of details below. processing on the Image Reader.
been input erroneously in • Patient ID Perform re-exposure if necessary.
the study of details below: • Patient name
Patient ID: %s Patient • Study date
name: %s Study date: • Study time
%s Study time: %s
10024 [QA10024] Failed in saving Failed in saving settings. Restart the system.
settings.
10024 [QC10024] Measurement Measurement processing cannot be Confirm if the specified reader has been
processing cannot be implemented. registered.
implemented.
10024 [TS10024] Failed in saving Failed in saving the settings. Click the button displayed on the screen. * This function cannot
the settings. be executed.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10025 [QA10025] An error An error occurred in window processing. Restart the system.
occurred in window
processing.
10025 [TS10025] Failed in Failed in calculating the S or L value. Click the button displayed on the screen. * This function cannot
calculating the S or L value. be executed.
10025 [QC10025] An error An error occurred. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
300CL.
10025 [MD10025] An error An error occurred. The menu whose IP number is registered
occurred. does not exist. Select the menu again and
register IP number.
10026 [QA10026] Failed in Failed in automatic linkage of stitching Check the order, orientation and position of
automatic linkage of images. the images.
stitching images. Set the images to the same direction.
10026 CslAdv_Qc QCGridViewEx General QC components crashed. DR-ID 300CL Restart QC. If the same phenomenon
Exception may not have been installed correctly. recurred, reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
10026 [TS10026] An error An error occurred in ROI calculation. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
occurred in ROI calculation.
10027 [QA10027] Failed in Failed in accessing the database. Click the button displayed on the screen,
accessing the database. and restart DR-ID 300CL.
10027 [TS10027] An error An error occurred while updating the state Restart DR-ID 300CL.
occurred while updating the of reconstruction processing.
state of reconstruction
processing.
10028 [QA10028] Failed in Failed in accessing the image file. Ensure that the other unit is activated
accessing the image file. before executing this function again.
10028 [RE10028] Failed in Failed in deleting an image file. Restart the system.
deleting an image file. If the same error recurs after restarting the
10028 [TS10028] The free space The free space of HDD to start the Delete unnecessary images from the study
of HDD to start the reconstruction processing is insufficient. list.
reconstruction processing
is insufficient.
10029 [QA10029] An error An error occurred in Magnification/ Restart the system.
occurred in Magnification/ Reduction function. If the same error recurs after restarting the
Reduction function. system, reinstall the system.
10030 [QA10030] An error An error occurred in Panning function. Restart the system.
occurred in Panning If the same error recurs after restarting the
function. system, reinstall the system.
10030 [RE10030] The date format The date format is invalid. Enter again.
is invalid.
10031 [QA10031] An error An error occurred in Magnification function. Restart the system.
occurred in Magnification If the same error recurs after restarting the
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10031 [RE10031] Failed in query Failed in query for RIS. Confirm the RIS.
for RIS.
10031 CslAdv_Qc QCInputEX General QC components crashed. DR-ID 300CL Restart QC. If the same phenomenon
10032 [QA10032] An error An error occurred in Reduction function. Restart the system.
occurred in Reduction If the same error recurs after restarting the
10032 [RE10032] Failed in data Failed in data access of bar cord reader. Restart the system.
access of bar cord reader. If the same error recurs after restarting the
10033 [QA10033] An error An error occurred in Actual size function. Restart the system.
occurred in Actual size If the same error recurs after restarting the
10033 [RE10033] Failed in data Failed in data access of bar cord reader. Restart the system.
access of bar cord reader. If the same error recurs after restarting the
10034 [QA10034] An error An error occurred in 1-to-1 pixel size Restart the system.
occurred in 1-to-1 pixel size function. If the same error recurs after restarting the
10034 [RE10034] The input data The input data from the barcode reader is Enter the data again from the barcode
from the barcode reader is invalid. reader.
invalid.
10035 [RE10035] Failed in Failed in acquiring the order information. Confirm the RIS.
acquiring the order
information.
10035 [QA10035] Failed in Failed in executing the Smart-QA Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
executing the Smart-QA initialization. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
initialization. 300CL.
10035 [ST10035] Failed in Failed in retrieving the order information. Check the status about the ordering
retrieving the order device.
information.
10036 [RE10036] Memory is Memory is running out. Restart the system.
running out. If the same error recurs after restarting the
10036 [QA10036] Failed in Failed in executing the grid shading Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
executing the grid shading detection function. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
detection function. 300CL.
10036 [ST10036] Failed to Failed to perform automatic calculation of Click the button to restart the system.
perform automatic Tomosynthesis exposure conditions. If the same error recurs after restarting the
calculation of system, contact your maintenance service
Tomosynthesis exposure engineer.
conditions.
10037 [RE10037] A time out A time out occurred. Delivery cannot start. Restart the system.
occurred. Delivery cannot If the same error recurs after restarting the
start. system, reinstall the system.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10037 [QA10037] Failed in Failed in executing the Smart-QA reset Restart DR-ID 300CL.
executing the Smart-QA processing. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
reset processing. DR-ID 300CL.
10037 [ST10037] Error has Error has occurred while Free Layout Print Perform operations again.
occurred while Free Layout is in progress. If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
Print is in progress. the system.
10038 [RE10038] A time out A time out occurred. Restart the system.
10038 [QA10038] Failed in Failed in executing the Smart-QA analysis. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
executing the Smart-QA If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
analysis. DR-ID 300CL.
10039 [RE10039] A timeout A timeout occurred. Restart the system.
10043 [RE10043] The RIS unit is The RIS unit is offline. Restart the system.
offline. If the same error recurs after restarting the
10045 [RE10045] A time out A time out occurred. The order information Restart the system.
occurred. The order confirmation dialog cannot be opened. If the same error recurs after restarting the
information confirmation system, reinstall the system.
dialog cannot be opened.
10046 [RE10046] The RIS unit is The RIS unit is offline. Ensure that the device has been activated
offline. and connected to a network.
10047 [RE10047] This operation This operation is not allowed. Login again with an authorized username.
is not allowed.
10050 [RE10050] Failed in Failed in accessing the setting file. Restart the system.
accessing the setting file. If the same error recurs after restarting the
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10051 [RE10051] Failed in Failed in acquiring the study information. Update the study list.
acquiring the study
information.
10057 CslAdv_QA QACommon.dll Failed in judgment of the 2ON1 menu or Perform the operation again.
AdjustImgCtrl - the pair menu. If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
(JudgePairMenu) DR-ID 300CL.
(JudgeIs2on1Menu) -
<expcetion content>
10059 [RE10059] Failed in reading Failed in reading the order information. Restart the system.
the order information. If the same error recurs after restarting the
10060 CslAdv_Re Unknow error when receive An unknown exception occurred when Restart the system.
messag from FW receiving message from firewall.
10060 [RE10060] Failed in Failed in registering the patient information. Restart the system.
registering the patient If the same error recurs after restarting the
10061 CslAdv_Re Create lock object fail. Failed in creating the Locked object. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
10061 [RE10061] Failed in Failed in reserving studies. Restart the system.
reserving studies. If the same error recurs after restarting the
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10064 [RE10064] Failed in reading Failed in reading the result data from the Restart the system.
the result data from the F-RIS system. If the same error recurs after restarting the
F-RIS system. system, reinstall the system.
10065 [RE10065] Failed in Failed in requesting to switch the current Restart the system.
requesting to switch the user. If the same error recurs after restarting the
current user. system, reinstall the system.
10065 CslAdv_Re Failed in start manual study An error occurred while starting a study. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
from KensinOrder
10065 CslAdv_QA QA.exe Failed in updating the image display when Perform the search again.
QAScreen clicking [ON] or [OFF]. If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
vwMammoAlignmentCtrl_ DR-ID 300CL.
RefreshImage - <exception
content>
10067 [RE10067] Failed in Failed in accessing the data base. Restart the system.
10073 [RE10073] Failed in Failed in converting the patient information. Restart the system.
converting the patient If the same error recurs after restarting the
10075 [RE10075] The RIS unit is The RIS unit is offline. Restart the system.
offline.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10076 [RE10076] Failed in starting Failed in starting the study. Restart the system.
the study.
10077 [RE10077] Failed in Failed in sending exposure results. Restart the system.
sending exposure results.
10079 [RE10079] Failed in Failed in magnetic card reader processing. Restart the system.
magnetic card reader If the same error recurs after restarting the
10080 [RE10080] Failed in Failed in barcode reader processing. Restart the system.
barcode reader processing. If the same error recurs after restarting the
10081 [RE10081] Failed in Failed in magnetic card reader processing. The card type is not acceptable.
magnetic card reader Check the card type.
processing.
10082 [RE10082] Failed to read Failed to read bar code. Check the card content.
bar code.
10083 [RE10083] Failed in Failed in magnetic card reader processing. Retry or check the card content.
magnetic card reader
processing.
10084 [RE10084] Failed in Failed in executing the study. Restart the system.
executing the study. If the same error recurs after restarting the
the study. If the same error recurs after restarting the
10086 [RE10086] The beginning The beginning date is set earlier than the Set the ending date later than the
date is set earlier than the ending date. beginning date.
ending date.
10087 [RE10087] Failed in Failed in activating RIS. Restart the system.
activating RIS. If the same error recurs after restarting the
10088 [RE10088] Failed in data Failed in data processing from RIS. Restart the system.
processing from RIS. If the same error recurs after restarting the
10089 [RE10089] The latest The latest search conditions could not be Restart the system.
search conditions could not loaded. If the same error recurs after restarting the
be loaded. system, reinstall the system.
10090 [RE10090] The latest The latest search conditions could not be Restart the system.
search conditions could not saved. If the same error recurs after restarting the
be saved. system, reinstall the system.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10091 [RE10091] A temporary A temporary folder for setting a MWM Restart the system.
folder for setting a MWM worklist could not be created. If the same error recurs after restarting the
worklist could not be system, reinstall the system.
created.
10092 [RE10092] A A communication error with RIS occurred. Restart the system.
communication error with If the same error recurs after restarting the
RIS occurred. system, reinstall the system.
10093 [RE10093] An error An error occurred in communication with Restart the system.
occurred in communication RIS. If the same error recurs after restarting the
with RIS. system, reinstall the system.
10094 [RE10094] Failed in Failed in communication with RIS. Restart the system.
communication with RIS. If the same error recurs after restarting the
10097 [RE10097] Information from Information from RIS could not be Restart the system.
RIS could not be obtained. obtained. If the same error recurs after restarting the
10098 [RE10098] Failed in starting Failed in starting the MWM search setting Restart the system.
the MWM search setting form. If the same error recurs after restarting the
form. system, reinstall the system.
10099 [RE10099] The custom The custom setting of MWM worklist has Restart the system.
setting of MWM worklist become disabled. If the same error recurs after restarting the
has become disabled. system, reinstall the system.
10100 [RE10100] No executable No executable study is found. Click the button displayed on the screen.
study is found.
10101 [RE10101] The DDO file of The DDO file of MWM worklist cannot be Restart the system.
MWM worklist cannot be deleted. If the same error recurs after restarting the
deleted. system, reinstall the system.
10102 [RE10102] Failed in Failed in searching patient information. Restart the system.
searching patient If the same error recurs after restarting the
10103 [RE10103] Free layout Free layout print: Failed in unlocking the Restart the system.
print: Failed in unlocking object. If the same error recurs after restarting the
the object. system, reinstall the system.
10104 [RE10104] Data from RIS Data from RIS cannot be displayed. Restart the system.
cannot be displayed. If the same error recurs after restarting the
10105 [RE10105] The latest The latest search conditions cannot be Restart the system.
search conditions cannot loaded. If the same error recurs after restarting the
be loaded. system, reinstall the system.
10106 [RE10106] The latest The latest search conditions cannot be Restart the system.
search conditions cannot stored. If the same error recurs after restarting the
be stored. system, reinstall the system.
10107 [RE10107] Data returned Data returned from RIS cannot be stored. Restart the system.
from RIS cannot be stored. If the same error recurs after restarting the
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10108 [RE10108] Barcode data Barcode data cannot be obtained. Re-input from BCR.
cannot be obtained.
10109 [RE10109] Data returned Data returned from RIS cannot be used to Restart the system.
from RIS cannot be used to create exposure menus or film output If the same error recurs after restarting the
create exposure menus or numbers. system, reinstall the system.
film output numbers.
10110 [RE10110] Failed in Failed in switching the user. Restart the system.
switching the user. If the same error recurs after restarting the
10112 [RE10112] Failed in starting Failed in starting the MWM form search Restart the system.
the MWM form search setting. If the same error recurs after restarting the
setting. system, reinstall the system.
10113 [RE10113] Failed in Failed in restoring the image data base. Restart the system.
restoring the image data If the same error recurs after restarting the
base. system, reinstall the system.
10115 [RE10115] Failed in storing Failed in storing data returned from RIS. Restart the system.
data returned from RIS. If the same error recurs after restarting the
10116 [RE10116] Failed in Failed in querying patient information. Restart the system.
querying patient If the same error recurs after restarting the
10117 [RE10117] Failed in Failed in updating the setting file for Restart the system.
updating the setting file for customize study list. If the same error recurs after restarting the
customize study list. system, reinstall the system.
10120 [RE10120] Study Study information could not be collected. Ensure that the device has been activated
information could not be and connected to a network.
collected.
10122 [RE10122] Invalid patient Invalid patient information has been Enter patient information again.
information has been entered.
entered.
10123 [RE10123] Free space to Free space to save data is insufficient. Select another destination for data storage.
save data is insufficient.
10124 [RE10124] An error has An error has occurred while saving local Restart DR-ID 300CL.
occurred while saving local data. If the same error recurs after restarting,
data. reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
10125 [RE10125] The specified The specified folder is not authorized to Select another destination for data storage.
folder is not authorized to save a study.
save a study.
10126 [RE10126] Some of the Some of the studies cannot be saved. Select studies again.
studies cannot be saved.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10127 [RE10127] The study The study cannot be started while Click the button displayed on the screen to
cannot be started while processing is in progress. perform the processing in progress.
processing is in progress. Start study again after completing the
processing.
10128 [RE10128] Failed in Failed in sending exposure results. Click the button and continue other
sending exposure results. processing.
10128 CslAdv_QA QA.exe Fire event OnFinishedAnalyze(uniqueKey, Open the study and perform the operation
QAScreen result) of AC::IRS failed. again.
vwExposureListView_ If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
OnChangeImageOrder DR-ID 300CL.
- <exception content>
10129 [RE10129] The specified The specified path was not found. Enter the path again.
path was not found.
10130 [RE10130] The study The study cannot be deleted. Click the button and continue other
cannot be deleted while processing.
processing is in progress.
10131 [RE10131] The study The study cannot be locked or unlocked Click the button and continue other
cannot be locked or while processing is in progress. processing.
unlocked while processing
is in progress.
10131 CslAdv_QA QACommon.dll Call function failed. Perform the operation again.
AdjustImgCtrl - If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
(IsAutoAdjustment) DR-ID 300CL.
(JudgeAdjustment
Conditions)
(JudgeAdjustmentConditions
ForDeliverySettingView)
(ConfirmAndDeletePairProc)
(DeletePairProc)
(ConfirmAndRelease
AdjustmentProc)
(ReleaseAdjustmentProc)
(ReleaseAdjustment
PartnerProc)
(HandlePairAndAdjustment
ForImageLaterality)
(ConfirmAndRelease
AdjustmentForDelivery
SettingView)
(GetMenuAndPartner
MenuIndex)
(JudgeImageLR)
(JudgeImageSize) -
<expcetion content>
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10131 CslAdv_QA QA.exe Call function failed. Open the study and perform the operation
IRSHelper - again.
(Analyze) If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
(Reset) DR-ID 300CL.
(GetImageInfo)
QAScreen -
(ReAnalyzeIRSCurrent
Image)
(AnalyzeIRSCurrentImage)
(irsHelper_OnFinish
Analyze)
(irsHelper_OnRequest
AutoAdjust)
(vwTrimmingCtrl_On
ApplyingChange)
10131 CslAdv_QA QATrimmingCtrl.dll Call function failed. Open the study and perform the operation
TrimmingCtrl again.
HandleReleaseAdjustment If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
PartnerImgInfo - <exception DR-ID 300CL.
content>
10131 CslAdv_QA QAOrderInfoChgCtrl.dll Call function failed. Perform the operation again.
OrderInfoMainView - If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
(HandlePairAndAdjustment) DR-ID 300CL.
10132 [RE10132] Unable to Unable to process because a study Select a study again.
process because a study currently in progress exists in the selected
currently in progress exists studies
in the selected studies.
10133 [RE10133] Patient ID auto- Patient ID auto-convert function cannot be Click the button and continue the
convert function cannot be started. processing.
started.
10133 CslAdv_QA QACommon.dll Release Adjustment failed. Perform the operation again.
(ReleaseAdjustment) - DR-ID 300CL.
<expcetion content>
10133 CslAdv_QA QA.exe Release Adjustment failed. Open the study and perform the operation
QAScreen - again.
(frmOutputSetting_ If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
SavingSetting) DR-ID 300CL.
(vwTrimmingCtrl_
OnApplyingChange)
(vwImageRotationCtrl_
ChangeApplying) -
<exception content>
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10134 [RE10134] Failed in reading Failed in reading the setting file. Click the button and confirm the setting file.
the setting file.
10135 [RE10135] Converted data Converted data cannot be obtained. Click the button and continue the
cannot be obtained. processing.
10136 [RE10136] QA cannot be QA cannot be completed. Click the button displayed on the screen.
completed.
10138 [RE10138] The selected The selected study is unable to execute Check that the image has been read by
study is unable to execute the QC. Image Reader for which QC can be
the QC. implemented.
10139 [RE10139] Study Study suspension processing has been For studies which could not be suspended,
suspension processing has completed except for some studies. reserve them again from the ordering
been completed except for system.
some studies.
10150 CslAdv_QA QA.exe Failed in showing IRS result. Open the study and perform the operation
IRSHelper - again.
(ShowContent) - If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
<exception content> DR-ID 300CL.
10151 CslAdv_QA QA.exe Failed in applying IRS auto adjustment. Open the study and perform the operation
IRSHelper - again.
(AutoAdjust) If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
(contentViewer_ DR-ID 300CL.
OnFinishedShowContents)
10152 CslAdv_QA QA.exe Failed in applying IRS analyze process. Open the study and perform the operation
IRSHelper - again.
(Analyze) - <exception If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
content> DR-ID 300CL.
10153 CslAdv_QA QA.exe Failed in terminating IRS. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
IRSHelper -
(Terminate) - <exception
content>
10154 CslAdv_QA QA.exe Failed in resetting IRS. Open the study and perform the operation
IRSHelper - again.
(Reset) - <exception If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
QAScreen -
(ReAnalyzeIRS)
Image)- <exception
content>
10155 CslAdv_QA QA.exe Failed in enabling/disabling IRS's auto Open the study and perform the operation
IRSHelper - adjustment function. again.
(EnableAutoAdjust) - If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10156 CslAdv_QA QA.exe Failed in accessing CSL database. Check that the _console_db exists and
IRSHelper - DR-ID 300CL.
(talker_
OnFinishedAnalyze) -
<exception content>
QAScreen -
(irsHelper_
OnRequestAutoAdjust)-
<exception content>
10157 CslAdv_QA QA.exe Failed in checking existence of contents of Open the study and perform the operation
IRSHelper - IRS. again.
(IsExistContents) - If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
10158 CslAdv_QA QA.exe IRS' analyzing returned result is error. Open the study and perform the operation
IRSHelper - again.
(talker_ If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
OnFinishedAnalyze) - DR-ID 300CL.
<exception content>
QAScreen -
(ReAnalyzeIRS)
Image) - <exception
content>
10200 CslAdv_Re Log directory not exist Log directory could not be acquired from Restart DR-ID 300CL.
Directory.ini. If the same error recurs after restarting,
10203 CslAdv_Qc Load resource (captions, Resource data for QC cannot be acquired. Restart QC. If the same phenomenon
icons, tooltips) error DR-ID 300CL may not have been installed recurred, reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
correctly.
10205 CslAdv_Qc Initialize QCAutoCalc QC components crashed. DR-ID 300CL Restart QC. If the same phenomenon
object fail. may not have been installed correctly. recurred, reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
10206 CslAdv_Qc Initialize QCAutoCalc QC components crashed. DR-ID 300CL Restart QC. If the same phenomenon {0}: Error code
object fail. Error code {0} may not have been installed correctly. recurred, reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
10207 CslAdv_Qc MainContainer General QC components crashed. DR-ID 300CL Restart QC. If the same phenomenon
exception may not have been installed correctly. recurred, reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
10235 CslAdv_Re Could not load data from DDO file corresponding to the study has Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DDO files to memory. been deleted.
10235 CslAdv_Re Could not save DDO object DDO file corresponding to the study has Restart DR-ID 300CL.
into DDO file. been deleted, or is read-only file.
10235 CslAdv_Re Could not set study date to DDO file corresponding to the study has Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DDO object. been deleted, or is read-only file.
10235 CslAdv_Re Exception of • _console_db does not exist. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
AC::ImgDBCEx • Connection with the SQL server was If the same error recurs after restarting,
disconnected. reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
• The SQL service has been stopped.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10235 CslAdv_Re Failed in accessing into the • _console_db does not exist. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
console image db • Connection with the SQL server was If the same error recurs after restarting,
disconnected. reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
• The SQL service has been stopped. If the same phenomenon recurred, initialize
the image database.
10235 CslAdv_Re Failed in accessing into the An error occurred while updating the Restart DR-ID 300CL.
recept image db information on study date and on releasing
of the ownership.
10235 CslAdv_Re Could not save DDO object An error occurred while updating the Restart DR-ID 300CL.
into DDO file information on study date and on releasing
of the ownership.
10235 CslAdv_Re The study time could not be The DDO file corresponding to the study Restart DR-ID 300CL.
set to the DDO object. was deleted or is a read-only file.
10236 FW Initialize communication Failed in Linker initialization. Check the setting of Linker library, and
failed. then restart the system.
10236 FW Send wakeup cancelled Failed in notifying the message of "wakeup Check the setting of Linker library, and
failed. cancelled" from MiniCooper to Console. then restart the system.
10236 FW Send wakeup completed Failed in notifying the message of "wakeup Check the setting of Linker library, and
failed. completed" from MiniCooper to Console. then restart the system.
10240 CslAdv_Re Access to list view config • "C:\Program File\Fujifilm\IIP\Work\ Restart DR-ID 300CL.
file failed Reception" folder is a read-only folder. If the same error recurs after restarting,
• Login user does not have the authority to reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
edit.
10257 CslAdv_Study Display SL to error It fails when display SL value. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
If the same error recurs after restarting,
10260 CslAdv_Re XML file not exist • The file (PluginDefinition.xml, or Restart DR-ID 300CL.
PluginDefinition.xsd) to read the plugin If the same error recurs after restarting,
definition information does not exist. reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
• The path to the file does not exist.
10261 CslAdv_Re Read plugin definition xml • The file (PluginDefinition.xml, or Restart DR-ID 300CL.
file error PluginDefinition.xsd) to acquire the plugin If the same error recurs after restarting,
definition information does not exist. reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
• The path to the file does not exist.
10281 CslAdv_Re Failed in saving into the The path to the folder which stores Restart DR-ID 300CL.
CustomizeStudyList.xml CustomizeStudyListInfo.xml does not exist. If the same error recurs after restarting,
10300 CslAdv_Qc Save QC data occurs error An error occurred when saving the QC Confirm the authority and the free space
data. for the destination folder to save.
An already existing file might not be
overwritten.
10301 CslAdv_Qc Error when read tag QC data is illegal. Some necessary Perform an exposure again. If the same {0:X8}: DDO tag ID
({0:X8}) information is not included in DDO files. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10302 CslAdv_Qc Check QC conditions failed Selected data may not satisfy QC The data may not be supported. If the
measurement condition. same phenomenon recurred, expose an
the image again.
10303 CslAdv_Qc ImpView General exception QC components crashed. DR-ID 300CL Restart QC. If the same phenomenon
may not have been installed correctly. recurred, reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
10315 CslAdv_Qc Folder folder Browser QC components crashed. DR-ID 300CL Restart QC. If the same phenomenon
Dialog exeception may not have been installed correctly. recurred, reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
10316 CslAdv_Qc Display study infor error. QC components crashed. DR-ID 300CL Restart QC. If the same phenomenon {0}: Error code
Error code: {0} may not have been installed correctly. recurred, reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
10321 CslAdv_Qc Load buffer from file error. RAW images and thumbnail images are Perform an exposure again. If the same
not in the selected folder. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
10322 CslAdv_Qc Create xml LUT parameters QC components crashed. DR-ID 300CL Restart QC. If the same phenomenon {0}: Error code
error. Error code {0} may not have been installed correctly. recurred, reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
10323 CslAdv_Qc Create LUT table error. QC components crashed. DR-ID 300CL Restart QC. If the same phenomenon {0}: Error code
Error code {0} may not have been installed correctly. recurred, reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
10324 CslAdv_Qc Process trimming error. Errr QC components crashed. DR-ID 300CL Restart QC. If the same phenomenon {0}: Error code
code {0} may not have been installed correctly. recurred, reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
10325 CslAdv_Qc Process compress JPEG QC components crashed. DR-ID 300CL Restart QC. If the same phenomenon {0}: Error code
error. Error code {0} may not have been installed correctly. recurred, reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
10326 CslAdv_Qc Decode JPEG Error. Error QC components crashed. DR-ID 300CL Restart QC. If the same phenomenon {0}: Error code
10327 CslAdv_Qc Generate XML parameter QC components crashed. DR-ID 300CL Restart QC. If the same phenomenon {0}: Error code
for FCR processing error. may not have been installed correctly. recurred, reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
Error code {0}
10328 CslAdv_Qc Process FCR Error. Error QC components crashed. DR-ID 300CL Restart QC. If the same phenomenon {0}: Error code
10335 CslAdv_Study Failed in constructor It fails when constructor form. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
300CL.
10336 CslAdv_Qc Display thumbnail image QC components crashed. DR-ID 300CL Restart QC. If the same phenomenon
error may not have been installed correctly. recurred, reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
10336 CslAdv_Study Failed in Set value It fails in set irradiation area, size, position, Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
direction, irradiation link in form. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
10337 CslAdv_Study Failed in get menu It fails when get information about size, Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
information position, direction, irradiation link in form. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
10338 CslAdv_Study Failed in initialize It fails when initialize form. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
300CL.
10339 CslAdv_Study Failed in set icon to control It fails in set icon to control. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10340 CslAdv_Study Failed in set text to control It fails in set text to control. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
300CL.
10341 CslAdv_Study Failed in set font size to It fails in set font size to control. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
control phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
10342 CslAdv_Study Failed in set display control It fails in set display control in form. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
300CL.
10346 CslAdv_Qc Load basic value from DB Failed in accessing the database. Restart QC. If the same phenomenon
failed recurred, reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
10347 CslAdv_Qc QCResult General QC components crashed. DR-ID 300CL Restart QC. If the same phenomenon
exception may not have been installed correctly. recurred, reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
10367 CslAdv_Qc Divide By Zero Exception QC components crashed. DR-ID 300CL Restart QC. If the same phenomenon
10368 CslAdv_Qc Invalid Cast Exception QC components crashed. DR-ID 300CL Restart QC. If the same phenomenon
10369 CslAdv_Qc Index Out Of Range QC components crashed. DR-ID 300CL Restart QC. If the same phenomenon
10370 CslAdv_Qc Argument Out Of Range QC components crashed. DR-ID 300CL Restart QC. If the same phenomenon
10372 CslAdv_QA QA.exe Failed in showing IRS result. Open the study and perform the operation
QAScreen - again.
(imageControlView_ If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
ButtonClick) - <exception DR-ID 300CL.
content>
10373 CslAdv_QA QA.exe Failed in applying IRS auto adjustment. Open the study and perform the operation
QAScreen - again.
(irsHelper_ If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
OnRequestAutoAdjust) DR-ID 300CL.
10376 CslAdv_QA QA.exe Failed in starting the linking application Check the operation and the status of
QAScreen (ROI). connection for ROI, restart DR-ID 300CL.
NotifyROI
<exception content>
10377 CslAdv_QA QA.exe An error occurred to the processing in the Open the study and perform the operation
QAScreen program used in QA reset function. again.
btnReset_Click If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
10378 CslAdv_QA QA.exe An error occurred to the processing in the Open the study and perform the operation
QAScreen program used in QA reset function. again.
btnReset_Click If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10380 CslAdv_QA QA.exe Failed in saving the image processing Open the study and perform the operation
QAScreen parameter used in QA reset function. again.
BackupChangeImgPrm If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
FlagForAllImage DR-ID 300CL.
<exception content>
10381 CslAdv_QA QA.exe Failed in resetting the image information. Open the study and perform the operation
QAScreen again.
ResetChangeImgInf If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
<exception content>
10382 CslAdv_QA QA.exe Failed in resetting the image processing Open the study and perform the operation
QAScreen parameter. again.
ResetChangeImgPrm If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
<exception content>
10383 CslAdv_QA QA.exe Failed in saving the image information Open the study and perform the operation
QAScreen used in QA reset function. again.
BackupChangeImgInf If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
<exception content>
10393 CslAdv_Re A general error occurred. An error occurred in FLPDataAccessor. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
10400 CslAdv_Qc Unauthorized Access QC components crashed. DR-ID 300CL Restart QC. If the same phenomenon
10400 [TS10400] An error An error occurred while displaying the Check the status of PPU and the
occurred while displaying representative reconstruction image. connection with PPU, and restart the
the representative system.
reconstruction image.
10401 CslAdv_Qc Argument Exception QC components crashed. DR-ID 300CL Restart QC. If the same phenomenon
10401 [TS10401] An error An error occurred while closing the Check the status of PPU and the
occurred while closing the representative reconstruction dialog. connection with PPU, and restart the
representative system.
reconstruction dialog.
10401 CslAdv_Re No study can start Study/ No study is capable of starting study/QA. Select another study.
QA
10402 CslAdv_Qc Path Too Long Exception When saving QC data, its file path is longer Confirm the file path length.
than Windows’s.
10402 [TS10402] An error An error occurred while displaying images. Check the status of PPU and the
occurred while displaying connection with PPU.
images.
10403 CslAdv_Qc Directory Not Found The folder selected to save QC file does Restart QC. If the same phenomenon
Exception not exist. recurred, reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
10403 [TS10403] An error An error occurred while processing Check the status of PPU and the
occurred while processing images. connection with PPU.
images.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10405 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% An error occurred in Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same 1%: The spot of the
to TomoImageDisplayMgrCtrl.dll. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID error and its cause
10415 Failed in displaying images. 300CL.
10411 CslAdv_Re Get PatientInfo false The data cannot be saved into the Patient Restart DR-ID 300CL.
database. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
10413 [TS10413] Failed in Failed in switching image display. Check the status of PPU and the
switching image display. connection with PPU.
10419 CslAdv_Re Conver to JIS false The data format to be converted is invalid. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
10422 CslAdv_Qc Save standard data to Failed in accessing the database. Restart QC. If the same phenomenon
database failed. recurred, reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
10431 CslAdv_Re Failed in access • The CustomizePatientListInfo.xml file Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
configuration file for setting does not exist. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
display Patient List screen • The format is invalid. 300CL.
10432 CslAdv_Study Failed update Information Update Information set mode fail. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
phenomenon recurred, initialize the image
database.
10454 ClsAdv_Tomo + ArgumentException An error occurred when acquiring the path Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
to image processing folder. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
10461 CslAdv_QA QACommon.dll Failed in determining whether to implement Preform the operation again. If the same
FunctionLib - the function of image arbitrary rotation or phenomenon recurred, restart DR-ID
CheckCondition not. 300CL.
EnableFunction -
<expcetion content>
10462 CslAdv_QA QA.exe Failed in resetting the image arbitrary Open the study and perform the operation
QAScreen rotation again.
ResetFreeRotateAngle If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
10463 CslAdv_QA QATrimmingCtrl.dll Failed in saving the information after Preform the operation again. If the same
TrimmingCtrl implement the image arbitrary rotation. phenomenon recurred, restart DR-ID
objDspImg_ 300CL.
ImageEditedEvent -
<exception content>
10464 CslAdv_QA QATrimmingCtrl.dll Failed in removing the trimming frame by Preform the operation again. If the same
TrimmingCtrl dragging the mouse or rotating the image phenomenon recurred, restart DR-ID
objDspImg_ arbitrarily. 300CL.
MouseMoveEvent -
<exception content>
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10465 CslAdv_QA QATrimmingCtrl.dll Failed in enabling the density optimizing Open the study and perform the operation
TrimmingCtrl button for the trimming function. again.
SetStatusButtonOptimize If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
Density - DR-ID 300CL.
<exception content>
10500 CslAdv_Re Warning log relate with GUI An error occurred in displaying the window. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
300CL.
10500 [TS10500] Display layout of Display layout of images could not be Check the status of PPU and the
images could not be changed. connection with PPU.
changed.
10500 CslAdv_QA QADBAccessor.dll A database access error occurred. Restart the application. If the same 1%: Spot error occurred
to QADBAccessor phenomenon recurred, initialize the
10509 1% database.
10501 [TS10501] Failed in Failed in switching display of images. Check the status of PPU and the
switching display of connection with PPU, and switch the menu
images. display again.
10565 FFQRP Create file QRPFinish.xml An exception occurred while creating Check the permission folder again.
failed QRPFinish.xml file.
10600 [TS10600] An error An error occurred while loading the data Check the status of PPU and the
occurred while loading the object. connection with PPU.
data object.
10601 CslAdv_Re Does not have a normal The selected studies contain invalid Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
image exist in a study. images. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
Cannot continue 300CL.
processing.
10601 [TS10601] An error An error occurred while updating the DDO Check the DDO file, and execute the
occurred while updating the file. processing again.
DDO file.
10603 CslAdv_Re Failt in get Posession Possession has been used by other Restart DR-ID 300CL.
service engineers.
10606 CslAdv_Re No neither received IDAutoConvert failed in generating the Restart DR-ID 300CL.
messages content XML file.
10609 CslAdv_Re The QC target does not • No DDO files exist. Check that the QC data of the object are a
meet the Start QC • An error occurred in opening DDO file. CR image.
conditions. • The target is DR image. Implement saving of the QC data again.
10610 CslAdv_Re The free space is not Hard disk space required for performing Check the free space of the hard disk.
enough to save QC. SaveQC is insufficient. Delete unnecessary studies from the
application.
10623 CslAdv_QA QAFCRImgParamChgCtrl. Set Param list failed. Perform the operation again.
dll If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
FCRImgParamChgCtrl DR-ID 300CL.
(SetParamList) - <exception
content>
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10628 CslAdv_QA QAFCRImgParamChgCtrl. Get Param list failed. Perform the operation again.
(GetParamList) -
<exception content>
10633 CslAdv_Re Failed in accessing into the • The path to the folder which stores the Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
DDO files for update to DDO file does not exist. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
start study from study list • No DDO files exist. 300CL.
• DDO files are being to the read only file.
10634 CslAdv_Re Failed in copying the study An error occurred during the copy of the Restart DR-ID 300CL.
data (This event is the log data to save QC images.
at the View hierarchy)
10635 CslAdv_Re No authority to access the No authority to write the data to the saving Restart DR-ID 300CL.
saving destination folder destination folder.
(This event is the log at the
View hierarchy)
10636 CslAdv_Re File was not found (This An error occurred when accessing the file. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
event is the log in layer
view)
10637 CslAdv_Re File was not found (This An error occurred when accessing the Restart DR-ID 300CL.
event is the log at the View DDO file of the study acquiring the
hierarchy) information for saving QC images.
10638 CslAdv_Re Failed in creating a new An error occurred when creating the folder Restart DR-ID 300CL.
folder (This event is the log to save QC images.
10639 CslAdv_Re Failed in copying a file An error occurred during the copying of a Restart DR-ID 300CL.
(This event is the log at the file from the saving source folder to the
View hierarchy) saving destination folder.
10639 CslAdv_QA QAFCRImgParamChgCtrl. CalculateChangeValue is failed. Perform the operation again.
(CalculateChangeValue)
10640 CslAdv_Re File copying process has An error occurred during the copying of a Save QC data again.
not been completed (but file from the saving source folder to the
one or more copied files saving destination folder.
exist) (This event is the log
10700 [TS10700] The The reconstruction conditions cannot be Check the DDO file, and execute the
reconstruction conditions obtained from the DDO file. processing again.
cannot be obtained from
the DDO file.
10701 [TS10701] Invalid Invalid reconstruct condition exists. Check the reconstruction conditions, and
reconstruct condition exists. execute the reconstruction processing
Please input reconstruct again.
conditions again.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10702 [TS10702] The parameter The parameter value to register the Check the parameters, and execute the
value to register the reconstruction by PPU is invalid. reconstruction processing again.
reconstruction by PPU is
invalid.
10740 FFQRP This image is not supported An image which is not supported exists in Confirm whether the tomosynthesis image
by system. the study. or the image exposed with long view menu
for outputting individually in the study
exists or not.
10801 CslAdv_Re Failed in update customize • The CustomizeStudyListInfo.xml file does Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
study list configuration file not exist. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
• The file is being to the read only file. 300CL.
10801 [TS10801] An error An error occurred while monitoring job Check the status of PPU and the
occurred while monitoring status. connection with PPU.
job status.
10850 CslAdv_Re Update customize study list An error occurred in writing the Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
is failed "CustomizeStudyListInfo.xml" file. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
10865 CslAdv_QA QAFNCCRFParamChgCtrl. Failed in reflecting the changed VGP Open the study and perform the operation
dll processing parameter. again.
FNCCRFParamChgView If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
ApplyParamVGP- DR-ID 300CL.
10866 CslAdv_QA QAFNCCRFParamChgCtrl. Failed in determining whether to implement Open the study and perform the operation
dll the VGP processing or not. again.
CheckVGPCondition- DR-ID 300CL.
10869 CslAdv_QA QATrimmingCtrl.dll An error occurred to the VGP processing. Open the study and perform the operation
TrimmingCtrl again.
ProcessVGP - <exception If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
10900 [TS10900] An error An error occurred while obtaining the Check the status of PPU and the
occurred while obtaining reconstruction status of the current job. connection with PPU.
the reconstruction status of
the current job.
10901 [TS10901] Reconstruction Reconstruction processing could not be Check the status of PPU and the
processing could not be canceled. connection with PPU.
canceled.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10903 [TS10903] The priority of The priority of reconstruction processing Check the status of PPU and the
reconstruction processing could not be changed. connection with PPU.
could not be changed.
10904 [TS10904] An error An error occurred while reconstructing the Check the status of PPU and the
occurred while current job again. connection with PPU.
reconstructing the current
job again.
10946 CslAdv_QA QATrimmingCtrl.dll Failed in displaying the rotation angle of Open the study and perform the operation
TrimmingCtrl the image. again.
DisplayFreeRotate - If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
10947 CslAdv_QA QATrimmingCtrl.dll Failed in starting the image arbitrary Open the study and perform the operation
TrimmingCtrl rotation function. again.
HandleWhenClickBtnFree If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
Rotate - <exception DR-ID 300CL.
content>
10997 CslAdv_QA QAESImageCtrl.dll Failed in reprocessing the ES image. Preform the operation again. If the same
ESImageView phenomenon recurred, restart DR-ID
RunESProc - <exception 300CL.
content>
11000 CslAdv_MdIf Module=%1, Class=%2, Defective program (error). Restart the application. If the same %1: File name
Method=%3, %4 phenomenon recurred, reinstall the %2: Class name
system. %3: Method name
%4: Detail message
11000 [MD11000] System error System error occurred. Restart the system.
11000 ClsAdv_Tomo CslAdv_AC_ An error occurred in TomoMenuDispCtrl. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
GuiAdp:GeneralFailure dll. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
processID:5860 Cannot load mis-exposure icon. DR-ID 300CL.
MutexDBConnection() retry
out
System.Data.OleDb.
OleDbException: Could not
find file 'c:\Program files\
FujiFilm\IIP\GUI\Icon\Icon.
mdb'.
11000 CslAdv_QA QADeliverySetting.dll/ Failed in output processing. Check the output device status and 1%: Spot error occurred
to 1% perform a process again.
11099
11001 [MI11001] Failed in Failed in initialization of dose area product Check the dose area product meter.
initialization of dose area meter.
product meter.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
11001 FFIdAutoConvert * A method name and a Failed in manipulating the data. Restart DR-ID 300CL. * This part is
failed process name are If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall appropriated from
output depending on the DR-ID 300CL. V4.0.
error spot.
11002 [MD11002] A system A system communication error has been Restart the system.
communication error has detected. If no image is displayed on the console
been detected. even after making x-ray exposures,
perform re-exposure as necessary.
11003 [MD11003] Failed in setting Failed in setting patient information. Check the device connection status.
patient information.
11004 [MD11004] Failed in Failed in communication with the Check the device.
communication with the connected device.
connected device.
11005 [MD11005] No response No response comes from the connected Check the device.
comes from the connected device.
device.
11006 [MD11006] The operation The operation failed. Confirm that no image is being input.
failed. Confirm the connection with device.
11010 [MD11010] The status The status displaying part is unable to Restart the system.
displaying part is unable to reflect the system status. If no image is displayed on the console
reflect the system status. even after making x-ray exposures,
perform re-exposure as necessary.
11011 [MD11011] Failed in Failed in obtaining information from the Check the Image Reader status.
obtaining information from Image Reader.
the Image Reader.
11012 [MD11012] Failed in Failed in obtaining the Image Reader Check the Image Reader status.
obtaining the Image Reader status information.
status information.
11013 [MD11013] Failed in Failed in obtaining the Image Reader error Restart the system.
obtaining the Image Reader information. If the same error recurs after restarting the
error information. system, reinstall the system.
11016 [MD11016] Remaining Remaining battery power is low Charge immediately to avoid losing
battery power is low images.
11017 [MD11017]No remaining No remaining battery power. Exposure cannot be performed any longer.
battery power. Charge the battery.
11018 [MD11018] An image An image reader with low remaining Check the Image Reader status.
reader with low remaining battery power exists.
battery power exists.
11019 [MD11019] An image An image reader without remaining battery Check the Image Reader status.
reader without remaining power exists.
battery power exists.
11020 [MD11020] Failed in Failed in controlling the Image Reader Check the Image Reader status.
controlling the Image conditions.
Reader conditions.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
11021 [MD11021] The command The command requested to the Image Check the Image Reader status.
requested to the Image Reader was not executed.
Reader was not executed.
11021 [MI11021] Connection line Connection line with the X-ray unit has Confirm the connected device.
with the X-ray unit has been cut off.
been cut off.
11024 [MD11024] Connection to Connection to X-ray unit has been Check the X-ray unit status.
X-ray unit has been disconnected.
disconnected.
11030 [MD11030] The specified The image could not be acquired. Check that the exposure in high-sensitivity
duration in which High mode has not exceeded the specified
Sensitivity Exposure can be possible implementation time.
performed has elapsed. Check that X-ray has been detected.
11040 [MD11040] A error occurred A error occurred while in the process of Confirm the status of the panel connection.
while in the process of obtaining images.
obtaining images.
11041 [MD11041] Images saved Images saved in the FPD may not have If the image is remained in the panel,
in %s may not have been been cleared. re-input the image and clear the image of
cleared. the panel.
11042 [MD11042] The images The images exposed by memory exposure If the image is remained in the panel,
exposed by memory mode could not be obtained from FPD. re-input the image.
exposure mode could not
be obtained from FPD.
11043 [MD11043] ImageBox is The memory of the ImageBox is not Import the image from the ImageBox of
full. enough. study screen, and increase the space.
11100 [TS11100] Failed in Failed in integrating image display. Check the status of PPU and the
integrating image display. connection with PPU.
to TomoImgDispOperationCtrl.dll. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall error and its cause
11104 An error occurred in the processing of DR-ID 300CL.
displaying images.
11103 CslAdv_Re Failed in Initialize Fris Unable to connect to the FRIS system. Check that the FRIS client has been set
Client up.
11104 CslAdv_Re Failed in sending report to • Unable to connect to the FRIS system. Check the following configuration items
FRIS Client. • A report data is invalid. related to FRIS connection.
F-RIS” of “1. IMAGE MODALITY”
11108 CslAdv_Re Failed in switching current An error occurred in switching the current Restart DR-ID 300CL.
user user in the FRIS window.
11210 CslAdv_Re Failed in initializing the Failed in initializing the RisConFig xml file. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
Synapse RIS screen. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
11211 CslAdv_Re Failed in reading Failed in reading the result data from RIS. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
information is outputed phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
from RIS 300CL.
11214 CslAdv_Re Failed in accessing the Unable to connect to DR-ID 300CL Restart DR-ID 300CL.
image database database. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
If the same phenomenon recurred, initialize
the image database.
11215 CslAdv_Re Failed in switching current An error occurred in switching the current Restart DR-ID 300CL.
user user.
11254 CslAdv_Study Failed change patient Notify change patient information. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
information phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
11304 CslAdv_Re Failed in request start study • An error occurred when sending Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
to SA:STUDY messages. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
• A time out error occurred in sending 300CL.
messages.
11312 CslAdv_Re Failed in switch current An error occurred in switching the current Restart DR-ID 300CL.
user user.
11351 CslAdv_QA QATrimmingCtrl.dll Failed in acquiring the image information Open the study and perform the operation
TrimmingCtrl used for the VGP processing. again.
ReadSTDImageBuffer- If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
11400 [TS11400] Failed in Failed in obtaining information from the Check the DDO file and execute the
obtaining information from DDO file. processing again.
the DDO file.
11401 [TS11401] Patient Patient information is invalid. Check the status of PPU and the
information is invalid. connection with PPU, and restart the
system.
11403 CslAdv_Re Failed in accessing the An error occurred when accessing the Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DDO file. DDO file of the study acquiring the
information for saving QC images.
11404 CslAdv_Re Failed in creating a new An error occurred when creating the folder Restart DR-ID 300CL.
folder. to save QC images. Recheck the setting for the QC data
storage destination.
11405 CslAdv_Re No authority to access the No authority to save QC images to a Restart DR-ID 300CL.
folder. device (USB, DVD, CD, shared network). Recheck the setting for the QC data
storage destination.
11406 CslAdv_Re File not found. An error occurred when accessing the file. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
11407 CslAdv_Re Failed in copying a file. An error occurred when copying a file from Restart DR-ID 300CL.
the saving source folder to the saving
destination folder.
11408 CslAdv_Re Failed in deleting a file. An error occurred when accessing the file Restart DR-ID 300CL.
to be deleted.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
11410 CslAdv_Re Failed in logging in to the An error occurred when logging in to the Restart DR-ID 300CL.
host. shared host.
11411 CslAdv_Re The result returned from An error occurred when confirming the Restart DR-ID 300CL.
the host was not received. connection.
11412 CslAdv_Re Can not register patient Failed to register patient data in local DB. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
data
11413 CslAdv_Re An error of uncertain cause An unforeseen error occurred in displaying If the general-purpose RIS browser still
occurs during RIS browser the general-purpose RIS browser. doesn't display after selecting it again,
display. restart DR-ID 300CL.
11451 CslAdv_QA QAMaskCtrl.dll Error when click apply button. Perform the operation again.
MaskView If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
(btnApplyClearPreview_ DR-ID 300CL.
Click) - exception content>
11512 CslAdv_Study Cacel align mammo image It fails when cancel align mammo image or Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
or update display menu when display overlay. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
error 300CL.
11520 CslAdv_Study Failed in get menu It fails when get information about Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
information irradiation area, size, position, direction, phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
irradiation link in form. 300CL.
11520 CslAdv_Study Show form error It fails when show form. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
300CL.
11521 CslAdv_Re Create XML file not Failed in sending the generated information Restart DR-ID 300CL.
completed (This event is to IDAutoConvert.
log in layer view)
11521 CslAdv_Re Read XML result failure Failed in sending the generated information Restart DR-ID 300CL.
(This event is log in layer to IDAutoConvert.
view)
11521 CslAdv_Study Display web page error Display web page fail. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
300CL.
11522 CslAdv_Study Get current select menu It fails when get current select menu Restart DR-ID 300CL.
info error information fail. If the same phenomenon recurred, initialize
the image database.
11523 CslAdv_Study Failed auto scroll It fails when auto scroll. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
300CL.
11525 CslAdv_Study Failed start next study It fails when Generate Data Key For Next Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
Study. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
11526 CslAdv_Study dxPicDeliveryStatus_ An error occurred when clicking the Restart DR-ID 300CL.
MouseDown error distribution status. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
11527 CslAdv_Study dxPicDeliveryStatus_ An error occurred when moving the cursor Restart DR-ID 300CL.
MouseMove error on the distribution status. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
11528 CslAdv_Study dxPicDeliveryStatus_ Failed in displaying the distribution status. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
MouseUp error If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
11529 CslAdv_Study ReceiveDeliveryResultProc Failed in receiving the acquisition request. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
11530 CslAdv_Study cbDeliveryStop_Click error Failed in stopping distribution. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
11531 CslAdv_Study cbDeliverySeparate_Click Failed in distribution separation. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
11532 CslAdv_Study DeleteUserOperationEx Failed in deleting the user study operation Restart DR-ID 300CL.
error table. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
11533 CslAdv_Study BuildSANYOConfigElement Failed in building the SANYO configuration Restart DR-ID 300CL.
error element. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
11534 CslAdv_Study BuildManualElement error Failed in building the manual configuration Restart DR-ID 300CL.
element. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
11535 CslAdv_Study Ris_OnReceiveOrder error Failed in receiving the order information Restart DR-ID 300CL.
from RIS. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
11536 CslAdv_Study UpdateIpNumber Cannot find menu for registering/removing Reselect the menu. %1: Notice factor
GetMenuIndex()-"%1" IP number. If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
DR-ID 300CL.
11540 CslAdv_Study ManualAdjustMammo error Failed in manual adjustment of the mammo Restart DR-ID 300CL.
image. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
11541 CslAdv_Study Error when click button An error occurred when clicking the QA Restart DR-ID 300CL.
QAshorcut shortcut button. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
11542 CslAdv_Study ChangePatInforForFris Failed in changing the patient information Restart DR-ID 300CL.
of RIS order. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
11545 CslAdv_Study Get Tag Free Rotation error Failed in processing the initialization Restart DR-ID 300CL.
setting for image arbitrary rotation function. If the same error recurs after restarting,
11546 CslAdv_Study Calculate New Image Failed in handling the click process for the Restart DR-ID 300CL.
Processing Type error image processing type switching button. If the same error recurs after restarting,
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
11551 CslAdv_Study Switch Image Proc Type Failed in handling the click process for the Restart DR-ID 300CL.
error image processing type switching button. If the same error recurs after restarting,
11554 CslAdv_Study GetMaskDensity Failed to get paintout density of shadow- Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: Exception
%1 masking processing. If the same error recurs after restarting, information
11555 CslAdv_Study Mouse up event of the Failed in switching between GA and GS. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
processed image If the same error recurs after restarting,
11568 CslAdv_Study StMainGUI.dll The EDR process failed when performing Specify an area included exposure field as
Mediator exposure with the Long Panel. ROI. If the same error recurs, restart the
ExecuteTemplate- The ROI may not be properly specified at DR-ID 300CL.
FCDModImgPreProcEdr the ROI setting dialogue when performing
WithMaskImg’s return code exposure with the Long Panel.
: -*
[* is arbitrary value]
11568 CslAdv_Study StMainGUI.dll The exposure field recognition processing Specify an area included exposure field as
Mediator failed when performing exposure with the ROI. If the same error recurs, restart the
ExecuteTemplate- Long Panel. DR-ID 300CL.
FCDModImgPreProc The ROI may not be properly specified at
BSDetection’s return code : the ROI setting dialogue when performing
-* exposure with the Long Panel.
[* is arbitrary value]
11604 CslAdv_QA QACommon.dll Set Overlay Data fail. Perform the operation again.
(ReleaseAdjustment) - DR-ID 300CL.
<expcetion content>
11605 CslAdv_Re Save MassOrder Settings Failed in saving the MassOrderDB. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
failed phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
11613 CslAdv_Re Could not get file An error occurred while retrieving the study Restart DR-ID 300CL.
information by procUID comment information from DDO.
11617 CslAdv_Re Access MenuData.mdb An error occurred while mapping the study Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
failed data at the startup of DR-ID 300CL. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
11621 CslAdv_Re Delete history failed An error occurred while deleting the Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
IDHistoryDB table at the startup of DR-ID phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL. 300CL.
11701 CslAdv_Re Reserve study failure Failed in reserving studies. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
300CL.
11729 CslAdv_QA IIPQACtrl.dll/ Failed in user group information changing Check the selected user ID and perform a
QAScreen/ process. process again.
patientInfoChgLimit_
OnOk_Click
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
11850 CslAdv_Re Failed in accessing into theA siteCode mapping error occurred while Check the mapping tag of siteCode again.
console db starting a study or starting a next study.
11855 CslAdv_Re Reading of patient ID auto- • Failed in acquiring of the setting of the Check the format of IssuanceIdMassOrder.
issuance setting file for IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat. dat.
screen failed. • Failed in checking the appropriateness of
IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat.
11856 CslAdv_Re The format of the patientID Setting of the AUTOINC tag of Check the format of IssuanceIdMassOrder.
auto-issuance setting file IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat is inappropriate. dat.
for screening is incorrect
%3: Method name
%4: Detail message
12000 [TS12000] An error An error occurred while loading the DDO Check the DDO file, and execute the
occurred while loading the file. processing again.
DDO file.
12000 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% An error occurred in TomoDataMgrCtrl.dll. Restart DR-ID 300CL. 1%: The spot of the
to An error occurred in the image DataEntity error and its cause
12012 control function.
12001 [MI12001] Failed in Failed in initialization of dose area product Check the dose area product meter.
product meter.
images.
12003 [MI12003] No response No response comes from the device that Confirm the connected device.
comes from the device that shares ID information.
shares ID information.
12004 [MI12004] A Study can't A Study can't register because the Confirm the connected device.
register because the exposure menu registered in IDT isn't
exposure menu registered registered in IIP.
in IDT isn't registered in IIP.
12005 [MI12005] Failed in Failed in communication with the Confirm the connected device.
communication with the connected device.
connected device.
12006 [MI12006] Failed in setting Failed in setting exposure conditions. Confirm the connected device.
exposure conditions.
12007 [MI12007] Failed in setting Failed in setting exposure conditions. Confirm the connected device.
exposure conditions.
12012 [MI12012] The command The command requested to the Image Check the Image Reader status.
requested to the Image Reader was not executed.
Reader was not executed.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
12013 [MI12013] Failed in Failed in obtaining information from the Check the Image Reader status.
the Image Reader.
the Image Reader.
the Image Reader.
12016 [MI12016] Failed in Failed in controlling the Image Reader Check the Image Reader status.
controlling the Image conditions.
Reader conditions.
12017 [MI12017] The connected The connected Image Reader (%s) went When you are using the Image Reader,
Image Reader (%s) went into suspend mode because it had not turn the power ON again.
into suspend mode been used for a certain period.
because it had not been
used for a certain period.
12018 [MI12018] Power to the Power to the connected Image Reader When you are re-using the Image Reader,
connected Image Reader (%s) has been turned OFF. turn the power ON again.
(%s) has been turned OFF.
12020 [MI12020] The line to the The line to the device (%s) has been Confirm the connected device.
device (%s) has been disconnected.
disconnected.
12021 [MI12001] Failed in Failed in initialization of dose area product Confirm the connected device.
product meter.
12022 CslAdv_QA QACommunication Failed in synchronizing the TomoView and Restart DR-ID 300CL.
Handler.dll study status.
SynchronizeStudyInfo
12022 [MI12022] Failed in setting Failed in setting exposure conditions. Click the button and restart the system.
exposure conditions. If the same error recurs after restarting the
12025 CslAdv_QA QACommunication Failed in synchronizing the TomoView and Restart DR-ID 300CL.
Handler.dll study status.
SynchronizeStudy
Operation - <exception
content>
12027 CslAdv_QA QACommunicationHandler. Failed in sending /irs/contents/refresh. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
dll
CommunnicationHandler
(SendMsgRefreshIRS
Contents) - <exception
content>
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
12146 CslAdv_QA QACombineImageCtrl.dll Failed to acquire the image information Restart the DR-ID 300CL.
AdjustPositionView that completed with long-view composition If the same error recurs, reinstall the
GetDataObj- process. system.
Get Data Object is failed
12147 CslAdv_QA QACombineImageCtrl.dll The internal processing failed after Restart the DR-ID 300CL.
AdjustPositionView pressing the trimming screen transition If the same error recurs, reinstall the
btnTrimming_Click- button at the Long Panel 1stUP position system.
[according to the exceptions adjustment screen.
in internal processing]
12149 CslAdv_QA QACombineImageCtrl.dll The internal processing failed after Restart the DR-ID 300CL.
AdjustPositionView pressing the reset button at the Long Panel If the same error recurs, reinstall the
btnReset_Click- 1stUP position adjustment screen. system.
Reset button clicked for
Long Panel is failed
12229 CslAdv_QA QACombineImageCtrl.dll/ Failed in setup process of LUT files. Check the LUT files and perform a process
ImgViewCtrl/ again.
CrtLutFile. If the LUT file does not exist in "C:\Program
Files\FujiFilm\IIP\CrtLut\" folder, reinstall
again.
12248 CslAdv_QA QACombineImageCtrl.dll ShowFPD With Adjust Density is failed. Perform the operation again.
CombineImageCtrl - If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
(ShowFPDWithAdjust DR-ID 300CL.
Density) - <exception
content>
12249 CslAdv_QA QACombineImageCtrl.dll BackupData For Adjust S Value is failed. Perform the operation again.
CombineImageCtrl - If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
(BackupForAdjustSValue) DR-ID 300CL.
12261 CslAdv_QA IIPQACtrl.dll/ Failed in acquiring the Config file Check the following Config file and perform
1% information. a process again.
"C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config\1%"
12270 CslAdv_QA QACombineImageCtrl.dll Failed to set the image information that Restart the DR-ID 300CL. If the same error
CombineImageCtrl completed with long-view composition recurs, reinstall the system.
SetOrgDataObjForLP- process of the initial status.
Set Original Data Object is
failed
12280 CslAdv_QA QACombineImageCtrl.dll Failed to display the image via ROI setting Restart the DR-ID 300CL. If the same error
LPAreaSelectionView dialogue when performing exposure with recurs, reinstall the system.
MultiImgVw Reset is faild the Long Panel.
12281 CslAdv_QA QACombineImageCtrl.dll Failed to display the image via ROI setting Restart the DR-ID 300CL. If the same error
LPAreaSelectionView dialogue when performing exposure with recurs, reinstall the system.
MultiImgVw SetSubMode is the Long Panel.
faild
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
12282 CslAdv_QA QACombineImageCtrl.dll Failed to display the image via ROI setting Restart the DR-ID 300CL.
LPAreaSelectionView dialogue when performing exposure with If the same error recurs, reinstall the
MultiImgVw the Long Panel. system.
SetDisplayMode is faild
12283 CslAdv_QA QACombineImageCtrl.dll Failed to display the image via ROI setting Restart the DR-ID 300CL.
LPAreaSelectionView dialogue when performing exposure with If the same error recurs, reinstall the
MultiImgVw SetDataObj is the Long Panel. system.
faild
12284 CslAdv_QA QACombineImageCtrl.dll The ROI setting process failed when Restart the DR-ID 300CL.
LPAreaSelectionCtrl performing exposure with the Long Panel. If the same error recurs, reinstall the
[according to the exceptions system.
in internal processing]
12468 CslAdv_QA QAOrderInfoChgCtrl.dll Failed in displaying images. Check the DDO files and perform a
StudyImageCommentView process again.
StudyImageCommentView
12500 [TS12500] An error occurs An error occurs during image processing. Check the status of PPU and the
during image processing. connection with PPU.
images.
12601 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% An error occurred while displaying job Preform the operation again. 1%: The spot of the
setting dialog. If the same phenomenon recurred, restart error and its cause
DR-ID 300CL.
12601 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% An error occurred in TomoJobMgntCtrl.dll. Restart DR-ID 300CL. 1%: The spot of the
An error occurred in the managing error and its cause
processing of reconstruction queue.
12602 CslAdv_QA IIPQACtrl.dll/ Failed in acquiring the Config file Check the following Config file and perform
1% information. a process again.
"C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config\1%"
12602 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% An error occurred while changing the Preform the operation again. 1%: The spot of the
display layout. If the same phenomenon recurred, restart error and its cause
DR-ID 300CL.
12603 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% An error occurred while changing the Preform the operation again. 1%: The spot of the
display layout. If the same phenomenon recurred, restart error and its cause
DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
An error occurred in the managing error and its cause
processing of reconstruction queue.
TomoRecCondResOutputCtrl.dll. error and its cause
An error occurred when modifying the
reconstruction conditions.
12605 CslAdv_QA QARejectLogStorage.dll/ Failed in saving the log files. Check the path of destination for log file
RejectLogStorageCtrl/ saving, and then execute the process
GetLogFolderPath - again.
<exception content>
12605 [TS12605] Failed in copying Failed in copying the DDO file. Click [OK].
the DDO file.
12608 CslAdv_QA QARejectLogStorage.dll/ Failed in saving the JPEG files. Check the path of the image files and
to RejectLogStorageCtrl/ perform a process again.
12624 ImageStorage - <exception
content>
<exception content>
12611 [TS12611] Failed in Failed in reconstruction processing. Check the status of PPU and the
reconstruction processing. connection with PPU.
<exception content>
to An error occurred in the managing error and its cause
12646 processing of reconstruction queue.
12615 [TS12615] Unable to Unable to execute the reconstruction Check the reconstruction conditions and
execute the reconstruction processing because the reconstruction execute the reconstruction processing
processing because the condition is invalid. again.
reconstruction condition is
invalid.
An error occurred when displaying output
range.
An error occurred when modifying the
reconstruction conditions.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
range.
<exception content>
12620 [TS12620] A connection A connection error occurred with PPU. Click [Yes].
error occurred with PPU.
12621 [TS12621] Reconstruction Reconstruction processing cannot be Restart the system.
processing cannot be executed because unnecessary past data
executed because exists.
unnecessary past data
exists.
12622 [TS12622] Reconstruction Reconstruction processing cannot be Check the status of PPU and the
processing cannot be executed again. connection with PPU.
executed again. Check the reconstruction conditions and
execute the reconstruction processing
again.
processing could not be executed. connection with PPU.
executed.
12624 ClsAdv_Tomo * String of the exception An error occurred while re-drawing the icon If the list of reconstruction jobs is not
occurred is output. of the exposed image retrieving status. displayed properly after a while, restart
DR-ID 300CL.
processing could not be executed because the number of exposure connection with PPU.
executed because the images could not be obtained.
number of exposure images
could not be obtained.
<exception content>
<exception content>
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
<exception content>
12700 [TS12700] An error An error occurred while recovering job Check the status of PPU and the
occurred while recovering synchronization. connection with PPU.
job synchronization.
12701 CslAdv_QA QATrimmingCtrl.dll Failed to acquire the data via ROI setting Restart the DR-ID 300CL. If the same error
LPAreaSizeCalcurator dialogue when performing exposure with recurs, reinstall the system.
Get lifesize imege pixel the Long Panel.
from ddo faild
Get lifesize imege line from the Long Panel.
ddo faild
Get pixelspacing from ddo the Long Panel.
faild
Get StdImagePixel from the Long Panel.
ddo faild
Get StdImageLine from ddo the Long Panel.
faild
Get CombineImageRotation the Long Panel.
from ddo faild
Get AutoCombinedInfo the Long Panel.
from ddo faild
Get Image Info from the Long Panel.
DataObj faild
Get DDO from DataObj the Long Panel.
faild
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
TrimmingCtrlForLP dialogue when performing exposure with recurs, reinstall the system.
Get Number of Trimming the Long Panel.
Object from MultiImgVw
faild
TrimmingCtrl dialogue when performing exposure with recurs, reinstall the system.
Get TrimmingObj from DDO the Long Panel.
faild
TrimmingCtrl dialogue when performing exposure with recurs, reinstall the system.
Add TrimmingObj to the Long Panel.
MultiImgVw faild
12801 ClsAdv_Tomo An error occurred in TomoPPUCommCtrl.dll. Check the connection to PPU server.
to An error occurred in the PPU connection. If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
12804 DR-ID 300CL.
to An error occurred in the PPU connection. Restart PPU server.
12815
An error occurred in the PPU connection. If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
DR-ID 300CL.
An error occurred in the PPU connection. If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
DR-ID 300CL.
12817 ClsAdv_Tomo Error occurs during An error occurred while updating the Restart DR-ID 300CL.
updating _reconstruction_ reconstruction status of images.
processing field in _image_
tbl
12819 ClsAdv_Tomo * String of the exception An error occurred while generating data for Restart DR-ID 300CL.
occurred is output. displaying the reconstruction jobs sent
from PPU.
12820 ClsAdv_Tomo * String of the exception An error occurred while generating data for Restart DR-ID 300CL.
occurred is output. displaying the reconstruction jobs sent
from PPU.
12821 ClsAdv_Tomo Set ReconstructionStatus An error occurred in the initialization Preform the operation again. If the same
fail processing of the re-reconstruction of the phenomenon recurred, restart DR-ID
retrieved jobs. 300CL.
12900 [TS12900] Failed in saving Failed in saving the image information. Check the status of PPU and the
the image information. connection with PPU.
images.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
12902 [TS12902] An error An error occurred while copying images. Check the status of PPU and the
occurred while copying connection with PPU.
images.
12903 [TS12903] Failed in saving Failed in saving information by Check the status of PPU and the
information by synchronization processing. connection with PPU, and save the
synchronization information again.
processing.
12904 [TS12904] A connection A connection error occurred with PPU. Please check PPU status and the
error occurred with PPU. connection status to PPU, and restart the
system.
13001 LngDBC Database Access Failure. An error occurred in ADO. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Function name.
%nFunction:%1 restart the PC. If the phenomenon still %2: The specified field
Command:%2%nErrNo:%3 recurred, reinstall it. name error
NativeErrNo:%4 occurred or the
SQLState:%5%n character string in
Source:%6%n SQL.
Description:%7 %3: The ADO number
(error number)
properties.
%4: The ADO
NativeError (unique
error code of the
provider)
properties.
%5: The ADO SQLState
(SQL status)
properties.
%6: The Source of
ADO (object name)
properties.
%7: The description of
ADO (object
description)
properties.
13001 FFIdAutoConvert * A method name and a The information is output when restoring - * This part is
failed process name are the DDO file. appropriated from
output depending on the V4.0.
error spot.
13002 LngDBC Database Access Failure. Failed in accessing the database. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Function name.
InstanceName restart the PC. If the phenomenon still %2: The specified field
[LngDBC]%nNo Error recurred, reinstall it. name error
Item%nFunction:%1 occurred or the
Command:%2 character string in
SQL.
13005 FFQRP ImageNumber = {0} => The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Retrieve the image again.
invalid
13005 FFQRP Index of source item is The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Retrieve the image again.
invalid. value = {0}
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
13005 FFQRP Index of destination item is The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Retrieve the image again.
invalid. value = {0}
13005 FFQRP Number of items in The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Retrieve the image again.
lstImageOrder not equal in
lstImageInfoForMultiViewer.
lstImageOrder.Count = {0},
lstImageInfoForMultiViewer.
Count = {1}
13005 FFQRP Can't read DDO file {0} to The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Retrieve the image again.
get ImageOrder
13010 CslAdv_Study It failed that [%1] initializes Defective program. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
[%2] reinstall the system.
13015 CslAdv_Study [%1] failed in setting Defective program. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
DICOM data [%2] reinstall the system.
13016 CslAdv_Study [%1] failed in the acquisition Defective program. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
of DICOM data [%2] reinstall the system.
13044 CslAdv_Study [%s] %s (%s) : Failed Failed in accessing the image database. Check that the SQL service manager is
ImageDB Open Recordset activating properly. If the same
phenomenon recurred even when the
system is activated properly, initialize the
image database.(All the image data will be
deleted)
ImageDB Close Recordset activating properly. If the same
deleted)
13046 CslAdv_Study [%s] %s (%s) : ImageDB Failed in accessing the image database. Check that the SQL service manager is
Data Get Error activating properly. If the same
deleted)
Data Set Error activating properly. If the same
deleted)
Data Delete Error activating properly. If the same
deleted)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
ImageDBFlag Connection activating properly. If the same
deleted)
13051 CslAdv_Study [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in accessing the image database. Check that the SQL service manager is
ImageDBFlag Data Set activating properly. If the same
Error phenomenon recurred even when the
deleted)
13052 CslAdv_Study [%s] %s (%s) : Failed Failed in initializing the menu database Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
MenuDB Initialize access. reinstall the system.
13053 CslAdv_Study [%s] %s (%s) : Menu Data Failed in acquiring the menu information Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
in ImageDB Get Error from the menu database. reinstall the system.
13054 CslAdv_Study [%s] %s (%s) : Menu Failed in acquiring the menu parameter Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Parameter Data in information from the menu database. reinstall the system.
ImageDB Get Error
13055 CslAdv_Study [%s] %s (%s) : Failed Failed in disconnecting the menu database Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
MenuDB Termination access. reinstall the system.
13059 CslAdv_Study [%s] %s (%s) : Failed Failed in creating new DICOM data. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Create New DICOM Data initialize the image database.
13060 CslAdv_Study [%s] %s (%s) : DICOM Failed in acquiring DICOM data. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Data Get Error initialize the image database.
13061 CslAdv_Study [%s] %s (%s) : DICOM Failed in setting up DICOM data. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Data Set Error initialize the image database.
13062 CslAdv_Study [%s] %s (%s) : DICOM Failed in deleting DICOM data. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Data Delete Error initialize the image database.
13063 CslAdv_Study [%s] %s (%s) : DICOM Failed in loading DICOM data. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Data Load Error initialize the image database.
13064 CslAdv_Study [%s] %s (%s) : DICOM Failed in saving DICOM data. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Data Save Error initialize the image database.
13065 CslAdv_Study [%s] %s (%s) : DICOM Failed in freeing DICOM data. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Data Free Error initialize the image database.
13066 CslAdv_Study %1 (%2) : Dicom Data Failed in copying DICOM data. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Duplicate Error[%3] initialize the image database.
13067 CslAdv_Study %1 (%2) : Dicom Data Failed in inserting DICOM data. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Push Error initialize the image database.
13068 CslAdv_Study %1 (%2) : Dicom Replace Failed in switching DICOM data. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Data Error initialize the image database.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
13080 CslAdv_Study [%s] %s (%s) : The image database was damaged. Check that the SQL service manager is
ImageDBFlag Data Get activating properly. If the same
Error phenomenon recurred even when the
deleted)
13088 CslAdv_Study [%s] %s (%s) : Image The system was unstable. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Processing Trouble reinstall the system.
<InImg>
13093 CslAdv_Study [%s] %s (%s) : Priority Defective program. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Change Method Error reinstall the system.
<IdExposureList>
13098 LngDBC A WIN32 system library An error occurred in WINAPI. As an internal error occurred, restart DR- %1: The process ID
error occurred. [%1]%n%2 ID 300CL. and thread ID.
If the error occurred again, restart the PC. %2: The error message
If the error could not be recovered, reinstall including the error
the application. code.
13099 LngDBC An unknown error occurred. Unknown error. As an internal error occurred, restart DR- %1: The process ID
[%1]%n%2 ID 300CL. and thread ID.
If the error occurred again, restart the PC. %2: The error message
If the error could not be recovered, reinstall including the error
the application. code.
13101 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% An error occurred in TomoDBAccessor.dll. Restart DR-ID 300CL. 1%: The spot of the
to An database access error has occurred. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall error and its cause
13115 DR-ID 300CL.
13115 FFQRP File {0} does not exist The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
damaged.
13115 FFQRP Can't load data from {0} The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
damaged.
13115 FFQRP Load data from xml file is The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
fail damaged.
13115 FFQRP Item need to get is in wrong The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
format damaged.
13115 FFQRP Can not connect to system The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
database damaged.
13115 FFQRP Can not get data in The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
Dictionary.ini. damaged.
13115 FFQRP Passed value is null or The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
empty damaged.
13115 FFQRP DateTime input is invalid The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
damaged.
13115 FFQRP Can not get config element The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
from the xml File damaged.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
13115 FFQRP Can't get configuration The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
value at key '{0} damaged.
13115 FFQRP Can't PN convert patient The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
name damaged.
13117 CslAdv_Study [%s] %s (%s) : Image UID Defective program. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Issue Error reinstall the system.
13118 CslAdv_Study [%s] %s (%s) : Series Defective program. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Instance UID Issue Error reinstall the system.
13119 CslAdv_Study [%s] %s (%s) : Failed in Defective program. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Auto Distribution reinstall the system.
13201 ClsAdv_Tomo + Error occurs during An error occurred when acquiring xml Confirm DDO files and image files.
calling parameters.
ACCModImgProcCtrl.
ACCModImgProcGetter
method
13202 ClsAdv_Tomo + Error occurs during An error occurred when calling out Confirm DDO files and image files.
calling FCDModImageProc. BC:FCDModImgProc and perform FCR
FCDModImgProc method image processing.
13202 ClsAdv_Tomo + Error occurs during An error occurred when calling out Perform the operation again. If the
calling FCDAppImgPre BC:FCDAppImgPreProcGammaTbl and operation cannot be performed, restart
Proc.FCDAppImg create GammaLUT. DR-ID 300CL.
PreProcGammaTbl method
13203 ClsAdv_Tomo + COMException An error occurred at FCR image Perform the operation again. If the
processing. operation cannot be performed, restart
DR-ID 300CL.
13205 FFQRP Can not load ddo file path The DDO file does not exist. Retrieve the study again.
13205 FFQRP There is not enough HDD Not enough memory in harddisk. Delete unnecessary studies from the DR-
memory to retrive {0} ID 300CL.
images
13205 FFQRP Process not success Failed in sending the process message. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
13205 FFQRP Communication: Request Failed in requesting a queue. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
queue fail
13205 FFQRP Communication: Inform Failed in notifying the status. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
status fail
13205 FFQRP Fail to save xml file that Failed in saving the xml files. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
notify to Recept.
13205 FFQRP Get path from directoryDef. Failed in acquiring the path from Restart DR-ID 300CL.
xml failed. directoryDef.xml.
13205 FFQRP Fail to get image processor Failed in acquiring the image processor Restart DR-ID 300CL.
type. type.
13205 FFQRP Can not load temp study Can not read the study temporarily. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
13205 FFQRP Patient ID and Name are Patient ID and name are invalid. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
null
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
13206 ClsAdv_Tomo + Error occurs during An error occurred when acquiring xml Confirm DDO files.
calling ACCAppImgPre parameters corresponding to the
ProcCtrl.ACCAppImg processing of GammaLUT creation.
PreProcGammaTblGetter
method
13208 ClsAdv_Tomo + COMException An error occurred when performing image Perform the operation again. If the
processing and creating GammaLUT. operation cannot be performed, restart
DR-ID 300CL.
13209 ClsAdv_Tomo + Error occurs during An error occurred when acquiring Perform the operation again. If the
getting Image BufferSize ImageBufferSize. operation cannot be performed, restart
DR-ID 300CL, and perform the operation
again.
13212 ClsAdv_Tomo Error occurs during turning An error occurred when turning off Confirm DDO files and image files.
off FNC flag xmlParam’s FNC flag.
13213 ClsAdv_Tomo + ArgumentException An error occurred when acquiring HDD’s Restart DR-ID 300CL.
+ SecurityException free space.
+ PathTooLongException
+ ArgumentException
+ IOException
13214 ClsAdv_Tomo + COMException An error occurred when changing the Perform the operation again. If the
image version UID. operation cannot be performed, restart
DR-ID 300CL.
13215 ClsAdv_Tomo + COMException An error occurred when performing Perform the operation again. If the
RemoveMaskTags. operation cannot be performed, restart
DR-ID 300CL.
13305 FFQRP Error start query. • Failure in connecting to PACS server. Confirm whether or not PACS server
• Incorrect SOP class settings. functions normally. And, confirm the
connection settings at the Service Utility.
13305 FFQRP Error cancel query • Failure in connecting to PACS server. Confirm whether or not PACS server
13305 FFQRP Error start retrieve image. • Failure in connecting to PACS server. Confirm whether or not PACS server
13305 FFQRP Error cancel retrieve image. • Failure in connecting to PACS server. Confirm whether or not PACS server
13305 FFQRP Error in load retrieve folder • Failure in connecting to PACS server. Confirm whether or not PACS server
path. • Incorrect SOP class settings. functions normally. And, confirm the
13305 FFQRP Error in retrieve image • Failure in connecting to PACS server. Confirm whether or not PACS server
process. • Incorrect SOP class settings. functions normally. And, confirm the
13307 CslAdv_Study [%s] %s (%s) : Control Defective program. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Initialize Error reinstall the system.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
13310 CslAdv_Study [%s] %s (%s) : Unmatched Defective program. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Image ID reinstall the system.
13345 CslAdv_Study %1 (%2) : Database Data The database was damaged. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Get Error%n reinstall the system.
Database [%3]%n
Table [%4]%n
Key [%5]
13348 CslAdv_Study %1 (%2) : Registry Data The registry was damaged. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Get Error%n reinstall the system.
Value [%3]
13349 CslAdv_Study %1 (%2) : INI File Data Get The Directory.ini was damaged. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Error%n reinstall the system.
Key [%3]
13356 CslAdv_Study %1 (%2) : Control Initialize Defective program. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Error [%3] reinstall the system.
13383 CslAdv_Study %1 (%2) : Failed in Defective program. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
terminating process.%n reinstall the system.
Component Name [%3]
13388 CslAdv_Study %1 (%2) : Failed in event Defective program. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
reception. reinstall the system.
13389 CslAdv_Study %1 (%2) : Database The database was damaged. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Connection Error%n reinstall the system.
Database [%3]%n
13410 FFQRP Can't Load ImageError file : The resource file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
{0} damaged.
13410 FFQRP List printer is NULL, check The displayed printer is invalid. Reinstall Network Image Search function.
setting printer
13410 FFQRP Get printer list from Failed in reading the printer setting from Reinstall Network Image Search function.
database fail. db.
13410 FFQRP Delivery process fail Failed in delivery process. Reinstall Network Image Search function.
13410 FFQRP {0} not found. Cannot find a setting. Reinstall Network Image Search function.
13410 FFQRP Can not create a screen The resource file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
capture bitmap image damaged.
13425 FFQRP SearchForm: Could not The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
load config of user utility damaged.
13425 FFQRP SearchForm: Load list of The connection settings of PACS server Set the connection settings for PACS
PACS server failed are incorrect, or the config file does not server in Service Utility and restart DR-ID
exist or is damaged. 300CL. If the same error recurs after
restarting, reinstall Network Image Search
function.
13435 CslAdv_Study %1 (%2) : Failed to update Failed in acquiring the DICOM date. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
implant and vmcs tag phenomenon recurred,
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
13435 FFQRP Could not save data to The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
13436 CslAdv_Study %1 (%2) : Failed to update Failed in acquiring the DICOM date. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
implant tag phenomenon recurred,
13440 FFQRP Date value in config file is The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
invalid damaged.
13445 CslAdv_Study %1 (%2) : Update implant Failed in acquiring the DICOM date. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
present tag and VMCS tag phenomenon recurred,
failed initialize the image database.
13445 FFQRP Not found config file: QRP. The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
config damaged.
13445 FFQRP UserUtility: The string with The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
Id={0} is not found in the damaged.
language file. StackStrace:
{1}
13445 FFQRP UserUtility: The config with The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
Key={0} in the file {1} can't damaged.
be loaded. StackStrace: {2}
key={0} must has value of damaged.
attribure Enum.
StackStrace: {1}
element Value.
StackStrace: {1}
attribure Name.
StackStrace: {1}
Key={0} is not found in the damaged.
config file of application.
StackStrace: {1}
13450 FFQRP Save font information to The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
application config file error. damaged.
13450 FFQRP Save note information to The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
note config file error. damaged.
13455 FFQRP The config with The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
Key=OverlayFontColor is damaged.
not found in the config file
of application.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
13457 CslAdv_Study %1 (%2) : Image The image processing parameter files Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Processing Information does not exist. reinstall the system.
<InImg>
13472 CslAdv_Study %1 (%2) : Selected Menu The exposure for the selected menu has Select a menu for which an exposure
is Done. been done. process has not been performed.
XCON Result Information is
annulled. [%3]
13473 CslAdv_Study %1 (%2) : Menu is not No exposure menu has been selected. Select a menu for which an exposure
Selected. process has not been performed.
XCON Result Information is
annulled. [%3]
13600 FFQRP Can't load path for retrieved The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
images in DirectoryDef.xml damaged.
file
value is empty
13600 FFQRP Get cluster value fail in The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
cluster.ini file damaged.
13600 FFQRP Can not get cluster type The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
value or output master damaged.
value in cluster.ini file
13998 CslAdv_Study %1 (%2) : [%3] General-purpose information event log Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
reinstall the system.
13999 CslAdv_Study [%s] %s (%s) : <%s> Defective program. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Unknown Error reinstall the system.
18100 CslAdv_QA QAMammoAlignmentCtrl. Failed in judgment of the state of the [ON] Perform the operation again.
dll button and the [OFF] button. If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
MammoAlignmentCtrl DR-ID 300CL.
JudgeStatusOnOff
MammoAlignment - Jugde
status on/off button failed.
18101 CslAdv_QA QAMammoAlignmentCtrl. Failed in acquisition of the center position Perform the operation again.
dll of the trimming and the trimming size. If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
GetInfoTrimmingImage -
Get trimming center
position and trimming size
failed
18102 CslAdv_QA QAMammoAlignmentCtrl. Failed in terminating QA. Perform the operation again.
MammoAlignmentView DR-ID 300CL.
ExitFunction - <exception
content>
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
18103 CslAdv_QA QAMammoAlignmentCtrl. Failed in setting the data object. Perform the operation again.
MammoAlignmentView DR-ID 300CL.
SetDataObj - <exception
content>
18104 CslAdv_QA QAMammoAlignmentCtrl. Failed in naming the temporary DDO file. Perform the operation again.
CreateTempDDOFileName
- Create name of file temp
ddo failed
18107 CslAdv_QA QAMammoAlignmentCtrl. Failed in processing the mammo image. Perform the operation again.
ProcessMammoAlginment
- Process mammo
alignment failed
18109 CslAdv_QA QAMammoAlignmentCtrl. Failed in judgment of the horizontal Perform the operation again.
dll position of the object. If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
JudgeLeftRightObj - Jugde
image left right failed
18118 CslAdv_QA QA.exe Failed in displaying the mammo image. Perform the operation again.
QAScreen If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
ProcessClickMammo DR-ID 300CL.
AlignmentButton -
<exception content>
18121 CslAdv_QA QA.exe Failed in displaying the message. Check if there is “LangMsgBox.mdb” in the
QAScreen “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\GUI\String”
vwMammoAlignmentCtrl_ folder, and check the authority of the
CustomMsgBox - Show “LangMsgBox.mdb” file.
message failed
19000 ImgViewCtrl File %1, Spot %2, Code An error which made the process to be As an internal error occurred, restart DR- %1: Name of the file
%3. uncontinuable has occurred. ID 300CL. which output the
If the error occurred again, restart the PC. event.
If the error could not be recovered, reinstall %2: Indicates an
the application. unique ID for
identifying the error
spot.
%3: Returns error type
(fixed as -9999)
20000 CslAdv_Delivery DICOM Printer Control An error was notified to the responding Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Status
RunProc Error (rc={0}) status of RunProcComplete event reinstall the system.
processed in DICOMPrintSCU.
20000 CslAdv_Delivery DICOM Printer Control An error was notified to the responding Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Status
RunProc Method Call Error status of RunProcComplete event reinstall the system.
(rc={0}) processed in OutImagePrc.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20000 CslAdv_Delivery DICOM Printer Setting was Initialization function of printer setup Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
not found. returned an error. reinstall the system.
20000 CslAdv_Delivery DICOM Storage Initialization function of Commitment setup Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Commitmemt Setting was returned an error. reinstall the system.
not found.
20000 CslAdv_Delivery DICOM Storage Control An error was notified to the responding Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Status
RunProc Error (rc={0}) status of RunProcComplete event reinstall the system.
processed in DICOMStoreSCU.
20000 CslAdv_Delivery DICOM Storage Control RunProc function of storage output control Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Function return value
RunProc Method Call Error returned an error. reinstall the system.
(rc={0})
20000 CslAdv_Delivery DICOM Storage Setting Initialization function of storage setup Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
was not found. returned an error. reinstall the system.
20000 CslAdv_Delivery DICOMSC Control Registration function of output destination Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Function return value
OutputRegisterProc returned an error. reinstall the system.
Method Call Error (rc={0})
20000 CslAdv_Delivery DICOMSC Control RunProc An error was notified to the responding Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Status
Error (rc={0}) status of RunProcComplete event reinstall the system.
processed in DicomSCCtrl.
20000 CslAdv_Delivery DICOMSC Control RunProc RunProc function of Commitment control Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Function return value
Method Call Error (rc={0}) returned an error. reinstall the system.
20000 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control Registration function of output destination Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Function return value
OutputRegisterProc returned an error to Spooler. reinstall the system.
20000 [QA20000] An error An error occurred in displaying the patient Restart the system.
occurred in displaying the information. If the same error recurs after restarting the
patient information. system, reinstall the system.
20000 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% An error occurred when performing data Restart DR-ID 300CL. 1%: The spot of the
synchronization. error and its cause
20000 CslAdv_Re An error occurred in FLP • The FLPFinish.xml file cannot be checked. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
processing. • An unknown exception occurred when FLP
finished.
20001 CslAdv_Delivery DICOMPrint Control GetPrc Request function on retrieving Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Function return value
Method Call Error (rc={0}) DICOMPrintSCU status returned an error. reinstall the system.
20001 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control Modification function of DICOM printer Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Function return value
DicomStateChangeProc status returned an error to Spooler. reinstall the system.
20001 CslAdv_ InBcrControlStart : %1 Failed in initializing the BCR. Connect the BCR and then restart. %1: An error code.
SystemManager
20001 [DE20001] The specified The specified device does not exist. Correct the settings.
device does not exist.
20001 [QA20001] Failed in Failed in obtaining information. Close the QA or go to other study.
obtaining information.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20001 [RE20001] A A communication error with RIS occurred. Check the power of the device and its
communication error with connection.
RIS occurred.
20001 [SM20001] Failed in Failed in accessing the data base. Restart the system.
20001 [ST20001] Failed in adding Failed in adding a menu. Restart the system.
a menu. If the same error recurs after restarting the
synchronization. error and its cause
20001 [QC20001] Input value is Input value is incorrect. Input a correct value.
incorrect.
20001 [IC20001] The study that The study that has failed in auto- Check the cause of the failure.
has failed in auto- conversion of patient ID exists. For the failed study, correct the examinee
conversion of patient ID list file and redo the processing, or
exists. manually correct the study information
directly in the QA.
20001 CslAdv_Re Send message fail. Send message fail. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
20001 [DA20001] Failed in Failed in analyzing Smart-QA. Press the button below to continue other
analyzing Smart-QA. processing.
20001 CslAdv_Bridge - An error due to unknown cause has Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
occurred at the time of reception of change phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
request. 300CL.
20001 CslAdv_Study Load data overlay for 1 Failed in reading the XML file for overlay Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same error
image screen fail display. recurs after restarting, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
20001 [OI20001] Images cannot Images cannot be imported into the Confirm the exposure menu of import
be imported into the selected menu. destination.
selected menu.
20002 CslAdv_Modality MainControl An error occurs inside the program. Check the database of utilization number.
IpFpdUseCountUp
20002 CslAdv_ InMcrControlStart : %1 Failed in initializing the MCR. Connect the MCR and then restart. %1: An error code.
SystemManager
20002 [DE20002] Failed in Failed in delivery processing. Wait for a while and try again.
delivery processing.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20002 [RE20002] A timeout error A timeout error occurred while in search of Restart the system.
occurred while in search of study information. If the same error recurs after restarting the
study information. No system, reinstall the system.
responses come from
search.
20002 [SM20002] It could not be It could not be defined as confirmed. Restart the system.
defined as confirmed. If the same error recurs after restarting the
20002 [ST20002] This operation is This operation is not allowed. Login again with an authorized username.
not allowed.
20002 [QC20002] Input value is Input value is illegal. Input a correct value.
illegal.
20002 [DA20002] Failed in image Failed in image positioning. Perform manual positioning.
positioning.
20002 CslAdv_Modality IpFpdUseCountUp An error occurs inside the program. Check the database of utilization number.
GetDDOTagValue
20002 CslAdv_Modality IpFpdUseCountUp An error occurs inside the program. Check the database of utilization number.
SetIpCountData
20002 CslAdv_Bridge - Issuance could not be done since the CSL Perform the same operation again after a
conditions at the time of change request specified time has passed. Restart if the
reception were invalid. same kind of phenomenon occurs again.
20002 CslAdv_Study Load data overlay for 6 Failed in reading the XML file for overlay Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same error
images screen fail display. recurs after restarting, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
20002 [OI20002] The selected The selected image cannot be imported. Confirm the image to import.
image cannot be imported.
20003 CslAdv_Delivery OutputJob Image Host Failed in acquiring images of other Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Function return value
Error (rc={0}) equipments. reinstall the system.
20003 CslAdv_Modality 1% Failed in browsing the image database. Finish the study, and perform the study %1: The module and
again. If the same phenomenon recurred, spot error occurred
20003 CslAdv_Modality DeviceType is Error. - An error occurred in analyzing device Finish the study, and perform the study For device information.
DeviceType = %1 information. again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
20003 CslAdv_Modality Error Notification From An error occurred in analyzing device Finish the study, and perform the study For device information.
BC::ModalityIF in information. again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
OnExposureResultCreated restart the application.
- status = %1
OnExposureResultReceive restart the application.
- status = %1
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
OnImagingCreated - status restart the application.
= %1
OnImagingFinished - status restart the application.
= %1
20003 CslAdv_Modality Error Notification From An error occurs inside the program. Finish the study, and perform the study %1: Internal error code.
BC::ModalityIF in again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
OnImagingPreviewCreated restart the application.
- status = %1
OnImagingProcessStart restart the application.
- status = %1
OnImagingStart - status = restart the application.
%1
OnReqExposure restart the application.
PreparationCancel - status
= %1
20003 CslAdv_Modality Failed to get Menu status is invalid. Finish the study, and perform the study %1: The selector menu
StudyOperation - again. If the same phenomenon recurred, status.
ImageStatus = %1 restart the application.
20003 CslAdv_Modality Failed to Menu status is invalid. Finish the study, and perform the study
mixMenuStateCheck again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
20003 CslAdv_Modality ImageStatus != MENU_ The menu which cannot pressed the button Select another menu and perform the %1 The selector menu
FIXED - ImageStatus = %1 halfway has been selected. operation. status.
20003 CslAdv_Modality ImageStatus != READYUP The menu which cannot press the button Finish the study, and perform the study %1: The selector menu
- ImageStatus = %1 halfway has been selected. again. If the same phenomenon recurred, status.
20003 CslAdv_Modality ImageStatus != READYUP Menu status is invalid. Finish the study, and perform the study %1: The selector menu
or REIMAGING - again. If the same phenomenon recurred, status.
20003 CslAdv_Modality ImageStatus != READYUP Menu status is invalid. Finish the study, and perform the study %1: The selector menu
or REIMAGING - again. If the same phenomenon recurred, status.
20003 CslAdv_Modality ImageStatus != Menu status is invalid. Finish the study, and perform the study %1: Internal error code.
READYUP_FREE or again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
REIMAGING - ImageStatus restart the application.
= %1
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20003 CslAdv_Modality ImageStatus != Menu status is invalid. Finish the study, and perform the study %1: The selector menu
READYUP_FREE or again. If the same phenomenon recurred, status.
REIMAGING - ImageStatus restart the application.
= %1
20003 CslAdv_Modality ImageStatus is An error occurred in analyzing device Finish the study, and perform the study %1: The status of
Error(builtin). - ImageStatus information. again. If the same phenomenon recurred, Console.
= %1 restart the application.
20003 CslAdv_Modality ImageStatus is An error occurred in analyzing device Finish the study, and perform the study %1: The status of
Error(cassette). - information. again. If the same phenomenon recurred, Console.
20003 CslAdv_Modality MenuOperation != The menu which cannot expose has been Finish the study, and perform the study %1: The status of
SELECTED_FREE - selected. again. If the same phenomenon recurred, Console.
MenuOperation = %1 restart the application.
20003 CslAdv_Modality MenuOperation != The menu which cannot press the button Finish the study, and perform the study %1: The selector menu
SELECTED_FREE - halfway has been selected. again. If the same phenomenon recurred, status.
MenuOperation = %1 restart the application.
20003 CslAdv_Modality RegistID and MenuUID An error occurs inside the program. Finish the study, and perform the study
mismatch - RegistID = %1 again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
MenuUid = %2 restart the application.
20003 CslAdv_Modality StudyOperation != Menu status is invalid. Finish the study, and perform the study %1: The selector menu
PERFORMING - again. If the same phenomenon recurred, status.
StudyOperation = %1 restart the application.
20003 CslAdv_ Initialize Exception An error occurred in processing the In DR-ID 300CL, the indicator can activate One of these five types
SystemManager Dependency_OnChange indicator of DR-ID 300CL. properly. No remedy is required. is set in event content.
Exception
SetSqlDependency
Exception
ClickIndicator is Null
ChangeIcon Exception
20003 [DE20003] The hard disk is The hard disk is full. Delete unnecessary images from the list
full. and try again.
20003 [QA20003] Failed in saving Failed in saving information. Restart the system.
information. If the same error recurs after restarting the
the study.
20003 [ST20003] Body movement Body movement difficult to be observed in Enlarge the image to check the details. Maximum amount of
difficult to be observed in the displayed image has been detected. movement: %s mm
the displayed image has Maximum movement: %s mm
been detected. Maximum
movement: %s mm
20003 CslAdv_Modality Failed to get Menu status is invalid. Select the menu again. %1: Menu number
MenuOperation - ImageId = If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
%1 the Console.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20003 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% An error occurred in the interlocking Preform the operation again. If the 1%: The spot of the
processing of image processing operation cannot be performed, restart error and its cause
adjustment. DR-ID 300CL.
illegal.
20003 CslAdv_Bridge - Authentication processing for user Check the technician code and the
authentication has failed. password of the respective user on the
user management screen of the User
Utility.
DR-ID 300CL.
20003 CslAdv_Study Create singleton instance Failed in reading the XML file for overlay Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same error
to load overlay object error display. recurs after restarting, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
20003 [DA20003] Failed in setting Failed in setting of auto marker.
of auto marker.
20004 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Information is notified from the reader. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: The module error
LngDBCExException Failed in retrieving the translation character reinstall the system. occurred
StatusID= %3 strings. %2: Spot error occurred
[ExceptionInfomation] %3: ID of connected
%4 character string and
status display
character string
%4: Error details
20004 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 The error information is received from the Confirm the Image Reader.
Not Found Record in %:3 reader. The received information does not Restart.
ID= %4 match with the internal information of If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL. the system.
20004 CslAdv_ Initialize.Failed An error occurred in the event window of In DR-ID 300CL, the indicator can activate One of these six types
SystemManager Terminate.Faild DR-ID 300CL. properly. No remedy is required. is set in event content.
buttonDeletion_Click_
Param.Failed
buttonConfirmation_Click_
Param.Failed
PrevPageButton_Click.
Failed
NextPageButton_Click.
Failed
20004 [DE20004] Failed in reading • The display gradation correction file Check the correction file.
a display gradation (AEName.lut) corresponding to the output
correction file. destination equipment does not exist.
• The format of the display gradation
correction file (AEName.lut) corresponding
to the output destination equipment is
incorrect.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20004 [QA20004] Failed in Failed in confirmation of QA. Restart the system.
confirmation of QA. If the same error recurs after restarting the
20004 [ST20004] A non-stitched A non-stitched long-view image exists. Check the image.
long-view image exists.
illegal.
20004 CslAdv_Bridge - An error has occurred at the time of Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
reception of change request (non- phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
synchronous type). 300CL.
20005 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 The invalid value is received from the Check the Image Reader status. %1: The module error
ConvertXMLtoProperty:%3. reader. occurred
Invalid data %4 %2: Spot error occurred
%3: Invalid value
%4: Detail of invalid
value
20005 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Failed in reading the IP barcode Read the IP barcode again. %1: The module error
Failed to read data from information. If the same phenomenon recurred, restart occurred
%3 the application. %2: Spot error occurred
[ExceptionInfomation] %3: Error outline
20005 [QA20005] Failed in Failed in suspending confirmation of QA. Restart the system.
suspending confirmation of If the same error recurs after restarting the
QA. system, reinstall the system.
20005 ClsAdv_Tomo Event argument is null The message that system received is valid. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
20005 [DE20005] Failed in output Failed in output process. Confirm the device status.
process.
20005 [ST20005] A long-view A long-view menu having images not Check the image.
menu having images not aligned exists.
aligned exists.
20005 [QC20005] Option key Option key software is not installed. Exit the program, and install option key
software is not installed. software.
20006 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Failed in notifying the inexposable status Check the Image Reader status. %1: The module error
Failed to execute selector. to Image Reader. occurred
Devices[%3].Modality. %2: Spot error occurred
DisableImaging %3: Error occurred
selector number
20006 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Failed in notifying the exposable status to Check the Image Reader status. %1: The module error
Failed to execute selector. Image Reader. occurred
Devices[%3].Modality. %2: Spot error occurred
EnableImaging %3: Error occurred
selector number
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20006 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 Failed in notifying the clearing exposure Check the Image Reader status. %1: The module error
Failed to selector. conditions to Image Reader. occurred
SendClearExposureCondition %2: Spot error occurred
- SelectorNumber = %3 %3: Error occurred
selector number
20006 CslAdv_Modality %1 %2 An error occurred in requesting to delete Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: The module error
OnResetImageKey the IP information from the Image Reader. reinstall the system. occurred
Recieved from ModalityIF %2: Spot error occurred
at Error Status.%3 %3: Error details
20006 CslAdv_Modality Failed to execute selector. Selector number: Failed in notifying to the Check the device status and connection. %1: Selector number
Devices[%1].Modality. device of %1.
DisableImaging
20006 [QA20006] Failed in Failed in resuming the study. Restart the system.
resuming the study. If the same error recurs after restarting the
20006 ClsAdv_Tomo Event argument is null The message that system received is valid. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
20006 [QC20006] Image Image sharpness is illegal. Arrange the phantom position and perform
sharpness is illegal. an exposure again.
20006 [ST20006] Reading of the Reading of the patient ID auto-issuance Confirm the setting file.
patient ID auto-issuance setting file for screening failed.
setting file for screening
failed.
20007 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% An error occurred in the interlocking Preform the operation again. If the same 1%: The spot of the
processing of image processing phenomenon recurred, restart DR-ID error and its cause
adjustment. 300CL.
20007 [QC20007] Failed to delete Failed to delete this folder. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
this folder.
%s
20007 [TS20007] An error An error occurred. Check the status of PPU and the
occurred. connection with PPU, and restart the
system.
20007 [ST20007] A value outside A value outside the allowable range has Restore the auto-issuance ID to the
the allowable range has been set for auto-issuance ID. minimum value.
been set for auto-issuance
ID.
20008 [QA20008] Failed in Failed in applying the changes. Restart the system.
applying the changes. If the same error recurs after restarting the
20008 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% An error occurred in the interlocking Preform the operation again. If the same 1%: The spot of the
processing of image processing phenomenon recurred, restart DR-ID error and its cause
adjustment. 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20008 [TS20008] Failed in Failed in switching to other QA function. Switch the QA function again.
switching to other QA
function.
20008 [ST20008] Patient ID that Patient ID that will be issued is duplicated. Change the patient ID.
will be issued is duplicated.
20009 CslAdv_Delivery Analyze XML Failure An exception occurred in analyzing XML. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Path of the xml file
(path={0} Message={1} reinstall the system. {1}: Exception message
StackTrace={2}) {2}: Stack trace
20009 ClsAdv_Tomo Failed in updating display An error occurred in TomoViewCtrl.dll. Preform the operation again. If the same
patient information An error occurred when updating the phenomenon recurred, restart DR-ID
display of patient information. 300CL.
20009 CslAdv_Delivery Received an unexpected The topic of the message notified in Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Topic
Message (/{0}/{1}/{2}) Ansemble message receiving process was reinstall the system. {1}: Object
in error. {2}: Event
20009 [QA20009] Failed in editing Failed in editing study comments. Restart the system.
study comments.
20009 [RE20009] Hard disk space Hard disk space required for free layout Delete the study and try again.
required for free layout print print is insufficient.
is insufficient.
20009 [QC20009] Baseline values Baseline values cannot be generated. Select another image, and reexecute.
cannot be generated.
20009 [ST20009] The menu The menu cannot be changed because an Update only the patient information.
cannot be changed image has been input.
because an image has
been input.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery {0} is a delivery attribute The unsupported distribution attribute was Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Distribution attribute
not supported. (Coping notified. reinstall the system.
Combine DDOFile at
LifeSize)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery {0} is a delivery attribute The unsupported distribution attribute was Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Distribution attribute
not supported. (Creating notified. reinstall the system.
delivery host information)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery {0} is a delivery attribute The unsupported distribution destination Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Distribution attribute
not supported. (Making information was notified. reinstall the system.
delivery DDO-file)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery {0} is a modality not The unsupported abstract syntax was Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Abstract syntax
supported. (Registering notified. reinstall the system.
delivery host information in
file-attribute)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery {0} is not found. (Copying The DDO file of composition original image Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: DDO file
combine ddo file) does not exist. reinstall the system.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery {0} is not found. (Copying The DDO file does not exist. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: DDO file
DDO file) reinstall the system.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20010 CslAdv_Delivery {0} is not found. (Copying The image data file does not exist. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Image data file
image data file) reinstall the system.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery Catch some other An exception occurred in copying process. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: File name
Exception. [{0}]\r\n{1}\r\n{2} reinstall the system. {1}: Exception message
{2}: Stack trace
20010 CslAdv_Delivery Catch some other An exception has occurred. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Exception message
Exception.\r\n{0}\r\n{1} reinstall the system. {1}: Stack trace
20010 CslAdv_Delivery DCOMObjExeption : {0}\r\ An exception occurred in DDOHelper. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: DDO tag
n{1}\r\n{2} reinstall the system. {1}: Exception message
{2}: Stack trace
20010 CslAdv_Delivery DDO tag {0} NULL value was notified to Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: DDO tag
DistributionDensity is null. DistributionDensity. reinstall the system.
(Creating delivery host
information of file attribute)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery DDO tag {0} NULL value was notified to Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: DDO tag
DistributionProc is null. DistributionProc. reinstall the system.
(Creating delivery host
information of file attribute)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery DDO tag {0} ID is illegal. NULL value or blank letter was notified to Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: DDO tag
(Data creation of delivery ID value. reinstall the system.
beginning of multi frame
information processing)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery DDO tag {0} ID is illegal. NULL value or blank letter was notified to Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: DDO tag
(Data creation of delivery ID value. reinstall the system.
beginning)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery DDO tag {0} ID is illegal. (Is NULL value or blank letter was notified to Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: DDO tag
excluded auto delivery in ID value. reinstall the system.
delivering processing)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery DDO tag {0} Failed in retrieving ImagingSystem. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: DDO tag
ImagingSystem is illegal. reinstall the system.
(Copying WS image data
file)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery DDO tag {0} is illegal. Failed in retrieving the image data file Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: DDO tag
(Copying image data file) name. reinstall the system.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery DDO tag {0} PrintDensity is NULL value or blank letter was notified to Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: DDO file
null. (Creating delivery host the output image density. reinstall the system.
information of print
attribute)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery DDO tag {0} PrintProc is NULL value or blank letter was notified to Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: DDO file
null. (Creating delivery host the output image processing. reinstall the system.
information of print
attribute)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery DDO tag {0} ProcUID is NULL value or blank letter was notified to Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: DDO tag
null. (Checking multi frame) ProcUID. reinstall the system.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20010 CslAdv_Delivery Delivery message Failed in converting the data for Ansemble Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Topic
conversion failure. (Starting message distribution. reinstall the system. {1}: Object
PreDelivery)\r\nMessage=/ {2}: Event
{0}/{1}/{2}
20010 CslAdv_Delivery Delivery work DDO file Failed in generating the file name for Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
name is null. (Copying distribution process. reinstall the system.
DDO file)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery Delivery work image file Failed in generating the file name for Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
combine ddo file)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery Delivery work image file Failed in generating the file name for Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
image data file)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery FF32CSException :\r\n{0}\r\ An exception occurred in FF32CS Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Exception message
n{1} processing. reinstall the system. {1}: Stack trace
20010 CslAdv_Delivery FFNetException :\r\n{0}\r\ An exception occurred in FFNet Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Exception message
n{1} processing. reinstall the system. {1}: Stack trace
20010 CslAdv_Delivery ImagePosition is 0. (Multi NULL value or "0" was notified to Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
frame image delivery ImagePosition. reinstall the system.
judgement processing)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery ImgDBCExException :\r\ An exception occurred in mgDBCEx Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Exception message
n{0}\r\n{1} processing. reinstall the system. {1}: Stack trace
20010 CslAdv_Delivery IOException : [{0}]\r\n{1}\r\ An exception occurred during the file copy. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: File name
n{2} reinstall the system. {1}: Exception message
{2}: Stack trace
20010 CslAdv_Delivery new delivery host Failed in creating the distribution Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
informaiton if null. (Creating destination information. reinstall the system.
useurgent delivery host
information)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery new delivery host Failed in creating the distribution Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
informaiton if null. destination information. reinstall the system.
(Registering delivery host
information in file-attribute)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery Not a delivery message. Trigger type to be distributed was in error. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
(Starting PreDelivery) reinstall the system.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery The acquisition information Number of acquired information was in Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: DistributionHost
number is illegal. (Creating error. reinstall the system. {1}: DistributionDensity
delivery host information of {2}: DistributionProc
file attribute)\r\
nDistributionHost = {0}\r\
nDistributionDensity = {1}\r\
nDistributionProc = {2}
20010 CslAdv_Delivery The delivery attribute is not NULL value or blank letter was notified to Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
set. (Starting delivery the distribution attribute. reinstall the system.
perparation.)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20010 CslAdv_Delivery The input file name is NULL value or blank letter was notified to Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Input file name
illegal. [{0}] (Creating the input file name. reinstall the system.
delivery work file name)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery The input parameter is Invalid value was notified to the input Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
illegal. (Creating new multi parameter. reinstall the system.
frame information)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery The input parameter is NULL value or blank letter was notified to Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: HostName
illegal. (Registering delivery the parameter. reinstall the system. {1}: OutputDensity
host information in file- {2}: OutputProc
attribute)\r\nHostNmae =
{0}\r\nOutputDensity = {1}\r\
nOutputProc = {2}
20010 CslAdv_Delivery The input parameter is NULL value or blank letter was notified to Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
illegal. (Starting Delivery the parameter. reinstall the system.
host information
acquisition)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery The input parameter is NULL value or blank letter was notified to Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
illegal. (Starting delivery the parameter. reinstall the system.
judgment)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery The KeyType({0}) is illegal. Notified type was in error. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Type
(PreDeluvery of manual reinstall the system.
delivery processing)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery The number of multi frame Number of registered multi-frame Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
information lists is 0. (Data information was in error. reinstall the system.
creation of delivery
beginning of multi frame
information processing)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery The parameter of the Notified type was in error. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
message is illegal. reinstall the system.
(Creating SQL sentence of
auto delivery reading)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery The parameter of the Notified auto distribution setting type was Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Auto distribution
message is illegal. auto in error. reinstall the system. setting type
delivery type = [{0}]
(Creating SQL sentence of
auto delivery)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery The value of DDO tag {0} NULL value or blank letter was notified to Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Tag
ES Output Image Group is ES Output Image Group. reinstall the system.
illegal. (ES image delivery
ES Output Image Group is ES Output Image Group. reinstall the system.
null. (WS image delivery
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
film output format is illegal. the film output format. reinstall the system.
(ES image delivery
film output format is null. the film output format. reinstall the system.
(Other image delivery
20010 CslAdv_Delivery The value of DDO tag {0} Failed in acquiring the film UID. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Tag
ImageUID is illegal. reinstall the system.
(Checking completed multi
frame information)
MPMCode is illegal. (ES MPM code. reinstall the system.
image delivery judgement
processing)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery The value of DDO tag {0} Failed in acquiring the multi frame UID. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Tag
MultiFrameUID is illegal. reinstall the system.
(Multi frame image delivery
20010 CslAdv_Delivery The value of DDO tag {0} NULL value or "0" was notified to the Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Tag
number of sheets of image number of images in the film. reinstall the system.
in film is illegal. (Creating
new multi frame
information)
Print Image Group is null. Print Image Group. reinstall the system.
(WS image delivery
20010 CslAdv_Delivery The value of DDO tag {0} Failed in acquiring ProcUID. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Tag
ProcUID is illegal. (Multi reinstall the system.
frame image delivery
20010 CslAdv_Delivery The value of diagnosis Es NULL value or blank letter was notified to Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Image Type is illegal. (ES the ESImageType for diagnosis images. reinstall the system.
processing)
20010 FFOutImgPrc {0} is a delivery attribute The unsupported distribution attribute was Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Distribution attribute
not supported. (Creating notified. reinstall the system.
SQL sentence of auto
delivery)
MPMCode is illegal. (ES the MPM code. reinstall the system.
processing)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20010 CslAdv_Delivery The value of diagnosis Es NULL value or blank letter was notified to Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Image Type is illegal. (ES the ESImageType for diagnosis images. reinstall the system.
processing)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery %1 is not found. (Copying DDO file to be copied does not exist. Perform delivery again. If the error is %1: DDO file path
DDO file) caused by the system, reinstall the system.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery Delivery work DDO file Failed in creating a temporary file name for Perform delivery again. If the error is
name is null. (Copying delivery. caused by the system, reinstall the system.
DDO file)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery IOException : [%1] An IOException exception occurred. Perform delivery again. If the error is %1: DDO file path
%2 caused by the system, reinstall the system. %2: Exception
%3 message
%3: Stack trace
20010 CslAdv_Delivery Catch some other An exception occurred. Perform delivery again. If the error is %1: DDO file path
Exception. : [%1] caused by the system, reinstall the system. %2: Exception
%2 message
%3 %3: Stack trace
20010 CslAdv_Delivery The input file name is The temporary file name for delivery is Perform delivery again. If the error is %1: File path
illegal. [%1] (Creating abnormal. caused by the system, reinstall the system.
delivery work file name)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery DCOMObjExeption : (%1) An exception of DDO operation Perform delivery again. If the error is %1: DDO tag number
%2 components occurred. caused by the system, reinstall the system. %2: Exception
%3 message
%3: Stack trace
20010 CslAdv_Delivery ReconstDataTime or The ReconstDataTime or InfoFileURL of Perform delivery again. If the error is %1: Method name
InfoFileURL is illegal. tomosynthesis image is abnormal. caused by the system, reinstall the system.
(%1)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery ImgGrpDBCException : An exception of ImgGrpDBC components Perform delivery again. If the error is %1: Exception
%1 occurred. caused by the system, reinstall the system. message
%2 %2: Stack trace
20010 [ST20010] Left-right density Left-right density difference by %s% has Confirm the image.
difference by %s% has been detected in the image.
been detected in the image.
If the actual SID is %s cm,
that is equal to the value
set to the Console,
it may be oblique by %s
degree.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery The value of DDO tag {0} NULL value or blank letter was notified to Restart DR-ID 300CL. {0}: Tag
Modality is illegal. Modality. If the same error recurs after restarting,
(Registering delivery host reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery The value of DDO tag {0} NULL value or blank letter was notified to Restart DR-ID 300CL. {0}: Tag
MPMCode is illegal. MPM Code. If the same error recurs after restarting,
(Registering delivery host reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20010 CslAdv_Delivery FFNet An error occurs in the function of Restart DR-ID 300CL.
FFNetDBGetStorageClass FFNetDBGetStorageClass. If the same error recurs after restarting,
Failed. (Registering delivery reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
host information in file-
attribute)
20010 CslAdv_Delivery MammoMenu is a Modality not supported by Mammography Check the setting parameter. If the error is {0}: Modality
modality{0} not supported. Menu is set. caused by the system, reinstall the DR-ID
(Registering delivery host 300CL.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery FFNet.GetEquip2 Failed. Acquisition of the delivery destination Check the setting parameter and then
information by GetEquip2 of FFNet has restart the DR-ID 300CL. If the same
failed. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery FFNet.GetDevice2 Failed. Acquisition of the delivery destination Check the setting parameter and then
information by GetDevice2 of FFNet has restart the DR-ID 300CL. If the same
failed. phenomenon recurred, reinstall the
system.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery PrintMessageInfoFor12on1 Message data registered in the message Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
is illegal.(MessageInfo were data list for 12on1 print delivery are phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
registed in duplicate) duplicated. 300CL.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery PrintMessageInfoFor12on1 Progress to be registered in the message Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
is illegal.(progress were data list for 12on1 print delivery has phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
registed in duplicate) already been registered. 300CL.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery CancelOfImageStatusOut Cancellation of temporary control of Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
Processing failed. delivery status has failed. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery RegistersPrintMessage 12on1 print delivery message processing Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
InfoFor12on1() Failed. has failed. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery GetDeliveryHostInfoOf Acquisition of the delivery destination Check the setting parameter and then
FisrtPrintAttribute() Failed. information for the first printer has failed. restart the DR-ID 300CL. If the same
system.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery Judgment12on1Print() 12on1 print delivery start judgment has Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
Failed. failed. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery DeliveryPreparationOf 12on1 print delivery advance preparation Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
12on1Print() Failed. has failed. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery CancelOfImageStatusOut Cancellation of temporary control of Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
Processing() Failed. delivery status has failed. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
20010 [QA20010] Failed in Failed in positioning the right-and-left Adjust the trimming position manually.
positioning the right and left mammography images.
mammography images.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20011 CslAdv_Delivery Delivery message Failed in converting the data for Ansemble Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Topic
conversion failure. message distribution. reinstall the system. {1}: Object
(GetImageUIDList)\r\ {2}: Event
nMessage=/{0}/{1}/{2}
20011 CslAdv_Delivery ImageStatusOutProcessing An error of checking upper/lower limit for Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Image_UID
is illegal.imageID={0}({1}) output processing status. reinstall the system. {1}: Output processing
status
20011 CslAdv_Delivery The input parameter is NULL value was notified to Image_UID list. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
illegal. (CalcImageStatus reinstall the system.
OutProcessing)
20011 CslAdv_Delivery The input parameter is NULL value was notified to Image_UID list. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
illegal. (GetImageUIDList) reinstall the system.
20011 CslAdv_Delivery The input parameter is NULL value was notified to the parameter. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
illegal. (StatusEndImage reinstall the system.
StatusOutProcessing)
20011 [QA20011] Failed in Failed in entering information. Enter information in the marked items
entering information. correctly.
20011 [RE20011] Failed in starting Failed in starting QA of the study. Check the connection to the other device.
QA of the study.
20011 CslAdv_Delivery ImgGrpDBCException : An exception of ImgGrpDBC components Perform delivery again. If the error is %1: Exception
%1 occurred. caused by the system, reinstall the system. message
%2 %2: Stack trace
20011 CslAdv_Delivery Catch some other An exception occurred. Perform delivery again. If the error is %1: Exception
Exception. caused by the system, reinstall the system. message
%1 %2: Stack trace
%2
20011 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% An error occurred while displaying job Preform the operation again. If the same 1%: The spot of the
setting dialog. phenomenon recurred, restart DR-ID error and its cause
300CL.
20011 [QC20011] Input values are Input values are incorrect. Input a correct value.
incorrect.
20011 [ST20011] Failed in the Failed in the portable alignment detection Click the button below to restart the
portable alignment processing. system.
detection processing.
20012 CslAdv_Delivery Invalid Finish Media OutputId for media output is not registered. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: OutputId
Storage OutputId reinstall the system.
(status={0})
20012 CslAdv_Delivery Invalid Finish Media The message status value received from Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: MediaStorage_
Storage Result ({0}={1}) Linker was in error. reinstall the system. Result
{1}: Result
20012 CslAdv_Delivery Invalid Media Detail Status An error occurred in converting the error Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: AE name
(ae_name={0}, media_ information type from the message. reinstall the system. {1}: Status
status={1}, detail_ {2}: detailStatus
status={2})
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20012 CslAdv_Delivery Invalid Media Status (ae_ MediaStatErr execution function of Spooler Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: AE name
name={0}, media_ returned an error. reinstall the system. {1}: Status
status={1})
20012 CslAdv_Delivery Invalid Media Status NULL value or blank letter was notified to Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: AE name
Parameter (ae_name={0}) the AE name. reinstall the system.
20012 FFOutImgPrc Invalid image_id An error occurred in converting the image_ Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: image_id
(status={0}) id type of ID list which has completed the reinstall the system.
preliminary preparation.
20012 [RE20012] The number of The number of studies that allow the free Select 100 studies or less and try again.
studies that allow the free layout print exceeds the upper limit.
layout print exceeds the
upper limit.
incorrect.
20012 [ST20012] No examinee ID No examinee ID that can be issued Confirm the range of issuance numbers.
that can be issued automatically exists.
automatically exists.
20012 [QA20012] Failed in Failed in cancelling the right-and-left Review the trimming position on the right-
cancelling the right-and-left mammography image positioning. and-left images.
mammography image
positioning.
to synchronization. error and its cause
20015
20013 [RE20013] A study which A study which does not allow the free Select a study and try again.
does not allow the free layout print has been selected.
layout print has been
selected.
incorrect.
20013 [QA20013] Failed to open Failed to open the ROI measurement Restart the system. If the same error
the ROI measurement screen. recurs after restarting the system, contact
screen. your service engineer.
20014 [RE20014] Failed in Failed in shutting down the study forcibly. Restart the system.
shutting down the study
forcibly.
incorrect.
20014 CslAdv_Delivery Catch some other Failed in creating the DDO for outputting Check the setting parameter and then %1: CreateReport()
Exception. SR. restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same return value
Creating a Structured phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID %2: Stack trace
Report finished in Failure. 300CL.
(rc=%1)
%2
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20014 CslAdv_Delivery Catch some other An exception occurred. Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: Exception
Exception. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall message
%1 DR-ID 300CL. %2: Stack trace
%2
20014 [QA20014] Fail in the Fail in the process of QA reset. Click the button to continue other
process of QA reset. processing.
incorrect.
20015 [QA20015] Measurement Measurement window does not start. Restart the system.
window does not start. If the same error recurs after restarting the
20015 [ST20015] The hard disk The hard disk space is too full for Free After suspending the study in the middle of
space is too full for Free Layout Print. progress, delete the study on the study list
Layout Print. screen, and then perform Free Layout Print
again.
20016 [RE20016] A study which A study which cannot be output has been Select a study again.
cannot be output has been selected.
selected.
incorrect.
20016 [ST20016] Images that do Images that do not allow Free Layout Print Click the button that displayed on the
not allow Free Layout Print or unexposed menus are included. screen.
or unexposed menus are
included.
20017 [RE20017] An error An error occurred in displaying F-RIS Contact the F-RIS maintenance staff.
occurred in displaying client.
F-RIS client.
20017 [QC20017] File existed. File existed. Check the file name.
20017 [ST20017] There is no There is no already-exposed menu. Click the button that displayed on the
already-exposed menu. screen.
20018 [RE20018] The number of The number of studies that match the Narrow down the search conditions and try
studies that match the study conditions exceeds the limit value. again.
study conditions exceeds The search will be aborted.
the limit value. The search
will be aborted.
20019 [RE20019] The specified The specified study was not found. Restart the system.
study was not found. If the same error recurs after restarting the
the study. If the same error recurs after restarting the
20021 [QA20021] Failed in Failed in accessing the database. Restart the system.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20021 [RE20021] The study The study cannot be deleted. Unlock the study and try again.
cannot be deleted.
20023 [RE20023] Failed in auto- Failed in auto-start of the study. Select a study from the study list and start
start of the study. the study.
20024 [QA20024] The patient The patient orientation has not been Enter information correctly.
orientation has not been entered.
entered.
20024 [RE20024] The study The study cannot be started. Choose study from the list, and start.
cannot be started.
20025 [RE20025] The batch The batch output of the selected studies Confirm the status of studies.
output of the selected cannot be performed.
studies cannot be
performed.
20026 [QA20026] Failed in Failed in displaying images from Synapse. Press the button below to continue other
displaying images from processing.
Synapse.
20026 [RE20026] The returned The returned record exceeds the limit. Set a higher maximum number of records.
record exceeds the limit. (The maximum value can exceed 10000.)
20027 [QA20027] Failed in Failed in outputting the mis-exposure log. Restart the system.
outputting the mis-exposure
log.
outputting the mis-exposure If the same error recurs after restarting the
log. system, reinstall the system.
20028 [RE20028] No record has No record has been selected. Choose study from the list.
been selected.
20029 [QA20029] Failed in Failed in changing the exposure menu. Restart the system.
changing the exposure
menu.
20029 [RE20029] The status of The status of the selected study is invalid. Choose study from the list.
the selected study is
invalid.
20030 [QA20030] The S value has The S value has exceeded the limit value. Check the S value.
20030 [RE20030] Study Study information could not be collected. Continue the processing with the collected
information could not be study information.
collected.
20030 [TS20030] The S value has The S value has exceeded the limit value. Check the S value.
20031 [QA20031] The L value has The L value has exceeded the limit value. Check the L value.
20031 [RE20031] Study could not Study could not be started. The study that couldn't be started has been
be started. registered for reservation. Start a study
from the study list.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20031 [TS20031] The L value has The L value has exceeded the limit value. Check the L value.
20032 [QA20032] Failed in Failed in switching images. Click the button displayed on the screen. * This function cannot be
switching images. completed.
20032 [RE20032] None of the None of the selected studies contain Select a study and start it. After starting the
selected studies contain exposure menus. study, register an exposure menu.
exposure menus.
20033 [QA20033] Failed in Failed in switching images. Restart the system.
switching images.
20033 [RE20033] Study in which Study in which no exposure menu has Select studies in which their exposure
no exposure menu has been registered exists in the selected menu is registered and start the studies.
been registered exists in studies.
the selected studies.
20034 [QA20034] Failed in Failed in displaying the order information. Restart the system.
displaying the order
information.
20034 [RE20034] Failed in Failed in relocating the exposure menu. Confirm User Utility setting.
relocating the exposure
menu.
20035 [RE20035] Failed in Failed in accessing the study. Update the list to reflect the latest status.
accessing the study. Press the button below to continue the
processing.
20036 [RE20036] Auto-issuance Auto-issuance ID is not correct. Specify auto-issuance ID (%s-%s) within
ID is not correct. the range where MinID is lower than
MaxID.
20037 [QA20037] Failed in Failed in notifying the linking application. Restart the system.
notifying the linking
application.
20037 [QA20037] Failed in Failed in displaying or updating the option Restart the system.
displaying or updating the monitor.
option monitor.
20038 [RE20038] The range of The range of auto-issuance ID # is Re-input the range of auto-issuance ID
auto-issuance ID # is duplicated.
duplicated.
20039 [RE20039] The facility The facility identification code is incorrect. Set up a facility identification code using
identification code is single byte alphanumeric characters
incorrect. except for invalid characters such as *, @,
and space.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20040 [QA20040] Failed in Failed in selecting exposure menus. Restart the system.
selecting exposure menus. If the same error recurs after restarting the
20041 [QA20041] Failed in Failed in changing the order of exposure Restart the system.
changing the order of menu list. If the same error recurs after restarting the
exposure menu list. system, reinstall the system.
20042 [QA20042] Failed in Failed in scrolling the exposure menu list. Restart the system.
scrolling the exposure If the same error recurs after restarting the
menu list. system, reinstall the system.
20043 [RE20043] It exceeded the It exceeded the maximum value of issuable Restore the issuance ID to the minimum
maximum value of issuable ID. value.
ID.
20044 [RE20044] The format of The format of the setting file is incorrect. Confirm the setting file.
the setting file is incorrect.
20045 [RE20045] A study which A study which cannot be started has been Select a study again.
cannot be started has been selected.
selected.
20047 [RE20047] The maximum The maximum duration that Patient ID is Specify the maximum duration that Patient
duration that Patient ID is stored is incorrect. ID is stored within the range of [1…365].
stored is incorrect.
20048 [RE20048] None of the None of the anatomical regions has been Select one or more anatomical regions.
anatomical regions has selected.
been selected.
20049 [RE20049] None of the None of the screening type has been Select one or more screening type.
screening type has been selected.
selected.
20050 [QA20050] The specified The specified position is invalid. The top image and the bottom image
position is invalid. cannot be specified.
Specify the center image and another
image.
20050 [RE20050] Input of Input of screening type has not been Input necessary information.
screening type has not completed yet.
been completed yet.
20051 [QA20051] The specified The specified position is invalid. Adjust the image position
position is invalid.
20051 [RE20051] A normal study A normal study and an order study that Select again.
and an order study that was started from RIS have been selected.
was started from RIS have
been selected.
20052 [QA20052] Rotation Rotation direction is invalid. Directions of images to be composed are
direction is invalid. not the same.
Set the images to the same direction.
20053 [QA20053] Failed in Failed in reading out patient information. Restart the system.
reading out patient If the same error recurs after restarting the
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20053 [RE20053] An error An error occurred in converting a part of Click the button and continue the
occurred in converting a data. processing.
part of data.
20054 [RE20054] An error An error occurred in converting all data. Click the button and continue the
occurred in converting all processing.
data.
20055 [RE20055] All of the All of the selected studies are unable to Click the button displayed on the screen.
selected studies are unable execute.
to execute.
20056 [RE20056] Some exposure Some exposure menus cannot be Check the modality settings of Service
menus cannot be registered. Utility. Check the received exposure menu.
registered. There is an inconsistency between the
There is an inconsistency modality of Console and the exposure
between the modality of menus received.
Console and the exposure
menus received.
20056 [QA20056] Failed in image Failed in image stitching processing. Click the button that displayed on the
stitching processing. screen.
20057 [QA20057] Failed in Failed in resetting the stitching point. Restart the system.
resetting the stitching point. If the same error recurs after restarting the
20059 [RE20059] Output of some Output of some studies was disabled. Select studies which could not be outputted
studies was disabled. in the list.
20060 [RE20060] The selected The selected study is unable to execute Select studies again.
study is unable to execute the QC.
the QC.
20061 [RE20061] The studies of The studies of QC for general and Select studies again.
QC for general and mammography cannot be saved at the
mammography cannot be same time.
saved at the same time.
20063 [RE20063] A registered A study which can be suspended is Execute suspension again.
study is selected. selected in the list.
20064 [RE20064] A registered A registered study is selected. Select the correct study and execute again.
study is selected.
20065 [RE20065] A study with A study which can be suspended is Execute suspension again.
invalid patient information selected in the list.
is selected.
20066 [RE20066] A study with A study with invalid patient information is Select the correct study and execute again.
invalid patient information selected.
is selected.
20067 [RE20067] For studies For studies including tomosynthesis menu, Press the button to cancel the process.
including tomosynthesis patient ID auto-convert function cannot be
menu, patient ID auto- executed.
convert function cannot be
executed.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20235 CslAdv_Re Failed in accessing into the Failed in accessing the reception image Restart DR-ID 300CL.
recept image db db.
20400 CslAdv_Re Show status dialog failure Failed to show dialog at the time of starting Restart DR-ID 300CL.
studies/QA or restarting studies.
to TomoImageDisplayMgrCtrl.dll. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall error and its cause
20403 Failed in displaying images. DR-ID 300CL.
20450 CslAdv_QA QACommon.dll File path has not been defined. Check the path of log files defined by
QAFileLog.ctor Directory.ini.
20453 CslAdv_Re Error when using GuiAdp to An error occurred in loading resources. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
load resource
20500 CslAdv_Re Update exposure menu Failed to update the exposure menu Restart DR-ID 300CL.
control failure control.
20600 CslAdv_Re Select changed of the Failed to handle the SelectChanged event Restart DR-ID 300CL.
lstStudyList control failure of the lstStudyList control.
range.
range.
20607 CslAdv_Re Index out of range An error occurred while setting the body Restart DR-ID 300CL.
part of the exposure menu or setting focus If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
to the impedance of the study type. DR-ID 300CL.
20641 CslAdv_Re Read Failed to get result data at the end of FLP. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
ReleasePosssessionXXX.
xml failed
20642 CslAdv_Re Can not release possesion Failed to release possession at the end of Restart DR-ID 300CL.
of selected study. FLP.
20700 CslAdv_Re Abort synchronize thread Failed to synchronize data when the Restart DR-ID 300CL.
console_db was changed.
20701 [TS20701] Reconstruction Reconstruction processing cannot be Check the status of PPU and the
processing cannot be executed again. connection with PPU. Re-execute the
executed again. reconstruction processing.
20702 [TS20702] An error An error occurred while loading the Check the status of PPU and the
occurred while loading the reconstruction mode. connection with PPU.
reconstruction mode.
20703 [TS20703] DDO file is not DDO file is not authorized to be updated. Update the data again by the authorized
authorized to be updated. user.
20704 [TS20704] Reconstruction Reconstruction processing cannot be Click the button that displayed on the
processing cannot be executed again. screen.
executed again.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20801 CslAdv_Re Initializes customize study Failed to open the customize study screen Restart DR-ID 300CL.
list form failure from the main form. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
20810 CslAdv_Re Initializes search host Failed to open the search host screen from Restart DR-ID 300CL.
screen failure the customize study form. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
20815 CslAdv_Re Initializes basic setting Failed to open the basic setting screen Restart DR-ID 300CL.
screen failure from the customize study form. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
20816 CslAdv_QA QAFNCCRFParamChgCtrl.dll An error occurred in the process of turning Open the study and perform the operation
FNCCRFParamChgView ON VGP. again.
btnVGPOn_Click- If the same phenomenon recurred, restart DR-
ID 300CL.
20817 CslAdv_QA QAFNCCRFParamChgCtrl.dll An error occurred in the process of turning Open the study and perform the operation
FNCCRFParamChgView OFF VGP. again.
btnVGPOff_Click- If the same phenomenon recurred, restart DR-
ID 300CL.
20818 CslAdv_QA QAFNCCRFParamChgCtrl.dll An error occurred in changing the VGE Open the study and perform the operation
FNCCRFParamChgView parameter (--button). again.
btnVGEMinusMinus_Click- If the same phenomenon recurred, restart DR-
ID 300CL.
FNCCRFParamChgView parameter (-button). again.
btnVGEMinus_Click- If the same phenomenon recurred, restart DR-
ID 300CL.
FNCCRFParamChgView parameter (+button). again.
btnVGEPlus_Click- If the same phenomenon recurred, restart DR-
ID 300CL.
FNCCRFParamChgView parameter (++button). again.
btnVGEPlusPlus_Click- If the same phenomenon recurred, restart DR-
ID 300CL.
20822 CslAdv_QA QAFNCCRFParamChgCtrl. Failed in changing the active status (enable/ Open the study and perform the operation
dll disable) of the VGP ON/OFF switching button. again.
FNCCRFParamChgView If the same phenomenon recurred, restart DR-
SetEnableButtonOnOffVGP- ID 300CL.
20823 CslAdv_QA QAFNCCRFParamChgCtrl.dll Failed in updating the VGE value. Open the study and perform the operation
FNCCRFParamChgView again.
RefreshVGE- If the same phenomenon recurred, restart DR-
ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20900 CslAdv_Re Gereral worklist error An error occurred during the following Restart DR-ID 300CL.
operations.
• Handling the elapsed event of Refresh Timer.
• Displaying the status of data search dialog
from RIS.
• Handling SearchRisEvent from StatusDialog
to RIS.
• Registering the data returned from RIS.
• Updating the study date/time at starting
studies from the work list.
20901 [TS20901] The The reconstruction processing could not Check the status of PPU and the
reconstruction processing be canceled. connection with PPU.
could not be canceled.
20902 [TS20902] The priority of The priority of the specified reconstruction Check the status of PPU and the
the specified reconstruction processing could not be changed. connection with PPU.
processing could not be
changed.
20903 [TS20903] The The reconstruction job cannot be canceled. Click the button displayed on the screen.
reconstruction job cannot
be canceled.
%3: Method name
%4: Detail message
21000 [DE21000] Failed in Failed in obtaining information from the Restart DR-ID 300CL.
obtaining information from database. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
the database. DR-ID 300CL.
21000 ClsAdv_Tomo Value of '0' is not valid for An error occurred in TomoMenuDispCtrl. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
'emSize'. 'emSize' should dll. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
be greater than 0 and less An error occurred when setting the font DR-ID 300CL.
than or equal to System. style in exposure menu information display
Single.MaxValue. processing.
Parameter name: emSize
21001 CslAdv_MdIf Exceeded the Limitation An error in exceeding upper/lower limit of Check the exposure conditions.
Value of XCON Exposure exposure conditions.
Data. [%1 = %2]
21001 CslAdv_Modality Corresponding Selector is Failed in acquiring the selector number. Finish the study, and perform the study %1: TechniqueCode
Nothing. InitialActiveButton again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
is Selected. DDO restart the application.
TECHCODE:%1
21001 [DE21001] Failed in Failed in canceling the output processing. *Output of selected images could not be
canceling the output canceled.
processing. Press the button below to continue other
processing.
21002 CslAdv_MdIf Timeout occurred while Timeout occurred while waiting exposure Check the X-ray device.
waiting exposure result. result.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
21002 CslAdv_Modality Exposure result is received An error occurs inside the program. Finish the study, and perform the study
but selected menu is again. If the same phenomenon recurred,
invalid. The selected menu restart the application.
may be image inputted
menu.
21002 [DE21002] Failed in Failed in sending the message. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
sending the message. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
21002 [MI21002] Failed in dose Failed in dose acquisition from dose area Confirm dose area product meter.
acquisition from dose area product meter.
product meter.
21003 [MI21003] An exposure An exposure condition that is not registered Reselect the selector to be used for
condition that is not in this system has been received from the exposure in DR-ID 300CL.
registered in this system exposure unit.
has been received from the The combination of X-ray tube, exposure
exposure unit. technique and DR panel type may not
The combination of X-ray have been specified correctly.
tube, exposure technique
and DR panel type may not
have been specified
correctly.
21004 [MI21004] Failed in Failed in connecting with the X-ray unit. Confirm the connected device.
connecting with the X-ray The image may have been lost.
unit.
The image may have been
lost.
21100 CslAdv_Re Failed conditions start The data of study being input from RIS is Check the following configuration items
study invalid. related to RIS connection.
• Item 15 “Examination No.Length” of “5.
CSL/IDT FUNCTION”
F-RIS” of “5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION”
to TomoImgDispOperationCtrl.dll. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall error and its cause
21135 An error occurred in the processing of DR-ID 300CL.
displaying images.
21211 CslAdv_Re Error Occurs from BC:RisIf An error occurred from BC:Rislf. Restart DR-ID 300CL. Check that access
to the shared folder is possible with the
recept computer. Also check the following
configuration items.
• Item 97 “Recept Computer Info File Share
Folder” of “5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION”
• Item 307 “Simplified Ordering Report Share
21212 CslAdv_Re Failed in writing information Failed in setting the character string into Restart DR-ID 300CL.
into registry registry. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
21213 CslAdv_Re Error Occurs from BC:RisIf An error occurred in steps of processing Restart DR-ID 300CL. Check that access
the OnInitianlizeResult event from to the shared folder is possible with the
SimpleOrdering Controller. recept computer. Also check the following
21214 CslAdv_Re Failed in accessing the An error occurred in steps of processing Restart DR-ID 300CL. Check that access
image database the OnErrorOccured event from to the shared folder is possible with the
21216 CslAdv_Re Failed in sending report to An error occurred in steps of processing Restart DR-ID 300CL. Check that access
Simple ordering the OnReceiveOrder event from to the shared folder is possible with the
21502 CslAdv_Re Out of maximum-setting An error occurred when the user clicked a Set a value within the allowable range.
exposure menu number menu and tried to add the menu from the
menu selection region to the menu list.
21603 CslAdv_Re SiteCode is not correct The user is not allowed to enter characters Enter the value again.
or an error occurred while converting the
character code to ANSI.
21607 CslAdv_Re Active target setting screen The user clicked the tab setting button in Restart DR-ID 300CL.
failed the MassOrder setting screen. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
21611 CslAdv_Re Gereral Massorder error An error occurred during the following Restart DR-ID 300CL.
operations.
• Processing the FormClosing event of the
SoftKeyBoardForm control.
• Getting the maximum value, the minimum
value, and the number of digits of the
automatically numbered patient ID.
• Setting the text of patient ID.
21621 CslAdv_Re Execute query delete An error occurred during deleting the Restart DR-ID 300CL.
record in IDHistory table history of IDHistory table when starting
failure DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
21851 CslAdv_Re Could not save DDO object A siteCode mapping error occurred while Restart DR-ID 300CL.
into DDO file starting a study or starting a next study,
and reading of DDO failed.
%3: Method name
%4: Detail message
An error occurred in the image DataEntity error and its cause
control function.
22001 CslAdv_MdIf Exceeded the Limitation An error in exceeding upper/lower limit of Check the exposure conditions.
Value of XCON Exposure exposure conditions.
Data. [%1 = %2]
control function.
22002 CslAdv_MdIf Timeout occurred while Timeout occurred while waiting exposure Check the X-ray device.
waiting exposure result. result.
22002 [MI22002] Failed in dose Failed in dose acquisition from dose area Dose area product values will not be
acquisition from dose area product meter. stored.Confirm dose area product meter.
product meter.
22002 CslAdv_Modality ExpSupportDev Failed in communication with the exposure Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same %1: The spot of the
Interface.%1. ret = %2 supporting device. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID error
300CL. %2: The error code
22003 [MI22003] In the split In the X-ray cumulation expand mode Change the exposure menu with the [Menu
exposure menu, the menu, the function is not set to RT. change] button.
function is not set to RT.
22601 [TS22601] Reconstruction Reconstruction processing could not be Execute the reconstruction processing
processing could not be started. again.
started.
to An error occurred in the managing error and its cause
22605 processing of reconstruction queue.
processing could not be started. connection with PPU.
started.
22603 [TS22603] The image The image information could not be Check the status of PPU and the
information could not be acquired from PPU. connection with PPU.
acquired from PPU.
22604 [TS22604] The parameter The parameter of reconstruction condition Check the parameters. The following items are
of reconstruction condition is invalid. changed. (Unit: mm)
is invalid. 1. Slice center height
2. Slice width
3. Slice interval
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
22605 [TS22605] The height of The height of the center slice for PPU Check the status of PPU and the
the center slice for PPU exceeded the maximum value (500mm). connection with PPU.
exceeded the maximum
value (500mm).
22606 [TS22606] An error An error occurred while creating a marker. Click the button displayed on the screen.
occurred while creating a
marker.
22607 [TS22607] A tomosynthesis A Tomosynthesis menu in process of Click the button displayed on the screen.
menu in process of reconstruction exists.
reconstruction exists.
22608 [TS22608] An image of An image of which the height of the slice is Check the height of the slice.
which the height of the slice 0 to 500mm can only be generated. Other
is 0 to 500mm can only be images cannot be generated.
generated. Other images
22609 ClsAdv_Tomo * String of the exception An error occurred while setting the position Preform the operation again. If the same
occurred is output. of the scroll bar. phenomenon recurred, restart DR-ID
300CL.
22609 [TS22609] The number of The number of exposure images could not Confirm the number of exposure images.
exposure images could not be obtained properly.
be obtained properly.
22610 ClsAdv_Tomo * String of the exception An error occurred while setting the position Preform the operation again. If the same
occurred is output. of the scroll bar. phenomenon recurred, restart DR-ID
300CL.
22611 ClsAdv_Tomo * String of the exception An error occurred while setting the indexes Preform the operation again. If the same
occurred is output. of the 1st column to be displayed. phenomenon recurred, restart DR-ID
300CL.
22612 ClsAdv_Tomo * String of the exception An error occurred when acquiring the Preform the operation again. If the same
occurred is output. values in the table. phenomenon recurred, restart DR-ID
300CL.
22613 ClsAdv_Tomo * String of the exception An error occurred while retrieving/setting Preform the operation again. If the same
occurred is output. values of the table. phenomenon recurred, restart DR-ID
300CL.
22614 ClsAdv_Tomo * String of the exception An error occurred while retrieving/setting a Preform the operation again. If the same
occurred is output. value of the scroll bar. phenomenon recurred, restart DR-ID
300CL.
22615 ClsAdv_Tomo * String of the exception An error occurred when generating the Restart DR-ID 300CL.
occurred is output. display data.
22802 [UU22802] The patient's ID The patient's ID # is too long, Enter information correctly.
# is too long,
22803 [UU22803] Invalid Invalid character(s) are included in the Enter information correctly.
character(s) are included in patient's ID#.
the patient's ID#.
22804 [UU22804] The patient's The patient's Name is too long. Enter information correctly.
Name is too long.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
character(s) are included in patient's name.
the patient's name.
22806 [UU22806] The Kanji The Kanji patient's name is too long. Enter information correctly.
patient's name is too long.
character(s) are included in Kanji Patient's Name.
the Kanji Patient's Name.
22808 [UU22808] The format used The format used for the sex is incorrect. Enter information correctly.
for the sex is incorrect.
22809 [UU22809] The format used The format used for the date of birth is Enter information correctly.
for the date of birth is incorrect.
incorrect.
22810 [UU22810] Patient Patient information has not been entered. Enter at least one of the following items:
information has not been patent ID #, patient name and sex.
entered.
23001 [MI23001] An exposure An exposure condition that is not registered Reselect the selector to be used for
condition that is not in this system has been received from the exposure in DR-ID 300CL.
registered in this system exposure unit.
has been received from the The combination of X-ray tube, exposure
exposure unit. technique and DR panel type may not
The combination of X-ray have been specified correctly.
tube, exposure technique
and DR panel type may not
have been specified
correctly.
to TomoImgProcReqQueueCtrl.dll. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall error and its cause
23007 An error occurred when initializing the DR-ID 300CL.
Tomosynthesis View.
23008 ClsAdv_Tomo Key [%1] is set default Failed to get the option setting values Check the settings corresponding to the * When an error occurs,
value = %2 when starting Tomosynthesis due to the key indicated by log message, and correct the default value is
following reasons. the error according to the causes described used automatically,
• There is no setting file. in the “Cause” column. and Tomosynthesis is
• A setting key is not assigned to the setting file. normally started.
• Set values of the setting file are incorrect
(type, range).
23101 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% An error occurred in TomoDBAccessor.dll. Restart DR-ID 300CL. 1%: The spot of the
to An database access error has occurred. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall error and its cause
23104 DR-ID 300CL.
23200 ClsAdv_Tomo + DCMObjExException Failed in reflecting the DDO tags. Perform the operation again. If the
+ General Exception operation cannot be performed, restart
DR-ID 300CL.
23202 ClsAdv_Tomo + Get Latitude Tag Value Failed in acquiring the value of Latitude tag Perform the operation again. If the
Failed as it does not exist. operation cannot be performed, restart
DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
23203 ClsAdv_Tomo + DCMObjExException Failed in acquiring the value of Latitude tag Perform the operation again. If the
+ General exception as it does not exist. operation cannot be performed, restart
DR-ID 300CL.
23204 ClsAdv_Tomo + General exception An exception occurred when acquiring the Perform the operation again. If the
DDO tags. operation cannot be performed, restart
DR-ID 300CL.
23205 ClsAdv_Tomo + DCMObjExException Failed in deleting the DDO tags. Perform the operation again. If the
operation cannot be performed, restart
DR-ID 300CL.
23205 FFQRP FFInternal2Output2 error The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Search the study again.
23205 FFQRP ddo_GetUnicodeVR_ The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Search the study again.
DICOMObject error.
23205 FFQRP All image of study is not An image which is not supported exists in Search the study again.
support: the study.
intNotSupportImage: {0}
- intImageTotalNumber: {1}
23205 FFQRP intNotSupportImage: {0} An image which is not supported exists in Search the study again.
- intImageTotalNumber: {1} the study.
- intDisplayedImage: {2} -
intImageError: {3}
23205 FFQRP Not support image(s): {0} An image which is not supported exists in Confirm whether the tomosynthesis image
- Total support image(s): {1} the study. or the image exposed with long view menu
- Totak image(s): {2} for outputting individually in the study
exists or not.
23305 FFQRP Can't get patient name The config file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
format type from damaged.
QRPConfig.XML.
23207 ClsAdv_Tomo + DCMObjExException An error occurred when copying the DDO Perform the operation again. If the
+ General exception tags data. operation cannot be performed, restart
+ EncoderFallbackException DR-ID 300CL.
23208 ClsAdv_Tomo + DCMObjExException An error occurred when reflecting the Perform the operation again. If the
+ General exception exposure order of DDO tags. operation cannot be performed, restart
DR-ID 300CL.
23209 ClsAdv_Tomo + ArgumentException An error occurred when convert from byte Perform the operation again. If the
+ FormatException to short. operation cannot be performed, restart
+ General exception DR-ID 300CL.
23210 ClsAdv_Tomo + DCMObjExException An error occurred when creating image Restart DR-ID 300CL.
+ General exception UID.
+ FF32CSException
23600 FFQRP Not found resource file : {0} The resource file does not exist or is Reinstall Network Image Search function.
damaged.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
24300 [UU24300] Patient Patient information has been registered Search by the key word.
information has been more than the number of displayable
registered more than the information.
number of displayable
information.
24301 [UU24301] Patient Patient information beyond the number of Change the key word and try again.
information beyond the displayable information was found.
number of displayable
information was found.
24302 [UU24302] Failed in Failed in connecting to the patient It will be connected to the data base of this
connecting to the patient information management host. system.
information management To connect to the management host again,
host. confirm the connection and input a
"-"(hyphen) to the patient ID# to search.
24308 [UU24308] Failed in • It may have been deleted by another system. Search again.
obtaining patient • Failed in obtaining patient information.
information.
24801 [UU24801] The kana The kana patient name is too long. Enter information correctly.
patient name is too long.
character(s) are included in kana patient's name.
the kana patient's name.
24803 [UU24803] The telephone The telephone number is too long. Enter information correctly.
number is too long.
character(s) are included in telephone number.
the telephone number.
24805 [UU24805] The format used The format used for the blood type (ABO) Enter information correctly.
for the blood type (ABO) is is incorrect.
incorrect.
24806 [UU24806] The format used The format used for the blood type (Rh) is Enter information correctly.
for the blood type (Rh) is incorrect.
incorrect.
24807 [UU24807] The physical The physical disorder information is too Enter information correctly.
disorder information is too long.
long.
character(s) are included in physical disorder information.
the physical disorder
information.
24809 [UU24809] The infection The infection information is too long. Enter information correctly.
information is too long.
character(s) are included in infection information.
the infection information.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
24811 [UU24811] The The contraindication information is too Enter information correctly.
contraindication information long.
is too long.
character(s) are included in contraindication information.
the contraindication
information.
24813 [UU24813] The patient The patient comment is too long. Enter information correctly.
comment is too long.
character(s) are included in patient comment.
the patient comment.
24815 [UU24815] Items to be Items to be displayed have not been set. Set more than one display items.
displayed have not been
set.
24816 [UU24816] The setting of The setting of warning time for decreased Enter information correctly.
warning time for decreased battery capacity exceeds a range of 10 to
battery capacity exceeds a 59.
range of 10 to 59.
24817 [UU24817] Input Input information is invalid. Enter correctly.
information is invalid. The
number of studies is from
one to 1000.
24818 [UU24818] Input Input information is invalid. Enter correctly.
information is invalid.
Select one or more hosts.
24819 [UU24819] The remaining The remaining battery level to cause Enter correctly.
battery level to cause system shutdown exceeds a range of 5 to
system shutdown exceeds 50%.
a range of 5 to 50%.
29999 CslAdv_Delivery Can Not Write CallLog.\ An exception occurred in outputting the Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Exception message
n{0}\n{1} CallLog. reinstall the system. {1}: Stack trace
29999 CslAdv_Delivery Can Not Write EnterLog.\ An exception occurred in outputting the Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Exception message
n{0}\n{1} EnterLog. reinstall the system. {1}: Stack trace
29999 CslAdv_Delivery Can Not Write ExitLog\n{0}\ An exception occurred in outputting the Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Exception message
n{1} ExitLog. reinstall the system. {1}: Stack trace
29999 CslAdv_Delivery Can Not Write ReturnLog.\ An exception occurred in outputting the Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, {0}: Exception message
n{0}\n{1} ReturnLog. reinstall the system. {1}: Stack trace
30000 [TS30000] Do you wish to The markers is tried to be deleted. Click [No] and continue the operation
delete the markers and without deleting the markers.
continue the operation?
30000 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert FF32CS. Failed in obtaining the registry information. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
RegGetKeyDWORD If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
30001 CslAdv_Modality ImageStatus != MENU_ The menu which cannot expose has been Select the other menu.
CREATED - ImageStatus = selected. Add a menu.
%1
30001 CslAdv_Modality ImageStatus != MENU_ The menu which cannot expose has been Select the other menu.
CREATED/MENU_FIXED/ selected. Add a menu.
MENU_FIXED_FREE/
READYUP_FREE -
ImageStatus = %1
30001 CslAdv_ Application.Start Application launched. - Information to know
SystemManager that the application was
being started.
30001 CslAdv_Modality ImageStatus != IMAGING_ Menu status is invalid. Select the menu again. If the same %1 :The status of
COMPLETED/OUTPUT_ phenomenon recurred, restart the Console. selected menu
COMPLETED/READYUP_ %2 :Menu number
FREE/MENU_CREATED
- ImageStatus =
%1,ImageId = %2
30001 CslAdv_Modality ImageStatus != MENU_ Menu status is invalid. Select the menu again. If the same %1 :The status of
FIXED/MENU_FIXED_ phenomenon recurred, restart the Console. selected menu
FREE - ImageStatus = %2 :Menu number
%1,ImageId = %2
30001 CslAdv_Modality MenuOperation != Menu status is invalid. Select the menu again. If the same %1 :The status of
SELECTED_FREE/ phenomenon recurred, restart the Console. selected menu
SELECTED_LOCK - %2 :Menu number
MenuOperation =
%1,ImageId = %2
30001 CslAdv_Modality MenuOperation != Menu status is invalid. Select the menu again. If the same %1 :The status of
SELECTED_FREE - phenomenon recurred, restart the Console. selected menu
MenuOperation = %2 :Menu number
%1,ImageId = %2
30001 CslAdv_Modality ImageStatus != MENU_ Menu status is invalid. Select the menu again. If the same %1 :The status of
FIXED - ImageStatus = phenomenon recurred, restart the Console. selected menu
%1,ImageId = %2 %2 :Menu number
30001 [QC30001] Established Established criteria have been changed. -
criteria have been changed.
30001 [IC30001] Auto-conversion Auto-conversion of patient ID will be -
of patient ID will be executed.
executed.
30001 CslAdv_Modality High Sensitive mode has Timeout has occurred in Xfree high- Click the button and continue the
timed out sensitivity mode. operation.
30001 [MI30001] The function has The function has been changed. Reconfigure APR on the X-ray generator.
been changed.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
30001 [OI30001] The number of The number of images in the ImageBox to After matching the image to the exposure
images in the ImageBox to be displayed on the image library window menu, open the image library again.
be displayed on the image exceeds the limit.
library window exceeds the
limit.
30002 CslAdv_ Application.Exit Application exited properly. - Information to know
being exited properly.
30002 [QC30002] The study result The study result cannot be stored. Input the study result.
cannot be stored.
30002 [OI30002] Input images. The image is to be input. Click the button and continue the Patient : %s
operation. Menu name : %s
Image seq.No : %s
Date of getting : %s
30003 CslAdv_ ConsoleEventIndicator. Indicator processing was started. - Information to know
SystemManager Start that the application was
being started.
30003 [QC30003] Some items Some items have not yet been input. Enter the user input items.
have not yet been input.
30003 CslAdv_Modality statusId = empty, Failed in reflecting the message notifying Preform the operation again. If the same %1: Data Source Type
DataSourceType = %1 , from the unit correctly. phenomenon recurred, restart DR-ID %2: Selector number
selectorNo = %2, 300CL. %3: Host name
hostName = %3
30004 CslAdv_ ConsoleEventIndicator.End Indicator processing was finished. - Information to know
being exited properly.
30004 [QC30004] Some items Some items have not yet been input. Execute the measurement processing.
30005 [OM30005] The screen The screen resolution has been changed. Restart the system.
resolution has been
changed.
30005 CslAdv_ MakeCabFile::Exception Failed in creating Cab file when outputting Restart DR-ID 300CL. One of the 9 types will
SystemManager MakeCabFile Retry log file. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall be set as an event
BackupLogCabMake DR-ID 300CL. content.
Exception::
MaintePCUpLoad
MakeCabFile NG
MaintePCUpLoad::
exception=Mainte
PCUpLoad::MainteFolder
Nothing
IIPBackupLogDataMake
false end
LogFile Nothing =
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
30005 [QC30005] Measurement Measurement processing will be -
processing will be implemented.
implemented.
30006 [MD30006] Invalid Invalid characters are included in IP#. Re-input correctly.
characters are included in
IP#.
30006 [QC30006] The study result The study result is not stored accordingly. Store the study result.
is not stored accordingly.
30006 [OM30006] The current The current password is not correct. Input a correct value.
password is not correct.
30007 [QC30007] Reconfirming. Reconfirming. Click [Yes] to save the data and exit QC.
Click [No] to exit QC without saving the
data.
30007 [OM30007] The new The new password and the new password Input a correct value.
password and the new for confirmation do not match.
password for confirmation
do not match.
30008 [ST30008] Please check Please check the order of images. Check the order of the images.
the order of images.
30008 [OM30008] The new The new password is identical to the Input a different password.
password is identical to the password currently used.
password currently used.
30009 [MD30009] The conditions The conditions that do not allow an Check the exposure conditions of the
that do not allow an exposure to start have been sent from an external device.
exposure to start have external device.
been sent from an external
device.
30009 [ST30009] Stitching Stitching processing cannot be executed Check the number of the inputted images.
processing cannot be because no more than one image has
executed because no more been inputted.
than one image has been
inputted.
30009 [OM30009] Your password Your password will expire in %s days. Change the password.
will expire in %s days.
30010 [ST30010] Stitching Stitching processing cannot be executed Check the direction of the inputted image.
processing cannot be since the image size or rotation information
executed since the image that has been inputted does not match one
size or rotation information another.
that has been inputted does
not match one another.
30010 [OM30010] Your password Your password has expired. Change the password.
has expired.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
30011 [ST30011] Please set the Exposure condition has not been set Set the exposure conditions.
exposure condition properly properly.
again when the technique
is changed.
30011 [MD30011] Image receiving Image receiving could not be completed. Receive again.
could not be completed.
30011 [OM30011] The length of The length of new password is insufficient. Make the password longer than the
new password is minimum string length.
insufficient.
30012 [QC30012] Baseline values Baseline values will be stored. -
will be stored.
30012 [ST30012] Stitching Stitching processing has been performed -
processing has been on already acquired images.
performed on already
acquired images.
30012 [OM30012] The new The new password contains an unusable Enter single-byte alphanumerics.
password contains an character.
unusable character.
30013 [MD30013] Exposure was Exposure was aborted. Check the images received.
aborted.
30013 [OM30013] Password is too Password is too long. Keep the password within 20 characters.
long.
30014 [MD30014] Failed in Failed in changing the panel. Initialize the panel.
changing the panel.
30014 [QC30014] Selected history Selected history information will be -
information will be deleted. deleted.
30014 [OM30014] You cannot use The password that has been used for the Set another password instead.
the passwords that have last %s times is entered.
been used for the last %s
times.
30015 [MD30015] Exposed The menu is tried to be deleted. When you select [Yes], the images
images will be lost and combining processing starts for only the
unfinished long-view menus retrieved images.
will be deleted if the menu When you select [No], images will be
is deleted. retrieved again without deleting them.
30015 [QC30015] Basic value has Basic value has been changed. Store the study result.
been changed.
30015 [OM30015] Enter a The password that is too similar to the Set a password at least %s different
password that has at least previous one is entered. characters than the previous one.
%s different characters
than the previous one.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
30016 [MD30016] The technique The technique cannot be changed because The exposure technique cannot be
cannot be changed the long-view menu has already been changed for the developed long-view
because the long-view relocated. menu.
menu has already been
relocated.
30016 [OM30016] Changing the Changing the password when in the period Change the password after the period is
password is still prohibited. that changing password is prohibited. over.
30017 [MD30017] The exposure The exposure technique cannot be The menu whose exposure technique
technique cannot be changed. cannot be changed is selected.
changed. Check the menu.
30017 [OM30017] Character types The password entered contains no capital Set a password that contains capital
a password must contain letter. letter(s).
are insufficient.
30018 [MD30018] The conditions The conditions to start exposure are not Perform the operation again.
to start exposure are not met. If the same phenomenon recurred, restart
met. DR-ID 300CL.
30018 [OM30018] Character types The password entered contains no small Set a password that contains capital
are insufficient.
30019 [MD30019] There is a study There is a study under image stitching. Click the button that displayed on the
under image stitching. screen.
30019 [OM30019] Character types The password entered contains no special Set a password that contains small
a password must contain character. letter(s).
are insufficient.
30020 [QA30020] Information has Information has been changed. Check the Apply button to confirm the
been changed. image processing adjustment results.
30020 [MD30020] Exposure was Exposure was aborted. Check the received images.
aborted.
30020 [OM30020] User account User account has been locked. Ask the administrator to unlock the user
was locked. account.
30021 [OM30021] Login is unable Intend to login while the user account is Ask the administrator to unlock the user
because user account has locked. account.
been locked.
30022 [TS30022] FNC-CRF image FNC-CRF image processing parameters Check the FNC-CRF image processing
processing parameters are are not configured properly. parameters.
not configured properly.
30022 [OM30022] Character types The password entered contains no Set a password that contains number(s).
a password must contain number.
are insufficient.
30023 [TS30023] The corrected The corrected information will be saved. -
information will be saved.
30023 [OM30023] The user is Intend to change to the user account while Change to the account that is not logged
about to be changed to a it is currently logged in. in.
user currently logging in.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
30027 [RE30027] Failed in study Failed to start the study since the same Close the message window, and have an
start. study as the study which is already order newly issued from RIS or register the
controlled in DR-ID 300CL was received study at local.
from MWM.
The same studies are the studies which
the following tag values are the same.
(0020,000d): Study Instance UID
(0040,0009): Scheduled Procedure StepID
30031 [TS30031] The corrected The corrected information will be saved. -
information will be saved.
30035 [ST30035] Search could Search could not be performed from the Enter search conditions and search again.
not be performed from the ordering system.
ordering system.
30037 [RE30037] The history of The history of patient ID issuance will be -
patient ID issuance will be deleted.
deleted.
30037 [ST30037] The study The study contains image(s) retrieved from Click [OK] to continue the operation.
contains image(s) retrieved a media.
from a media.
30038 [QA30038] Failed in Failed in calculating the S or L value. Specify two points for ROI again.
calculating the S or L value.
30038 [RE30038] A study that is A study that is unable to execute exists. Confirm the study status.
unable to execute exists.
30038 [ST30038] The patient The patient information has been modified. Confirm that all information for the study in
information has been execution has been modified correctly, and
modified. then complete the study.
30039 [ST30039] The study The study contains Tomosynthesis Click [OK] to continue the operation.
contains Tomosynthesis menu(s).
menu(s).
30040 [QA30040] Invalid Invalid combination has been selected. Switching of general exposure will be
combination has been changed to the default value.
selected.
30040 [RE30040] All the patient ID All the patient ID of the facility identification -
of the facility identification code currently set up will be cleared.
code currently set up will
be cleared.
30040 [ST30040] Failed in Failed in relocating the study information. Check the study information registered in
relocating the study RIS.
information.
30041 [QA30041] This function This function cannot be executed. Click the button to proceed the process.
cannot be executed.
30041 [RE30041] Patient ID that Patient ID that will be issued is duplicated. Confirm the patient ID.
will be issued is duplicated.
30042 [QA30042] This function This function cannot be executed. Click the button to proceed the process.
cannot be executed.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
30042 [RE30042] There is a study There is a study not in the Waiting QA list. Confirm the study status.
not in the Waiting QA list.
30042 [ST30042] This function This function cannot be executed. Press the button below to continue the
cannot be executed. processing.
30043 [QA30043] Markers exist in Markers exist in the ES paired image. If [No] is selected, the operation will be
the ES paired image. Do continued without deleting the markers.
you wish to delete the
markers and execute the
operation?
30044 [QA30044] Images cannot Images cannot be stitched because those Adjust the image position.
be stitched because those images are not linked with one another.
images are not linked with
one another.
30045 [QA30045] It exceeds the It exceeds the maximum number of Select ViewModifier not more than 4.
maximum number of ViewModifier.
ViewModifier.
30046 [QA30046] View modifier View modifier code sequence items cannot Select an image with view code data.
code sequence items be changed.
cannot be changed.
30046 [RE30046] Switch the Switch the name of a technologist. -
name of a technologist
(Technologist name: %s)
30048 [QA30048] It may not have It may not have been properly stitched. Check the image.
been properly stitched.
30049 [QA30049] Image The right-and-left mammography image Click [OK] and the trimming position will be
positioning will be trimming position is changed. changed.
executed.
30051 [QA30051] It will be fixed Change to the long-view stitched image Click the button that displayed on the
as a long-view stitched (WS) and confirm it. screen.
image (WS).
30052 [QA30052] It will be fixed Change to the general image (RT) and Click the button that displayed on the
as a general image (RT). confirm it. screen.
30054 [QA30054] Trimming frame Trimming frame is set on the place that Set the trimming frame correctly.
is set to where “Cut” is trimming function cannot be implemented.
inexecutable.
30209 [MD30209] System error System error occurred. Restart the system.
30216 [ST30216] There is no There is no settable trimming size in %s. Restart the system.
settable trimming size in If the same error recurs after restarting the
%s. system, reinstall the system.
30507 [ST30507] A communication A communication error with Ascent View Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
error with Ascent View occurred. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
occurred. 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
30600 [TS30600] The output The output range is incorrect. Check the output range. The output range
range is incorrect. returns to the value
before the setting.
30902 [TS30902] Do you want to The reconstruction processing is tried to Click [OK] to cancel the reconstruction
cancel the reconstruction be stopped. processing.
processing?
30903 [TS30903] Do you want to The reconstruction processing is tried to Click [OK] to cancel the reconstruction
cancel the reconstruction be stopped. processing.
processing even if it cannot
be executed again?
%3: Method name
%4: Detail message
31003 [MD31003] Obtaining Obtaining images has been completed. Click the button and continue the
images has been operation.
completed.
31004 [MD31004] Obtaining Obtaining images has been canceled. Click the button and continue the
images has been canceled. operation.
31099 [MD31099] An error An error occurred. Restart the system.
31108 CslAdv_Re Failed in switching current Failed to change the current user when Restart DR-ID 300CL.
user starting studies from the work list.
31114 [ST31114] Failed in Failed in specifying the urgent processing. Restart the system.
specifying the urgent If the same error recurs after restarting the
31249 [ST31249] EDR mode is EDR mode is illegal. Confirm the EDR Mode.
illegal.
31270 [ST31270] Input value is Input value is illegal. Re-input correctly.
illegal.
31305 CslAdv_Study Failed warning SL It fails when display warning SL value. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
300CL.
31306 CslAdv_Study Failed confirming IRS It fails when finish dialog show the detail Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
confirming IRS analyze. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
31344 [ST31344] Image size Image size could not be identified. *The Image size sent from the reading
could not be identified. device has a problem.
Check the device.
31350 [ST31350] The parameter The parameter of reconstruction condition Check the reconstruction condition The following items are
of reconstruction condition is invalid. parameters. updated. (Unit: mm)
2. Slice range
3. Slice interval
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
31360 [ST31360] An image of An image of which the height of the slice is Check the height of the slice.
31398 [MD31398] Failed in Failed in terminating. Try the operation again.
terminating.
31407 [ST31407] Failed in setting Failed in setting the exposure size. Check the device.
the exposure size.
31408 [ST31408] Failed in setting Failed in setting the reference position for Confirm the connected device.
the reference position for exposure.
exposure.
31410 [MD31410] No response No response comes from the device that Check the device.
comes from the device that shares ID information.
shares ID information.
31421 [MD31421] The exposure The exposure menu could not be Press the confirmation button at the bottom
menu could not be determined. of the window after reselecting the
determined. appropriate menus for the exposures.
31422 [MD31422] Not able to Not able to transit to High Sensitivity Mode. Select a correct type of DR exposure
transit to High Sensitivity panel.
Mode.
31423 [ST31423] Failed in Failed in stitching images. Restart the system.
stitching images. If the same error recurs after restarting the
31423 [MD31423] Not able to Not able to release High Sensitivity Mode. Reselect an exposure menu.
release High Sensitivity
Mode.
31429 [MD31429] Failed in setting Failed in setting patient information. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
patient information.
31465 [ST31465] It will be treated Failed in provisional linkage. Check the image and perform an exposure
as a regular image due to a again as needed.
failure of provisional
linkage.
31467 [ST31467] Failed in energy Failed in energy subtraction processing. Restart the system.
subtraction processing. If the same error recurs after restarting the
%3: Method name
%4: Detail message
control function.
32021 [ST32021] The study could The study could not be completed. Wait for a while and try again.
not be completed.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
32023 [ST32023] Data for Data for exposure analysis is full. Back up and clear the data with the User If the operation is
exposure analysis is full. Utility. continued without
backing up and clearing
the data, saving the
analysis data will not be
guaranteed.
32025 [ST32025] failed in failed in relocating the exposure menu. Restart the system.
relocating the exposure If the same error recurs after restarting the
menu. system, reinstall the system.
32043 [ST32043] Failed in linking Failed in linking to the patient information Check the patient information for the study
to the patient information display terminal. that is currently in process and for the
display terminal. study that is displayed on the patient
information display terminal.
32600 [TS32600] An error An error occurred when connecting to Check the status of PPU and the
occurred when connecting PPU. connection with PPU.
to PPU
32601 [TS32601] Failed in Failed in acquiring the image file from Check the status of PPU.
acquiring the image file PPU. Click the button displayed on the screen.
from PPU.
32602 [TS32602] Failed in Failed in acquiring the image file from Check the status of PPU.
acquiring the image file PPU. Click the button displayed on the screen.
from PPU.
32603 [TS32603] A time error A time error occurred while an image file Check the status of PPU and the
occurred while an image was being copied. connection with PPU.
file was being copied.
32768 CslAdv_QA FFGetPixelImageSizeFor Failed in reading Directory.ini when Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
DRImage outputting the image. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
Directory.ini is NotFound. 300CL.
32768 CslAdv_QA FFGetPixelImageSizeFor Failed in reading the size definition file Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same %1: The path of the
DRImage when outputting the image. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID size definition file.
File Open Error. File Path = 300CL.
%1
32768 CslAdv_QA FFGetPixelImageSizeFor Format of the loaded size definition file is Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same %1: The path of the
DRImage abnormal while outputting image. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID size definition file.
File Format Error. File Path 300CL.
= %1
32768 CslAdv_QA FFGetPixelImageSizeFor An error occurred in file converting process Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
DRImage while outputting image. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
Other Error. 300CL.
34019 [ST34019] A menu in which A menu in which reconstruction processing Check the target menu.
reconstruction processing has not been executed exists in the study. Specify mis-exposure for a Tomosynthesis
has not been executed menu which does not require
exists in the study. reconstruction processing and complete
the study.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
34020 [ST34020] A menu which is A menu which is currently in process of Suspend the study.
currently in process of reconstruction exists in the study. The study is not automatically completed
reconstruction exists in the even after the reconstruction image
study. processing ends. After resuming the study,
check the image and complete the study.
34021 [ST34021] Please check The reconstructed image in the study Check the reconstructed image.
the reconstructed image in needs to be checked.
the study.
34022 [ST34022] A study that has A study that has been suspended due to Check the completion state of the study.
been suspended due to exposure conditions exists. If it contains a Tomosynthesis menu,
exposure conditions exists. resume the study to check the image and
then complete the study.
34038 [ST34038] The target menu The target menu is in process of Cancel the reconstruction processing for
is in process of reconstruction processing. the target menu and specify mis-exposure.
reconstruction processing.
34048 [ST34048] An attempt was The number of menus exceeds the range Display the menu within the range which
made to display an image available for image display. can be displayed.
outside the specified range.
34049 [ST34049] A menu that A menu that exceeds the range available Select the menu within the range which
exceeds the range for image display was selected. can be displayed.
available for image display
was selected.
34050 [ST34050] The number of The number of registered menus exceeds Display the registration menu within the
registered menus exceeds the range available for image display. range which can be displayed.
the range available for
image display.
34057 [ST34057] Too many Too many menus are included in the study. Reduce the number of menus to %s or
menus are included in the less and perform exposures.
study.
34061 [ST34061] Failed in Failed in cancelling the right-and-left Review the trimming position on the right-
cancelling the right-and-left mammography image positioning. and-left images.
mammography image
positioning.
34063 [ST34063] Some of the Some of the set-menu images have not Input images in all the set-menus and then
set-menu images have not been received yet. operate again.
been received yet.
34064 [ST34064] A study that A study that includes this menu will be Select [OK] to delete them.
includes this menu will be deleted. Select [CANCEL] not to delete them.
deleted.
34065 [ST34065] Failed in Failed in positioning the right-and-left Check the image orientation and others,
positioning the right and left mammography images. and then re-perform image positioning.
mammography images.
34066 [ST34066] Image The currently set trimming position was Click [OK] and the trimming position will be
positioning will be changed. changed.
executed.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
34067 CslAdv_Study Read QAExpansionSetting Failed in reading the setup file of image Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same error
config fail : invalid area operation unit (invalid Argument). recurs after restarting, reinstall DR-ID
Argument 300CL.
34068 [ST34068] It may not have It may not have been properly stitched. In case of an error in the stitching
been properly stitched. processing, perform manual stitching
processing.
config fail : wrong format area operation unit (wrong format). recurs after restarting, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
34069 [ST34069] S/L values are S/L values are outside the specified range. Check the exposure conditions.
outside the specified range.
config fail : area operation unit (OverflowException). recurs after restarting, reinstall DR-ID
OverflowException 300CL.
config fail area operation unit (System error). recurs after restarting, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
34074 CslAdv_Study SaveExpansionSetting error : Failed in saving the setup file of image Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same error
ConfigurationErrorsException area operation unit recurs after restarting, reinstall DR-ID
(ConfigurationErrorsException). 300CL.
34075 [ST34075] Failed in Failed in positioning the right-and-left Adjust the trimming position manually.
positioning the right and left mammography images.
mammography images.
34075 CslAdv_Study SaveExpansionSetting Failed in saving the setup file of image Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same error
error area operation unit (System error). recurs after restarting, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
34080 [ST34080] Images cannot Images cannot be distributed because they Input images and stitch them appropriately.
be distributed because they are not stitched. Perform the necessary operations again.
are not stitched.
34107 [ST34107] Do you wish to You tried to delete markers while executing Select [Yes] to delete them.
delete the markers and the operation. Select [No] not to delete them.
execute the operation?
34108 [ST34108] Images Images generated from different image Press the button below to abort
generated from different generators cannot be replaced each other. processing.
image generators cannot
be replaced each other.
34109 [ST34109] Images were Images were input during the preview Try stitching operations again.
input during the preview display.
display.
34114 [ST34114] Conditions Conditions inhibiting the start of exposure Check the exposure conditions on the
inhibiting the start of had been sent from the external device. external device.
exposure had been sent
from the external device.
34118 [ST34118] Failed in menu Failed in menu selection. Select a menu again.
selection.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
34300 [ST34300] The number of The number of patient information exceeds Search by the key word.
patient information exceeds the number that can be indicated.
the number that can be
indicated.
34301 [ST34301] Patient Patient information beyond the number Change the key word, and search again.
information beyond the which can be indicated was found.
number which can be
indicated was found.
34302 [ST34302] The QC study The QC study will be saved. Click [OK] and the QC study will be saved.
will be saved.
34303 [ST34303] Failed in Failed in initialization of Smart-QA. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
initialization of Smart-QA. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
34303 CslAdv_Study Failed initialze IRS It fails when initialize IRS Framwork. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
300CL.
34304 [ST34304] Failed in Failed in analyzing Smart-QA. Press the button below to continue other
analyzing Smart-QA. processing.
34304 CslAdv_Study Failed implement analyze It fails when Implement analyze IRS image. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
IRS image phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
34305 [ST34305] Failed in Failed in displaying Smart-QA analysis Press the button below to continue other
displaying Smart-QA result. processing.
analysis result.
34306 [ST34306] Failed in Failed in processing the image correction. Press the button below to continue other
processing the image processing.
correction.
34307 [ST34307] Failed in Failed in executing the exposure guidance Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
executing the exposure function. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
guidance function. 300CL.
34313 [ST34313] Unfinished Unfinished exposure menu is selected. Stitch after selecting the menu for the
exposure menu is selected. density standard.
34317 [ST34317] Failed in Failed in matching the density of long-view Adjust the density manually.
matching the density of image stitching processing.
long-view image stitching
processing.
34318 [ST34318] Failed in setting Failed in setting of auto marker. Check the information of the automatic
of auto marker. marker.
34319 [ST34319] Failed in Failed in duplicating the exposure menu. Select an exposure menu registered with
duplicating the exposure the User Utility.
menu.
34320 [ST34320] The selected The selected studies contain a study which Check the condition of study.
studies contain a study cannot be started.
which cannot be started.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
34321 [ST34321] Failed in Failed in initialization. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
34322 [ST34322] Failed in Failed in obtaining delivery information. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
obtaining delivery The target image will not be delivered. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
information. The target DR-ID 300CL.
image will not be delivered.
34324 [ST34324] Cannot be Cannot be delivered because the Wait until the reconstruction is completed,
delivered because the reconstruction has not been completed. and then perform operations again.
reconstruction has not been
completed.
34325 [ST34325] Cannot be Cannot be delivered due to the mis- Release the mis-exposure setting, and
delivered due to the mis- exposure setting. then perform operations again.
exposure setting.
34326 [ST34326] The already- The already-delivered image will be Click [OK] and the already-delivered image
delivered image will be delivered again. will be delivered again.
delivered again.
34327 [ST34327] A long-view A long-view menu exists with no IP Register the IP in a long-view menu.
menu exists with no IP registered.
registered.
34328 [ST34328] The exposure The exposure time exceeded the limit for Set the exposure time within the limit for
time exceeded the limit for Tomosynthesis. Tomosynthesis.
Tomosynthesis.
34329 [ST34329] Separate the Separating the stitched image and Click the button and continue the
stitched images to return returning to the status to before stitching. operation.
them to the state before
they were stitched.
34330 [ST34330] The stitched Due to being distributed, the stitched Stop the output queue of the connected
images cannot be image cannot be separated. device status from sending, or perform
separated because they again after sending.
are being distributed.
34331 [ST34331] Distributed Replacing the stitched image due to being Click the button and continue the
images will be replaced. distributed. operation.
34332 [ST34332] Images cannot Images cannot be replaced because they Stop the output queue of the connected
be replaced because they are being distributed. device status from sending, or perform
are being distributed. again after sending.
34333 [ST34333] The image The image library window cannot be Wait for a while and try again.
library window cannot be displayed because there are images in the
displayed because there process of being displayed in the
are images in the process ImageBox.
of being displayed in the
ImageBox.
34334 [ST34334] Failed in starting Failed in starting the image library window. Click the button to restart the system.
the image library window. If the same error recurs after restarting the
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
34335 [ST34335] The device you The device out of the target of memory Select the other selector.
selected does not support exposure mode is selected.
the memory exposure
mode.
34336 [ST34336] No image exists No image exists in the specified FPD's Click the button and continue the
in the specified FPD's ImageBox. operation.
ImageBox.
34337 [ST34337] As images are As images are not input in to the first Enter image in the first menu, and try
not input in to the first menu, menu, they cannot be stitched. again.
they cannnot be stitched.
34338 [ST34338] Menus that can Menus that can duplicate an image are Select a menu with unregistered IPs and
duplicate an image are not selected for the duplication destination. uninput images for the duplication
selected. destination.
34339 [ST34339] Long-view, Long-view, energy subtraction, or For the duplication destination, select a
energy subtraction, and tomosynthesis menu are selected. menu other than long-view, energy
tomosynthesis menu subtraction, and tomosynthesis.
cannot duplicate an image.
34340 [ST34340] Duplicating an Duplicating an image has been failed. Perform operations again.
image has been failed. If the same error recurs, restart the system.
34341 [ST34341] Image effective The change for the image effective area Click the button displayed on the screen.
area has been changed. has been confirmed.
You cannot use a function
for changing image
effective area.
34342 [ST34342] Since Intend to change the image effective area Suspend the image distribution or change
distribution is being carried while image distribution. the image effective area after the
out, you cannot use a distribution is over.
function for changing image
effective area.
34343 [ST34343] Image effective The image effective area has not been Click [OK] to finish the study, or click
area has not been set. changed. There are images that exposure [Cancel] and set the image effective area
There is a deviation from region are smaller than 17”X17” in the for the image.
the automatic exposure study.
recognition result.
Automatic exposure
recognition result:
Within 17”X17”
Image effective area:
17”X17”X3
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
34344 [ST34344] Image effective The image effective area has not been Click [OK] to suspend the study, or click
area has not been set. changed. There are images that exposure [Cancel] and set the image effective area
There is a deviation from region are smaller than 17”X17” in the for the image.
the automatic exposure study.
recognition result.
Automatic exposure
recognition result:
Within 17”X17”
Image effective area:
17”X17”X3
40000 [RE40000] Movement Movement cannot be executed because Execute again after the image is input.
cannot be executed no image is input.
because no image is input.
40001 [RE40001] The source The source image cannot be moved Execute again after the output is
image cannot be moved because it is being output. completed.
because it is being output.
40002 [RE40002] Movement Movement cannot be executed because Execute again after a while.
cannot be executed the destination study contains an image
because the destination waiting to be received.
study contains an image
waiting to be received.
40003 [RE40003] The image The image cannot be moved because the Execute again after the output is
cannot be moved because destination study is being output. completed.
the destination study is
being output.
40004 [RE40004] Images in a Images in a suspended study cannot be Move the image which is not in a
suspended study cannot be moved into a QA-completed study. suspended study.
moved into a QA-completed
study.
40005 [RE40005] Images in a Images in a QA-not-completed study Move the image after the QA is completed.
QA-not-completed study cannot be moved into a QA-completed
cannot be moved into a study.
QA-completed study.
40006 [RE40006] Images in a Images in a suspended study cannot be Move the image which is not in a
suspended study cannot be moved into a study waiting for QA. suspended study.
moved into a study waiting
for QA.
40007 [RE40007] Images in a Images in a study waiting for QA cannot be Move the image after the QA is completed.
study waiting for QA cannot moved into a suspended study.
be moved into a suspended
study.
40008 [RE40008] The image will The image will be moved. Click [OK] and the image will be moved.
be moved
>Are you sure?
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
40010 [RE40010] The source The source image cannot be moved Execute again after a while.
image cannot be moved because it is included in a study which is
because it is included in a receiving images.
study which is receiving
images.
40011 [RE40011] The source The source image cannot be moved To move the source image, cancel the
image cannot be moved because the right-and-left mammography positioning.
because the right-and-left image positioning has been performed on
mammography image it.
positioning has been
performed on it.
40012 [RE40012] The entry format The entry format of the specified period Input it correctly.
of the specified period (From) is invalid.
(From) is invalid.
40013 [RE40013] The entry format The entry format of the specified period Input it correctly.
of the specified period (To) (To) is invalid.
is invalid.
40014 [RE40014] "To" has an To has an earlier date than “From” of the Input it correctly.
earlier date than "From" of specified period.
the specified period.
40015 [RE40015] The specified The specified image has been deleted. Update the display and execute the
image has been deleted. processing again.
40016 [RE40016] The study The study specified as the destination has Update the display and execute the
specified as the destination been deleted. processing again.
has been deleted.
40017 [RE40017] Moving images Moving images to the specified hierarchy Check the system settings.
to the specified hierarchy is is prohibited by the system settings.
prohibited by the system
settings.
40018 [RE40018] The source The source image cannot be moved Execute again after the study is completed.
image cannot be moved because it is being used for a study in
because it is being used for another system.
a study in another system.
40019 [RE40019] The image The image cannot be moved because the Execute again after the study is completed.
cannot be moved because destination study is being executed in
the destination study is another system.
being executed in another
system.
40020 [RE40020] Images of the Images of the study in modality: %s cannot Check the study modality.
study in modality: %s be moved into the study of modality:%s.
cannot be moved into the
study of modality:%s.
40021 [RE40021] You have no You have no authority to move images Check the authority.
authority to move images between studies.
between studies.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
40022 [RE40022] The study The study information has been changed. Update the display and execute the
information has been processing again.
changed.
40023 [RE40023] Required hard Hard disk space is insufficient. Delete the study and execute again.
disk space is insufficient.
40024 [RE40024] The keyword The keyword contains an illegal character. Input it correctly.
contains an illegal
character.
40025 [RE40025] The date format The date format is invalid. Input it correctly.
is invalid.
40026 [RE40026] Filtering could Filtering could not be executed. Enter information in the marked items
not be executed. correctly.
40027 [RE40027] The source The source image cannot be moved Execute again after the reconstruction is
image cannot be moved because it is being reconstructed. completed.
because it is being
reconstructed.
40028 [RE40028] In In Tomosynthesis menu, images cannot be Check the study information.
Tomosynthesis menu, moved to another system.
images cannot be moved to
another system.
40029 [RE40029] Failed in moving Failed in moving the image. Restart the system.
the image. If the same error recurs after restarting the
40073 FW Can not get image data The bitmap cannot be loaded. Restart the system.
from file path: "{0}"
40073 FW Can not get image depth. The image depth cannot be acquired from Restart the system.
Path="{0}" DDO.
40073 FW Can not get image file path. The path of the bitmap cannot be acquired Restart the system.
Path="{0}" from DDO.
40073 FW Can not get image heigh. The image height cannot be acquired from Restart the system.
Path="{0}" DDO.
40073 FW Can not get image witdh. The image width cannot be acquired from Restart the system.
Path="{0}" DDO.
40073 FW Can not get the gamma LUT table cannot be created. Restart the system.
table
40073 FW Can not get the image No memory to assign for image loading. Restart the system.
buffer
40073 FW Can not get the XML AC cannot acquire the "create xml Check the AC parameter file again and
parameter parameter" from DDO file. restart the system.
50000 FFOutImgPrc Initialize Error. Failed in initializing COM. Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: Error code
%1 : Com Initialize Error < If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall %2: Method name
%2 > DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
50001 FFQCMsgBoxCtrl LoadImage An error occurred in reading DDO file (hq). Check the appropriateness of the data of
Open m_QCDataInfo({0}). the DDOFile (.hqFile) and restart DR-ID
strStdFilePath For Binary 300CL.
Access Read As #1
50001 FFQCMsgBoxCtrl LoadImage The data of DDO (INF) are not appropriate. Check the appropriateness of the data of
GetRotateParam({0}): the DDOFile (INF) and restart DR-ID
lRet={1} 300CL.
50002 FFOutImgPrc FFSysConfig::Initialize Failed in reading the set values from Confirm whether the system settings are %1: GetLastError()
Error < Run_Prc > system settings. set properly in UserUtility and return value
[LastError=%1] ServiceUtility. If the error is caused by the %2: Error code
[ErrorCode=%2] system, reinstall the system.
50003 FFOutImgPrc ACCMenuMasterCalc Failed in calling the method of menu Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Call return value
MaskSize Failed nRet=(%1) master parameter accessor. reinstall the system. %2: Name of function
(%2) < ImgPrcExec > error occurred
50003 FFOutImgPrc ACCMenuMasterGet Failed in calling the method of menu Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Call return value
MaskSize Failed nRet=(%1) master parameter accessor. reinstall the system. %2: Name of function
50003 FFOutImgPrc ACCMenuMaster Failed in calling the method of menu Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Call return value
LoadParams Failed master parameter accessor. reinstall the system. %2: Name of function
nRet=(%1) (%2) error occurred
< ImgPrcExec >
50003 FFOutImgPrc ConvertImageProc Failed in converting the image processing Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Call return value
Parameter Failed lRet=(%1) parameters. reinstall the system. %2: Name of function
50004 FFOutImgPrc ACCAppImgCreator Acquiring accessor of CSL image Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Class and function
WSLifeSizeProcGetter generation (life size composition) image reinstall the system. name
Failed (%1) <ImgPrcExec> processing common parameters returned
an error.
50004 FFOutImgPrc ACCAppImgPreProc CSL preprocessing facade parameter Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
GammaTblGetter Failed accessor returned an error. reinstall the system. function
(%1) < ImgPrcExec >
50004 FFOutImgPrc ACCAppImgProc%1Getter CSL processing facade parameter Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
Failed (%1) < ImgPrcExec accessor returned an error. reinstall the system. function
>
50004 FFOutImgPrc ACCMenuMasterInitialize Initialization function of menu master Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
Failed (%1) < ImgPrcExec parameter accessor returned an error. reinstall the system. function
>
50004 FFOutImgPrc ACCMenuMasterSetMaster Perpetuation accessor of image processing Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
ParameterToDDO Failed common parameters returned an error. reinstall the system. function
(%1) < ImgPrcExec >
50004 FFOutImgPrc ACCModImgProcGetter FCR processing facade parameter Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
Failed (%1) < ImgPrcExec accessor returned an error. reinstall the system. function
>
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
50004 FFOutImgPrc BC::Facade Notification An error occurs inside the parameter Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Error type
Type[%1] Code[%2] accessor. reinstall the system. %2: Error code
Time[%3] Message[%4] < %3: Error time and date
ImgPrcExec > %4: Internal error
information
50004 FFOutImgPrc CFcRawMake:: Output DDO file name acquiring function of Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
ExeImageProcess Failed creating RAW data returned an error. reinstall the system. function
(%1) < ImgPrcExec >
50004 FFOutImgPrc CFcRawMake:: Output DDO file name acquiring function of Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
GetOutDICOMFName creating RAW data returned an error. reinstall the system. function
Failed (%1) < ImgPrcExec
>
50004 FFOutImgPrc CFcRawMake:: RAW file name acquiring function of Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
GetRAWFName Failed creating RAW data returned an error. reinstall the system. function
(%1) < ImgPrcExec >
50004 FFOutImgPrc CFcRawMake:: Initialization setting common function of Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
ImgRawMakeInit Failed creating RAW data returned an error. reinstall the system. function
(%1) < ImgPrcExec >
50004 FFOutImgPrc CharToBstr Failed (%1) < Function of converting from C character Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
ImgPrcExec > strings to BSTR type character strings reinstall the system. function
returned an error.
50004 FFOutImgPrc Create Instance Error (%1) Instance generation function of parameter Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Class and function
<ImgPrcExec> accessor returned an error. reinstall the system. name
50004 FFOutImgPrc DOM GetAttributeValue Tag value configuration function of DOM Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Absolute location
Failed TAG=%1 ATTR=%2 method returned an error. reinstall the system. path
(%3) < ImgPrcExec > %2: Tag name
%3: Name of caller
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc DOM GetSameTagNumber Function in acquiring the number of same Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Absolute location
Failed TAG=%1 (%2) < tags for DOM method returned an error. reinstall the system. path
ImgPrcExec > %2: Name of caller
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc DOM GetTagValue Failed Tag value acquiring function of DOM Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Absolute location
TAG=%1 (%2) < method returned an error. reinstall the system. path
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc DOM LoadXmlString Failed XML file read function of DOM method Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
(%1) < ImgPrcExec > returned an error. reinstall the system. function
50004 FFOutImgPrc DOM RemoveAttribute Deleting attribution function of DOM Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Absolute location
Failed TAG=%1 ATTR=%2 method returned an error. reinstall the system. path
(%3) < ImgPrcExec > %2: Attribution name
%3: Name of caller
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc DOM SaveXmlString Failed Saving XML file function of DOM method Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
50004 FFOutImgPrc DOM SetAttribute Failed Attribution value configuration function of Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Absolute location
TAG=%1 ATTR=%2 (%3) < DOM method returned an error. reinstall the system. path
ImgPrcExec > %2: Attribution name
%3: Name of caller
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc DOM SetTagValue Failed Tag value configuration function of DOM Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Absolute location
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc DOM TAG Does Not Exist Checking tag existence function of DOM Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Absolute location
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc FCDAppImgCreator Life size composition facade of long view Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Class and function
WSLifeSize Failed (%1) image returned an error. reinstall the system. name
<ImgPrcExec>
50004 FFOutImgPrc FCDAppImgPreProc γ table generation processing facade Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
GammaTbl Failed (%1) < returned an error. reinstall the system. function
ImgPrcExec >
50004 FFOutImgPrc FCDAppImgProc%1 Failed CSL image processing facade returned an Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Distribution
(%1) < ImgPrcExec > error. reinstall the system. destination
recognition
("Strg"/"Print")
%2: Image type
character string
50004 FFOutImgPrc FCDManualMarginProc Adding margin (manual arrangement) Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Class and function
Failed (%1) <ImgPrcExec> facade of an image returned an error. reinstall the system. name
50004 FFOutImgPrc FCDModImgProc Failed FCR processing control function returned Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
(%1) < ImgPrcExec > an error. reinstall the system. function
50004 FFOutImgPrc FCDTrimmingProc Failed Cutting out process (trimming process) of Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Class and function
(%1) <ImgPrcExec> an image returned an error. reinstall the system. name
50004 FFOutImgPrc FCDWriteLosslessJPEG LosslessJPEG compression output facade Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
Failed (%1) < ImgPrcExec of RAW data returned an error. reinstall the system. function
>
50004 FFOutImgPrc GetIndexOfImagePixel Not image attribution index value acquiring Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Requesting IN/
Found TAG:image_pixel function of image processing common reinstall the system. OUT recognition
ATTR=%1 (%2) < parameters returned an error. %2: Name of caller
ImgPrcExec > function
50004 FFOutImgPrc GetValueFromXMLTag Tag value acquiring function of image Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Absolute location
Failed TAG=%1:%2 (%3) < processing common parameters returned reinstall the system. path
ImgPrcExec > an error. %2: Tag name/
attribution name
%3: Name of caller
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc PushLUTDataToTag failed DDO tag setting processing function of γ Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
(%1) <ImgPrcExec> table returned an error. reinstall the system. function
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
50004 FFOutImgPrc RemoveXMLTag Failed Tag value deleting function of image Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Absolute location
TAG=%1 (%1) < processing common parameters returned reinstall the system. path
ImgPrcExec > an error. %2: Name of caller
function
50011 FFOutImgPrc DICOM ReplaceVR/Push Failed in acquiring the character string Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred,
Error < region. reinstall the system.
ImgConvReadyDicomDXSt
>
50011 FFOutImgPrc VR Area Get Error DDO tag replace function returned an Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Function return
<ImgConvReadyDicomSt> error. reinstall the system. value
50011 FFOutImgPrc VR Area Get Error DDO tag character replace function Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Function return
<ImgConvReadyDicomSt> returned an error. reinstall the system. value
50011 FFOutImgPrc VR Area Get Error DDO tag character replace function Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Function return
<ImgConvReadyDicomSt> returned an error. reinstall the system. value
50012 FFOutImgPrc DDT Error ( DDO = [%1] DDO conversion function by SOP class Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: DDO file path
SOPUID = [%2] AEName = returned an error. reinstall the system. %2: SOP Class UID
[%3] ) < ImgConvDicomSt %3: DistributionHost
>
50012 FFOutImgPrc DICOM Data GetVR Error ( Acquired function of DDO tag returned an Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: GroupID
Gr : 0x%1 Er : 0x%2 ) < error. reinstall the system. %2: ElementID
DelTrimInfo >
50012 FFOutImgPrc DICOM Data GetVR Error ( Acquired function of DDO tag returned an
Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: GroupID
Gr : 0x%1 Er : 0x%2 Ret : error. reinstall the system. %2: ElementID
0x%3 ) < SetImgInf > %3: Function return
value
50012 FFOutImgPrc DICOM Data GetVR Error Acquired function of DDO tag returned an Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Group number of
TAG=(%1,%2) lRet=(%3) error. reinstall the system. tag
(%4) < ImgPrcExec > %2: Element number of
tag
%3: Call return value
%4: Name of function
error occurred
50012 FFOutImgPrc DICOM Data SetVR Error Configuration function of DDO tag returned Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Group number of
TAG=(%1,%2) lRet=(%3) an error. reinstall the system. tag
(%4) < ImgPrcExec > %2: Element number of
tag
%3: Call return value
error occurred
50012 FFOutImgPrc DICOM ReplaceVR/Push DDO tag replace function returned an Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Function return
Error ( error code = %2 ) < error. reinstall the system. value
%1 > %2: Name of caller
function
50012 FFOutImgPrc Parameter Object not The return value of pointer acquiring Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
found. < %1 > function of sequence data is NULL. reinstall the system. function
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
50012 FFOutImgPrc Parameter ObjectArray not NULL is notified to the converted result ofRestart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
found. < %1 > SQ tag to the sequence data. reinstall the system. function
50012 FFOutImgPrc SaveFile Error lRet=(%1) Failed in saving the DDO. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Call return value
(%2) < ImgPrcExec > reinstall the system. %2: Name of function
error occurred
50012 FFOutImgPrc SaveFile Failed File=%1 Saving common function returned an error Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: DDO file path
(%2) < ImgPrcExec > to DDO file. reinstall the system. name
%2: Name of caller
function
50012 FFOutImgPrc DICOM ReplaceVR/Push Failed in replacing the DDO tag. Perform delivery again. If the error is
Error < caused by the system, reinstall the system.
ImgConvAfterDicomSt >
50012 FFOutImgPrc DICOM GetDICOMData Failed in acquiring DDO. Perform delivery again. If the error is
Error < caused by the system, reinstall the system.
ImgConvAfterDicomSt >
50013 FFOutImgPrc GetDICOMData No Data ( Acquired function of DDO tag returned an Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: GroupID
Gr : 0x%1 Er : 0xXX%2) < error. reinstall the system. %2: ElementID
ImgFilmCharMake >
50020 FFOutImgPrc Convert SizeCode Error : Value conversion function of image size Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Class and function
(%1) [SizeCode=%2] < code before/after trimming to the size code reinstall the system. name
ExeOutMain > returned an error. %2: Size code or
trimming size code
50020 FFOutImgPrc Convert SizeCode Error : Character string conversion function of Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Class and function
(%1) [SizeCode=%2] < trimming size code returned an error. reinstall the system. name
ExeOutMain > %2: Trimming size code
50020 FFOutImgPrc ConvertSizeCode Value conversion function of size code Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Size code
CharToNum Error. returned an error. reinstall the system. %2: Function return
SizeCode=(%1), lRet=(%2) value
50020 FFOutImgPrc ConvertSizeCode Character string conversion function of Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Size code
NumToChar Errror. size code returned an error. reinstall the system. %2: Function return
SizeCode=(%1), lRet=(%2) value
50020 FFOutImgPrc GetImageSize Error : Acquisition function of pixel/line returned Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Size code
[SizeCode%1] < an error. reinstall the system.
ExeOutMain >
50020 FFOutImgPrc GetValueFromXMLTag Failed in acquiring a tag from XML. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Absolute path of
Failed TAG=%1:%2 reinstall the system. XML file
lRet=(%3) (%4) < %2: Tag name
ImgPrcExec > %3: Call return value
error occurred
50020 FFOutImgPrc Invalid FilmFormatString Energy subtraction processing image type Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Image data index
(%1:%2) < characters were in error. reinstall the system. %2: Image type
ImgGetImageData > character string
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
50020 FFOutImgPrc Null or Invalid Notification parameter was in error. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Class and function
Parameter(%1) < reinstall the system. name
ExeOutMain >
50020 FFOutImgPrc S%1 = 0x%1 '%2' Error < Image processed flag value was out of Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Image processed
ImgFilmCharMake > range. reinstall the system. flag position index
%2: Image processed
flag value
%3: Image processed
flag value
(character)
50020 FFOutImgPrc S%1 = 0x%2 Error < Image processed flag value was out of Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Image processed
ImgFilmCharMake > range. reinstall the system. flag position index
%2: Image processed
flag value
50020 FFOutImgPrc Size Code Convert Error Value conversion function of size code Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Size code
(SizeCode = %1) returned an error. reinstall the system.
50020 FFOutImgPrc CFcImgInf object is null < The object of image data class is not Perform delivery again. If the error is %s: Method name
%s > found. caused by the system, reinstall the system.
50021 FFOutImgPrc OutputJob Impossible Specifying output processing being Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: GroupID
Returned Value acquired was in error. reinstall the system. %2: ElementID
(0x%1,0x%2) (%3) < %3: Function name
ImgPrcExec >
50021 FFOutImgPrc OutputJob Object Data Get Tag acquiring function of output JOB file Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: GroupID
(%1) Error < returned an error. reinstall the system.
ImgConvDicomSt >
50021 FFOutImgPrc OutputJob Object Data Get Tag acquiring function of output JOB file Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: GroupID
Error (0x%1,0x%2) (%3) < returned an error. reinstall the system. %2: ElementID
function
50021 FFOutImgPrc OutputJob Object Data Get Failed in acquiring information from the Check the setting parameter. If the error is %1: Output JOB tag
Error (%1,%2) (%3) delivery JOB file. caused by the system, reinstall the system. Function
lRet=(%4) < %2: Output JOB tag ID
ImgConvDicomSt > %3: Name of function
error occurred
%4: Function return
value
50030 FFOutImgPrc [MsxmlWrap] XML file read function of DOM method Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Class and function
LoadXmlString Error (%1) returned an error. reinstall the system. name
<ImgPrcExec>
50030 FFOutImgPrc [MsxmlWrap] Saving XML file function of DOM method Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Class and function
SaveXmlString Error (%1) returned an error. reinstall the system. name
<ImgPrcExec>
50030 FFOutImgPrc CalculateManualMargin Parameter acquiring function of margin Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
failed (%1) lRet=(%2) process returned an error. reinstall the system. function
<ImgPrcExec> %2: Function return
value
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
50030 FFOutImgPrc CalculateTrimming failed Magnification/reduction ratio calculation Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
(%1) lRet=(%2) function of trimming-related parameters reinstall the system. function
<ImgPrcExec> returned an error. %2: Function return
value
50030 FFOutImgPrc CalculateTrimmingFor1414Film Trimming region calculation function of "14 Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
Failed (%1) < ImgPrcExec > inch X 14 inch" single print returned an reinstall the system. function
error.
50030 FFOutImgPrc CalculateTrimmingPosition Calculation function of "14 inch X 14 inch" Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
For1414Film Failed (%1) film trimming process (cutting out direction reinstall the system. function
< ImgPrcExec > of edge of the image) returned an error.
50030 FFOutImgPrc Catch some other An exception occurred in the acquiring Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Process
Exception (%1) < process of image invert type of the film reinstall the system. recognition
ImgFilmCharMake > character. character string
50030 FFOutImgPrc Catch some other An exception occurred in the image Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of function
Exception (%1) < distribution process control function. reinstall the system. exception occurred
ImgPrcExec >
50030 FFOutImgPrc Catch some other An exception occurred during the process. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Value of exception
Exception LastError=(%1) reinstall the system. occurred
(%2) < ImgPrcExec > %2: Name of function
error occurred
50030 FFOutImgPrc CheckDiagnosisImage Determination common function of Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
Failed (%1) < ImgPrcExec diagnosis image returned an error. reinstall the system. function
>
50030 FFOutImgPrc CoCreateInstance Failed Generation method of instance returned an Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: ID
%1 (%2) < ImgPrcExec > error. reinstall the system. %2: Caller function
50030 FFOutImgPrc Convert CS/SS error. ( Modification function of CS tag and SS tag Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Function return
error code = 0x%1 ) < %2 > returned an error. reinstall the system. value
%2: Name of caller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc Convert CS/SS including Modification function of image parameters Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Function return
image parameter error. ( returned an error. reinstall the system. value
error code = 0x%1 ) < %2 > %2: Name of caller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc CopyInputImageArea Memory management copying function of Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
Failed (%1) < ImgPrcExec input image returned an error. reinstall the system. function
>
50030 FFOutImgPrc Create TrimmingProc Generation function of image processing Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Class and function
Parameter Error (%1) common parameters returned an error. reinstall the system. name
<ImgPrcExec>
50030 FFOutImgPrc CreateMarginProc Generation function of image processing Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Class and function
XmlPaaram Error (%1) common parameters returned an error. reinstall the system. name
<ImgPrcExec>
50030 FFOutImgPrc CreateXML_ Image processing common parameters of Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
ImageCompJPEG Failed LosslessJPEG compression returned an reinstall the system. function
(%1) < ImgPrcExec > error.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
50030 FFOutImgPrc DDOPush Failed DDO writing common function returned an Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: GroupID
(0x%1,0x%2) (%3) < error. reinstall the system. %2: ElementID
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc DDOPush Failed Mask DDO writing common function of writing Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: GroupID
Processing Data the mask tag returned an error. reinstall the system. %2: ElementID
(0x%1,0x%2) (%3) < %3: Name of caller
50030 FFOutImgPrc DOM RemoveTag Failed Tag deletion function of DOM method Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Absolute location
TAG=%1 (%2) < returned an error. reinstall the system. path
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc Exception Error (%1) An exception occurred in the long-view Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Class and function
<ImgPrcExec> composition process for life size. reinstall the system. name
50030 FFOutImgPrc ExecDecisionCSL Failed CSL processing (for storage) execution Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
(%1) < ImgPrcExec > determination function returned an error. reinstall the system. function
50030 FFOutImgPrc ExecDecisionFCR Failed FCR processing execution determination Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
(%1) < ImgPrcExec > function returned an error. reinstall the system. function
50030 FFOutImgPrc ExecImageCSL%1 Failed CSL processing function returned an error. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Distribution
(%2) < ImgPrcExec > reinstall the system. destination
recognition
("Strg"/"Print")
%2: Image type
character string
50030 FFOutImgPrc ExecImageFCR Failed (%1) FCR processing function returned an error. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
< ImgPrcExec > reinstall the system. function
50030 FFOutImgPrc ExecImagePreCSL Failed CSL preprocessing function returned an Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
(%1) < ImgPrcExec > error. reinstall the system. function
50030 FFOutImgPrc ExecMaskProceToTag Mask image and DDO tag configuration Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
Failed (%1) < ImgPrcExec function returned an error. reinstall the system. function
>
50030 FFOutImgPrc FCDMakeMaskImg Failed Mask image generation facade for overlay Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
50030 FFOutImgPrc Get Parameter Failed Acquisition function of image processing Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: absolute location
(Element = [%1] Attribute = common parameters returned an error. reinstall the system. path
[%2]) (%3) <ImgPrcExec> %2: Tag name/
attribution name
%3: Class and function
name
50030 FFOutImgPrc GetInputImageArea Failed Acquisition function of input image pointer Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
50030 FFOutImgPrc GetInputImageData (%1) < Acquisition function of input image returned Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
ImgPrcExec > an error. reinstall the system. function
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
50030 FFOutImgPrc GetOutputProcessing Acquisition function of specifying output Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
Failed (%1) < ImgPrcExec process returned an error. reinstall the system. function
>
50030 FFOutImgPrc GetSrcImgArea Error (%1) Pointer acquiring function of input image Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Class and function
<ImgPrcExec> region returned an error. reinstall the system. name
50030 FFOutImgPrc GetVR Error(Gr : 0x%04X Acquired function of DDO tag returned an Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: GroupID
Er : 0x%04X) (%1) < error. reinstall the system. %2: ElementID
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc GetXMLExecutableResult Function to acquire the result of whether or Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
Failed (%1) < ImgPrcExec not to perform in the image processing reinstall the system. function
> common parameters returned an error.
50030 FFOutImgPrc ImageCompJPEGtoRawFile LosslessJPEG compression control Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
Failed (%1) < ImgPrcExec > function of image data returned an error. reinstall the system. function
50030 FFOutImgPrc InitializeRawData Failed Initialization function of RAW data returned Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
(%1) < ImgPrcExec > an error. reinstall the system. function
50030 FFOutImgPrc MakeRotationInverseBit Creating function of rotation/inversion bit Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
Failed (%1) < ImgPrcExec character strings returned an error. reinstall the system. function
>
50030 FFOutImgPrc ManualMargin is invalid Calculated result of margin process was in Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
(%1) Top=(%2) error. reinstall the system. function
Bottom=(%3) Left=(%4) %2: Calculated result
Right=(%5) <ImgPrcExec> margin size (top)
%3: Calculated result
margin size
(bottom)
margin size (left)
margin size (right)
50030 FFOutImgPrc Memory Copy Error (%1) Image processed result copying function to Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Class and function
<ImgPrcExec> the memory region returned an error. reinstall the system. name
50030 FFOutImgPrc PermanentImage DDO perpetuation function of image Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: DDO file path
ParmtoDDO Failed processing parameters returned an error. reinstall the system. name
PathName=%1 (%2) < %2: Name of caller
50030 FFOutImgPrc PushNormalizedFlag Failed Modification function of standardized flag Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
(%1) < ImgPrcExec > (0009,XXF2) returned an error. reinstall the system. function
50030 FFOutImgPrc RemoveDICOMData Failed Deletion common function of DDO tag Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: GroupID
(0x%1,0x%2) (%3) < returned an error. reinstall the system. %2: ElementID
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc Set Parameter Failed (%1) Saving function of output results for life Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Class and function
<ImgPrcExec> size composition returned an error. reinstall the system. name
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
50030 FFOutImgPrc Set Parameter Failed Configuration function of image processing Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Absolute location
(Element = [%1] Attribute = common parameters returned an error. reinstall the system. path
[%2]) (%3) <ImgPrcExec> %2: Tag name/
attribution name
%3: Class and function
name
50030 FFOutImgPrc SetImagePixelofBitStored Configuration function of image attribution Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
Failed (%1) < ImgPrcExec parameters in image processing common reinstall the system. function
> parameters returned an error.
50030 FFOutImgPrc SetImagePixelofFileData Output tag deletion function of image Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: IN/OUT recognition
Failed (%1:%2) < attribution information returned an error. reinstall the system. %2: Name of caller
50030 FFOutImgPrc SetImagePixelofRotInverse Rotation/inversion tag configuration Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
Failed (%1) < ImgPrcExec function of input file information in image reinstall the system. function
> attribution parameters returned an error.
50030 FFOutImgPrc SetValueToXMLTag Failed XML value configuration function of image Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Absolute path of
TAG:<%1><%2> (%3) < processing common parameters returned reinstall the system. the tag
ImgPrcExec > an error. %2: Tag name
%3: Name of caller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc SetXMLParameterCSL XML configuration function of CSL Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
Failed (%1) < ImgPrcExec processing parameters returned an error. reinstall the system. function
>
50030 FFOutImgPrc SetXMLPrmPreCSL Failed Image common parameters configuration Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
(%1) < ImgPrcExec > function of CSL preprocessing returned an reinstall the system. function
error.
50030 FFOutImgPrc SetXMLProcedureCSL XML configuration function of CSL Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
Failed (%1) < ImgPrcExec processing execution condition returned an reinstall the system. function
> error.
50030 FFOutImgPrc SetXMLProcedureFCR XML configuration function of FNC Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Name of caller
Failed (%1) < ImgPrcExec processing execution condition returned an reinstall the system. function
> error.
50030 FFOutImgPrc SetXMLProcedure Function to set whether or not to execute Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Class and function
ScaleProc Failed (%1) the distance correction of the image reinstall the system. name
<ImgPrcExec> processing common parameters returned
an error.
50030 FFOutImgPrc DDT Error ( DDO = [%s] Failed in converting the tag. Perform delivery again. If the same %s: File name
SOPUID = [%s]) < phenomenon recurs, check if there is any %s: SOPClassUID
ImgConvPrivateLocal > incorrect part in the definition file created
by DicomTagEditTool.
50100 FFSpooler DiconDataObject Load The tag value of read density does not Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Source file name
failure [GetReadDensity]\ exist. reinstall the system. %2: Source file line
nF=%1 L=%2 number
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
50100 FFSpooler FFGetMinimumOuterSize Acquisition function of DICOM notation Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Source file name
Notation size returned an error. reinstall the system. %2: Source file line
ByPhysicalImageSize Error number
[PhysicalImageSizeTo
SizeCode]\nF=%1 L=%2
50100 FFSpooler FFGetSizeCode Error Function to convert from the DICOM Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Source file name
[PhysicalImageSize notation size to the size code returned an reinstall the system. %2: Source file line
ToSizeCode]\nF=%1 L=%2 error. number
50100 FFSpooler MakeSizeCodeList Error List has not been created in the list Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Source file name
[GetTrimBySizeCode]\ creation function of size code. reinstall the system. %2: Source file line
nF=%1 L=%2 number
50100 FFSpooler OutputJobFile Failed in acquiring the trimming processed Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Source file name
GetItem(TrimSizeCode) image size code. reinstall the system. %2: Source file line
Failed [GetInfo]\nF=%1 number
L=%2 [OutputID=0x%3] %3: OutputID
50100 FFSpooler Trimming Size(0007F272) The tag value of cut out size does not Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Source file name
Error exist. reinstall the system. %2: Source file line
[GetTrimBySizeCode]\ number
nF=%1 L=%2
50100 FFSpooler mbstowcs Error \nF=%s Failed to convert the character string. Perform delivery again. If the error is %s: File name
L=%d caused by the system, reinstall the system. %d: Number of lines
50100 FFSpooler VR Error \nF=%s L=%d Failed to reserve the VR data area. Perform delivery again. If the error is %s: File name
caused by the system, reinstall the system. %d: Number of lines
50100 FFSpooler Index Failed tJobInfo. An incorrect ID was given to the film data Perform delivery again. If the error is %s: File name
tpFilmInfo[nFilmNum] \ in the output job data. caused by the system, reinstall the system. %d: Number of lines
nF=%s L=%d %X: Output job ID
[OutputID=0x%X]
50100 FFSpooler Array Index Overflow An incorrect ID was given to the film data Perform delivery again. If the error is %s: File name
tJobInfo. in the output job data. caused by the system, reinstall the system. %d: Number of lines
tpFilmInfo[nFilmNum] \ %X: Output job ID
nF=%s L=%d
[OutputID=0x%X]
50103 FFSpooler MoveNext Failed. [%1] Failed in accessing to the database for Restart the Console and perform delivery %1: Name of function
ErrorCode=%2 output. again. If the error is caused by the system, error occurred
F=%3 L=%4 reinstall the system. %2: Error code
%3: Source file name
%4: Source file line
number
50103 FFSpooler GetOperationRS Failed. Failed in accessing to the database for Restart the Console and perform delivery %1: Name of function
[%1] output. again. If the error is caused by the system, error occurred
ErrorCode=%2 reinstall the system. %2: Error code
F=%3 L=%4 %3: Source file name
%4: Source file line
number
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
50104 FFSpooler Catch some other exception An exception occurred. Confirm the setting parameters. If the error %1: Error code
[SearchWorkFolder] is caused by the system, reinstall the %2: Source file name
ErrorCode=%1 \nF=%2 system. %3: Source file line
L=%3 number
50104 FFSpooler Catch some other exception An exception occurred. Confirm the setting parameters. If the error %1: Error code
[SelectNot is caused by the system, reinstall the %2: Source file name
ExistFileOnOutImage] system. %3: Source file line
ErrorCode=%1 \nF=%2 number
L=%3
50106 FFSpooler DistributionHost includes \\ Separator remained. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Source file name
is not allowed reinstall the system. %2: Source file line
[GetDDOFileInfo]\nF=%1 number
L=%2 [SpotCode=%2] %3: Spot code
50106 FFSpooler Catch exception Failed in retrieving the DDO file name for Restart DR-ID 300CL.
[CSpoolProcSR] outputting. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
InfFileName is empty DR-ID 300CL.
50106 FFSpooler Catch exception Failed in acquiring AE name. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
[CSpoolProcSR] If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
AEName is empty DR-ID 300CL.
50106 FFSpooler Catch exception Failed in issuing the spool request Restart DR-ID 300CL.
[CSpoolProcSR] message. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
PostThreadMessage failed. DR-ID 300CL.
50106 FFSpooler Catch badalloc exception Failed in generating the spool request Restart DR-ID 300CL.
[CSpoolProcSR] method (for StructuredReport) parameter. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
Memory allocation error. DR-ID 300CL.
50106 FFSpooler Catch exception An exception occurred. Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: Exception
[CSpoolProcSR] If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall message
%1 DR-ID 300CL.
50106 FFSpooler Catch logic_error Failed in retrieving the DDO file information Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: Error code
exception[tSpoolProcSR] except for the device information. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall %2: Spot code
ErrorCode=%1 DR-ID 300CL.
SpotCode=%2
DDOInfo Load Failed
[tSpoolProcSR]
50106 FFSpooler Catch some other exception An exception occurred. Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: Error code
[tSpoolProcSR] If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall %2: Spot code
ErrorCode=%1 DR-ID 300CL.
SpotCode=%1
50106 FFSpooler Catch logic_error exception When adding a new record for Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: Error code
[tSpoolProcSR] StructuredReport to the OutputDB, failed in If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall %2: Spot code
ErrorCode=%1 retrieving a pointer to the structure for DR-ID 300CL.
SpotCode=%2 DDO object.
DDOInfo is null
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
ErrorCode=%1 adding a new record to the Request table. DR-ID 300CL.
SpotCode=%2
AddNewRequestRecord
failed.
ErrorCode=%1 adding a new record to the Operation DR-ID 300CL.
SpotCode=%2 table.
AddNewOperationRecord
failed.
ErrorCode=%1 adding a new record to the OutImage DR-ID 300CL.
SpotCode=%2 table.
AddNewOutImageRecord
failed.
50106 FFSpooler Catch runtime exception. When retrieving the name of the setting file Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: Spot code
[SetReportFileNameToJob] for Report and setting it to a JOB, NULL If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
Parameter(s) is null. was set to any one of the parameters (AE DR-ID 300CL.
title, Transfer syntax, Que management
object, or Dispatch pointer of the JOB).
50106 FFSpooler Catch runtime exception. Failed in retrieving the leading element of Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: reportFileName
[SetReportFileNameToJob] the Report setting file name storage array. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall (Name of the
SafeArrayGetElement DR-ID 300CL. Report setting file)
failed. hr=%1
50106 FFSpooler DDO Load failed. Failed in reading the DDO file. Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: DDO file name
[ExistsOutputHost] If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
%1 DR-ID 300CL.
50106 FFSpooler Catch runtime exception Failed in retrieving the Output ID from a Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: Error code
[AddNewOperationRecord] newly added or already existing record. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall %2: Spot code
GetOperationRecordSet DR-ID 300CL.
failed. ErrorCode=%1
SpotCode=%2
50110 FFSpooler BackupOrRestore Failed to copy the DDO file for backup or Restart DR-ID 300CL. %s: File name
RetryDDO Failed [CopyFile] restore. If the same error recurs after restarting, %d: Number of lines
\nF=%s L=%d reinstall DR-ID 300CL. %X: Output job ID
[OutputID=0x%X]
50113 FFSpooler Catch some other exception An exception occurred in ImageStatus Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Error code
[tNotifyUpdateImage updating result notification process. reinstall the system. %2: Source file name
StatusResult]\n %3: Source file line
ErrorCode=%1 \nF=%2 number
L=%3]
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
50113 FFSpooler Catch some other exception An exception occurred in completion Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Error code
[tSetCommitProc processing of commitment process. reinstall the system. %2: Source file name
CompleteAfter]\ %3: Source file line
nErrorCode=0x%1 \nF=%2 number
L=%3
50113 FFSpooler Catch some other exception An exception occurred in completion Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Error code
[tSetOutputProc processing of output process. reinstall the system. %2: Source file name
CompleteAfter]\ %3: Source file line
nErrorCode=0x%1 \nF=%2 number
L=%3
50113 FFSpooler Not Found Operation No record is found in Operation recordset. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Source file name
Record [tSetOutputProc reinstall the system. %2: Source file line
CompleteAfter]\nF=%1 number
L=%2 [RequestID=%3] %3: OutputID
50113 FFSpooler Not Found OutImage No record is found in recordset. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Source file name
Record [tSetOutputProc reinstall the system. %2: Source file line
L=%2 [RequestID=%3] %3: RequestID
50113 FFSpooler Not Found Queue Failed in searching the DISPATCH pointer Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Source file name
[tSetOutputProc of the output JOB object. reinstall the system. %2: Source file line
L=%2 [OutputID=%3] %3: OutputID
50113 FFSpooler Not Found Queue Failed in deleting an OutputJob file for Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Source file name
[tSetOutputProc output. reinstall the system. %2: Source file line
50113 FFSpooler Operation Recordset Not No record is found in Operation recordset. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Source file name
Found [tSetOutputProc reinstall the system. %2: Source file line
50113 FFSpooler TDDOEditData Copy Failed Failed in copying DDO tags. Confirm the setting parameters. If the error %1: Source file name
[CopyDDOFortData] is caused by the system, reinstall the %2: Source file line
F=%1 L=%2 [Group=%3, system. number
Element=%4] %3: DDO tag Group
%4: DDO tag Element
50113 FFSpooler SetMaxFreeTrimming Failed in setting the trimming region to the Confirm that the trimming region is added %1: Source file name
SizeToDDO Error. maximum size in composition original properly to the composition original image. %2: Source file line
[SetMaxFreeTrimming images. If the error is caused by the system, number
SizeToDDO] reinstall the system. %3: Function return
F=%1 L=%2 [lRet=%3] value
50113 FFSpooler LoadFile() Failed. Failed in reading the DDO files of Perform composition and delivery again. If %1: Path of
[GetMaxFreeTrimmingSize] composition original images. the error is caused by the system, reinstall composition original
[DDOFilePath=%1] the system. image DDO
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
50113 FFSpooler SetFree Failed in setting the trimming region in Perform delivery again. If the error is %1: Source file name
TrimmingSizeToDDO Error. DDO tags. caused by the system, reinstall the system. %2: Source file line
[SetFreeTrimmingSize number
ToDDO] %3: Function return
F=%1 L=%2 [lRet=%3] value
50113 FFSpooler Setting Failed in setting the maximum rate tag Perform delivery again. If the error is
MagRate(0029,xx34) is (0029,xx34). caused by the system, reinstall the system.
failed.
[SetLifesizeMagRate]
50114 FFOutImgPrc ImgFilmCharMake--Invalid Acquisition function of DDO sequence tag Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Acquired size
Element Number ( num = size returned an error. reinstall the system.
%2 ) < ImgFilmCharMake >
50115 FFSpooler Not Found Queue Failed in searching the DISPATCH pointer Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Source file name
[tSetCommitProc of the output JOB object. reinstall the system. %2: Source file line
L=%2 [OutputID=%3] %3: OutputID
50115 FFSpooler Not Found Queue Failed in deleting the applicable DISPATCH Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Source file name
[tSetCommitProc pointer from the queue list. reinstall the system. %2: Source file line
50115 FFSpooler Operation Recordset Not No record is found in recordset. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Source file name
Found [tSetCommitProc reinstall the system. %2: Source file line
50116 FFSpooler Invalid Parameter OutputID value was in error. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Source file name
[CNotifyUpdateImage reinstall the system. %2: Source file line
StatusResult]\nF=%1 L=%2 number
[OutputID=%2] %3: OutputID
50116 FFSpooler No Memory NULL value was notified to ImageStatus Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Source file name
[CNotifyUpdateImage updating result notification message. reinstall the system. %2: Source file line
50116 FFSpooler PostThreadMessage Failed PostThreadMessage function returned an Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Source file name
[CNotifyUpdateImage error. reinstall the system. %2: Source file line
50117 FFOutImgPrc DICOM Data GetVR Error ( Failed in acquiring the DDO tag. Check the setting parameter. If the error is %1: DDO tag Group
Gr : %1 Er : %2 ) < caused by the system, reinstall the system. %2: DDO tag Element
LUTProc >
50117 FFOutImgPrc Area Get Error < LUTProc Failed in securing a memory region for Perform the delivery again. If the error is
> LUT. caused by the system, reinstall the system.
50117 FFOutImgPrc Catch some other An exception has occurred. Perform the delivery again. If the error is %1: Error code
Exception ErrCode = %1 caused by the system, reinstall the system.
<LUTProc>
50117 FFOutImgPrc ModLUTGamma Error Failed in securing a memory region for Perform the delivery again. If the error is
<LUTProc> tone tables. caused by the system, reinstall the system.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
50123 FFSpooler Catch some other exception An exception occurred in output completion Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Error code
[tMainErrQueClearAfter]\ waiting queue execution process. reinstall the system. %2: Source file name
nErrorCode=%1 \nF=%2 %3: Source file line
L=%3 number
50124 FFSpooler SetNetDevInfo Failed FFNetDBGetMaskProcessing function Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Source file name
[FFNetDBGetMask returned an error. reinstall the system. %2: Source file line
Processing]\n number
ErrorCode=0x%1 \nF=%2
L=%3
50300 FFDicomSC CoInitialize Error Failed in CoInitialize. Restart DR-ID 300CL. %s: File name
[tThreadProc] \nF=%s If the same error recurs after restarting, %d: Number of lines
L=%d reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
50301 FFDicomSC \nF=%s L=%d LParam is The parameters have not been Check the setting parameter. If the error is %s: File name
null. determined. caused by the system, reinstall the DR-ID %d: Number of lines
300CL.
300CL.
300CL.
50600 [ME50600] Failed in Failed in initialization of media control. Restart the system.
initialization of media If the same error recurs after restarting the
control. system, reinstall the system.
50601 [ME50601] Failed in media Failed in media mounting process. Restart the system.
mounting process. If the same error recurs after restarting the
50602 [ME50602] Failed in Failed in notifying the conditions of a Restart the system.
notifying the conditions of a medium. If the same error recurs after restarting the
medium. system, reinstall the system.
50603 [ME50603] Failed in Failed in requesting to store images in a Restart the system.
requesting to store images medium. If the same error recurs after restarting the
in a medium. system, reinstall the system.
50610 [ME50610] Failed in Failed in creating a folder. Restart the system.
creating a folder. If the same error recurs after restarting the
50611 [ME50611] Failed in The specified drive could not be accessed. Select a connection destination for media
changing the connection again.
destination for media as the
specified drive could not be
accessed.
50612 [ME50612] Failed in Failed in acquiring a study from a medium. Restart the system.
acquiring a study from a If the same error recurs after restarting the
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
50613 [ME50613] Failed in Failed in initialization of the media list. Restart the system.
initialization of the media If the same error recurs after restarting the
list. system, reinstall the system.
50614 [ME50614] Failed in Failed in accessing the database. Restart the system.
50618 [ME50618] Failed in Failed in checking images. Restart the system.
checking images. If the same error recurs after restarting the
50619 [ME50619] An error An error occurred. Restart the system.
50620 [ME50620] Failed in Failed in updating the study conditions/ Restart the system.
updating the study image conditions. If the same error recurs after restarting the
conditions/image system, reinstall the system.
conditions.
50621 [ME50621] Failed in Failed in customizing a media list. Restart the system.
customizing a media list. If the same error recurs after restarting the
50622 [ME50622] Failed in setting Failed in setting a distribution code Restart the system.
a distribution code If the same error recurs after restarting the
50623 [ME50623] Failed in media Failed in media mounting process. Change the connection destination for
mounting process. The media and try again.
mounting process will be
performed in the originally
connected destination.
50624 [ME50624] Failed in media Failed in media mounting process. Change the connection destination for
mounting process. media and try again.
50625 [ME50625] Failed in Failed in changing the connection Restart the system.
changing the connection destination for media. If the same error recurs after restarting the
destination for media. system, reinstall the system.
50626 [ME50626] Failed in media Failed in media unmounting process. Restart the system.
unmounting process. If the same error recurs after restarting the
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
50627 [ME50627] Failed in Failed in information acquisition processing Restart the system.
information acquisition for mounting a medium. If the same error recurs after restarting the
processing for mounting a system, reinstall the system.
medium.
50628 [ME50628] Failed in Failed in acquiring a study from a medium. Restart the system.
acquiring a study from a If the same error recurs after restarting the
50629 [ME50629] Failed in Failed in delivery processing. Wait for a while and try again.
delivery processing.
50630 [ME50630] Failed in Failed in accessing the data base. Restart the system.
50632 [ME50632] Failed in Failed in acquiring a host name. Restart the system.
acquiring a host name. If the same error recurs after restarting the
50633 [ME50633] Failed in Failed in acquiring device information. Restart the system.
acquiring device If the same error recurs after restarting the
50634 [ME50634] Failed in Failed in acquiring screen information. Restart the system.
acquiring screen If the same error recurs after restarting the
50635 [ME50635] Failed in page Failed in page forward processing. Restart the system.
forward processing. If the same error recurs after restarting the
50636 [ME50636] Failed in page Failed in page backward processing. Restart the system.
backward processing. If the same error recurs after restarting the
50637 [ME50637] Failed in Failed in accessing the data base. Restart the system.
50638 [ME50638] Failed in Failed in obtaining a list of distribution Restart the system.
obtaining a list of codes. If the same error recurs after restarting the
distribution codes. system, reinstall the system.
50639 [ME50639] Failed in Failed in mounting media. Restart the system.
mounting media. If the same error recurs after restarting the
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
50643 [ME50643] Failed in Failed in acquiring free space information. Restart the system.
acquiring free space If the same error recurs after restarting the
50644 [ME50644] Failed in Failed in acquiring drive information. Restart the system.
acquiring drive information. If the same error recurs after restarting the
50645 [ME50645] Failed in Failed in displaying process of a storage Restart the system.
displaying process of a folder selecting dialog. If the same error recurs after restarting the
storage folder selecting system, reinstall the system.
dialog.
50646 [ME50646] Failed in Failed in displaying a media list customize Restart the system.
displaying a media list dialog. If the same error recurs after restarting the
customize dialog. system, reinstall the system.
50647 [ME50647] Failed in Failed in displaying a progress dialog. Restart the system.
displaying a progress If the same error recurs after restarting the
dialog. system, reinstall the system.
50648 [ME50648] Failed in Failed in displaying a distribution code Restart the system.
displaying a distribution selecting dialog. If the same error recurs after restarting the
code selecting dialog. system, reinstall the system.
50649 [ME50649] Failed in Failed in displaying a medium selecting Restart the system.
displaying a medium dialog. If the same error recurs after restarting the
selecting dialog. system, reinstall the system.
50650 [ME50650] Failed in Failed in checking the available characters. Restart the system.
checking the available If the same error recurs after restarting the
characters. system, reinstall the system.
50651 [ME50651] Failed in device Failed in device auto recognition Restart the system.
auto recognition processing. If the same error recurs after restarting the
50652 [ME50652] Failed in writing Failed in writing registry information. Restart the system.
registry information. If the same error recurs after restarting the
50653 [ME50653] Failed in Failed in changing the display position. Restart the system.
changing the display If the same error recurs after restarting the
position. system, reinstall the system.
50654 [ME50654] Failed in writing The mounted media was removed, and the Remove the media after unmount it.
on a medium. process to write into the media failed. Reconnect the media and try the study
output again.
50670 [ME50670] Failed in Failed in checking images. Restart the system.
checking images. If the same error recurs after restarting the
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
50671 [ME50671] Failed in Failed in acquiring image information. Restart the system.
acquiring image If the same error recurs after restarting the
50672 [ME50672] Image Image information does not exist. Restart the system.
information does not exist. If the same error recurs after restarting the
50673 [ME50673] There is no There is no study that can be created. Change the target study and try again.
study that can be created.
50674 [ME50674] Failed in Failed in acquiring screen information. Restart the system.
acquiring screen If the same error recurs after restarting the
50675 [ME50675] There is no data There is no data to write. Change the target study and try again.
to write.
50676 [ME50676] An error An error occurred while verifying. Restart the system.
occurred while verifying. If the same error recurs after restarting the
50677 [ME50677] An error An error occurred while comparing. Restart the system.
occurred while comparing. If the same error recurs after restarting the
50678 [ME50678] An IO error An IO error occurred against the drive. Restart the system.
occurred against the drive. If the same error recurs after restarting the
50681 [ME50681] Failed in Failed in checking free space. Restart the system.
checking free space. If the same error recurs after restarting the
50682 [ME50682] Failed in Failed in selecting a storage folder. Restart the system.
selecting a storage folder. If the same error recurs after restarting the
50684 [ME50684] Failed in writing Failed in writing a medium. Restart the system.
a medium. If the same error recurs after restarting the
50685 [ME50685] Failed in image Failed in image processing. Restart the system.
50686 [ME50686] Failed in Failed in generating a DICOM file. Restart the system.
generating a DICOM file. If the same error recurs after restarting the
50687 [ME50687] Failed in Failed in generating a media image. Restart the system.
generating a media image. If the same error recurs after restarting the
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
50688 [ME50688] A program error A program error has been detected. Restart the system.
has been detected. If the same error recurs after restarting the
50689 [ME50689] Failed in Failed in acquiring DICOM tag information. Restart the system.
acquiring DICOM tag If the same error recurs after restarting the
50690 [ME50690] Failed in Failed in checking available characters. Restart the system.
checking available If the same error recurs after restarting the
characters. system, reinstall the system.
50691 [ME50691] Failed in Failed in acquiring a host name. Restart the system.
acquiring a host name. If the same error recurs after restarting the
50692 [ME50692] Failed in Failed in accessing a definition file. Restart the system.
accessing a definition file. If the same error recurs after restarting the
50693 [ME50693] Failed in Failed in acquiring device information. Restart the system.
acquiring device If the same error recurs after restarting the
51300 [MQ51300] Measurement Measurement processing cannot be Check that the images are entered.
implemented.
51301 [MQ51301] The hard disk is The hard disk is full. Increase the free hard disk space and then
full. retry operation.
51303 [MQ51303] Measurement Measurement processing cannot be Use only the images from the same reader
implemented.
51304 [MQ51304] Measurement Measurement processing cannot be Check that three images have been
processing cannot be implemented. entered.
implemented.
51305 [MQ51305] Measurement Measurement processing cannot be Check the size of the 1shot Phantom
processing cannot be implemented. image.
implemented.
51306 [MQ51306] Input values Input values are illegal. Input a correct value.
are illegal.
are illegal.
are illegal.
are illegal.
51310 [MQ51310] Image data Image data storage processing cannot be When save processing is performed, check
storage processing cannot implemented. that images have been entered.
be implemented.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
51311 [MQ51311] Measurement Measurement processing cannot be Reset the phantom position to a correct
processing cannot be implemented. position and expose again.
implemented.
51312 [MQ51312] Failed in image Failed in image output. Select an image that can be output.
output.
are illegal.
are illegal.
are illegal.
are illegal.
are illegal.
are illegal.
are illegal.
51320 [MQ51320] Failed in Failed in accessing image files. Click the close button on the QC execution
accessing image files. window.
51321 [MQ51321] Failed in Failed in accessing the database. Click the close button on the QC execution
accessing the database. [ReaderQC] window.
[ReaderQC]
51322 [MQ51322] Failed in data Failed in data storage processing. Click the close button on the QC execution
storage processing. window.
51323 [MQ51323] An error An error occurred. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
300CL.
51324 [MQ51324] Measurement Measurement processing cannot be Use only images with a same reading
processing cannot be implemented. density.
implemented.
51325 [MQ51325] The image is The image is illegal. Reset the phantom position to a correct
illegal. position and expose again.
51326 [MQ51326] Measurement Measurement processing cannot be Confirm if the specified reader has been
processing cannot be implemented. registered.
implemented.
51327 [MQ51327] Image with Image with unsupported reading density is Select an image with the designated
unsupported reading included. reading density.
density is included.
51328 [MQ51328] Images from Images from more than one Image Reader Acquire images from the same Image
more than one Image exist. Reader.
Reader exist.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
51329 [MQ51329] Exposure Exposure submenu not for QC tests is Select the specified exposure menu for
submenu not for QC tests included. QC.
is included.
51330 [MQ51330] Image with the Image with the unsupported size for QC Expose with the specified image size.
unsupported size for QC test is included.
test is included.
51331 [MQ51331] Cannot obtain Cannot obtain data on the exposed Images are read in for all displayed menus.
data on the exposed images.
images.
51332 [MQ51332] Failed to Failed to initialize the system. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
initialize the system. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
51333 [MQ51333] Failed to Failed to access the definition file. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
access the definition file. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
51334 [MQ51334] Failed to Failed to access the registry information. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
access the registry phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
information. 300CL.
51335 [MQ51335] Failed to Failed to access the database.[%s] Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
access the database.[%s] phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
51337 [MQ51337] Failed to obtain Failed to obtain the information on the Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
the information on the Image Reader. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
Image Reader. 300CL.
51338 [MQ51338] A required A required image is missing. Expose the images if there are not
image is missing. exposed images.
51339 [MQ51339] An error An error occurred when calling the QC Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
occurred when calling the function. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
QC function. 300CL.
51340 [MQ51340] An error An error occurred. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
300CL.
51341 [MQ51341] Multiple Multiple exposure menus are included. Select only 1 specified study menu.
exposure menus are
included.
51342 [MQ51342] An exposure An exposure menu not for QC test is Select only 1 specified study menu.
menu not for QC test is included.
included.
51343 [MQ51343] The exposure The exposure menu includes an improper Register the specified exposure menu with
menu includes an improper submenu. the study menu.
submenu.
51344 [MQ51344] Proper Proper exposure submenus are not listed Register the specified exposure menu with
exposure submenus are (too many). the study menu.
not listed (too many).
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
51345 [MQ51345] Proper Proper exposure submenus are not listed Register the specified exposure menu with
exposure submenus are (too few). the study menu.
not listed (too few).
51346 [MQ51346] No exposure No exposure submenu information is Select the specified study menu and
submenu information is included. perform QC.
included.
51347 [MQ51347] Same IP is Same IP is used multiple times. Use multiple different IP.
used multiple times.
51348 [MQ51348] Incorrect Incorrect exposure menu is selected. Select the same menu or end the study
exposure menu is selected. and start again from the beginning.
51349 [MQ51349] QC test cannot QC test cannot be performed. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
be performed. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
51350 [MQ51350] Failed to Failed to access the database. Click the close button on the QC execution
access the database. [MammoQC] window.
[MammoQC]
51351 [MQ51351] Failed to Failed to access the database. [QCItems] Click the close button on the QC execution
access the database. window.
[QCItems]
51352 [MQ51352] Input value is Input value is incorrect. Input a correct value.
incorrect.
51353 [MQ51353] Input value is Input value is incorrect. Check the exposure conditions and expose
incorrect. again/calculate again.
51354 [MQ51354] Input value is Input value is incorrect. Check the phantom position and expose
incorrect. again/calculate again.
51355 [MQ51355] Some items Some items have not yet been input. Check and input the exposure conditions
have not yet been input. (%s).
51356 [MQ51356] Some items Some items have not yet been input. Enter %s of the %s tab.
51357 [MQ51357] Cannot perform Cannot perform measurement. Check the exposure conditions and expose
measurement. again/calculate again.
51358 [MQ51358] Image is Image is incorrect. Check the phantom position and the
incorrect. exposure conditions and expose again/
calculate again.
51359 [MQ51359] Failed in Failed in obtaining data from the image Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
obtaining data from the information file. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
image information file. 300CL.
51360 [MQ51360] Failed to Failed to display the image. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
display the image. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
51361 [MQ51361] Max. (min.) Max. (min.) criteria value for %s is Check the baseline value or the criteria
criteria value for %s is incorrect. and set again.
incorrect.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
51362 [MQ51362] The input value The value set to the initial setting is out of Set the value to the initial setting in range.
is invalid. range.
51363 [MQ51363] Fail/Pass is not Fail/Pass is not specified. Specify the Fail/Pass.
specified.
incorrect.
incorrect.
incorrect.
incorrect.
51368 [MQ51368] Some items Some items have not yet been input. Enter the user input items.
51369 [MQ51369] Some items Some items have not yet been input. Enter the %s.
incorrect.
51371 [MQ51371] Cannot perform Cannot perform measurement. Check the image size of the input image.
measurement.
incorrect.
incorrect.
incorrect.
incorrect.
51376 [MQ51376] Failed to obtain Failed to obtain a baseline value. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
a baseline value. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
51377 [MQ51377] Cannot save Cannot save the test result. Check the user input contents and perform
the test result. automatic calculation.
51378 [MQ51378] Cannot save Cannot save the test result. Check the user input contents.
the test result.
51379 [MQ51379] Cannot save Cannot save the test result. Perform automatic calculation.
the test result.
51380 [MQ51380] Max. criteria Max. criteria value for %s is incorrect. Check the baseline value or the criteria
value for %s is incorrect. and set again.
51381 [MQ51381] Min. criteria Min. criteria value for %s is incorrect. Check the baseline value or the criteria
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
51382 [MQ51382] Cannot perform Cannot perform measurement. Check the input number.
measurement.
51383 [MQ51383] Cannot perform Cannot perform measurement. Set the CNR baseline value correctly.
measurement.
51384 [MQ51384] Cannot obtain Cannot obtain data of the images captured Images are read in for all displayed menus.
data of the images captured by exposure.
by exposure.
incorrect.
51400 [MQ51400] Failed to Failed to access the database. [%s] Click the close button on the QC execution
access the database. [%s] window.
51401 [MQ51401] IP with the IP with the same number is used multiple Reread the image so there is no duplicate
same number is used times. IP number.
multiple times.
51402 [MQ51402] Value of the Value of the registry information is Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
registry information is abnormal. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
abnormal. 300CL.
51403 [MQ51403] Failed in Failed in deletion processing. Delete again.
deletion processing.
51404 [MQ51404] X-ray device X-ray device name is invalid. Change the X-ray device name in the
name is invalid. system settings.
51405 [MQ51405] Conditions for Conditions for QC implementation are not Check the QC implementation conditions.
QC implementation are not satisfied.
satisfied.
51406 [MQ51406] If the number of If the number of menus exceeds 32, Check the QC menu number.
menus exceeds 32, Mammo QC cannot be executed.
Mammo QC cannot be
executed.
51600 [ME51600] Failed in Failed in mounting the media. Ensure that %s media has been set and
mounting the media. connected to a network.
51601 [ME51601] The free space The free space of the media is running out. Replace the media or specify another
of the media is running out. folder.
51610 [ME51610] The specified The specified folder does not exist. Select a folder again.
folder does not exist.
51615 [ME51615] Insert a disk to The disk is not inserted to the drive. Insert a disk to the drive. The mounting
the drive. The mounting process will be performed in the originally
process will be performed connected destination.
in the originally connected
destination.
51616 [ME51616] A delivery A delivery destination does not exist in the Select a distribution code again.
destination does not exist specified distribution code.
in the specified distribution
code.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
51617 [ME51617] The maximum The maximum number of input characters Up to 16 characters can be entered for a
number of input characters has been exceeded for the volume label. volume label.
has been exceeded for the
volume label.
51618 [ME51618] Input of volume Input of volume label is invalid. Enter correctly.
label is invalid.
51672 [ME51672] No media is No media is inserted. Insert media.
inserted.
51673 [ME51673] The inserted The inserted medium is not blank. Insert a blank medium or specify an
medium is not blank. unused folder.
51674 [ME51674] Disk space is Disk space is insufficient. Replace the disk with high-capacity media.
insufficient.
51675 [ME51675] The maximum The maximum number of input characters Up to 4 characters can be entered for a file
number of input characters has been exceeded for a file name. name.
has been exceeded for a
file name.
51676 [ME51676] Input of file Input of file name is invalid. Enter correctly.
name is invalid.
51678 [ME51678] The destination The destination folder for storage is not Select an empty folder.
folder for storage is not empty.
empty.
52100 FFSpooler FFGetSizeCode Failed. Conversion function to the size code Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Source file name
[MakePermitted returned an error. reinstall the system. %2: Source file line
SizeCodeList]\nF=%1 number
L=%2 Gr=%3, El=%4 %3: Size code
%4: DDU group ID
%5: DDU element ID
52100 FFSpooler Operation Table Invalid Dat No record is found in recordset. Restart. If the same phenomenon recurred, %1: Source file name
a[tNotifyUpdateImageStatu reinstall the system. %2: Source file line
sResult]\nF=%1 L=%2 number
RequestID=%2 %3: RequestID
52103 FFQCMsgBoxCtrl SetCaption An error has occurred at the time of Check that the file “Fujifilm\IIP\Param\
GetStrDBString2: {0} database reading/writing. MammoQC.mdb” exists at the database
and restart DR-ID 300CL.
52105 [MQ52105] Failed to Failed to access the definition file. Click the button to exit the system.
access the definition file (ID Contact maintenance personnel.
change required).
52106 FFSpooler remove DDOfile Failed Failed in deleting the DDO file while Restart DR-ID 300CL. %1: ImageID
[tSpoolProcSR] canceling the SR output request due to the If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
[ImageID=%1] failure of the device information retrieval. DR-ID 300CL.
52106 [MQ52106] Failed to Failed to access the database. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
access the database. (ID If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
change required) DR-ID 300CL.
[MammoQC]
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
52107 [MQ52107] Image with Image with unsupported reading density is Select a suitable menu and expose.
unsupported reading included.
density is included (ID
change required).
52110 FFQCMsgBoxCtrl cmmOK_Click An error has occurred at the time of Check that the file “Fujifilm\IIP\Param\
Rollback {0} : {1} database reading/writing. MammoQC.mdb” exists at the database
52110 FFQCMsgBoxCtrl InitValue An error has occurred at the time of Check that the file “Fujifilm\IIP\Param\
GetXRayDevInfo({0}, m_ database reading/writing. MammoQC.mdb” exists at the database
tXRayUnit): lRet = {1} and restart DR-ID 300CL.
52113 FFSpooler Array Index Overflow An incorrect ID was given to the film data Perform delivery again. If the error is %s: File name
tJobInfo. in the output job data. caused by the system, reinstall the system. %d: Number of lines
tpFilmInfo[nFilmNum] \
nF=%s L=%d
53600 [ME53600] Required hard Required hard disk space is insufficient. Check the free space of the hard disk.
disk space is insufficient.
53601 [ME53601] Disk space is Disk space is insufficient. Check the free space of the disk.
insufficient.
53611 [ME53611] Failed in Failed in obtaining a study from the media. Check the image processing parameters. If
obtaining a study from the The study contains an image with invalid the error is caused by the system, reinstall
media. image processing conditions. the DR-ID 300CL.
The study contains an
image with invalid image
processing conditions.
54207 [MQ54207] The period The period exceeds the allowable range. Input the date again.
exceeds the allowable
range.
54208 [MQ54208] Out of disk Out of disk space. Change the save destination and save
space. again.
54209 [MQ54209] Cannot display Cannot display the detailed graph for the Use full display mode.
the detailed graph for the selected item.
selected item.
54210 [MQ54210] Cannot display Cannot display the exposure conditions. Check the existence of exposure
the exposure conditions. conditions.
54215 [MQ54215] Failed in writing Failed in writing a file. Check the output media status.
a file.
54308 [MQ54308] Some items Some items have not yet been input. Check the input item.
54309 [MQ54309] The study result The study result cannot be stored. Input the study result.
cannot be stored.
54310 [MQ54310] Some items Some items have not yet been input. Enter the user input items.
54312 [MQ54312] Image Image sharpness is illegal. The phantom is inclined against IP. Set the
sharpness is illegal. phantom correctly and expose again.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
54327 [MQ54327] Some items Some items have not yet been input. Enter the %s.
54332 [MQ54332] Value outside Value outside the specified range is input. Enter a value greater than %s.
the specified range is input.
54333 [MQ54333] Max. criteria Max. criteria value for %s is incorrect. Check the baseline value or the criteria
54334 [MQ54334] Min criteria Min criteria value for %s is incorrect. Check the baseline value or the criteria
54335 [MQ54335] The latest test The latest test result is not saved. Store the study result.
result is not saved.
54337 [MQ54337] No baseline No baseline value is input. Create a new baseline values.
value is input.
54338 [MQ54338] Delivery setting Delivery setting was not made on the Perform output again after implementing
was not made on the Console. the delivery setting with DR-ID 300CL.
Console.
54339 [MQ54339] The boxes for The boxes for targets and filters are not Apply at least one check mark.
targets and filters are not checked.
checked.
54403 [MQ54403] Failed to Failed to access the database. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
access the database. [%s] phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
54613 [ME54613] The media The media management file is for read Confirm contents of the media.
management file is for read only.
only.
54616 [ME54616] This media is This media is not allowed by this system to Confirm contents of the system setup
not allowed by this system write data. database.
to write data.
54617 [ME54617] This is not an This is not an operating media. Confirm contents of the media.
operating media.
54625 [ME54625] Power Power interruption was detected. Shut down the system immediately.
interruption was detected.
54626 [ME54626] No media No media management files exist. Check the contents of the media.
management files exist.
54627 [ME54627] The media The media management file is for read Confirm contents of the media.
management file is for read only or write-protected.
only or write-protected.
54628 [ME54628] The file cannot The file cannot be handled because it is Confirm contents of the media.
be handled because it is unformatted or illegally formatted.
unformatted or illegally
formatted.
54640 SKBLauncher Not Found Bmp folder There is no BMP folder. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
54640 SKBLauncher Not Found SKBOffU.bmp There is no BMP file. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
or SKBOffD.bmp If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher Not Found SKBOnU.bmp There is no BMP file. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
SKBOnD.bmp If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher Not Found SysConfig.mdb There is no SysConfig.mdb. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher Faild DB Connect Failed in connecting to database. Restart the PC. If the same phenomenon
54640 SKBLauncher Not Found KEY There is no received KEY string in Restart DR-ID 300CL.
SysConfig. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher Not Found USB Drive Cannot find USB drive. Confirm whether the USB is available for
DR-ID 300CL and whether the settings for
MediaStorage is correct.
54640 SKBLauncher BootEXE() An exception occurred. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
Exception error If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher IsUnLockUSB() An exception occurred. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher DeleteAllXMLFile() An exception occurred. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher ChangeDrive() An exception occurred. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher Not Found NetConfig.mdb There is no NetConfig.mdb. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher Faild DB Connect Failed in connecting to database. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher Faild FFGetHostname Failed in FFGetHostname. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher Abnormal Termination Get Failed in acquiring the registry “HKEY_ Restart DR-ID 300CL.
media registory LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\FujiFilm\ If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
IIP\Media\Drive”. DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher Failed GetRecordCount Failed in acquiring records from MediaDB. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
54640 SKBLauncher Failed Connect MediaDB Failed in connecting to MediaDB. Restart the PC. If the same phenomenon
54640 SKBLauncher Not Found Bitmap Path There is no BMP folder. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher SKBOnButton Bitmap Set There is no BMP file. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
Error If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher SKBOffButton Bitmap Set There is no BMP file. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher USBPwdButton Bitmap Set There is no BMP file. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher SKBOpenButton Bitmap There is no BMP file. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
Set Error If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher SKBRisUSBPwd Bitmap There is no BMP file. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
Set Error If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher SKBHotPlug Bitmap Set There is no BMP file. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher SKBHotPlug Bitmap Set There is no BMP file. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
59198 FFQCMsgBoxCtrl DispQC An error has occurred at the time of DDO Check that the DDO file exists and restart
m_clsQCDicomCommon. files reading/writing. DR-ID 300CL.
UpdateFolderPath(inputPat
h,nDicomArray)
59198 FFQCMsgBoxCtrl JudgeImgInfoObj An error has occurred at the time of DDO Check the appropriateness of the data of
m_clsQCDicom. files reading. the DDO file and restart DR-ID 300CL.
GetImagePixelSpacing(m_
QCDataInfo({0}).
nDicomObj,
strImageDensity): lRet={1}
GetImagePixel(m_
QCDataInfo({0}).
nDicomObj, nImagePixel):
lRet={1}
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
GetImageFileUrl(m_
QCDataInfo({0}).
nDicomObj,
strImageFileUrl): lRet={1}
GetThmImageFileUrl(m_
QCDataInfo({0}).
nDicomObj,
strImageFileUrl): lRet=={1}
GetStationName(m_
QCDataInfo({0}).
nDicomObj,
strStationName): lRet={1}
59198 FFQCMsgBoxCtrl JudgeMenuName An error has occurred at the time of DDO Check the appropriateness of the data of
Correspondence files reading. the DDO file and restart DR-ID 300CL.
m_clsQCDicom.GetExam
MenuNameSbcs(m_
QCDataInfo({0}).
nDicomObj,
strExamination({1})):
lRet={2}
m_clsQCDicom.
GetExposureMenuName
Sbcs(m_QCDataInfo({0}).
nDicomObj,
strExposure({1})): lRet={2}
m_clsQCDicom.
GetPlateID(m_
QCDataInfo({0}).
nDicomObj, strPlateID({1})):
lRet={2}
59198 FFQCMsgBoxCtrl InitQcComponent An error has occurred at the time of DB Check that the file “Fujifilm\IIP\Param\
GetXRayDevInfo({0}, m_ reading/writing. MammoQC.mdb” exists at the database
tXrayUnit): lRet={1} and restart DR-ID 300CL.
59198 FFQCMsgBoxCtrl InitQcComponent An initialization error has occurred for Check that the file “Fujifilm\IIP\Param\
InitQcAutoCalc MammoQCAutoCalcCom.dll. MammoQCAutoCalcCom.dll” exists.
After check the appropriateness of the
data, restart DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
59198 FFQCMsgBoxCtrl InitQcComponent An initialization error has occurred for Check that the file “Fujifilm\IIP\System\
InitQcResultJudge MammoQCResultJudgeCom.dll. MammoQCResultJudgeCom.dll” exists.
After check the appropriateness of the
data, restart DR-ID 300CL.
59198 FFQCMsgBoxCtrl CreateData An error has occurred at the time of DDO Check the appropriateness of the data of
m_clsQCDicom. files reading. the DDO file (INF) and restart DR-ID
GetImageId(m_ 300CL.
QCDataInfo({0}).
nDicomObj, m_
lImageID({1})) : lRet={2})
GetStdImageFileUrl(m_ 300CL.
QCDataInfo({0}").
nDicomObj, strBuf):
lRet={1})
GetStdImagePixel(m_ 300CL.
QCDataInfo({0}").
nDicomObj, lBuf): lRet={1})
GetStdImageLine(m_ 300CL.
QCDataInfo({0}").
GetStdImageDepth(m_ 300CL.
QCDataInfo({0}").
GetExposureMenuName 300CL.
Sbcs(m_QCDataInfo({0}”).
nDicomObj, strBuf):
lRet={1})
GetExamMenuName 300CL.
Sbcs(m_QCDataInfo({0}").
nDicomObj, strBuf):
lRet={1})
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
GetMenuNameDbcs(m_ 300CL.
QCDataInfo({0}").
nDicomObj, strBuf):
lRet={1})
GetPlateID(m_ 300CL.
QCDataInfo({0}").
nDicomObj, strBuf):
lRet={1})
GetDetectorID(m_ 300CL.
QCDataInfo({0}").
nDicomObj, strBuf):
lRet={1})
GetSValue(m_ 300CL.
QCDataInfo({0}").
GetExposureResultKVP 300CL.
(m_QCDataInfo({0}").
GetXconExposure(m_ 300CL.
QCDataInfo({0}").
GetExposureResultMas 300CL.
nDicomObj, lbuf): lRet={1})
GetAnodeTargetMaterial 300CL.
nDicomObj,
strTargetMaterial): lRet={1})
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
GetFilterMaterial(m_ 300CL.
QCDataInfo({0}").
nDicomObj,
strFilterMaterial): lRet={1})
GetBodyPartThickness(m_ 300CL.
QCDataInfo({0}").
nDicomObj, strBuf):
lRet={1})
GetCompressionForce(m_ 300CL.
QCDataInfo({0}").
nDicomObj, strBuf):
lRet={1})
GetImageFileUrl(m_ 300CL.
QCDataInfo({0}").
nDicomObj, strBuf):
lRet={1})
m_clsQCDicomGetImagePi files reading. the DDO file (INF) and restart DR-ID
xelSpacing(m_ 300CL.
QCDataInfo({0}").
nDicomObj, strBuf):
lRet={1})
GetImageDepth(m_ 300CL.
QCDataInfo({0}").
nDicomObj, strBuf):
lRet={1})
GetMachineCode(m_ 300CL.
QCDataInfo({0}").
nDicomObj, strBuf):
lRet={1})
GetImagePixel(m_ 300CL.
QCDataInfo({0}").
nDicomObj, nBuf): lRet={1})
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
GetImageHighBit(m_ 300CL.
QCDataInfo({0}").
GetScanDirection(m_ 300CL.
QCDataInfo({0}").
nDicomObj, strBuf):
lRet={1})
GetRotationInverse(m_ 300CL.
QCDataInfo({0}").
nDicomObj, strBuf):
lRet={1})
GetImageInfFileUrl(m_ 300CL.
QCDataInfo({0}").
nDicomObj, strBuf):
lRet={1})
59198 FFQCMsgBoxCtrl CreateData LUT table could not be created. Check the appropriateness of the data of
MakeLUTTable(strDDOFile the DDO file (INF) and restart DR-ID
Path, {0}) : lRet={1}) 300CL.
m_clsQCDiCom. files reading. the DDO file (INF) and restart DR-ID
GetDeviceName(m_ 300CL.
QCDataInfo(0).nDicomObj,
strBuf) : lRet={1}
GetStationName(m_ 300CL.
QCDataInfo({0}).
nDicomObj, strReader):
lRet={1})
GetParamedicCode(m_ 300CL.
m_strPhysician) : lRet={1})
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
GetParamedicName(m_ 300CL.
strAnk, strKanji, strdata) :
lRet={1})
GetStudyDate(m_ 300CL.
QCDataInfo(0),m_
strStudyDate) : lRet={1})
59198 FFQCMsgBoxCtrl MakeLUTTable Failed in accessing the dll. Check the appropriateness of the data of
CCAppImgPreProcGamma the file “Fujifilm\IIP\System\
TblGetter({0}, {1}): lRet={2} ACCAppImgPreProc.dll” and restart DR-ID
300CL.
59198 FFQCMsgBoxCtrl MakeLUTTable Failed in accessing the dll. Check the appropriateness of the data of
FCDAppImgPreProc the file “Fujifilm\IIP\System\
GammaTbl({0}, {1}): ACCAppImgPreProc.dll” and restart DR-ID
lRet={2} 300CL.
59198 FFQCMsgBoxCtrl JudgeReExposure An error has occurred at the time of DDO Check the appropriateness of the data of
GetImageId(qcData 300CL.
Info({0}).nDicomObj,
nNowImageData({1}).lID) :
lRet={2}
59198 FFQCMsgBoxCtrl DispResultQC An error has occurred at the time of Check that the file “Fujifilm\IIP\Param\
initComXRay database reading/writing. MammoQC.mdb” exists in the database
59198 FFQCMsgBoxCtrl Initialize An error has occurred at the time of Check that the file “Fujifilm\IIP\Param\
initComXRay database reading/writing. MammoQC.mdb” exists in the database
60000 [UU60000] An error An error occurred. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
occurred. phenomenon recurred, contact your
service engineer.
60002 [UU60002] User Utility will User Utility will be terminated. Restart the system.
be terminated. If the same error recurs after restarting the
60050 [UU60050] Failed in Failed in accessing the character string Restart the system.
accessing the character database. If the same error recurs after restarting the
string database. system, reinstall the system.
60051 [UU60051] Failed in Failed in accessing the system setting Restart the system.
accessing the system database. If the same error recurs after restarting the
setting database. system, reinstall the system.
60052 [UU60052] Failed in Failed in obtaining the registry information. Restart the system.
obtaining the registry If the same error recurs after restarting the
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
60053 [UU60053] Value of registry Value of registry information is abnormal. Restart the system.
information is abnormal. If the same error recurs after restarting the
60054 [UU60054] Failed in Failed in obtaining the information from the Restart the system.
obtaining the information character string database. If the same error recurs after restarting the
from the character string system, reinstall the system.
database.
obtaining the information system setting database. If the same error recurs after restarting the
from the system setting system, reinstall the system.
database.
obtaining the information system setting file. If the same error recurs after restarting the
from the system setting file. system, reinstall the system.
60057 [UU60057] Failed in settingFailed in setting information to the system Restart the system.
information to the system setting file. If the same error recurs after restarting the
setting file. system, reinstall the system.
60080 [UU60080] Failed in Failed in obtaining the display group Restart the system.
obtaining the display groupinformation. If the same error recurs after restarting the
60081 [UU60081] Failed in Failed in obtaining the menu information. Restart the system.
obtaining the menu If the same error recurs after restarting the
60100 [UU60100] Failed in Failed in obtaining the MPM code. Restart the system.
obtaining the MPM code. If the same error recurs after restarting the
60114 [UU60114] Failed in Failed in obtaining the XCON parameter. Restart the system.
obtaining the XCON If the same error recurs after restarting the
parameter. system, reinstall the system.
60183 [UU60183] Failed in Failed in accessing the technologist Restart the system.
accessing the technologist information database. If the same error recurs after restarting the
information database. system, reinstall the system.
60184 [UU60184] Failed in Failed in accessing the technologist Restart the system.
accessing the technologist information database. If the same error recurs after restarting the
database.
60203 [UU60203] Failed in Failed in accessing the requesting Restart the system.
accessing the requesting department information database. If the same error recurs after restarting the
department information system, reinstall the system.
database.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
60204 [UU60204] Failed in Failed in accessing the requesting Restart the system.
accessing the requesting department information database. If the same error recurs after restarting the
department information system, reinstall the system.
database.
database.
60215 [UU60215] Failed in Failed in accessing the film annotation Restart the system.
accessing the film database. If the same error recurs after restarting the
annotation database. system, reinstall the system.
60216 [UU60216] Failed in Failed in accessing the film annotation Restart the system.
accessing the film database. If the same error recurs after restarting the
annotation database. system, reinstall the system.
60251 [UU60251] The data for The data for image processing parameter Restart the system.
image processing is invalid. If the same error recurs after restarting the
parameter is invalid. system, reinstall the system.
60260 [UU60260] System has not System has not been rebooted. Restart the system.
been rebooted. If the same error recurs after restarting the
60300 [UU60300] An option and a An option and a database aren't Restart the system.
database aren't conformable. If the same error recurs after restarting the
conformable. system, reinstall the system.
60301 [UU60301] Failed in saving Failed in saving the information. Re-try it.
the information.
60302 [UU60302] Failed in Failed in deleting. Restart the system.
deleting. If the same error recurs after restarting the
60303 [UU60303] User Utility The necessary option has not been Restart the system.
cannot be started because installed. If the same error recurs after restarting the
the necessary option has system, reinstall the system.
not been installed.
60304 [UU60304] System error System error occurred. Confirm the connected device.
occurred.
60305 [UU60305] System error System error occurred. Confirm the connected device.
occurred.
60306 [UU60306] A A communication error occurred with the Perform the operation again after checking
communication error X-ray generator. the X-ray generator.
occurred with the X-ray
generator.
61060 [UU61060] Wrong Wrong password has been input. Re-input correctly.
password has been input.
61082 [UU61082] No menu has No menu has been selected. Select item prior to selection.
been selected.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
61083 [UU61083] Already Already registered for displaying and Release the display registration for
registered for displaying cannot be deleted. deleting.
and cannot be deleted.
61084 [UU61084] Already Already registered to the study menu and Delete from the study menu for deleting.
registered to the study cannot be deleted.
menu and cannot be
deleted.
61085 [UU61085] Display group Display group has no menu. Register menu or delete/display group.
has no menu.
61090 [UU61090] Invalid character Invalid character has been input in the Re-input correctly.
has been input in the display group name.
display group name.
61094 [UU61094] Display group Display group name is illegal. Either display group is too long (up to 64)
name is illegal. or invalid character has been input.
Re-input correctly.
61103 [UU61103] Same extension Same extension menu code already exists. Input other extension menu code.
menu code already exists.
61106 [UU61106] Same ANK Same ANK exposure menu name already Input other ANK exposure menu.
exposure menu name exists.
already exists.
61109 [UU61109] Same kanji- Same kanji-exposure menu name already Input other kanji-exposure menu name.
exposure menu name exists.
already exists.
61110 [UU61110] Extension menu Extension menu code is illegal. Either extension code is too long (up to 16)
code is illegal. or invalid character has been input.
Re-input correctly.
61111 [UU61111] ANK exposure ANK exposure menu name is illegal. Either ANK exposure menu name is too
menu name is illegal. long (up to 64) or invalid character has
been input.
Re-input correctly.
61112 [UU61112] Kanji-exposure Kanji-exposure menu name is illegal. Either kanji-exposure menu name is too
menu name is illegal. long (up to 28) or invalid character has
been input.
Re-input correctly.
61122 [UU61122] MPM code is MPM code is illegal. Either MPM code length is invalid (fix; 4) or
illegal. invalid character has been input.
Re-input correctly.
61125 [UU61125] Same film Same film annotation already exists. Input other film annotation.
annotation already exists.
61130 [UU61130] Manufacturer/ Manufacturer/Equipment Code is illegal. Re-input correctly.
Equipment Code is illegal.
61131 [UU61131] Film-related Film-related code is illegal. Re-input correctly.
code is illegal.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
61132 [UU61132] AEC setting is AEC setting is incorrect. Input correctly.
incorrect.
61142 [UU61142] Same study Same study menu code already exists. Input other study menu code.
61145 [UU61145] Same ANK Same ANK study menu name already Input other ANK study menu name.
study menu name already exists.
exists.
61148 [UU61148] Same kanji- Same kanji-study menu name already Input other kanji-study menu name (up to
study menu name already exists. 28).
exists.
61149 [UU61149] No exposure No exposure menu has been selected. Select item prior to selection.
menu has been selected.
61151 [UU61151] Exposure menu Exposure menu cannot be registered. Register the exposure menu to another
cannot be registered. study, or delete unnecessary exposure
menus.
61153 [UU61153] Study menu Study menu code is illegal. Either study menu code is too long (up to
code is illegal. 16) or invalid character has been input.
Re-input correctly.
61154 [UU61154] ANK study ANK study menu code is illegal. Either ANK study menu name is too long
menu code is illegal. (up to 64) or invalid character has been
input.
Re-input correctly.
61155 [UU61155] Kanji-study Kanji-study menu code is illegal. Kanji-study menu name is too long (up to
menu code is illegal. 28) or invalid character has been input.
Re-input correctly.
61171 [UU61171] No technologist No technologist code has been input. Input the technologist code.
code has been input.
61172 [UU61172] technologist technologist code is illegal. Technologist code should be %s characters
code is illegal. (FIX).
Re-input correctly.
has been input in the technologist code.
technologist code.
61174 [UU61174] Same Same technologist code already exists. Input other technologist code.
technologist code already
exists.
61175 [UU61175] No ANK No ANK technologist name has been input. Input ANK technologist name.
technologist name has
been input.
61176 [UU61176] ANK ANK technologist name is too long. ANK technologist name can be input up to
technologist name is too 64.
long.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
has been input in the ANK ANK technologist name.
technologist name.
61178 [UU61178] Same ANK Same ANK technologist name already Input other ANK technologist name.
technologist name already exists.
exists.
61179 [UU61179] No kanji- No kanji-technologist name has been Input kanji-technologist name.
technologist name has input.
been input.
61180 [UU61180] Kanji- Kanji-technologist name is too long. Kanji-technologist name can be input up to
technologist name is too 28.
long.
has been input in the kanji- kanji-technologist name.
technologist name.
61182 [UU61182] Same kanji- Same kanji-technologist name already Input other technologist name.
technologist name already exists.
exists.
61191 [UU61191] No requesting No requesting department code has been Input the requesting department code.
department code has been input.
input.
61192 [UU61192] Requesting Requesting department code is too long. Requesting department code can be input
department code is too up to 16.
long.
has been input in the requesting department code.
code.
61194 [UU61194] Same Same requesting department code already Input other requesting department code.
requesting department exists.
code already exists.
61195 [UU61195] No ANK No ANK requesting department name has Input ANK requesting department name.
requesting department been input.
name has been input.
61196 [UU61196] ANK requesting ANK requesting department name is too ANK requesting department name can be
department name is too long. input up to 64.
long.
has been input in the ANK ANK requesting department name.
name.
61198 [UU61198] Same ANK Same ANK requesting department name Input other ANK requesting department
requesting department already exists. name.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
61199 [UU61199] No kanji- No kanji-requesting department name has Input kanji-requesting department name.
requesting department been input.
name has been input.
61200 [UU61200] Kanji-requesting Kanji-requesting department name is too Kanji-requesting department name can be
department name is too long. input up to 8.
long.
has been input in the Kanji- Kanji-requesting department name.
name.
61202 [UU61202] Same kanji- Same kanji-requesting department name Input other kanji-requesting department
requesting department already exists. name.
61203 [UU61203] The number of The number of split exposure cannot be Set the amount of exposure division to 1.
split exposure cannot be set more than two except when the
set more than two except function is RT.
when the function is RT.
61211 [UU61211] No film No film annotation characters have been Input the film annotation characters.
annotation characters have input.
been input.
61212 [UU61212] Film annotation Film annotation characters are too long. Film annotation characters can be input up
characters are too long. to 10.
61213 [UU61213] Invalid character Invalid character has been input in the film Re-input correctly.
has been input in the film annotation characters.
annotation characters.
61214 [UU61214] Same film Same film annotation already exists. Input other film annotation.
annotation already exists.
61224 [UU61224] The drive is not The drive is not ready yet. Confirm the drive.
ready yet.
61234 [UU61234] Drive is not Drive is not ready. Confirm the drive.
ready.
61235 [UU61235] The wrong disk The wrong disk is inserted. Confirm the drive.
is inserted.
61236 [UU61236] The wrong disk The wrong disk is inserted. Insert %s the backup disk.
is inserted.
61260 [UU61260] No default No default menu has been selected. Select item.
menu has been selected.
61280 [UU61280] No Coding No Coding Scheme Designator has been Input Coding Scheme Designator.
Scheme Designator has input.
been input.
61281 [UU61281] Coding Scheme Coding Scheme Designator is too long. Coding Scheme Designator can be input
Designator is too long. up to 16.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
61282 [UU61282] Invalid character Invalid character has been input in Coding Re-input correctly.
has been input in Coding Scheme Designator.
Scheme Designator.
61290 [UU61290] The patient's The patient's information maintenance Restart the system.
information maintenance cannot be executed. If the same error recurs after restarting the
cannot be executed. system, reinstall the system.
61291 [UU61291] The patient's The patient's information database cannot Restart the system.
information database be backed up. If the same error recurs after restarting the
cannot be backed up. system, reinstall the system.
61292 [UU61292] The patient's The patient's information database cannot Restart the system.
information database be restored. If the same error recurs after restarting the
cannot be restored. system, reinstall the system.
61300 [UU61300] Failed in backup Failed in backup process. Re-try it.
process.
61301 [UU61301] Failed in restore Failed in restore process. Re-try it.
process.
61302 [UU61302] An error An error occurred. Restart the system.
61310 [UU61310] No direction of No direction of columns has been input. Input direction of columns.
columns has been input.
61311 [UU61311] Direction of Direction of columns is too long. Direction of columns characters can be
columns is too long. input up to 3.
has been input in the direction of columns.
direction of columns.
61313 [UU61313] No direction of No direction of rows has been input. Input direction of rows.
rows has been input.
61314 [UU61314] Direction of Direction of rows is too long. Direction of rows characters can be input
rows is too long. up to 3.
has been input in the direction of rows.
direction of rows.
61316 [UU61316] No code value No code value has been input. Input code value.
has been input.
61317 [UU61317] Code value is Code value is too long. Code value characters can be input up to
too long. 16.
has been input in the code code value.
value.
61319 [UU61319] No coding No coding scheme designator has been Input coding scheme designator.
scheme designator has input.
been input.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
61320 [UU61320] Coding scheme Coding scheme designator is too long. Coding scheme designator characters can
designator is too long. be input up to 16.
has been input in the coding scheme designator.
coding scheme designator.
61322 [UU61322] No coding No coding scheme version has been input. Input coding scheme version.
scheme version has been
input.
61323 [UU61323] Coding scheme Coding scheme version is too long. Coding scheme version characters can be
version is too long. input up to 16.
has been input in the coding scheme version.
coding scheme version.
61325 [UU61325] No code No code meaning has been input. Input code meaning.
meaning has been input.
61326 [UU61326] Code meaning Code meaning version is too long. Code meaning characters can be input up
version is too long. to 64.
has been input in the code code meaning version.
meaning version.
61329 [UU61329] It registers for It registers for the DX parameter of the Unregister it from exposure menu to
the DX parameter of the exposure menu. It can't be deleted. delete.
exposure menu. It can't be
deleted.
61331 [UU61331] Same code Same code value, coding scheme Input other information.
value, coding scheme designator and coding scheme version
designator and coding already exists.
scheme version already
exists.
61332 [UU61332] No user name No user name has been input. Input user name.
has been input.
61333 [UU61333] User name User name version is too long User name characters can be input up to
version is too long 20.
has been input in the User User Name.
Name.
61335 [UU61335] An input user An input user name can't be used. Input other user name.
name can't be used.
61336 [UU61336] Same user Same user name already exists. Input other user name.
61337 [UU61337] No password No password has been input. Input password.
has been input.
61338 [UU61338] Password is too Password is too long. Password can be input up to 20.
long.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
has been input in the password.
password.
61341 [UU61341] This file is not This file is not for the contrast medium data Select contrast medium data base.
for the contrast medium base.
data base.
61342 [UU61342] A backup file A backup file does not exist. Confirm the file path.
does not exist.
61343 [UU61343] Direction of Direction of rows includes the same Re-input correctly.
rows includes the same character.
character.
61344 [UU61344] Direction of Direction of columns includes the same Re-input correctly.
columns includes the same character.
character.
61345 [UU61345] No media No media management files exist. Folder that is not subject to reconfiguration
management files exist. may be selected.
61500 [UU61500] All the images Deleting all images within Image Box. Click the button and continue the
in ImageBox will be operation.
deleted.
64311 [UU64311] Data transfer Data transfer service cannot be started at Check the connection and then re-try it.
service cannot be started at the destination device.
the destination device.
64312 [UU64312] Cannot connect Unable to connect to the destination Check the connection and then re-try it.
to the destination device. device.
64313 [UU64313] Cannot obtain Cannot obtain the system configuration at
Restart the system.
the system configuration at the destination device. If the same error recurs after restarting the
the destination device. system, reinstall the system.
64314 [UU64314] Cannot obtain Cannot obtain the system configuration. Restart the system.
the system configuration. If the same error recurs after restarting the
64315 [UU64315] An error occurs. An error occurs. This processing cannot be Retry.
This processing cannot be continued.
continued.
64457 [UU64457] The function ES The function ES cannot be specified by the Select other functions.
cannot be specified by the exposure menu that registered in study
exposure menu that menu.
registered in study menu.
64459 [UU64459] An exposure An exposure menu that has been Specify another function.
menu that has been registered to a multiframe-specified study
registered to a multiframe- menu cannot specify the ES function.
specified study menu
cannot specify the ES
function.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
64460 [UU64460] MPM code MPM code cannot be extended anymore Assign any existing MPM code or contact
cannot be extended because it has reached the limit number. maintenance personnel.
anymore because it has
reached the limit number.
64461 [UU64461] DX parameters DX parameters have not been determined. Set image laterality and patient orientation.
have not been determined.
64509 [UU64509] A query server A query server isn't set up. Choose a query server when you do
isn't set up. automatic retrieve.
Don't check automatic retrieve check when
you can't choose it.
64560 [UU64560] No user group No user group has been entered. Enter a user group.
has been entered.
64563 [UU64563] No display No display items have been assigned. Assign display items appropriately.
items have been assigned.
64566 [UU64566] Failed in data Failed in data transmission processing. Retry.
transmission processing.
64569 [UU64569] No display No display items have been selected. Select display items accordingly.
items have been selected.
64580 [UU64580] The minimum The minimum allowable S value exceeds Input it correctly.
allowable S value exceeds the maximum value.
the maximum value.
64581 [UU64581] The minimum The minimum allowable L value exceeds Input it correctly.
allowable L value exceeds the maximum value.
the maximum value.
64584 [UU64584] Failed in Failed in calculating the count how many Restart the system.
calculating the count how times the IP was used. If the same error recurs after restarting the
many times the IP was system, reinstall the system.
used.
64585 [UU64585] Failed in Failed in printout of the file list. Restart the system.
printout of the file list. If the same error recurs after restarting the
64586 [UU64586] Failed in Failed in resetting the count how many Restart the system.
resetting the count how times the IP was used. If the same error recurs after restarting the
many times the IP was system, reinstall the system.
used.
64587 [UU64587] Failed in Failed in launching the RetakeAnalysis Restart the system.
launching the tool. If the same error recurs after restarting the
RetakeAnalysis tool. system, reinstall the system.
64592 [UU64592] Failed in local Failed in local image retrieval and Restart the system.
image retrieval and launching the image saving tool. If the same error recurs after restarting the
launching the image saving system, reinstall the system.
tool.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
64595 [UU64595] Failed in Failed in activation of Ascent View setting Restart the system.
activation of Ascent View window. If the same error recurs after restarting the
setting screen. system, reinstall the system.
65535 [MD00001] Failed in Failed in initialization. Check whether the serial port settings of
initialization. OS are in accordance with those of DR-ID
300CL.
68000 [UU68000] Failed in Failed in initialization. (Error ID:%s) Restart the system.
initialization. (Error ID:%s) If the same error recurs after restarting the
68001 [UU68001] Failed in Failed in retrieval. (Error ID:%s) Restart the system.
retrieval. (Error ID:%s) If the same error recurs after restarting the
68002 [UU68002] Failed in saving Failed in saving the image. (Error ID:%s) Restart the system.
the image. (Error ID:%s) If the same error recurs after restarting the
68015 [UU68015] The time setting The time setting of QA auto confirmation Enter information correctly.
of QA auto confirmation exceeds a range of 5 to 720 minutes.
exceeds a range of 5 to
720 minutes.
68016 [UU68016] Failed in Failed in exporting the patient information Restart the system.
exporting the patient database. If the same error recurs after restarting the
service engineer.
service engineer.
68020 [UU68020] Writing data Writing data onto media was disabled. Check if the media is write-protected.
onto media was disabled.
68023 [UU68023] The parameter The parameter of reconstruction condition Check the reconstruction condition The following items are
of reconstruction condition is invalid. parameters. changed. (Unit: mm)
2. Slice width
3. Slice interval
68024 [UU68024] Failed in starting Failed in starting up the QC tool of the Restart DR-ID 300CL.
up the QC tool of the reader. If the same error recurs after restarting,
reader. reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
68025 [UU68025] No media No media management files exist. Check the folder to be initialized, and then
management files exist. select the folder again.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
68026 [UU68026] The setting The setting value of reconstruction Input a correct value.
value of reconstruction condition is invalid.
condition is invalid.
68027 [UU68027] An image of An image of which the height of the slice is Check the height of the slice.
68028 [UU68028] The number of The number of menus for selected MPM Select a menu for other MPM codes and
menus for selected MPM code exceeded the maximum value. then retry.
code exceeded the
maximum value.
68029 [UU68029] Extension menu The extension menu code (1st half) is not Enter the correct value.
code (1st half) is invalid. composed of 16 characters or invalid
character has been input.
68030 [UU68030] Extension menu The extension menu code (2nd half) is not Enter the correct value.
code (2nd half) is invalid. composed of 16 characters or invalid
character has been input.
68031 [UU68031] Failed in Failed in obtaining JJ1017V3 extension Restart DR-ID 300CL.
obtaining JJ1017V3 menu code. If the same phenomenon recurred, reinstall
extension menu code. DR-ID 300CL.
68032 [UU68032] Same extension Same extension menu code already exists. Input other extension menu code.
70000 [UU70000] Failed in Failed in conversion of mis-exposure *Collected log files may include illegal
conversion of mis-exposure image log information. information. Confirm the log file.
image log information.
70001 [UU70001] Failed in Failed in deletion of log files. Restart the system.
deletion of log files. If the same error recurs after restarting the
70002 [UU70002] Failed in Failed in accessing the definition file. Restart the system.
accessing the definition file. If the same error recurs after restarting the
70003 [UU70003] Connection to Connection to the log sharing database Restart the system.
the log sharing database resulted unsuccessful. If the same error recurs after restarting the
resulted unsuccessful. system, reinstall the system.
70004 [UU70004] Failed in Failed in acquiring information from the log Restart the system.
acquiring information from sharing database. If the same error recurs after restarting the
the log sharing database. system, reinstall the system.
70005 [UU70005] Connection to Connection to the system setting database Restart the system.
the system setting resulted unsuccessful. If the same error recurs after restarting the
database resulted system, reinstall the system.
unsuccessful.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
70006 [UU70006] Failed in Failed in acquiring information from the Restart the system.
acquiring information from system setting database. If the same error recurs after restarting the
the system setting system, reinstall the system.
database.
70007 [UU70007] Connection to Connection to the character string Restart the system.
the character string database resulted unsuccessful. If the same error recurs after restarting the
unsuccessful.
70008 [UU70008] Failed in Failed in acquiring information from the Restart the system.
acquiring information from character string database. If the same error recurs after restarting the
the character string system, reinstall the system.
database.
70009 [UU70009] Failed in Failed in acquiring registry information. Restart the system.
acquiring registry If the same error recurs after restarting the
70010 [UU70010] Failed in writing Failed in writing registry information. Restart the system.
registry information. If the same error recurs after restarting the
70011 [UU70011] Failed in Failed in acquiring technologist Restart the system.
acquiring technologist information. If the same error recurs after restarting the
70012 [UU70012] Failed in Failed in acquiring classifications of mis- Restart the system.
acquiring classifications of exposure images. If the same error recurs after restarting the
mis-exposure images. system, reinstall the system.
70013 [UU70013] Failed in Failed in acquiring comments on mis- Restart the system.
acquiring comments on exposure images. If the same error recurs after restarting the
mis-exposure images. system, reinstall the system.
70014 [UU70014] Connection to Connection to the log information database Restart the system.
the log information resulted unsuccessful. If the same error recurs after restarting the
unsuccessful.
70015 [UU70015] Failed in Failed in acquiring information for setup of Restart the system.
acquiring information for mis-exposure image analysis. If the same error recurs after restarting the
setup of mis-exposure system, reinstall the system.
image analysis.
70016 [UU70016] Failed in Failed in reading image files. Restart the system.
reading image files. If the same error recurs after restarting the
70017 [UU70017] Failed in Failed in displaying images. Restart the system.
displaying images. If the same error recurs after restarting the
70018 [UU70018] Failed in Failed in acquiring the button image. Restart the system.
acquiring the button image. If the same error recurs after restarting the
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
70019 [UU70019] Failed in Failed in conversion of date format. Restart the system.
conversion of date format. If the same error recurs after restarting the
70020 [UU70020] Failed in Failed in storage of the mis-exposure Restart the system.
storage of the mis-exposure image log list. If the same error recurs after restarting the
image log list. system, reinstall the system.
70021 [UU70021] Failed in Failed in storage of the calculation result. Restart the system.
storage of the calculation If the same error recurs after restarting the
result. system, reinstall the system.
70022 [UU70022] An error An error occurred while an image is being Restart the system.
occurred while an image is displayed. If the same error recurs after restarting the
being displayed. system, reinstall the system.
70024 [UU70024] Connection to Connection to the database of regions to Restart the system.
the database of regions to be exposed resulted unsuccessful. If the same error recurs after restarting the
be exposed resulted system, reinstall the system.
unsuccessful.
70025 [UU70025] Connection to Connection to the database of causes of Restart the system.
the database of causes of mis-exposure images resulted If the same error recurs after restarting the
mis-exposure images unsuccessful. system, reinstall the system.
70026 [UU70026] Failed in Failed in calculation of the mis-exposure Restart the system.
calculation of the mis- image log. If the same error recurs after restarting the
exposure image log. system, reinstall the system.
70027 [UU70027] Failed in Failed in displaying calculation result of the Confirm the log file.
displaying calculation result mis-exposure image log.
of the mis-exposure image
log.
70028 [UU70028] Connection to Connection to the network setting database Restart the system.
the network setting resulted unsuccessful. If the same error recurs after restarting the
unsuccessful.
70029 [UU70029] Failed in Failed in acquiring necessary data from the Restart the system.
acquiring necessary data network setting database. If the same error recurs after restarting the
from the network setting system, reinstall the system.
database.
70030 [UU70030] Failed in Failed in displaying the list. Restart the system.
displaying the list. If the same error recurs after restarting the
70031 [UU70031] Free hard disk Free hard disk space for writing data is Change the drive or use new media.
space for writing data is insufficient.
insufficient.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
70032 [UU70032] Failed in Failed in deleting the mis-exposure image Restart the system.
deleting the mis-exposure log. If the same error recurs after restarting the
image log. system, reinstall the system.
70033 [UU70033] Failed in Failed in deleting the exposure result log. Restart the system.
deleting the exposure result If the same error recurs after restarting the
70034 [UU70034] Failed in Failed in deleting an image file. Restart the system.
deleting an image file. If the same error recurs after restarting the
70035 [UU70035] Failed in writing Failed in writing image data in the system Restart the system.
image data in the system setting database. If the same error recurs after restarting the
70036 [UU70036] Failed in writing Failed in writing image data in the display Restart the system.
image data in the display setting database. If the same error recurs after restarting the
70037 [UU70037] Failed in Failed in relocating the tree structure. Restart the system.
relocating the tree If the same error recurs after restarting the
structure. system, reinstall the system.
70038 [UU70038] Failed in Failed in reducing the tree structure. Restart the system.
reducing the tree structure. If the same error recurs after restarting the
70039 [UU70039] Transition to the Transition to the main window resulted Restart the system.
main window resulted unsuccessful. If the same error recurs after restarting the
unsuccessful. system, reinstall the system.
70040 [UU70040] Failed in Failed in accessing the menu database. Restart the system.
accessing the menu If the same error recurs after restarting the
70041 [UU70041] Failed in Failed in accessing the log information Restart the system.
accessing the log database. If the same error recurs after restarting the
70042 [UU70042] Failed in Failed in accessing the system setup Restart the system.
accessing the system setup database. If the same error recurs after restarting the
70043 [UU70043] Failed in Failed in storage of image data. Retry.
storage of image data.
70070 [UU70070] 4 items of View 4 items of View Modifier Code Sequences Decrease the items of the view modifier
Modifier Code Sequences have already been selected. code sequence to be selected to less than
have already been 4 items.
selected.
70071 [UU70071] All the DX All the DX parameters have not been set Set DX parameters.
parameters have not been yet.
set yet.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
70072 [UU70072] The mAs Value, The mAs Value, Tube current [mA] and Set each value so that the mAs value is
Tube current [mA] and Exposure time [ms] are not consistent. the product of Tube current and Exposure
Exposure time [ms] are not time.
consistent.
70073 [UU70073] The auto- The auto-calculated mAs value exceeds Correct the values of the tube current [mA]
calculated mAs value the range. and exposure time [ms].
exceeds the range.
74027 [UU74027] The information The information to be displayed on the Contact your service engineer.
to be displayed on the screen could not be retrieved.
screen could not be
retrieved.
74028 [UU74028] The setting The setting could not be saved. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
could not be saved. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
74029 [UU74029] Your password Your password has expired. Change the password.
has expired.
74030 [UU74030] Your password Your password has expired. Change the password.
has expired.
74031 [UU74031] The current The current password is not correct. Enter correctly.
password is not correct.
74032 [UU74032] User name User name does not exist in ParamedicDB. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
does not exist in phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
ParamedicDB. 300CL.
74033 [UU74033] The new The new password and the new password Enter correctly.
password and the new for confirmation do not match.
password for confirmation
do not match.
74034 [UU74034] The new The new password is identical to the Input a different password.
password is identical to the password currently used.
password currently used.
74035 [UU74035] User name User name is set to less than %s characters. Input it correctly.
must be %s or more
characters long.
74036 [UU74036] Password must Password is set to less than %s characters. Input it correctly.
be %s or more characters
long.
74037 [UU74037] Failed in Failed in accessing to the authentication Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
accessing to the database. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
authentication database. 300CL.
74038 [UU74038] Failed in Failed in accessing to the system setting Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
accessing to the system or authentication database. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
setting or authentication 300CL.
database.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
74039 [UU74039] Failed in Failed in accessing to the CheckAccount. Restart DR-ID 300CL. If the same
accessing to the ini file. phenomenon recurred, reinstall DR-ID
CheckAccount.ini file. 300CL.
74040 [UU74040] Your password Your password will expire in %s days. Change the password.
will expire in %s days.
74041 [UU74041] The display The display character string contains Enter correctly.
character string contains invalid character(s).
invalid character(s).
74046 [UU74046] Custom The specified magnification in the Input correctly.
magnification in the Trimming-fit setting is out of the
Trimming-fit Setting is out predetermined range.
of the effective range (100-
70, or 0).
74047 [UU74047] "Distribute “Distribute automatically at each reading” Check the arrangement order and try
automatically at each and “Distribute the selected images” again.
reading" and "Distribute the cannot be specified separately for Print
selected images" cannot be and Storage.
specified separately for
Print and Storage.
74048 [UU74048] The The arrangement order overlaps. Input it correctly.
arrangement order
overlaps.
74049 [UU74049] The caption The caption contains invalid character(s), Input it correctly.
contains invalid or more than 5 characters has been
character(s), or more than entered.
5 characters has been
entered.
74050 [UU74050] Up to 7 device The device status icons can be registered Input it correctly.
status icons can be are more than 7.
registered.
74051 [UU74051] Invalid Invalid characters are included in the user Use the valid character.
characters are included in account of RIS.
the user account of RIS.
74052 [UU74052] Invalid Invalid characters are included in the Use the valid character.
characters are included in password of RIS.
the password of RIS.
74053 [UU74053] User account User account has been locked. Ask the administrator to unlock the user
has been locked. account.
74054 [UU74054] Since the user Intend to login while the user account is Ask the administrator to unlock the user
account has been locked, locked. account.
you cannot log in.
74055 [UU74055] You cannot use The password that has been used for the Set another password instead.
the passwords that have last %s times is entered.
been used for the last %s
times.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
74056 [UU74056] Enter a The password that is too similar to the Set a password at least %s different
password that has at least previous one is entered. characters than the previous one.
%s different characters
than the previous one.
74057 [UU74057] Changing the Changing the password when in the period Change the password after the period is
password is still prohibited. that changing password is prohibited. over.
74058 [UU74058] Character types The password entered contains no small Set a password that contains small
are insufficient.
74059 [UU74059] Character types The password entered contains no capital Set a password that contains capital
are insufficient.
74060 [UU74060] Character types The password entered contains no special Set a password that contains special
a password must contain character. character(s).
are insufficient.
74061 [UU74061] Character types The password entered contains no Set a password that contains number(s).
a password must contain number.
are insufficient.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix C Cooper Application Error Message Table
ID Message Causes Remedies

00005 Cooper application’s ID is not specified. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
have been installed.
00005 Application configuration error. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
00005 Application configuration error. Create WCF client The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
failed. have been installed.
00005 Initialize WCF communication failed. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
00015 Application configuration error. Start service failed. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
00240 Initialize WCF failed. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
00240 Send message failed. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
00345 Given file ‘[Path]’ contains data that not valid/suitable The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
for binding into application. have been installed.
10000 Another application instance is running. Another CooperManager instance is running. (The Restart the system.
system can only perform one instance at one time.)
10005 Create WCF client failed. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10005 No service is running on specified endpoint. Create The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
WCF client failed. have been installed.
WCF channel failed. have been installed.
10010 Communication error. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10015 Start service failed. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10015 A communication error occurs. Start service failed. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10035 A communication error occurs. Send message failed. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10050 Invalid operation. Create WCF client failed. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
WCF client failed. have been installed.
10070 DDO file path is null or empty The DDO file does not exist. Restart the system.
10071 Image file is not found The DDO file is damaged. Restart the system.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MT C-1
10071 Image file path is empty The DDO file is damaged. Restart the system.
10071 Cannot get image width The DDO file is damaged. Restart the system.
10071 Cannot get image height The DDO file is damaged. Restart the system.
10071 Cannot get image depth The DDO file is damaged. Restart the system.
10071 DDO object of DDO file {0} is null The DDO file is damaged. Restart the system.
10072 Load image’s buffer fail The DDO file is damaged. Restart the system.
10075 Don’t enough free memory Not enough memory to be used. Restart the system.
10165 COMException Failed in acquiring mask with COM object. Restart the system. If the problem continues to occur,
reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10175 COMException Failed in LUT processing with COM object. Restart the system. If the problem continues to occur,
reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10180 Start CooperManager failed. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10205 Create proces for ‘{0}’ application failed. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10205 Color code in appconfig is incorrected The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10210 Input string was not in a correct format. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Restart the system.
10210 Value was either too large or too small for an Int32. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Restart the system.
10215 Start Cooper application’s process failed. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10220 Can not load autolayout file. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10221 Can not start hook key for application switching The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
function. have been installed.
10221 Can not unset hook key for application switching The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
function. have been installed.
10225 Invalid number of screen. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10225 Can not load autolayout file. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10230 Config TargetView is invalid. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10230 Can not create switch listener form. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10230 Send command active app false. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10230 Send command deactive current app false. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
10230 Send command failed. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10230 Can not set switcher position. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10235 Create named pipe object failed. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10235 Send message failed. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10235 Close named pipe object failed. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10236 Send wakeup canceled failed. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10236 Send wakeup canceled success. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10236 Send wakeup completed success. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10236 Send wakeup completed failed. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10236 Post XML message: The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10236 Receive XML message: The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10236 Initialize communication failed. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10236 Initialize communication failed. Linker cannot be initialized. Check the settings of Linker library are correct or not
again and restart the system.
10236 Send wakeup completed failed. A message, "wakeup completed" cannot be notified Check the settings of Linker library are correct or not
from the MiniCooper to the Console. again and restart the system.
10236 Send wakeup cancelled failed. A message, “wakeup completed” cannot be notified Check the settings of Linker library are correct or not
from the MiniCooper to the Console. again and restart the system.
10240 Initialize IPCHandler failed. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10240 Initialize WMHandler failed. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10240 Initialize WCF failed. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10240 Value of timeout start Cooper application (in The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
SystemConfig.xml) is invalid. have been installed.
SystemConfig.xml) is invalid. Value cannot be null. have been installed.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
SystemConfig.xml) is invalid. Input string was not in a have been installed.
correct format.
SystemConfig.xml) is invalid. Value was either too large have been installed.
or too small for an Int32.
10240 Start CooperApp failed. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10286 ServiceUtility error form closing An error occurred when closing the ServiceUtility Restart the system.
form.
10295 The config for Config folder is not found in the file The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
DirectoryDef.xml have been installed.
10295 Unauthorized Access to the folder:[Folder Name] The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10295 Path of this folder is too long: [Path] The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10295 The Config folder: [Folder name] is not found. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10295 File: [Config file]: The Config element with Key=[Key] is The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
invalid. have been installed.
10301 Error in load multi language. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10302 Error when apply auto layout The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10302 Error when get size of config folder. The config file does not exist. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10302 Error when delete temporary folder. The Temp file does not exist or the authority may not Confrim the authority to the folder “C:\Program Files\
have been granted. Fujifilm\Cooper\Data\Temp”.
If the problem continues to occur, restart the system.
10302 Not permission in destination folder. No access authority to the destination folder. Allot authority to the storage folder for backup files.
Perform each operation.
If failed again, restart the system.
10302 Unknow error while copying file. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10302 Unknow error occured. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10302 Config folder not found. Check value in DirectoryDef. The config file does not exist. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
xml have been installed.
10302 Error when load value in DirectoryDef.xml The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10302 Config folder has not any files The config file does not exist. Reinstall the application.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
10302 Version file in system folder not found. The version.xml file does not exist in the Cooper/ Reinstall the application.
System folder.
10302 Error occur when create temporary folder. No access authority to the temporary folder. Allot authority of the Cooper/Data folder.
Restart the application.
10302 Time out when extract or compress config folder. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10303 Error when apply auto layout The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10303 Not permission in destination folder. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10303 Unknow error while copying file. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10303 Unknow error occured. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10303 Version file in system folder not found. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10303 Version file not found. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10303 Load version file in backup folder error The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10303 Load version file in system folder error. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10303 Error in read value in config file. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10303 Config folder not found. Check value in DirectoryDef. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
xml have been installed.
10303 Error when load value in DirectoryDef.xml. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10303 Error occur when create temporary folder. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10303 Time out when extract or compress config folder. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10304 Error when show message dialog. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10320 Error occurred. Message: {0}. StackTrace: {1}. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10320 The directory {0} is not found. Message: {1}. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
StackTrace: {2}. have been installed.
10320 Empty data (should be loading error) or cannot retrieve The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
data from {NetSetting file} have been installed.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
10320 Cannot locate specified file: {Path}. Message: {1}. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10320 Can’t load xml node into entity The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10320 Can’t load file {0} to XmlDocument The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10320 Can’t load protocol info from xml node The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10320 Error occurred while trying to operate with specified The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
File/Folder ‘{NetSetting.xml}’ (probably invalid location have been installed.
or permission error). Message: {1}. StackTrace: {2}.
10320 Cannot operate with file ‘{NetSettingPath}’ due to The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
permission problem occurred. Message: {1}. have been installed.
StackTrace: {2}.
10320 Can’t save an object to xml node The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10320 Cannot open XML file {0}. Message: {1}. StackTrace: The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
{2}. have been installed.
10320 Cannot open XML file {NetSetting.xml}. Message: {1}. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10345 The AdjustLayout function of AutoLayout class: Control The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
input is null have been installed.
10345 Config TargetView is invalid. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10345 Given key ‘AppScreenFolderKey’ does not exist for The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
lookup from ‘Config file’. have been installed.
10345 Directory definition not found for key : The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
‘AppScreenFolderKey’. have been installed.
10345 Empty data (should be loading error) or cannot retrieve The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
data from [Auto layout file name] have been installed.
10345 Given key ‘[Mode type]’ does not exist for lookup from The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
Collection. have been installed.
10345 Cannot locate specified file: [Image file]. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10345 Given file ‘[screen layout file]’ contains data that not The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
valid/suitable for binding into application. have been installed.
10365 Not enough argument to format a text string The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10365 Format of input string is invalid format The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10365 Content of exception The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
10375 “Given key [Message id] does not exist for lookup from The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
[MessageBoxDef.xml file].” have been installed.
10380 Parameter is null The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10385 Given key ‘AppScreenFolderKey’ does not exist for The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
lookup from ‘Config file’. have been installed.
10385 The directory [Directory key] is not found. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10385 Cannot operate with directory ‘[Directory path]’ due to The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
permission problem occurred. have been installed.
10385 The directory [Directory path] is not found. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10385 Error occurred while trying to operate with specified The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
File/Folder ‘[File path]’ (probably invalid location or have been installed.
permission error).
10385 Error occurred while try saving data to specified file. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10410 Cannot operate with directory ‘[Directory path]’ due to The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
permission problem occurred. have been installed.
10410 The directory [Directory path] is not found. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10410 Required parameter ‘LoadXMLConfigFile’ is null or The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
empty have been installed.
10410 Error occurred while trying to perform: Failed while The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
trying to load XML Config file to entities have been installed.
10410 Required parameter ‘xmlFile’ is null or empty The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10410 Given key ‘[Config file name]’ does not exist for lookup The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
from ‘ConfigData (ConfigAccessor)’. have been installed.
data from ConfigData (ConfigAccessor) have been installed.
10410 Given key ‘[Keyword]’ does not exist for lookup from The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
‘ConfigData (ConfigAccessor)’. have been installed.
10430 Required parameter ‘itemKey’ is null or empty The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10430 Given key ‘[Keyword]’ does not exist for lookup from The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
‘Directories (DirectoryAccessor)’. have been installed.
data from ‘Directories (DirectoryAccessor)’ have been installed.
10435 Given key ‘AppName’ does not exist for lookup from The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
‘Config file’. have been installed.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
10435 Another item has the same key with ‘[message id]’ is The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
already existed. have been installed.
10450 Given key ‘TargetView’ does not exist for lookup from The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
‘Config file’. have been installed.
10450 Given key ‘monitorType’ does not exist for lookup from The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
‘Monitors (MonitorAccesor)’. have been installed.
data from ‘’Monitors (MonitorAccesor)’ have been installed.
data from ‘AllNoteInfoItem (NoteInfoAccessor- have been installed.
>GetNoteInfoEntity)’.
10465 Given key [Key] does not exist for lookup from The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
‘AllNoteInfoItem (NoteInfoAccessor- have been installed.
>GetNoteInfoEntity)’.
data from ListItemAtCorner (NoteInfoAccessor)’. have been installed.
10465 Given key ‘Corner’ does not exist for lookup from The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
‘ListItemAtCorner (NoteInfoAccessor- have been installed.
>GetListItemAtCorner)’.
‘CornerItemSetting (NoteInfoAccessor->Save)’. have been installed.
‘NoteItemList (NoteInfoAccessor- have been installed.
>BindPrivateProperty)’.
data from dicVersions (AppVersionInfoAccessor). have been installed.
10465 Given key [Key] does not exist for lookup from The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
‘dicVersions (AppVersionInfoAccessor)’ have been installed.
10565 Error occurred while trying to operate with specified The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
File/Folder [Path] (probably invalid location or have been installed.
permission error).
10565 Another item has the same key with [AttributeName] is The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
already existed. have been installed.
10565 Fail to validate XML structure for specified file: [Path]. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10565 Method [Method name]: Required parameter [List The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
parameters] is null or empty” have been installed.
10565 Error occurred while try saving data to specified file: The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
[Path]. have been installed.
10565 The directory [Path] is not found. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10565 Cannot locate specified file: [Path]. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
10565 Cannot open XML file [Path]. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10565 Cannot operate with file [Path] due to permission The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
problem occurred. have been installed.
10605 Value of Pixel pitch space must be greater than 0 The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10605 Value of Pixel pitch monitor must be greater than 0 The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10605 Error code + Error message The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10605 Number of images is invalid The DDO file is damaged. Restart the system.
10615 Can’t get image width. The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Restart the system.
10615 Can’t get image height The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Restart the system.
10615 Can’t get image bitstored. The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Restart the system.
10615 Can’t get image depth The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Restart the system.
10615 Can’t get image density The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Restart the system.
10615 Don’t support this output type. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10615 Can’t get SQ for image processing parameters. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10615 Image’s depth is invalid. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10615 Error in ProcRun method of IPHandle object. The image processing parameter file of the Reinstall the application.
application is damaged.
10615 Error in Initialize method of IPHandle object. The image processing parameter file of the Reinstall the application.
10615 Can’t get Param path. The image processing parameter file of the Reinstall the application.
10615 Error in ConvertParamToXML method of FMImgParam The image processing parameter file of the Reinstall the application.
object. application is damaged.
10635 Note config file reading error The NoteInfoDef.xml file does not exist or is Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
damaged. have been installed.
10640 “Item \”[Item name]” don’t have DDO tag in Note config The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
file” have been installed.
10640 “[Value]” is not appropriate number format. The DDO file is damaged. Restart the system.
10640 “[Value]” is not appropriate hexadecimal format.” The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10640 Value’[Tag value]’ is overflow double type The DDO file is damaged. Restart the system.
10640 “[Tag value]” is not appropriate date time format. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
10640 Number of DDO tag differ from value of “Num” attribute The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10640 “[Tag value 1]”, “[Tag value 2]” are not appropriate The DDO file is damaged. Restart the system.
number format.
10640 “[String tag]” is not appropriate tag format. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10640 “[Tag’s value 1]” or “[Tag’s value 2]” is not appropriate The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
date time format. have been installed.
10675 Given key ‘TargetView’ does not exist for lookup from The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
Config file have been installed.
10675 Given key ‘AppShortName’ does not exist for lookup The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
from Config file have been installed.
10680 Can’t make {0} ({1:X8}) tag. The DDO file is damaged. Restart the system.
10680 Call FFCutMultibyte method is fail. The necessary component for image display is Reinstall the application.
damaged.
10680 Call FFConvertCNStoUTF8 method is fail. The necessary component for image display is Reinstall the application.
damaged.
10680 Call FFConvertGB2312toGB18030 method is fail. The necessary component for image display is Reinstall the application.
damaged.
10680 Wrong characterset. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10685 Exception content. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10685 Can not process searching while key search is empty. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10685 Search process is failed. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10685 Get PACS infor error. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10685 Can not create DDO key search. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10685 Search process can only perform when DicomQuery’s The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
status is Idle. have been installed.
10715 Not enough memory to start retrieve Not enough memory to be used. Restart the system.
10715 Retrieve data time out The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10715 Can’t delete old images file at folder: {0}. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
have been installed. If the problem continues to occur,
restart the system.
10715 Can’t get AE: [AEName] in DicomQRNetSetting.xml file Incorrect settings of PACS server. Confirm the PACS settings of S-UTL. After setting
normally, restart the system.
10720 Can’t append ddo tag: {0:x}. The DDO file is damaged. Restart the system.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
10720 Can’t append ddo tag: {0:x} or {1:x}. The DDO file is damaged. Restart the system.
10720 index: ‘{0}’ of pixel spacing is out of range The DDO file is damaged. Restart the system.
10720 Get value of tag: {0:x} failure. The DDO file is damaged. Restart the system.
10720 Invalid direction scan {0} The DDO file is damaged. Restart the system.
10720 Can’t copy value of tag: {0:x} to tag: {1:x}. The DDO file is damaged. Restart the system.
10720 Can’t delete ddo tag: {0:x} The DDO file is damaged. Restart the system.
10720 Read density is empty. The DDO file is damaged. Restart the system.
10720 Read density is not double type. The DDO file is damaged. Restart the system.
10720 Cannot set value for Kanji Patient name tag. The DDO file is damaged. Restart the system.
10720 Cannot set value for Patient name tag. The DDO file is damaged. Restart the system.
10725 Retrieved image folder: ‘{0}’ don’t exist. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
10725 Can’t load DDO file: The DDO file is damaged. Restart the system.
10725 Can’t rename retrieved file. The DDO file is damaged. Restart the system.
10730 Process image failure • ImgProcCtrl.dll does not exist. Restart the system.
• Incorrect image information of DDO file. Reinstall the linking application for which reinstallation
is supported.
10730 DLL for processing image not found. ImgProcCtrl.dl does not exist. Restart the system.
Reinstall the linking application for which reinstallation
is supported.
10730 Access COM component fail. An error occurs when accessing to the function of Restart the system.
“ImgProcCtrl.dll”. Reinstall the linking application for which reinstallation
is supported.
10740 Can’t load DDO file: {0} • The DDO file does not exist. Restart the system.
• The DDO file format is not the standard format of
DICOM.
10740 Can’t read image file path at tag {0} The tag which specifies path to the DDO file does Restart the system.
not exist.
10740 Image file: ‘{0}’ don’t exist The image file does not exist. Confirm the file path again.
If the error continues to occur, restart the system.
10740 Not enough memory to read image file {0} Not enough memory to be used. Restart the system.
10740 Open Image file: ‘{0}’ error • The image file does not exist. Confirm the file path again.
• The path of the image file is too long. If the error continues to occur, restart the system.
10740 Allocate memory for image buffer failure Not enough memory to be used. Restart the system.
10740 Not enough memory to save image file {0} Not enough memory in HDD to retrieve images. Delete unnecessary studies from the application.
10740 Can’t save buffer to image with path: ‘{0}’ • Not enough memory in HDD to retrieve image. Delete unnecessary studies from the application.
• The file path is too long. Confirm the authority to write in files and the existence
• The storage folder of file does not exist. of storage folder.
• No authority to write in files.
10740 Not enough memory to retrieve image to client Not enough memory to be used. Restart the system.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
10740 Not enough memory to process image during retrieval Not enough memory to be used. Restart the system.
period
10740 Can’t delete original image that retrieved from server. No authority to delete files. Confirm the authority to delete files in the folder.
10745 Store image thead has unknow error The necessary component for image display is Reinstall the application.
damaged.
10750 Verification error form closing An error occurred when closing the Verification form. Restart the system.
20005 Application configuration error. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
20005 The operation is timeout. Create WCF channel failed. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
20005 The operation is timeout. Stop service failed. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
20010 The operation is timeout. Send message failed. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
20050 Start service [Service name] failed. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
20175 Create process for [AppName]’ application failed. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
20205 Start Cooper applications failed. Time out occurs. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
20205 The file on path [Path] is not exist or maybe it is already The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
running. have been installed.
20205 Create process for ‘{0}’ application failed. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
20215 (EventHandler) handler is null Retrieve an event without the delegate function. Restart the system.
20230 Invalid switcher position setting. Using default value as The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
top right. have been installed.
20235 This TypeCode [TypeCode] is not supported. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
20350 Application ID [AppID] is duplicated. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
20350 The message string appended with the string The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Restart the system.
representation of the invalid argument value.
20350 Can’t get tag number. The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Restart the system.
20350 DDO file is not found. The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Restart the system.
20350 Load DDO file is error. The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Restart the system.
20350 Can’t get TypeCode of tag [Tag] The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Restart the system.
20350 Can’t get Length of tag [Tag]. The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Restart the system.
20350 Length of tag [Tag] equal 0. The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Restart the system.
20350 [DLL] specified in a DLL import cannot be found The Dll file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
20615 Close SysConfigDB error. The config file is damaged or the DB file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
If the problem continues to occur, reinstall the
application.
20615 Can’t connect to SysConfigDB. The config file is damaged or the DB file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
application.
20615 Can’t get SysConfigDB path. The config file is damaged or the DB file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
application.
20615 Can’t get GA offset from DB. The config file is damaged or the DB file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
application.
20615 Can’t get GS offset from DB. The config file is damaged or the DB file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
application.
20715 Port: ‘[PortNo]’ is not available. The config file is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
20720 Cannot get value of Patient name tag. The DDO file is damaged. Restart the system.
40073 Cooper application's ID is not specified. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
40073 Can not get the XML parameter AC cannot acquire the "create xml parameter" from Check the parameter file of AC again and restart the
DDO file. system.
40073 Can not get the image buffer No memory can be allocated for image loading. Restart the system.
40073 Can not get the gamma table LUT table cannot be created. Restart the system.
40073 Can not get image witdh. Path=""{0}"" The image width cannot be acquired from DDO. Restart the system.
40073 Can not get image heigh. Path=""{0}"" The image height cannot be acquired from DDO. Restart the system.
40073 Can not get image depth. Path=""{0}"" The image depth cannot be acquired from DDO. Restart the system.
40073 Can not get image file path. Path=""{0}"" The path of the bitmap cannot be acquired from Restart the system.
DDO.
40073 Can not get image data from file path: ""{0}"" The bitmap cannot be loaded. Restart the system.
40073 Can not get image width. Path + ddoPath The information of DDO file cannot be acquired. Restart the system.
40073 Can not get image height. Path + ddoPath The information of DDO file cannot be acquired. Restart the system.
40073 Can not get image depth. Path + ddoPath The information of DDO file cannot be acquired. Restart the system.
40073 Can not get image file path. Path + ddoPath The information of DDO file cannot be acquired. Restart the system.
40073 Can not get image data from file path: + ddoPath The information of DDO file cannot be acquired. Restart the system.
40073 Can not get the XML parameter The information of DDO file cannot be acquired. Restart the system.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
40073 Can not get the image buffer No memory can be allocated for image loading. Restart the system.
40073 Can not get the gamma table LUT table cannot be created. Restart the system.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
BLANK PAGE
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
BLANK PAGE
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appendix D Precise Enlargement Function Error Message Table
 NOTE 
“ECHO” represents “Precise Enlargement Function”.

01001 Unknown error An unknown error has occurred. Restart the system or reinstall ECHO.
01005 Not found config file: Echo.Config.exe The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall ECHO.
01010 Saving data error The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall ECHO.
01010 Content of exception The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall ECHO.
01015 UserUtility: The config with Key={0} is not found in the The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall ECHO.
config file of application
01025 VersionInformation: The Application element with The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
ID={0} in the version file can't be load. have been installed.
01145 Unknown error The necessary component for image display is Reinstall the application.
damaged.
01145 Can't Load ImageError file : The resource file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall ECHO.
01145 Can't get PEM value The image processing parameter file is damaged or the Verify the setting of the application.
PEM value itself does not exist. ConfigQA->“PEM Processing in the case of Magnify Display”
01145 Can't connect to database The database does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall the application.
01145 Not found Monitor LUT file The monitor LUT file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
01165 The string with Id=[LanguageID] is not found in the The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall ECHO.
language file
01390 Not found AppName key The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall ECHO.
10000 Another application instance is running. There is a running ECHO process. Restart the system.
11005 DDO file is not found The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Exposure again.
11010 Save Font information to application config file error. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall ECHO.
11155 Value of Loupe Zoom Ratio is invalid The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall ECHO.
11155 Value of Loupe Zoom Ratio must be greater than 0 The config file is damaged. Reinstall ECHO.
11375 Image buffer's size is invalid Not enough memory. Restart the system.
11380 Error occurred by ImgProcCtrl::Execute(Path="[DDO The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Or the Exposure again. If the problem continues to occur,
file path]",ProcFlag=[pem image processing parameter file of the application is reinstall the application.
process],ProcImgType=[Image type],FuncID=[Function damaged.
ID],ErrID=[Error id],ErrDetailID=[Error detail])
11380 Image file is not found Failure in generation of image data by Console. Restart the system.
21175 [ArgumentException]
21390 Not found resource file The resource file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall ECHO.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MT D-1
BLANK PAGE
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
BLANK PAGE
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
BLANK PAGE
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appendix E Free Layout Print Error Message Table
 NOTE 
“FLP” represents “Free Layout Print”.

00005 Fail to initialize in Communication. Cannot receive the start message. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
10001 Fail to start application. The start application is being performed or is Restart DR-ID 300CL.
damaged.
10001 Fail to start application, it is running already. The start application is being performed or is Restart DR-ID 300CL.
damaged.
10005 Fail to request queue in Communication. The start-up information is damaged. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
10010 Fail to communication and initialize FLC. Failed in acquiring the settings information for FLC. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
10010 Fail to set output path for FLC Failed in setting the output path for FLC. Restart DR-ID 300CL or reinstall FLP.
10010 Fail to set language for FLC The language information file does not exist or is Restart DR-ID 300CL or reinstall FLP.
damaged.
10010 Fail to set log path for FLC. It is impossible to acquire information from Restart DR-ID 300CL or reinstall FLP.
DirectoryDef.xml file or flprun.xml file.
10010 Fail to set date format for FLC. Cannot connect to database. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
10010 Fail to set time format for FLC. Cannot connect to database. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
10010 Fail to get font size information. Failed in acquiring information from the config file. Check that “Overlay Font Size” is correctly set in
Service Utility. Or, restart DR-ID 300CL.
10010 Fail to get font style information. Failed in acquiring information from the config file. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
10010 Fail to set font for FLC. Failed in acquiring information from the config file. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
10010 Fail to set print for FLC. Cannot connect to database. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
10010 Fail to set property information for FLC. Failed in acquiring information from the Appconfig Check that the setting of Service Utility has no
file. problems. Or, restart DR-ID 300CL. Or, reinstall FLP.
10010 Fail to set ImgProcEngineType for FLC. Failed in acquiring information from the Restart DR-ID 300CL or reinstall FLP.
SystemConfig file.
10010 Fail to terminate CreatorHandler. Resource cannot be deleted. Maincontroller cannot Restart DR-ID 300CL.
receive FLC termination message.
10015 Image buffer size is invalid. Image buffer size is smaller than 0. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MT E-1
10015 Fail to load DDO file. The target file does not exist or is damaged. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10015 Fail to display FLC. Image does not exist or is damaged. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10015 Fail to Image Processing. An image is lost or an error occurs in AC/BC or AC/ Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
BC is damaged.
10015 XML file not found. The path of XML file does not exist or is damaged. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10015 Fail to get Input path information. The path information does not exist in DirectoryDef. Restart DR-ID 300CL or reinstall FLP.
xml file or is damaged.
10015 Fail to Create folder for study. Failed in creating the folder includes study data. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10015 Fail to copy DDO file. Failed in saving DDO. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10015 Fail to get value of image width. DDO tag does not exist in DDO file or is damaged. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10015 Fail to get value of image height. DDO tag does not exist in DDO file or is damaged. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10015 Fail to Image Processing on FW. Error occurred in image processing, or the image is Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
damaged.
10015 Fail to set value of image width. DDO tag does not exist in DDO file or is damaged. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10015 Fail to set value of image height. DDO tag does not exist in DDO file or is damaged. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10015 Fail to set tag value of Lut file path for ColorSpace. Failed in setting tags for LUT file. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10015 Invalid image - {0} Invalid image Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10015 Fail to convert Trimming Center Point X to double Coordinate of point is not a double –
10015 Fail to convert Trimming Center Point Y to double Coordinate of point is not a double –
10015 Fail to convert Trimming Size Point X to double Coordinate of point is not a double –
10015 Fail to convert Trimming Size Point Y to double Coordinate of point is not a double –
10015 Fail to get tag for image checking Can not read tag from DDO –
10015 Fail to create Release Possession XML for {0} Can not create Release Possession XML –
10015 Fail to initialize DDO Helper object. Path = {0} Can not initialize new object –
10015 Fail to load DDO Helper. Path = {0} Can not load DDO values –
10015 Fail to get Proc UID. Tag = {0} Can not read tag from DDO –
10015 FLPTargetEntity is NULL Null argument –
10015 Fail to intialize XML Content object Can not initialize new object –
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
10015 Fail to intialize XML Parameter object Can not initialize new object –
10015 Fail to intialize XML FlpTargetEntity object Can not initialize new object –
10015 Fail to save entity to XML file. Path = {0} Can not save Release Possession XML to file –
10015 Fail to save DDO file. Failed in saving to DDO file. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10015 Fail to save RAW image file. Failed in writing RAW images. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10020 Fail to process function on current state. Error occurred in processing on current state. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10020 Fail to Initialize resource for FLC. Failed in acquiring the settings information for FLC. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10020 Fail to inform status to CooperManager. Failed in receiving the message. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10020 Fail to get output file. XML file does not exist in DirectoryDef.xml or is Restart DR-ID 300CL or reinstall FLP.
damaged.
10020 Fail to save xml file that notify to Recept. Failed in saving the XML file that sends notifications Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
to Recept.
10025 Fail to set tag value in DDO. Failed in setting DDO tag. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10025 Fail to save DDO file. Failed in saving DDO file. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10025 Fail to create XML file for output. Failed in acquiring the output path from Restart DR-ID 300CL or reinstall FLP.
DirectoryDef.xml.
10025 Fail to get tag value in DDO. DDO tag does not exist in DDO file or is damaged. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10025 DDO file not found. DDO file does not exist. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10025 Fail to get output folder for XML file. Missing , corrupt or not accessible XML file. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10025 Fail to copy XML file for output. Missing , corrupt or not accessible XML file. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10025 Fail to Output Processing. Failed in acquiring the path information from Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
flprun.xml.
10050 Fail to load image for FLC. Missing , corrupt or not accessible Raw file and ddo Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
file
10065 Fail to post message on FLP. Error occurred when sending messages in FLP. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10065 Fail to inform status on FLP. Error occurred when sending messages in FLP. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10070 Fail to Output Processing. DDO, RAW, XML files are invalid. Check that the disc has enough free space. Or, restart
the FLP. Or, restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 Fail to delete file. Temporary files are locked for security. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 Fail to delete SubFolder in Path. Temporary files are locked for security. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
10075 Fail to clear file. Temporary files are locked for security. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 Fail to connect Database. Database does not exist or is damaged. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 Fail to create folder. Unable to create the folder"xxxx" Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 Fail to move file. Temporary files are locked for security. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 Fail to get language for FLC. Failed in acquiring languages information from the Check that the language setting is correct in
config file. ServiceUtility. Or, restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 File is invalid. File is invalid. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 Fail to read and write file. Missing, corrupt or not accessible file. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 File path is too long. File path is too long. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 File directory not found. The target file does not exist. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 File not found. Missing file Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 Argument null error Argument null Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 Argument error Argument error Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 I/O error I/O Exception Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 Security error access is denied Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 Unauthorized access error access is denied Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 Fail to save file. Missing, corrupt or not accessible file. Check that the disc has enough free space. Or, restart
the FLP. Or, restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 Fail to copy file. Temporary files are locked for security. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
20010 Fail to get ImgProcEngineType in SystemConfig.xml. Failed in acquiring information from the Restart DR-ID 300CL or reinstall FLP.
SystemConfig file.
20015 Fail to set tag value of Annotation. Failed in setting the annotation tag. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
20015 Fail to set tag value of Marker. Failed in setting DDO tag. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
20015 Fail to set tag value of Mask. Failed in setting DDO tag. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
20015 Fail to set tag value of Lut file path for display. Failed in setting tags for LUT file. Check to see that ‘PrimaryMonitor’ is correctly set in
20015 Fail to set tag value of Lut file path for print. Failed in setting tags for LUT file. Check to see that 'PrimaryMonitor' is correctly set in
20015 Fail to set tag value of Lut file path ColorSpace for Failed in setting tags for LUT file. Check to see that 'PrimaryMonitor' is correctly set in
output Service Utility. Or, restart DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
20015 Fail to set patient date information. Failed in setting the birth dates of patients. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
20015 Fail to set original DDO file path for Image Processing. Fail to set original DDO file path for Image Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
Processing.
20015 Fail to get tag value of Invert. Failed in acquiring the value of DDO tag. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
20025 Fail to get modality name from SysConfigDB. Get modality name from SysConfigDB fail Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
20025 Fail to remove tag in DDO. DDO tag does not exist or is damaged. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
30010 Fail to convert Pixel Pitch to double Pixel Pitch of monitor is not a double –
30015 Fail to get Lut file path. Failed in acquiring the LUT file path. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
30015 Fail to get date format information. Database does not exist or is damaged. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
30015 Fail to get study date information. Failed in acquiring the study date information. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
30015 Fail to get birth date information. Failed in acquiring the birth dates of patients. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
30015 Fail to set partient age. Failed in setting DDO tag. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
30015 Length is invalid in Invert tag. Failed in acquiring the length of DDO tag. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
30015 Fail to get tag value of Annotation. Failed in acquiring the annotation tag. –
30015 Fail to get tag value of Image Type. The image type tag is lost. –
30015 Fail to get tag value of Marker. The marker tag is lost. –
30015 Fail to get tag value of Mask. The master tag is lost. –
30015 Fail to get tag value of Scan. Failed in acquiring DDO tag. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
30015 Length is invalid in Scan tag. DDO tag does not exist or is damaged. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
30015 Fail to get tag value of Trimming Center. DDO tag does not exist or is damaged. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
30015 Fail to get tag value of Trimming Size. DDO tag does not exist or is damaged. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
30015 Fail to get tag value of Pixel Spacing. DDO tag does not exist or is damaged. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
30015 Fail to get tag value of Trimming Type. Failed in acquiring DDO tag. –
30065 Fail to change state in StateManager. Get processing information form Request table fail Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
BLANK PAGE
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
BLANK PAGE
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
BLANK PAGE
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appendix F Referral Viewing Function Error Message Table
 NOTE 
“PID” represents “Referral Viewing Function”.

01001 Another application instance is running. There is a running PID process. Restart the system.
03115 Unknown error An unknown error has occurred when error Restart the system or reinstall PID.
03205 Communication initialize fail The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall PID.
03410 Can't get language from config file The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall PID.
03410 AppName key in file Pid.exe.config isn't found or value The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall PID.
is empty
03410 Monitor Lut file isn't found The monitor LUT file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
03425 Initiate PID failed! The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall PID.
03425 Could not load the config file The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall PID.
03430 Unknown Error! The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall PID.
03450 Can not get data from config file The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall PID.
03490 The string with Id={0} is not found in the language file. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall PID.
StackStrace: {1}
ID={0} in the version file can't be load. StackTrace: {1} have been installed.
03600 VersionInformation: The string with Id={0} in the The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
language file can't be load. StackTrace: {1} have been installed.
is empty
10000 Another application instance is running. There is a running PID process. Restart the system.
13005 ImageNumber = {0} => invalid The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Retrieve the image again.
13005 Index of source item is invalid. value = {0} The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Retrieve the image again.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MT F-1
13005 Index of destination item is invalid. value = {0} The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Retrieve the image again.
13005 Number of items in lstImageOrder not equal in The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Retrieve the image again.
lstImageInfoForMultiViewer. lstImageOrder.Count =
{0}, lstImageInfoForMultiViewer.Count = {1}
13005 Can't read DDO file {0} to get ImageOrder The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Retrieve the image again.
13115 File {0} does not exist The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall PID.
13205 Can not load ddo file path The DDO file does not exist. Retrieve the study again.
13205 There is not enough HDD memory to retrive {0} Not enough memory in harddisk. Delete unnecessary studies from the DR-ID 300CL
images application.
13305 Error start query. • Failure in connecting to PACS server. Confirm whether or not PACS server functions
• Incorrect SOP class settings. normally. And, confirm the connection settings at the
Service Utility.
13305 Error cancel query • Failure in connecting to PACS server. Confirm whether or not PACS server functions
Service Utility.
13305 Error start retrieve image. • Failure in connecting to PACS server. Confirm whether or not PACS server functions
Service Utility.
13305 Error cancel retrieve image. • Failure in connecting to PACS server. Confirm whether or not PACS server functions
Service Utility.
13305 Error in load retrieve folder path. • Failure in connecting to PACS server. Confirm whether or not PACS server functions
Service Utility.
13305 Error in retrieve image process. • Failure in connecting to PACS server. Confirm whether or not PACS server functions
Service Utility.
13410 Can't Load ImageError file : {0} The resource file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall PID.
13425 SearchForm: Could not load config of user utility The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall PID.
13425 SearchForm: Load list of PACS server failed The connection settings of PACS server are Set the connection settings for PACS server in
incorrect, or the config file does not exist or is ServiceUtility and restart the system. If the same error
damaged. continues to occur, reinstall PID.
13435 Could not save data to config file The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall PID.
13440 Date value in config file is invalid The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall PID.
13445 Not found config file: PID.config The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall PID.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
13450 Save font information to application config file error. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall PID.
13450 Save note information to note config file error. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall PID.
13455 The config with Key=OverlayFontColor is not found in The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall PID.
the config file of application.
13455 UserUtility: The string with Id={0} is not found in the The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall PID.
language file. StackStrace: {1}
13455 UserUtility: The config with Key={0} in the file {1} can't The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall PID.
be loaded. StackStrace: {2}
13455 UserUtility: The config with key={0} must has value of The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall PID.
attribure Enum. StackStrace: {1}
element Value. StackStrace: {1}
attribure Name. StackStrace: {1}
13455 UserUtility: The config with Key={0} is not found in the The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall PID.
config file of application. StackStrace: {1}
13600 Can't load path for retrieved images in DirectoryDef. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall PID.
xml file
is empty
23205 FFInternal2Output2 error The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Search the study again.
23205 ddo_GetUnicodeVR_DICOMObject error. The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Search the study again.
23305 Can't get patient name format type from PidConfig. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall PID.
XML.
23600 Not found resource file : {0} The resource file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall PID.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
BLANK PAGE
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
Appendix G Network Image Search Function Error Message Table
ID Message Remedies
0001 An error occurred. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
1001 Failed in initializing communication. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
1002 Failed in obtaining monitor information. Make the setting for the monitor again with ServiceUtility.exe (Cooper).
1003 Failed in obtaining system settings. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
1005 Failed in saving Utility setting information. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
1007 An error occurred while an image was being displayed. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
1008 Failed in initializing communication. Make the setting for the monitor again with ServiceUtility.exe (Cooper).
1009 The value of week is incorrect. Enter the correct value.
1012 The value of month is incorrect. Enter the correct value.
1015 The value of year is incorrect. Enter the correct value.
1018 The value of day is incorrect. Enter the correct value.
1027 The input value of maximum number of search results is incorrect. Enter the correct value.
1030 The format of study date is incorrect. Enter the correct value.
1031 The format of start date is incorrect. Enter the correct value.
1032 The format of end date is incorrect. Enter the correct value.
1033 Select at least one modality. Select more than one modality.
1034 Invalid characters are included in Patient's ID#. Enter the correct value.
1035 Invalid characters are included in Patient's name. Enter the correct value.
1036 Entering both Patient's Name and Kanji Patient's Name is not allowed. Delete Patient's Name or Kanji Patient's Name.
1037 Hard disk space is insufficient. Increase the free hard disk space and then retry operation.
1039 Invalid characters are included in Patient's Kanji name. Enter the correct value.
1040 Invalid characters are included in Accession No. Enter the correct value.
1045 Insufficient search criteria. Enter the insufficient search criteria.
1048 No PACS server exists. Make the setting for PACS with ServiceUtility.exe (Cooper).
1049 Failed in retrieving images. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-09E
05.25.2013 FM6179
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MT G-1
ID Message Remedies
1052 Memory is not sufficient and images cannot be displayed. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
1054 Invalid date has been input. Enter the correct value.
1055 Failed in searching. Search again.
1056 Failed in image processing. Click [OK] and restart DR-ID 300CL.
1057 The number of search results that match the search conditions exceeds Narrow down the search conditions and then re-perform search processing.
the limit value. Search processing is suspended.
1060 Image display is not supported for the selected study. Select the supported images.
1092 Failed in delivery processing. Wait for a while and try again.
010-305-09E
05.25.2013 FM6179
BLANK PAGE
010-305-09E
05.25.2013 FM6179
BLANK PAGE
010-305-09E
05.25.2013 FM6179
Appendix H QA ROI Measurement Error Message Table
 NOTE 
“ROI” represents “QA ROI Measurement”.

01001 Unknown Error! An unknown error has occurred. Restart the system or reinstall ROI.
01010 Not found config file: {0} The ROI.exe.config file does not exist. Or the file is Reinstall ROI.
deleted or renamed by user mistakenly.
language file can't be load. have been installed.
ID={0} in the version file can't be load. have been installed.
01390 Unknown Error! An unknown error has occurred when error Restart the system or reinstall ROI.
10000 Another application instance is running. There is a running ROI process. Restart the system.
11005 Cannot get information about monitor. The monitor information file is damaged. Set the 1st monitor again at the “Change Monitor” from
ROI installer.
11005 Monitor LUT file not exist. The monitor LUT file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
11015 Could not found DDO file! The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Open the QA window again.
11015 Get image type failed! The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall ROI.
11015 Load image information failed! The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Open the QA window again.
11020 Bad input parameters! The config file is damaged. Reinstall ROI.
11025 Can not load DDO file! The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Open the QA window again.
11025 High quality image file does not exist! The high resolution image file does not exist. • After storing the high resolution images to the
console, press the ROI measurement button again.
• If the problem continues to occur, restart the system.
11025 Standard image file does not exist! The standard-pixel density image file does not exist. Open the QA window again or exposure again.
11025 Can not get high quality image's URL! The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Open the QA window again.
11025 Can not get standard image's URL! The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Open the QA window again.
11025 Can not get image's depth! The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Open the QA window again.
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MT H-1
11025 Can not get image's height! The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Open the QA window again.
11025 Can not get image's width! The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Open the QA window again.
11025 Can not get image's pixel spacing X! The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Open the QA window again.
11025 Can not get image's pixel spacing Y! The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Open the QA window again.
11025 Can not get image's density! The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Open the QA window again.
11025 Can not get device processing description! The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Open the QA window again.
11025 Can not get image's sensitivity! The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Open the QA window again.
11025 Can not get image's rotate/invert state! The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Open the QA window again.
11030 Read configuration information failed! The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall ROI.
11035 Bad parameters! The config file is damaged. Reinstall ROI.
11040 Bad parameters! The config file is damaged. Reinstall ROI.
21005 Can not apply layout for screen. The config file is damaged. Reinstall ROI.
21005 Can not set string definition for screen items. The config file is damaged. Reinstall ROI.
21030 Invalid XML file format! The config file is damaged. Reinstall ROI.
31010 Roi started OK! - -
31010 Receive command: {0} - -
31010 Receive message: {0} - -
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
BLANK PAGE
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
BLANK PAGE
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
Appendix I QA Measurement Function Error Message Table

01001 Unknown Error! An unknown error has occurred. Restart the system or reinstall DCTI.
01010 Not found config file: {0} The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall DCT.
01390 Not found AppName key The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall DCT.
language file can't be load. StackTrace: {1} have been installed.
ID={0} in the version file can't be load. StackTrace: {1} have been installed.
10000 Another application instance is running. There is a running DCT process Restart the system.
11005 Pixel Pitch monitor is invalid. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall DCT.
11005 Cannot get information about monitor. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reset the 1st monitor with “Change Monitor” from DCT
installer.
11005 Monitor LUT file not exist. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
11005 Error in displaying image. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall DCT.
11005 Error in language file: ID together The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall DCT.
11015 Process Image fail! The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Open the QA window again.
11025 Can not load DDO file! The DDO file does not exist or is damaged. Open the QA window again.
11035 Bad parameters! The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall DCT.
21005 Can not apply layout for screen. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall DCT.
21005 Can not set string definition for screen items. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall DCT.
21005 Error in delete distance. The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall DCT.
21030 Invalid XML file format! The config file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall DCT.
21390 Not found resource file : {0} The resource file does not exist or is damaged. Reinstall DCT.
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MT I-1
BLANK PAGE
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
BLANK PAGE
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
BLANK PAGE
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual MC-I
Control Sheet
04/15/2010 02 Revision for V4.0 (FM5668) 4–7, 23–25, 49, 50, 52, 55, 60–62, 66, 67, 69, 70, 79, 80
Appx MC A-1–6
04/15/2010 02 Changes in pagination (FM5668) 8–22, 26–48, 51, 53, 54, 56–59, 63–65, 68, 71–78
02/28/2011 03 Revision for V5.0 (FM5818) 1–3, 6, 7, 12, 18, 24, 25, 33–35, 37, 39, 46–116, 119–124, 127–134, 136
Appx MC A-1–5, 7, 8 Appx MC B-1–4
02/28/2011 03 Changes in pagination (FM5818) 117, 118, 125, 126, 135, 137, 138
08/31/2011 04 Revision for V6.0 (FM5897) 3, 46, 48, 96, 100, 102–106, 108, 109, 111, 112, 115, 116
12/15/2011 05 Revision for V6.1 (FM5944) 2, 3, 48, 49, 102, 103, 105, 108, 111, 116, 121
Appx MC C-1–8 Appx MC D-1–40
03/31/2012 06 Revision for V6.2 (FM6000) 1, 113, 114, 116, 117, 119, 120, 122–125, 127, 128, 135, 136, 138, 141, 142
Appx MC C-1, 3–5 Appx MC D-1–3, 12, 14, 18, 19, 21, 22, 25–28, 35–37, 39–92
03/31/2012 06 Changes in pagination (FM6000) 118, 121, 126, 129–134, 137, 139, 140
Appx MC C-6
09/12/2012 07 Revision for V7.0 (FM6055) 1–99, 107, 116, 118, 123, 132
Appx MC C-1, 4–6 Appx MC E-1–16
09/12/2012 07 Changes in pagination (FM6055) 100–106, 108–115, 117, 119–122, 124–131, 133–141
02/15/2013 08 Revision for V7.1 (FM6142) 1, 2, 36, 87, 101, 104–107, 110, 113, 116, 117, 120, 122, 127–129, 131, 144–146
Appx MC C-1, 3–6 Appx MC D-40–48, 59, 60, 63, 64, 76, 77, 89, 95–97, 99, 100
Appx MC E-1, 3, 5, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16
02/15/2013 08 Changes in pagination (FM6142) 108, 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, 118, 119, 121, 123–126, 130, 132–143
Appx MC D-49–58, 61, 62, 65–75, 78–88, 90–94, 98 Appx MC E-13
05/25/2013 09 Revision for V7.2 (FM6179) 120, 125 Appx MC C-3, 5–7
05/25/2013 09 Changes in pagination (FM6179) Appx MC C-8
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual MC-II
Control Sheet
08/30/2013 10 Revision for V7.3 (FM6200) 1, 2, 54–57, 60–63, 112, 117, 125, 126, 128, 129, 131–133, 135–137, 145, 146, 148, 150, 152
Appx MC C-1–4, 7, 8 Appx MC E-1, 2, 5, 15, 16
08/30/2013 10 Changes in pagination (FM6200) 58, 59, 64–111, 113–116, 118–124, 127, 130, 134, 138–144, 147, 149, 151
03/31/2014 11 Revision for V7.4 (FM6225) 63, 126, 127

Appx MC D-41, 42, 46, 60, 66, 76, 77 Appx MC E-9–14, 16–19, 22–24
03/31/2014 11 Changes in pagination (FM6225) Appx MC D-61–65, 67–75, 78–100 Appx MC E-15, 20, 21
08/31/2014 12 Revision for V8.0 (FM6242) 104, 131

Appx MC D-78–80, 92, 102–104
08/31/2014 12 Changes in pagination (FM6242) Appx MC D-81–91, 93–101
01/31/2015 13 Revision for V8.1 (FM6269) 126, 128

Appx MC C-7–12 Appx MC D-60, 65–67, 80, 82, 94, 95
Appx MC E-20, 21
01/31/2015 13 Changes in pagination (FM6269) Appx MC D-68–79, 81, 83–93, 96–104
12/31/2015 14 Revision for V9.0 (FM9380) 2, 8, 9, 26–32, 56–58, 83–85, 88–91, 115, 118, 121, 122, 142
Appx MC C-2, 4, 5 Appx MC D-80, 82–84, 89–94, 110, 111
Appx MC E-2, 12, 13, 16, 17 Appx MC F-1–32 Appx MC G-1–4
12/31/2015 14 Changes in pagination (FM9380) 3–7, 10–25, 33–55, 59–82, 86, 87, 92–114, 116, 117, 119, 120, 123–141, 143–164
Appx MC D-85–88, 95–109 Appx MC E-14, 15, 18–22
03/31/2016 15 Revision (FM9387) Appx MC F-3, 5, 6
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual MC-III
BLANK PAGE
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual MC-IV
1. Reinstalling 5.5 Setting the Partition (V7.3 or later)
the OS and Application 6. Installing Various Components
When formatting or replacing the HDD due, for instance, to its failure, it 7. Installing the DR-ID 300CL Standard Key
is necessary to install the AP from the OS. Presented below is the
procedure used for installing the AP from the OS. Follow the flowchart 8. Installing the Exposure Guidance
to install the AP. (Applicable only in Japan)
 NOTE 
9. Installing the Electronic Manual
If the equipment is a mobile PC or an HP PC, the reinstallation
procedures differ. See the following to perform the specified procedure.
10. Option Key Installation
$ For details on reinstallation procedures of the laptop PC, See
“Appendix C Reinstalling the OS and Application on Laptop PC”.
11. AP Key Installation
$ For details on reinstallation procedures of the HP PC, See
“Appendix E Reinstalling the OS and Application (HP PC)”.
12. Initializing the Image Database
● Installation workflow 13. Display Optimization (LUT File Settings)
Config backup $ See Chapter 5 under 14. Restoring

MU: Maintenance
Utility. the Config/Network Adapter Settings
2. Installing and Setting Up the OS
15. Settings for the FPD/Cassette-type
3. Setting Up the Monitor Image Readers
4. Installing the Database Management System 16. Firewall Settings
5.1 Installing the AP 17. Canceling AutoPlay Mode
5.2 Replacing the Menu Database 18. Setting the Event Log
5.3 Installing Correction Parameters 19. Checking the Virtual Memory Size
(V4.0 Only) (Windows Vista Only)
5.4 Installing the RAID Status Display Tool 20. Disabling the Shadow Copy Service
(Only for RAID Configuration in
V5.0 or Later) 21. Setting the Images Folder Size
(V7.3 or later)
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual MC-1
 NOTE 
Before installing the OS, note down the DR-ID 300CL host name, IP address, subnet mask, and other relevant information. These items of information will
be called for during OS installation.
 Property sheet
OS installation drive C:\
Drive C/NTFS
With partition
Partition/format Drive I/NTFS
Without partition Only drive C (no other partitions will be created)/NTFS
Name FUJIFILM Corporation
Regional settings
Organization FUJIFILM Corporation
Product key Indicated on the right-hand side cover of the PC main unit.
Default setting at factory shipment is DAxxxxxxxx (xxxxxxxx: manufacture number)
Computer name  If changed, be sure to record it accordingly.
Computer name and password  The name can be set within 10 characters.
Password fcr-iip
Protocol TCP/IP
“172.16.1.20” at factory shipment
IP address
* If changed, be sure to record it accordingly.
IPv4
Subnet mask
Network settings
“2001:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0001:0014” as an input example in this manual.
IP address
IPv6
“32” as an input example in this manual.
Subnet prefiix length
Domain or work group Work group (group name remains the default.)
User-related settings for this computer Auto logon username Administrator

(auto logon settings) Password fcr-iip
Screen color True Color (32-bit)
Monitor settings
Screen area 1280 x 1024 (17inch LCD)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
OS installation and setting procedures are different between Windows
Vista and Windows 7. Follow the procedures specific to the used OS.
 For Windows Vista
$ See “2.1 Installing and Setting Windows Vista”.
 For Windows 7
$ See “2.2 Installing and Setting Windows 7”.
REFERENCE
In “2. Installation and Settings Up the OS”, a marker has been added to the
header part for identification of the procedure differences according to the OS.
The OS which the referenced procedures corresponds to can be
confirmed with the marker.
Marker <Indication example>
Windows 7
Windows 7
■ :LQGRZVVHWXS 3. 0DNHWKHIROORZLQJVHWWLQJV
1. 0DNHWKHIROORZLQJVHWWLQJV
DXL03020155.ai
Type a password (recommended) : fcr-iip

DXL03020154.ai Retype your password : fcr-iip
Type a password hint : enter a one-byte space
Type a user name (for example, John) : iip
Type a computer name : CSL NOTE
y The character string entries in the “Type a password
2. &OLFN . UHFRPPHQGHG´DQG³5HW\SH\RXUSDVVZRUG´¿HOGVDSSHDUDV
“ ●”.
➔ A window opens to prompt for password.
y When a character has been entered into the column “Type a
password hint”, it becomes possible to click .
4. &OLFN .
➔ 7KH³+HOSSURWHFW\RXUFRPSXWHUDQGLPSURYH:LQGRZV
automatically” window opens.
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
DXCL100302020.ai
<Meaning of marker>
Windows Vista : The procedures for the case that OS is Windows Vista.
Windows 7 : The procedures for the case that OS is Windows 7.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
2.1 Installing and Setting Windows Vista ■ Removing the peripheral devices
1. Disconnect all peripheral devices, such as barcode reader,
2.1.1 Installing and Setting Windows Vista magnetic card reader and touch panel, from the USB ports.
(Except for the mouse and keyboard.)
This section describes how to install Windows Vista.
The OS is to be installed in the following situations:

 After HDD replacement
 After an error occurrence in the OS ■ Network connection between the DR-ID 300CL and the HUB
Unless the PC is network-connected properly in advance, the network
Items to be readied for OS installation setup windows will not be displayed while the OS is being installed,
 OPERATING SYSTEM Disk which comes with the device depending on the Windows Vista installer specifications.
 DRIVERS AND UTILITIES Disk
IMPORTANT
1. Use a network cable to connect the DR-ID 300CL to the HUB.
 Before formatting the HDD, make backup copy of data other than 2. Turn ON the power to the HUB.
image data, if any, using Explorer or the like.
 Make backup copy of config data that stores various DR-ID 300CL
and RU (FPD and cassette-type Image Reader) settings, ahead of
time.
 Use the User Utility function to back up user setup information items
(place checkmarks to all items).
 NOTE 
 OS installation procedures are described herein using a DELL
OptiPlex 760 PC models.
If other PC models are used, see the user manual that comes with the PC.
 If the PC is not connected via the network, the network setup windows
will not be displayed while the OS is being installed. To perform
network settings, be sure to connect the PC to the network (HUB)
accordingly before installation work.
 The following files are not included in the backup of the configuration.
Back up the following files before reinstalling the OS, and copy them
after reinstalling the OS.
“C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config\AECParamConvertTbl.dat”
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
 RAID structure confirmation 4. Check to see that [RAID Volumes] - [Level] have been set to
(only for DELL OptiPlex 780MT/960MT) [RAID1(Mirror)] in the [DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION] field.
 The PC starts running.
2. Press the <F2> key when logotype of DELL appears at the

center of the window.
 NOTE 
DXL32003.ai
If the <F2> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the “Intel(R)
Matrix Storage Manager” window will not open. In that case, restart 5. Check to see that [RAID Volumes] - [Status] have been set to
the PC to perform step 2. again. [Normal] in the [DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION] field.
 The “Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager” window opens.
DXL32004.ai
 NOTE 
If “Status” is other than “Normal”, the HDD might has some trouble,
so replace it as necessary.
DXL32001.ai
$ For details about the HDD replacement procedure, see

3. Press <Ctrl> + <I> immediately. “Appendix A Replacement Procedure of Damaged RAID
Configuration HDD”.
 NOTE 
If the <Ctrl> + <I> keys are not pressed with the timeliness, the
main menu window will not open. In that case, press <Ctrl> + <Alt>
6. Press the <Esc> key.
+ <Delete> keys and perform step 2. and step 3. again.  A confirmation window opens.
 The main menu window opens.
DXL32005.ai
7. Press the <Y> key.
DXL32002.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
■ Changing boot sequence of the computer (for DELL PCs) 3. Select “System Configuration” – “USB Controller” and then
In here Boot Sequence is changed so that PC starts from CD by the “No Boot”.
BIOS menu of a PC.

2. Press the <F2> key when the DELL logo appears at the
 NOTE 
If the <F2> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the setup window
will not open.
AWV32124.ai
In such an instance, restart the PC to perform step 2. above again.

4. Select “Security” – “CPU XD Support” and remove the
 The setup window opens.
checkmark from “Enable CPU XD Support”.
AWV32125.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
5. Select “Performance” – “Multi Core Support” and place a 8. Select “Remote Wake Up” in the “Power Management” area
checkmark to “Enable Multi Core Support”. and then select “Enable with Boot to NIC”.
AWV32126.ai
DCL32001.ai
6. Select “Intel® SpeedStep™” and remove the checkmark from

9. Select “Low Power Mode” in the “Power Management” area
“Enable Intel® SpeedStep™”.
and then remove the checkmark from “Enable Low Power
Mode”.
AWV32127.ai
7. Select “General” in the “Boot Sequence” area and set so

DXL32006.ai
that “Onboard or USB CD-ROM Drive” comes to the very

top.
AWV32149.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
 NOTE  12. Select “USB Configuration” from “System Configuration”

For other than DELL OptiPlex 790/990, steps 10 through 14 are not and remove the checkmark from “Enable Boot Support”.
required. Proceed to step 15.
10. Select “Intel @TurboBoost™” from “Performance” and

remove the checkmark from “Enable Intel @TurboBoost™”.
DXCL140302003.ai
13. Select “Multi Core Support” from “Performance” and select

“All”.
DXCL140302001.ai
11. Select “Wake on LAN” from “Power Management”, then

select “LAN Only”.
DXCL140302004.ai
14. Select “Deep Sleep Control” from “Power Management” and

select “Disable”.
DXCL140302002.ai
DXCL140302005.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
15. Insert the “OPERATING SYSTEM” disk into the PC.
16. Click at the lower right corner of the window.

 A confirmation window opens.
17. Click [Yes].

 After a while, the “Press any key to boot from CD or DVD...”
message appears at the upper left corner of the window.
18. Press the <Enter> key within three seconds.

 After a while, the Windows Vista setup window opens.
 NOTE 
If you do not press the <Enter> key within about three seconds
after the “Press any key to boot from the CD or DVD...” message
appears at the upper left corner of the window, the installation CD
will not be recognized accordingly.
If such a failure occurs, restart the PC to perform step 18. again.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
■ Re-installing the OS 3. Click [Next].
1.  The following window opens.

Select “My language is English”.
AWV22003_E.ai
AWV32002.ai
4. Click “Install now”.
 The “Please read the license terms” window opens.
 The language selection window opens.
2. Make the following settings.

5. Place a checkmark to “I accept the license terms” and click
[Next].
AWV22002_E.ai
Language to install : English

Time and currency format : English (United States)
Keyboard or input method : US
AWV22004_E.ai
 The “Which type of installation do you want?” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
6. Select “Custom (advanced)”. 8. Select “Delete”.
AWV22005_E.ai
 The “Where do you want to install Windows?” window opens.
7.
AWV22007_E.ai
Select “Drive options (advanced)”.
9. Click [OK].
AWV22008_E.ai
AWV22006_E.ai
 The system returns to the “Where do you want to install
Windows?” window.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
10. Select “New”. 12. Select “Format”.
AWV22009_E.ai AWV22011_E.ai

11. Click [Apply].
13. Click [OK].
AWV22012_E.ai

AWV22010_E.ai
Windows?” window.
14. Click [Next].

 The OS installation processing starts. Upon completion of
installation, the “Choose a user name and picture” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
■ Windows setup 3. Enter “DAxxxxxxxx” in the “Type a computer name” field.

(use upper-case characters to enter the “DA”. xxxxxxxx are
1. Make the following settings. for the serial number.)
AWV22090_E.ai
AWV22013_E.ai
4. Click .
Type a user name (for example, John) : iip  The “Help protect Windows automatically” window opens.
Retype your password : fcr-iip 5. Select “Ask me later”.
 NOTE 
 The character string entries in the “Type a password
(recommended):” and “Retype your password:” fields appear as
“ ”.
 When a character has been entered into the column “Type a
2. Click . AWV22015_E.ai
 A window opens to prompt for computer name.  The “Review your time and date settings” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
6. Verify the “Date”, “Time”, and “Time zone” and click  The following window opens.
.
If they are incorrect, correct accordingly and then click
.
AWV22018_E.ai
7. Click .
 After a while, a login window opens.
8. Remove the “OPERATING SYSTEM” disk from the PC.
9. Enter “fcr-iip” and click .
AWV22016_E.ai
 NOTE 
If a dialog box like that shown below opens, select “Public location”.
AWV32020.ai
 NOTE 
The entered password is displayed as “ ”.
 The desktop screen opens.
REFERENCE
If the “Welcome Center” window has been displayed, close the
“Welcome Center” window.
AWV22017_E.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
■ Setting the user account 3. Select “Administrative Tools”.
1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu.
AWV22019_E.ai
 The “Control Panel” window opens.
2. Select “System and Maintenance”.

AWV22021_E.ai
 The “Administrative Tools” window opens.
4. Double-click “Computer Management”.
AWV22020_E.ai
 The “System and Maintenance” window opens.

AWV22022_E.ai
 The “User Account Control” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
5. Click . 8. Remove the checkmark from “Account is disabled” and

click .
AWV22023_E.ai
 The “Computer Management” window opens.
6. Select “Local Users and Groups” – “Users”. AWV22026_E.ai
 The system returns to the “Computer Management” window.
9. Right-click “Administrator” and select “Set Password...”.
AWV22024_E.ai
7. Right-click “Administrator” and select “Properties”. AWV22027_E.ai
 The “Set Password for Administrator” window opens.
10. Click .
AWV22025_E.ai
AWV22084_E.ai
 The “Administrator Properties” window opens.  The “Set password for Administrator” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
11. Make the following settings and click . 14. Place a checkmark to “Account is disabled” and click
.
AWV22028_E.ai
New password : fcr-iip

Confirm password : fcr-iip
 NOTE 
 A confirmation window opens. AWV22031_E.ai
15. Close the “Computer Management” window.

 The system returns to the “Administrative Tools” window.
AWV22029_E.ai
16. Close the “Administrative Tools” window.

12. Click .  The system returns to the “System and Maintenance” window.
17. Close the “System and Maintenance” window.
13. Right-click “iip” and select “Properties”.  The system returns to the desktop.
AWV22030_E.ai
 The “iip Properties” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
■ Setting the User Account Control 3. Select “User Accounts”.

Turn off and disable “User Account Control” from prompting for
credentials to install applications, and changing the elevation prompt
behavior.
AWV22033_E.ai
 The “Make changes to your user account” window opens.
4. Select “Turn User Account Control on or off”.
AWV22019_E.ai
2. Select “User Accounts”.
AWV22034_E.ai
 The “User Account Control” window opens.
AWV22032_E.ai
 The “User Accounts” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
5. Click . 8. Enter “fcr-iip” and click .
AWV22035_E.ai AWV32020.ai
 The “Turn User Account Control On or Off” window opens.  NOTE 

6. Remove the checkmark from “Use User Account Control
(UAC) to help protect your computer” and click .  The desktop screen opens.
REFERENCE
If the “Welcome Center” window has been displayed, close the
AWV22036_E.ai
 The “Microsoft Windows” window opens.
AWV22037_E.ai
7. Click .
 After the PC restarted, a login window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
2.1.2 Installing the Driver Software  Installing the Dell Resource CD utility software
Use the “DRIVERS AND UTILITIES” disk supplied with the PC to install 1. Insert the “DRIVERS AND UTILITIES” disk into the PC.
the following driver software items.
 The “AutoPlay” window opens.
REFERENCE
2. Select “Run autoRcd.exe”.
To determine what driver software needs to be installed, you can use
Device Manager. To open Device Manager, perform the following steps:
I. Right-click “My Computer” from the menu and select
“Properties” from the pull-down menu that opens.
➔ The “System Properties” window opens.
II. Click [Device Manager].
➔ Device Manager opens.
The software for items marked “ ! ” in Device Manager is not installed.

Install the driver software for such items. AWV22042_E.ai
 The “ResourceCD Installation” window opens.
3. Click .
AWV22043_E.ai
 A new window opens to indicate that the installation wizard is

started.
AWV22044_E.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
4. Click .  Installing the driver software

 The “Ready to Install the Program” window opens. Installing the software for the following drivers.
1. Controller Drivers
Intel Chipset Software Installation Utility Rev:Axx
2. Video Drivers
Select an appropriate drivers.
3. Audio Drivers
AWV22045_E.ai Analog Device ADI 198X Integrated HD Audio Rev:Axx
4. Network (NIC) Drivers

5. Click .
Intel 825XX Gigabit Platform LAN Network Device Rev:Axx
 The installation processing starts. After a while, the “InstallShield
Wizard Complete” window opens. 5. OS Tools
Dell OS Tools Rev:Axx
Dell System Software:Rev:Axx
 NOTE 
Since the drivers to be installed vary with the employed PC model and
utility CD-ROM version, confirm the correct drivers by calling Dell
Technical Support or visiting associated home page.
AWV22046_E.ai
6. Click .
 The utility program starts and the initial window is displayed.
7. Place a checkmark to “Click here to prevent this information

from being displayed again.” and close the window.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
REFERENCE 2. In the “Video” area, click name of a driver to be used.

For example, installation procedure of video device driver is described  The following window opens.
as follows.
1. Reinsert the “DRIVER AND UTILITIES...” disk to have

AutoPlay mode be activated.
 The Dell ResourceCD utility software starts and “System model”,
“Operating system”, and “Topic” are selected automatically.
AWV32001.ai
3. Scroll the display and click .
AWV32054.ai
AWV32055.ai
 The following window opens.
AWV32056.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
4. Click . 7. Click .
 The following window opens.  The following window opens.
AWV32060.ai
AWV32057.ai
8. Click [Next].
5. Click .
AWV32061.ai
AWV32058.ai 9. Click [Yes].

6. Click .
AWV32062.ai
AWV32059.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
10. Click [Next].

 Upon completion of installation, the following window opens.
AWV32063.ai
11. Click [Next].

 A window opens to indicate the completion of installation.
12. Select “No, I will restart this computer later.” and click
[Finish].
 The system returns to the driver extraction window.
13. Click .
AWV32065.ai
 The system returns to the driver selection window. Refer to Device

Manager and install the corresponding driver. Installation has been
completed when the Device Manager window shows no more
exclamation marks “ ! ”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
 Restarting and Setting the PC

1. Restart the PC.
AWV32020.ai
3. Remove the checkmark from “Run at startup” and close the

AWV32144.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
2.1.3 Installing the Windows Update Program
 Installing Windows Vista SP2

1. Insert “Vista SP2 OS Update DVD V1.0 (114Y5085053A00)”
into the PC.
 The “Welcome to Windows Vista (TM) Service Pack 2” window
opens.
2. Click [Next].
3. Checkmark “I accept the license terms” and click [Next].

 The “Install Windows Vista (TM) Service Pack 2” window opens.
4. Ensure that “Automatically restart the computer” is

checkmarked and then click [Install].
 Installation processing will start.
After the PC has restarted, the login window opens.

 The “Windows Vista Service Pack 2 is now installed” window
opens.
6. Click [Close].
7. Remove the DVD from the PC.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
 Installing the update program (V9.0 or later)


Download and install the Windows update program following the table
below.
No. Update Program URL Remarks
http://windows.microsoft.com/en-US/windows-vista/ Installation is not required when Windows Vista

1 Windows Vista SP2
Learn-how-to-install-Windows-Vista-Service-Pack-2-SP2 SP2 already has been installed.
https://www.microsoft.com/en-US/download/details.aspx? To install an OS other than English language, set
2 .net3.5 SP1
id=25150 and start the “ / lang:enu” startup option.
https://www.microsoft.com/en-US/download/details.aspx?
3 Update for Windows KB956250
id=18136
https://www.microsoft.com/en-US/download/details.aspx?
4 Update for Windows KB968930
id=9864
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
2.1.4 Setting the OS  Setting the control panel

Change display of the control panel to the classic view.
Perform the following OS-related settings.
 Setting the control panel 1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu.
 Setting the IP address (IPv4)
 Setting the taskbar
 Setting the Security Center
 Setting the automatic OS update
 Setting the monitor size
 Setting the visual effects
 Setting the screen properties
 Setting the power options
AWV32021.ai
 Setting the Internet time

 Canceling settings for simplified file sharing  The “Control Panel” window opens.
 Addition of components
 Setting the service 2. Select “Classic View”.
 Setting the Windows Sidebar
 Setting the Windows Defender
 Setting automatic startup of the network adapter
 Setting the defragmentation
 Confirmation of decimal symbol and digit grouping symbol
(other than Japanese)
AWV32067.ai
 The control panel changes to classic view.
3. Close the “Control Panel” window.

 The system returns to the desktop screen.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
■ Setting the IP address (IPv4) 4. Double-click “Local Area Connection”.
AWV32146.ai
 The “Local Area Connection Status” window opens.
5. Click .
AWV32021.ai
2. Double-click .
 The “Network and Sharing Center” window opens.
3. Select “Manage network connection”.
AWV32073.ai
 The “Local Area Connection Properties” window opens.
AWV32147.ai
 The “Network Connection” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
6. Select “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)” and click 8. Click .

.
 The system returns to the “Local Area Connection Properties”
window.
9. Click .
 The system returns to the “Local Area Connection Status” window.
10. Click .
 The system returns to the “Network Connection” window.
11.
AWV32074.ai
Close both the “Network Connection” and “Network and

 The “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties” window Sharing Center” windows.
opens.
7. Select “Use the following IP address” and make the
following settings.
I
II
III
IV
AWV32077.ai
I. Enter the IP address. (ex. : 172.16.1.20)

II. Enter the Subnet mask. (ex. : 255.255.255.0)
III. Enter the Default gateway. (ex. : 172.16.1.1)
IV. Enter the Preferred DNS server. (ex. : 172.16.1.2)
 NOTE 
Enter the IPv4 address and subnet mask that were noted down
before the start of OS installation.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
■ Setting the IP address (IPv6)
 NOTE 
This procedure is not required for V8.1 or earlier.
1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu. AWV32146.ai
5. Click .
AWV32021.ai
2. Double-click .
 The “Network and Sharing Center” window opens. AWV32073.ai

3. Select “Manage network connection”.
AWV32147.ai
 The “Network Connection” window opens.
4. Double-click “Local Area Connection”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista

.
window.
9. Click .
10. Click .
 The system returns to the “Network Connection” window.
DXCL140302008.ai 11. Close both the “Network Connection” and “Network and
 The “Internet Protocol Version 6 (TCP/IPv6) Properties” window Sharing Center” windows.
opens.  The system returns to the desktop screen.
7. Select “Use the following IPv6 address” and make the

following settings.
I
II
AWS140302003.ai
I. Enter the IP address.

(ex. : 2001:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0001:0014)
II. Enter the Subnet prefix length. (ex. : 32)
 NOTE 
Enter the IPv6 address and subnet prefiix length that were noted
down before the start of OS installation.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
■ Setting the taskbar 4. Select “Notification Area” tab and remove the checkmark
Change the windows taskbar display setting as follows. from “Hide inactive icons”.
AWV32082.ai
5. Click .
AWV32021.ai
 The system returns to the “Control Panel” window.
2. Double-click .
 The “Taskbar and Start Menu Properties” window opens.

 Place a checkmark to “Auto-hide the taskbar”.
 Remove the checkmark from “Show Quick Launch”.
AWV32081.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
■ Setting the Security Center 4. Select “Don’t notify me and don’t display the icon (not
Hiding security alarm notifications as follows. recommended)”.
AWV32085.ai
AWV32021.ai
 The system returns to the “Windows Security Center” window.

5. Close the “Windows Security Center” window.
2. Double-click . 6. Close the “Control Panel” window.

 The “Windows Security Center” window opens.
3. Select “Change the way Security Center alerts me”.
AWV32084.ai
 A notification window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
■ Setting the automatic OS update 4. Select “Never check for update” and click .
Cancel settings for automatic OS (Windows Vista) update as follows.
AWV32088.ai
 The system returns to the “Windows Update” window.

AWV32021.ai

5. Close the “Windows Update” window.
2. Double-click .
 The “Windows Update” window opens.
3. Select “View advanced options”.
AWV32087.ai
 The “Change settings” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
■ Setting the monitor size 3. Select “Advanced Settings...”.

Change the monitor size to “1280 × 1024” as follows.
1. Select “Personalization” from the right-click menu on the

desktop.
 The “Personalization” window opens.
2. Select “Display Settings”.
AWV32091.ai
 The monitor properties window opens.
4. Select “List All Modes...”.
AWV32090.ai
 The “Display Settings” window opens.
AWV32092.ai
 The “List All Modes” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
5. Select “1280 by 1024, True Color (32 bit), 60 Hertz” and click
.
AWV22065_E.ai
 The system returns to the monitor properties window.
6. Click .
 The system returns to the “Display Settings” window.
 NOTE 
If a window like that shown below opens, click in 15
seconds.
AWV22066_E.ai
7. Click .
 The system returns to the “Personalization” window.
8. Close the “Personalization” window.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
■ Setting the visual effects 4. Remove the checkmark from “Show window contents while
Hiding the windows contents while dragging. dragging” and click .
AWV32021.ai
2. Double-click . AWV32099.ai
 The system returns to the “Performance Information and Tools”

window.
 The “Performance Information and Tools” window opens.
5. Close the “Performance Information and Tools” window.
3. Select “Adjust visual effects”.  The system returns to the desktop screen.
AWV32098.ai
 The “Performance Options” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
■ Setting the screen properties 4. Click .

Change the screen properties settings from “Windows Vista” to  The screen properties settings changes to classic view.
“Windows Classic”.

5. Click .
desktop.  The system returns to the “Personalization” window.
2. Select “Theme”.  The system returns to the desktop screen.
AWV32153.ai
 The “Theme Settings” window opens.
3. Select “Windows Classic” from the pull-down menu offered

by the “Theme” option.
AWV32152.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
■ Setting the power options 4. Select “Change advanced power settings”.

Changing the power options for PC and HD drives.
AWV32136.ai
 The advanced setting window opens.

AWV32150.ai

5. Select “Hard disk” - “Turn off hard disk after”, and set to
“Never”.
2. Double-click .
 The “Power Options” window opens.
3. Select “High performance” and click “Change plan

settings”.
AWV32137.ai
AWV32101.ai
 The “Edit Plan Settings” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
6. Select “USB settings” - “USB selective suspend setting”, 8. Select “Power buttons and lid” - “Start menu power button”,
and then select “Disabled”. and then select “Shut down”.
DXCL080302002.ai
AWV32155.ai
7. Select “Power buttons and lid” - “Power button action”, and

then select “Shut down”. 9. Click .
 The system returns to the “Change plan settings” window.
10. Close the “Change plan settings” window.

AWV32154.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
■ Setting the Internet time 3. Select the “Internet Time” tab and click
Disabling synchronization with an Internet time server. .
AWV32150.ai

AWV32103.ai
 The “Internet Time Settings” window opens.

2. Double-click .
4. Remove checkmark from “Synchronize with an Internet time
 The “Date and Time” window opens. server” and click .
AWV32104.ai
 The system returns to the “Date and Time” window.
5. Click .

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
■ Canceling settings for simplified file sharing 4. Remove the checkmark from “Use Sharing Wizard” and
Disabling use of the sharing wizard. click .
AWV32150.ai
2. Double-click .
AWV32107.ai

 The “Folder Options” window opens.
3. Select the “View” tab.
AWV32106.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
■ Addition of components 4. Place a checkmark to the following items.

Installing additional Windows components.  FTP Publishing Service
 IIS 6 Management Compatibility
 Telnet Client
AWV32150.ai
2. Double-click .
 The “Programs and Features” window opens.

AWV32110.ai
3. Select “Turn Windows features on or off”. REFERENCE

“ ” indicates an item to be installed.
“ ” indicates installation of some items of the lower level.
 When a check box is checked, all items in lower levels are
selected at the same time.
5. Click .
 The installation processing starts.
Upon completion of installation, the system returns to the
“Programs and Features” window.
6.
AWV32109.ai
Close the “Programs and Features” window.

 The “Windows Features” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
■ Setting the service 4. Right-click “FTP Publishing Service” and select “Properties”.
 The “FTP Publishing Service Properties (Local Computer)” window
1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu. opens.
5. Select “Automatic” from the “Startup type” pull-down menu

and click .
AWV32150.ai
AWV32131.ai
2. Double-click .
 The system returns to the “Service” window.
 The “Administrative Tools” window opens. 6. Close the “Service” window.

3. Double-click “Service”.
AWV32130.ai
 The “Service” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
■ Setting the Windows Sidebar

Hiding the Windows sidebar.
AWV32150.ai
2. Double-click .
 The “Windows Sidebar Properties” window opens.
3. Remove the checkmark from “Start Sidebar when Windows

starts” and click .
AWV32112.ai

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
■ Setting the Windows Defender 4. Remove the checkmark from “Use Windows Defender” and
Changing the settings for Windows Defender. click .
AWV32150.ai
2. Double-click .
The “Windows Defender” window opens.

AWV32115.ai

 A window like that shown below opens.
3. Select “Tools” and select “Options”.
AWV32151.ai
5. Click .
 The system returns to the “Windows Defender” window.
AWV32114.ai
6. Close the “Windows Defender” window.
 The “Options” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows Vista
 Setting automatic startup of the network adapter 3. Right-click “Intel(R) 82567LM-3 Gigabit Network Connection”
Changing the settings for automatic startup of the network adapter. under “Network adapter” and then select “Properties”.
AWV32150.ai
2. Double-click . DXL30001.ai
 The “Intel(R) 82567LM-3 Gigabit Network Connection Properties”

window opens.
 The “Device Manager” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
4. Select the “Power Management” tab and perform settings as

follows in the “Wake on LAN” field.
DXL30002.ai
 Wake on Directed Packet: Remove the checkmark.

 Wake on Magic Packet: Place a checkmark.
 Wake on Magic Packet from power off state: Place a checkmark.
 Wake on Link: Remove the checkmark.
5. Click .
 The system returns to the “Device Manager” window.
6. Close the “Device Manager” window.


010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
■ Setting the defragmentation 3. Select the “Tools” tab and select .

Disabling the setting for automatic defragmentation.
1. Select “Computer” from the menu.
AWV32121.ai
 The “Disk Defragmenter” window opens.
AWV32119.ai 4. Remove the checkmark from “Run on a schedule

 The “Computer” window opens. (recommended)” and click .
2. Right-click “Local Disk (C:)” and select “Properties”.
AWV32122.ai
 The system returns to the “Local Disk (C:) / Properties” window.
5. Click .
 The system returns to the “Computer” window.
AWV32120.ai 6. Close the “Computer” window.

 The “Local Disk (C:) Properties” window opens.  The system returns to the desktop screen.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
■ Confirmation of decimal symbol and digit grouping 3. Confirm that a language other than “Japanese” has been
symbol (other than Japanese) selected and click “Customize this format...”.
If the “Current format” has been changed to a language other than

“Japanese” in Regional andLanguage Options, confirm the decimal
symbol, the digit grouping symbol and the display leading zeros.
 Decimal Symbol : “ . ” (period)
 Digit grouping Symbol : “ , ” (comma)
 Display leading zeros : 0.7
AWV32141.ai
 The “Customize Regional Options” window opens.
AWV32150.ai
2. Double-click [Regional and Language Options].

 The “Regional and Language Options” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
4. Confirm the following settings. 6. Click .

 Decimal Symbol : “ . ” (period)  The system returns to the “Regional and Language Options”
 Digit grouping Symbol : “ , ” (comma) window.
7. Click .
8. Close the “Computer” window.

DXL03020320.ai
5. Select “Currency” tab and set “Decimal symbol” to “.”

(period).
DXCL070302005.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
2.2 Installing and Setting Windows 7 ■ Removing the peripheral devices

1. Disconnect all peripheral devices, such as barcode reader,
2.2.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7 magnetic card reader and touch panel, from the USB ports.
(Except for the mouse and keyboard.)
This section describes how to install Windows 7.

■ Network connection between the DR-ID 300CL and the HUB
 After an error occurrence in the OS Unless the PC is network-connected properly in advance, the network
setup windows will not be displayed while the OS is being installed,
Items to be readied for OS installation depending on the Windows 7 installer specifications.
 OPERATING SYSTEM Disk which comes with the device
 Resource Media (Set of three disks) 1. Use a network cable to connect the DR-ID 300CL to the HUB.
IMPORTANT 2. Turn ON the power to the HUB.

 Before formatting the HDD, make backup copy of data other than
time.
(place checkmarks to all the items).
 NOTE 
 The following files are not included in the backup of the configuration.
Back up the following files before reinstalling the OS, and copy them
after reinstalling the OS.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
 RAID structure confirmation 4. Check to see that [RAID Volumes] - [Level] have been set to
(only for DELL OptiPlex 780MT/990MT) [RAID1(Mirror)] in the [DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION] field.
2. Press the <F2> key when logotype of DELL appears at the

 NOTE 
DXL32003.ai
If the <F2> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the “Intel(R)
Matrix Storage Manager” window will not open. In that case, restart 5. Check to see that [RAID Volumes] - [Status] have been set to
the PC to perform step 2. again. [Normal] in the [DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION] field.
 The “Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager” window opens.
DXL32004.ai
 NOTE 
If “Status” is other than “Normal”, the HDD might has some trouble,
so replace it as necessary.
DXL32001.ai
$ For details about the HDD replacement procedure, see

3. Press <Ctrl> + <I> immediately. “Appendix A Replacement Procedure of Damaged RAID
Configuration HDD”.
 NOTE 
If the <Ctrl> + <I> keys are not pressed with the timeliness, the
main menu window will not open. In that case, press <Ctrl> + <Alt> 6. Press the <Esc> key.
+ <Delete> keys and perform step 2. and step 3. again.  A confirmation window opens.
 The main menu window opens.
DXL32005.ai
7. Press the <Y> key.
DXL32002.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
■ Changing boot sequence of the computer (for DELL PCs) 4. Select “Security” – “CPU XD Support” and remove the
In here Boot Sequence is changed so that PC starts from CD by the checkmark from “Enable CPU XD Support”.
BIOS menu of a PC.

2. Press the <F2> key when the DELL logo appears at the
 NOTE 
will not open.

DXL03020002.ai
3. Select “System Configuration” – “USB Controller” and then 5. Select “Performance” – “Multi Core Support” and place a
“No Boot”. checkmark to “Enable Multi Core Support”.
DXL03020001.ai DXL03020003.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
6. Select “Intel® SpeedStep™” and remove the checkmark from 8. Select “Low Power Mode” in the “Power Management” area
“Enable Intel® SpeedStep™”. and then remove the checkmark from “Enable Low Power
Mode”.
DXL03020004.ai
7. Select “Remote Wake Up” in the “Power Management” area

and then select “Enable with Boot to NIC”.
DXL03020006.ai
NOTE 

For other than DELL OptiPlex 790/990, steps 9 through 13 are not
required. Proceed to step 14.
9. Select “Intel @TurboBoost™” from “Performance” and

remove the checkmark from “Enable Intel @TurboBoost™”.
DXL03020005.ai
DXCL140302001.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
10. Select “Wake on LAN” from “Power Management” and 12. Select “Multi Core Support” from “Performance” and select
select “LAN Only”. “All”.
DXCL140302004.ai
13. Select “Deep Sleep Control” from “Power Management” and

select “Disable”.
DXCL140302002.ai
11. Select “USB Configuration” from “System Configuration”

and remove the checkmark from “Enable Boot Support”.
DXCL140302005.ai
14. Insert the “OPERATING SYSTEM” disk into the PC.

DXCL140302003.ai
16. Click [Yes].

 The DELL logo appears, and then “F12 Boot Options” appears at
the upper right corner of the window.
17. Press the <F12> key while “F12 Boot Options” appears.
 The “Boot Device Menu” screen appears.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
18. Select “Onboard or USB CD-ROM Drive” and press the ■ Re-installing the OS
<Enter> key.
1. Select “My language is English”.
message appears on the window.

 After a while, the Windows 7 setup window opens.
 NOTE 
appears on the window, the installation CD will not be recognized DXL03020137.ai
accordingly.
If such a failure occurs, restart the PC to perform step 19. again.  The language selection window opens.
DXL03020138.ai

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
3. Click . 6. Select “Custom (advanced)”.
DXL03020141.ai
DXL03020139.ai
7. Select the partition to be deleted and select “Drive options
 The “Please read the license terms” window opens. (advanced)”.

.
DXL03020142.ai
DXL03020140.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
8. Select “Delete”. 11. Select “Disk 0 Unallocated Space” and select “New”.
DXL03020143.ai DXL03020145.ai

 NOTE 
When a partition is not created, go to step 13.
12. Enter the value of “Size” according to the type of PC (capacity

of the storage).
DXL03020144.ai
 In the case of a PC whose storage is a 250GB/500GB HDD

Enter “131172”.
9. Click .
 In the case of a PC whose storage is a 128GB SSD
Windows?” window. Enter the value acquired by subtracting 82120 from the total
capacity of SSDs.
10. If multiple partitions exist, repeat the step 7. to 9. and delete (Enter the value so that the area which is not allocated after
all the existing partitions. creation becomes 80.1GB.)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
 “Disk 0 Partition 1”, “Disk 0 Partition 2”, and “Disk 0 Unallocated

Space” are created.
DXCL100302016.ai
DXL03020146.ai
 A confirmation window opens. REFERENCE

When a partition is not created, “Disk 0 Unallocated Space” is not
created.
DXL03020147.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
15. Select “Disk 0 Partition 1” and click “Format”. 17. Select “Disk 0 Partition 2” and click “Format”.
DXCL100302017.ai
DXCL100302018.ai
 A confirmation window opens.  A confirmation window opens.
DXL03020150.ai
DXL03020152.ai

 The system returns to the “Where do you want to install  The system returns to the “Where do you want to install
Windows?” window.
Windows?” window.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
19. Select “Disk 0 Partition 2” and click .
DXCL100302019.ai
 NOTE 
To install Windows 7, the system requires at least 6031 MB free
space. If you select a partition whose free space is less than 6031
MB and click , Windows 7 cannot be installed.
 The OS installation processing starts.

Upon completion of installation, a window to enter user name and
computer name opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
■ Windows setup 3. Make the following settings.
DXL03020155.ai

DXL03020154.ai Retype your password : fcr-iip
Type a user name (for example, John) : iip
Type a computer name : CSL  NOTE 
 The character string entries in the “Type a password
2. Click . (recommended):” and “Retype your password:” fields appear as
“ ”.
 A window opens to prompt for password.
 When a character has been entered into the column “Type a
4. Click .
 The “Help protect your computer and improve Windows

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
5. Select “Ask me later”. 7. Select “Public network”.
DXL03020156.ai
 The “Review your time and date settings” window opens.
6. Verify the “Time zone”, “Date”, and “Time” and click

DXL03020158.ai
.
 The system finalizes the settings.
.
DXL03020159.ai
 Upon completion of finalizing process, the desktop screen opens.
8. Remove the “OPERATING SYSTEM” disk from the PC.
DXL03020157.ai
 The “Select your computer’s current location” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
■ Creating the drive I (V7.3 or later) 3. Click “Administrative Tools”.
 NOTE 
This step is not required if a partition is not created.
DXCL100302002.ai
DXL03020160.ai

DXL03020163.ai
2. Select “System and Security”.  The “Computer Management” window opens.
DXCL100302001.ai
 The “System and Security” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
5. Click “Disk Management”. 7. Click [Next].

 The “Specify Volume Size” window opens.
8. Match the value of “Simple volume size in MB” with that of

“Maximum disk space in MB”, then click [Next].
DXCL100302003.ai
6. Right-click “Unallocated” of “Disk 0” and select “New

Simple Volume”.
DXCL100302006.ai
 The “Assign Drive Letter or Path” window opens.
9. Make the following settings and click [Next].
DXCL100302004.ai
 The “New Simple Volume Wizard” window opens. I. II.
DXCL100302007.ai
I. Select “Assign the following drive letter”.

II. Select “I” from the pull-down menu.
 The “Format Partition” window opens.

DXCL100302005.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
10. Select “Format this volume with the following settings” and 12. Click [Finish].
make the following settings.  Format process will start.
After the format process has been completed, the “AutoPlay”
window opens.
DXCL100302010.ai
DXCL100302008.ai
13. Close the “AutoPlay” window.

Items Settings
File system NTFS
Allocation unit size Default 14. Make sure that the “Image (I:)” has been created and the
status is “Healthy”, close the “Computer Management”
Volume label Image
window.
Perform a quick format Place a checkmark.
Enable file and folder compression Remove the checkmark.
11. Click [Next].

 The “Completing the New Simple Volume Wizard” window opens.
DXCL100302011.ai
DXCL100302009.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7

 The system returns to the “System and Security” window.
16. Close the “System and Security” window.

 The system returns to the desktop.
17. Start up Explorer and confirm that the capacity of each drive
is as below.
PC Model
Capacity of drive C Capacity of drive I
(the capacity of real storage)
HDD 500GB Model (465GB) 128GB 337GB
HDD 250GB Model (232GB) 128GB 104GB
SSD 128GB Model (119GB) 39GB 80GB
 NOTE 
Secure a capacity of at least 39GB for drive C because the number
of OS-related files will increase.
18. Close the Explorer.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
■ Setting the user account

3. Click .
DXL03020162.ai

DXL03020160.ai
2. Select “Large icons” from “View by”.
DXL03020163.ai
DXL03020161.ai 5. Select “Local Users and Groups” – “Users”.

 The “All Control Panel Items” window opens.
DXL03020164.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
6. Right-click “Administrator” and select “Properties”. 8. Right-click “Administrator” and select “Set Password...”.
DXL03020167.ai
DXL03020165.ai
9. Click .
 The “Administrator Properties” window opens.
7. Remove the checkmark from “Account is disabled” in the

“General” tab and click .
DXL03020168.ai
DXL03020166.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
10. Make the following settings and click . 13. Place a checkmark to “Account is disabled” in the “General”
tab and click .
DXL03020169.ai

 NOTE 
DXL03020172.ai

DXL03020170.ai

11. Click .
 The system returns to the “All Control Panel Items” window.
12. Right-click “iip” and select “Properties”.

16. Close the “All Control Panel Items” window.
DXL03020171.ai
 The “iip Properties” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
■ Setting the User Account Control 3. Select “Change User Account Control Settings”.
Turn off and disable “User Account Control” from prompting for
credentials to install applications, and changing the elevation prompt
behavior.
DXL03020173.ai
 The “User Account Control Settings” window opens.
4. Lower the slide bar to the bottom and click .
DXL03020160.ai
2. Click .
DXL03020174.ai
DXL03020175.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
5. Click .
6. Close the “User Accounts” window.

7. Restart the PC.

DXL03020046.ai
 NOTE 
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
2.2.2 Installing the Driver Software

Use the “Resource Media” (set of three disks) supplied with the PC to
install the following driver software items.
REFERENCE

Install the driver software for such items.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
 Installing the Dell Resource CD utility software 3. Place a checkmark to “Click here to prevent this information
from being displayed again.”, and click .
1. Insert the “Resource Media (1 of 3)” disk into the DVD/CD
drive.
2. Place a checkmark to “Always do this for software and

games:”, and double-click “Run autoRcd.exe”.
DXL03020296.ai
 The Dell Resource CD utility software starts and “System model”,

DXL03020295.ai
 The “Welcome Dell System Owner” window opens.
DXL03020297.ai
 NOTE 
If proper “System Model”, “Operating System”, and “Topic” are not
displayed under “Search Criteria”, select them properly.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
4. In the “System Utility” area, click “Dell System Software 6. Click .

Rev:Axx”.
DXL03020300.ai
7. Click .
DXL03020301.ai
8. Click .
DXL03020298.ai
5. Click .
DXL03020302.ai
DXL03020299.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
 The installation start wizard opens.
DXL03020303.ai
10. Click . DXL03020306.ai
 The window opens to indicate the completion of getting ready to

install.
DXL03020304.ai
11. Click .
 The installation starts.
After a while, the window opens to indicate the completion of the
installation. DXL03020046.ai
 NOTE 

DXL03020305.ai
15. Remove the “Resource Media (1 of 3)” disk from the DVD/CD
12. Click . drive.
 A window prompting you to restart the PC opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
 Installing the driver software REFERENCE

Installing the software for the following drivers. For example, installation procedure of video device driver is described
as follows.
1. System Drivers
Intel Chipset Software Installation Utility Rev: Axx 1. Reinsert the “Resource Media (2 of 3)” disk to have AutoPlay
mode be activated.
2. Video Drivers
 The Dell ResourceCD utility software starts and “System model”,
Intel Q43/Q45/G43/G45 (Eaglelake) Graphics Controller Rev: Axx
3. Audio Drivers
Analog Devices ADI 198x Integrated HD Audio Rev: Axx
4. Network (NIC) Drivers

Intel 825XX Gigabit Platform LAN Network Device Rev: Axx
5. Storage Drivers (For RAID type)

Intel Matrix Storage Manager Rev: xxx
 NOTE 
 Since the drivers to be installed vary with the employed PC model and
utility CD-ROM version, confirm the correct drivers by calling Dell
Technical Support or visiting associated home page.
DXL03020307.ai
 If the system requests to restart the PC after installation of each driver,

restart the PC.  NOTE 
If proper “System Model”, “Operating System”, and “Topic” are not
displayed under “Search Criteria”, select them properly.
2. In the “Video Drivers” area, click name of a driver to be used.

DXL03020308.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
DXL03020312.ai
5. Click .
DXL03020309.ai
 The following window opens. DXL03020313.ai
6. Click .
DXL03020310.ai
 NOTE 
When is clicked, the following window might be
displayed. If the window is displayed, replace the disk according to DXL03020314.ai
the instruction on the window and click .
DXL03020311.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7

 The following window opens.  Upon completion of installation, the following window opens.
DXL03020315.ai
8. Click .
 NOTE 
If you are installing Video Drivers and when the “Welcome to the
Setup Program” window opens, remove the checkmark from
“Automatically run WinSAT and enable the Windows Aero desktop
theme (if supported).” and click . DXL03020318.ai
 The following window opens. 11. Click .

 A window opens to indicate the completion of installation.
DXL03020316.ai
9. Click . DXL03020319.ai
 The following window opens. 12. Select “Yes, I want to restart this computer now.” and click
.
DXL03020317.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
DXL03020046.ai
 NOTE 
14. Remove the “Resource Media (2 of 3)” disk from the DVD/CD
drive.
Refer to Device Manager and install the corresponding driver.
Installation has been completed when the Device Manager window
shows no more exclamation marks “ ! ”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
2.2.3 Installing the Windows 7 Update Program
 Installing the update program (V9.0 or later)


NOTE 

If installing the Windows 7 SP1 or later, this procedure is not required.
 Downloading and installing the update program

Download and install the Windows update program following the table below.

When you install the Windows7 SP1 without installing this update
http://www.microsoft.com/en-US/download/details.aspx?
1 Update for Windows 7 KB2534366 program, the error message “0xC0000009A” appears. In this case,
id=22174
install the Windows7 SP1 after installing this update program.
When you install the Windows7 SP1 without installing this update
http://www.microsoft.com/en-US/download/details.aspx?
2 Update for Windows 7 KB2533552 program, the error message “0xC0000034” appears. In this case, install
id=18257
the Windows7 SP1 after installing this update program.
http://www.microsoft.com/en-US/download/details.aspx? To install the Windows7 SP1 without installing this update program
3 Update for Windows 7 KB2454826
id=6691 affects the performance and functions of PC and DR-ID 300CL-AP.
 Referring to “ Confirm the Download and Instal of Update Program”,
http://www.microsoft.com/en-US/download/details.aspx? confirm that all the update programs from 1 to 3 have been installed
4 Windows 7 SP1
id=5842 accurately.
 Install the program(s) following the instructions on Web site.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
 Confirm the download and instal of update program
DXL03020160.ai
2. Click “Windows Update”.

3. Select “View update history”.

 The “View update history” window opens.
4. Make sure the “Status” of following items have been “Successful”.

 Update for Windows 7 (KB2534366)
 NOTE 
If any “Status” had been “Failed”, install that update program again.
5. Close the “View update history” window.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
2.2.4 Setting the OS  Setting the control panel

Change display of the control panel to the “Large icons” view.
Perform the following OS-related settings.
 Setting the control panel 1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu.
 Changing the computer name
 Hiding icons on the taskbar
 Setting the action center
 Setting the monitor size
 Setting the automatic window arrangement
DXL03020160.ai
 Setting the Internet time

 Canceling settings for simplified file sharing  The “Control Panel” window opens.
 Setting the service 2. Select “Large icons” from “View by”.
 Setting automatic startup of the network adapter
 Disabling the scheduler
 Confirmation of decimal symbol and digit grouping symbol
DXL03020161.ai

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
■ Changing the computer name 4. Select the “Computer Name” tab and click .
DXL03020323.ai
 The “Computer Name/Domain Changes” window opens.

DXL03020160.ai
 The “All Control Panel Items” window opens. 5. Enter “DAxxxxxxxx” in the “Computer name:” column.
(Enter “DA” as a one-byte capital letter and enter last 8 digits
of product serial number for “xxxxxxxx”.)
2. Click .
 The “System” window opens.
3. Select “Advanced system settings”.
DXL03020324.ai
6. Click .
DXL03020322.ai
 The “System Properties” window opens.
DXL03020325.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
7. Click .
 The system returns to the “System Properties” window.
8. Click .
DXL03020326.ai
9. Click .
 After the PC is restarted, a login window opens.
DXL03020046.ai
 NOTE 
 The desktop screen displays.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
■ Setting the IP address (IPv4) 4. Click .
DXL03020160.ai
DXL03020328.ai
2. Click .  The “Local Area Connection Properties” window opens.
5. Select “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)” and click

.
3. Confirm that “Unidentified network” is set to “Public
network” and select “Local Area Connection”.
DXL03020327.ai

DXL03020329.ai
 The “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties” window

opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
6. Select “Use the following IP address” and make the

following settings.
I
II
III
DXL03020330.ai

III. Keep the Default gateway in blank. (Do not enter)
 NOTE 
Enter the IPv4 address and subnet mask that were noted down
7. Click .
window.
8. Click .
9. Click .
 The system returns to the “Network and Sharing Center” window.
10. Close the “Network and Sharing Center” window.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
 Setting the IP address (IPv6)

 3. Confirm that “Unidentified network” is set to “Public
 NOTE 
This procedure is not required for V8.1 or earlier.
DXL03020327.ai
➔ The “Local Area Connection Status” window opens.
4. Click .
DXL03020160.ai
2. Click .
➔ The “Network and Sharing Center” window opens.
DXL03020328.ai
➔ The “Local Area Connection Properties” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7

.
➔ The system returns to the “Local Area Connection 2 Properties” window.
8. Click .
➔ The system returns to the “Local Area Connection 2 Status” window.
9. Click .
➔ The system returns to the “Network and Sharing Center” window.
DXCL140302008.ai
➔ The “Internet Protocol Version 6 (TCP/IPv6 Properties” window opens. ➔ The system returns to the desktop screen.
6. Select “Use the following IPv6 address” and make the following
settings.
I
II
AWS140302003.ai
I. Enter the IP address.

(ex. : 2001:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0001:0014)
II. Enter the Subnet prefix length. (ex. : 32)
 NOTE 
Enter the IPv6 address and Subnet prefix length that were noted
down before the start of OS installation.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
■ Setting the taskbar 4. Select the “Start Menu” tab and select “Shut down”.
Change the windows taskbar display setting as follows.
DXL03020332.ai
5. Select the “Taskbar” tab and click .
DXL03020160.ai
2. Click .
DXL03020333.ai
 The “Taskbar and Start Menu Properties” window opens.

 The “Notification Area Icons” window opens.
3. Select the “Taskbar” tab and make the following settings.

 Place a checkmark to “Auto-hide the taskbar”.
 Place a checkmark to “Use small icons”.
DXL03020331.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
6. Place a checkmark to “Always show all icons and ■ Hiding icons on the taskbar
notifications on the taskbar” and click .
1. Select “Unpin this program from taskbar” from the right-
click menu of at the right side of on the taskbar.
DXL03020335.ai
 The icon hides.
2. Perform step 1. for and at the right side of on
DXL03020334.ai
the taskbar.
 The system returns to the “Taskbar and Start Menu Properties”

window.
7. Click .

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
■ Setting the action center 4. Select “Problem reporting settings”.

Hide the confirmation message for security or maintenance.
DXL03020338.ai
DXL03020336.ai
 The “All Control Panel Items” window opens.  The “Problem Reporting Settings” window opens.
5. Select “Never check for solutions” and click .

2. Click .
 The “Action Center” window opens.
3. Select “Change Action Center settings”.
DXL03020339.ai
 The system returns to the “Change Action Center settings” window.
DXL03020337.ai
 The “Change Action Center settings” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
6. Remove all checkmarks and click .
DXL03020340.ai
 The system returns to the “Action Center” window.
7. Close the “Action Center” window.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
■ Setting the automatic OS update 4. Select “Never check for updates” and click .
Cancel settings for automatic OS (Windows 7) update as follows.
DXL03020342.ai

DXL03020336.ai
2. Click .
3. Select “Change Settings”.
DXL03020341.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
■ Setting the monitor size 4. Select “1280 by 1024, True Color (32 bit), 60 Hertz” and click
Change the monitor size to “1280 by 1024, True Color (32 bit), 60 Hertz” .
as follows.
1. Select “Screen resolution” from the right-click menu on the

desktop.
 The “Screen Resolution” window opens.
2. Click “Advanced settings”.
DXL03020345.ai
 The system returns to the monitor properties window.
5. Click .
 The system returns to the “Screen Resolution” window.
DXL03020343.ai
 The monitor properties window opens. 6. Click .
3. Select the “Adapter” tab and click .  The system returns to the desktop screen.
DXL03020344.ai
 The “List All Modes” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
■ Setting the visual effects 4. Remove the checkmark from “Show window contents while
Hiding the windows contents while dragging. dragging” on the “Visual Effects” tab and click .
DXL03020336.ai

DXL03020347.ai
 The system returns to the “Performance Information and Tools”

2. Click . window.
5. Close the “Performance Information and Tools” window.

 The “Performance Information and Tools” window opens.
3. Select “Adjust visual effects”.
DXL03020346.ai
 The “Performance Options” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
■ Setting the screen properties

Change the screen properties settings from “Windows 7” to “Windows
Classic”.

desktop.
2. Select “Windows Classic”.
DXL03020203.ai
 The screen properties settings change to classic view.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
■ Setting the automatic window arrangement 3. Select “Make the mouse easier to use”.
Disable the automatic adjustment function of window size.
DXL03020220.ai
DXL03020210.ai  The “Make the mouse easier to use” window opens.

4. Place a checkmark to “Prevent windows from being
automatically arranged when moved to the edge of the
2. Click . screen” and click .
 The “Ease of Access Center” window opens.
DXL03020221.ai
 The system returns to the “Ease of Access Center” window.
5. Close the “Ease of Access Center” window.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
■ Setting the power options 4. Select “High performance” and click “Change plan
Changing the power options for PC and HD drives. settings”.
DXL03020228.ai

DXL03020210.ai
5. Select “Change advanced power settings”.

2. Click .
3. Click at the right side of “Show additional plans”.
DXL03020229.ai
 The advanced settings window opens.
DXL03020227.ai
 An additional plan displays.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
6. Select “Hard disk” - “Turn off hard disk after”, and then set 8. Select “Power buttons and lid” - “Power button action”, and
to “Never”. then select “Shut down”.
DXL03020230.ai
DXL03020231.ai
7. Select “USB Settings” and “USB selective suspend setting”,

and then select “Disabled”. 9. Select “Display” and “Turn off display after”, and then set to
“20”.
DXL03020232.ai
DXCL080302003.ai
10. Click .
 The system returns to the “Edit plan settings” window.
11. Close the “Edit plan settings” window.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
■ Setting the Internet time 3. Select the “Internet Time” tab and click
Disabling synchronization with an Internet time server. .
DXL03020233.ai
DXL03020210.ai  The “Internet Time Settings” window opens.

4. Remove checkmark from “Synchronize with an Internet time
server” and click .
2. Click .
 The “Date and Time” window opens.
DXL03020234.ai
 The system returns to the “Date and Time” window.
5. Click .

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
■ Canceling settings for simplified file sharing 4. Remove the checkmark from “Use Sharing Wizard” and
Disabling use of the sharing wizard. click .
DXL03020226.ai
DXL03020210.ai


2. Click .  The system returns to the desktop screen.
 The “Folder Options” window opens.
3. Select the “View” tab.
DXL03020225.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
■ Addition of components 4. Place a checkmark to the following items.

Installing additional Windows components.  “Internet Information Services” ― “FTP Server” and all of items
under “FTP Server”
 “Internet Information Services” ― “Web Management Tools” and
1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu. all of items under “Web Management Tools”
 “Telnet Client”
DXL03020210.ai
2. Click .

DXL03020258.ai
3. Select “Turn Windows features on or off”. REFERENCE

“ ” indicates an item to be installed.
“ ” indicates installation of some items of the lower level.
 If the restart is requested after the installation, restart the PC.
DXL03020257.ai
5. Click .
6. Close the “Programs and Features” window.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
■ Setting the service 4. Right-click “Microsoft FTP Service” and select “Properties”.
Enabling the Microsoft FTP Service.  The “Microsoft FTP Service Properties (Local Computer)” window
opens.

5. Select “General” tab and “Automatic” from the “Startup
type” pull-down menu, and then click .
DXL03020210.ai DXL03020348.ai
 The “All Control Panel Items” window opens.  The system returns to the “Service” window.
6. Close the “Service” window.

2. Click .
3. Double-click “Service”.  The system returns to the desktop screen.
DXL03020321.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
 Setting automatic startup of the network adapter 3. In the “Device Manager” window, right-click “Network
(when using Wake on LAN) adapter” and then “Intel(R) 82567LM-3 Gigabit Network
Connection” to select “Properties”.
When starting up the DR-ID 300CL from other devices using Wake on
LAN, perform the following settings.
DXL03020210.ai

DXL03020293.ai
2. Click .  The “Intel(R) 82567LM-3 Gigabit Network Connection Properties”

window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
4. Select the “Power Management” tab and perform settings as ■ Disabling the scheduler
follows in the “Wake on LAN” field. Disable the scheduling settings for Defrag, Time Synchronization, and
Windows Error Reporting.
DXL03020210.ai

DXL03020294.ai
 Wake on Magic Packet : Place a checkmark. 2. Click .

 Wake on Pattern Match : Remove the checkmark.
5. Click .


010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
3. Double-click “Task Scheduler”. 5. Right-click “ScheduledDefrag” and select “Disable”.
DXL03020240.ai
 The “Status” of “ScheduledDefrag” changes to “Disable”.
DXL03020235.ai
 The “Task Scheduler” window opens.

DXL03020241.ai
4. Select “Task Scheduler Library” ― “Microsoft” ― “Windows”

6. Select “Task Scheduler Library” ― “Microsoft” ― “Windows”
― “Defrag”.
― “Time Synchronization”.
DXL03020239.ai
DXL03020242.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
7. Right-click “SynchronizeTime” and select “Disable”. 9. Right-click “QueueReporting” and select “Disable”.
DXL03020243.ai DXL03020246.ai
 The “Status” of “SynchronizeTime” changes to “Disable”.  The “Status” of “QueueReporting” changes to “Disable”.
DXL03020244.ai DXL03020247.ai
8. Select “Task Scheduler Library” ― “Microsoft” ― “Windows” 10. Close the “Task Scheduler” window.
― “Windows Error Reporting”.  The system returns to the “Administrative Tools” window.

 The system returns to the “All Control Panel Item” window.
12. Close the “All Control Panel Item” window.

DXL03020245.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
■ Confirmation of decimal symbol and digit grouping 3. Select the “Format” tab and confirm that a language other
symbol (other than Japanese) than “Japanese” has been selected in the “Current Format”
If the “Current format” has been changed to a language other than and click .
“Japanese” in Regional and Language Options, confirm the decimal
symbol, the digit grouping symbol and display leading zeros.
 Decimal Symbol : “ . ” (period)
DXL03020291.ai
DXL03020210.ai
 The “Customize Regional Options” window opens.

2. Click .
 The “Region and Language” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Windows 7
4. Confirm the following settings. 6. Click .

 Decimal Symbol : “ . ” (period)  The system returns to the “Region and Language” window.
7. Click .

DXL03020320.ai
5. Select “Currency” tab and set “Decimal symbol” to “.”

(period).
DXCL070302006.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3. Setting Up the Monitor 3.2 2M Color LCD Monitor
Radiforce RX211/RX220/RX240
3.1 17" Monitor with Touch Panel Adjust the monitor as follows.
Perform the following to install a touch panel driver and adjust touch
panel and monitor. ■ Adjusting the monitor
Adjust the monitor if it has a problem with the following performance
■ Installing a driver and adjusting a touch panel characteristics.
$ For details of the procedure used to set up a 17” monitor with ❍ Width
touch panel, see “4.1.3 Installing and Setting the Touch Panel ❍ Horizontal position
Driver” under “IN: Installation”. ❍ Height
❍ Vertical position
■ Adjusting the monitor ❍ Pincushion distortion
Adjust the monitor if it has a problem with the following performance ❍ Screen rotation
characteristics.
$ For details on the adjustment procedures, see the documentation
❍ Width supplied with the monitor.
❍ Horizontal position
❍ Height ■ Adjusting the monitor mode and brightness
❍ Vertical position
Adjust the monitor mode and brightness as follows.
❍ Pincushion distortion
❍ Screen rotation ❍ Mode : DICOM
2
❍ Brightness : 300cd/mm (“%” will be the unit of measurement. Do
$ For details on the adjustment procedures, see the documentation not change the value.)
supplied with the monitor.
■ Adjusting the contrast and brightness  NOTE 

Adjust the display contrast and brightness as follows. Do not change “Brightness” from the settings when shipped from
factory. To change the settings, you have to calibrate it by QC software
● Model L560T-C with an EIZO monitor.
❍ Contrast : Default (not determined)
❍ Brightness : 100%
● Model T1781
❍ Brightness : Default (not determined)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4. Installing the Database 3. To install the Japanese version, enter “1”. To install the
English version, enter “5”. Finalize your number entry by
Management System pressing the <Enter> key.
Install the Database Management System (SQL Server).

SQL Server is a database that manages the images and patient
information handled by the DR-ID 300CL. If SQL Server is not installed,
the DR-ID 300CL does not operate. RI000098.ai
➔ As indicated in the following window illustration, the SQL Server

4.1 For Software V4.0 or Earlier installation process progresses.
1. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP CD into the PC.

➔ The “DR Console Setup Tool” main menu automatically opens.
 NOTE 
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (Setup.bat) in the CD.
DXL303004.ai
 NOTE 
Do not click [Cancel] during installation processing.
➔ SQL Server installation processing completes in about ten

minutes.
RI000097.ai
2. Enter “1” and then press the <Enter> key.

➔ The installation menu opens.
RI000099.ai
REFERENCE
Choosing “6) Version Check” enables you to view the version
information about SQL Server and service pack.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4. When the “Press any key to continue...” message appears, 4.2 For Software V5.0 to V8.1
press the <Enter> key.
➔ The command prompt will close.
4.2.1 Installing .NET Framework
➔ The system exits “DR Console Setup Tool” and returns to the
1. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC.
desktop screen. ➔ The “DR Console Setup Tool” main menu automatically opens.
6. Remove the CD from the PC.  NOTE 

7. Restart the DR-ID 300CL to activate SQL Server. double-click the execution file (Setup.bat) in the Disk.
DXCL080304004.ai

DXL03040007.ai

➔ The .NET Framework will be installed and the system returns to
the “DR Console Setup Tool” main menu.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4.2.2 Applying Windows Installer 4.2.3 Installing SQL Server
1. Enter “1” and then press the <Enter> key. 1. Enter “1” and then press the <Enter> key.
➔ The following window opens. ➔ The following window opens.
DXL03040007.ai DXL03040007.ai
2. Enter “2” and then press the <Enter> key. 2. Enter “3” and then press the <Enter> key.
➔ Windows Installer will be applied and the system returns to the “DR ➔ The installation menu opens.
Console Setup Tool” main menu.
 NOTE 
The message of “The update is not applicable to your computer.”
may appear. However, this is not an error.
Click and proceed to “4.2.3 Installing SQL Server”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3. To install the Japanese version, enter “1”. To install the ➔ SQL Server installation processing completes in about ten minutes.
English version, enter “5”. Finalize your number entry by REFERENCE
pressing the <Enter> key.
4. When the “Press any key to continue...” message appears,

DXL03040009.ai
 NOTE  ➔ The command prompt will close.

When the “Installation Failed.” message is displayed and the
system returns to the “DR Console Setup Tool” main menu, the 5. Enter “0” and then press the <Enter> key.
installation fails. Select “1. Install Database Management System”, ➔ The system exits “DR Console Setup Tool” and returns to the
open the “Select Install Type” window, and re-execute the desktop screen.
installation from step 1.
If the installation fails for five times, re-execute the procedures after 6. Remove the Disk from the PC.
“Installing and setting the OS”.
 For desktop PC 7. Restart the DR-ID 300CL to activate SQL Server.
$ “2. Installing and Setting Up the OS”
 For laptop PC
$ “2. Installing and Setting Up the OS” under “Appendix C
Reinstalling the OS and Application on Laptop PC”
➔ As indicated in the following window illustration, the SQL Server

installation process progresses.
DXL303004.ai
 NOTE 
Do not click [Cancel] during installation processing.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4.3 For Software V9.0 or later 3. Enter “1” and then press the <Enter> key.
REFERENCE
4.3.1 Installing SQL Server 2012 SP2 Choosing “2) Version Check” enables you to view the version
 NOTE 
Be sure not to click “Cancel” during installation.
 NOTE 
In case the installation start window does not open automatically, ➔ After the installation of SQL Server 2012 is completed, the
double-click the execution file (Setup.bat) in the Disk. following window opens.
DXCL140808003.ai
 NOTE 
If a message other than the above is displayed, installation of the
update program and restart is required.
DXCL080304004.ai
$ For details of the precautions, refer to “4.3.2 Precautions
When Installing SQL Server 2012 SP2”.
➔ The installation menu opens.
➔ The system returns to the “DR Console Setup Tool” main menu.
DXCL140304004.ai
desktop screen.
6. Remove the Disk from the PC.
7. Restart the DR-ID 300CL to activate SQL Server.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4.3.2 Precautions When Installing SQL Server 2012 SP2 ■ When displayed “Please reboot the system.”
Depending on the message displayed while installing SQL Server 2012, It indicates that the PC needs to be restarted. After restarting the PC,
you may need to handle it correspondingly. once again perform operations in “4.3.1 Installing SQL Server 2012
SP2” from step 1.
■ When displayed “ERROR : OS Version of Windows is not

Supported.” or “ERROR : Required KB is not installed.”
It indicates either the OS does not support the installation of SQL Server
2012, or the required update program is not installed. Install the service
pack or update program, and then once again perform operations in
“4.3.1 Installing SQL Server 2012 SP2” from step 1.
$ For Windows Vista, see “■ Installing the update program (V9.0 or
later)” under “2.1.3 Installing the Windows Update Program”.
$ For Windows 7, see “■ Installing the update program (V9.0 or DXCL140304006.ai
later)” under “2.2.3 Installing the Windows 7 Update Program”.

 NOTE 
If you perform the operations onward without restarting the PC,
installation of DR-ID 300CL may fail. When the installation of DR-ID
300CL failed, uninstall SQL Server 2012 and once again perform
operations in “4.3.1 Installing SQL Server 2012 SP2” from step 1.
$ For SQL Server 2012 uninstall procedure, see “2.3 SQL Server
2012” under “Appendix 7 Uninstalling the AP” in “Appx IN:
Installation – Appendix”.
■ When displayed “SQLServer Installation Failed.”

It indicates that installation of SQL Server 2012 failed. After restarting
the PC, once again perform operations in “4.3.1 Installing SQL Server
2012 SP2” from step 1.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5. Installing the DR-ID 300CL-AP 2. Enter “2” and then press the <Enter> key.
➔ The “Select Locale” window opens.
Install the DR-ID 300CL-AP and replace the menu database.
Installing the DR-ID 300CL-AP will automatically set up the wallpaper.
5.1 Installing the AP

DXCL080305001.ai
1. Install the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC.

 NOTE 
In V7.0 or earlier, the “Select Locale” screen and “Select Parameter
 NOTE  Type” screen are hidden. Proceed to step 5.
 In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (Setup.bat) in the Disk.
3. Enter the item no. of a language you wish to set up and
 The items displayed in the “DR Console Setup Tool” vary with the press the <Enter> key.
versions of DR-ID 300CL.
➔ The “Select Parameter Type” window opens.
DXCL080305002.ai
DXCL080304004.ai
4. Enter the item no. of a parameter type you wish to set up

and press the <Enter> key.
➔ The installer starts running and the “IIP - InstallShield Wizard/
Welcome to the...” window opens.
00000178.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For V4.0 or earlier, the “IIP - InstallShield Wizard/Setup Type” In V8.1 or earlier, the system returns to the “DR Console Setup
window opens. Select the type of the monitor to be used and click Tool” main menu when you click .
.
RI000101.ai
DXCL140304006.ai
➔ The “IIP - InstallShield Wizard/Ready to Install the Program”
window opens. 8. Press the <Enter> key.
 NOTE 
In V4.0 or earlier, when a RAID configured PC is used, perform steps 9.
to 11.
00000180.ai
6. Click .
➔ Installation processing ends in a few minutes and a window like
that shown below opens to indicate successful completion of the
installation.
00000181.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
9. From the menu, enter “D:\Tool\StudyAutoDelete\ 11. Press the <Enter> key.
SetStudyAutoDeleteReg.bat” in the “Start search” area and ➔ The system returns to the “DiskUsageLimitSize Setting Tool” main
press the <Enter> key. window.
DXL03050006.ai
➔ The “DiskUsageLimitSize Setting Tool” main window opens.
DXL303001.ai
10. Type in the number “2” and then press the <Enter> key.
➔ A confirmation window like that shown below opens.
DXL303003.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5.2 Replacing the Menu Database 2. Enter “3” and press the <Enter> key.
➔ A window like that shown below opens.
Exposure menus that can be installed will differ depending on the
language of the OS on which the DR-ID 300CL-AP is installed.
To change an exposure menu or image processing parameter, the
menu database must be changed following individual procedures.
 NOTE 
Note that exposure menu and selector settings will revert to the default
if a menu database is replaced.

➔ The “DR Console Setup Tool” main menu will open automatically.
 NOTE 
 The items displayed in the “DR Console Setup Tool” vary with the
DXCL100302012.ai
3. Enter the item number of a language you wish to install and

 NOTE 
DXCL080304004.ai
Select a language without mammo menu in the countries where
the mammo menu is not available.
AWS35001.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4. Enter the item number of an image processing parameter (for
Monitor/for Film) you wish to use, and then press the
<Enter> key.
 NOTE 
 For V4.0 or earlier, the following window opens. Select the FNC
parameter and CRF parameter to be used and press the <Enter>
key.
AWS35002.ai
 For V6.2 or earlier, the system returns to the “DRConsole Setup

Tool” main menu without the display of the X-CON parameter
selection window. Proceed to step 6.
➔ The X-CON parameter selection window appears.
DXCL070305001.ai
➔ The message appears and replacement of the menu database

completes.

➔ The “DR Console Setup Tool” shuts down and the system returns
to the desktop.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5.3 Installing Correction Parameters (V4.0 Only) 2. Type in the number “43” and then press the <Enter> key.
➔ A confirmation window opens.
 NOTE 
Install the correction parameter only when connecting FDR D-EVO with
V4.0.
DXL74007.ai

➔ The “DR Console Setup Tool” main menu automatically opens. 3. Type in the number “2” and then press the <Enter> key.
 NOTE  REFERENCE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically, “1) Builtin” is the parameter installed as the default on the DR-ID
double-click the execution file (Setup.bat) in the CD. 300CL-AP.
DXL74010.ai

to the desktop.
DXL74008.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5.4 Installing the RAID Status Display Tool 4. Click .
(Only for RAID Configuration in V5.0 or Later) ➔ The “Select Installation Folder” window opens.
◆ NOTE ◆
With RAID configuration in V4.0 or earlier, perform the installation using
the installation CD for RAID Status Display Tool.

 NOTE 
In case the installation start window does not open automatically, RI0000502.ai

5. Click .
➔ The “Confirm Installation” window opens.
RI0000503.ai
DXCL080304005.ai
6. Click .
➔ The “Installation Complete” window opens.
➔ The “Press any key to continue...” message appears.

➔ The “Welcome to the IIPDispRaidStatus Setup Wizard” window
opens.
RI0000504.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
7. Click .

➔ The “DR Console Setup Tool” exits and the system returns to the
desktop screen.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5.5 Setting the Partition (V7.3 or later)
◆ NOTE ◆
1. Click from the taskbar and select “Exit”.

➔ The MC Manager closes.
2. Right-click from the taskbar and select “CLOSE”.

➔ The BmpServer closes.


➔ The system returns to the desktop.
5. Enter “D:\tools\AssocDataFolder\AssocDataFolder.bat” into

the “Search programs and files” column from the
menu, then press the <Enter> key.
➔ The command prompt window opens.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
6. Installing Various Components 4. Click .
Install as follows the components (files) that are necessary for activating
the DR-ID 300CL.
6.1 Built_in Console (V4.0 or Earlier)

For installing the console software Built_in Console, use the “DR Console
Setup Tool” on the DR-ID 300CL-AP installation CD.
 NOTE 
Built_in Console must be installed unfailingly. If it is not installed, an RI000031.ai
error occurs when the DR-ID 300CL-AP starts running. ➔ When the installation process ends, a message appears to
indicate the completion of installation.

 NOTE 
RI000029.ai

5. Click .
➔ A dialog box appears, prompting you to restart the PC.
RI000030.ai
RI000097.ai
6. Click [No].
2. Type in the number “4” and then press the <Enter> key.
➔ The “Built_in Console Setup” window opens.
3. Click .
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
6.2 FRIS Modules 2. Type in the number “10” and press the <Enter> key.
➔ The “Risiip Setup” window opens.
For the FRIS Modules, use “DR Console Setup Tool” on the DR-ID
300CL-AP installation Disk.
 NOTE 
Even if the F-RIS function is not used, install the FRIS Modules. If they
are not installed, an error occurs when the DR-ID 300CL-AP starts.
RI000042.ai

➔ The “DR Console Setup Tool” main menu automatically opens. 3. Click .
 NOTE  ➔ A window opens, prompting you to start the installation.

RI000043.ai
4. Click .
➔ The “Risiip - Choose Program Group” window opens.
DXCL080304005.ai
RI000044.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5. Click . 9. Remove the Disk from the PC.
➔ The following window opens. 10. Turn the PC power OFF.
11. Re-connect the USB peripheral devices (barcode reader,

magnetic card reader, etc.) that have been disconnected
before OS installation.
 NOTE 
You must perform driver software settings after USB peripheral
devices are connected.
RI000047.ai
$ For the driver software setup procedure, see

“4.5 Changing the Barcode Reader/Magnetic Card Reader
6. Click . Driver Software” under “MT: Machine Troubleshooting”.
 NOTE 
 The “Version Conflict” window opens several times. Click “Yes”
every time the window opens.
 If an error related to “C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft
Shared\DAO\DAO35-.DLL” is occurred, ignore it.
➔ A message appears to indicate that the installation is completed.
RI000049.ai
7. Click .
➔ The installation process for the FRIS Modules is thus completed,
and the system returns to the desktop screen.

➔ The “DR Console Setup Tool” exits and the system returns to the
desktop screen.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
7. Installing the DR-ID 300CL 1. Turn ON the PC power.
Standard Key ➔ An error screen like that shown below opens immediately after
DR-ID 300CL-AP startup.
7.1 Installing the DR-ID 300CL Standard Key 00000332.ai
(V4.0 or Earlier) REFERENCE

This error screen opens when the AP key is not installed.
Install the Standard Key that is supplied with the DR-ID 300CL, as
This error screen does not imply any anomalies because the AP
directed below.
key will be installed later in “10. AP Key Installation”.
REFERENCE
When the Standard Key is installed, the following functions are 2. Click .
available.
 FPD connection ➔ The system returns to the desktop.
 FRUP Image Reader connection function (including HQ)
 FCR5000plus connection function 3. Insert the Standard Key CD into the PC.
 CR storage function ➔ Installation processing starts automatically displaying then the
 DX storage function window below.
 LUT adjustment function for competitor’s PACS
 NOTE 
 DRC image processing
 TAS image processing In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
 FNC image processing double-click the execution file (Setup.bat) in the CD.
 Detailed image processing parameter change function
 Annotation input function
 Image magnification or full screen display on the QA window
DCL44006.ai

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
7.2 Installing the DR-ID 300CL Standard Kit REFERENCE
(V5.0 or Later) When the Standard Kit is installed, the following functions become
available.
Install the Standard Kit that is supplied with the DR-ID 300CL.  FPD connection [not in Lite type]
 NOTE   FCR5000plus connection function
The version of the Standard Kit is controlled in a pair with the version of  CR storage function
DR-ID 300CL-AP which was attached prior to shipment.  DX storage function
 LUT adjustment function for competitor’s PACS [not in Lite type]
If you execute “1) All” with the Standard Kit-CD whose version is
different from the combination, service settings different from normal will
 TAS image processing
be installed and disable the DR-ID 300CL-AP to operate properly.
 FNC image processing
To install the Standard Kit with the Standard Kit-CD whose version is  Detailed image processing parameter change function [not in Lite type]
different from the combination, perform the following procedure.  Annotation input function [not in Lite type]
I. In the “DR Console SettingKit” screen, install “2) Install standard  Image magnification or full screen display on the QA window
keys” and “3) Install OS settings” [not in Lite type]
II. Restore the backup of service settings.  X-CON control function [not in Lite type]
If no backup of service settings available, perform the installation with

the software version at the time of shipment.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
 NOTE 
2. Click .
The following procedure is the installation procedure of the Standard Kit
whose version is the same as the version at the time of shipment. ➔ The system returns to the desktop.
 NOTE 
1. Turn ON the PC power.
If the following window opens, place a checkmark to the “Public
➔ An error screen like that shown below opens immediately after Network” and click .
DR-ID 300CL-AP startup.
DXL03070001.ai
REFERENCE
This error screen does not indicate any abnormality because the
AP key will be installed later in “10. AP Key Installation”.
DXL03070009.ai
3. Insert the Standard Kit CD into the PC.

➔ The “AutoPlay” window opens.
4. Click “Open folder to view files”.
DXL03070010.ai
➔ An explorer opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5. Double-click “Setup.bat”. 7. Enter “2” and press the <Enter> key.
➔ Installation processing starts automatically and the following
window opens.
DXL03070013.ai
DXL03070011.ai
➔ The “DR Console SettingKit” window opens. 8. Press the <Enter> key.
➔ The “FCR-CSL” will be set in Service Utility.
9. Click .
➔ The “FCR-CSL-SCP” will be set in Service Utility.
10. Click .
DXL03070012.ai
➔ The “FCR-CSL-SCU” will be set in Service Utility.
11. Click .
➔ The “Flat Panel Detector Menu” window opens.
REFERENCE
For Lite type, the “Flat Panel Detector Menu” window is not
displayed and installation starts automatically. Proceed to step 8.
DXL03070014.ai

➔ The system returns to the “DR Console SettingKit” window.


010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
8. Installing the Exposure Guidance 9. Installing the Electronic Manual
(Applicable only in Japan) $ For installation of Electronic Manual, see “Appendix 23 Settings
Necessary for Browsing the Operation Manuals (PDF)” of “Appx IN:
Installation – Appendix”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Install the same option keys that were used immediately before OS reinstallation.
 NOTE 
 For V8.0 or earlier, or licence unsupported version in V8.1 or later
- After option key installation, be sure to install the AP key. The reason is that installing the option keys disables the AP key that has been enabled.
- Each option key is supplied on one dedicated CD for each product.
 For licence supported version in V8.1 or later
- Apply the licence key instead of installing the option key in this step.
- If the option key has been applied by mistake, it is necessary to apply the licence key again.
$ For details on acquisition and application of licence, see “Appendix 54 Software Licence” of “Appx IN: Installation–Appendix”.
Function Product Code Description

DX CL DICOM PRINT DICOM Print function
Print output
DX CL F-LAYOUT PRINT Free Layout Print function (V6.0 or later)
DX CL DICOM QR A function that queries studies on the filing device and retrieves images. (V4.0 or earlier and V7.2 or later)
Image (input) output DX CL DICOM MEDIA STORAGE A function to store images on removable media.
DX CL DICOM PDI STORAGE A function to output to PDI.(V6.0 or later)
Image storage assurance DX CL DICOM COMMITMENT A function assuring that an image has surely been stored in the archiver unit.
DX CL TILE-IM QA QA batch processing (V4.0 or earlier)
QA function Addition of QA functions (for Lite type)

DX CL DELUX-QA FOR LITE * By installing the “DX CL DELUX-QA FOR LITE”, all the QA functions can be used. Without installing
“DX CL DELUX-QA FOR LITE”, only a part of QA functions can be used.
DX CL MFP MFP image processing
DX CL SHUTTER-PROC Shuttering processing
DX CL GPR Grid pattern removal processing function
DX CL IM COMPOSITION Image stitching
Image processing DX CL IM-MAGNIFY FOR LITE Image magnification (for Lite type)
DX CL LUT-ADJ FOR LITE LUT adjustment for competitors’ PACS (for Lite type)
IR CL PEM PEM processing (V7.0 or later)
DX CL ANNOTATION FOR LITE Annotation function (for Lite type)
DX CL VIRTUAL GRID Virtual Grid Processing (V7.4 or later)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Function Product Code Description
Energy subtraction processing DX CL ES FOR DR-ID200 Energy subtraction processing function (V6.1 or later)
Tomosynthesis processing DX CL TOMO FOR DR-ID200 Tomosynthesis processing function (V6.1 or later)
DX CL DICOM ORDER MWM DICOM worklist function
DX CL DICOM ID MWM DICOM worklist function (acquiring only patient information)
Acquisition of patient information
DX CL DICOM MPPS DICOM PPS function Basically, installed together with MWM.
DX CL SIMPLE ORDERING Simple ordering function (V5.0 or later)
X-ray controller DX CL X ONLINE FOR LITE X-CON control function (for Lite type)
Display of DX CL PRECISE ENLARGEMENT

A function to present displayed images and their additional information on the add-in monitor.
precise enlargement images DX CL PRECISE ENLARGEMENT A
DX CL RETAKE ANALYSIS A function that stores/calculates information on exposure/improperly exposed images.
DX CL RUQC Image Reader QC function (V4.0 or earlier, and V6.1 or later)
DX CL MAMMOGRAPHY QC Mammo QC function (V7.1 or later)
DX CL DISPLAY OF PATIENT INF Patient information display linkage function (V4.0 or later)
DX CL FPD FOR LITE Connection with DR exposure device (for Lite type)
DX CL REMOTE IMAGE DISPLAY Displaying an image in the image display terminal (V6.1 or later)
Other
DX CL REMOTE DESKTOP Remote Desktop function (V6.2 or later)
DX CL REFERRAL VIEWING Referral viewing function (V7.1 or later)
DX CL SMART CONTROLLER Smart-controller function (V7.2 or later)
DX CL MOTION DETECTION General exposure motion detection function (V7.2 or later)
DX CL GENERAL RIS BROWSER General RIS Browser (V7.4 or later)
DX CL QA ROI MEASURE Region of Interest measurement function (V7.4 or later)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
The installation procedure is described below.
The same installation procedure applies to all the option keys.
1. Insert an option key CD into the PC.

➔ The installation start window automatically opens in several
seconds.
 NOTE 
double-click the execution file (Filename extension: exe) in the CD.
The indication varies

with the option key
for installation.
DCL30310.ai
2. Click .
➔ A window opens to indicate the completion of installation.

with the option key
for installation.
DCL30309.ai
3. Click .
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
11. AP Key Installation 2. Click .
Use the procedure below to install the AP key. ➔ A window opens to indicate the completion of installation.
 NOTE 
Before AP key installation, be sure to install a standard key (standard
DCL44010.ai
kit) and option keys.
Apply the licence key instead of installing the AP key in this step. 3. Click .
(Option and AP will be enabled while applying the licence key. For this ➔ The system returns to the desktop.
reason, it is unnecessary to enable the option, if the licence key has
already been applied.)
Install the AP key as follows:
1. Insert the AP key CD into the PC.

➔ After a while, the installation start window automatically opens.
 NOTE 
DXL309001.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
12. Initializing the Image Database 3. Enter a password (“fieldengineer”) to log in to the Service
Utility and click .
 NOTE 
 After initial installation of the OS, be sure to initialize the image
database. Starting up the DR-ID 300CL-AP without initializing the
image database will cause errors to be indicated (error codes: 50001,
20001, 30107, 30151, 20110, etc). DXL41001.ai
 Database can be initialized only when SQL Server has been running.
➔ The Service Utility starts and the “IIP Service Utility” window
If it is not displayed, restart the PC. opens.
 If images are accumulated on the image output queue, database
cannot be initialized. It is thus necessary to delete images
4. Click [DataBase Utility].
accumulated on the image output queue.
➔ The “DataBase Utility” window opens.
$ For the procedure to be used to delete images accumulated on the
image output queue, see “9.2 Clearing the Contents of the Image
Output Queue” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
1. Turn ON the DR-ID 300CL-PC power.

➔ Windows starts up. After about one minute, the DR-ID 300CL-AP RI000033.ai
starts running.
2. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper 5. Click .
left and upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
Click the upper left corner and then the upper right corner. ➔ A confirmation window opens.
DCL44011.ai
DXL03100001.ai
➔ The “Enter Password” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
6. Click .
 NOTE 
When the “Press any key to continue...” message appears, press
the <Enter> key.
➔ The system completes image database initialization and returns to

the “DataBase Utility” window.
 NOTE 
If the following message appears, images included in the image
database have not been initialized accordingly.
It failed in initialized DB.
Make sure that SQL Server has been running and images are not
accumulated on the image output queue.
 To start up SQL Server
I. Restart the PC.
II. Select “Control Panel” from the menu and click
“Administrative Tools”.
III. Double-click “Computer Management”.
IV. Select “Computer Management” – “Service and Application”
– “SQL Server configuration Manager”.
V. Select “SQL Server 2008 Service” or “SQL Server 2012 Service”.
VI. Confirm that SQL Server (MSSQLSERVER) is running.
 When images are accumulated on the image output queue
➔ Delete images accumulated on the output queue.
$ “9.2 Clearing the Contents of the Image Output Queue”
under “MU: Maintenance Utility”
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
13. Display Optimization REFERENCE
(LUT File Settings)  You can confirm the type of the LUT file set in DR-ID 300CL by
comparing the update dates and sizes of the following files, and by
comparing the file contents when the file is opened in the notepad.
With the [LUT] of the Service Utility, select the LUT file that matches the - The LUT file set in DR-ID 300CL.
display characteristics from the “Monitor List” window and install it.
The env file in the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config\” folder.
 For V6.2 or earlier
V4.0 or earlier : crtlut1.env
V5.0 or later : PL-r22.env
- LUT file settable in DR-ID 300CL.
The env file in the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Lut\” folder.
DXCL070404001.ai
 Set the LUT files of the 1st and 2nd monitor for the linking application
by Service Utility of the linking application.
 For V7.0 or later
$ For details, see “4. Display Optimization — LUT” in “MU: Maintenance

Utility”.
DXCL070404002.ai
 Linear LUT : Linear (linear gradation) LUT

 nanao L560T-C : EIZO 17" LCD monitor with a touch
panel (model L560T-C)
 EIZO T1781 : EIZO 17" LCD monitor with a touch
panel (model T1781)
 nanao Radiforce RX210 : LCD monitor Radiforce RX210
 NOTE 
For a laptop PC, select the “Linear LUT”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
14. Restoring the Config/Network Files Contents Remarks
Adapter Settings MWMTagSetting.mdb

Setup information for mapping DICOM
MWL C-FIND tags and internal data
Setting for comments on mis-exposed
RejectComment.mdb
images
UMB_SFPD.prm Setting for unevenness removal processing
14.1 Restoring the Config
PConsoleSer.mdb PConsole settings
Setting for mass screening order issuance
IMPORTANT MassOrder.mdb V4.0 only
function
Data files to be restored must be of the same software versions. IDMassHistory.mdb Patient ID history V4.0 only
Restoring data files of different software versions will disable the IDAutoConvert.mdb Setting for patient ID auto-convert function V4.0 only
software to be operated correctly.
Setting for definition of examinee list file for
schema.ini V4.0 only
patient ID auto-convert
 Restoring target files (for V4.0 or earlier)

The following 18 data files are to be restored in the DR-ID 300CL.
Files Contents Remarks

 System settings
 Printer settings
SysConfig.mdb
 CSL settings
 QA process settings
 Connected equipment information table
 Connection destination setup table
NetConfig.mdb
 DicomPrint sort destination setup table
 Distribution code settings
PN.mdb PN (Person Name) settings
McrDataFormat.mdb Magnetic card format settings
TagReplace.ini Setup for DICOM tag replacement
Selector.mdb Selector setup
TagLookup.ini DICOM tag editing
FilmStrFmt.env Film character definition
BcrDataFormat.mdb Barcode format settings
ExposureResultLog.
Setup for exposure result log output items
mdb
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
 Restoring target files (for V5.0 or later)
The following data files are to be restored in the DR-ID 300CL.
Files Contents version Remarks

 System settings
SysConfig.mdb
 CSL settings
NetConfig.mdb
 DDT_CRPrv.xml
 DDT_CRPrvUnst.xml For the default
 DDT_CRStd.xml Settings for replacing/editing the DICOM tags setting, the files
 DDT_DXPres.xml do not exist. *1
 DDT_DXProc.xml
 Selector.mdb
Selector setup (including the device setup etc.)
 All files in the “SelectorIcon” folder
ExposureResultLog.mdb Setup for exposure result log output items
 MWMQuerySource.inf For the default
 DDT_MWL_RQ.xml Setup information for mapping DICOM MWL C-FIND tags and internal data setting, the xml files
 DDT_MWL_RP.xml do not exist. *1
RejectComment.mdb Setting for comments on mis-exposed images *2
 UMB_SFPD.prm
 UMB_ATLAS1u.prm
 UMB_ATLAS1t.prm
 UMB_ATLAS2u.prm
 UMB_ATLAS2t.prm Setting for unevenness removal processing
 UMB_ATLAS1a.prm
 UMB_PRITWO_HIGH.prm
 UMB_PRITWO_NORMAL.prm
 UMB_XLIIA_HR.prm
*1 A dialog warning that the files do not exist will be displayed at the time of restoration but there is no problem. Click [OK] to close the dialog.
*2 If users have customized the settings, delete the corresponding target files before restoration.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Files Contents version Remarks
PresetTextMarker.xml Text marker preset information and text marker definition file V5.0 and V6.0 only *2
ExposureIndex.prm Setting for ExposureIndex display function
 DataEditor.mdb
 DataEditorNotmalItemSetting.xml
 DataEditorOrderFormMainItemSetting.xml
 DataEditorOrderFormNotmalItemSetting.xml Setup for order information confirmation V5.0 and V6.0 only *2
 DataEditorSettingFormMainItemSelectSetting.xml
 DataEditorSettingFormMainItemSetting.xml
 DataEditorSettingFormNotmalItemSetting.xml
 OverlayItemList.xml
Settings for overlaying additional information V5.0 and V6.0 only *2
 OverlayConfig.xml
For the default
 DDT_MPPS_NC.xml
Customize settings for PPS tag setting, the files
 DDT_MPPS_NS.xml
do not exist. *1
TomoExposureCondID.xml Settings of exposure conditions for Tomosynthesis V6.1 or later
TomoReconstructionMode.xml Definition of reconstruction mode type for Tomosynthesis V6.1 or later
MassOrder.mdb Setting for mass screening order issuance function V6.2 or later
IDMassHistory.mdb Patient ID history V6.2 or later
IDAutoConvert.mdb Setting for patient ID auto-convert function V6.2 or later
schema.ini Setting for definition of examinee list file for patient ID auto-convert V6.2 or later
IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat Setup of rules applied for automatic patient ID issuance V6.2 or later
*1 A dialog warning that the files do not exist will be displayed at the time of restoration but there is no problem. Click [OK] to close the dialog.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
 Restoring procedures 7. Click .
1. Insert the media (FD, USB memory stick or the like) that  NOTE 
stores a Config backup into the PC.
 If a dialog warning that the files do not exist is displayed at the
time of restoration, confirm the file names and click “OK” to close
2. Start the DR-ID 300CL Service Utility.
the dialog. Since the contents of the files displayed in the warning
➔ The main menu opens. dialog are not to be restored, confirm/set the setting details
separately.
3. Click .  Even when the restore process ends, no message appears to
indicate it. While the restore process is being performed, the
➔ The “Configuration Restore/Backup” window opens. mouse cursor is replaced by the “ ” mark. When the “ ” mark
changes back to the mouse cursor, it means that the restore
4. Click in the Configuration Restore area. process is ended.
Note, however, that the “ ” mark appears only when the mouse
cursor is positioned within the Configuration Restore/Backup
window.
 If three backup FDs are to be used for restoring, change the first
FD to the second FD and perform steps 3 through 7 to restore file
00000349.ai data on the second FD. Then, change it to the third FD and perform
➔ The “Specified Directory” window opens. steps 3 through 7 again to restore file data on the third FD.
 Before removing the media (FD, USB memory stick or the like),
check to see that the drive access lamp is distinguished.
 “Study List” settings can not be recovered by restoring the config
00000350.ai data. After completing the reinstallation processing, reset them
manually.
5. Click the downward arrow mark within
, and then choose the 8. Remove the media from the PC.
media drive.
14.2 Restoring
6. Click . the Network Adapter Settings
➔ You are then returned to the “Configuration Restore/Backup” This section describes how to restore the network adapter settings.
window. $ For details of restoring the network adapter setting, see “17.3 Restoring
the Network Adapter Settings” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
15. Settings for the FPD/
Cassette-type Image Readers
The FPD and cassette-type Image Reader software needs to be set up
appropriately.
$ See “ Checking and editing the FPD settings” in “4.2.2 DR-ID
300CL System Information Setup” under “IN: Installation” for
details of the FPD software setup.
$ See “ Settings for connection of the cassette-type Image Reader
(FRUP connection)” in “4.2.2 DR-ID 300CL System Information
Setup” under “IN: Installation” for details of the software setup on
cassette-type Image Readers.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
16. Firewall Settings 3. Click [Exit Service Utility].
 NOTE 
Firewall settings are performed provided that the DR-ID 300CL has
already been installed appropriately.
 AP shutdown
 Windows starts running. The DR-ID 300CL-AP starts running too
in about one minute, displaying then the DR-ID 300CL initial
window.
2. Within a period of three seconds after the DR-ID 300CL

initial window opens, sequentially click the upper left corner
and then the upper right corner of the window.
Click the upper left corner and then the upper right corner.
DXL03100001.ai
 NOTE 
When the following window is displayed, enter the login password
(fieldengineer) for Service Utility and click [OK].
DXL41001.ai
➔ The Service Utility starts and then the “IIP Service Utility” window
opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
 Setting the Firewall / ICMP (V4.0 or Earlier)  When the AP-CD is used
 When the FD is used 1. Insert the DR-ID300 CL-AP CD into the PC.
1. Insert the “114Y5085953A00” FD into the PC. 2. Select “All Programs” – “Accessories” – “Run” from the
menu.
2. Select “All Programs” – “Accessories” – “Run” from the
menu.  The “Run...” window opens.
 The “Run...” window opens. 3. Enter “D:\Tools\FirewallSetting.bat” and click [OK].

 The command prompt window opens.
3. Enter “A:\FirewallSetting.bat” and click [OK].  After a while, the following window opens.
 After a while, the following window opens.
DXL31501.ai
20000011.ai REFERENCE
In Windows 7, the following window opens during the setup.
4. Press the <Enter> key. However, it is not an error.
DXL03140001.ai

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
 Checking the Firewall Settings
 Execution file list (V4.0 or Earlier)
Execution file name Remarks
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\IipInput.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\IipMain.exe FCR
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\IipFinp.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\IipOutput.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SSDecision.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SSIpServer.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SSFinp.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SSXfer.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\IipMedia.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\ML_UPSEvent.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\IIPUserUtility.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\IIPServiceUtility.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\Retrieve.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\IIPRetakeAnalysisTool.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\IIPTRISScreen.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\IdLoginExe.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SFPD.exe Shimadzu
FPD
C:\WINDOWS\SYSTEM32\FTP.exe
C:\WINDOWS\SYSTEM32\inetsrv\inetinfo.exe When
installing the
Client PC-Tool
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
 Execution file list (V5.0 or Later) Execution file name Remarks
Execution file name Remarks C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\IIPImgProcServer.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SSDecision.exe C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\MaskProcessDefault.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SSIpServer.exe C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\MWMTagSetting.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SSFinp.exe C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SSImageProcFU.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SSXfer.exe C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SSInit.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\IIPUserUtility.exe C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SSMonitor2.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\IIPServiceUtility.exe C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SSSerial.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\IIPRetakeAnalysisTool.exe C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\UMBParamApply.exe
C:\WINDOWS\SYSTEM32\FTP.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Ansemble\System\Launcher.exe  Port setup information list
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Ansemble\System\ Port name Port number Protocol type
MessagingServiceMain.exe
FTP_port 21 TCP
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Ansemble\System\
SQLServer_port 1433 TCP
ProcessManagerMain.exe
SQLMonitor_port 1434 UDP
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Ansemble\System\WorkflowService.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\ClusteringManager.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\DaemonActivity.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\DataEditor.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\MediaStorage.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\Modality.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\OperationManager.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\QA.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\Reception.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SADeliveryMain.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\StMessenger.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SynapseViewer.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SystemManager.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\UserUtility.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\AcquisitionTool.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\CheckPCDate.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\CreateLUT.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\DBExploreCs.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\DDOView.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\DialogChecker.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\FMTAutoEdit.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\GPRDefault.exe
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
 Checking the Firewall Settings (For Windows Vista)  Checking the Firewall Settings (For Windows 7)
1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu and 1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu and
click .
double-click .
 The “Windows Firewall” window opens.
2. Select “Allow a program or feature through Windows
Firewall”.
2. Click “Allow program through Windows Firewall”.
AWS35015.ai
DXL03140002.ai
 The “Windows Firewall Settings” window opens.
 The “Allowed Programs” window opens.
3. Select the “Exceptions” tab, and then confirm that each
execution file has been checked. 3. Confirm that the “Home/Work (Private)” of each execution
file has been checked.
$ For execution files in V4.0 or earlier, see “ Execution file list

(V4.0 or Earlier)”. $ For execution files in V4.0 or earlier, see “ Execution file list
$ For execution files in V5.0 or later, see “ Execution file list (V4.0 or Earlier)”.
(V5.0 or Later)”. $ For execution files in V5.0 or later, see “ Execution file list
(V5.0 or Later)”.
DXL03140003.ai
AWS35016.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
 Checking the ICMP Settings 3. Select “Windows Firewall with Advanced Security on Local
Computer” – “Monitoring” – “Firewall” and confirm that the
1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu and click following items have been added.
[Administrative Tools].  Networking - Address Mask Request (ICMPv4-In)
 The “Administrator Tools” window opens.  Networking - Destination Unreachable (ICMPv4-Out)
 Networking - Echo Request (ICMPv4-In)
 Networking - Parameter Problem (ICMPv4-Out)
2. Double-click “Windows Firewall with Advanced Security”.
 Networking - Redirect (ICMPv4-In)
 Networking - Redirect (ICMPv4-Out)
 Networking - Router Solicitation (ICMPv4-In)
 Networking - Source Quench (ICMPv4-Out)
 Networking - Time Exceeded (ICMPv4-Out)
 Networking - Timestamp Request (ICMPv4-In)
DXL03140004.ai
 The “Windows Firewall with Advanced Security” window opens.
DXL03140005.ai
CAUTIONS
In Windows 7, the above items may exist in “Inbound Rules” and
“Outbound Rules”. If the above items do not exist in “Firewall”,
check for the items in each tree.
4. Close all of windows being opened.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
 Setting the firewall related to FTP Server (Windows 7 only) 4. Select “Inbound Rules”.
DXL03020260.ai
5. Right-click “FTP Server Passive (FTP Passive Traffic-In)”

and select “Enable Rule”.
DXL03020210.ai
2. Click .
3. Select “Advanced settings”.

DXL03020261.ai
 The “Enabled” of “FTP Server Passive (FTP Passive Traffic-In)”

changes to “Yes”.
DXL03020259.ai
 The “Windows Firewall with Advanced Security” window opens. DXL03020262.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
6. Select “Exit” from “File” menu.
DXL03020263.ai
 The system returns to the “Windows Firewall” window.
7. Close the “Windows Firewall” window.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
17. Canceling AutoPlay Mode

2. Click .
3. Remove the checkmark from “Use AutoPlay for all media

and devices”.
AWS35044.ai
4. Click [Save].

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
18. Setting the Event Log 4. Make the following settings.
1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu, and click

[Administrative Tools].
2. Double-click “Event Viewer”.

 The “Event Viewer” window opens.
3. Right-click a “Application” under “Windows Logs” and then

choose “Properties” from the pop-up menu.
II
AWS35011.ai
I. Check that the maximum log size is “20480” KB.

 NOTE 
If the maximum log size is set to a value other than the one shown
AWS35039.ai
above, change it to “20480” KB.
 The “Log Properties - Application” window opens. II. Select “Overwrite event as needed”.
5. Click .
 The system returns to the “Event Viewer” window.
6. Right-click a “System” and then choose “properties” from

the pop-up menu.
 The “Log Properties - System” window opens.
7. Perform the same procedure as in steps 4 and 5.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
8. Select “Customize” from “View” menu.
20000012.ai
 The “Customize View” window opens.
9. Remove the checkmark from the “Action pane”.
AWS35011.ai
10. Click .
 The system returns to the “Event Viewer” window.
11. Close the “Event Viewer” window.


010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
19. Checking the Virtual Memory Size 4. Select “Advanced” tab and click in “Virtual
(Windows Vista Only) memory”.
 NOTE 
In Windows 7, the virtual memory size is automatically set up in System
managed size; therefore, you do not need to check it.
1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu, and
double-click .
2. Click “Advanced system settings”. AWS35013.ai
 The “Virtual Memory” window opens.
5. Confirm the following settings.

 Initial size : 1536 MB
 Maximum size : 2048 MB
AWS35040.ai
3. Select “Advanced” tab and click in

“Performance”.
AWS35014.ai
AWS35012.ai
 The “Performance Option” window opens.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
6. Click .
 The system returns to the “Performance Option” window.
7. Click .
8. Close the “System Properties” window.

 The system returns to the “System” window.
9. Close the “System” window.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20. Disabling 4. Right-click “Microsoft Software Shadow Copy Provider” and
then choose “Properties”.
the Shadow Copy Service  The “Microsoft Software Shadow Copy Provider Properties (Local
Computer)” window opens.

5. Select “General” tab and “Disable” from the “Startup type”
 The “All Control Panel Items” window opens. pull-down menu, and then click .
2. Click .
 The “Administrator Tools” window opens.
3. Double-click “Service”.
DXCL080319001.ai
6. Right-click “Volume Shadow Copy”, and then choose

“Properties”.
 The “Volume Shadow Copy Properties (Local Computer)” window
opens.
DXL03020321.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
pull-down menu, and then click .
DXCL080319002.ai


010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
21. Setting the Images Folder Size 4. Click .
(V7.3 or later)  Setup items are displayed.
Set the image folder size according to the number of registered DR 5. Set the value of item no. 1, “MaximumDataSize”, according
cassettes and the storage volume of the PC. to the number of registered DR cassettes.
Number of registered DR cassettes
(for Integrated MC configuration)
1. Start the DR-ID 300CL Service Utility. Model
1 to 5* 6 to 50 51 to 100
$ For details of the procedures of starting the Service Utility,
see “1. Starting/Exiting the Service Utility” under PC with HDD of 250GB or more 81920 81920 81920
HP Compaq 6300SF Pro
71680 61440 -
(SSD 128GB)
2. Click [Setup Configuration Item]. * : If it is not Integrated MC configuration, use the values in this column for
setting.
6. Select “Save” from the “Config” menu.

 A confirmation window about saving the setup data opens.
7. Click .
 The setup data is saved accordingly.

DXCL040829003.ai
 The “Setup Configuration Item” window opens. 8. Select “Close” from the “Config” menu.
 The system returns to the “IIP Service Utility” window.
9. Click [Exit Service Utility].

00000091.EPS
3. Click the mark of the field.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix A Replacement 3. Within a period of 3 seconds after the initial window opens,
sequentially click the upper left and upper right corners of
Procedure of the window.
Damaged RAID Click the upper left corner and then the upper right corner.
Configuration HDD
Replacement procedure in case one of the two RAID configuration
HDDs is damaged.
1. Confirming Which HDD is Damaged

DXL03100001.ai
 NOTE 
1. Turn ON the PC power. When the following window is displayed, enter the login password
 The following window opens, and startup process is suspended. (fieldengineer) for Service Utility and click .
MU000035.EPS
 The Service Utility starts. The “IIP Service Utility” window opens.
AWS301001.ai
 Windows starts up.
After about one minute, the DR-ID 300CL-AP starts running.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MC A-1
5. Select “All Programs” – “Intel® Matrix Storage Manager” – 7. Confirm on the screen which of the HDDs is damaged.
“Intel® Matrix Storage Console” from the menu.
AWS301002.ai
DXL030A0001.ai
REFERENCE
 The “Intel® Matrix Storage Console” window opens. The HDD marked with under the “RAID Hard Drives” is
damaged.
6. Select “Advanced Mode” from the “View” menu.
AWS301007.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
2. Replacing the HDD 3. Rebuilding RAID
1. Turn the power to the PC OFF and disconnect the power 1. Turn ON the PC power.
cable.  Windows starts up.
After about 1 minute, the DR-ID 300CL-AP starts running.
2. Open the cover of the PC main unit, and replace the
damaged HDD with a new HDD. 2. Within a period of 3 seconds after the initial window opens,
 NOTE  sequentially click the upper left and upper right corners of
the window.
For the new HDD, use the one with same capacity as the damaged
HDD. Click the upper left corner and then the upper right corner.
3. Close the cover of the PC main unit, and reconnect the

power cable.
DXL03100001.ai
 NOTE 
(fieldengineer) for Service Utility and click .
MU000035.EPS
 The Service Utility starts. The “IIP Service Utility” window opens.

010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
4. Select “All Programs” – “Intel® Matrix Storage Manager” – 6. Click .
DXL030A0001.ai
 The “Intel® Matrix Storage Console” window opens.
5. Right-click the HDD under “Non-RAID Hard Drives”, and AWS301004.ai
then choose “Rebuild to this Hard Drive”.  The “Select Hard Drive” window opens.
7. Confirm that the newly added HDD is registered in the

“Selected” column, and then click .
AWS301003.ai
 The “Welcome to the Rebuild RAID Volume Wizard” window

opens.
AWS301005.ai
 The “Completing the Rebuild RAID Volume Wizard” window

opens.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
8. Click . 4. Verification
1. Select “All Programs” – “Intel® Matrix Storage Manager” –
DXL030A0001.ai
AWS301009.ai
 The “Intel® Matrix Storage Console” window opens.

 Rebuilding of RAID starts.
REFERENCE 2. Confirm that the RAID Hard Drive construction is working

properly.
In the “Intel® Matrix Storage Console” window, selecting “Basic
Mode” from the “View” menu to change the display mode will
enable you to check the progress of RAID reconstruction.
AWS301010.ai
AWS301006.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
BLANK PAGE
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
BLANK PAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
BLANK PAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appendix B Setting the RAID
Status Display Tool
1. Setting the Operation of

RAID Status Display Tool
Operation of the RAID status display tool is controlled by the values of
registry. Operation can be changed by changing the values of the
registry.
 The registry value of icon display position is updated along with the
position where icon is dragged.
 If the registry does not exist when the RAID status display tool is
started, system operates in the default setting.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MC B-1
 Registry Key
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\FujiFilm\IIPDispRaidStatus
 Value of Registry Key

The following items can be set.
Items Name of Value Default Contents
REG_DWORD Set up the icon display position coordinate (pixel coordinate on the upper left corner of icon area) of the RAID status
DisplayPositionX display tool.
Icon display position ―
REG_DWORD * If the setup value does not exist, the icon is displayed on the lower right corner of the 1st monitor and the position will
DisplayPositionY be recorded.
REG_DWORD IconWidth Set up the display size of the RAID status display tool icon. Specify the width and height by pixel.
Icon size 32
REG_DWORD IconHeight * The minimum setting value is 16. Values smaller than 16 are recognized as 16.
Display/hide the text REG_DWORD DisplayText 1 Set up to display/hide the text with "0: Hide" and "1: Display".
REG_DWORD TextColorR Set up the font color for texts. Specify each of the RGB color space from 0 to 255.
Font color for texts REG_DWORD TextColorG 255 * Black (0, 0, 0) is used for transparent color so it cannot be specified.
REG_DWORD TextColorB * The font-related settings other than colors and sizes will be the same as for the system font.
Set up the font size (height of character cell) for texts by pixel.
Font size for texts REG_DWORD TextFontSize ― * If the setup value does not exist, the size of the system font is used. (The value will not be stored)
* The font-related settings other than colors and sizes will be the same as for the system font.
REG_SZ Module1 IAAnotif.exe [For internal processing]
Module name list
REG_SZ Module2 IAStorIcon.exe * Modules can be registered up to Module8.
C:\Program Files\Intel\ [For internal processing]
REG_SZ Gui1 Intel Matrix Storage * GUI can be registered up to Gui8.
Manager\Shell.exe * To prevent GUI for management (Matrix Storage Console) from starting up when the icon is clicked, create the registry
GUI program list
C:\Program Files\Intel\ of Gui1 and Gui2, and then delete the value (make the columns empty).
REG_SZ Gui2 Intel(R) Rapid Storage
Technology\IAStorUI.exe
Updating cycle REG_DWORD RefreshTime 1000 The updating cycle of the display. Set up by 1/1000 seconds (ms).
Minimum travel REG_DWORD The minimum travel distance of icon. Set up by pixel equivalent value.
5
distance MoveMinDistance
 NOTE 
If the monitor is changed to a smaller one, icons may not be displayed
properly. In that case, directly delete “HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\
SOFTWARE\FujiFilm\IIPDispRaidStatus” and restart the PC.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
2 Disabling RAID Status Display Tool
1. Right-click the taskbar, and select “Task Manager”.

 The “Windows Task Manager” window opens.
2. Select “IIPDispRaidStatus (Main)” from the “Applications”

tab, and then click [End Task].
3. Select “All Programs” – “Accessories” from

the menu.
4. Right-click “IIPDispRaidStatus” and select “Delete”.
5. Restart the PC.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
BLANK PAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appendix C Reinstalling the OS 10. Installing the AP Key
and Application on 11. Initializing the Image Database

Laptop PC
12. Display Optimization (LUT File Settings)
13. Restoring
1. Installation Workflow the Config/Network Adapter Settings
14. Settings for the FPD/Cassette-type

Presented below is the procedure used for installing the DR-ID Image Readers
300CL-AP from the OS. Follow the flowchart to install the AP.
15. Firewall Settings
● Installation workflow
Config backup $ See Chapter 5 under 16. Canceling AutoPlay Mode
MU: Maintenance
Utility.
2.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7 17. Setting the Event Log
2.2 Setting the OS 18. Disabling the Shadow Copy Service
3. Installing the Database Management System 19. Setting the Images Folder Size
(V7.3 or later)
4.1 Installing the DR-ID 300CL-AP
20. Other Settings
4.2 Replacing the Menu Database
5. Installing the FRIS Modules
6. Installing the SKB Launcher
7. Installing the Standard Kit
9. Installing the Option Key
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MC C-1
2 Installing and Setting Up the OS
 NOTE 
Before installing the OS, note down the DR-ID 300CL host name, IP address, subnet mask, and other relevant information. These items of information will
be called for during OS installation.
 Property sheet
Drive C/NTFS
With partition
Regional settings
Computer name and Computer name  If changed, be sure to record it accordingly.
password  The name can be set within 10 characters.
Password fcr-iip
Protocol TCP/IP
IP address
Local Area connection * If changed, be sure to record it accordingly.
(IPv4) “255.255.0.0” at factory shipment
Subnet mask
IP address
Local Area connection * If changed, be sure to record it accordingly.
Network settings
(IPv6) “32” as an input example in this manual.
Wireless Network IP address
connection
(IPv4) “255.255.255.0” at factory shipment
Subnet mask
User-related settings Auto logon username Administrator
for this computer
Monitor settings
Screen area 1024  768
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7
This section describes how to install Windows 7.
 After an error occurrence in the OS
Items to be readied for OS installation
 OS Recovery Disk
IMPORTANT
 Before formatting the HDD, make backup copy of data other than
time.
(place checkmarks to all the items).
 NOTE 
If the PC is not connected via the network, the network setup windows
will not be displayed while the OS is being installed. To perform network
settings, be sure to connect the PC to the network (HUB) accordingly
before installation work.
Install the OS, and make the following settings.

 Removing the peripheral devices
 Re-installing the OS
 BIOS settings
 Windows setup
 Creating the drive I
 Setting the user account
 Setting the UAC (User Account Control)
 Setting the MS-IME (only for units used in Japan)
 Setting the control panel
 Checking the hard disk
 Uninstalling unnecessary programs
 Checking the Device Manager
$ For details of reinstalling the OS and settings,
refer to the instruction manuals of respective PCs.
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
2.2 Installing the Windows 7 Update Program
◆ NOTE ◆
$ For details on installation, see “2.2.3 Installing the Windows 7

update program”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.3 Setting the OS 3. Installing the Database
Perform the following OS-related settings. Management System
 Setting the tablet PC
 Setting the pen and touch ● For V8.1 or earlier
 Setting the automatic OS update $ For installation of Database Management System, see “4.2 For
 Setting the action center Software V5.0 to V8.1” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and
Adjustment”.
 Setting the Intel (R) Graphics and Media
 Setting the visual effects ● For V9.0 or later
 Setting the automatic window arrangement $ For installation of Database Management System, see “4.3 For
Software V9.0 or Later” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and
 Setting the monitor size Adjustment”.
 Deleting the shortcut on the desktop
 Setting the IP address (IPv4) 4. Installing the DR-ID 300CL-AP
4.1 Installing the DR-ID 300CL-AP
 Canceling settings for simplified file sharing $ For installation of DR-ID 300CL-AP, see “5.1 Installing the AP”
 Addition of components under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment”.
 Deleting the startup items 4.2 Replacing the Menu Database
 Setting the startup items
$ For details of settings the OS, refer to the instruction manuals of $ For replacing the menu database, see “5.2 Replacing the Menu
respective PCs. Database” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment”.

 NOTE 
$ For details of setting the partition, see “5.5 Setting the Partition (V7.3 or
later)” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5. Installing the FRIS Modules 6. Installing the SKB Launcher
$ For installation of FRIS modules, see “6.2 FRIS Modules” under 1. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the disk drive.
“MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment”.
 The “DR Console Setup Tool” main menu automatically opens.
 NOTE 
DXCL080304005.ai

DXCL050833065.ai

 The Installation process for the SKB Launcher ends and
the system returns to the “DR Console Setup Tool” window.

5. Remove the Disk from the disk drive.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
7. Installing the Standard Kit  NOTE 
The following procedure is the installation procedure of the Standard Kit
whose version is the same as the version at the time of shipment.
Install the Standard Kit (Mobile) that is supplied with the DR-ID 300CL.
 NOTE  1. Turn ON the PC power.

The version of the Standard Kit is controlled in a pair with the version of ➔ An error screen like that shown below opens immediately after
DR-ID 300CL-AP which was attached prior to shipment. DR-ID 300CL-AP startup.
If you execute “1) All” with the Standard Kit-CD whose version is
different from the combination, service settings different from normal will
be installed and disable the DR-ID 300CL-AP to operate properly.
To install the Standard Kit with the Standard Kit-CD whose version is DXL03070001.ai
different from the combination, perform the following procedure.

REFERENCE
I. In the “DR Console SettingKit” screen, install “2) Install standard
keys” and “3) Install OS settings”. This error screen opens when the AP key is not installed.
II. Restore the backup of service settings. This error screen does not indicate any abnormality because the
AP key will be installed later in “10. AP Key Installation”.
If no backup of service settings available, perform the installation with
the software version at the time of shipment.
2. Click .
➥ REFERENCE
When the Standard Kit is installed, the following functions become
available.  NOTE 
 FPD connection If the following window opens, place a checkmark to the “Public
 FRUP Image Reader connection function (including HQ) Network” and click .
 FCR5000plus connection function
 CR storage function
 DX storage function
 LUT adjustment function for competitor’s PACS
 Detailed image processing parameter change function
 Annotation input function
 Image magnification or full screen display on the QA window
 X-CON control function
DXL03070009.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3. Insert the Standard Kit Disk into the PC. 6. Enter “1” and press the <Enter> key.
➔ The “AutoPlay” window opens. ➔ The “SELECT_RESOLUTION” window opens.

7. Enter the item number for the resolution of the monitor, and
DXCL0903C004.ai
➔ An explorer opens.
DXL03070013.ai
5. Double-click “Setup.bat”.
➔ The “FCR-CSL” will be set in Service Utility.
9. Click .
➔ The “FCR-CSL-SCP” will be set in Service Utility.
10. Click .
➔ The “FCR-CSL-SCU” will be set in Service Utility.
DXL03070011.ai
➔ The “DR Console SettingKit for Mobile” window opens.
DXCL050704010.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
11. Click . 8. Installing the Electronic Manual
$ For installation of Electronic Manual, see “Appendix 23 Settings
Necessary for Browsing the Operation Manuals (PDF)” of “Appx
IN: Installation – Appendix”.
DXL03070014.ai
9. Installing the Option Key
12. Press the <Enter> key. ● For V8.0 or earlier, or licence unsupported version in
➔ The system returns to the “DR Console SettingKit for Mobile” V8.1 or later
window.
$ For installation of option key, see “10. Option Key Installation”
under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment”.
● For licence supported version in V8.1 or later
Apply the licence key instead of installing the option key.
$ For details on acquisition and application of licence, see “Appendix
14. Remove the Disk from the PC. 54 Software Licence” of “Appx IN: Installation–Appendix”.
10. Installing the AP Key
● For V8.0 or earlier, or licence unsupported version in

V8.1 or later
$ For installation of AP key, see “11. AP Key Installation” under “MC:
Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment”.

Apply the licence key instead of installing the AP key. (Option and AP
will be enabled while applying the licence key. For this reason, it is
unnecessary to enable the option, if the licence key has already been
applied.)
54 Software Licence” of “Appx IN: Installation–Appendix”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
11. Initializing the Image Database 16. Canceling AutoPlay Mode
$ For initialization of the image database, see “12. Initializing $ For cancellation of autoplay mode, see “17. Canceling AutoPlay
the Image Database” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and Mode” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment”.
Adjustment”.
17. Setting the Event Log
12. Display Optimization
(LUT File Settings) $ For settings of the event log, see “18. Setting the Event Log”
$ For display optimization (LUT file settings), see “13. Display

Optimization (LUT File Settings)” under “MC: Inspection, 18. Disabling
Replacement and Adjustment”.
the Shadow Copy Service
13. Restoring the Config/Network $ For disabling of the Shadow Copy Service, see “20. Disabling the
Adapter Settings Shadow Copy Service” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and
Adjustment”.
$ For restoring the config/network adapter settings, see “14.

19. Setting the Images Folder Size
Restoring the Config/Network Adapter Settings” under “MC:
(V7.3 or later)
14. Settings for the FPD/Cassette-

$ For details of setting the images folder size , see “21. Setting the Images
Folder Size ” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment”.
type Image Readers

$ For settings for FPD/cassette-type image readers, see
“15. Settings for the FPD/Cassette-type Image Readers” under
15. Firewall Settings

$ For firewall settings, see “16. Firewall Settings” of “MC:
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20. Other Settings
Set the following items if necessary.
 Change the DR-ID 300CL and RU IP addresses
$ For the procedures for changing the DR-ID 300CL and RU IP
addresses, see “4.6 Procedures for Changing the DR-ID 300CL
and RU (FPD and Cassette-type Image Reader) IP Addresses”
under “IN: Installation”.
 Change the DR-ID 300CL host name
$ For the procedures for changing the DR-ID 300CL host name,
see “4.7 Procedures for Changing the DR-ID 300CL Host
Name” under “IN: Installation”.
 DR-ID 300CL setup for connection to other equipment
$ For DR-ID 300CL setup for connection to other equipment, see
“4.8 DR-ID 300CL Setup for Connection to Other Equipment”
 Barcode reader and magnetic card reader connection
$ For the barcode reader and magnetic card reader connection,
see “4.9 Barcode Reader/Magnetic Card Reader Connection”
 Set up the DX parameter
$ For setting the DX parameter, see “4.10 Setting the DX
Parameter” under “IN: Installation”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
Appendix D Reinstalling the OS and 1.8 Setting the OS (3/4)
Application on PPU 1.9 Installing the MFC
 NOTE  1.10 Setting the Update Interval for

Time Synchronization
As a monitor is not connected to the PPU, connect the monitor of DR-ID
300CL.
1.11 Setting the PPU Startup
1. For PPU-AP V1.1 1.12 Registering/Executing the JOB
1.13 Setting the OS (4/4)
1.1 Installation Workflow 1.14 Procedure to be Performed If

Necessary
Presented below is the procedure used for installing the PPU-AP from
the OS. Follow the flowchart to install the AP.
1.2.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7
1.2.2 Installing the Driver Software
1.4.1 Installing the Microsoft SQL Server

2008 SP1
1.4.2 Installing the Microsoft SQL Server

Management Studio
1.5 Creating the DB/Table
1.7 Installing the PPU-AP
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MC D-1
1.2 Installing and Setting Up the OS
 NOTE 
Before installing the OS, note down the PPU host name, IP address,
subnet mask, and other relevant information. These items of information
will be called for during OS installation.
 Property sheet
Only drive C (no other partitions will
Partition/format
be created)/NTFS
Regional settings
Indicated on the right-hand side
Product key
cover of the PC main unit.
Default setting at factory shipment is
PPUServer
Computer name  If changed, be sure to record it
Computer name accordingly.
and password  The name can be set within 10
characters.
Password fcr-iip
Protocol TCP/IP
IP address * If changed, be sure to record it
accordingly.
Network settings “255.255.255.0” at factory shipment
Subnet mask * If changed, be sure to record it
accordingly.
Domain or work Work group (group name remains
group the default.)
User-related Auto logon
fujifilm
settings for this username
computer (auto
logon settings) Password fcr-iip
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
1.2.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7 ■ Network connection between the PPU and the HUB
This section describes how to install Windows 7. Unless the PC is network-connected properly in advance, the network
The OS is to be installed in the following situations: depending on the Windows 7 installer specifications.
1. Use a network cable to connect the PPU to the HUB.
 Win 7 SP1 (64bit) OS DVD for Optiplex790/990 Disk 2. Turn ON the power to the HUB.
 Resource CD for Optiplex790/990 Disk
➤ IMPORTANT
Before formatting the HDD, make backup copy of data other than image
data, if any, using Explorer or the like.
 NOTE 
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
■ Changing boot sequence of the computer (for DELL PCs) 9. Select “CD/DVD/CD-RW Drive” and press the <Enter> key.
In here Boot Sequence is changed so that PC starts from Disk by the message appears on the window.
BIOS menu of a PPU-PC.
1. Turn ON the monitor and PC power switches. 10. Press the <Enter> key within three seconds.
 The PC starts running.  After a while, the Windows 7 setup window opens.
2. Press the <F2> key when the DELL logo appears at the  NOTE 
center of the window. If you do not press the <Enter> key within about three seconds
 NOTE  appears on the window, the installation disk will not be recognized
accordingly.
will not open.
3. Select “Power Management” – “Deep Sleep Control” and

then “Disabled”.
4. Select “Power Management” – “Wake on LAN” and then “LAN

Only”.
5. Insert the “Win 7 SP1 (64bit) OS DVD for Optiplex790/990”

disk into the PC.

7. Click [Yes].

010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
 Re-installing the OS 3. Click .
1. Select “My language is English”.  The following window opens.
DXL03020139.ai
DXL03020137.ai
2. Perform the following settings. 5. Place a checkmark to “I accept the license terms” and click
.
DXL03020138.ai

DXL03020140.ai
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
6. Select “Custom (advanced)”. 8. Select “Delete”.
DXL03020141.ai
 The “Where do you want to install Windows?” window opens. DXL03020143.ai

(advanced)”.
DXL03020144.ai
9. Click .
Windows?” window.
DXL03020142.ai
10. If multiple partitions exist, repeat the step 7. to 9. and delete

all the existing partitions.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
11. Select “Disk 0 Unallocated Space” and select .  Windows setup
 NOTE  1. Perform the following settings.

To install Windows 7, the system requires at least 6031 MB free Type a user name (for example, John) : fujifilm
Type a computer name : PPUServer
MB and select , Windows 7 cannot be installed.

2. Click .
Upon completion of installation, a window to enter user name and  A window opens to prompt for password.
3. Perform the following settings.
Type a password (recommended) : fujifilmppu

Retype your password : fujifilmppu
Type a password hint : ppu
 NOTE 
The character string entries in the
“Type a password (recommended):” and “Retype your password:”
fields appear as “”.
4. Click .
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
DXL03020156.ai
6. Verify the “Time zone”, “Date”, and “Time” and click DXL03020158.ai
.  The system finalizes the settings.

.
DXL03020159.ai
8. Remove the “Win 7 SP1 (64bit) OS DVD for Optiplex790/990”

disk from the PC.
DXL03020157.ai
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
 Setting the user account 5. Select “Local Users and Groups” – “Users”.
DXL03020164.ai
6. Right-click “Administrator” and select “Properties”.

 The “Administrator Properties” window opens.
DXL03020160.ai
“General” tab and click .
2. Click “System and Security”.

3. Click “Administrative Tools”.

4. Double-click “Computer Management”. DXL03020166.ai
8. Right-click “Administrator” and select “Set Password”.

DXL03020163.ai
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
12. Restart the PC.

13. Select the “Administrator” user, enter “fcr-iip” as a

DXL03020168.ai
password, and click .
10. Perform the following settings and click .
DXL03020169.ai

Confirm password : fcr-iip DXL03020046.ai
The entered password is displayed as “ ”. The entered password is displayed as “ ”.
 A confirmation window opens.  The desktop screen displays.
DXL03020170.ai
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
 Setting the User Account Control 7. Select “Disabled” in the “Local Security Policy” tab.

8. Click [OK].
 The system returns to the “Local Security Policy” window.
9. Close the “Local Security Policy” window.


DXL03020160.ai


4. Double-click “Local Security Policy”.

 The “Local Security Policy” window opens.
5. Select “Local Policies” – “Security Options”.
6. Double-click “User Account Control: Run all administrators

in AdminApproval Mode”.
 The “User Account Control:Run administrators in...” window
opens.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
1.2.2 Installing the Driver Software  Installing the DELL system software
Use the “Resource CD for Optiplex 790/990 V1.0” disk supplied with the
PC to install the following driver software items. 1. Insert the “Resource CD for Optiplex 790/990” disk into the
PC.
➥ REFERENCE  The “AutoPlay” window opens.
Device Manager. To open Device Manager, perform the following steps: 2. Select “Open folder to view files”.
“Properties” from the pull-down menu that opens. 3. Double-click “(Disk drive):\790\1.SystemUtilities\Win7\64bit\
R282538.exe”.
 The installation window opens.
➔ Device Manager opens. 4. Perform installation according to the instructions shown on
the window.
Install the driver software for such items.
 NOTE 
 Install the setting at their defaults.
 If the system requests to restart the PC after installation, restart
the PC. After restarting, log in as the “Administrator” user.
5. Remove the “Resource CD for Optiplex 790/990” disk from

the PC.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
 Installing the driver software ➥ REFERENCE
For example, installation procedure of Chipset driver is described as
Installing the software for the following drivers. follows.
1. Chipset Driver
“(Disk drive):\790\2.ChipsetDriver\R293337.exe”
1. Insert the “Resource CD for Optiplex 790/990” disk into the PC.
2. AMT Driver
“(Disk drive):\790\3.AMTDriver\R292087.exe”
2. Select “Open folder to view files”.
3. Video Driver
“(Disk drive):\790\4.VideoDriver\64bit\R291626.exe” 3. Double-click “(Disk drive):\790\2.ChipsetDriver\R293337.
exe”.
4. Network device Driver  The installation window opens.
“(Disk drive):\790\5.NetworkDriver\R291627.exe”
4. Perform installation according to the instructions shown on
5. Audio Driver the window.
“(Disk drive):\790\6.AudioDriver\R289789.exe”
 NOTE 
 NOTE   Install the setting at their defaults.
 Since the drivers to be installed vary with the employed PC model and  If the system requests to restart the PC after installation, restart
utility disk version, confirm the correct drivers by calling Dell Technical the PC. After restarting, log in as the “Administrator” user.
Support or visiting associated home page.
restart the PC. 5. Remove the “Resource CD for Optiplex 790/990” disk from
the PC.

 NOTE 
After completing the installation of all drivers, log back in as the “fujifilm”
user.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
1.3 Setting the OS (1/4) 7. Click [OK].
 Setting the Wake-on-LAN 8. Close the “Device Manager” window and “Hardware and
Sound” window.
DXL03020160.ai
2. Click “Hardware and Sound”.

 The “Hardware and Sound” window opens.
3. Click “Device Manager”.

4. Select “Device Manager” – “Network adapters”.
5. Right-click “Inter(R) 82579LM Gigabit Network Connection”

and select “Properties”.
6. Select “Power Management” tab and place a checkmark to

the following items.
 Allow this device to wake the Computer
 Only allow a magic packet to wake the computer
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
 Setting the IP address 5. Click .
DXL03020160.ai
2. Click “Network and Internet”.

DXL03020328.ai
 The “Network and Internet” window opens.  The “Local Area Connection Properties” window opens.
6. Select “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)” and click

3. Click “Network and Sharing Center” .
.

DXCL05030D001.ai
DXL03020329.ai
 The “Local Area Connection Status” window opens.  The “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties” window
opens.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
7. Select “Use the following IP address” and perform the
following settings.
 NOTE 
Enter the IP address and subnet mask that were noted down
8. Click .
window.
9. Click .
10. Click .

010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
 Setting the user to be logged on automatically
1. Simultaneously press the <Windows> and <R> keys.
 The “Run” window opens.
2. Enter “Control UserPasswords2” in the “Open:”, and click

[OK].
3. Remove the checkmark from “Users must enter a user name

and password to use this computer.” in the “Users” tab and
click [Apply].
 The “Automatically Log On” window opens.
4. Perform the following settings and click [OK].

User name : fujifilm
Password : fujifilmppu
Confirm Password : fujifilmppu
 The system returns to the “User Accounts” window.
5. Click [OK].
6. Restart the PC.

 After the PC restarted, the desktop screen displays.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
1.4. Installing the SQL Server 7. After completing the operation, click [OK].
 The “Product Key” window opens.
1.4.1 Installing the Microsoft SQL Server 2008 SP1
 NOTE 
8. Click [Next].
 The “License Terms” window opens.
Install the SQL Server at least two and a half minutes after starting or
restarting the PC.
9. Place a checkmark to the “I accept the license terms” and
click [Next].
1. Insert the “DR-ID300CL PPU Application Software V1.0”Disk
into the PC.  The “Setup Support Files” window opens.
10. Click “Install”.
 The “114Y2150203B00 (D:)” window opens. 11. After completing the operation, click [Next].
 The “Feature Selection” window opens.
3. Double-click “Setup.bat”.
 The “PPU Setup Tool” main menu opens. 12. Select “Select All” and click [Next].
 The “Instance Configuration” window opens.
4. Enter “2”, and press the <Enter> key.
 The “SQL Server Installation Center” window opens. 13. Select “Named instance”, enter “SQLExpress” into the text
box and click [Next].
5. On the pane left of the window, click “Installation”.  The “Disk Space Requirements” window opens.
6. Click “New SQL Server stand-alone installation or add

14. Click [Next].
features to an existing installation”.  The “Server Configuration” window opens.
 NOTE 
When the “Invoke or BeginInvoke cannot be called on a control
15. Click “Use the same account for all SQL Server services”.
until the window handle has been created.” message appears, start
over from step 4.
16. Enter the following items, and click [OK].
 The “Setup Support Rules” window opens. Account Name : fujifilm
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
17. Change the “Startup Type”of the registered service to 1.4.2 Installing the Microsoft SQL Server
“Automatic”, and click [Next]. Management Studio
 The “Database Engine Configuration” window opens.
1. Enter “3” in the “PPU Setup Tool” main menu, and press the
<Enter> key.
18. Select “Windows authentication mode” in the “Account
Provisioning” tab and click “Add Current User”.  The “Program Compatibility Assistant” window opens.
19. Click [Next]. 2. Click “Run Program”.

 The “Error and Usage Reporting” window opens.  The “SQL Server Installation Center” window opens.
20. Click “Next”. 3. On the pane left of the window, click “Installation”.
 The “Installation Rules” window opens.

21. After completing the operation, click [Next]. features to an existing installation”.
 The “Ready to Install” window opens.  NOTE 
22. Click [Install]. until the window handle has been created.” message appears, start
 The “Installation Progress” window opens.
over from step 1.
 The “Setup Support Rules” window opens.

23. After completing the operation, click [Next].
The “Complete” window opens.

5. After completing the operation, click [OK].
 The “Setup Support Files” window opens.
24. Click [Close].
The system returns to the “SQL Server Installation Center”

window. 6. Click [Install].
25. Close the “SQL Server Installation Center” window. 7. After completing the operation, click [Next].
 The system returns to the “PPU Setup Tool” main menu.  The “Installation Type” window opens.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
8. Select “Perform a new installation of SQL Server 2008” and 17. Click [Close].
click [Next].  The system returns to the “SQL Server Installation Center”
 The “Product Key” window opens. window.
9. Click [Next]. 18. Close the “SQL Server Installation Center” window.
 The “License Terms” window opens.  The SQL Server setup menu opens.
10. Place a checkmark to the “I accept the license terms” and 19. Enter “0”, and press the <Enter> key.
click [Next].  The system returns to the desktop screen.
20. Remove the Disk from the PC, and restart the PC.
11. Place a checkmark to the “Management Tools - Basic” and  After the PC restarted, the desktop screen displays.
click [Next].
 The “Disk Space Requirements” window opens.
12. Click [Next].

 The “Error and Usage Reporting” window opens.
13. Click [Next].

 The “Installation Rules” window opens.

 The “Ready to Install” window opens.
15. Click [Install].

 The “Installation Progress” window opens.

 The “Complete” window opens.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
1.5 Creating the DB/Table
1. Insert the “DR-ID300CL PPU Application Software V1.0” Disk

into the PC.
 The “PPU Setup Tool” main menu opens automatically.
 NOTE 

 DB/Table creation processing starts.
After completion of creation processing, the “DB/Table create
completed.” message appears and system returns to the “PPU
Setup Tool” main menu.

010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
1.6 Setting the OS (2/4) 7. On the pane left of the window, right-click “Security” and
click “New” – “Login”.
 The “Login - New” window opens.
 Changing server authentication mode
8. On the pane left of the window, select “General” and set up
1. From the menu, sequentially select “All Programs”, the items below appropriately.
“Microsoft SQL Server 2008”, and then “SQL Server Login name : fujifilm
Management Studio”. SQL Server authentication : Select
 The “Connect to Server” window opens. Password : fujifilmppu
Confirm password : fujifilmppu
2. Perform the following settings and click [Connect]. Enforce password policy : Remove the checkmark
Server type : Database Engine Enforce password expiration : Remove the checkmark
Server name : Enter “PPUServer\SQLEXPRESS” User must change password at next login : Remove the checkmark
Authentication : Windows Authentication Default database : PPU_SQL_Server
 The “Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio” window opens. (select it from the pull-
down menu)
3. On the pane left of the window, right-click “PPUSERVER\
9. On the pane left of the window, select “Server Roles” and
SQLEXPRESS(SQL Server xx.x.xxxx - PPUServer\fujifilm)”
place a checkmark to the “public” and “sysadmin”.
 The “Properties” window opens.
10. On the pane left of the window, select “User Mapping” and
place a checkmark to the following items.
4. On the pane left of the window, select “Advanced” and set  master
up the items below appropriately.
 model
Default Full-Text Language : 1033  msdb
Default Language : English  PPU_SQL_Server
 tempdb
5. On the pane left of the window, select “Security” – “Server
authentication” – “SQL Server and Windows authentication 11. Select “master”, and place a checkmark to the “db_owner”
mode” and click [OK]. and “public” of “Database role membership for:master”.
 The “Some of your configuration changes will not take effect until
SQL Server is restarted” window opens. 12. Click [OK].
6. Click [OK].
 The system returns to the “Microsoft SQL Server Management
Studio” window.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
 Setting the environment variables 7. Add the value below to the“Variable value”, and click [OK].
“;c:\Program Files\FujiFilm\PPU\system;c:\Program Files\FujiFilm\
1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu. PPU\system\lib”
 NOTE 
Do not delete the already input values.
8. Close all of open windows.

DXL03020160.ai

3. Click “System” .
4. Click “Change settings” in the “Computer name, domain,

and workgroup settings”.
5. Click “Environment Variables” in the “Advanced” tab.
6. Select “Path” in the “System variables”, and click [Edit].
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
 Creating DSN 7. Enter the following items, and click [Next].
Name : PPU_SQL_Server
1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu. Description : (Blank)
Server : localhost\SQLEXPRESS (manual input)
 The “How should SQL Server verify the...” window opens.
8. Click [Next].
9. Place a checkmark to the “Change the default database to:”.
10. Select “PPU_SQL_Server” from the pull-down menu, and

click [Next].
DXL03020160.ai
11. Click [Finish].
 The “Control Panel” window opens.  The “ODBC Microsoft SQL Server Setup” window opens.
2. Click “System and Security”. 12. Click “Test Data Source”.

 The “System and Security” window opens.  The “SQL Server ODBC Data Source Test” window opens.
3. Click “Administrative Tools”. 13. Check to see that the “TEST COMPLETED SUCCESSFULLY!”
 The “Administrative Tools” window opens. message shows up in the “Test Results”, and click [OK].
 The system returns to the “ODBC Data Source Administrator”
4. Double-click “Data Sources (ODBC)”. window.
 The “ODBC Data Source Administrator” window opens.
14. Confirm to register “PPU_SQL_Server” with “User Data
5. Select “User DSN” tab and click [Add]. Source:” and click [OK].
 The “Create New Data Source” window opens.  The system returns to the “Administrative Tools” window.
6. Select “SQL Server” and click [Finish]. 15. Close the “Administrative Tools” window.
 The “This wizard will help you create an ODBC data source...”  The system returns to the desktop screen.
message appears.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
 Setting the remote connection of the SQL server 5. On the pane right of the window, right-click “TCP/IP” and
select “Properties”.
1. From the menu, sequentially select “All Programs”,
“Microsoft SQL Server 2008”, “Configuration Tools” and
then “SQL Server Configuration Manager”.
 The “Sql Server Configuration Manager” window opens.
2. On the pane left of the window, select “SQL Server Network

Configuration” – “Protocols for SQL_EXPRESS”. DXCL06030D002.ai
 The “TCP/IP Properties” window opens.
6. Select the“IP addresses” tab, and set the following items

under “IPALL”.
TCP Port : 1433
DXCL06030D001.ai TCP Dynamic Ports : (blank)
3. On the pane right of the window, right-click “TCP/IP” and 7. Delete the values of “TCP Dynamic Ports” of “IP1” to “IP6”,
select “Enable”. and leave in blank.
 “Any changes made will be saved; however, they will not take
effect until the service is stopped and restarted.” message 8. Set up the items below appropriately and click [Apply].
appears. Enabled : Yes
IP Address : 172.16.1.20
4. Click [OK]. TCP Port : 1433
 The system returns to the “Sql Server Configuration Manager”  “Any changes made will be saved; however, they will not take
window. effect until the service is stopped and restarted.” message
appears.
9. Click [OK].
 The system returns to the “TCP/IP Properties” window.
10. Click [OK].

 The system returns to the “Sql Server Configuration Manager”
window.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
11. On the pane left of the window, click “SQL Server Service”. 15. Select “Automatic” from the “Start Mode” pull-down menu
and click [Apply].
DXCL06030D003.ai
12. On the pane right of the window, right-click “SQL Server

(SQLEXPRESS)” and select “Restart”.
DXCL06030D005.ai
16. Select “Log On” tab and click [Start].
17. Click [OK].

DXCL06030D004.ai
13. Right-click “SQL Server Browser” and select “Properties”.  The system returns to the “Sql Server Configuration Manager”
window.
 The “SQL Server Browser Properties” window opens.

14. Select “Service” tab.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
1.7 Installing the PPU-AP

into the PC.
 NOTE 

 The installation PPU-AP processing starts.
After completion of installation, the “PPU Application installation

010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
1.8 Setting the OS (3/4) 5. Select the “Turn on password protected sharing”in
the“Password protected sharing”of the“Public (current
profile)”, and click “Save changes”.
 Setting the shared folder
 NOTE 
1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu. When “Turn on password protected sharing” has been selected,
click [Cancel].
 The system returns to “Network and Sharing Center” window.

7. Right-click “Computer” from the menu and select

“Manage”.
DXL03020160.ai

8. On the pane left of the window, click “Computer
Management(Local)” – “System Tools” – “Local Users and
2. Click “Network and Internet”. Groups”.
 The “Network and Internet” window opens.
9. On the pane right of the window, right-click “Users” and
select “New User”.
3. Click “Network and Sharing Center”.
 The “Network and Sharing Center” window opens.  “New User” window opens.
4. Click “Change advanced sharing settings”. 10. Set up the items below appropriately and click [Create].
 The “Change sharing options for different network profiles” window User name : fcr-iip
opens.
Password : fcr-iip
Confirm Password : fcr-iip
User must change password at next logon : Remove the checkmark
Password never expires : Place a checkmark
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
11. Click [Close].
 The system returns to “Computer Management” window.

13. Start running Explorer and open “Local Disk (C:)”.
14. Right-click “fujifilm” folder and click “Share with” – “Specific

people”.
 The “File Sharing” window opens.
15. Select “fcr-iip” from the pull-down menu, and click [Add].
 The“fcr-iip” is added to the list in the lower part of the screen.
16. Click “fcr-iip” from the list in the lower part of the screen.
17. Click [Read] in the “Permission Level” area and select the
“Read/Write”.
18. Click [Share].

 The “Network discovery and file sharing” window opens.
19. Click “Yes, turn on network discovery and file sharing for all
public network”.
 The “File Sharing” window opens.
20. Make sure that “fujifilm” is added in the “Individual Items”

area and click [Done].
 The system returns to “Local Disk (C:)” window.
21. Set the shared folder also for the user of

“fujifilm”and“Administrator”as in steps 13 to 19.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
 Addition of components 5. Place a checkmark to the following items.
 “Internet Information Services” – “FTP Server” – “FTP Server”
1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu.  “Internet Information Services” – “WebAdministrative Tools” –
“IIS Management Console“
➥ REFERENCE
 indicates an item to be installed.
 indicates installation of some items of the lower level.
the PC. After restarting, log in as the “fujifilm” user.
DXL03020160.ai
6. Click .
 The “Control Panel” window opens.  The installation processing starts.
2. Click “Programs”.
 The “Programs” window opens.
3. Click “Programs and Features”.
4. Select “Turn Windows features on or off”.
DXL03020257.ai
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
 Setting up the FTP server 6. Input the following and click [Next].
FTP site name : PPUFtpServer
1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu. Physical path : C:\fujifilm\job\ftproot
 The “Binding and SSL Settings” window opens.
7. Click [Next].
 The “Authentication and authorization Information” window opens.
8. Click [Finish].
 The system returns to the “Internet Information Service (IIS)
Manager” window.
9. Select “PPUSERVER (PPUServer\fujifilm)” – “Sites” –

DXL03020160.ai
“PPUFtpServer”.
 The “PPUFtpServer Home” window opens.

10. Double-click “FTP Authorization Rules”.
 The “FTP Authorization Rules” window opens.

11. On the pane right of the window, click “Add Allow Rule...”.
 The “Add Allow Authorization Rule” window opens.
4. Double-click “Internet Information Service (IIS) Manager”.

12. Place a checkmark to “Specified users:” and enter “fujifilm”
 The “Internet Information Service (IIS) Manager” window opens. into the text box.
5. Right-click “PPUSERVER (PPUServer\fujifilm)” – “Sites” and 13. Place a checkmark to “Read” and “Write” in “Permissions”
select “Add FTP Site...”. and click [OK].
 The “Site Information” window opens.  The system returns to the “Internet Information Service (IIS)
Manager” window.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
14. Click “” in the upper left-hand area of the window.
 The system returns to the “PPUFtpServer Home” window.
15. Double-click “FTP Authentication”.

 The “FTP Authentication” window opens.
16. Right-click “Basic Authentication” and click “Enable”.

Manager” window.
17. Click “” in the upper left-hand area of the window.

18. Double-click “FTP SSL Settings”.

 The “FTP SSL Settings” window opens.
19. Place a checkmark to the “Allow SSL connections” of “SSL

Policy”, and click [Apply] on the right of the window.
20. Close the “Internet Information Service (IIS) Manager”

window and “All Control Panel Items” window.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
 Setting the Firewall 8. Set up the items below appropriately and click [Next].
 Select “TCP”.
1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu.  Select “Specific local ports” and enter “21” into the text box.
9. Select “Allow the connection” and click [Next].
10. Place a checkmark to the “Domain”, “Private”, “Public” and

click [Next].
11. Set up the items below appropriately and click [Finish].

 Enter “ftp” into the “Name” area.
 Enter “ftp(21)” into the “Description(optional)” area.
 The system returns to the “Windows Firewall with Advanced
DXL03020160.ai
Security” window.
12. Click “New Rules”.
 The “New Inbound Rule Wizard” window opens.
The “System and Security” window opens.

13. Select “Port” and click [Next].
3. Click “Windows Firewall”.
14. Set up the items below appropriately and click [Next].
 Select “TCP”.
4. Click “Advanced Settings”.  Select “Specific local ports” and enter “1433” into the text box.
 The “Windows Firewall with Advanced Security” window opens.
5. Click “Inbound Rules”.
click [Next].
7. Select “Port” and click [Next].
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
 Enter “SQLServer(TCP1433)” into the “Name” area.
 Enter “SQLServerRemoteConection” into the
“Description(optional)” area.
Security” window.

19. Select “Program” and click [Next].
20. Enter the file path below into the text box, and click [Next].
“C:\Program File (x86)\Microsoft SQL Server\90\Shared\
sqlbrpwser.exe”

click [Next].

 Enter “SQLBrowser(PPU)” into the “Name” area.
 Enter “SQLBrowser(PPU)” into the “Description(optional)” area.
Security” window.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
1.9 Installing the MFC 1.10 Setting the Update Interval for
Time Synchronization
into the PC. 1. Insert the “DR-ID300CL PPU Application Software V1.0” Disk
 The “PPU Setup Tool” main menu opens automatically. into the PC main unit of PPU.
 NOTE 
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,  NOTE 
double-click the execution file (Setup.bat) in the Disk. In case the installation start window does not open automatically,

 The installation MFC processing starts. 2. Enter “10”, and press the <Enter> key.
After completion of installation, the “MFC DLL installation  Update interval for time synchronization setup processing starts.
After completion of setup processing, the “Windows Time
Service setup completed.” message appears and system
returns to the “PPU Setup Tool” main menu.
The system returns to the desktop screen.


4. Remove the Disk from the PC main unit of PPU.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
1.11 Setting the PPU Startup 1.12 Registering/Executing the JOB
1. Insert the “DR-ID300CL PPU Application Software V1.0” Disk 1. Insert the “DR-ID300CL PPU Application Software V1.0” Disk
into the PC. into the PC.
 The “PPU Setup Tool” main menu opens automatically.  The “PPU Setup Tool” main menu opens automatically.
In case the installation start window does not open automatically, In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (Setup.bat) in the Disk. double-click the execution file (Setup.bat) in the Disk.
2. Enter “12”, and press the <Enter> key. 2. Enter “11”, and press the <Enter> key.
 PPU startup setup processing starts.  Registration/Execution processing of the job starts.
After completion of the setup processing, the “PPU Startup setting After completion of the processing, the “Processing Job add
completed.” message appears and system returns to the “PPU completed.” message appears and system returns to the “PPU
Setup Tool” main menu. Setup Tool” main menu.
3. Enter “0”, and press the <Enter> key. 3. Enter “0”, and press the <Enter> key.
 The system returns to the desktop screen.  The system returns to the desktop screen.

010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
1.13 Setting the OS (4/4) 6. Click [OK].
 Setting the remote desktop


DXL03020160.ai

3. Click “System”.
4. Select “Remote settings”.

 The “Remote settings” window opens.
5. Place a checkmark to the “Allow connections only from

computers running Remote Desktop with Network ...” in the
“Remote” tab.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
 Setting the power options 8. Select “Sleep” and “Sleep after”, and then set to “0”.
1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu. 9. Select “Hibernate after”, and then set to “0”.
10. Click .
 The system returns to the “Edit Plan Settings” window.
11. Close the “Edit Plan Settings” window.

DXL03020160.ai

3. Click “Power Options”.

4. Select “Balanced (recommended)” in the “Preferred plans”.
5. Click “Balanced (recommended)” – “Change plan settings”.


 The advanced settings window opens.
7. Select “Hard disk” and “Turn off hard disk after”, and then
set to “Never”.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
1.14 Procedure to be Performed If
Necessary
 When DR-ID 300CL PC is replaced, or when the OS is reinstalled
$ See “5. PPU Data Initialization” under “Appendix 38
Tomosynthesis” of “Appx IN: Installation – Appendix”.
 When DR-ID 300CL synchronizes with the time server
$ See “6. Time Synchronization for the DR-ID 300CL and PPU”
under “Appendix 38 Tomosynthesis” of “Appx IN: Installation
– Appendix”.
 When the IP address of DR-ID 300CL is changed
$ See “7. Setting of the PPU at the Time of Changing the IP
Address of DR-ID 300CL” under “Appendix 38 Tomosynthesis”
of “Appx IN: Installation – Appendix”.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
2. For PPU-AP V1.2 or Later 2.2 Installing and Setting Up the OS
 NOTE 
Before installing the OS, note down the PPU host name, IP address,
2.1 Installation Workflow subnet mask, and other relevant information. These items of information
will be called for during OS installation.
Presented below is the procedure used for installing the PPU-AP from
the OS. Follow the flowchart to install the AP.
 Property sheet
Only drive C (no other partitions will
2.2.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7 Partition/format
be created)/NTFS
2.2.2 Installing the Driver Software Regional settings
Indicated on the right-hand side
2.3 Setting the OS Product key
cover of the PC main unit.
Default setting at factory shipment is
2.4 Installing the PPU-AP (1/2) PPUServer
Computer name  If changed, be sure to record it
Computer name accordingly.
2.5 Changing Server Authentication Mode and password  The name can be set within 10
characters.
2.6 Creating DSN Password fcr-iip
Protocol TCP/IP
2.7 Installing the PPU-AP (2/2) “172.16.1.35” at factory shipment
IP address * If changed, be sure to record it
2.8 Setting Up the FTP Server accordingly.
Network settings “255.255.255.0” at factory shipment
2.9 Disabling the Shadow Copy Service Subnet mask * If changed, be sure to record it
accordingly.
Domain or work Work group (group name remains
2.10 Verifying the Operation of Application group the default.)
User-related Auto logon
fujifilm
settings for this username
computer (auto
logon settings) Password fcr-iip
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
2.2.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7 ■ Network connection between the PPU and the HUB
This section describes how to install Windows 7. Unless the PC is network-connected properly in advance, the network
The OS is to be installed in the following situations: depending on the Windows 7 installer specifications.
1. Use a network cable to connect the PPU to the HUB.
 OS DVD which comes with the device 2. Turn ON the power to the HUB.
 Resource CD
➤ IMPORTANT
Before formatting the HDD, make backup copy of data other than image
 NOTE 
OptiPlex 790 and HP Compaq 6300 Pro SF/ProDesk 600 G1 SF PC
models.
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
■ Initializing HDD IV. Press the <Enter> key.
 NOTE 
after the “Press any key to boot from the CD or DVD...”
2. Perform the following procedures.
message appears on the window, the installation disk will not
be recognized accordingly.
 For DELL Optiplex 790 If such a failure occurs, restart the PC to perform step IV. again.
I. Press the <F12> key when the DELL logo appears.
 NOTE 
If the <F12> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the Boot  For HP Compaq 6300 Pro SF/ProDesk 600 G1 SF
Menu window will not open. I. Press the <F9> key when the hp logo appears.
In such an instance, restart the PC to perform step I. above again.
 NOTE 
 The Boot Menu window opens. If the <F9> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the Boot
Menu window will not open.
II. Insert the OS DVD into the PC. In such an instance, restart the PC to perform step I. above again.
III. Select “CD/DVD/CD-RW Drive” and press the <Enter> key.
 The “Please select boot device” window opens.
II. Insert the OS DVD into the PC.
III. Select “Legacy Boot Sources” – “ATAPI CD/DVD Drive” –

“SATA2” and press the <Enter> key.
 After a while, the “Press any key to boot from CD or DVD”
message appears.
IV. Press the <Enter> key.

DXCL030D0001.ai  After a while, the Windows 7 setup window opens.
message appears.
 NOTE 
after the “Press any key to boot from the CD or DVD” message
appears on the window, the installation disk will not be
recognized accordingly.
If such a failure occurs, restart the PC to perform step IV. again.
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
3. Select “My language is English”. 5. Select “Repair your computer” at the bottom left of the
window.
DXCL030D0002.ai
DXL03020137.ai  The “System Recovery Options” window opens.

6. Click [Next].
4. Click [Next].
 The “Install now” window opens.
DXL03020139.ai
DXCL030D0003.ai
 The “Choose a recovery tool” window opens.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
7. Select “Command Prompt”. 11. Confirm a massage saying “DiskPart succeeded in cleaning
the disk.” and close the command prompt window by
clicking its [X] mark.
DiskPart succeeded in cleaning the disk.

DISKPART>
MC000435.ai
 The system returns to the “Choose a recovery tool” window.
12. Click [Restart].

DXCL030D0004.ai
 The PC restarts.
8. Input “diskpart” from the keyboard and press the <Enter>

key.
X:\Sources>diskpart
MC000432.ai
9. Input “selectΔdiskΔ0” (“Δ” replace a single-byte space) and

DISKPART> select disk 0

MC000433.ai
 A message saying “Disk 0 is now the selected disk.” in the

command prompt window.
10. Input “clean” from the keyboard and press the <Enter> key.
Disk 0 is now the selected disk.
DISKPART> clean
MC000434.ai
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
■ Changing boot sequence of the computer 4. Select “Power Management” – “Wake on LAN” and then “LAN
Only”.
In here Boot Sequence is changed so that PC starts from Disk by the
BIOS menu of a PPU-PC.
 For DELL Optiplex 790

2. Press the <F2> key when the DELL logo appears.
 NOTE 
will not open.
In such an instance, restart the PC to perform step 2. above again. DXCL030D0005.ai
 The setup window opens. 5. Click at the lower right corner of the window.
A confirmation window opens.
3. Select “Power Management” – “Deep Sleep Control” and

then “Disabled”.
6. Click [Yes].

DXCL030D0006.ai
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
8. Select “CD/DVD/CD-RW Drive” and press the <Enter> key.  For HP 6300 Compaq Pro SF/ProDesk 600 G1 SF
2. Press the <F10> key when the hp logo appears.
 NOTE 
window will not open.
DXCL030D0001.ai

message appears on the window.  The setup window opens.
9. Press the <Enter> key within three seconds. 3. Select “Advanced” – “Management Operations” and press
 After a while, the Windows 7 setup window opens. the <Enter> key.
 The “Management Operations” window opens.
 NOTE 
If you do not press the <Enter> key within about three seconds 4. Select “AMT” and change it to “Disabled”.
appears on the window, the installation disk will not be recognized
accordingly. 5. Press the <F10> key.
If such a failure occurs, restart the PC to perform step 9. again.  The system returns to the setup window.

<Enter> key.
 The “Save Changes and Exit” window opens.
7. Verify that “Yes” is selected, and then press the <Enter> key.
 PC restarts.
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
8. Press the <F9> key when the hp logo appears.  Re-installing the OS
 The “Please select boot device” window opens.
1. Select “My language is English”.
 NOTE 
If the <F9> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the “Please
select boot device” window will not open. In that case, restart the
PC to perform step 8. again.
9. Select “Legacy Boot Sources” – “ATAPI CD/DVD Drive” –

“SATA2” and press the <Enter>.
 After a while, the “Press any key to boot from CD or DVD”
message appears.
DXL03020137.ai
10. Press the <Enter> key within three seconds.  The language selection window opens.
 NOTE 
after the “Press any key to boot from the CD or DVD” message
appears on the window, the installation disk will not be recognized
accordingly.
DXL03020138.ai

010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
3. Click . 6. Select “Custom (advanced)”.
DXL03020141.ai
DXL03020139.ai
4. Click “Install now”.  NOTE 

 The “Please read the license terms” window opens. For V1.3 or later, steps 7. through 10. are unnecessary.
Proceed to step 11.
.
(advanced)”.
DXL03020142.ai
DXL03020140.ai
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
8. Select “Delete”. 11. Select “Disk 0 Unallocated Space” and select .
 NOTE 
To install Windows 7, the system requires at least 6031 MB free
MB and select , Windows 7 cannot be installed.

Upon completion of installation, a window to enter user name and
DXL03020143.ai
DXL03020144.ai
9. Click .
Windows?” window.
10. If multiple partitions exist, repeat the step 7. to 9. and delete

all the existing partitions.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
 Windows setup 3. Perform the following settings.
DXCL030D0008.ai
Type a password (recommended) : fujifilmppu

Retype your password : fujifilmppu
DXCL030D0007.ai
Type a password hint : ppu
Type a user name (for example, John) : fujifilm
 NOTE 
Type a computer name : PPUServer
The character string entries in the
“Type a password (recommended):” and “Retype your password:”
2. Click . fields appear as “”.
4. Click .
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
DXL03020156.ai
6. Verify the “Time zone”, “Date”, and “Time” and click DXL03020158.ai
.  The system finalizes the settings.

.
DXL03020159.ai
8. Remove the disk from the PC.
DXL03020157.ai
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
 Setting the User Account Control 5. Select “Local Policies” – “Security Options”.
DXCL030D0010.ai
6. Double-click “User Account Control: Run all administrators

DXL03020160.ai
in AdminApproval Mode”.


4. Double-click “Local Security Policy”.
DXCL030D0011.ai
 The “User Account Control:Run all administrators in...” window

opens.
DXCL030D0009.ai
 The “Local Security Policy” window opens.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
7. Select “Disabled” in the “Local Security Setting” tab.
DXCL030D0012.ai
8. Click .
 The system returns to the “Local Security Policy” window.
9. Close the “Local Security Policy” window.



010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
 Setting the user account 5. Select “Local Users and Groups” – “Users”.
DXL03020164.ai
6. Right-click “Administrator” and select “Properties”.
DXL03020160.ai

DXCL030D0013.ai
3. Click “Administrative Tools”.  The “Administrator Properties” window opens.

4. Double-click “Computer Management”. “General” tab and click .
DXL03020163.ai

DXL03020166.ai
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
8. Right-click “Administrator” and select “Set Password”. 10. Perform the following settings and click .
DXL03020169.ai

 NOTE 
DXCL030D0014.ai

9. Click .
DXL03020170.ai
11. Click .
12. Select “New User” from “Action” menu.

DXL03020168.ai
DXCL030D0016.ai
 The “New User” window opens.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
13. Perform the following settings and click [Create]. 15. Right-click “fcr-iip” and select “Properties”.
DXCL030D0018.ai
 The “fcr-iip Properties” window opens.
16. Select “Member Of” tab and click [Add].

DXCL030D0017.ai
User name : fcr-iip

Full name : (Blank)
Description : (Blank)
Password : fcr-iip
User must change password at next logon : Remove the checkmark
User cannot change password : Place a checkmark
Password never expires : Place a checkmark
Account is disabled : Remove the checkmark
14. Click [Close].

DXCL030D0019.ai
 The “Select Groups” window opens.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
17. Click [Advanced]. 19. Select “Administrators” and click [OK].
DXCL030D0020.ai
 The “Select Groups” window opens.
18. Click [Find Now].
DXCL030D0022.ai
 The system returns to the “Select Groups” window.
20. Check to see that “PPUSERVER\Administrators” appears in

“Enter the object names to select (examples):”, and click [OK].
DXCL030D0021.ai
DXCL030D0023.ai
 The system returns to the “fcr-iip Properties” window.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
21. Check to see that “Administrators” has been added, and 26. Select the “Administrator” user, enter “fcr-iip” as a
click [OK]. password, and click .
DXL03020046.ai
 NOTE 

DXCL030D0024.ai



25. Restart the PC.

010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
2.2.2 Installing the Driver Software  Installing the DELL system software (only DELL PC)
Use the Resource CD supplied with the PC to install the following driver
software items. 1. Insert the “Resource CD” disk into the PC.
➥ REFERENCE
To determine what driver software needs to be installed, you can use 2. Select “Open folder to view files”.

DXCL030D0025.ai

Install the driver software for such items. 3. Double-click “(Disk drive):\790\1.SystemUtilities\Win7\64bit\
R282538.exe”.
DXCL030D0026.ai
 The installation window opens.
4. Perform installation according to the instructions shown on

the window.
 NOTE 
 Install the setting at their defaults.
the PC. After restarting, log in as the “Administrator” user.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
 Installing the driver software  For HP PC
Installing the software for the following drivers. 1. Chipset Driver
Resource (64bit) CD for 600G1 V1.x:\1.ChipsetDriver\Setup.exe
 For DELL Optiplex 790
2. AMT Driver
1. Chipset Driver Resource (64bit) CD for 600G1 V1.x:\2.USB3.0Driver\Setup.exe
(Disk drive):\790\2.ChipsetDriver\R293337.exe
3. Video Driver
2. AMT Driver Resource (64bit) CD for 600G1 V1.x:\3.VideoDriver\Setup.exe
(Disk drive):\790\3.AMTDriver\R292087.exe
4. Network device Driver
3. Video Driver Resource (64bit) CD for 600G1 V1.x:\4.NetworkDriver\Install.cmd
(Disk drive):\790\4.VideoDriver\64bit\R291626.exe
5. Intel Rapid Storage Technology
4. Network device Driver Resource (64bit) CD for 600G1 V1.x:\5.RAID_AHCIDriver\
(Disk drive):\790\5.NetworkDriver\R291627.exe AHCI_Setup.bat
5. Audio Driver 6. Audio Driver

(Disk drive):\790\6.AudioDriver\R289789.exe Resource (64bit) CD for 600G1 V1.x:\6.AudioDriver\Setup.exe
 As an example, the driver software to be installed to DELL Optiplex  As an example, the driver software to be installed to HP ProDesk 600
790 is mention above. Since drivers to be installed vary depending on G1 SF is mention above. Since drivers to be installed vary depending
the PC, definitely used the Resource CD attached with the PC. on the PC, definitely used the Resource CD attached with the PC.
 If the system requests to restart the PC after installation of each driver,  If the system requests to restart the PC after installation of each driver,
restart the PC. restart the PC.
 If you are installing Video Drivers and when the “Welcome to the Setup  If you are installing Video Drivers and when the “Welcome to the Setup
Program” window opens, remove the checkmark from “Automatically Program” window opens, remove the checkmark from “Automatically
run WinSAT and enable the Windows Aero desktop theme run WinSAT and enable the Windows Aero desktop theme
(if supported).” and click [Next]. (if supported).” and click [Next].
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
➥ REFERENCE 4. Click [Continue].
For example, the procedure of installation the Chipset driver to DELL  The following window opens.
Optiplex 790 is described as follows.
1. Insert the “Resource CD for Optiplex 790/990” disk into the PC.
2. Select “Open folder to view files”.

DXCL030D0029.ai
5. Click [OK].
DXCL030D0025.ai
3. Double-click “(Disk drive):\790\2.ChipsetDriver\R293337.

exe”.
DXCL030D0030.ai
6. Click [Yes].
DXCL030D0037.ai
DXCL030D0031.ai
DXCL030D0028.ai
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
7. Click [OK]. 10. Click [Next].
 The following window opens.  The following window opens.
DXCL030D0035.ai
DXCL030D0032.ai
11. Click [Next].

8. Click [Next].
DXCL030D0036.ai
DXCL030D0033.ai
9. Click [Yes]. 12. Select “Yes, I want to restart this computer now.” and click
[Finish].
DXCL030D0034.ai
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
13. Select the “Administrator” user, enter “fcr-iip” as a
password, and click .
DXL03020046.ai
 NOTE 
14. Remove the “Resource CD for Optiplex 790/990” disk from

the PC.

 NOTE 
After completing the installation of all drivers, log back in as the “fujifilm”
user.
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
2.3 Setting the OS ■ Checking the hard disk
1. Select “Computer” from the menu.

■ Setting the control panel
1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu. 2. Right-click drive C (Local Disk C:) and then choose
“Properties”.
DXL03020160.ai
2. Select “Large icons” from “View by”. DXCL0803D001.ai
3. Select the “Tools” tab and click [Check Now].
DXL03020161.ai
DXCL0803D002.ai
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
4. Verify that the check boxes in the “Check disk options” area ■ Removing the system protection (PPU-AP V2.1 or later)
are unchecked, and then click [Start].
DXCL0803D003.ai
➔ The hard disk check starts.
When the hard disk is normal, Phases up to 3 will be completed and a

dialog box will open to indicate the completion of the hard disk check. DXL03020160.ai

If the hard disk is not normal, Phases up to 3 will not be completed and
a dialog box will open to indicate that the hard disk check is not
completed.
2. Click .
3. Select “System protection”.
DXCL130D0001.ai
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
4. Select “Local Disk (C:)” from the “Protection Settings” list 8. Perform the following settings and click [OK].
and click [Configure].
DXCL13030D004.ai
DXCL13030D001.ai Restore Settings : Select “Turn off system protection”.

 The “System Protection for Local Disk (C:)” window opens. Disk Space Usage : Make the slider be on far left
 The “System Protection” window opens.

5. Click [Delete] of “Disk Space Usage”.
 The “System Protection” window opens. 9. Click [Yes].
DXCL13030D002.ai
6. Click [Continue]. DXCL13030D005.ai
 The following window opens.  The system returns to the “System Protection for Local Disk (C:)”
window.
10. Click .
DXCL13030D003.ai  The system returns to the “System Properties” window.
7. Click [Close]. 11. Click .

 The system returns to the “System Protection for Local Disk (C:)”  The system returns to the “System” window.
window.
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
12. Close the “System” window.  Setting the Wake-on-LAN
DXL03020160.ai
2. Click .
3. Select “PPUServer” – “Network adapters”.
DXCL030D0038.ai
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
4. Perform the following procedures.  For HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF
I. Right-click “Intel(R) Ethernet Connection I217-LM” and select
 For DELL Optiplex 7900\HP Compaq 6300 Pro SF “Properties”.
I. Right-click “Inter(R) 82579LM Gigabit Network Connection” and
select “Properties”.
DXCL11030D001.ai
 The “Intel(R) Ethernet Connection I217-LM Properties” window

opens.
DXCL030D0039.ai
 The “Inter(R) 82579LM Gigabit Network Connection Properties”

window opens.
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
5. Perform the following procedures.  Setting the IP address
 For V1.2
I. Select “Power Management” tab and place a checkmark to
the following items.
 Allow this device to wake the Computer
 Only allow a magic packet to wake the computer
DXL03020160.ai
DXCL030D0040.ai 2. Click .
 For V1.3 or later  The “Network and Sharing Center” window opens.
I. Select “Power Management” tab.
II. Remove the checkmark from “Wake on Pattern Match” in
network” and select “Change adapter settings”.
“Wake on LAN”.
6. Click [OK].
7. Close the “Device Manager” window and “Hardware and

Sound” window.
DXCL030D0015.ai
 The “Network Connections” window opens.
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
4. Double-click “Local Area Connection” . 6. Select “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)” and click
.
DXCL030D0041.ai
5. Click .
DXL03020329.ai
 The “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties” window

opens.
DXL03020328.ai
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
7. Select “Use the following IP address” and perform the  Addition of components
following settings.
I. Enter the IP address. (ex. : 172.16.1.35) 1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu.
I
II
III
DXCL030D0042.ai DXL03020160.ai

 NOTE 
Enter the IP address and subnet mask that were noted down
before the start of OS installation. 2. Click .

8. Click .
 The system returns to the “Local Area Connection Properties” 3. Select “Turn Windows features on or off”.
window.
9. Click .
10. Click
DXL03020257.ai
.

010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
4. Place a checkmark to the following items. 7. Select “Control Panel” from the menu.
 “Internet Information Services” – “FTP Server” – “FTP Service”
 “Internet Information Services” – “Web Management Tools” –
“IIS Management Console“
DXL03020160.ai
8. Select “Large icons” from “View by”.

DXCL030D0043.ai
➥ REFERENCE
 indicates an item to be installed.
 indicates installation of some items of the lower level. DXL03020161.ai
 When a check box is checked, all items in lower levels are  The “All Control Panel Items” window opens.
the PC. After restarting, log in as the “fujifilm” user.
5. Click .

010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
 Setting the remote desktop 4. Place a checkmark to the “Allow connections only from computers
running Remote Desktop with Network ...” in the “Remote” tab.
DXL03020160.ai
2.
DXCL030D0046.ai
Click .
 The “Remote Desktop” window opens.
3. Select “Remote settings”.
DXCL030D0045.ai
5. Click .
DXCL030D0044.ai
6. Click .

010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
 Setting the power options 4. Click “Balanced (recommended)” – “Change plan settings”.
DXCL030D0048.ai
DXL03020160.ai
2. Click .

DXCL030D0052.ai
3. Select “Balanced (recommended)” in the “Preferred plans”.  The advanced settings window opens.
DXCL030D0047.ai
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
6. Select “Hard disk” and “Turn off hard disk after”, and then 8. Select “Hibernate after”, and then set to “Never”.
set to “Never”.
DXCL030D0051.ai
DXCL030D0049.ai
9. Click .
7. Select “Sleep” and “Sleep after”, and then set to “Never”.
 The system returns to the “Edit Plan Settings” window.
10. Close the “Edit Plan Settings” window.

DXCL030D0050.ai
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
 Setting the automatic OS update 4. Select “Never check for updates (not recommended)” in the
“Important updates”.
DXCL030D0054.ai
5. Click [OK].
DXL03020160.ai
 The “All Control Panel Items” window opens.  The system returns to the desktop screen.
2. Click .
3. Select “Change settings”.
DXCL030D0053.ai
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
■ Setting the task scheduler 4. Select “Task Scheduler Library” ― “Microsoft” ― “Windows”
― “Defrag”.
DXCL030D0056.ai
DXL03020160.ai
 The “All Control Panel Items” window opens. 5. Right-click “ScheduledDefrag” and select “Disable”.
2. Click .
3. Double-click “Task Scheduler”.
DXCL030D0057.ai
 The “Status” of “ScheduledDefrag” changes to “Disable”.
DXCL030D0055.ai
 The “Task Scheduler” window opens. DXCL030D0058.ai
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
6. Select “Task Scheduler Library” ― “Microsoft” ― “Windows” 8. Close the “Task Scheduler” window.
― “Windows Error Reporting”.  The system returns to the “Administrative Tools” window.

 The system returns to the “All Control Panel Item” window.
10. Close the “All Control Panel Item” window.

 NOTE 
For HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF, proceed to “■ Setting System
Configuration (For HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF)”.
DXCL030D0059.ai
11. Restart the PC.
7. Right-click “QueueReporting” and select “Disable”.
DXCL030D0060.ai
 The “Status” of “QueueReporting” changes to “Disable”.
DXCL030D0061.ai
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
■ Setting system configuration (For HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF)
1. Enter “msconfig” into the “Open folder to view files” field

from the menu, then press the <Enter> key.
 The “System Configuration” window opens.
2. From the “Startup” tab, remove the checkmark from “Realtek

HD Audio Manager” and click [OK].
DXCL11030E004.ai
 The confirmation window opens.
3. Place a checkmark to “Don’t show this message again.” and

click [Restart].
DXCL11030E005.ai
 PC restarts.
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
2.4 Installing the PPU-AP (1/2) 3. Double-click “Setup.bat”.
 PPU Setup Tool : Manufacture Setup1

 PPU V2.1 or earlier
 NOTE 
restarting the PC.
1. Insert the “DR-ID300CL PPU Application Software” Disk into

the PC. DXCL030D0063.ai
 The “AutoPlay” window opens.  The “PPU Setup Tool” main menu opens.
DXCL13030D006.ai
DXCL030D0062.ai
 An explorer opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4. Enter “55”, and press the <Enter> key. 8. Enter “0” (Quit), and press the <Enter> key.
 NOTE 
“55” is a selection which does not appear in the menu. 9. Remove the Disk from the PC, and restart the PC.
 The “PPU Setup Tool” manufacture menu opens.
DXCL030D0065.ai
5. Enter “1” (Manufacture Setup1), and press the <Enter> key.
➥ REFERENCE
When you perform No.1 of “PPU Setup Tool” manufacture menu,
No.2, 4, 7, 9, and 10 of “PPU Setup Tool” main menu are installed.
 After a while, the “Select Install Device Kind” message appears on

the window.
6. Enter “1” (DR-ID200), and press the <Enter> key.

DXCL030D0066.ai
 The system returns to the “PPU Setup Tool” main menu.
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
 PPU V2.2 or later 3. Double-click “Setup.bat”.
 NOTE 
restarting the PC.

the PC.
DXCL14030D003.ai
 The “PPU Setup Tool” main menu opens.
DXCL030D0062.ai
DXCL14030D004.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4. Enter “55”, and press the <Enter> key. 7. Enter “1” (DR-ID200), and press the <Enter> key.
 NOTE 
8. When the “Press any key...” message appears, press the
“55” is a selection which does not appear in the menu. <Enter> key.
DXCL030D0065.ai
 NOTE  DXCL14030D002.ai
Restart is required if “Please reboot the system. And select the  The system returns to the “PPU Setup Tool” main menu.
same menu again.” or “Press any key to continue...” is displayed.
(This may occur several times.)
Perform the following procedures.
9. Enter “0” (Quit), and press the <Enter> key.
I. Press the <Enter> key.
II. Enter “0” and press the <Enter> key. 10. Remove the Disk from the PC, and restart the PC.
III. Restart the PC.  After the PC restarted, the desktop screen displays.
IV. Perform the procedure from step 1 again.
 After a while, the “SQL Server 2012 installation completed.”

message appears on the window.

 After a while, the “Select Install Device Kind” message appears on
the window.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
 PPU Setup Tool : Manufacture Setup2 3. Double-click “Setup.bat”.
 PPU V2.1 or earlier
 NOTE 
restarting the PC.

the PC.
2. Click “Open folder to view files”. DXCL030D0063.ai
DXCL030D0062.ai
DXCL13030D006.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4. Enter “55”, and press the <Enter> key. 7. On the pane left of the window, click “Installation”.
 NOTE 
“55” is a selection which does not appear in the menu.
DXCL030D0068.ai

DXCL030D0065.ai
features to an existing installation”.
➥ REFERENCE
No.3 of “PPU Setup Tool” main menu is installed.
 The “Program Compatibility Assistant” window opens.

DXCL030D0069.ai
 The “Setup Support Rules” window opens.
 NOTE 
over from step 4.
DXCL030D0067.ai
6. Click .
 The “SQL Server Installation Center” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
9. After completing the operation, click [OK]. 11. After completing the operation, click [Next].
DXCL030D0070.ai DXCL030D0072.ai
 The “Setup Support Files” window opens.  The “Installation Type” window opens.
10. Click [Install]. 12. Select “Perform a new installation of SQL Server 2008” and
click [Next].
DXCL030D0071.ai
DXCL030D0072.ai
 The “Product Key” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
13. Click [Next]. 15. Place a checkmark to the “Management Tools - Basic” and
click [Next].
DXCL030D0074.ai
DXCL030D0076.ai
 The “Disk Space Requirements” window opens.
click [Next].
16. Click [Next].
DXCL030D0075.ai
DXCL030D0122.ai

 The “Error and Usage Reporting” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
17. Click [Next]. 19. Click [Install].
 The “Installation Rules” window opens.  The “Installation Progress” window opens.
18. After completing the operation, click [Next]. 20. After completing the operation, click [Next].
 The “Ready to Install” window opens.  The “Complete” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
21. Click [Close].  PPU V2.2 or later
 NOTE 
restarting the PC.

the PC.

DXCL030D0081.ai
 The system returns to the “SQL Server Installation Center”

window.
22. Close the “SQL Server Installation Center” window.

 The system returns to the “PPU Setup Tool” manufacture menu.
23. Enter “0” (Return), and press the <Enter> key.

DXCL030D0062.ai

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3. Double-click “Setup.bat”. 5. Enter “2” (Manufacture Setup2), and press the <Enter> key.
➥ REFERENCE
No.3 of “PPU Setup Tool” main menu is installed.
6. Check that “Installation” is selected in the left-hand window

and click “New SQL Server stand-alone installation or add
DXCL14030D003.ai
DXCL14030D005.ai
 NOTE 
DXCL14030D004.ai When the “Invoke or BeginInvoke cannot be called on a control
4. Enter “55”, and press the <Enter> key. over from step 4.
 NOTE   After a while, the “Product Update” window opens.

DXCL030D0065.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
7. Click [Skip Scan], and then click [Next]. 8. Select “Perform a new installation of SQL Server 2012” and
click [Next].
DXCL14030D006.ai
 NOTE 
When “You have opted to skip scanning for product updates. To
resume scanning, click Check Again.” displayed, click [Next]. DXCL14030D008.ai

click [Next].
DXCL14030D007.ai
 After a while, the “Installation Type” window opens.
DXCL14030D009.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10. Place a checkmark to only the “Management Tools - Basic” 12. Click [Close].
and click [Next].
DXCL14030D012.ai
DXCL14030D010.ai
 The “Error and Usage Reporting” window opens.  The system returns to the “SQL Server Installation Center”
window.
11. Click [Next].

13. Close the “SQL Server Installation Center” window.
 The system returns to the “PPU Setup Tool” manufacture menu.
DXCL14030D011.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
15. Enter “0” (Return), and press the <Enter> key.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.5 Changing Server Authentication Mode 3. On the pane left of the window, right-click “PPUSERVER\
1. From the menu, sequentially select “All Programs”,
“Microsoft SQL Server 2008” or “Microsoft SQL Server
2012”, and then “SQL Server Management Studio”.
DXCL030D0082.ai
 The “Connect to Server” window opens.

2. Perform the following settings and click [Connect].
Server type : Database Engine
Server name : Enter “PPUServer\SQLEXPRESS” DXCL030D0084.ai
Authentication : Windows Authentication

 The “Server Properties” window opens.
4. On the pane left of the window, select “Advanced” and set

up the items below appropriately.
Default Full-Text Language : 1033
Default Language : English
DXCL030D0083.ai
 The “Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio” window opens.

DXCL030D0085.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5. On the pane left of the window, select “Security” – “Server 8. On the pane left of the window, select “General” and set up
authentication” – “SQL Server and Windows Authentication the items below appropriately.
mode” and click [OK]. Login name : fujifilm
SQL Server authentication : Select
Enforce password policy : Remove the checkmark
Enforce password expiration : Remove the checkmark
User must change password at next login : Remove the checkmark
DXCL030D0086.ai
Default database : PPU_SQL_Server
(select it from the pull-
down menu)
SQL Server is restarted” window opens.
6. Click [OK].
Studio” window.
7. On the pane left of the window, right-click “Security” and

click “New” – “Login”.
DXCL030D0088.ai
DXCL030D0087.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
9. On the pane left of the window, select “Server Roles” and 11. Select “master”, and place a checkmark to the “db_owner”
place a checkmark to the “public” and “sysadmin”. and “public” of “Database role membership for:master”.
DXCL030D0089.ai
10. On the pane left of the window, select “User Mapping” and
 master
 model
 msdb
 PPU_SQL_Server DXCL030D0091.ai
 tempdb
12. Click [OK].

Studio” window.
13. Close the “Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio”

window.
DXCL030D0090.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.6 Creating DSN 4. Select “User DSN” tab and click [Add].
DXCL030D0093.ai
 The “Create New Data Source” window opens.
DXL03020160.ai
5. Select “SQL Server” and click [Finish].
2. Click .
3. Double-click “Data Sources (ODBC)”.
DXCL030D0094.ai
 The “This wizard will help you create an ODBC data source...”
message appears.
DXCL030D0092.ai
 The “ODBC Data Source Administrator” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
6. Enter the following items, and click [Next]. 9. Select “PPU_SQL_Server” from the pull-down menu, and
Name : PPU_SQL_Server click [Next].
Description : (Blank)
Server : localhost\SQLEXPRESS (manual input)
DXCL030D0097.ai
DXCL030D0095.ai 10. Click [Finish].

 The “How should SQL Server verify the...” window opens.
7. Click [Next].
DXCL030D0098.ai
 The “ODBC Microsoft SQL Server Setup” window opens.
DXCL030D0096.ai
8. Place a checkmark to the “Change the default database to:”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
11. Click “Test Data Source”. 14. Confirm to register “PPU_SQL_Server” with “User Data
Source:” and click [OK].
DXCL030D0099.ai
DXCL030D0101.ai
 The “SQL Server ODBC Data Source Test” window opens.

12. Check to see that the “TEST COMPLETED SUCCESSFULLY!” 15. Close the “Administrative Tools” window.
message shows up in the “Test Results”, and click [OK].
DXCL030D0100.ai
 The system returns to the “ODBC Microsoft SQL Server Setup”

window.
13. Click [OK].

 The system returns to the “ODBC Data Source Administrator”
window.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.7 Installing the PPU-AP (2/2) 3. Double-click “Setup.bat”.
 PPU Setup Tool : Manufacture Setup3

the PC.
DXCL030D0063.ai
DXCL030D0062.ai
DXCL13030D006.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4. Enter “55”, and press the <Enter> key.  NOTE 
 NOTE  For PPU-AP V2.0 or earlier, steps 7 through 9 are not required. Go
straight to step 10.
 The “PPU Setup Tool” manufacture menu opens. 7. Enter “15” (Set up Distance Correction Parameter for
reconstructed image), and press the <Enter> key.
 The distance correction application menu displays.
8. Enter “1” (Yes), and press the <Enter> key.

 The console selection menu displays.
DXCL030D0065.ai
9. Enter “1” (DR-ID200), and press the <Enter> key.

5. Enter “3” (Manufacture Setup3), and press the <Enter> key.  The system returns to the “PPU Setup Tool” main menu.
➥ REFERENCE
When you perform No.3 of “PPU Setup Tool” manufacture menu, 10. Enter “0” (Quit), and press the <Enter> key.
No.11 and 12 of the “PPU Setup Tool” main menu are installed, and  The system returns to the desktop screen.
the settings of the Firewall are configured.
6. When the “Press any key to continue...” message appears,  After the PC restarted, the desktop screen displays.
 NOTE 
The “Press any key to continue...” message appears twice.
DXCL030D0102.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.8 Setting Up the FTP Server 4. Right-click “PPUSERVER (PPUServer\fujifilm)” – “Sites” and
select “Add FTP Site...”.
DXCL030D0104.ai
 The “Site Information” window opens.
5. Input the following and click [Next].

FTP site name : PPUFtpServer
DXL03020160.ai
Physical path : C:\fujifilm\job\ftproot
2. Click .
3. Double-click “Internet Information Service (IIS) Manager”.
DXCL030D0105.ai
 The “Binding and SSL Settings” window opens.

DXCL030D0103.ai
 The “Internet Information Service (IIS) Manager” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
6. Click [Next]. 8. Select “PPUSERVER (PPUServer\fujifilm)” – “Sites” –
“PPUFtpServer”.
DXCL030D0108.ai
 The “PPUFtpServer Home” window opens.

DXCL030D0106.ai
 The “Authentication and authorization Information” window opens. 9. Double-click “FTP Authorization Rules”.
7. Click [Finish].
DXCL030D0109.ai
 The “FTP Authorization Rules” window opens.
10. On the pane right of the window, click “Add Allow Rule...”.
DXCL030D0107.ai

Manager” window.
DXCL030D0110.ai
 The “Add Allow Authorization Rule” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
11. Perform the following settings. 14. Double-click “FTP Authentication”.
I. Select “Specified users:” and enter “fujifilm” into the text box.
II. Place a checkmark to “Read” and “Write” in “Permissions”.
I.
II.
DXCL030D0111.ai
12. Click [OK]. DXCL030D0112.ai
 The system returns to the “Internet Information Service (IIS)  The “FTP Authentication” window opens.
Manager” window.
15. Right-click “Basic Authentication” and click “Enable”.

13. Click in the upper left-hand area of the window.
DXCL030D0113.ai

Manager” window.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
16. Click in the upper left-hand area of the window.
17. Select “PPUSERVER (PPUServer\fujifile)”.

 The “PPUSERVER Home” window opens.
18. Double-click “FTP SSL Settings”.
DXCL030D0115.ai
 The “FTP SSL Settings” window opens.
19. Select “Allow SSL connections” of “SSL Policy”, and select

“Apply” on the right of the window.
DXCL030D0116.ai
20. Close the “Internet Information Service (IIS) Manager”

window and “All Control Panel Items” window.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.9 Disabling the Shadow Copy Service 3. Double-click “Services”.
DXCL0803D004.ai

DXL03020160.ai
 The “All Control Panel Items” window opens. 4. Right-click “Microsoft Software Shadow Copy Provider” and
then choose “Properties”.
 The “Microsoft Software Shadow Copy Provider Properties (Local
2. Click . Computer)” window opens.
The “Administrative Tools” window opens.


DXCL0803D005.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
6. Right-click “Volume Shadow Copy”, and then choose
“Properties”.
 The “Volume Shadow Copy Properties (Local Computer)” window
opens.

DXCL0803D006.ai


010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.10 Verifying the Operation of Application 5. Move to the “C:\fujifilm\log” folder, and double-click “mng_
runningdataYYMMDD.log” (YYMMDD is the year/month/day
when the application was installed. The year is the last 2
1. Restart the PC. digits of the dominical year.).
2. Press <Ctrl> + <Alt> + <Delete> keys.

 The “Windows Task Manager” window opens.
3. Select “Processes” tab and check to see that the following

processes appear.
 “PPUMainProcess.exe”
 “PPUMainProcess.exe”
 “PPUMainProcess32.exe *32” DXCL030D0118.ai
 “PPUManageProcessFrame.exe”
 The log file opens.
DXCL030D0119.ai
6. Press <Ctrl> + <F> keys.

 The “Find” window opens.
7. Enter “PPU Version” in the “Find what:” field, and click [Find
Next].
DXCL030D0117.ai
4. Open Windows Explorer. DXCL030D0120.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
8. Check to see that the version appears to the right of the
retrieved “PPU Version” is the same as the released version.
DXCL030D0121.ai
9. Close the log file.
10. Shut down the PC.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix E Reinstalling the OS 10. AP Key Installation
and Application 11. Initializing the Image Database

(HP PC)
12. Display Optimization (LUT File Settings)
1. Installation Workflow
13. Restoring
the Config/Network Adapter Settings
14. Settings for

When formatting or replacing the HDD due, for instance, to its failure, it is the FPD/Cassette-type Image Readers
necessary to install the AP from the OS. Presented below is the procedure
used for installing the AP from the OS. Follow the flowchart to install the AP. 15. Firewall Settings
Config backup $ See Chapter 5 under
MU: Maintenance 16. Canceling the AutoPlay
Utility.
3. Setting Up the Monitor
18. Disabling the Shadow Copy Service
4. Installing Database Management System
(V7.3 or later)
5.1 Installing the AP
5.2 Replacing the Menu Database
5.3 Installing the RAID Status Display Tool

(Only for RAID Configuration)
6. Installing FRIS Modules
7. Installing the DR-ID 300CL Standard Kit
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MC E-1
NOTE 

Before installing the OS, note down the DR-ID 300CL host name, IP address, subnet mask, and other relevant information. These items of information will be called
for during OS installation.
 Property sheet
Drive C/NTFS
With partition
Regional settings
Computer name and Computer name  If changed, be sure to record it accordingly.
password  The name can be set within 10 characters.
Password fcr-iip
Protocol TCP/IP
IP address
IPv4
Subnet mask
Network settings
IP address
IPv6
“32” as an input example in this manual.
User-related settings Auto logon username Administrator
for this computer
Monitor settings
Screen area 1200×1600
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7  Removing the peripheral devices
$ For details of removing the peripheral devices, see “■ Removing the
This section describes how to install Windows 7. peripheral devices” in “2.2.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7” under
The OS is to be installed in the following situations: “MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment”.
 Network connection of DR-ID 300CL
$ For details of network connection of DR-ID 300CL, see “■ Network
 OS DVD which comes with the device
connection between the DR-ID 300CL and the HUB” in “2.2.1 Installing
 Resource CD and Setting Windows 7” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and
Adjustment”.
IMPORTANT
 Before formatting the HDD, make backup copy of data other than image
 RAID structure confirmation (only for RAID configuration)
 Make backup copy of config data that stores various DR-ID 300CL and RU $ For details of RAID structure confirmation, see “■ RAID structure
(FPD/Cassette-type Image Readers) settings, ahead of time. confirmation (only for DELL OptiPlex 780 MT / 990 MT)” in “2.2.1
Installing and Setting Windows 7” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement
 Use the User Utility function to back up user setup information items (place
and Adjustment”.
checkmarks to all the items).
NOTES 

 OS installation procedures are described herein using a HP Compaq 6200
Pro SF PC models. If other PC models are used, see the user manual that
comes with the PC.
will not be displayed while the OS is being installed. To perform network
settings, be sure to connect the PC to the network (HUB) accordingly before
installation work.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
 Changing boot sequence of the computer (for HP PC) 4. Select “Removable Media Boot” and change it to “Enabled”.
In here Boot Sequence is changed so that PC starts from CD by the BIOS
menu of a PC.

2. Press the <F10> key when the hp logo appears at the center of
the window.
NOTE 
 AWS080205016.ai
If the <F10> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the setup window will
not open. In such an instance, restart the PC to perform step 2. above
again.  The system returns to the setup window.
 The setup window opens. 6. Select “File” – “Save Changes and Exit” and press the <Enter>
key.
AWS080205001.ai
 The “Storage Options” window opens.

AWS080205014.ai
AWS080205002.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
7. Verify that “Yes” is selected, and then press the <Enter> key.  Re-installing the OS
$ For details of re-installing the OS, see “■ Re-installing the OS” in “2.2.1
Installing and Setting Windows 7” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement
and Adjustment”.
 Windows setup
$ For details of Windows setup, see “■ Windows setup” in “2.2.1 Installing
AWS080205015.ai
and Setting Windows 7” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and
 PC restarts.
Adjustment”.
8. Press the <F9> key when logotype of hp appears at the center of

the window.  Creating the drive I
 The “Please select boot device” window opens. $ For details of creating the drive I, see “■ Creating the drive I (V7.3 or
later)” in “2.2.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7” under “MC: Inspection,
NOTE 

If the <F9> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the “Please select
boot device” window will not open. In that case, restart the PC to perform
step 8. again.  Setting the user account
$ For details of setting the user account, see “■ Setting the user account”
9. Insert the OS DVD into the PC.
in “2.2.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7” under “MC: Inspection,
10. Select “Legacy Boot Source” – “ATAPI CD/DVD Drive” – “SATA2”

and press the <Enter>.
 After a while, the “Press any key to boot from CD or DVD” message
appears.

 After a while, the setup window opens.
NOTE 

If you do not press the <Enter> key within about three seconds after the
“Press any key to boot from the CD or DVD...” message appears at the
upper left corner of the window, the installation CD will not be recognized
accordingly.
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
 Setting the UAC (User Account Control) 3. Select “Change User Account Control Settings”.
Turn off and disable “User Account Control” from prompting for credentials to
install applications, and changing the elevation prompt behavior.
DXL03020173.ai
 The “User Account Control Settings” window opens.
4. Lower the slide bar to the bottom and click .
DXL03020160.ai
2. Select .
DXL03020174.ai
DXL03020175.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
5. Click .  Changing boot sequence of the computer 2 (for HP PC)
 The system returns to the “User Accounts”. 1. Press the <F9> key when logotype of hp appears at the center of
the window.
6. Close the “User Accounts” window.
 The system returns to the desktop. NOTE 

If the <F9> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the “Setup Window”
7. Restart the PC. window will not open. In that case, restart the PC to perform step 2.
again.
2. Select “Storage” - “Storage Options” and press the <Enter> key.
AWS080205001.ai
 The “Storage Options” window opens.
AWS080205017.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
3. Select “Removable Media Boot” and change it to “Disabled”. 6. Verify that “Yes” is selected, and then press the <Enter> key.
AWS080205015.ai
AWS080205003.ai  After the PC restarted, a login window opens.

 The system returns to the setup window.
5. Select “File” - “Save Changes and Exit” and press the <Enter>
key.
DXL03020046.ai
NOTE 

The entered password is displayed as “ ●”.
AWS080205014.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
2.2 Installing the Driver Software  Installing the driver software
Install the following driver software items.
Use the Resource CD supplied with the PC to install the following driver
software items.  For HP Compaq 6200/6300 Pro SF/HP Compaq 8200 Elite MT
NOTE 

REFERENCE  As an example, the driver software to be installed to HP Compaq 6200
To determine what driver software needs to be installed, you can use Device Pro SF is mentioned below. Since drivers to be installed vary
Manager. To open Device Manager, perform the following steps: depending on the PC, definitely used the Resource CD attached with
the PC.
I. Right-click “My Computer” from the menu and select “Properties”  If the system requests to restart the PC after installation of each driver,
from the pull-down menu that opens. restart the PC.
→ The “System Properties” window opens.
II. Click [Device Manager]. 1. System Drivers
→ Device Manager opens. Resource (32bit) CD for 6200/8200 V1.0\1.ChipsetDriver\Setup.exe
The software for items marked “ ! ” in Device Manager is not installed. 2. Video Drivers
Install the driver software for such items. Resource (32bit) CD for 6200/8200 V1.0\2.VideoDriver\Setup.exe
NOTE 

In the installation, remove the checkmark from “Automatically run
WinSAT and enable the Windows Aero desktop theme (if supported).”.
3. Network device drivers

Resource (32bit) CD for 6200/8200 V1.0\3.NetworkDriver\IntInst.bat
4. Intel Rapid Storage Technology :
 For non-RAID configuration

Resource (32bit) CD for 6200/8200 V1.0\4.RAID_AHCIDriver\AHCI_Setup.bat
 For RAID configuration

Resource (32bit) CD for 6200/8200 V1.0\4.RAID_AHCIDriver\RAID_Setup.bat
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
 For HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF  Installing the ARCNET board drive software
(For HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF)
NOTE 

 As an example, the driver software to be installed to HP ProDesk 600
G1 SF is mentioned below. Since drivers to be installed vary
1. Insert the “ARCNET Card (PCI-EX) Driver CD V1.0” CD
(114Y2150079B00) into the PC.
depending on the PC, definitely used the Resource CD attached with
the PC.  The “AutoPlay” window opens.
restart the PC. 2. Close the “AutoPlay” window.
1. Chipset Drivers 3. Select “Control Panel” from the menu.

Resource (32bit) CD for 600G1/800G1 V1.1\1.ChipsetDriver\Setup.exe
2. USB3.0 Drivers
Resource (32bit) CD for 600G1/800G1 V1.1\2.USB3.0Driver\Setup.exe
3. Video drivers
4. Click .
Resource (32bit) CD for 600G1/800G1 V1.1\3.VideoDriver\

win32_153314.exe
NOTE 
 5. Right-click “Network Controller” with a “!” mark of “Other
In the installation, remove the checkmark from “Automatically run devices”, then select “Update Driver Software...”.
WinSAT and enable the Windows Aero desktop theme (if supported).”.  The “How do you want to search for driver software?” window opens.
4. Network drivers 6. Click “Browse my computer for driver software”.

Resource (32bit) CD for 600G1/800G1 V1.1\4.NetworkDriver\Install.cmd  The “Browse for driver software on your computer” window opens.
5. Intel Rapid Storage Technology :
Resource (32bit) CD for 600G1/800G1 V1.1\5.RAID_AHCIDriver\ 7. Click [Browse] in “Search for driver software in this location:”.
AHCI_Setup.bat  The “Browse For Folder” window opens.
6. Audio drivers
8. Select “Computer” — “DVD RW driver (D:) 114Y2150079B00”,
Resource (32bit) CD for 600G1/800G1 V1.1\6.AudioDriver\Setup.exe and then click [OK].
Refer to Device Manager and install the corresponding driver. Installation  The system returns to the “Browse for driver software on your computer”
has been completed when the Device Manager window shows no more window.
exclamation marks “ ! ”.
REFERENCE
There is no problem for the following two items with yellow “!” mark.
 “Other device” - “PCI Serial Port”
 “Other device” - “PCI Simple Communications Controller”
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
9. Click [Next].
 The “Windows Security” window opens.
10. Click “Install this driver software”.

 The “Windows has successfully updated your driver software” window
opens.
11. Click [Close].

12. Make sure that the driver which has been installed is “CCSI” —
“PCI20EX /PCI20U-485 PCI COM20020 ARCNET card” (with a “?”
mark), and close the “Device Manager” window.

010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
2.3 Installing the Windows 7 Update
Program
◆ NOTE ◆
$ For details on installation, see “2.2.3 Installing the Windows 7

update program”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.4 Setting the OS  Setting the control panel
$ For details of setting the control panel, see “■ Setting the control panel”
Perform the following OS-related settings. in “2.2.4 Setting the OS” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and
Adjustment”.
 Setting the control panel
 Setting the Network adapters
 Setting the volume  Setting the network adapter
 Checking the hard disk
 Changing the computer name 1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu.
 Setting the IP address (IPv6)  The “All Control Panel Items” window opens.
 Setting the action center 2. Click .
 Setting the monitor size  The “Device Manager” window opens.
 Setting the monitor 3. Perform the following procedures.
 Setting the automatic window arrangement
 Setting the power options ● For HP Compaq 6200/6300 Pro SF/HP Compaq 8200 Elite MT
 Setting the Internet time I. Right-click “Intel(R) 82579LM Gigabit Network Connection” under
 Canceling settings for simplified file sharing “Network adapters” and then select “Properties”.
 Confirmation of decimal symbol and digit grouping symbol (other than
Japanese)
 Setting the Intel Graphics and Media Control Panel
 Deleting unnecessary shortcuts
 Setting system configuration (For HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF)
DXCL030D0039.ai
 The “Intel(R) 82579LM Gigabit Network Connection Properties”

window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● For HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF 5. Click .
I. Right-click “Intel(R) Ethernet Connection I217-LM” under “Network  The system returns to the “Device Manager” window.
adapters” and then select “Properties”.

DXCL11030D001.ai
 The “Intel(R) Ethernet Connection I217-LM Properties” window

opens.
4. Select the “Power Management” tab and remove the checkmark

from “Wake on Pattern Match”.
DXCL11030E006.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
 Setting the volume 5. Perform the following procedures.
● For HP Compaq 6200/6300 Pro SF/HP Compaq 8200 Elite MT

I. Select the “Enhancements” tab, place a checkmark to “Disable all
 The “All Control Panel Items” window opens. enhancements” and click [OK].
2. Click .
 The “Sound” window opens.
3. Right-click “Speakers” and select “Properties”.
DXCL07030E007.ai
 The system returns to the “Sound” window.
● For HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF

I. Select the “Enhancements” tab, place a checkmark to “Disable all
sound effects” and click [OK].
DXCL07030E005.ai
 The “Speakers Properties”window opens.

DXCL11030E007.ai
4. Select the “Levels” tab and move the “Speakers” slidebar all the  The system returns to the “Sound” window.
way to the right (100).
6. Click .

DXCL07030E006.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
 Checking the hard disk  Setting the action center
$ For the hard disk check procedure, see “4.2 Checking the Hard Disk” $ For details of setting the action center, see “■ Setting the action center”
under “MT: Machine Troubleshooting”. in “2.2.4 Setting the OS” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and
Adjustment”.
 Changing the computer name

 Setting the automatic OS update
$ For details of changing the computer name, see “■ Changing the
computer name” in “2.2.4 Setting the OS” under “MC: Inspection, $ For details of setting the automatic OS update, see “■ Setting the
Replacement and Adjustment”. automatic OS update” in “2.2.4 Setting the OS” under “MC: Inspection,

 Setting the monitor size
$ For details of setting the IP address, see “■ Setting the IP address (IPv4)”
in “2.2.4 Setting the OS” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and $ For details of setting the monitor size, see “■ Setting the monitor size”
Adjustment”. in “2.2.4 Setting the OS” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and
Adjustment”.

 Setting the visual effects
 NOTE  $ For details of setting the visual effects, see “■ Setting the visual effects”
This procedure is not required for V8.1 or earlier. in “2.2.4 Setting the OS” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and
Adjustment”.
$ For details of setting the IP address, see “■ Setting the IP address (IPv6)”
in “2.2.4 Setting the OS” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and  Setting the screen properties
Adjustment”.
$ For details of setting the screen properties, see “■ Setting the
screen properties” in “2.2.4 Setting the OS” under “MC: Inspection,
 Setting the taskbar Replacement and Adjustment”.
$ For details of setting the taskbar, see “■ Setting the taskbar” in “2.2.4
Setting the OS” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment”.  Setting the automatic window arrangement
$ For details of setting the automatic window arrangement, see “■ Setting
 Hiding icons on the taskbar the automatic window arrangement” in “2.2.4 Setting the OS” under “MC:
$ For details of hiding icons on the taskbar, see “■ Hiding icons on the
taskbar” in “2.2.4 Setting the OS” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement
and Adjustment”.  Setting the power options
$ For details of setting the power options, see “■ Setting the power
options” in “2.2.4 Setting the OS” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement
and Adjustment”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
 Setting the Internet time  Setting the Intel Graphics and Media Control Panel (For HP
$ For details of setting the Internet time, see “■ Setting the Internet time”
Compaq 6200/6300 Pro SF and HP Compaq 8200 Elite MT)
in “2.2.4 Setting the OS” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and
Adjustment”. 1. Right-click at the lower right corner of the window, and
select “Exit Tray”.
 Canceling settings for simplified file sharing
$ For details of canceling settings for simplified file sharing, see
“■ Canceling settings for simplified file sharing” in “2.2.4 Setting the
OS” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment”.
 Addition of components
$ For details of addition of components, see “■ Addition of components” DXCL07030E001.ai

Adjustment”.  The icon disappears from the task tray.
 Disabling the scheduler

$ For details of disabling the scheduler, see “■ Disabling the scheduler”
Adjustment”.
 Confirmation of decimal symbol and digit grouping symbol

$ For details of confirmation of decimal symbol and digit grouping symbol,
see “■ Confirmation of decimal symbol and digit grouping symbol
(other than Japanese)” in “2.2.4 Setting the OS” under “MC: Inspection,
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
 Setting the Intel (R) HD graphics (For HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF) 5. Click “Options” and select “Preferences”.
2. Click .
 The “Intel® HD Graphics Control Panel” window opens.

DXCL11030E010.ai
3. Click “Options”.  The “Preferences” window opens.
6. Select “Off” of both “Profiles Warning Messages” and “Tray
Icon”, then click (Apply).
DXCL11030E011.ai
 The “The new settings have been applied...” window opens.

DXCL11030E008.ai
 The “Hot Key Manager” window opens. 7. Click [Yes] within 15 seconds.
4. Select “Off” on the left-hand side.
DXCL11030E012.ai
 The system returns to the “Preferences” window.
8. Close the “Preferences” window.

9.
DXCL11030E009.ai
Close the “All Control Panel Items” window.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
 Deleting unnecessary shortcuts 6. Click .
1. Select “All Programs” from the menu.
 “All Programs” is displayed in the “Start” menu.
2. Right-click “Korea Media Player Center” and select “Delete”

while pressing the <Shift> key.
DXCL0803E004.ai

 The “Delete Shortcut” window opens.
3. Click . 7. Double-click .

 The “Recycle Bin” window opens.
4. Delete “Korea Messenger Center” in the same way as in steps 1.
through 3. 8. Confirm that nothing is left and close the “Recycle Bin” window.
 The system returns to the desktop screen. NOTE 

If files are displayed, empty the “Recycle Bin”.
5. Select the shortcuts for the following items and right-click to
select “Delete” while pressing the <Shift> key.
- “Korea Media Player Center”
- “Korea Messenger Center”
- “Intel® HD Graphics Control Panel” (For HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF)
DXCL0803E003.ai
 The “Delete Multiple Items” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
 Setting system configuration (For HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF)
1. Enter “msconfig” into the “Open folder to view files” field from
the menu, then press the <Enter> key.
 The “System Configuration” window opens.
2. From the “Startup” tab, remove the checkmark from “Realtek HD

Audio Manager” and click [OK].
DXCL11030D002.ai
 The confirmation window opens.
3. Place a checkmark to “Don’t show this message again.” and

click [Restart].
DXCL11030D003.ai
 PC restarts.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3. Setting Up the Monitor 6. Installing FRIS Modules
$ For details of Setting up the monitor, see “3. Setting Up the Monitor” $ For details of Installing FRIS modules, see “6.2 FRIS Modules” under “MC:
under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment”. Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment”.
4. Installing Database 7. Installing the DR-ID 300CL

Management System Standard Kit
$ For details of installing database management system, see “4. Installing
$ For details of installing the DR-ID 300CL Standard Kit, see “7.2 Installing
Database Management System” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement
the DR-ID 300CL Standard Kit (V5.0 or Later)” under “MC: Inspection,
and Adjustment”.
5. Installing the DR-ID 300CL-AP
8. Installing the Electronic
5.1 Installing the AP Manual
$ For details of installing the AP, see “5.1 Installing the AP” under “MC:
Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment”. $ For details of installing the Electronic Manual, see “9. Installing
the Electronic Manual” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and
5.2 Replacing the Menu Database Adjustment”.

$ For details of replacing the menu database, see “5.2 Replacing the Menu
Database” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment”.
5.3 Installing the RAID Status Display

Tool (Only for RAID Configuration) ● For V8.0 or earlier, or licence unsupported version in
V8.1 or later
$ For details of installing the RAID Status Display Tool, see “5.4 Installing $ For details of option key installation, see “10. Option Key Installation”
the RAID Status Display Tool (Only for RAID Configuration in V5.0 or under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment”.
Later)” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment”.
5.4 Setting the Partition (V7.3 or later) Apply the licence key instead of installing the option key.
NOTE 
 $ For details on acquisition and application of licence, see “Appendix
$ For details of setting the partition, see “5.5 Setting the Partition (V7.3 or
later)” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10. AP Key Installation 14. Settings for the FPD/
Cassette-type Image Readers
● For V8.0 or earlier, or licence unsupported version in
V8.1 or later $ For details of settings for the FPD/Cassette-type Image Readers, see
“15. Settings for the FPD/Cassette-type Image Readers” under “MC:
$ For installation of AP key, see “11. AP Key Installation” under “MC:
● For licence supported version in V8.1 or later 15. Firewall Settings

Apply the licence key instead of installing the AP key. (Option and AP
will be enabled while applying the licence key. For this reason, it is $ For details of Firewall settings, see “16. Firewall Settings” under “MC:
unnecessary to enable the option, if the licence key has already been Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment”.
applied.)
16. Canceling the AutoPlay
11. Initializing the Image Database $ For details of canceling the AutoPlay, see “17. Canceling the AutoPlay
Mode” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment”.
$ For details of initializing the image database, see “12. Initializing the
Image Database” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment”.
12. Display Optimization $ For details of setting the event log, see “18. Setting the Event Log” under
(LUT File Settings)

18. Disabling
$ For details of display optimization (LUT file settings), see “13. Display
Optimization (LUT File Settings)” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement
the Shadow Copy Service
and Adjustment”.
$ For details of disabling the Shadow Copy Service, see “20. Disabling
13. Restoring the Config/Network the Shadow Copy Service” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and
Adapter Settings
Adjustment”.

$ For details of restoring the config/network adapter settings, see “14.
Restoring the Config/Network Adapter Settings” under “MC: Inspection,
(V7.3 or later)
$ For details of setting the images folder size, see “21. Setting the Images
Folder Size (V7.3 or later)” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and
Adjustment”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
BLANK PAGE
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
Appendix F Backup/Restoration  System repair disc
for Windows 7 The system repair disc, which is created by procedures of “Creating the
system image”, is used as a starting disk to restore the backup data by
using the acquired backup images.
1. Overview A “DVD-R” or a “CD-R” will be used.
Acquire the content of built-in hard disk as backup images using the  How to restore
functions mounted standardly to Windows 7. Use “System Recovery Option” in “Re-image Your Computer” which is a
When the data is lost due to a hard disk failure or others, it can be standard function of Windows 7.
restored from when the data is backed up. Start “System Recovery Option” from “system repair disc”.
NOTE 

This procedure is not necessary for the systems, which are
synchronized with external equipment, such as “CLUSTER
CONSTITUTION” and “NAS mirror configuration”. The inconsistency
may occur during synchronization with external equipment though the
backup data is restored.
 How to back up
Use “Create system image” in “Backup and Restore” which is a
standard function of Windows 7.
Back up the data after starting the OS with all the applications are
complete in advance.
 Recording media for backup
NOTE 

The recording media for backup must not be taken outside of facilities
since personal information is included.
“DVD-R” or “USB hard disk dedicated to backup” is used as the

recording media for backup.
In case of “DVD-R”, it is required to connect a writable DVD drive.
Prepare adequate DVD-Rs since the number of “DVD-R”s differs
depending on the data volume and compression efficiency.
In case of “USB hard disk dedicated to backup”, it is required to connect
a USB hard disk dedicated to backup for facilities.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MC F-1
 Measurement result of backup/restoration (reference)  Precaution
The measurement result of backup/restoration in different environment Depending on the DVD drive, media and version of drive software,
is shown as below. when the data is backed up to DVD-R, the backup/restoration may be
not performed normally, so confirm the operation with the same
NOTE 
 environment of client in advance.
Take the data as a rough guide since the measurement result differs
depending on the conditions.
 Measurement environment and Measurement condition

Measurement environment
Case No. Measurement condition
PC Backup destination
DR-ID 300CL V8.1
 Built-in hard disk
(16.6 GB Used)
1 HP 800G1 32bit (DVD-R)
C : 118.0/134.0 GB
 External USB HDD
I : 330.0/330.0 GB
 Measurement result
Backup destination
Case No. Backup/Restore Built-in hard disk
External USB HDD
(DVD-R)
Backup 25m 01s 7m 37s
1
ReStore 5m 30s 12m 43s
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2. Backing up Windows 7 2.2 Confirming and Changing
Windows Services
To start “Backup and Restore” which is a standard function of Windows

2.1 Confirmation Before Backup 7, confirm and change the settings of “Startup Type” for Windows
services.
1. Start the DR-ID 300CL. 2.2.1 Confirming the “Startup Type”

2. Confirm that there is no study in the output queue list.
NOTE 

Delete the examination from output or the output queue.
3. Click “Shut Down” in the menu.
➔ The exit window opens.
4. Click while holding down the <Shift> key.
➔ The system returns to the desktop screen. AWV32150.ai
5. If exists in the taskbar, select “End” from the right-click ➔ The “All Control Panel Items” window opens.
menu.
NOTE 

Perform step 6 after waiting for about 5 seconds.
6. Start Task Manager and end the following processes.

 “CooperManager.exe”
 “RemoteLoginChecker.exe”
 “PPSMonitor.exe” (laptop PC only)
 “SKBLauncher.exe” (laptop PC only)
7. When “MCManager” is running, click the “MCManager” icon

on the taskbar and select “Exit”.
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
4. Note down the settings of “Startup Type” for the following
2. Select . Windows services.
1
2
3
4
DXCL14030F016.ai
5
➔ The “Administrative Tools” window opens. 6
7
3. Double-click the “Services”.
DXCL14030E018.ai
Name of Windows Services

1 Block Level Backup Engine Service
2 COM+ Event System
3 Microsoft Software Shadow Copy Provider
4 Remote Procedure Call (RPC)
5 System Event Notification Service
6 Volume Shadow Copy
7 Windows Backup
NOTE 
DXCL14030F017.ai
➔ The “Services” window opens.


Keep the setup value of “Startup type” safe because it will be used
for comfirmation after backup or restoration.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.2.2 Changing the “Startup type” Setting 2. Select “Manual” from the “Startup type” pull-doun menu, and
click [Apply].
Procedure of changing “COM+ Event System” is described as an
example. Change the settings for all Windows services with a different
setup value.
Performing “backup and restoration” is premised on the basis of the

following setup values of “Startup Type” for Windows services.
Name of Windows Services Startup type

1 Block Level Backup Engine Service Manual
2 COM+ Event System Manual
3 Microsoft Software Shadow Copy Provider Manual
4 Remote Procedure Call (RPC) Automatic
5 System Event Notification Service Automatic
6 Volume Shadow Copy Manual
7 Windows Backup Manual DXCL14030F020.ai
1. Double-click the “COM+ Event System”.

3. Click .
➔ The system returns to the “Services” window.
4. Confirm that the setup value of “Startup Type” has changed.
DXCL14030F019.ai
➔ The “COM+ Event System Properties (Local Computer)” window opens. DXCL14030F021.ai
5. Perform steps 1 through 4 again to set other Windows services.
6. Close the “Services” window.

➔ The system returns to the “Administrative Tools” window.

➔ The system returns to the “All Control Panel Items” window.
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
2.3 Creating the Backup Image 3. Select “On one or more DVDs” and click [Next].
2.3.1 For using DVD
Create backup images into “DVD-R” by using “Backup and Restore”

which is a standard function of Windows 7.
 Creating the System Image
1. Click .
DXCL14030F024.ai
➔ The “Which drives do you want to include in the backup?” window opens.
DXCL14030F022.ai
➔ The “Backup and Restore” window opens.
2. Click the “Create system image”.
DXCL14030F023.ai
➔ The “Where do you want to save the backup?” window opens.
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
4. Perform the following procedures according to drives to be 5. Confirm the backup settings, and click [Start backup].
backed up.
● When backing up the all drives

I. Place checkmarks to all drives, and click [Next].
DXCL14030F027.ai
➔ The “Label and insert a blank media bigger than 1GB” message
displays.
DXCL14030F025.ai
➔ The “Confirm your backup settings” window opens. ➥ REFERENCE

The drives with checkmarks are displayed in “The following drives
will be backed up:”.
● When backing up the system drive only
I. Place checkmarks to following items, and click [Next].
 “Unnamed drive (System)”
 “(C:) (System)”
DXCL14030F026.ai
➔ The “Confirm your backup settings” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
6. Write down the label displayed in the window to the surface of 8. Click [Format].
DVD-R, and insert it to the PC. ➔ After the backup, “The backup completed successfully.” message and
The “Do you want to create a system repair disc?” window opens.
➥ REFERENCE
It takes 10 to 20 minutes to write to a DVD-R.
With higher compression ratio, more time is needed however less
number of DVD-Rs are required.
DXCL14030F028.ai With higher compression ratio, less time is needed while more
➔ The “Are you sure you want to format this media?” window opens. number of DVD-Rs are required.
NOTE 

Using a ball pen or a pencil may hurt the DVD media. Write down
9. Perform steps 6 through 8 again for backing up large capacity of
data.
with a magic marker.
➥ REFERENCES
 The use area of hard disk is 15 GB in the status immediately after
➥ REFERENCE inserting a new DVD-R (no data is stored). In this case, it takes
The example for a label is shown as follows. about 30 minutes to write to 2 DVD-Rs.
 In case of the use area of hard disk is 50 GB in total, it takes
about 85 minutes to write to 8 DVD-Rs.
AWS14030E121.ai
7. Click .
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
 Creating the “system repair disc” 3. Remove the DVD-R (or CD-R) from PC and write down the
informaiton to the label.
1. Click [Yes].
➔ The “Create a system repair disc” window opens.
2. Insert an unused DVD-R (or an unused CD-R) into the PC and

click [Create disc].
DXCL14030F031.ai
NOTE 

➥ REFERENCE
DXCL14030F029.ai
The example for a label is shown as follows.
➔ Start the creating “system repair disc”.
DXCL14030F030.ai
➔ After 2 to 3 minutes, the creation of “system repair disc” is completed.

The “Using the system repair disc” window opens.
NOTE 

DVD-R ejection takes about 15 sec when you replace the DVD-R AWS14030E122.ai
(CD-R).
4. Click [Close].
5. Click [OK].
➔ The “Create a system image” window opens.
6. Click [Close].
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
7. Click “Control Panel Home”.
DXCL14030F032.ai

9. Keep the media that recorded the backup data.
Keep together the setup values noted down in “system repair disc (a
DVD-R or a CD-R)”, “USB hard disk dedicated to backup” and “2.2.1
Confirming the “Startup Type” as a set.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.3.2 For using USB HDD  Creating the System Image
Create backup images into “USB hard disk dedicated to backup” by

using “Backup and Restore” which is a standard function of Windows 7.
1. Click from “All Control Panel Items”.
 Connecting the “USB hard disk dedicated to backup”
1. Connect the USB hard disk to the USB port of PC.
DXCL14030F022.ai
2. Click the “Create system image”.
AWS14030E027.ai
➔ The “AutoPlay” window opens.
2. Close the “AutoPlay” window.
DXCL14030F023.ai
➔ The “Where do you want to save the backup?” window opens.
3. Select “On a hard disk”, select the connected HDD and click [Next].
DXCL14030F035.ai
➔ The “Which drives do you want to include in the backup?” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4. Perform the following procedures according to drives to be 5. Confirm the backup settings, and click [Start backup].
backed up.
● When backing up the all drives

I. Place checkmarks to all drives, and click [Next].
DXCL14030F027.ai
➔ After backup completed, the “The backup completed successfully.”

message displays and “Do you want to create a system repair disc?”
DXCL14030F025.ai
➔ The “Confirm your backup settings” window opens. window opens.
➥ REFERENCES
● When backing up the system drive only  The drives placed to checkmarks are displayed in “The following
drives will be backed up:”.
I. Place checkmarks to following items, and click [Next].
 The use area of hard disk is 15 GB in the status immediately after
 “Unnamed drive (System)” inserting a new DVD-R (no data is stored). In this case, it takes
 “(C:) (System)” about 5 minutes to back up the data.
 In case of the use area of hard disk is 50 GB in total, it takes
about 35 minutes to back up the data.
DXCL14030F026.ai
➔ The “Confirm your backup settings” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
 Creating the “System Repair Disc” 3. Remove the DVD-R (or CD-R) from PC and write down the
informaiton to the label.
1. Click [Yes].
2. Insert an unused DVD-R (or an unused CD-R) into the PC and

click [Create disc].
DXCL14030F031.ai
NOTE 

➥ REFERENCE
The example for a label is shown as follows.
DXCL14030F029 ai
➔ Start the creating “system repair disc”.
DXCL14030F030.ai
➔ After 2 to 3 minutes, the creation of “system repair disc” is completed. AWS14030E122.ai
The “Using the system repair disc” window opens.
4. Click [Close].
5. Click [OK].
➔ The “Create a system image” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
6. Click [Close]. Keep together the setup values noted down in “system repair disc (a
DVD-R or a CD-R)”, “USB hard disk dedicated to backup” and “2.2.1
➔ The “Backup and Restore” window opens. Confirming the “Startup Type” as a set.
7. Click “Control Panel Home”.
DXCL14030F032.ai
8. Click (Safely Remove Hardware and Eject Media) on the

taskbar, and click the USB hard disk being connected.
➔ The “Safe To Remove Hardware” message displays.
NOTE 

If the message did not display, open the explorer to make sure
there is no USB hard disk being connected.
9. Remove the USB hard disk from the USB port of PC.
AWS14030E030.ai
10. Keep the USB hard disk that the backup data is recorded.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.4 Resetting the Windows Services 3. Double-click “COM+ Event System”.
Restore the Windows services settings to the time before creating

backup images. Make the settings as same as which is noted down in
“2.2.1 Confirm the “Startup Type””.
$ For details on settings, see “2.2.1 Confirming the “Startup Type””.
Procedure of resetting “COM+ Event System” is described as an
example. restore all the settings for Windows services as required.
1.
DXCL14030F019.ai
Clisk “Administrative Tools”. ➔ The “COM+ Event System Properties (Local Computer)” window opens.
4. Select the original setup value from the pull-down menu of

“Startup Type” and click [Apply].
DXCL14030F016.ai
➔ The “Administrative Tools” window opens.
2. Double-click the “Services”.
DXCL14030F033.ai
➔ The “Services” window opens.

DXCL14030F017.ai
5. Click .
➔ The system returns to the “Services” window.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
6. Confirm that the setup value of “Startup Type” has changed.
DXCL14030F034.ai
7. Perform steps 1 through 6 to restore settings for other Windows

services.
8. Close the “Services” window.

➔ The system returns to the “Administorative Tools” window.
9. Close the “Administorative Tools” windows.

10. Close the “All Control Panel Items” windows.

11. Restart the PC.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3. Restoring System Images 3.1 Restoring from Backup Images
3.1.1 Restoring from DVD-R
This chapter describes how to restore the lost data (at the time point
that backup performed) by using backup image when data lost owing to By using the Windows 7 standard function “System Image Recovery” in
hard disk broken, etc. “System Recovery Options” to restore from the backup image in DVD-R.
By using the Windows 7 standard function “System Image Recovery” in
“System Recovery Options” to restore from the backup image that was NOTE 

made in the past. Open “System Recovery Options” from “Create a
system repair disc”. The restoration must be performed on the same When using external USB drive, change the BIOS settings to make the
deivce that backup was made. It might be licensing violations if doing external USB have priority over the internal HDD in advance.
restoration on different devices.
1. Turn ON the PC power while holding down the <F9> key.
NOTES 

 If using the DELL PC, power on the PC while holding down the
<F12> key.
 Press the <F9> key or <F12> key in advance because the logo
window displayed for only a short time after PC is turned ON.
 If the <F9> key or <F12> key is not pressed with the timeliness,
the “Please select boot device:” window will not open. In such an
instance, restart the PC to perform step 1. above again.
➔ “Please select boot device:” windows opens
2. Set the “system repair” disk into the PC.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3. Select the drive where the Disk inserted in. 6. Set the following items, and click [Next].
 Select a language : English (United States)
 Select a keyboard input method : US
AWS14030E034.ai
AWS14030E096.ai
4. Press the <Enter> key when “Press any key to boot from CD or ➔ The “System Recovery Options” window opens.
DVD ...” is displayed.
7. Select “Restore your computer a system image that you created

earlier” , and click [Next].
AWS14030E035.ai
➔ The “Windows boot Manager” window opens.
5. Select the “Windows Setup [EMS Enabled]”, and press the <Enter>.
AWS14030E097.ai
➔ The “Re-image Your Computer” window opens.

AWS14030E036.ai
➔ The “System Recovery Options” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
8. From the DVDs created in “2.3 Creating the Backup Image”, 10. Select the “Location” of the backup data to be restored and click
replace the lastly created DVD media (the second one if two in [Next].
total) by “system repair disc”, and click [Retry].
AWS14030E098.ai
AWS14030E111.ai
9. Select “Select a system image”, and click [Next].

11. Select the “Date and time” of the backup data to be restored and
click [Next].
AWS14030E110.ai
AWS14030E112.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
12. Perform the following procedure in accordance with drives to be ● When replace the HDD and restore the system disc (C:)
restored and the type of hard disk. only
● When replace the HDD and restore the all drives NOTE 

I. Confirm that a checkmark is placed to “Format and repartition “Unnamed drive (System)” and “(C:) (System)” are restored from
disks” and click [Next]. the backup, and other partitions are formatted based on the
partition information at the time point that backup is performed.
When the DR-ID 300CL is started with partition division and Drive I:
formatted, the DR-ID 300CL application may not start, the study
start may not be possible, or other errors may occur. If either error
occurs, refer to the avoidance procedure and take the required
measures.
$ See “3.3 Error Avoidance Procedure at the Time of Image Drive
Formatting”.
❍ For restoring all the drives

AWS14030E113.ai I. Confirm that a checkmark is placed to “Format and repartition
➔ The “Your computer will be restored from the following system disks” is placed to.
image:” window opens. II. Place a checkmark to “Only restore system drives” and click
[Next].
AWS14030E114.ai
➔ The “Your computer will be restored from the following system

image:” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
❍ For restoring system drive (C:) only ● When not replace the HDD and restore the system disc (C:)
I. Confirm that a checkmark is placed to “Format and repartition only
disks” and click [Next].
NOTES 

 When the partition information at the time point that backup is
performed is same with the partition information (drive name, size,
etc.) in the hard disk, “Unnamed drive (System)” and “(C:)
(System)” will be restored from the backup, and other partitions
will be left without any change.
 When the partition information is different, “Unnamed drive
(System)” and “(C:) (System)” will be restored from the backup,
and other partitions will be formatted based on the partition
information at the point that backup performed.
AWS14030E115.ai formatted, the DR-ID 300CL application may not start, the study
➔ The “Your computer will be restored from the following system start may not be possible, or other errors may occur. If either error
image:” window opens. occurs, refer to the avoidance procedure and take the required
measures.
● When not replace the HDD and restore the all drives Formatting”.
I. Place a checkmark to “Format and repartition disks” and click
[Next].
➔ The “Your computer will be restored from the following system ❍ For restoring all the drives
image:” window opens. I. Place checkmarks to “Format and repartition disks” and “Only
restore system drives”, and click [Next].
❍ For restoring system drive (C:) only

[Next].
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
13. Click [Finish]. 15. Replace the indicated DVD-R and click [OK].
➔ The restoration of system image starts.
The “Please insert the following disk:” window opens.
➥ REFERENCE
It takes about 5-15 minutes to read one DVD-R.
For the DVD-R stored with data in higher compression ratio, the
more reading time is needed.
For the DVD-R stored with data in lower compression ratio, the less
reading time is needed.
AWS14030E119.ai 16. Insert the specified DVD-R and click [OK].

➥ REFERENCE
For subsequent procedures, when “Please insert the following
14. Click [Yes]. disk:” is displayed, follow the instruction and insert the DVD media.
➔ The “Do you want to restart the computer now?” window opens.
17. Clisk [Restart now].

➥ REFERENCE
The PC restarts automatically after about 60 seconds since the
AWS14030E120.ai window openes.
➔ The “Please insert the following disk:” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3.1.2 Restoring from USB Hard Disk 3. Select the drive that the disk is set.
Use the Windows 7 standard function “System Image Recovery” in

“System Recovery Options” to restore from the USB hard disk that
backup was made in the past.
1. Turn ON the PC power while holding down the <F9> key.
NOTES 

 If using the DELL PC, power on the PC while holding down the
<F12> key.
 Press <F9> or <F12> in advance because after turning ON the
PC power, the logo is displayed in a very short period of time.
 If the <F9> key or <F12> key is not pressed with the timeliness,
the “Please select boot device:” window will not open. In such an AWS14030E034.ai
instance, restart the PC to perform step 1. above again.

4. Press the <Enter> key when “Press any key to boot from CD or
➔ “Please select boot device:” windows opens DVD ...” is displayed.
2. Set the “system repair” disk into the PC.
AWS14030E035.ai
➔ The “Windows boot Manager” window opens.
5. Select the “Windows Setup [EMS Enabled]”, and press the <Enter>.
AWS14030E036.ai
➔ The “System Recovery Options” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
6. Set the following items, and click [Next]. 8. Connect the “dedicated USB hard disk for backup” to the USB
 Select a language : English (United States) port on the PC and click [Retry].
 Select a keyboard input method : US
AWS14030E098.ai
9.
AWS14030E096.ai
➔ The “System Recovery Options” window opens. Select “Select a system image”, and click [Next].
7. Select “Restore your computer a system image that you created

earlier” , and click [Next].
AWS14030E110.ai
➔ The “Select the location of the backup for the computer you want to
restore” window opens.
AWS14030E097.ai
➔ The “Re-image Your Computer” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10. Select the “Location” of the backup and click [Next]. 12. Perform the following procedures according to the backup and
the status of the hard disk of the target PC.
● When replace the HDD and restore the all drives

I. Check that there is a checkmark placed to “Format and
repartition disks” and click [Next].
AWS14030E111.ai
11. Select the “Date and time” of the backup and click [Next].
AWS14030E115.ai

AWS14030E112.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● When replace the HDD and restore the system disc (C:) ❍ When using backup for the system drive (C:) only
only I. Check that there is a checkmark placed to “Format and
NOTE 

“Unnamed drive (System)” and “(C:) (System)” are restored from
the backup, and other partitions are formatted based on the
partition information at the time point that backup is performed.
formatted, the DR-ID 300CL application may not start, the study
start may not be possible, or other errors may occur. If either error
measures.
Formatting”.
AWS14030E115.ai

❍ For restoring all the drives image:” window opens.
I. Check that there is a checkmark placed to “Format and
repartition disks”.
II. Check that there is a checkmark placed to “Only restore system ● When not replace the HDD and restore the all drives
drives” and click [Next]. I. Check that there is a chekmark placed to “Format and
AWS14030E114.ai

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● When not replace the HDD and restore the system disc (C:) 13. Click [Finish].
only
NOTES 

 When the partition information at the time point that backup is
performed is same with the partition information (drive name, size,
etc.) in the hard disk, “Unnamed drive (System)” and “(C:)
(System)” will be restored from the backup, and other partitions
will be left without any change.
 When the partition information is different, “Unnamed drive
(System)” and “(C:) (System)” will be restored from the backup,
and other partitions will be formatted based on the partition
information at the point that backup performed.
When the DR-ID 300CL is started with partition division and Drive I: AWS14030E119.ai
formatted, the DR-ID 300CL application may not start, the study ➔ The “All disks to be restored will be formatted...... Are you sure you want
start may not be possible, or other errors may occur. If either error to continue?” window opens.
measures. 14. Click [Yes.
$ See “3.3 Error Avoidance Procedure at the Time of Image Drive ➔ Start repairing the system image.
Formatting”. In a few minutes, the confirmation window opens.
➥ REFERENCE
❍ For restoring all the drives The use area of hard disk is 15 GB in the status immediately after
inserting a new DVD-R (no data is stored). In this case, it takes
I. Place checkmarks to “Format and repartition disks” and “Only about 5 minutes to do the backup. In case of the use area of hard
restore system drives” and click [Next]. disk is 50 GB in total, it takes about 25 minutes to do the backup.
15. Click [Restart now].
❍ For restoring system drive (C:) only ➔ Windows starts up. After about one minute, the DR-ID 300CL-AP starts
running.
[Next]. ➥ REFERENCE
➔ The “Your computer will be restored from the following system The PC restarts automatically after about 60 seconds since the
image:” window opens. window openes.
16. Remove the DVD media from the DVD drive.

17. Remove the HDD connected USB from the USB port.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3.2 Error Avoidance Procedure at the When errors occur, end the system forcedly and perform the following
procedures.
Time of Image Drive Formatting
1. Within a period of three seconds after the DR-ID 300CL initial
When the image drive (I:) has been formatted, the DR-ID 300CL window opens, sequentially click the upper left corner and then
application may not start after start of the DR-ID 300CL application, the the upper right corner of the window.
application may start, but study start may not be possible, or other errors
may occur. Click the upper left corner and then the upper right corner.
If an error has occurred, reset drive I according to the following procedure.
➥ REFERENCE
Errors occur when under the following situations.
 When the hard disk partition imformation is different from the one at the
time point that backup was performed, and only the system disk (C:)
was restored. DXL03100001.ai
 When the hard disk was replaced and only the system disk (C:) was
restored. NOTE 

(fieldengineer) for Service Utility and click .
MU000035.EPS
➔ The Service Utility starts. The “IIP Service Utility” window opens.


NOTE 

Step 4 is not required if the screen is not displayed automatically.
Go to step 5.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5. From the menu, enter “D:\tools\AssocDataFolder\

PreCreateFolder.bat” in the “Start search” area and press
the <Enter> key.
“Press any key to continue...” message appears.
6. Confirm that “Finished” is displayed and press the <Enter> key.

➔ The command prompt window close.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix G Setting the Firewall 3. Confirm which Profile is “Connected”.
when Using the IPv6

Address
DR-ID 300CL might not be responsive when using IPv6 and running the Ping
command from connecting equipment to DR-ID 300CL.
When there is no respond even if running the Ping command from connecting
equipment to DR-ID 300CL, the firewall settings of DR-ID 300CL need to be
changed.
1. Changing the Firewall Setting

DXCL14030G009.ai
4. Select “Advanced settings”.
DXCL14030G010.ai
➔ The “Windows Firewall with Advanced Security” window opens.

AWV32150.ai
➔ The “All Control Panel Items” window opens. 5. Select “Inbound Rules”.
2. Select “Windows Firewall”.

➔ The Windows Firewall setup window opens.
DXCL14030G011.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MC G-1
6. Double-click the “File and Printer Sharing (Echo Request- 8. Make the following settings.
ICMPv6-In)” of profile which was confirmed in the step 3.
● Setting DR-ID 300CL to be responsive to the Ping
command from all the connecting equipment
I. Select “Any IP address” from “Remote IP address”.
DXCL14030G012.ai
➔ The “File and Printer Sharing (Echo Request - ICMP-In) Properties”

window opens.
7. Select “Scope” tab.
DXCL14030G014.ai
● Setting DR-ID 300CL to be responsive to the Ping

command only from the specific connecting equipment
DXCL14030G013.ai
I. Click from “Remote IP address”.

II. Enter the IPv6 address of connecting equipment, and click [OK].
➔ Register the IPv6 address.
DXCL14030G015.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
9. Click .
➔ The system returns to the “Windows Firewall with Advanced Security”

window.
10. Close the “Windows Firewall with Advanced Security” window

and Windows Firewall setup window.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2. Confirming the Connection
Confrim that the DR-ID 300CL is reponsive to the Ping command from the
connecting equipment.
1. Open the command prompt window from connecting equipment.
2. Run the ping comannd to the DR-ID 300CL. (IPv6 address of DR-
ID 300CL : 2001::13)
3. Confirm the reply from the DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
MU: Maintenance Utility
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual MU-I
Control Sheet
04/15/2010 02 Revision for V4.0 (FM5668) 4–6, 16, 19, 21, 25, 44–56, 68, 84, 86, 98, 102, 106–111, 114–119, 122
Appx MU D-1–4 Appx MU F-1–4
04/15/2010 02 Changes in pagination (FM5668) 57–67, 69–83, 85, 87–97, 99–101, 103–105, 112, 113, 120, 121
02/28/2011 03 Revision for V5.0 (FM5818) 1–10, 12–23, 25–28, 30–37, 45–63, 75, 79, 97, 99–101, 105–113, 115–124, 126–129
Appx MC A-1 Appx MC B-1–8 Appx MC C-1
Appx MC D-1, 3 Appx MC F-1, 4 Appx MC H-1–4
Appx MC I-1–4 Appx MC J-1–20
02/28/2011 03 Changes in pagination (FM5818) 11, 24, 29, 38–44, 64–74, 76–78, 80–96, 98, 102–104, 114, 125, 130
08/31/2011 04 Revision for V6.0 (FM5897) 3–5, 7–9, 13–24, 26–38, 47–65, 84, 100, 113–115, 118–124, 128–131, 133, 134
Appx MU A-1 Appx MU C-1–3 Appx MU J-10
08/31/2011 04 Changes in pagination (FM5897) 25, 39–46, 66–83, 85–99, 101–112, 116, 117, 125–127, 132
Appx MU C-4 Appx MU J-11–19
12/15/2011 05 Revision for V6.1 (FM5944) 10, 11, 15, 16, 18–26, 50, 61–66, 68, 70–72, 75, 77–80, 111, 117, 118, 121–123, 127
Appx MU B-1, 7, 8 Appx MU K-1–4
12/15/2011 05 Changes in pagination (FM5944) 9, 12–14, 17, 27–49, 51–60, 67, 69, 73, 74, 76, 81–110, 112–116, 119, 120, 124–126, 128–138
03/31/2012 06 Revision for V6.2 (FM6000) 4, 6, 7, 15, 18, 24, 27, 39, 52, 56, 59, 64, 68, 69, 74, 83, 91
Appx MU F-3 Appx MU J-18 Appx MU K-3
Appx MU L-1–12 Appx MU M-1–4
03/31/2012 06 Changes in pagination (FM6000) 8–14, 16, 17, 19–23, 25, 26, 28–38, 40–51, 53–55, 57, 58, 60–63, 65–67, 70–73, 75–82,
84–90, 92–138
09/12/2012 07 Revision for V7.0 (FM6055) 11, 19, 20, 27, 31–37, 40–43, 45, 48, 49, 51, 58, 62–74, 87, 104, 106, 118, 124, 125, 134, 136, 144
Appx MU B-7, 8 Appx MU N-1–12
09/12/2012 07 Changes in pagination (FM6055) 38, 39, 44, 46, 47, 50, 52–57, 59–61, 75–86, 88–103, 105, 107–117, 119–123, 126–133, 135,
137–143
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual MU-II
Control Sheet
02/15/2013 08 Revision for V7.1 (FM6142) 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, 16, 19, 22–29, 44, 45, 47, 49, 51–53, 58, 59, 66–68, 71–79, 84, 92, 115, 123, 126,
129–133, 135–139, 141–144, 146, 148–150
Appx MU J-17, 19 Appx MU O-1–4
02/15/2013 08 Changes in pagination (FM6142) 30–43, 46, 48, 50, 54–57, 60–65, 69, 70, 80–83, 85–91, 93–114, 116–122, 124, 125, 127, 128,
134, 140, 145, 147, 151, 152
05/25/2013 09 Revision for V7.2 (FM6179) 11, 20, 23, 25, 28, 29, 34, 55, 57, 58, 66, 74–76, 78, 128, 136, 137
08/30/2013 10 Revision for V7.3 (FM6200) 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 12, 16–30, 32–47, 57–85, 123, 125, 127, 129, 131, 138–145, 149–152, 154–157,
159, 161–163
Appx MU B-6, 7, 10–12 Appx MU J-1, 2, 9 Appx MU P-1–12
Appx MU Q-1–4
08/30/2013 10 Changes in pagination (FM6200) 6, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 31, 48–56, 86–122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132–137, 146–148, 153, 158, 160,
164
Appx MU B-8, 9
03/31/2014 11 Revision for V7.4 (FM6225) 24, 26, 33, 37, 73, 81, 83, 150, 151, 155, 166–168
Appx MU F-1 Appx MU G-2 Appx MU H-2
Appx MU I-1 Appx MU K-1 Appx MU L-1
Appx MU N-1, 3 Appx MU O-1 Appx MU P-1–3, 5-8, 10
Appx MU Q-2, 4
03/31/2014 11 Changes in pagination (FM6225) 25, 27–30, 82, 84-149, 152-154, 156-165
Appx MU G-1 Appx MU N-2, 4–10 Appx MU P-11-16
08/31/2014 12 Revision for V8.0 (FM6242) 4, 5, 10, 30, 67, 82–84, 86, 89, 99, 131, 132, 138, 149, 150, 153–157, 159, 161–163, 165,
167–169
Appx MU P-2–4, 7 Appx MU Q-2 Appx MU R-1–4
08/31/2014 12 Changes in pagination (FM6242) 31–66, 68–81, 85, 87, 88, 90–98, 100–130, 133–137, 139–148, 151, 152, 158, 160, 164, 166,
170–172
01/31/2015 13 Revision for V8.1 (FM6269) 5, 10, 31, 48, 55, 56, 58, 59, 62, 70, 86, 87, 89, 90, 93, 131, 132, 135, 136, 142, 158–160, 165, 173
Appx MU P-4–7, 10, 12
01/31/2015 13 Changes in pagination (FM6269) 49–54, 57, 60, 61, 63–69, 71–85, 88, 91, 92, 94–130, 133, 134, 137–141, 143–157, 161–164,
166–172, 174–176
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual MU-III
Control Sheet
12/31/2015 14 Revision for V9.0 (FM9380) 25, 30, 31, 32, 36, 44, 49, 50, 66, 80, 81, 88, 99, 100, 102, 103, 129, 138, 146–152, 154, 163,
164, 166, 171, 183, 184
Appx MU P-2, 3, 5, 12, 13 Appx MU R-1–4 Appx MU S-1–4
Appx MU T-1–4
12/31/2015 14 Changes in pagination (FM9380) 33–35, 37-43, 45-48, 51–65, 67–79, 82–87, 89–98, 101, 104–128, 130–137, 139–145, 153,
155–162, 165, 167–170, 172–182
Appx MU P-1, 7–11, 14, 15
03/31/2016 15 Revision (FM9387) 81, 138, 145
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual MU-IV
1. Starting/Exiting the Service Utility 2. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper
This section explains about the procedures for starting/exiting the Click the upper left corner and then the upper right corner.
Service Utility, which is used as a service utility tool during DR-ID 300CL
installation and servicing.
■ Starting the Service Utility

The procedure for starting the Service Utility varies depending on
whether the DR-ID 300CL-PC power is ON or OFF.
DXL03100001.ai
● When the PC power is OFF ➔ The “Enter Password” window opens.

3. Enter a password (“fieldengineer”) to log in to the Service
➔ Windows starts up. After about one minute, the DR-ID 300CL-AP
starts. Utility and click .
 NOTE 
A window like that shown below opens in case the date and time
displayed on the PC are older than those when it was started last
time.
Click [OK] on the window that opens, and set correct date and time DXL41001.ai
on the “Date/Time Properties” window. ➔ The Service Utility starts and the “IIP Service Utility” window
opens.
DCL41002.EPS
If this window opens, the PC battery is possible to be dead. Use

the procedure below to check.
1. Set the current date/time.
2. Turn the power to the PC OFF and disconnect the power cable
from the outlet.
3. After a few minutes, re-connect the power cable and turn the
power to the PC ON again.
4. Check to see that the set date/time are correct. If the date/time
values revert back to those before settings, have the PC be fixed
properly to change the battery.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual MU-1
● When the PC power is ON 5. Enter a password (“fieldengineer”) to log in to the Service
Utility and click .
1. Click “Shut Down” in the menu ( menu in V4.0
or earlier).

DXL41001.ai
➔ The system returns to the desktop screen. opens.
3. From the menu, sequentially choose “All

Programs”, “Fuji Film”, and “ConsoleAdvance”.
 NOTE 
For V4.0 or earlier, sequentially choose “All Programs”, “Fuji Film”,
and “DR-Console” from the menu.
➔ The DR-ID 300CL-AP starts in about one minute.
4. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper

DXL03100001.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
■ Exiting the Service Utility
1. Click [Exit Service Utility] on the “IIP Service Utility” window.
DXCL100401001.ai
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
2. Overview of
Service Utility Functions
When the Service Utility starts running, the following window (herein-
after referred to as the main menu) opens.
 In case for V7.2 or earlier
I
XI
II
XII
III
XIII
IV
XIV
V
VI
VII
XVII (Applicable only in Japan)
VIII
XVIII
IX
XIX
X
XX
DXCL120402003.ai
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
 In case for V7.3 or later
I
XI
II
XII
III
XIII
IV
XV
V
XVI
VI
XVII
VII
XVIII
VIII
XIX
IX
XX
X
XXI
DXCL130401001.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● I. Setup Study Sharing (V6.0 or later) ● IV. Configuration Restore/Backup
This menu item is used for setup of study information sharing. This menu item is used to back up or restore DR-ID 300CL setup data.
The following files are backed up or restored.
$ For details of the setup procedure, see “Appendix 31
Performing Study Information Sharing Setup (Cluster  Restoring target files (for V4.0 or earlier)
Connection)” under “Appx IN: Installation – Appendix”.
Files Contents Remarks
● II. Setup Configuration Item  System settings
This menu item is used for DR-ID 300CL system information setup,  Printer settings
SysConfig.mdb
network setup, DICOM setup, automatic distribution code setup, and  CSL settings
other setup purposes.
This is the most frequently used menu item for installation.  Connection destination setup table
NetConfig.mdb
$ For details of this window, see “3. Various Configuration  Distribution code settings
Settings — Setup Configuration Item”.
➥ REFERENCE McrDataFormat.mdb Magnetic card format settings
Automatic distribution code setup is performed with the Service TagReplace.ini Setup for DICOM tag replacement
Utility. However, attribute distribution setup is performed with a user Selector.mdb Selector setup
utility. Attribute distribution setup is basically performed by the user.
TagLookup.ini DICOM tag editing
● III. LUT
This menu item is used for setup of LUT file information (a file that
optimizes the window display) for the display that the DR-ID 300CL ExposureResultLog.
Setup for exposure result log output items
mdb
supports.
Setup information for mapping DICOM
$ “4. Display Optimization — LUT” MWMTagSetting.mdb
MWL C-FIND tags and internal data
Setting for comments on mis-exposed
RejectComment.mdb
images
UMB_SFPD.prm Setting for unevenness removal processing
PConsoleSer.mdb PConsole settings
Setting for mass screening order issuance
MassOrder.mdb V4.0 only
function
IDMassHistory.mdb Patient ID history V4.0 only
IDAutoConvert.mdb Setting for patient ID auto-convert function V4.0 only
Setting for definition of examinee list file for
schema.ini V4.0 only
patient ID auto-convert
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
 Restoring target files (for V5.0 or later)
Files Contents Version Remarks

 System settings
SysConfig.mdb
 CSL settings
NetConfig.mdb
 DDT_CRPrv.xml
 DDT_CRPrvUnst.xml For the default
 DDT_CRStd.xml Settings for replacing/editing the DICOM tags setting, the files
 DDT_DXPres.xml do not exist. *1
 DDT_DXProc.xml
 Selector.mdb
Selector setup (including the device setup etc.)
 All files in the “SelectorIcon” folder
ExposureResultLog.mdb Setup for exposure result log output items
 MWMQuerySource.inf For the default
Setup information for mapping DICOM MWL C-FIND tags and
 DDT_MWL_RQ.xml setting, the xml files
internal data
 DDT_MWL_RP.xml do not exist. *1
RejectComment.mdb Setting for comments on mis-exposed images *2
 UMB_SFPD.prm
 UMB_ATLAS1u.prm
 UMB_ATLAS1t.prm
 UMB_ATLAS2u.prm
 UMB_ATLAS2t.prm Setting for unevenness removal processing
 UMB_ATLAS1a.prm
 UMB_PRITWO_HIGH.prm
 UMB_PRITWO_NORMAL.prm
 UMB_XLII_HR.prm
PresetTextMarker.xml Text marker preset information and text marker definition file Only V5.0 and V6.0 *2
*1 A dialog warning that the files do not exist will be displayed at the time of backup/restoration but there is no problem. Click [OK] to close the dialog.
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
Files Contents Version Remarks
ExposureIndex.prm Setting for ExposureIndex display function
 DataEditor.mdb
 DataEditorNotmalItemSetting.xml
 DataEditorOrderFormMainItemSetting.xml
 DataEditorOrderFormNotmalItemSetting.xml Setup for order information confirmation Only V5.0 and V6.0 *2
 DataEditorSettingFormMainItemSelectSetting.xml
 DataEditorSettingFormMainItemSetting.xml
 DataEditorSettingFormNotmalItemSetting.xml
 OverlayItemList.xml
Settings for overlaying additional information Only V5.0 and V6.0 *2
 OverlayConfig.xml
For the default
 DDT_MPPS_NC.xml
Customize settings for PPS tag setting, the files
 DDT_MPPS_NS.xml
do not exist. *1
TomoExposureCondID.xml Settings of exposure conditions for Tomosynthesis V6.1 or later
TomoReconstructionMode.xml Definition of reconstruction mode type for Tomosynthesis V6.1 or later
MassOrder.mdb Setting for mass screening order issuance function V6.2 or later
IDMassHistory.mdb Patient ID history V6.2 or later
IDAutoConvert.mdb Setting for patient ID auto-convert function V6.2 or later
schema.ini Setting for definition of examinee list file for patient ID auto-convert V6.2 or later
IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat Setup of rules applied for automatic patient ID issuance V6.2 or later
*1 A dialog warning that the files do not exist will be displayed at the time of backup/restoration but there is no problem. Click [OK] to close the dialog.
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
● V. Retrieve EDR Backup Data ● VIII. DataBase Utility
This menu item is used to retrieve EDR image data stored in the This menu item is used to initialize image database, delete (clearing
DR-ID 300CL and save it on an FD or the like. off the image output queue) accumulated images from output queue
and initialize patient database.
$ For procedures to retrieve EDR data, see
“6. Retrieving EDR Data — Retrieve EDR Backup Data”. $ For details on the operation procedures, see “9. Management
of Various Databases — DataBase Utility”.
➥ REFERENCE
The EDR data refers to data halfway through a calculation task while ● IX. Magnetic Card Setting
EDR processing is being performed. This data is used to analyze This menu item is used to set the data format for magnetic cards
later how EDR processing was performed actually. (hospital cards) and define ISO card read character code.
$ For details on the data format, see “Appendix 2 Setting Up the
● VI. Verify Connection Magnetic Card [Option]” under “Appx IN: Installation”.
This menu item is used to verify the connection to other connected $ For details on definition related to the ISO card, see
equipment. The DR-ID 300CL offers the following connection “10. Setting the Magnetic Card — Magnetic Card Setting”.
verification functions:
● X. Barcode Setting
 Using the PING (connected equipment host name or IP address
This menu item is used for barcode setup.
input required) to verify the network connection to other connected
equipment. $ For details on the format, see “11. Setting the Barcode —
Barcode Setting”.
 Using connected equipment’s AE name (Application Entity Name)
to verify the connection to DICOM connected equipment
● XI. Selector Setting
$ For details on procedures to verify the connection with other This menu item is used for selector setup necessary when
connected equipment, see “7. Verifying the Connection to connecting FPD equipment and cassette-type Image Reader.
Other Connected Equipment — Verify Connection”.
$ For details on setup procedures, see “12. Setting the Selectors
● VII. Edit/View Film String — Selector Setting”.
This menu item is used to directly edit the file named “FilmStrFmt.
env” file, which defines the film annotation character format. The tool ● XII. View Event Log
named “View Film String” can also be used to confirm on-screen film This menu item is used to launch the Event Viewer of Windows
annotation characters. Vista. The Event Viewer allows you to confirm errors occurring in the
OS or DR-ID 300CL-AP.
 NOTE 
$ For details on Event Viewer, see “2. Using the Event Viewer”
The contents of the FilmStrFmt.env file are written in Unicode. under “MT: Machine Troubleshooting”.
Therefore, use NotePad or other Unicode-compliant text editor for
editing purposes.
$ For details on editing the FilmStrFmt.env file and using the

View Film String, see “8.1 Film Annotation Character Setup
(Direct Editing of FilmStrFmt)”.
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
● XIII. Log/Configuration Files Acquisition Tool ● XVIII. Id Auto Convert Setting (Applicable only in Japan) (V4.0 only)
This menu item is used to compress DR-ID 300CL log files or This menu item is used to set up the patient ID auto-convert function.
several setup files at a time and back them up on HD.
$ For details on procedures to setup the patient ID conversion
This function is useful for looking into causes of errors that occur. function, see “Appendix 22 Auto Convert Patient ID” under
$ For details on procedures to collect log files and each “Appx IN: Installation”.
configuration file, see “13. Collecting the Log and Configuration
Files — Log/Configuration Files Acquisition Tool”.
● XIX. Device Setting (V5.0 or later)
● XIV. DICOM MWL C-FIND Tag Setting (V4.0 or earlier) This menu item is used to register FPD.
This menu item is used to perform internal data mapping for the tags $ For details on registration procedures, see “15. Registering the
to be set up for the information about the DR-ID 300CL’s inquiries Image Detectors — Device Setting (V5.0 or Later)”.
addressed to the RIS (C-FIND-RQ) and the tags received in the form
of a response from the RIS to the DR-ID 300CL (C-FIND-RSP).
$ For details on tag mapping, see “14. Setting the DICOM MWL ● XX. Selectable Image Processing Parameter Setting (V7.1 or later)
C-FIND Tags — DICOM MWL C-FIND Tag Setting (V4.0 or
Earlier)”.
This menu item is used to set up the parameter range available to
the user.
● XV. Network Adapter Configuration (V7.3 or later) $ For setup details, see “16. Setting the Available Parameter —
Range Selectable Image Processing Parameter Setting (V7.1 or
Registration/backup/restore of the network settings for switching the Later)”.
network settings when DR-ID 300CL is operating.
$ For setup details, see “17. Registering the Network Adapter ● XXI. Exit Service Utility
Settings — Network Adapter Configuration (V7.3 or later)”. This menu item is used for exiting the Service Utility mode.
● XVI. Password Setting (V8.0 or later)

This menu item is used for setting the password of the Service Utility.
$ For setup details, see “18. Setting the Password of the Service
Utility — Password Setting (V8.0 or later)”.
● XVII. Licence Tool (Only for licence supported version in V8.1 or later)
This menu item is used for acquiring the equipment information and
applying the licence key.
$ For details on licence tool, see “Appendix 54 Software Licence”
of “Appx IN: Installation–Appendix”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3. Various Configuration Settings
— Setup Configuration Item
When you click [Setup Configuration Item] on the main menu, the
following window opens.
Various items are listed in a tree form (these items are hereinafter
referred to as tree items) under “CONFIG”. When you click these items,
you can open windows to set detailed information for specific tree items.
Items listed in
a tree form
(tree items)
DXL43001.ai
The individual tree items are detailed in the following subsection.
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
3.1 Meanings of Individual Tree Items $ For details on “1. IMAGE MODALITY”, see “3.4 Configuration
Details — 1. IMAGE MODALITY”.
In the individual tree items, the following items can be set up. $ For details on “3. QA FUNCTION”, see “3.5 Configuration
Details — 3. QA FUNCTION”.
● SYSTEM CONFIG
$ For details on “4. PRINTER”, see “3.6 Configuration Details —
➥ REFERENCE 4. PRINTER”.
With V7.3 or later, it is possible to display the newly grouped $ For details on “5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION”, see “3.7 Configuration
configuration items by clicking [Group] in the main menu. Details — 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION”.
$ For details on the newly grouped configuration items, see $ For details on “7. CONFIG OPTION”, see “3.8 Configuration
“Appendix P List of New Group Indications of Configuration Items Details — 7. CONFIG OPTION”.
(V7.3 or Later)”.
$ For details on “8. CONFIG QC”, see “3.9 Configuration Details
— 8. CONFIG QC”.
This tree item is used to set the basic information about the
DR-ID 300CL. $ For details on “10. CONFIG QR”, see “3.10 Configuration
Clicking the “+” sign to the left of “SYSTEM CONFIG” displays the Details — 10. CONFIG QR (V4.0 or Earlier)”.
SYSTEM CONFIG tree items. $ For details on “99. CONFIG FIX”, see “3.11 Configuration
The displayed items allow you to set the DR-ID 300CL system Details — 99. CONFIG FIX”.
information (I in the window illustration below), QA functionality (II),
Printout functionality (III), IDT or Console functionality (IV), trimming
functionality (V), Image Reader QC functionality (VI), DICOM query/
retrieve functionality (VII) and other functionality (VIII).
I
II
III
IV
V
VI(*1)
VII(*2)
VIII(*3)
DXCL050403001.ai
(*1) “8.CONFIG QC” appears only when the Image Reader QC

option key has been installed (V4.0 or earlier or V6.1 or later).
(*2) “10.CONFIG QR” appears only when the DICOM Query/
Retrieve option key has been installed (only for V4.0 or earlier).
(*3) “99.CONFIG FIX” is displayed when HF0002 (V6.1) or later is
applied.
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
● PERSON NAME ● IDT CONNECTING
This tree item is used to define the sequence of patient name This tree item is used to make patient information available being
elements and characters that delimit names. shared with the DR-ID 300CL and CR-IR348CL that are on the same
Clicking the “+” sign to the left of “PERSON NAME” displays the network.
items for defining the details of PERSON NAME.
$ For details on IDT CONNECTING, see “3.14 Patient Information
$ For details on PERSON NAME, see “3.12 Setting the Name Sharing Function Setup”.
Elements for DICOM Connection”.
● MAC ADDRESS
● NETWORK CONFIG This tree item is used to prevent error occurrence that disables Mac
This tree item is used to set the DR-ID 300CL/connected equipment Address to be acquired at DR-ID 300CL-AP startup.
network information and perform DICOM setup.
Clicking the “+” sign to the left of “NETWORK CONFIG” displays the $ For details on MAC ADDRESS, see “3.15 MAC Address Manual
Input”.
NETWORK CONFIG tree items.
The displayed items allow you to set the DR-ID 300CL main unit ● LOG SHARE
information This tree item is used to register the target DR-ID 300CL’s host
(I in the window illustration below) and connected equipment name and IP address when using the Retake Analysis function and
information (II). the IP use count calculation function.
I $ For details on LOG SHARE, see “3.16 Log Information Sharing
II Function Setup”.
DXCL080403005.ai
● DISTRIBUTION CODE
This tree item is used to perform automatic distribution code setup
so that images can be distributed automatically to a device of FILE
attribute (a device of HD_FILE attribute in V4.0 or earlier).
● CONNECTING EQUIPMENT
This tree item is used to define the connected equipment that is
connected to the DR-ID 300CL.
● FILM SORTING
This tree item is used to define the film sorting conditions for DICOM
prints.
$ For details on FILM SORTING, see “3.13 Setting Up the DICOM
Print Film Sorting Function”.
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
3.2 Editing the Listed Configuration Items 1. Double-click the Value column to the right of a configuration
item name.
When you click a tree item in the left-hand area of the Setup
Configuration Item window, a list of setup items appears in the right-
hand area of the window (this list is hereinafter referred to as a
configuration list).
This section explains about the procedure for editing the setup items in
a configuration list.
➥ REFERENCE Value column DXCL080403006.ai
A configuration list appears when you click the following tree items:
 A maximum of five tree items under “SYSTEM CONFIG” 2. Edit a configuration item.
(Display items are different depending on the used software version
and options.) ● When the column you double-clicked changes to a direct input
 PERSON NAME field (e.g., )
I. With the mouse, select the text to be edited, and then key in
new text.
● When the column you double-clicked changes to a pull-down

menu (e.g., )
I. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for the pull-down menu

(e.g., ), and then choose a target item
from the pull-down menu.
● When the column you double-clicked changes to a field with

upward and downward arrow marks (e.g., )
DXL43002.ai I. Click the upward arrow mark ( ) or downward arrow mark

( ) to change the value as desired.
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
3.3 Saving the Configuration Data
To save the configuration data, perform either of the following
procedures with the mouse or keyboard:
● Saving with the mouse

1. From the “Config (F)” menu, click “Save (V)”.
2. Click [YES].
➔ The system saves the edited configuration data.
● Saving with the keyboard

1. Hold down the <Alt> key and press the <F> key.
➔ A pull-down menu opens.
2. Press the <V> key.


➔ The system saves the edited configuration data.
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
3.4 Configuration Details — 1. IMAGE MODALITY
■ IMAGE MODALITY setup items
For cluster
No. Name Selection Meaning
connection
1 System Common  0: Japanese date (S62.10.07) Specifying the date format to be used in medical institutions. Agreement
Date Format  1: ANSI long date (1987.OCT.07) required.
 2: ANSI short date (1987.10.07) * The date format is applicable in common to entry of the date of
 3: American long date (OCT.07.1987) birth, monitor display, film output, and all other date-related
 4: American short date (0.07.1987) representations.
 5: European long date (07.OCT.1987) * By default, “0: Japanese date” is determined in the DR-ID 300CL-
 6: European short date (07.10.1987) AP CD.
2 Alert MSG Display  Yes Specifying whether or not to display the confirmation screen for Agreement
When Deleting Image After selecting [Delete], the confirmation screen for image image deletion before actually deleting an image. required.
deletion will be displayed. Pressing [OK] will delete the specified
item.
 No
After selecting [Delete], the confirmation screen for image
deletion will not be displayed and the specified item deleted
immediately.
3 Activate Error Recovery  Yes Specifying whether or not to activate retrial processing after the Agreement
Retrial The system continues retrial processing until the connected error occurrence. required.
devices are recovered. Once recovered, it automatically
continues output (including printout) of image accumulated on
the output queue.
 No
The system does not output (print) images in “standby” status
unless it manually outputs (including printout) such images.
4 Institute/Site Name A maximum of 60 one-byte character. Setting the medical institution name (in 1-byte characters). Agreement
Strings ( FUJIFILM HOSPITAL) required.
* For language setup of one-byte characters, a hospital name
specified here will be printed on film.
* Be sure to use 1-byte characters for entering medical institution
name as they are used in the DMS system.
* Make sure to enter 1-byte characters on the keyboard.
* The default number of characters printed on film is 20 at a
maximum.
5 Image Size by inch or  0:Inch Specifying the Image size.
Metric Displays 14"×14" and 14"×17" images in the inch system.
 1:Metric * This is the setup item in V4.0 or earlier.
Displays 14"×14" and 14"×17" images in the metric system.
 : Default setting, *: Note
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
For cluster
connection
6 Two independent Mask  Yes Specifying whether or not to set up frequency processing RN
Sizes Applicable to Left Sets independent RN for the right and left images. independently for the right and left images on the double-image
and Right images (Hipmnrl.prm is used.) output.
 No
Sets the same RN for the right and left images. * This is the setup item in V4.0 or earlier.
(Hipmenu.prm is used.)
7 Language Setup for 0 : Japanese 11 : ChineseSimple Specifying the language used. Agreement
Screen Message  1 : English 12 : ChineseTraditional required.
2 : German  13 : Portuguese * Change the setting as necessary for a desired language.
3 : French  14 : Polish
4 : Spanish  15 : Hungarian
5 : Italian  16 : Czech
6 : Swedish 17 : Russian
7 : Finnish 19 : Turkish
8 : Danish 21 : Greek
9 : Norwegian 22 : Romanian
 10 : Korean
8 Institute/Site Name in A maximum of 15 two-byte characters. Specifying the kanji medical institution name. Agreement
Two-Byte Characters ( ) required.
* Be sure to enter two-byte characters on the keyboard.
(Using the <Alt>+< / > keys, the character entry mode can
be made available for entering two byte characters.)
* The default number of characters printed on film is 15 at a
maximum.
* For language setup of two-byte characters, a hospital name
specified here will be printed on film.
9 UID Issuance after  Yes Specifying whether or not to issue new image UID and SOP Agreement
Modifying ID Issues new image UID and SOP Instance UID. Instance UID when modifying the patient, study, series or image required.
Information  No information.
Does not issue new image UID and SOP Instance UID.
* Select “Yes” if you wish to identify images for each modification.
10 UID Issuance after  Yes Specifying whether or not to issue new image UID and SOP Agreement
Modifying Normalized Issues new image UID and SOP Instance UID. Instance UID when modifying the conditions for normalization. required.
Parameter  No
Does not issue new image UID and SOP Instance UID. * Select “Yes” if you wish to identify images for each modification.
11 UID Issuance after  Yes Specifying whether or not to issue new image UID and SOP Agreement
Modifying Image Issues new image UID and SOP Instance UID. Instance UID when modifying image processing parameters. required.
Processing Parameter  No
Does not issue new image UID and SOP Instance UID. * Select “Yes” if you wish to identify images for each modification.
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
For cluster
connection
12 UID Issuance Before  Yes Specifying whether or not to output an SOP Instance UID as the Agreement
Sending Processed Issues new image UID and SOP Instance UID. processed CR image UID when generating processed image required.
Data  No output.
Does not issue new image UID and SOP Instance UID.
13 DICOM Series  0 : 1 Study - N series and 1 Series - 1 image Specifying the series generation logic. Agreement
Generation Logic Issues a number so that it has multiple series for one study and required.
only one image for one series. $ “■ Detailed explanations”
 1 : 1 Study - N series and 1 Series - M image
Issues a number so that it has multiple series for one study and
multiple images for one series.
 2 : 1 Study - 1 series and 1 Series - N image
Issues a number so that it has only one series for one study and
multiple images for one series.
14 System Recognition ID A_Z ( A) Setting the system ID. Be sure to
(A to Z) assign a
* Reflected on the image attributes and used for automatic study
unique ID for
number generation.
each CL.
* Assign a unique ID individually for each equipment unit.
* Be sure to enter one-byte characters on the keyboard.
15 User Utility Password  0 : No Password Required Specifying if password entry is required when entering the user
Required or Not Password entry is not required. utility mode.
 1 : Default Password
As the default, 1111 is entered for the password. * This is the setup item in V4.0 or earlier.
Entering 111111 will enable you to use the group update menu of * From V5.0, this item has been changed to
exposure menu parameters (for services). IMAGE MODALITY No. 305.
 2 : Password Required
Hides the default password (1111).
Entering 111111 will enable you to use the group update menu of
exposure menu parameters.
16 SOP Class UID for  1.2.840.10008.5.1.4.1.1.1 Specifying an SOP Class UID that is sent back to PPS when no Agreement
PPS When No FILE  1.2.392.200036.9125.1.1.2 other connected hosts are set up as the destinations for FILE required.
Attribute Output attribute image output.
* For V5.0 or later, OD/HD attributes are unified, so that SOP Class
UID will be sent back to PPS as follows.
(1) : If the destination for output is set in User Utility, SOP class of
its destination for output will be applied.
(2) : If the destination for output is not set in User Utility, the
topmost SOP class which is set to the distribution code will
be applied.
(3) : If (1) and (2) above are not set, the setting of No. 16 will be
applied.
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
For cluster
connection
17 Protocol Name for PPS  0 : Function Code Specifying a value used for setup of the “Protocol Name” for PPS. Agreement
Sets up a Code (function codes such as RT, TS, ES, etc.). required.
 1 : ANK Menu Name
Sets up a Menu Name (exposure menu) in alphanumerics.
18 Display Performed  Yes Specifying whether or not to display an already performed study in Agreement
Procedure on Worklist  No the DR-ID 300CL work list. For a study already performed, required.
Tab specifying NO will hide it even if its related information is sent from
MWM. Basically, specify NO when the PPS function is not available.
19 Kind of Output Image  0: L, H, B, S L : Low-energy image Specifying a combination of image types to be transferred to other Agreement
(Energy Subtraction)  1: L, B, S H : High-energy image connected equipment. required.
 2: L, S B : Bone image
 3: L, B S : Soft tissue image
 4: L, H
21 Connection Between  1: N-N Setting connection conditions of DR-ID 300CL and RU.
Reader and Console N-N connection
 2: N-N (Not Use IP Barcode)
N-N connection (Not Use IP Barcode)
22 Long Type Character  Yes Specifying the font sizes of the ID number and other items for CRT Agreement
Format Decreases the font sizes to increase the number of displayable display and film annotation character printing. required.
characters.
* Note that the item to be specified for actually increasing the
 No
Does not increase the number of displayable characters. number of characters is separately available.
* This is the setup item in V7.2 or earlier.
23 Tag Mapped on Study  0040, 0100>0040, 0007 DICOM-defined tag numbers to be mapped onto a study menu for Agreement
Menu at MWM Use MWM use. required.
24 Perform Mapping to  Yes Specifying whether or not to perform mapping for study and Agreement
Exposure Menu at Performs mapping. exposure menus during MWM use. If “No” is selected, only the required.
MWM Use  No patient information will be used to initiate a study process (the
Does not perform mapping. exposure menu or other data will not be transmitted).
25 Display Dialog When  Yes Specifying whether or not to open a warning window when mapping Agreement
Failed in Mapping to Opens a warning window. is not successfully performed for a DR-ID 300CL study menu or required.
Menu at MWM Use  No exposure menu during MWM use.
Does not open a warning window.
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
For cluster
connection
26 Use Study InstanceUID  Yes Specifying whether or not to use the Study Instance UID that is Agreement
from RIS Uses the Study Instance UID sent from the RIS. transmitted from the F-RIS. required.
 No
* To enable the MWM Order function, the StudyInstanceUID must
Does not use the Study Instance UID sent from the RIS.
be received unfailingly from the RIS. Unless otherwise, no studies
can be started.
27 StudyInstanceUID  Type1 Study Instance UID number issue type for DR-ID 300CL internal Agreement
Generation Logic <company name>.2.1.<study number> number issuance. required.
 Type2
<company name>.2.2<study date><modality>. * If the order number does not exist or the Study Instance UID is
<study number> longer than specified, the system automatically uses Type7.
 Type3
<company name>.2.3.<study date><modality>.
<patient ID>
 Type4
<company name>.2.4.<study date>.<patient ID>.
<requesting department>
 Type5
<company name>.2.5.<order number>
 Type6
<company name>.2.6.<study date>.<order number>
 Type7
<company name>.2.<MAC address>.<TimeStamp>.
<machine-dependent ID number>
28 Dicom Storage Output 1 to 4 ( 3) Number of connections simultaneously available for Dicom Storage Agreement
Connection Number output generation. required.
29 Image Number  0 : System ID+Serial Number Specifying whether or not to attach a machine shipment control Agreement
Generation Logic Attaches a machine shipment control number. number to the beginning of the Image Number. required.
 1 : Serial Number This number is printed on film as well.
Does not attach a machine shipment control number.
30 Display Pixel Size  264 Constant applicable to an image displayed at 100% size for QA
purpose. To be changed in accordance with the monitor type.
10.4” touch panel LCD monitor : 206
17” touch panel LCD monitor : 264
2M color monitor Radiforce RX211/RX220/RX240 : 270
11.6” touch panel LCD monitor : 188
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
For cluster
connection
32 Kind of Print Image  0 : Original Specifying image type of the film output that is generated upon Agreement
(Image Combining Original image only. image combination. required.
Process)  1 : Original+Combined When you are specifying 3 or 4 (life-size image output) for the setup
Original image and combined image (reduced to 35×43cm image). value, also confirm setup values for Nos. 75 and 76 of PRINTER
 2 : Combined setup items.
Combined image only (reduced to 35×43cm image).
 3 : Combined (Lifesize) * This setting can also be changed from User Utility. The latest
Combined image (life size) setting takes effect no matter which utility is used.
 4 : Combined (Lifesize)+Combined
Combined image (life size) + combined image (reduced to
35×43cm image).
33 Kind of Transfer Image  0 : Original Specifying image type of the network output that is generated upon Agreement
(Image Combining Original image only. image combination. required.
Process)  1 : Original+Combined
Original image and combined image (reduced to 35×43cm image). * This setting can also be changed from User Utility. The latest setting
 2 : Combined takes effect no matter which utility is used.
Combined image only (reduced to 35×43cm image).
 3 : Combined(Lifesize)
Combined image (life size)
 4 : Combined(Lifesize)+Combined
Combined image (life size) + combined image (reduced to
35×43cm image).
 5 : Combined(Lifsize2)
Combined image (life size 2)
 6 : Original+Combined(Lifsize2)
Original image and combined image (life size 2).
34 Enable Statistical Info.  Yes Specifying whether or not to output an exposure result data file. Agreement
Output Enables the exposure result data file output function. required.
Exposure result data : Patient ID, patient name, study date, study
 No
time, anatomical region, exposure menu,
Disables the exposure result data file output function.
etc.
35 Modality Setup for  0 : MG Specifying the study modality for mammography. Agreement
Mammography Image  2 : CR The specified modality is used to perform the study. required.
* When you changed this setting, initialize the image DB.
36 Administrator Password Up to 20 one-byte characters. Specifying administrator privilege password for the user
( fcr-iip) authentication function.
* Be sure to enter a 1-byte character string from the keyboard.
* From V5.0, the user name and password have been fixed to
the ones for service engineers.
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
For cluster
connection
37 Enable Security  Yes Specifying whether or not to use the user authentication function.
Function Uses the user authentication function.
 No
Does not use the user authentication function.
38 Link User Account to  Yes Specifying whether the radiographer name field should display the
Operator’s Name Displays the login user name in the radiographer name field. name of a user who logs in with the user authentication function.
 No
Does not display the login user name in the radiographer name
field.
39 UID Issuance about a  Yes Specifying whether or not to issue a new image UID/SOPInstance
function (except Image Issues a new image UID/SOP Instance UID number. UID number when an image data editing process (other than image
Processing) to change  No processing) was performed.
to the image Does not issue a new image UID/SOP Instance UID number.
* When an image obtained after editing is to be differentiated from
themselves
the original one, choose “Yes”.
* This image data editing process involves shuttering processing,
marker processing and annotation.
40 Rotate the 2nd  Yes Specifying whether or not to rotate the
At an institution where
Stitching Image Rotates the second image 180 degrees. second image 180 degrees for long-view
double and triple
 No menu (function: WS) automatic generation.
longview cassettes are
Does not rotate.
* When a Fuji Film’s long-view cassette is used mixed, set both of
used, it is necessary to rotate the second 40. and 41. to “Yes”.
image 180 degrees. For a double cassette,
41 Rotate the 3rd Stitching  Yes Specifying whether or not to rotate the rotate the second image
Image third image 180 degrees for long-view by 180° and for a triple
Rotates the third image 180 degrees.
 No menu (function: WS) automatic generation. cassette, rotate the third
image by 180°.
Does not rotate.
42 Enable Stitching Edge  Yes Specifying whether or not to enable the stitching edge adjustment
Adjustment Enables the stitching edge adjustment function. function for images generated with the long-view menu (function:
 No WS).
Disables the stitching edge adjustment function.
* You should basically choose “Yes”.
43 Cut IP Edge for  Yes Specifying whether or not to cut the IP edge when combining
Stitching Cuts the IP edge. images that are generated with the long-view menu (function: WS).
 No
* You should basically choose “No”.
Does not cut the IP edge.
44 Use Series  Yes Specifying whether or not to use an ID number (new tag) when the Agreement
Identification Uses series ID number. F-RIS is connected. required.
From F-RIS  No
* To set “Yes”, make sure ahead of time that the F-RIS server
Does not use series ID number.
version is compatible with this option.
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
For cluster
connection
45 UID Issuance after  Yes Specifying whether or not to issue a new image UID or SOP Agreement
Modifying Trimming Issues a new number. Instance UID as trimming information is modified. required.
Parameter  No
Does not issue new number.
46 UID Issuance after  Yes Specifying whether or not to issue a new image UID/SOPInstance Agreement
Modifying Issues a new number. UID number when FNC parameters are changed. required.
FNC Parameter  No
Does not issue a new number.
47 Quantity which paints  0 (0-200) Specifying the paint area for the mammographic chest wall
inside the recognition shuttering process.
result of the chest
wall[x0.01mm] * The chest wall shuttering process exercises a blackening function
to automatically paint out the chest wall’s transparent portion that
may result from a bend or other inadequacy during IP reading.
* Specifies a quantity that is variable in 0.01 mm increments from
0.00 to 2.00 mm.
48 Apply GS Filter To  Yes Specifying whether or not to subject 8" × 10"/18 × 24 cm standard- Agreement
8 × 10 / 1824 Image Perform GS conversion. pixel density images to GS conversion. required.
 No
* If “No” is chosen, a moire pattern may appear in a film output and
Does not perform GS conversion.
the like.
* This will be applied only to CR images.
51 Use Reject Comment  Yes Specifying whether to enable or disable entry of comment on mis-
Enables the entry. exposed images.
 No
Disables the entry.
52 Time Until Auto Log Off  0 (0-60) Specifying the time (represented in minutes) until when auto logoff
takes place.
* Note that if 0 is set, no auto logoff will take place.
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
For cluster
connection
53 Horizontal UMB  0 : ALL OFF Specifying whether or not to apply image unevenness removal
Processing for No image unevenness removal processing is applied. processing to the table type (CR-IR 364T, CR-IR 367, CR-IR 370,
VELOCITY & PRELIO  1 : ON Table Type Only CR-IR 371 and CR-IR 372) and upright type (CR-IR 364U and
Image unevenness removal processing is applied only to the CR-IR 366) Image Readers.
table type (CR-IR 364T, CR-IR 367, CR-IR 370, CR-IR 371 and
CR-IR 372) equipment. * Specify “ON” only for newly installed types models or mobile types
on which an image unevenness problem arose as it was subjected
 2 : ON Upright Type Only
Image unevenness removal processing is applied only to the to undue vibrations. Specify “OFF” for equipment newly installed
upright type (CR-IR 364U and CR-IR 366) equipment. at a hospital or already-installed mobile types.
 3 : ALL ON
Image unevenness removal processing is applied to all
equipment types.
54 Modality Setup  0 : DX Specifying a study modality. Agreement
 1 : CR The specified modality is used to perform the study. required.
* To connect a cassette-type CR Image Reader with V4.0 or earlier,
select “1:CR”.
* By default, “0: DX” is determined in the DR-ID 300CL-AP CD of
V4.0 or earlier.
* Available DICOM Storage Service Class varies with specified
study modality. For details, see all of the settings of DICOM
Storage.
* When you changed this setting, initialize the image DB.
55 DICOM Station Name  None Setting the DICOM Tag Station Name (0008,1010).
If nothing is set here, the host name is set for the Station Name.
* A maximum of 16 alphanumerics can be set up.
56 Gradients(x10) of LUT  13 (1-1000) Setting inclination of a linear LUT used when displaying preview
used for Preview Image images derived from the FPD. Specify a 10x value.
57 UID Issuance after  Yes Specifying whether or not to issue new image UID and Agreement
Modifying CRF  No SOPInstanceUID when the CRF parameter (sharpness processing required.
Parameter parameter) was modified.
* Choose “Yes” if you wish to identify the image that was subjected
to modification.
59 Device Serial Number Up to 64 one-byte characters. Setting the PC production number.
( Blank)
* Back-slash cannot be used.
60 Gantry ID Up to 64 one-byte characters. Setting the tube serial number.
( Blank)
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
For cluster
connection
61 Use Password Security  Yes Specifying whether or not to enable the PAS security function. Agreement
Enabled. required.
 No
Not enabled.
62 Password for PAS Up to 16 one-byte characters. Password for PAS security function privilege. Agreement
Security ( 19750225) required.
* Be sure to enter one-byte characters from the keyboard.
64 Edge Adjust Flag For  Yes Specifying whether or not to adjust the joint section between images Agreement
FPD Adjusted. when performing an FPD long-view exposure. required.
 No
Not adjusted.
65 Fov Cut UD Up to 16 one-byte characters. Mechanical error occurring vertically on an FPD long-view image
( 0, 0) [μm].
* Determine the standing position setup value and the supine
position setup value by delimiting them with a comma.
* Valid setup range: 0 to 30000
66 Fov Cut LR Up to 16 one-byte characters. Mechanical error occurring horizontally on an FPD long-view image
( 0, 0) [μm].
* Determine the standing position setup value and the supine
position setup value by delimiting them with a comma.
* Valid setup range: 0 to 30000
67 Use Service Utility  Yes Specifying whether to enable or disable the Service Utility Agreement
Password Enables the Service Utility password function. password function. required.
 No
Disables the Service Utility password function. * By default, “Yes” is determined in the DR-ID 300CL-AP CD.
68 Software KeyBoard Up to 256 one-byte characters. Specifying the software keyboard.
Program Path ( Blank)
* When the value is not set, software keyboard is not available.
* Specify “C:\Windows\System32\OSK.exe”.
* When the Standard Kit for Mobile has been applied, the above
path is set as the initial value.
69 USB Memory Security Up to 256 one-byte characters. Specifying security software of USB flash drive.
Soft Path ( Blank)
* Factory setting is “E:/IMATION_DISK_MANAGER_V_a.exe”
70 Enable Marking  Yes Specifying whether or not to embed markers on the stitched image Agreement
Stitched Image Stitched image markers are to be embedded. (reduced 14"17" size). required.
 No
Stitched image markers are not to be embedded.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
73 The Priority used to  0 Setting priorities of images deleted by automatic deletion function.
filter target records MEDIA images are deleted first.
when AutoDelete runs 1
The images whose dates of inspection are older are deleted first.
83 Use Output WW  No Specifying whether or not to convert WW to a fixed value when
Does not convert to a fixed value. outputting unstandardized images.
 Yes
Converts to a fixed value. * This setting is valid only for CR mammography images.
86 Term Password  0 (0-365) Specifying the valid period of the password (unit: day)
* If this item is set to “0”, the period of password will be unlimited.
87 Notify Term Password  0 (0-365) Specifying the advance notice of the password change (unit: day)
* If this item is set to “0”, the advance notice will not be
implemented.
* If the set value is higher than those of item No. 86, the advance
notice will not be implemented.
98 X-Ray Device Up to 64 one-byte characters. Setting the name of manufacturer of X-ray generator.
Manufacturer ( Blank)
99 X-Ray Device Up to 64 one-byte characters. Setting the type number of X-ray generator.
Model Name ( Blank)
100 X-Ray Device Up to 64 one-byte characters. Setting the ID of X-ray generator.
Observer UID ( Blank)
* Only half-size number or period can be used.
300 Monitor1 Resolution  0: 1024 × 768 Setting the image resolution of the main monitor.
Setting  1: 1280 × 1024 Specifying in the format of “Width (pixel) × Height (pixel)”.
 2: 1600 × 1200
 3: 1280 × 800 * This item is not displayed when Standard Kit for Mobile is
 4: 1366 × 768 installed.
301 Enable Free Size  Yes Specifying whether or not to enables the free size trimming function. Agreement
Trimming Enables the free size trimming function. required.
 No * If output B4 trimming with B4 size, set to “Yes”.
Disables the free size trimming function.
302 Display Motion  Yes Specifying whether or not to enable the gap amount display and the Agreement
Correction Enables the gap amount display and the warning. warning for joint parts. required.
 No
Disables the gap amount display and the warning.
303 Motion Warning Value  2 (1-10) Gap amount (mm) to display the warning by the motion detection.
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
For cluster
connection
304 FLP DiskUsage Limit  10000 (1 or larger) Free disk space (MB) necessary to use the free layout print function.
Size
305 User Utility Guest Up to 20 characters Password for the guest account of User Utility. (The user name is
Password ( Guest) fixed as “Guest”.)
* The user name and password for service engineers have been
fixed to the following:
User name : FFService
Password : fieldengineer
* When “Yes” is specified for item No. 37, the guest account
becomes invalid.
306 Media Forlder Warning  100 (50-300) Remaining capacity (MB) of the media to alert.
Capacity
* Because this item is merged in item 306 in CSL/IDT FUNCTION,
it is hidden in V6.0 or later.
307 Link User Account to  Yes Specifying whether or not to set up the current user to the person Agreement
Verifying Observer Sets up the current login user to the person who done the QA who done the QA complete (0040,A075) when manually completing required.
Name (The Person complete. the QA.
done the QA Complete)  No
Does not set up the current login user to the person who done
the QA complete.
308 Enable AutoQA  Yes Specifying whether or not to use the QA auto completion function.
Complete Uses the QA auto completion function.
 No * This item can also be set up using the User Utility function.
Does not use the QA auto completion function. The item set up the last will be valid.
309 AutoQA Complete Time  20 (5-720) Time to the QA auto determination (by minute).
* This item can also be set up using the User Utility function.
The item set up the last will be valid.
312 Enable Expousre Index  Yes Specifying whether or not to enable the Exposure Index function.
Function Enables Exposure Index function.
 No
Disables Exposure Index function.
313 Period [Days] of log  30 (30-120) Storage period for log records (days).
keeping
* If the storage period is expired, the logs will be deleted from the
oldest.
315 User Selector Setting  Yes Specifying whether or not to display the Selector Setting window in
Displays the Selector Setting window in the User Utility. the User Utility.
 No
Does not display the Selector Setting window in the User Utility.
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
For cluster
connection
316 Enable High Speed  Yes Specifying whether or not to enable the high speed preview.
Preview Enables the high speed preview.
 No
Disables the high speed preview.
317 Enable Trimming size  17INX17IN,14INX17IN,14INX14IN,10INX14IN,10INX12IN, Setting allowable sizes from 17INX17IN, 14INX17IN, 14INX14IN,
Standard 8INX10IN 10INX14IN, 10INX12IN, and 8INX10IN with the “ , ” delimitation of
(Auto+Manual) DICOM notation.
* Maximum :17INX17IN,14INX17IN,14INX14IN,10INX14IN,
10INX12IN,8INX10IN
* Do not delete “17INX17IN”, or an error will occur.
* In V7.0 or earlier, the configuration name is “Enable Trimming
Size 1”.
318 Enable Trimming size  18CMX43CM Specifying the trimming size used when determining the trimming Agreement
Extended (Auto) size with the exposure field auto recognition. required.
* Maximum :18CMX43CM, 18CMX24CM, 24CMX30CM,
15CMX30CM,8INX14IN,7INX8IN,7INX10IN,5INX8IN
* Do not input delimiter except “,”. Operations cannot be performed
properly if the other delimiters exist.
* To use the 24x30cm, 18x24cm, or 15x30cm CR cassette, set this
item to the same as the size of the CR cassette. If the different
size is set, the error will occur at print output.
* The default setting in V5.0 is a blank.
* In V7.0 or earlier, the configuration name is “Enable Trimming Size
2”. Furthermore, both auto and manual trimming sizes are set.
319 PDI Normalized  Yes Specifying whether or not to normalize(Standardized) when
Normalizes(Standardized) when performing PDI output. performing PDI output.
 No
Does not normalize(Standardized) when performing PDI output. * PDI cannot be used in V5.0.
* From V5.0, the setting for DICOM file output is also specified in
this item.
320 Monitor2 Resolution  0 : None Specifying the monitor2 resolution setting with “Width (pixel) ×
Setting  1 : 1200 × 1600 Height (pixel)” format.
 2 : 1536 × 2048
* For V6.0, select "0: None".
321 Job Status Display  300 (1-) Timing for hiding a reconstructed job from the simple reconstruction
Time cue (unit: sec).
323 Threshold of Mobile PC  15 (5-50) Specifying the threshold value (%) for the warning to the remaining
low battery warning battery power.
* This is the setup item only for laptop PCs.
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
For cluster
connection
324 Enable Media initialize  No Specifying whether or not to display the initialization button on the
button in UserUtility Does not display the media initialize button. media storage window of the User Utility.
 Yes
Displays the media initialize button. * This is the setup item only for laptop PCs.
325 Enable  No Specifying whether or not to display the button to open the “Power
PowerManagement Does not display the PowerManagement button. Option” function in the User Utility.
button in UserUtility  Yes
Displays the PowerManagement button. * This is the setup item only for laptop PCs.
326 Study Suspend when  No Specifying whether or not to forcibly suspend a study when the
using PPS. Does not suspend the study forcibly. study ends in the PPS operation (with PPS option and no PPS
 Yes Cache).
Suspends the study forcibly.
327 Motion Shift Flag  No Specifying whether or not to enable the motion shift.
Does not enable the motion shift.
 Yes
Enable the motion shift.
328 Marker Search LR  60000 (1 - 200000) Specifying the search range in the lateral direction from the left/right
end of the exposure region in the marker detection. (μm)
329 DR Stitch With Modality  Yes Specifying whether or not to enable the FPD long-view exposure by
Option Enables the FPD long-view exposure by using the long-view using the long-view option of the DR exposure equipment.
option.
* The default setting in V7.0 or earlier is “Yes”.
 No
Disables the FPD long-view exposure by using the long-view
option.
331 RSPC Path Up to 256 one-byte characters. Specifying the copy destination of the remote maintenance log
( Blank) (RSPC common folder).
337 Complete Study when  No Specifying the study completion method when a long-view menu
WS menu with one Notifies the presence of an uncombined image, and does not has read only 1 image.
image close the study window.
 Yes
Notifies nothing, and close the study window.
339 Choose Target Image  No Specifying whether or not to choose the image to be a standard
Does not choose. density of the auto density correction in the DR long-view exposure.
 Yes
Chooses.
340 User Utility Admin Up to 20 one-byte characters. ( VIP) Setting the password for the admin account of the User Utility. (The
Password user name is fixed as “VIP”.)
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
For cluster
connection
341 Display Message  No Setting whether or not to display a message dialog during a standby
Dialog During Does not display. time when performing a Tomosynthesis exposure.
Tomosynthesis  Yes
Exposure Displays.
342 Image File Type For  0 : THM Specifying the type of the image to be displayed on the
Tomosynthesis Viewer Thumbnail image Tomosynthesis Viewer.
 1 : STD
Standard density image
343 Enable Shutdown by  No Setting whether or not to use the function for shutting down the
Run out of the PC Not used. system when the remaining battery life of the PC becomes low.
battery  Yes
Used.
349 Enable Implant Input  No Setting whether or not to enable implant information input.
Disable
 Yes * Set to “Yes” when MG Image Storage is to be used.
Enable
350 Display Pixel Size for  264 (1 or larger) Specifying the display pixel size for the 2nd monitor (mm).
2nd monitor
* The actual pixel size is “specified value x 0.001”.
* Set this item in accordance with pixel pitch of the connected monitor.
351 Enable Trimming size  18CMX43CM,18CMX24CM,24CMX30CM,15CMX30CM, Setting allowable trimming sizes for the manual trimming. Agreement
Extended (Manual) 8INX14IN,7INX8IN,7INX10IN,5INX8IN required.
* Maximum :18CMX43CM, 18CMX24CM, 24CMX30CM,
15CMX30CM,8INX14IN,7INX8IN,7INX10IN,5INX8IN
* Do not input delimiter except “,”. Operations cannot be performed
353 Enable density  No Specifying whether or not to use the auto density correction function
correction to DR Does not use the auto density correction function. when combining DR long-view images.
stitched Image  Yes
Uses the auto density correction function.
354 Enable S Value Edit to  No Specifying whether or not to use the S value edit function when
DR pre-stitched Image Does not use the S value edit function. manually combining DR long-view images.
 Yes
Uses the S value edit function.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
355 Enable Legacy  No Specifying whether to enable or disable the normalization process Agreement
Normalized Proc Disable the normalization process. similar to CR Console at the image display on the monitor of DR-ID required.
 Yes 300CL and at the print output.
Enable the normalization process.
* This is the setup item in V7.2.0003 or later.
* When you set this item to “Yes”, leave the “Normalized” setting on
the DICOMSetup screen as “Yes”.
* For the setting combinations of this item and the QA FUNCTION
No. 25, see the QA FUNCTION No. 25.
$ No. 25 “Enable RealTime Adjust S/L”
356 Enable Virtual Grid  No Specifying whether or not to enable the Virtual Grid editting when in
Editting when use Disables the Virtual Grid editting when in the QA window. the QA window.
X-ray Grid  Yes
Enables the Virtual Grid editting when in the QA window. * In case of a general facility, set this item to “No”.
In case of a cooperative research facility, set this item to “Yes” if
necessary.
357 Enable User Lock  No Setting whether the function for locking the account of the User
Function The account lock function is not used. Utility is used or not.
 Yes
The account lock function is used. * When “Yes” is set, the account is locked when the number of
consecutive login failures for the same account within one hour
reaches “395 Login Failures Number Of Times Until The Locking”.
358 Password  60 (1 - 600) Setting of the waiting time (seconds) until the next password input
Authentication Wait after password authentication has failed at the key lock screen.
Time
* Effective only when “357 Enable User Lock Function” has been
set to “Yes”
359 Login Failures Number  3 (1 or larger) Setting of the number of login failures within one hour after which
Of Times Until The the account is locked because of login failure.
Locking
* Effective only when “357 Enable User Lock Function” has been
set to “Yes”
360 Is Fill Proc  Yes Setting whether the transparent area on the left and right edge of
Paint the transparent area images in case of input images from PRIMA / PRIMA T / PRIMA
 No T2 / PRIMA Tm / XL2-α / CAPSULA-2α / CAPSULA Xα is to be
Do not paint the transparent area painted or not.
* The size of the area to be painted is set by
“361 Range Fill Left (100um)” and “362 Range Fill Right (100um)”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
361 Range Fill  0 (1 - 100) Setting of the distance of the area to be painted from the left edge
Left(100um) (unit: 100 μm)
362 Range Fill  0 (1 - 100) Setting of the distance of the area to be painted from the right edge
Right(100um) (unit: 100 μm)
363 Priority Image Host IP The IP address is set as “xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx”. Setting of the Ipv4 address on the image local network side of the
Address for CR Builtin. ( Blank) DR-ID 300CL
* This is set only when the in-hospital network uses Ipv6 and the
image local network uses Ipv4 and a CR built-in device is to be
connected from the image local network side to the DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Detailed explanations  2: 1 Study-1 series and 1 series-N Image
● “13. DICOM Series Generation Logic” Performs numbering in such a manner that each study has only
one series and that each series has two or more images.
In relation to the DICOM Series Generation Logic, the following
supplements explain the logic of series numbering subsequent to 1:1 1:N
image acquisition from the RU (FPD and FCR Image Reader unit). 1 Study 1 series 1 Image
 0: 1 Study-N series and 1 series-1 Image

1 Image
Performs numbering in such a manner that each study has more
than one series and that each series has only one image.
N Image
1:N 1:1
1 Study 1 series 1 Image 00000466.EPS
1:1
1 series 1 Image
1:1
N series 1 Image
00000464.EPS
 1: 1 Study-N series and 1 series-M Image

Performs numbering in such a manner that each study has more
than one series and that each series has two or more images.
1:N 1:M
1 Study 1 series 1 Image
1 Image
M Image
1 series
N series
00000465.EPS
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3.5 Configuration Details — 3. QA
FUNCTION
■ QA FUNCTION setup items
For cluster
connection
1 Enable Image Proc.  Yes Enabling updated image processing parameter flag. Agreement
Pram Update Flag Reflects updated image processing parameters upon flag. required.
 No
Does not reflect updated image processing parameters upon
flag.
3 Use Dialog for  No Specifying whether or not to open a dialog box for specifying the
Choosing Folder to Does not open. destination directory when you save an image with the simplified
Save Jpeg Image  Yes image storage function.
Opens.
4 Destination Path of  E: \ Specifying the simplified image storage destination.
JPEG File
* Be sure to enter 1-byte characters via the keyboard.
* The default value for V3.1 or earlier is “A:\”.
5 Filename Format of  0 : Image Number Filename generation rule applied to simplified image storage.
JPEG Information “Image number”+“serial number”.txt
 1 : Type 1 * Patient ID number : A maximum of 16 characters,
“Host name”+“date”+“serial number”.txt Tag (0010, 0020).
 2 : Type 2 Dominical year : Fixed at six characters.
“Patient ID No”+“_”+“dominical year”+“_”+“study anatomical Study anatomical region : A maximum of 16 characters,
region”+“_”+“serial number”+“_”+“host name”.txt Tag (0018, 0015).
Serial number : Fixed at four characters
(starting from 0000).
Host name : A maximum of ten characters.
Delimitation : “_” (underscore).
6 JPEG Image  None Specifying whether or not to provide gradation correction for
Processing Use CrtLut (Example) monitoring purpose at the time of JPEG image storage.
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config\CrtLut1.env This selection takes effect when you specify the names of the
directory and file in which the setup file is stored.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
7 Alert MSG Display  Yes Specifying whether or not display the confirmation dialog when the Agreement
When Output Opens. reprint button/study distribution button is pressed. required.
 No
Does not open.
8 Display Save Button  No Specifying whether or not to display the Save button.
Not displayed.
 Yes * This is the setup item in V4.0 or earlier.
Displayed.
9 Alert MSG Display  No Specifying whether or not to display the Save confirmation dialog
When Save Not displayed. when shifting from the previous study or image or at the completion
 Yes of QA processing.
Displayed.
* This is the setup item in V4.0 or earlier and V7.4 or later.
10 Alert MSG Display  No Specifying whether or not to display the Save confirmation dialog
When Image Changed Not displayed. when performing shuttering processing, menu change or image
 Yes replacement processing.
Displayed.
11 Enable Dicom  Yes Specifying whether or not to use the DICOM file storage function.
File Storage Used.
 No * This is the setup item in V4.0 or earlier.
Not used.
12 Tranfer Syntax  0 : Implicit VR Little Endian Specifying the DICOM file storage transfer syntax.
Used When Using  1 : Explicit VR Little Endian
Dicom File Storage  2 : Jpeg Lossless * This is the setup item in V4.0 or earlier.
13 Save Multibyte Code  Yes Specifying whether or not to save multi-byte characters at DICOM
When Using Dicom File Multi-byte characters are saved. file storage.
Storage  No
Multi-byte characters are not saved. * This is the setup item in V4.0 or earlier.
14 Save Annotation  Yes Specifying whether or not to save annotation information at DICOM
Information When Annotation information is saved. file storage.
Using Dicom File  No
Storage Annotation information is not saved. * This is the setup item in V4.0 or earlier.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
15 DCM File Image  None Specifying an LUT file when performing LUT processing for DICOM
Processing Use CrtLut file storage.
(Example) Use an absolute path (including extensions) to describe the filename.
C:\Program Files\Fujifilm\IIP\CrtLut\Storage-scp.lut
Example: C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\CrtLut\Storage-scp.lut

* A maximum of 64 alphanumerics can be used to specify necessary
data.
* If no data is specified, CrtLut processing will not be performed.
* If no specified file exists, an error will occur.
17 Enable Change  No Specifying whether or not to enable to edit the date and time of image
ImageDate and Disabled. generation.
ImageTime  Yes
Enabled. * Select “No” in Japan.
18 Image File Type For  0 : Std image file Specifying whether to use a standard image or a high-quality image
Magnify Display  1 : Hq image file for display of a magnified image.
* Any image derived from FPD is always displayed in high-quality

mode.
19 PEM Processing in the  No Setting whether PEM processing is performed for extremely high
case of Magnify Display Not performed. density images at the time of magnify display.
 Yes
Performed. * Only CR images are objects for PEM processing.
20 BitsStored Used When  0 : 12 Specifying a file storage bit value used when storing a DICOM file.
Using Dicom File  1 : 14
Storage * Effective only when “0: DX” is specified for No. 54 of IMAGE
MODALITY.
ResponseSValue  4 (1-10) Specifying the sensitivity of the mouse when changing the S value.
* This is the setup item in V5.0 or later.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
21 Alert MSG Type When  0 : Display Specifying whether or not to display a warning message when the
Patient Information will  1 : Non-Display patient information modification button is clicked for a study ordered
be Modified from the F-RIS.
* From V5.0, this item has been changed to CSL/IDT FUNCTION
No. 310.
ResponseLValue  4 (1 to 10) Specifying the sensitivity of the mouse when changing the L value.
* This is the setup item in V5.0 or later.
22 Enable Adjust GA/GS  No Setting whether or not to enable the GA/GS adjustment function by
by dragging Disable mouse dragging.
 Yes
* The default setting in V7.0 is “No”.
Enable
23 ResponseGA  18 (0 to 99) Setting the GA sensitivity of mouse dragging for GA/GS adjustment.
* A smaller value means a higher sensitivity.
24 ResponseGS  18 (0 to 99) Setting the GS sensitivity of mouse dragging for GA/GS adjustment.
* A smaller value means a higher sensitivity.
25 Enable RealTime Adjust  No Setting whether or not to enable the real-time reflection processing
S/L Do not reflect the S/L value edit to preview in real time. of the S/L value adjustment result.
 Yes
* This is the setup item in V7.2.0003 or later.
Reflect the S/L value edit to preview in real time.
* It is recommended to set this item to “Yes” when the IMAGE
MODALITY No. 355 has been set to “No” and set this item to “No”
when the IMAGE MODALITY No. 355 has been set to “Yes”.
26 Confirm MSG Display  No Setting whether or not to display the confirmation screen concerning
Marker Delete When Non-Display deletion of markers at the time of image rotation/ inversion.
Image Rotation/  Yes
Reverse * If “No” is set, markers are not deleted.
Display
27 Marker Position When  0:Follow Image Specification of the marker positions at the time of image rotation/
Image Rotation/ Marker positions follow the movement of the image. inversion.
Reverse  1:Stay Position
Marker positions do not follow the movement of the image.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3.6 Configuration Details — 4. PRINTER
■ PRINTER setup items
For cluster
connection
2 Enable Magnify Print  Yes Specifying whether or not to magnify and print a 3543cm/14"17” ·
Magnifies. 3535cm/14”14” standard image on a 3543cm or 3535cm film in
 No the one-image format.
Not magnified.
* Basically specify “No”.
(To specify “Yes”, a special authorization is required.)
10 Black Margin Setup  0 : Margin depend on image ID (default: Transparent) Specifying the film margin type.
on Film Edge Transparent or black depending on the image information.
Transparent unless specified by the image information.
 1 : Margin depend on image ID (default: Black)
Transparent or black depending on the image information.
Black unless specified by the image information.
 2 : Transparent Margin (Fix)
Always transparent.
 3 : Black Margin (Fix)
Always black.
11 Trimming Range 0 - 25 (0) Specifying the amount of trimming in mm (for other than
[mm] mammography).
* Be sure to enter one-byte characters on the key board.
12 Trimming Range for 0 to 25 (0) Specifying the amount of trimming in mm (for mammography). Agreement
Mammography [mm] required.
* Be sure to enter one-byte characters on the key board.
13 Print Barcode  Yes : Outputs. Specifying whether or not to output on film the IP no. read by the
 No : Does not output. RU’s barcode reader.
14 Print EDR Mode  Yes : Outputs. Specifying whether or not to output on film the setup data in EDR
 No : Does not output. mode.
* “A” for AUTO, “S” for SEMI, “F” for FIX and “S” for SEMI-X will be
printed on film.
15 Print Image Process  Yes : Outputs. Specifying whether or not to print image processing conditions on
Condition  No : Does not output. film.
16 Print L, S, CS, SS  Yes : Outputs. Specifying whether or not to print L, S, and CS/SS values on film.
Condition  No : Does not output.
17 Print Shot Time  Yes : Outputs. Specifying whether or not to print the date of exposure on film.
 No : Does not output.
* Other than Japanese version, “EXP:” will be printed as the title to
the top (on the left side) of the date of exposure.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
18 Print Set Process  Yes : Outputs. Specifying whether or not to print the routine or group information
 No : Does not output. on film.
* Film printout example: RT-01, TM 1 01
19 Print Engineer ID  Yes : Outputs. Specifying whether or not to print the technician’s code information
 No : Does not output. on film.
20 Print Menu Name  Yes : Outputs. Specifying whether or not to print image processing conditions on
 No : Does not output. film.
21 Print Compression  Yes : Outputs. Specifying whether or not to print image data compression code
Rate  No : Does not output. information on film.
* On the Japanese version, “compression ratio:” will be printed as
the title on the left side of the image data compression code
information.
“CC:” will be printed for other than the Japanese version.
22 Print Energy-  Yes : Outputs. Specifying whether or not to output energy-subtraction processing
Subtraction  No : Does not output. parameter information onto film.
Parameter
* Specify “No” for the DR-ID 300CL.
23 Print Image Frame  Yes : Printed with image frame. Specifying whether or not to add image frame when printing a
(3543film: 14x17,  No : Printed with no image frame. 3543cm, 3535cm, 2636cm or 2025cm film in the following
14x14,1843/ patterns.
3535film:14x14/  14"17"
2636film:10x14/  3543cm/14"17" image in the single format
2025film:8x10,1824/  3535cm/14"14" image in the single format
2530film:10x12,2430  1843cm image in the single format
Single Format)  14"14"
 3535cm/14"14" image in the single format
 26x36cm
 10"14" image in the single format
 8"10"
* Unless the output format is properly positioned, the image format
will not be displayed.
24 Print Image Frame  Yes : Printed with image frame. Specifying whether or not to add image frame when printing an
(3543 film:1843,  No : Printed with no image frame. 1843cm image on a 3543cm film in the LR or 2on1 format.
LR/2on1 Format)
* Unless the output format is properly positioned, the image format
will not be displayed.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
25 Print Image Frame  Yes : Printed with image frame. Specifying whether or not to add image frame when printing a
(3543 film:1417,  No : Printed with no image frame. 3543cm/14"17", 1843cm or 1824cm/8"10" image on a
1843 , 810 4on1 3543cm film in the 4on1 format.
Format)
27 Print Image Frame  No : Printed with no image frame. Specifying whether or not to add image frame to 18×24 cm or Agreement
(2636 film:18×24,  Yes : Printed with image frame. 24×30cm size images that are printed on 26×36cm size film in the required.
24×30/2025 single mammography format or to 18×24cm size images that are
film:18×24 Single printed on 8"×10" size film in the single mammography format.
Mammography
Format)
28 Print Image Frame  No : Printed with no image frame. Specifying whether or not to add image frame when printing an Agreement
(2636 film:18×24  Yes : Printed with image frame. 18×24cm size image on 26×36cm size film in mammography 2on1 required.
2on1 100% (100%) format.
Mammography
Format)
29 No Print Scale (User [Dialog setup] (?3??) Specifying whether or not to print the reading scale. Agreement
Definition Rules) $ The setup procedure is described in “■ Details of required.
* This setup is effective only when “Printed with image frame” is
[dialog setup]”. selected.
* This setup can be selected also for each MPM code. A maximum
of 8 MPM codes can be specified (a wild card can be used).
30 Representation of  Age : Displayed by the age. Specifying the age representation format.
Age Other than the Japanese ver. : E.g.) 25Y, 1Y8M, 1Y10D, 13D
* Use “1. IMAGE MODALITY” - “1. System Common Date Format”
 Date of Birth : Displayed by the date of birth.
for the DATE representation format.
Other than the Japanese ver. : E.g.) “DATE B” is printed.
31 Print Reverse Mark  0 : None Specifying whether or not to output the right-and-left image rotation
Does not print. mark.
 1 : R-reverse
Image not rotated : Does not display.
Image rotated : “Я” is displayed.
 2 : AP or PA
Image not rotated: “AP” is displayed.
Image rotated: “PA” is displayed.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
32 Print Film Character  0 : None Specifying the film annotation character area display format when
Field Does not output film. printing a 3543cm, 3535cm, 2636cm or 2025cm film in the
(1417-S/4on1,  1 : Only area 1 following patterns.
1843-LR/2on1/ Only film annotation character area 1 is displayed.  14"17"
4on1, 810-4on1,  2 : Only area 2  3543cm/14"17" image in the single or 4on1 format
1414-S, 1014-S, Only film annotation character area 2 is displayed.  1843cm image in the TWIN, 2on1 or 4on1 format
1824-LR/2on1,  3 : Both  1824cm/8"10" image in the 4on1 format
810/1824-S Both areas 1 and 2 are displayed.  14"14"
Format)  3535cm/14"14" image in the single format
 2636cm
 8"10"
$ See “■ Film annotation character areas 1 and 2”.
33 Print Film Char 2/  0 : Film char 2 Specifying whether to output film annotation character 2 (exposure
Examination number Film annotation character 2 (exposure stand information) is stand information) or the examination number.
output.
 1 : Examination Number * By default, “1: Examination Number” is determined in V4.0 or
The examination number is output. earlier.
* By default, “0: Film char 2” is determined in the DR-ID 300CL-AP
CD of V4.0.
34 Size Selection of  0 : Standard Specifying the film annotation character area display format when
3543, 3535, 2636,  1 : Large printing a 3543cm, 3535cm, 2636cm or 2025cm film in the
2025 Film following patterns.
Character (Single  14"17"
Format)  3543cm/14"17" image in the single format
 14"14"
 26x36cm
 8"10"
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
35 3543 Film Character [Dialog setup] (0010) Specifying the position and rotation of film annotation character
Field Position & $ The setup procedure is described in “■ Details of areas 1 and 2 when printing a 3543cm/14"17" image in the single
Rotation [dialog setup]”. or 4on1 format on a 3543cm film.
(1417 Image)
* This setup is effective for all exposure menus.
To specify this setup individually for each MPM code, use the No.
39 setup.

Field Position & $ The setup procedure is described in “■ Details of areas 1 and 2 when printing a 4335cm/17"14" image in the single
Rotation [dialog setup]”. or 4on1 format on a 3543cm film.
(1714 Image)
40 setup.
Field Position & $ The setup procedure is described in “■ Details of areas 1 and 2 when printing an 1843cm image in the LR, 2on1 or
Rotation [dialog setup]”. 4on1 format on a 3543cm film.
(1843 Image)
41 setup.
38 3543, 2025 Film [Dialog setup] (0010) Specifying the position and rotation of film annotation character
Character Field $ The setup procedure is described in “■ Details of areas 1 and 2 when printing an 1824cm/8"10" image in the 4on1
Position & Rotation [dialog setup]”. format on a 3543cm film or printing an
(3543 Film:810- 1824cm/8"10" image in the single format on a 2025cm film.
4on1, 2025 Film:
810-Single)
42 setup.
39 2025 (Landscape) [Dialog setup] (1131) Specifying the position and rotation of film annotation character
Film Character $ The setup procedure is described in “■ Details of areas 1 and 2 when printing a 90°-rotated 8"10"/
Field Position & [dialog setup]”. 1824cm image on an 1824cm film in the single format.
Rotation (810,
1824-Single) $ See “■ Film annotation character areas 1 and 2”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
40 Film Character Field [Dialog setup] ( No setup available.) Specifying the position and rotation of film annotation character
position & rotation $ The setup procedure is described in “■ Details of areas 1 and 2 when printing a 3543cm/14"17" image in the single
(User Definition [dialog setup]”. or 4on1 format on a 3543cm film.
Rules 1)
* Setup is necessary for each MPM code. (A maximum of
8 MPM codes can be selected. A wild card cannot be used.)
* This setup data prevails over that in No. 35.
position & rotation $ The setup procedure is described in “■ Details of areas 1 and 2 when printing a 4335cm/17"14" image in the single
(User Definition [dialog setup]”. or 4on1 format on a 3543cm film.
Rules 2)
position & rotation $ The setup procedure is described in “■ Details of areas 1 and 2 when printing an 1843cm image in the LR, 2on1 or
(User Definition [dialog setup]”. 4on1 format on a 3543cm film.
Rules 3)
position & rotation $ The setup procedure is described in “■ Details of areas 1 and 2 when printing an 1824cm/8"10" image in the 4on1
(User Definition [dialog setup]”. format on a 3543cm film.
Rules 4)
position & rotation $ The setup procedure is described in “■ Details of areas 1 and 2 when an image overlaps the film annotation character
(User Definition [dialog setup]”. area.
Rules5)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
position & rotation $ The setup procedure is described in “■ Details of areas 1 and 2 when an image overlaps the film annotation character
(User Definition [dialog setup]”. area.
Rules6)
46 Image Area Move to  Yes : Moves to the top of the film. Specifying the image output position when printing a 1530cm,
the Top of 3543 Film  No : Does not move. 3535cm/14"14" or 4343cm/17"17" image in the single format
on a 3543cm film.
47 Patient’s Name 0 - 64 (20) Specifying the maximum patient name length in one-byte characters
Justify on Film when printing it on film.
* If a number larger than 20, the default, is specified, the film
annotation character area cannot possibly hold other information
items.
48 Patient’s Name 0 - 64 (10) Specifying the maximum kanji patient name length in two-byte
Length on Film characters when printing it on film.
(Multibyte)
items.
49 Patient’s Name  0 : Left : Left-padding. Specifying whether to select right- or left-padding for printing patient
Length on Film  1 : Right : Right-padding. name on film.
 NOTE 
The patient name, exposure menu, requesting department, as well as the
patient ID and examination number need setups for both maximum length
displayed and right-/left-padding.
These two items should be set up according to “Setup Configuration Item”
– “SYSTEM CONFIG” – “5. IDT/CSL FUNCTION” in Nos.15 to 18.
$ “3.7 Configuration Details — 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION” under

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
50 Department Name 0 - 64 (20) Specifying the maximum exposure menu name length in one-byte
Justify on Film characters when printing it on film.
items.
51 Menu Name Length 0 - 64 (16) Specifying the maximum kanji exposure menu name length in
on Film(Multibyte) two-byte characters when printing it on film.
items.
52 Menu Name Justify  0 : Left : Left-padding. Specifying whether to select right- or left-padding for printing
on Film  1 : Right : Right-padding. exposure menu name on film.
53 Department Name 0 to 64 (8) Specifying the maximum requesting department name length in
Length on Film one-byte characters when printing it on film.

items.
54 Department Name 0 to 64 (4) Specifying the maximum requesting department name length in
Length on Film two-byte characters when printing it on film.
(Multibyte)
items.
55 Department Name  0 : Left : Left-padding. Specifying whether to select right- or left-padding for printing the
Justify on Film  1 : Right : Right-padding. requesting department name on film.
56 Enable Auto Edit  Yes : Enables. Specifying whether or not to enable the automatic character format
Function of Film  No : Does not enable. generation function for Nos. 2, 10 to 55 and 57 to 87.
String Format File
57 Gap between Image 0 to 50 (0) Specifying gap between images. Agreement
Edge and Film Edge required.
* Be sure to enter one-byte codes from the keyboard.
(Mammography
Format)[x0.1mm] $ “■ Specifying the gap between mammograms”
58 Font Size of  0 : Standard : Standard. Requesting department name font size.
Requesting Service  1 : Large : Magnified.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
59 Format Type of  0 : None : Do not display the radiographer Specifying whether and how the radiographer name should be
Operator’s Name name. displayed.
 1 : Ank Operator Name : Display the radiographer name with
one-byte characters.
 2 : Kanji Operator Name : Display the radiographer name in
kanji.
60 Display Image  Yes : Output to film. Specifying whether or not to output the Imager Pixel Spacing
Feature  No : Do not output to film. information (distance between pixel centers) to film.
 The film output at 10 pixels/mm is 0.10 (mm).
 The film output at 20 pixels/mm is 0.05 (mm).
* When “Yes” is specified for item no. 92, “#” will be output
immediately after “Imager Pixel Spacing”.
* By default, “Yes” is determined for DR-ID 300CL to be used other
than Japan.
61 2636 Film [Dialog setup] ( 0020) Specifying the left-hand image film annotation character field Agreement
Character Field $ The setup procedure is described in “■ Details of position and rotation for outputting an image produced from the required.
Position & Rotation [dialog setup]”. mammography menu (18×24cm image) to 26×36cm film in 2on1
(Left Image of 2 on 1 mammography format (100% magnification).
Mammography
Format)
62 2636 Film [Dialog setup] ( 1030) Specifying the right-hand image film annotation character field Agreement
Character Field $ The setup procedure is described in “■ Details of position and rotation for outputting an image produced from the required.
Position & Rotation [dialog setup]”. mammography menu (18×24cm image) to 26×36cm film in 2on1
(Right Image mammography format (100% magnification).
of 2 on 1
Mammography
Format)
63 3535 Film [Dialog setup] ( 0010) Specifying the position and rotation of film annotation character
Character Field $ The setup procedure is described in “■ Details of fields 1 and 2 for generating a 3535 cm/14"14" print onto 14"14"
Position & Rotation [dialog setup]”. film in the Single format.
(Single Format)
* Valid for all exposure menu items.
64 Enable Reduce To  Yes : Outputs reduced-size images to 8"10" film. Specifying whether or not to reduce a Single-format output image to
810 Film  No : Generate outputs at a magnification of 100%. print it on an 8"10" film.
$ “■ Output film determination sequence”
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
65 2636 Film Character [Dialog setup] ( 0010) Specifying the position and rotation of film annotation characters
Field Position & $ The setup procedure is described in “■ Details of when printing a 10"14" life-size image on
Rotation (1014 [dialog setup]”. 2636cm film in the single format (default).
Image)
Field Position & $ The setup procedure is described in “■ Details of when printing a 14"10" (horizontal 2636cm) life-size image on
Rotation (1410 [dialog setup]”. 2636cm film in the single format (default).
Image)
Field Position & $ The setup procedure is described in “■ Details of when printing an 1824cm life-size image on
Rotation [dialog setup]”. 2636cm film in the LR format (default).
(2636 film: 1824-
LR)
Field Position & $ The setup procedure is described in “■ Details of when printing an 1824cm life-size image on
Rotation [dialog setup]”. 2636cm film in the 2on1 format (default).
(2636 film: 1824-
2on1)
69 Print Image Frame  Yes : Printed with image frame. Specifying whether or not to add image frame when printing an
(2636 film: 1824-  No : Printed with no image frame. 1824cm life-size image on 2636cm film in the LR or 2on1 format.
LR, 2on1 Format)
70 Reduction Rate  0 : 86% Specifying a print reduction ratio when printing an 1824cm image
(2636 film: 1824-  1 : 100% on 2636cm film in the LR or 2on1 format.
LR, 2on1 Format)
71 Print Priority in  0 : LOW Specifying priority to printout of images to be transferred to the
Dicom Print  1 : MED DICOM printer.
 1 : HIGH
72 2530 Film Character [Dialog setup] ( 0010) Specifying the position and rotation of film annotation character
Field Position $ The setup procedure is described in “■ Details of areas when printing a 10"12" or 2430cm image on 10"12" film in
Rotation (1012, [dialog setup]”. the single format (default).
2430-Sigle)
73 2530(Landscape) [Dialog setup] ( 1131) Specifying the position and rotation of film annotation character
Film Character Field $ The setup procedure is described in “■ Details of areas when printing a 10"12" or 2430cm image on 10"12" film in
Position Rotation [dialog setup]”. the single format (90° rotation available) (default).
(1012, 2430-Single)
74 Film String Format  0 : GeneralFormatOnly Specifying whether to use general-format film annotation characters
General-format film is used. for all images (as has been previously) or special film annotation
 1 : MammographyFormat characters defined exclusively for mammography images.
Special mammography-format film is used.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
75 Lifesize Film [Dialog setup] ( 0010) Specifying the position and rotation of film annotation character
Character Field $ The setup procedure is described in “■ Details of areas when generating a life-size printout of a long-view image
Position & Rotation [dialog setup]”. (default).
76 Overlap width(mm) 5 - 30 (15) Specifying a width of films that overlap with each other when
of the Lifesize Film generating a life-size printout of a long-view image (mm).
78 Film Annotation  0 : top Specifying the position of film annotation characters (film annotation
Position (12on1 Film At the top of the film. character area for each film) when printing images in the 12on1
Format)  1 : MammographyFormat format.
At the bottom of the film.
79 Print Image Frame  No Specifying whether or not to add image frame when printing images
(12on1 Film Format) Printed with no image frame. in the 12on1 format.
 Yes
Printed with image frame.
80 Film Character Field [Dialog setup] ( 0000) Specifying the position of image annotation characters (film
Position & $ The setup procedure is described in “■ Details of annotation character area for each image) when printing images in
Rotation(12on1 Film [dialog setup]”. the 12on1 format.
Format) * This dialog enables only determination of the display position (a:
Area0 position) of film annotation character area 1. Do not
determine other items with this dialog.
81 Reduction Rate  0 : 86% Specifying whether to output 100%-size images or 86%-reduced images as
(810, 2on1 Film  1 : 100% has been so previously, when printing “810” images in the 2on1 format.
Format)
* 100%-size images are printed on a 3543cm film.
82 Enable Image Frame  Yes Specifying whether or not to add image frame when printing 100%-
(810,100%-Size Printed with image frame. size 8"10" images in the 2on1 format.
Image 2on1 Film  No
Format) Printed without image frame.
83 Film Character Field [Dialog setup] ( 0010) Specifying the position and rotation of the film annotation character
Position & Rotation $ The setup procedure is described in “■ Details of area when printing 100%-size 8"10" images in the 2on1 format.
(810,100%- Size [dialog setup]”.
Image 2on1 Film
Format)
Position & Rotation $ The setup procedure is described in “■ Details of area when printing 100%-size 8"14" (one half of 14"17"
(814,100%- Size [dialog setup]”. landscape) images in the 2on1 format.
Image 2on1 Film
Format)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
Position & Rotation $ The setup procedure is described in “■ Details of area when printing 100%-size 7"8" (one fourth of 14"17") images
(78,100%-Size [dialog setup]”. in the 4on1 format.
Image 4on1 Film
Format)
Position & Rotation $ The setup procedure is described in “■ Details of area when printing 100%-size 7"10" (one half of 2636cm
(710,100%-Size [dialog setup]”. landscape) images in the 2on1 format.
Image 2on1 Film
Format)
87 Film Character Mode  0 : DICOM Specifying film annotation characters of mammography XCON
Setting On XCON Conforms to the DICOM definitions (as has been so previously). material information.
Material Info.  1 : XCON-IF
Conforms to the XCON I/F definitions.
88 15x30 ExFormat For  No Specifying whether or not to generate image output on 26×36cm
14x10 Film Does not output. film in extended format.
 Yes
Output.
89 15x30 ExFormat For  No Specifying whether or not to generate image output on 8"×10" film
10x8 Film Does not output. in extended format.
 Yes
Output.
90 Setting of minimum 0 - 10 (0) Specifying a length of the trailing edge to be cut off when outputting
scale to be cut off the a stitched image in its life size [cm].
ends of Lifi-size
Output(cm).
91 Type of processing  0 : ExistingFormat Specifying a format type to be used in the multi-frame format.
multi-frame format.  1 : NewFormat
* To specify the same format at a site where a CR Console already
exits, specify “0: ExistingFormat”.
92 Enable Distance  Yes Specifying whether or not to perform distance correction processing
Correction Distance correction is performed. when outputting film prints.
 No
No distance correction is performed. * Distance correction processing is enabled only at digital exposure
using an FPD.
* By default, “No” is determined for DR-ID 300CL to be used in Japan.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
Position & Rotation $ The setup procedure is described in “■ Details of area when printing 100%-size 5"8" (one half of 8"10") images in
(5x8,100%-Size [dialog setup]”. the 2on1 format.
Image 2on1 Film
Format)
94 Minimum Output 0 - 10 ( 0) Setting of the minimum output size of output composition original
Size of WS Original images (unit: cm). When a trimming size smaller than the set value
Image [cm] is set, the composition original image is not put out.
* Set “0” for output of all sizes.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Details of [dialog setup] I. To add reading scale, select “None” (default), and “All Menu”
when not adding it to all images. Select “Select from MPMCode”
● Setup of “29. No Print Scale (User Definition Rules)” when not adding reading scale to images of certain MPM codes.
Double-clicking the No. 29 “Value” column will open the following dialog. II. Enter the image’s MPM code on the keyboard or select it from
the pull-down menu.
Be sure to set up if “Select from MPMcode” is selected in step I.
above. Specifying using a wild card is also possible, such as
I “?0??” (“?” is an arbitrary one-digit alphanumeric from 0 to F.)
III. Click if data set up in I. and II. above are correct.
The system returns to the previous window and any of the
following will be displayed in the “Value column.
 None : To add reading scale.
 All Menu : Not to add reading scale to all images.
 Four-digit number : MPM code of an image not added with
reading scale.
IV. Click to cancel the setup data to be saved.
II
III IV
DXCL080403009.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Setup of “35 to 39, 61 to 63, 65 to 68, 72, 73, 75, 80, 83 to 86. XXXX I. Specifies the film annotation character area 1 display position.
Film Character Field Position & Rotation (XX x XX Image)”
II. Specifies the 90° image rotation (counterclockwise) of film
Double-clicking the “Value” column of Nos. 35 to 39, 61 to 63, 65 to 68, annotation character area 1.
72, 73, 75, 80, 83 to 86 will open the following dialog.
III. Specifies the film annotation character area 2 display position.
IV. Specifies the 90° image rotation (counterclockwise) of film
I annotation character area 2.
$ For details of the film annotation character area, see
“■ Film annotation character areas 1 and 2”.
V. Click if data set up in I. to IV. above are correct.

II The system returns to the previous window and a four-digit
number will be displayed in the “Value” column. The meaning of
such four-digit number is as follows.
III 0031
90° image rotation of film annotation character area 2
(0: Not rotated, 1: Rotated)
IV Position of film annotation character area 2
(0: Upper left, 1: Upper right, 2: Lower left, 3: Lower right)
90° image rotation of film annotation character area 1
Position of film annotation character area 1
V VI F0000014.EPS
DXCL080403010.ai
VI. Click to cancel the setup data to be saved.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● “40 to 45. Film Character Field Position & Rotation (User Definition I. Enter on the keyboard the MPM code of the image the film
Rules)” annotation character area of which is changed or select it from
the pull-down menu.
Double-clicking the “Value” column of Nos. 40 to 45 will open the Specifying using a wild card is not allowed.
following dialog.
II. Specify the film annotation character area 1 display position.
III. Specify the 90° image rotation (counterclockwise) of film
annotation character area 1.
II
IV. Specify the film annotation character area 2 display position.
V. Specify the 90° image rotation (counterclockwise) of film
I annotation character area 2.
III
$ For details of the film annotation character area, see
“■ Film annotation character areas 1 and 2”.
VI. Click if data set up in I. to V. above is correct.

IV The system returns to the previous window and a character
string appears in the “Value” column to indicate the content of the
setup data.
Definition of image MPM code

V
position or rotation (a maximum of 8 codes can be displayed.)
0031 : 0000 0004 0009 000C 000E 000B 0002 0003
VI VII DXCL080403008.ai
90º image rotation of film annotation character area 2
90º image rotation of film annotation character area 1
F0000015.EPS
VII. Click to cancel the setup data to be saved.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Film annotation character areas 1 and 2 ● Positional and rotational movement of the film annotation character areas
Following is the description of film annotation character areas 1 and 2 Specify the positional and rotational movement of the film annotation
that can be specified in Nos. 32, 35 to 45, 63, 65 to 68, 72, 73, 75, 80, 83 character areas in “35 to 45, 63, 65 to 68, 72, 73, 75, 80, 83 to 86.
to 86 whether to display it and the positional and rotational movement. XXXX Film Character Field Position & Rotation (XXXXX)”.
If an image is printed on a 14"17" film as set by the default, the film Position 0 Position 1
annotation characters are displayed at both the upper right and left of
the image. Areas where those characters are displayed are the film Not rotated.
annotation character areas.
The upper-left area is area “1” and that at the upper right is area “2”. 90º rotated
(counterclockwise).
Film annotation
character area 1 One-frame film area One-frame film area
Film annotation
character area 2
Output print image Position 2 Position 3

(*Default setting)
Definition of Definition of
positional movement rotational movement
F0000009.EPS
F0000010.EPS
● Whether to display the film annotation character areas

Select whether or not to display film annotation character areas 1 and/
or 2 using the function in “32. Print 3543, 2025 Film Character Field
(1417- Single/4on1, 1843-LR/2on1/4on1, 810-4on1)”.
❍ 0: None
Neither film annotation character area 1 nor 2 are printed on film.
❍ 1: Only area 1
Only film annotation character area 1 is printed on film.
❍ 2: Only area 2
Only film annotation character area 2 is printed on film.
❍ 3: Both (default)
Both of the film annotation character areas are printed on film.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Specifying the gap between mammograms ■ Output film determination sequence
Note the following details when you specify the gap between When “Yes” is chosen for “64 Enable Reduce to 810 Film”, the output
mammograms as directed in “57 Gap between Image Edge and Film film size is determined in the following sequence:
Edge (Mammography Format) [× 0.1 mm]”.
Film combination Determination sequence
Single format 2on1 format
14"17" 8"10" 1. When the 3543 (cm) or 3535 (cm), high pixel
density, Single format is used, the image will be
printed onto 14"17" film at a magnification of 100%.
2. When a Single format other than indicated above is
Left-hand Right-hand used, the image will be printed onto 8"10" film.
Image 3. 4on1 and 3on1 format images are printed on 14"17"
image image
films.
4. In situations other than above, images are printed on
14"17" films in the 2636cm film output format.
2636cm 8"10" 1. When the Single format is used, the image will be
printed onto 8"10" film.
4on1 format 2. In situations other than above, the image will be
printed onto 2636cm film.
8"10" 14"14" 1. When 3535 (cm), high pixel density, Single format
is used, the image will be printed onto
14"14" film at a magnification of 100%.
Image Image
2. When a Single format other than indicated above is
used, the image will be printed onto 8"10" film.
3. In situations other than above, there is no applicable
film.
8"10" — 1. When the Single format is used, the image will be
printed onto 8"10" film.
2. In situations other than above, there is no applicable
Image Image film.
Setting range:
0 to 50 mm
(variable in 0.1 mm units)
F0000047_B00.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ 2636cm, 3543cm/14"17", 10"12", 8"10",
3535cm/14"14" film printout patterns [Reference]
● 2636cm film
4 5
4 5 4 5
4 5 4 5 4 5
11 12 11 12
2
13 14 13 14 1
3
4 5
2 2 6 6
2 2
1 1_1 3 1 1
3
Routine TWIN 18×43 TWIN Pantomography TWIN 2on1 7×10inch 2on1 (trimming) Pantomography 2on1
4 5 4 5
4 5 11 12
13 14
4 5 11 12 11 12 11 12
13 14 13 14 13 14
2 2
1 1
7 7
18×43cm 2on1 Routine Single 18×24cm/8×10inch Single 18×24cm TWIN/2on1 (100%) 10×14inch Single (HQ) 14×10inch Single (HQ)
- Legends (items are according to the FMT Nos.) -

1, 1_1 : Patient information area *1 : A format that enables information specific to
11 11 mammography images to be printed on film
13 13 2 : Image processing parameter area (*1)
3 : Image processing parameter area by selecting “1.MammographyFormat” of “74
4 : Hospital name area Film String Format” in SYS CONFIG - 4.
5 : Area for barcode, MPM code, etc. PRINTER.
6 : Patient/image processing parameter area (*1)
7 : Patient/image processing parameter area
11 : Reduced patient information area
14 14 12 : Reduced image processing parameter area (*1)
12 12
13 : Patient information area
Mammography 2on1 14 : Image processing parameter area (*1) DXCL130403005.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● 2636cm film (cont’d)
11 12
4 5 13 14
13 14
11 12
1
2
Pantomography Single Pantomography Single Pantomography Single
- Legends (items are according to the FMT Nos.) -

1 : Patient information area *1 : A format that enables information specific to
2 : Image processing parameter area (*1) mammography images to be printed on film
4 : Hospital name area by selecting “1.MammographyFormat” of “74
5 : Area for barcode, MPM code, etc. Film String Format” in SYS CONFIG - 4.
11 : Reduced patient information area PRINTER.
12 : Reduced image processing parameter area (*1)
14 : Image processing parameter area (*1) DXCL130403006.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● 3543cm film
11 12 11 12 11 12 12 11 12 11 12
13 14 13 14
35×43cm/14×17inch Single (HQ) 18×43cm Single (HQ) 18×43cm TWIN 18×43cm 2on1
11 12 11 12
4 5
11 12
35×43cm 1843 11 12 11 12
13 14
13 14 13 14
11 12
8×10inch 14×14inch
2
1 15
35×35cm/14×14inch Single (HQ) 43×35cm/17×14inch Single (HQ) Different images 4on1 (example) 8×10inch 2on1(100%) - Legends (items are according to the FMT Nos.) -
11 12 11 12 11 12 2 : Image processing parameter area
32 3 : Image processing parameter area
13 14 13 14 31
13
4 : Hospital name area
14 11 12 11 12 5 : Area for barcode, MPM code, etc.
13 14 13 14 12 : Reduced image processing parameter area
14 : Image processing parameter area
11 12 11 12 15 : Patient information/image processing parameter area
31 : Patient ID, right-and-left flipping mark and patient
13 14 13 14 name areas
32 : Hospital name, radiographer name, date of exposure,
and requesting department name areas (*1)
*1 : Annotation character positions can be
changed alternately between top and
bottom of the film.
Standard (trimming) 8×14inch 2on1 (trimming) 7×8inch 4on1 (trimming) 12on1 DXCL080403003.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● 10"×12" film
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F)
21 22 21 22 21 22 21 22 21 21
22 22
10×12inch 24×30cm
10×12inch 24×30cm 24×30cm 24×30cm

(mammography) (mammography)
(G) (H) (I) (J) (K) (L)
4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5
4 5
2
2
1 1
6 6 6 6
8×10inch, vertical 8×10inch 18×24cm, 502 8×10inch
8×10inch, vertical 8×10inch 18×24cm, 502 8×10inch 18×24cm 18×24cm
(M) (N)
- Legends (items are according to the FMT Nos.) - *1 : A format that enables
21 22 1: Patient information area information specific to
2: Image processing parameter area (*1) mammography images to be
printed on film by selecting
4: Hospital name area
“1:MammographyFormat” of
5: Area for barcode, MPM code, etc. “74 Film String Format” in
6: Patient information/image processing SYS CONFIG - 4. PRINTER.
21 22 parameter area (*1)
Pantomography Single Pantomography Single 22 : Image processing parameter area (*1) DXCL130403007.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● 2025cm film
21 22 4 5 4 5 21 22
6
21 22
6
Pantomography Single Pantomography Single Pantomography Single
18×24cm/8×10inch Single, 24×30cm/10×12inch,

vertical 18×24cm/8×10inch 35×35cm, 35×43cm,
43×43cm, 18×43cm,
10×14inch, Single
11 12 11 12 - Legends (items are according to the FMT Nos.) -
4 : Hospital name area
21 21 5 : Area for barcode, MPM code, etc.
6 : Patient information/image processing parameter area (*1)
12 : Reduced image processing parameter area
14 : Image processing parameter area (*1)
22 : Image processing parameter area (*1)
22 22
5x8inch 2on1 (trimming) *1 : A format that enables information specific to
mammography images to be printed on film
by selecting “1.MammographyFormat” of “74
18×24cm (mammography) 18×24cm (mammography) Film String Format” in SYS CONFIG - 4.
Single Single PRINTER.
DXCL130403008.ai
● 3535cm film
11 12 - Legends (items are according to the FMT Nos.) -
13 14
12 : Reduced image processing parameter area
14 : Image processing parameter area
35×35cm/14×14inch Single F0000022.EPS
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3.7 Configuration Details — 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION
■ CSL/IDT FUNCTION setup items
For cluster
connection
1 AutoMenuSelect  No Specifying whether or not to automatically move onto the next
From exposure list menus of unread images, manually selects exposure menu item (at the bottom on the screen) when multiple
exposure menus of the image to be read the next. exposure menus are registered.
 Yes
When an image is received from the FPD, automatically moves * This item is hidden in V5.0.
onto the next exposure menu item (at the bottom on the screen).
3 Enable Distribution  No Specifying if the distribution code is used when changing exposure Agreement
Code The distribution code is not used. menu parameters. required.
 Yes
The distribution code is used.
4 Enable Film String  No Specifying if the film annotation characters are used when changing Agreement
The film mark is not used. exposure menu parameters. required.
 Yes
The film mark is used.
5 Enable Function Setup  No Setting whether or not to use the function setup when changing the Agreement
Function setup is not used. exposure menu parameters. required.
 Yes
Function setup is used.
6 Enable Pantomography  No Specifying whether or not to use the pantomography (to isolate a Agreement
Processing The pantomography is not used. 1530cm image from a 10"12" size image). required.
 Yes
Image isolation processing is performed if the target image is a
pantomography menu (MPMcode20×4) in 10"×12" size.
7 Enable Performance  No Specifying whether the result information (film size and split
Data (RIS) The performance data is disabled. exposure count) can be defined from the DR-ID 300CL menu
 Yes parameter edit dialog box at the time of ordering from the RIS.
The performance data is enabled.
8 Enable Automatic  No Specifying if the automatic selector changeover function is used.
Selector Switching Not used.
 Yes * Be sure to specify “Yes” whenever Arcorma’s X-ray source is used.
Used. * This is the setup item in V4.0 or earlier.
9 Enable Requesting  No Specifying if the requesting department name field is displayed on
Dept. Name Field The requesting department name field is not displayed. the patient information entry screen.
 Yes
The requesting department name field is displayed. * This is the setup item in V4.0 or earlier.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
10 Enable Technologist  No Specifying if the technologist name field is displayed on the patient
Name Field The technologist name field is not displayed. information entry screen.
 Yes
The technologist name field is displayed. * This is the setup item in V4.0 or earlier and V7.2.
* In V4.0 or earlier, default is “Yes”.
11 Image Rotation/  0: L-R reversal Specifying the range available for selection of image rotation and
Reversal Range  1: T-B reversal reversal when changing exposure menu parameters.
 2: L-R,T-B reversal
 3: L-R reversal / 90-deg,Rotation * This is the setup item in V4.0 or earlier.
 4: L-R,T-B reversal / 90-deg,Rotation * In V5.0 or later, the setting for this item is fixed to
“4 : L-R,T-B reversal / 90-deg,Rotation”, and this item is hidden.
Selects a combination of L-R, T-B, 90-deg or Rotation
L-R : Right and left rotation,
T-B : Top and bottom rotation,
90-deg, Rotation : 90º reversal
12 EDR Mode Setup  0: AUTO/SEMI/FIX Specifying the range available for selection of EDR mode when Agreement
 1: AUTO/SEMI/FIX/SEMI-X changing exposure menu parameters. required.
 2: AUTO/SEMI/FIX/MANUAL
 3: AUTO/SEMI/FIX/SEMI-X/MANUAL * By default, “0 : AUTO/SEMI/FIX” is determined in V4.0 or earlier.
Selects a combination of AUTO, SEMI, FIX, SEMI-X or MANUAL

from 0 to 3.
AUTO : Automatically calculates both the S and L values based
on the image.
SEMI : The L value is fixed. Automatically calculates the S
value as per determined process.
FIX : The L value is fixed. The S value is the default or
manually entered.
SEMI-X : The L value is fixed. Automatically calculates the S
value as per determined process. Manually enters area
for calculation and output density.
MANUAL : For manual entry of both the S and L values.
13 Image Data Filing  0 : OFF/ON Specifying the range available for selection of filing mode when
Mode Setup  1 : OFF/ON/ON* changing exposure menu parameters.
Selects a combination of OFF, ON or ON* from 0 and 1. * This is the setup item in V4.0 or earlier.
OFF : Not to filing to the OD device.

ON : Filing to the OD device.
ON* : Filing to the OD device. (No density conversion is
performed.)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
14 Function Setup RT, ES, WS, PS, TM, TO Specifying functions that can be selected when changing exposure Agreement
( RT, TM, WS) menu parameters. required.
RT : Routine processing (routine exposure) * Enumerate functions demarcating them using one-byte
ES : Energy subtraction processing * Be sure to enter one-byte characters on the keyboard.
WS : Whole spine processing
PS : IVP processing
TM : Tomographic processing
TO : Tomosynthesis processing
15 Examination No. 1 to 16 ( 10) Setting the Accession No. length (1 to 16). Agreement
Length required.
* Set 6 or larger when 1 is set for “29. Study Number Issuance
Logic Setup” and 14 or larger when 2 is set
* This function also specifies the number of characters printed on
film.
16 Examination No.  0 : Pad with space to the head ( 1234567) Specifying the Accession No. padding method. Agreement
Padding Method Right-padded with spaces to the head. required.
 1 : Pad with zero to the head (0001234567) * This function also specifies right/left justification of character
Right-padded with zeros to the head. strings printed on film.
 2 : Pad with space to the tail (1234567 )
Left-padded with spaces to the tail.
 3 : Pad with zero to the tail (1234567000)
Left-padded with zeros to the tail.
17 Patient ID Length 1 to 64 ( 10) Setting the patient ID length. Agreement
required.
* This function also specifies the number of characters printed on
film. To specify the number of characters that exceeds 11, set
“Yes” for No. 22 Long Type Character Format of IMAGE
MODALITY.
18 Patient ID Padding  0 : Pad with space to the head ( 1234567) Specifying the patient ID padding method. Agreement
Method Right-padded with spaces to the head. required.
 1 : Pad with zero to the head (0001234567) * This function also specifies right/left justification of character
Right-padded with zeros to the head. strings printed on film.
 2 : Pad with space to the tail (1234567 ) * The setup value becomes invalid if the mass screening order
Left-padded with spaces to the tail. issuance function is activated.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
19 Reception No. Length 1 to 16 ( 5) Setting the reception No. length.
20 Reception No. Padding  0 : Pad with space to the head ( 1234567) Specifying the reception No. padding method.
Method Right-padded with spaces to the head.
 1 : Pad with zero to the head (0001234567) * This is the setup item in V4.0 or earlier.
Right-padded with zeros to the head.
 2 : Pad with space to the tail (1234567 )
Left-padded with spaces to the tail.
21 Exposure List Erasure  No Specifying whether or not to erase the preset exposure list when Agreement
Setup Does not erase. the CSL/IDT FUNCTION No. 105 has been set to “Yes”, when required.
 Yes starting the next study by using MCR/BCR input on the study
Erases. screen or when entering new patient information on the study
screen and the study reservation screen.
* By default, “No” is determined in the DR-ID 300CL-AP CD.
* The default setting in V7.0 or earlier is “Yes”.
* The setup value becomes invalid if the mass screening order
issuance function is activated.
22 Requesting Dept.  0 : Code Setting the content of the menu to be displayed in the requesting Agreement
Name Field Setup Displays the requesting department code. department name field. required.
 1 : NameSbcs
Displays the requesting department name in alphanumerics.
 2 : NameDbcs
Displays the requesting department name in kanji.
23 Technician’s Name  0 : Code Setting the content of the menu to be displayed in the technician’s Agreement
Field Setup Displays the technician’s code. name field. required.
 1: NameSbcs
Displays the technician’s name in alphanumerics.
 2 : NameDbcs
Displays the technician’s name in kanji.
24 Min.Set Number 1 to ZZ ( 1) Setting the minimum value for the function processing setup No.
* Enter a value smaller than that specified in “25. Max. Set Number”
below.
* Do not set the numbers with a “0” included (e.g.: 10).
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
25 Max.Set Number 1 to ZZ ( 9Z) Setting the maximum value for the function processing setup No.
* Enter a value larger than that specified in “24. Min. Set
Number”above.
* Do not set the numbers with a “0” included (e.g.: 90).
26 MCR Customized Card  No Specifying whether or not to use the hospital card. Agreement
The hospital card is not used. required.
 Yes $ For details of setup, see Installation “Appendix 2
The hospital card is used. Setting Up the Magnetic Card [Option]” under
“Appx IN: Appendix to Installation”.
27 MCR Card Type  0 : JIS Specifying the magnetic card type. Agreement
(JIS/ISO)  1 : ISO required.
$ For details of setup, see Installation “Appendix 2
Setting Up the Magnetic Card [Option]” under
“Appx IN: Appendix to Installation”.
28 MCR Card Format  0: FUJI (JIS type, ISO type) Specifying the magnetic card format setup type. Agreement
Setup  1: FJ01 (JIS type) required.
 2: FJ02 (JIS type) $ For details of setup, see Installation “Appendix 2
 3: FJ03 (JIS type) Setting Up the Magnetic Card [Option]” under
 4: FJ04 (JIS type) “Appx IN: Appendix to Installation”.
 5: FJ05 (JIS type)
 6: FJ51 (ISO type)
29 Study Number  0 : OFF Specifying the logic available for automatic study number (0021,
Issuance Logic Setup  1 : <System Id+Auto Increment> 2F20) issuance mode.
 2 : <Date+System Id+Auto Increment>
* Verify the setting made in “15. Examination No. length”. Make
System ID : Converts A to 1, ........ and Z to 26. sure that 6 or larger is set when “1” has been selected and 14 or
Date : Converts in the form of yyyymmdd (year, month, larger, when “2” has been selected.
day). * (0021, 2F20) are the study number tag.
Auto Increment : Starts with the initial value counted to be 0001 * The setup value becomes invalid if the mass screening order
and the count is reset to the initial value if it issuance function is activated.
extends over the two consecutive years. * This is the setup item in V4.0 or earlier.
30 Technician's Code 1 to 2 ( 2) Setting the technician’s code length. Agreement
Length required.
42 Wait Time for 1 to 30 (Do not change normally) ( 3) Specifying the wait time (in seconds) between the instant at which
Performed Exposure the ID information acquisition request is received from the built-in
Info. From Xcon type device and the instant at which the XCON exposure result
information is received in situations where exposures are made by
the built-in type device with the XCON being connected.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
43 Xcon Status Display  XCON Image display caption when the XCON is connected.
Strings
* Use a maximum of five alphanumerics to specify the caption.
44 Xcon Serial_TX Control Enter a numerical value in accordance with the PSI board channel. Performing XCON control serial port setup.
Port (Enter the value 0 if the control port is not used.) ( 0)
* To use the general X-ray source (other than Arcoma’s X-ray
source), set the number other than 0.
45 Xcon Performed Info.  No Specifying whether or not to receive operating condition data.
Reception Does not receive operating conditions.
 Yes
Receives operating conditions.
46 Xcon Exposure Info.  No Specifying whether or not to transfer exposure condition data.
Transfer Does not transfer exposure conditions.
 Yes
Transfers exposure conditions.
47 Xcon Exposure Info.  20 (0 - 9999) Minimum tube voltage.
Limit Value
(Minimum KVP [kv])
48 Xcon Exposure Info.  150 (0 - 9999) Maximum tube voltage.
Limit Value (Maximum
KVP [kv])
49 Xcon Exposure Info.  9 (0 - 9999) Minimum tube current.
Limit Value
(Minimum X-ray Tube
Current [mA])
50 Xcon Exposure Info.  1250 (0 - 9999) Maximum tube current.
Limit Value
(Maximum X-ray Tube
Current [mA])
51 Xcon Exposure Info.  1 (0 - 9999) Minimum irradiation time.
Limit Value
(Minimum Exposure
Time [msec])
52 Xcon Exposure Info.  5400 (0 - 9999) Maximum irradiation time.
Limit Value
(Maximum Exposure
Time [msec])
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
53 Xcon Exposure Info.  0 (0 - 9999) Minimum Reserve Code 1 value to be sent to the X-CON.
Limit Value
(Minimum Reserve 1) * If use “mA+msec mode” with an X-ray exposure device made by
Arcoma, set this item to “0”.
54 Xcon Exposure Info.  8000 (0 - 9999) Maximum Reserve Code 1 value to be sent to the X-CON.
Limit Value
(Maximum Reserve 1)
55 Distribution Code for  5000-IIP Distribution code used for receiving images from the FCR5000
FCR5000 Series series.
Connection
* Be sure to enter a maximum of eight one-byte characters on the
keyboard.
56 Enable Patient Info.DB  No Specifying whether or not to use the patient database function. Agreement
Function Does not use the patient database function. required.
 Yes * The setup value becomes invalid if the mass screening order
Uses the patient database function. issuance function is activated.
57 Max. Number of Patient 0 to 300000 ( 300000) Maximum number of patients that can be recorded to the patient Agreement
Info. database. required.
* The default setting in V7.0 or earlier is “5000”.

60 IP Info. Request 1 to 60 (basically not changed.) ( 60) Timeout value that prevails in the DR-ID 300CL when the RU Agreement
Timeout conducts an IP information search while the RU-CL N:N connections required.
(Reader:CSL=N:N) established.
64 MWM RIS Trigger Port  5001 (Basically not changed.) RIS trigger reception port number for MWM use. Enter a numerical
value in accordance with the RIS trigger reception port.
65 MWM RIS Trigger 1 to 1000. (Basically not changed.) (10) RIS trigger reception timeout value (sec) for MWM use. Agreement
Timeout required.
66 MWM Execute Study  0 : Manual Specifying the study start method for MWM use. Agreement
Type Manual start. Select an appropriate method in accordance with the RIS required.
 1 : Trigger specifications and actual hospital operations.
Trigger-driven start.
 2 : Auto
Automatic execution upon study reception.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
68 Exposure Menu Code  0 : Normal Exposure menu code system for MWM use. Agreement
Treatment  1 : JJ1017 Make an appropriate selection in accordance with the RIS required.
 2 : JJ1017(Ver3) specifications.
* This is the setup item in V4.0 or earlier, or V6.2 or later.

* In V6.1 or earlier, the configuration name is “MWM Exposure
Menu Code Treatment”.
69 Recept Computer Up to 16 one-byte characters. Receptor computer host name for receptor computer use.
Hostname ( ReceptComp)
* A maximum of 16 alphanumerics can be set up.
70 Recept Computer IP Up to 15 one-byte characters. Receptor computer IP address for receptor computer use.
Address ( 172.16.1.50)
71 Recept Computer Port 1 - 65535 ( 6000) Receptor computer port number for receptor computer use.
Number Enter a numerical value in accordance with the receptor computer
port number.
72 Recept Computer  0:A01 Patient information format to be acquired from the receptor computer.
Patient Info. Format  1:A51 Select a setting in accordance with the receptor computer.
73 Recept Computer 1 - 60 ( 15) Timeout value (sec) for the response from the receptor computer.
Request Timeout
75 Patient ID# is Unique  Yes Specifying whether the patient ID numbers to be registered in the local
Patient ID numbers must be unique. patient database should be unique.
 No When you register the information about a patient ID number in the
Duplicate patient ID numbers can be used. patient database with “Yes” chosen, it overwrites the information having
the same patient ID number.

* In V5.0 or later, the setting for this item is fixed to “Yes”, and this item is
hidden.
76 PPS Exposure Status  0 : No Specifying whether the PPS should return the exposure status (such as Agreement
Sequence Does not output. repeat/reject of exposures) with a Private tag. required.
 1 : Status Only
Outputs only exposure status. * Specify “0: Output Default Condition” for “120 Xcon No-Data Default
 2 : Status + Other Results Output”.
Outputs exposure status along with other actual results.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
81 Enable Continuous  Yes Specifying whether or not to permit the same barcode to be
Barcode Read Enables the continuous barcode read function. continuously registered.
 No
Disables the continuous barcode read function.
82 Selection Type of  0 : Linked Specifying whether or not to establish a link between one-byte
Requesting Service Links. requesting department names and kanji requesting department names.
 1 : Separated
Does not link. * If “1: Separated” is chosen, you can key in a requesting department
name from the study reception window.
* No need to set in V5.0.
83 Default Requesting Requesting department code consisting of up to 16 one-byte characters. Requesting department name to be displayed by default.
Service ( Blank)
* Be sure to key in a one-byte character string.
* Be sure to enter a requesting department code.
* The setup value becomes invalid if the mass screening order issuance
function is activated.
84 Barcode Type for  0 : Accession Number Search key used for barcode-based searches. Agreement
Search on List Accession number required.
 1 : Patient ID
Patient ID.
87 PPS Edit Billing  Yes Specifying whether or not to edit the information about requested
Supplies Edits consumables. consumables in the exposure result editing process.
 No
Does not edit consumables. * This selection takes effect only when “Yes” is chosen for item No. 88.
88 PPS Edit Exposure  Yes Specifying whether or not to edit the exposure results at the end of study.
Result Edits the exposure results.
 No * This selection takes effect only when the DICOM PPS connection is
Does not edit the exposure results. established.
89 MWM Menu Name  Yes Specifying whether the Code Meaning Agreement
Mapping Handles as an exposure menu name. (0040,0100>0040,0008>0008,0104) acquired as the information about a required.
 No response from the RIS should be handled as an exposure menu name.
Does not handle as an exposure menu name.
90 PPS Exposure Status  0040, 0260 > 0080, 0104 Specifying the tag for exposure information mapping at the PPS. Agreement
Mapping Tag Tag for exposure information mapping. required.
* If this field is left blank, exposure information mapping does not take
place. The tag VR may be limited depending on the setting for item No.
91.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
91 PPS Exposure Status  0 : None Specifying the information to be set for exposure information mapping for Agreement
Mapping Kind Performs no mapping. the standard tag at the PPS. required.
 1 : Div + Status + Kind
Divided exposure count/exposure status/exposure kind (all). * The VR values that can be set for the tag indicated under item No. 90
 2 : Div are
Divided exposure count only. LT, ST, UT, and LO for 1;
 3 : Status + Kind LT, ST, UT, LO, and SH for 2;
Exposure status/exposure kind only. LT, ST, UT, and LO for 3.
92 PPS N-SET Timing  0 : Complete Specifying the time at which the PPS study termination notice (N-SET)
When the study is terminated after receipt of all images. should be transmitted to the RIS.
 1 : Subscribe
When a study termination process is performed in situations where * This is the setup item in V4.0 or earlier.
setup is completed so as to delete unregistered menus.
93 Use Distribution Code  0 : Yes Specifying whether or not to handle a requesting department name as a Agreement
Depart Name Handles as a distribution code. distribution code. required.
 : No
1
Does not handle as a distribution code. * The setup value becomes invalid if the mass screening order issuance
function is activated.
94 Film Size Setup  1100000000 Selecting a film size.
* The selectable film sizes are 14"17", 2636 cm, 14"14" and 8"10".
95 Recept Computer Type  0:Standard Computer type for connection of a receipt computer.
FujiFilm Standard
 1:SANYO * To use Synapse RIS, select “0: Standard”.
Panasonic (Sanyo)
 2:TOSHIBA
Toshiba
 3:FUJITSU
Fujitsu
96 Kanji Patient’s Name  No Selecting whether or not to use a function for automatically converting to Agreement
Auto Convert Not used. a kana patient name when a kanji patient name is input on the hospital- required.
 Yes specified patient information input window. (Applicable only in Japan.)
Used.
97 Recept Computer Info  C:\Usr\IIP\ReceptShare\ Specifying a folder in which the shared information file is to be Agreement
File Share Folder stored when a receipt computer is connected. required.
* Set up with up until 256 characters in alphanumeric characters.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
100 Recept Computer Info  C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Data\Reserved Specifying a folder in which an information file where an error Agreement
File Temporal Folder occurred is to be backed up when a receipt computer is connected. required.
* Set up with up until 256 characters in alphanumeric characters.

105 Do Next Study At Study  Yes Specifying whether or not to use a function that enables to start the
Screen With End Used. next study with the study window displayed, when the study end
Button Click  No button is clicked on the study window.
Not used.
* This is the setup item in V4.0 or earlier, or V6.2 to V7.2.
106 Automatic Issuance  Yes Specifying whether or not to issue a patient ID automatically.
patient ID Issued automatically.
 No * What is defined by the “IssuanceIdPreset.dat” file in the
Not issued automatically. “C:\Progam Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config” folder applies for the
automatic patient ID issuance logic.
* The setup value becomes invalid if the mass screening order
issuance function is activated.
* In V4.0, always set to “No”.
107 Enable mAs Value  Yes Specifying whether or not to recalculate the mAs value using the
Recalculation Recalculated. actual PPS result edit function.
 No
Not recalculated. * This is the setup item in V4.0 or earlier.
108 Xcon Format Type  0 : Old Specifying the X-CON type.
Conventional X-CON other than for mammography.
 1 : Old-Expand “1 : Old-Expand” is applicable to Shimadzu UD150B-40/L-40/L-40E/
Expanded Shimadzu X-CON format L-40F models.
 2 : Old-Expand2
Expanded format2 “2 : Old-Expand2” is applicable to Arcoma Intuition, Obayashi mfg
 3 : Old-Expand3 Firm-RAD, and Mecal's products.
Expanded format3
 4 : Mammo1 When “7: SoftXcon” is selected for this item, it is unable to connect
X-CON-1 for mammography use. to hardware Xcon.
 5 : Mammo2
X-CON-2 for mammography use. * Since the SoftXcon function is used only in China, do not set to
 6 : Mammo3 “7: SoftXcon” for other countries.
X-CON-3 for mammography use (Not used)
 7 : SoftXcon
Software Xcon
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
109 Xcon Interlock  No Specifying whether or not to transmit the interlock command.
Command Transfer Not used.
 Yes
Not transmitted.
111 Xcon Serial_TX  0: 1200 Specifying the X-CON serial transfer rate (unit: bit).
Baudrate  1: 2400
 2: 4800
 3: 9600
112 Xcon No-Response 0-255 ( 20) Specifying the timeout value for response coming from the X-CON
Timeout (unit: 100msec).
113 Xcon Data Reception 0-255 ( 20) Specifying the timeout value for reception of data coming from the
Timeout X-CON (unit: 100msec).
114 Media Auto Mount  Yes Specifying whether or not to mount media automatically at CL
Automatically mounted. startup.
 No
Not mounted automatically.
115 Synapse Host for Web  synapse Specifying name of the Synapse server that offers the Web Query
Query function.
* Make sure to enter one-byte characters on the keyboard.
* A maximum of 255 alphanumerics can be used to specify the
server name.
* Be sure to enter the IP address when it was used to install the
Synapse Client function.
116 Web Query Root Path  /All%20Patients Specifying a root folder of the Synapse server to be searched for
with the Web Query function.
* A maximum of 128 two-bytes characters and 256 alphanumerics
can be used to specify the root folder.
117 Xcon DoseValue1  0 : Average Organ Dose Specifying which of the mammary gland absorption dose, exposure
Assigns the mammary gland absorption dose to Value 1. dose and area dose (of the two types of dose values transmitted
 1 : Entrance Dose from the X-CON) is to be assigned to Value 1.
Assigns the exposure dose to Value 1.
 2 : Dose Product
Assigns the area dose to Value 1.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
118 Xcon DoseValue2  0 : Average Organ Dose Specifying which of the mammary gland absorption dose, exposure
Assigns the mammary gland absorption dose to Value 2. dose and area dose (of the two types of dose values transmitted
 1 : Entrance Dose from the X-CON) is to be assigned to Value 2.
Assigns the exposure dose to Value 2.
 2 : Dose Product
Assigns the area dose to Value 2.
119 Enable Velocity  0 : No Specifying whether to display or hide the high-sensitivity selection
Sensitivity Button Does not display. button for curtailed erasure of data on the VELOCITY.
 1 : Yes (Velocity_T Only)
Displays only the supine position.
 2 : Yes (Velocity_U Only)
Displays only the upright position.
 3 : Yes (Both)
Displays both the supine position and upright position.
120 Xcon No-Data Default  0 : Output Default Condition Specifying the setting for output of actual result value when it
Output Outputs the default database value by setting it up to the tag. couldn’t be received from the X-CON.
 1 : Doesn’t Output Anything
Does not set up exposure-related information to the tag.
122 External Character  0 : Replace asterisk Specifying how to convert unspecified external characters, used to
Conversion Replaces an external character with the asterisk. represent a kanji patient name, that have been input from the
 1 : DataCut outside, such as RIS.
Cut off the kanji patient name.
* In V5.0 or later, the setting for this item is fixed to
“0 : Replace asterisk”, and this item is hidden.
123 MWM Not Received  No Specifying whether or not to delete the study information when
Condition Delete Study Study information is not deleted. C-FIND-RES is notified even though the Network WL tab has not
 Yes been selected.
Study information is deleted.
131 Enable MultipleStudy  Yes Specifying whether or not to permit multiple studies to start at the
Permitted. same time.
 No
Not permitted.
* In V5.0 or later, the setting for this item is fixed to “Yes”, and this
item is hidden.
133 Use 12on1 Film Print in  No Specifying whether or not to use 12on1 format output from the
MediaList Not used. media list.
 Yes
Used.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
134 StudyInstanceUID  Yes Specifying whether or not to permit StudyInstanceUID regeneration
Regeneration Permitted. received from RIS.
 No
* In V5.0 or earlier, the configuration name is “MWM
Not permitted.
StudyInstanceUID Regeneration”.
135 Enable Swap Image  Yes Specifying whether or not to enable study image swapping/menu
In Order Enabled. change when an order is received.
 No
* Applicable only in Japan.
Not enabled.
* When “Yes: Enabled.” is selected for this setup item, have the
user understand the following: When any change was made in an
exposure menu on the DR-ID 300CL, such changed information
cannot be received on the RIS side, because the RIS is waiting for
the information before any change of the original exposure menu
to come. The actual information needs to be changed also on the
RIS side accordingly.
* In V5.0 or later, the setting for this item is fixed to “Yes”, and this
item is hidden.
136 Xcon Serial_TX Control 0-32 ( 0) Specifying the serial port number used for the X-CON control (for
Port2 Siemens mammography X-CON).
* Select “0” if you do not use the serial port number.
137 Exposure Guidance A maximum of 256 one-byte characters. Top-page URL of the exposure guidance (Pico positioning
URL  http://localhost:8080 guidance).
138 FUJITSU Recept 1-65535 ( 5011) Port number for the FUJITSU receipt computer to receive data.
Computer Receiving
Port Number
139 FUJITSU Recept 1-1000 ( 1000) Timeout value for the FUJITSU receipt computer to receive
Computer Receiving continuous text. (Unit = msec)
Timeout
140 Enable IP Use Count  Yes Specifying whether or not to display the list of IP use count
List Enabled. calculation information.
 No
* Use the LOG SHARE setting to register a host name and an IP
Not enabled.
address for the DR-ID 300CL targeted for collection of the IP use
count calculation information.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
141 Enable IP Use Count  Yes Specifying whether or not to reset the IP use count.
Reset Reset.
 No * Select “No”.
Not to be reset.
142 Xcon Serial_TX Parity  0 : none Specifying the X-CON serial transfer parity.
 1 : odd
 2 : even
164 Use PPS Cache Server  No Specifying whether or not to use the PPS Cache server.
Does not use the PPS Cache server.
 Yes
Uses the PPS Cache server.
167 PDI Driver Letter One-byte characters. Specifying an alphabetical letter assigned to the drive on the CD-R
( None) drive targeted for output by using the PDI function.
* Use an alphabetical letter in capital.
* PDI cannot be used in V5.0.
* From V5.0, the setting for DICOM file output is also specified in this
item.
168 PDI Use CrtLut A maximum of 64 one-byte characters. Specifying SoftcopyLUT applied to a processed image by using the PDI
 C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\CrtLut\PDI.lut function.
* Use the absolute path to specify the LUT filename (including
extension). If it is left empty, no CrtLut processing is performed.
item.
* To output without standardization, make it blank or set it to “Linear.
lut (LL-PL_new.lut)”.
170 PDI Use Multibyte  Yes Specifying whether or not to include multi-byte information in the
Included. DICOM contents by using the PDI function.
 No
Not included.
item.
171 PDI Transfer Syntax  0 : Explicit VR Little Endian Specifying a DICOM contents transfer syntax by using the PDI function.
 1 : Jpeg Lossless
* To conform with IHE, select “0 : Explicit VR Little Endian”.
item.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
172 PDI Image Bit Stored  0 : 10 Specifying the bit depth.
 1 : 12
* For CR, set “0 : 10” or “1 : 12”.
 2 : 14
* For DR, set “1 : 12” or “2 : 14”.
item.
174 Enable Auto Marker  Yes Specifying whether or not to enable the auto marker function.
Enabled.
 No
Not enabled.
177 DAP Serial_TX Parity  0 : none Specifying a DAP serial transfer parity.
 1 : odd
 2 : even
178 DAP Serial_TX Control 0-32 ( 0) Specifying a DAP serial transfer control port number.
port (0: Not used.)
179 DAP Message Trial Count 1-255 ( 3) Specifying a DAP message transfer trial count.
180 DAP Address  A Specifying a DAP address character while a DAP is connected.
(Specify a capital alphabet.)
181 Wait Time for Response. 1-30 ( 1) Specifying a time to wait (in seconds) until a response is received after a
From DAP related command was transferred to the DAP.
182 Dap Status Display Up to 5 characters in 1-byte characters ( DAP) Specifying a caption used to indicate a related status while a DAP is
Strings connected.
183 Send Xcon Detail  Yes Specifying whether or not to send detail parameters at exposure condition
Parameter Detail parameters are to be sent. transfer.
 No
No detail parameters are to be sent.
184 Type of FPD System  0 : PcuCif Specifying an FPD system type. Specify “1: SysCon” when using on the
 1 : SysCon DR-ID 300CL.
* By default, “0: PcuCif” is determined in the DR-ID 300CL-AP CD of V4.0
or earlier.
* This item is hidden in V6.0 or later.
185 Enable Display Reverse  Yes Specifying whether to enable or disable the function to automatically
Marker Enables the function to automatically display the right-and-left reverse display the right-and-left reverse marker.
marker.
* Determine the right-and-left reverse marker to
 No
Disables the function to automatically display the right-and-left reverse “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config\ReverseMarker.bmp”.
marker.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
186 Reverse Marker Position A maximum of 7 one-byte characters. Specifying relative positions of the X coordinate and the Y coordinate at
[%] (X\Y) ( 12\5) the center, in relation to the width of the right-and-left reverse marker.
* Determining the top left as the original point, delimit the numbers from 0
to 100 with “\”. The fist figure is set to represent relative position of the X
coordinate and the other that follows is to represent relative position of
the Y coordinate.
187 Reverse Marker Color  0 : White-Black Specifying foreground and background colors of the right-and-left reverse
(Fore Color-Back Color) While - Black marker.
 1 : White-Clear
White - Clear
 2 : Black-White
Black - White
 3 : Black-Clear
Black - Clear
188 Mass Order Site Code The value of the DICOM tag is indicated without comma. Inputted Specifying to which tag the site identification code, entered using
Mapping Tag with single-byte characters. the screening examination ordering function, is to be mapped.
 (Blank)
Example: When mapping at (0032, 1033), enter “00321033.”
* This is the setup item in V4.0 or earlier, or V6.2 or later.
190 ImageCuttingLogicType  0 : DetectorSize Specifying the image cutout logic to be applied when inputting FPD
Not to be cut out. images.
 1 : ExposureSize
* To connect the FDR D-EVO, select “0: DetectorSize”.
Cut out with the irradiated field size.
* This is the setup item in V4.0.
* In V5.0 or later, the setting for this item is fixed to
“0 : DetectorSize”, and this item is hidden.
191 Display Terminal Share  C:\Usr\IIP\DisplayTerminal Specifying a share folder where the patient information files (XML
Folder files) are to be stored.
* A maximum of 256 alphanumerics can be used to specify a share
folder name.
192 Patient Info File Name  PatientInfo.xml Specifying a name of the patient information file (XML file).
* A maximum of 256 alphanumerics can be used to specify a
filename.
193 Monolith Image Output  0 : 13.6inch Specifying an image size applied when outputting an FPD image.
Mode To be output with the 13.6inch size (correction area not included).
* Select “0: 13.6inch” only when connecting the FDR D-EVO.
 1 : 14inch
To be output with the 14inch size (correction area included).
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
194 Enable Auto Exposure  Yes Specifying whether or not to have the irradiated field to be
Area Recognition Automatically recognized. recognized automatically.
 No
* Select “Yes” only when connecting the FDR D-EVO.
Not to be recognized automatically.
195 Exposure Area Margin  0 Specifying an error value (unit: mm) when the irradiated filed is to
be recognized automatically.
* Specify an integer number.
* The trimming size is decided by reducing the recognized irradiated
field area by the determined value. Because the X-ray irradiation
is a projection of radioactivity, the irradiated filed area on the
detector face tends to be larger than on the exposure stand face.
This function is used to correct such difference caused in the
irradiated field area.
196 Serial Xcon Connection  No Specifying whether or not DR-ID 300CL receives actual result
Does not receive the actual result information. information from X-CON via serial connection.
 Yes
* The default setting in V6.0 or earlier is “No”.
Receives the actual result information.
205 Enable Auto Pairing  No Specifying whether or not to enable the auto pairing.
Disables.
* When “2:CR” is specified for item No. 35 of IMAGE MODALITY,
 Yes
set this item to “No”.
Enables.
302 Stitch Point  C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config\StitchPointMarker.bmp Specifying a stitch point marker file to be set on the left side of the
Marker Path combined image.
* Specify with up until 256 alphanumeric characters.
* In V6.0 or later, this item keeps as default and is hidden.
* When the system is updated from V5.0 or earlier to V6.0 or later
with modified settings, the modified settings will be taken over and
keep hidden.
303 Motion Marker Path  C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config\MotionCorrectionMarker.bmp Specifying a motion marker file to be set on the combined image.
* In V6.0 or later, this item keeps as default and is hidden.
* When the system is updated from V5.0 or earlier to V6.0 or later
with modified settings, the modified settings will be taken over and
keep hidden.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
304 Enable Patient's Info.  Yes If the search function in patient database/MWMPI is enabled,
Automatic Search by Searches automatically. specifying whether or not to search automatically at the time of
Bcr/Mcr  No reading BCR/MCR.
Does not search automatically.
305 Max Number of 1 or larger ( 48) Specifying the maximum number of exposure menus which can be Agreement
Exposure Menu registered on the study execution window. required.
306 Media Forlder 50-300 ( 100) Specifying the remaining capacity of the media for displaying the
Warning Capacity warning (unit: MB).
307 Simplified Ordering  C:\User\IIP\OrderingReportShare\ Specifying the directory to share files of the actual result information
Report Share Folder when connecting to Synapse RIS/Simple Ordering.
308 Synapse RIS URL  http://localhost:8080 Specifying the URL to access the Synapse RIS.

* Do not change this setting as it is a preliminary setting.
309 Enable Multiple  No Specifying whether or not to allow to select multiple studies in the
Study Select Does not allow to select multiple studies. study list etc.
 Yes
* The default setting in V7.2 or earlier is “No”.
Allows to select multiple studies.
310 Alert MSG Type When  0 : Display Specifying whether or not to display a message when changing the
Patient Information will Displays a massage. patient information.
be Modified  1 : Non-Display
Hides a massage.
312 Media Set Default  BENEO Specifying the default value if FPD-System cannot be identified
FPD-System  FDR-AcSelerate when the image is retrieved from the media.
 CALNEO U/MT/MB
 CALNEO-C
 FDR D-EVO
313 Edge Correct RE 100-1600 ( 300) Specifying the magnification ratio (%) to adjust the frequency
emphasis level in the magnification display function.
* The value given by multiplying RE/MRE by this value will be the
parameter for emphasizing the edge.
* This parameter is effective for two parameters of RE/MRE.
* This item can also be set up using the User Utility function. The
item set up the last will be valid.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
314 Selection of GT  0 : compatible only Specifying the filtering method for image processing parameters Agreement
Parameter Type Old (Only the capital characters can be used) and parameters of GT. required.
 1 : new only
New (Only the lower-case characters can be used)
 2 : both
Both types of characters can be used.
315 Display Battery  Yes Specifying whether or not to display the warning for low battery on
Warning Displays the warning for low battery. DR-ID 601SE, DR-ID 602SE, DR-ID 611SE, DR-ID 612SE and
 No DR-ID 613SE when a study is started.
Does not display the warning for low battery.
318 Use X-ray Free  No Specifying whether or not to use the operations related to X-ray
Operation Does not use the operations related to X-ray automatic detection automatic detection function.
function.
 Yes
Uses the operations related to X-ray automatic detection function.
320 Remaining Battery  0: hh:mm Specifying the unit to show the battery power.
Display Format Time
 1: Percent
%
321 Use X-ray Free  No Specifying whether or not to select the operation mode (Auto,
Operation Mode Unable to select the operation mode of X-ray automatic detection Manual) of X-ray automatic detection function in User Utility.
function in User Utility.
* When changing the setting from “Yes” to “No”, be sure to set the
 Yes
Enable to select the operation mode of X-ray automatic detection operation mode of X-ray automatic detection function in User
function in User Utility. Utility to “Auto” in advance.
322 Use ES Motion  No Specifying whether or not to display the ES motion correction
Correction Param Set Does not display the ES motion correction parameter set. parameter set.
 Yes
Displays the ES motion correction parameter set.
323 TopBoard To Partition  0 (0-500) Setting the distance (unit: mm) between the partition and the cover
Distance surface of the upright exposure stand when a partition is to be used
for upright Tomosynthesis exposure
Without partition: 0
With partition: 37
* Operation with/without partition is fixed in upright exposures.
The setting cannot be changed for each exposure.
325 Distance Path of QC  E:/ Specifying the destination to save the QC test target.
Test
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
327 GPR Processing  0: old Setting the type of the GPR processing algorithm executed for DR
algorithmto DRImage  1: GPR2(V4.2) images.
 2: GPR2(V4.3) The relation between each GPR2 processing algorithm and HotFix
 3: GPR2(V4.4) is as follows.
GPR2 (V4.2) : V8.0HF0004/V8.1HF0001 interchangeable
GPR2 (V4.3) : V8.0HF0010/V8.1HF0004 interchangeable
GPR2 (V4.4) : GPR2 (V4.3) version with improved processing speed
* For V8.1 or earlier, the choices are “0: old” and “1: GPR2”.
328 Reduction Ratio of WS  No Specifying the reduction ratio of a long-view image.
image (DR) is fixed The reduction ratio is fluctuated.
* When a long-view image taken by the long panel is trimmed in
 Yes
V9.0 or later version, this item must be set to “No”.
The reduction ratio is fixed.
333 mAs Auto Calculation  No Setting whether or not to automatically calculate the value of mAs/
Automatic calculation is not performed. ReserveCode1 based on the tube current (mA) and the irradiation
 Yes time (millisecond) when setting the X control parameter of exposure
Automatic calculation is performed. menu.
334 mAs Verification  No Setting whether or not to check the consistency among the input
Verification is not performed. values of tube current (mA), irradiation time (millisecond) and mAs/
 Yes ReserveCode1 when setting the X control parameter of exposure
Verification is performed. menu.
335 Motion Correct Marker Up to 256 one-byte characters. Specifying the folder containing motion correction marker to be set
Path ( C:/Program Files/FujiFilm/IIP/Config/CorrectedMotionMarker.bmp) to a combined image.
336 Density Irregularity  4 (-1 to 20) Specifying the threshold value for the density irregularity warning in
Warning Value the alignment detection processing (%).
* “-1” setting means processing OFF.
* When set to 0 and saved, this value is automatically changed to “-1
(processing OFF)”.
337 Mode of Alignment  Detect Specifying the alignment detection processing mode.
Auto warning Detection mode
* For V6.2, the mode is fixed to “Detect”.
338 Examination No.  Left Setting the alignment conditions for the accession number.
Alignment  Right
339 Enable Function Mass  No Specifying whether or not to enable the function to issue mass
Order Disable. order.
 Yes
Enable.
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
For cluster
connection
340 Enable Auto Pairing  No Setting whether or not to enable the auto-pairing menu.
Disable.
 Yes
Enable.
341 Sorting priority of the  None Specifying the sorting priority of the study list screen for Smacon.
studylist for Smacon
* For V7.0, do not change this setting as it is a preliminary setting.
* When not specified, sorting of the studies is done by the work ID.
* Up to three conditions can be specified.
* In case of multiple specifications, the CSV format must be used
for the specification (specify the element with the highest priority
first).
342 Filtering conditions of  None Setting the cluster’s host name to be displayed on the Smacon
the cluster's hostname study list screen.
for Smacon
* For V7.0, do not change this setting as it is a preliminary setting.
* All hosts are displayed when no specification is made.
* In case of multiple specifications, the setting must be specified with
the CSV format (specify the element with the highest priority first).
343 Display Maximum  50 (0 to 1000) Specifying the max. number of studies to be displayed on the
number of the studylist Smacon study list screen.
for Smacon.
* For V7.0 or earlier, do not change this setting as it is a preliminary
setting.
* When “0” is specified, the number of studies to be displayed
becomes unlimited.
344 Range of IP addresses  172.16.1.22 Specifying the IP addresses recognized by the Smacon.
for the Smacon
setting.
* Multiple IP addresses can be specified in CSV format.
Example: 192.168.0.1,192.168.0.2
345 Smacon Default Login Up to 16 one-byte characters. ( Guest) Setting the login user name for user authentication of Smacon when
UserName the security function is disabled.
setting.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
346 Smacon Default Login Up to 20 one-byte characters. ( Password) Setting the login password for user authentication of Smacon when
Password the security function is disabled.
setting.
347 Smacon Login Timeout  10 (1 to 60) Specifying the Smacon authentication timeout value (unit: min).
setting.
* For V7.1 or earlier, default is “30”, and setting range is “1 to 1440”.
348 Display Calibration  No Setting whether or not to display a warning message at the time of
Dialog Not displayed. calibration.
 Yes
Displayed.
349 Enable Update Order  No Setting whether or not to enable the function for replacing the order
information With MWM Disabled. information using MWM.
 Yes
* This setting is valid only when F-RIS is connected.
Enabled.
350 Use wild card for  0:No Specifying the search condition for searching order information with
Update Order Searched by exact match. a study number when using the function for replacing the order
information  1:AccessionNumber information using MWM.
Searched by partial match.
* This setting is valid only when F-RIS is connected.
352 Use X free High  No Setting whether or not to use the high-sensitivity mode of the X-ray
Sensitive Mode Not used. automatic detection function.
 Yes
Used.
353 Time-out Value in High  30 (5 to 60) Specifying the timeout value in high-sensitivity mode of the X-ray
Sensitive Mode automatic detection function (unit: sec).
* The time-out value on the Smart-controller is displayed as the
time-out value on the DR-ID 300CL minus 3 seconds.
Example: If you set this item value to “13”, the time-out value
display on the Smart-controller becomes “10 seconds”.
354 MPM Code for QC Lag Up to 64 one-byte characters. ( 091E) Specifying the MPM code used as a menu for non-exposed QC in
Image the high sensitive mode of the X-ray automatic detection function.
* Multiple codes can be specified delimited by commas.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
355 Enable Alignment  No Specifying whether or not to enable the alignment density
Density Irregularity Cannot be applied. irregularity correction. Agreement
Correction  Yes required
* For V7.2 or earlier, do not change this setting as it is a preliminary when Smart-
Can be applied.
setting. QA is used.
356 DI Warning Lower  0 (-10000 to 10000) Specifying the lower limit of the DI value warning range. Agreement
Limit required
* Specify the number which is 10 times of the value you actually
when Smart-
wish to set.
QA is used.
357 DI Warning Upper  0 (-10000 to 10000) Specifying the upper limit of the DI value warning range. Agreement
Limit required
* Specify the number which is 10 times of the value you actually
when Smart-
wish to set.
QA is used.
358 Smacon Default Reject Up to 128 one-byte characters. Specifying the default reject comment for when using the Smacon.
Comment ( This exposure menu was rejected by the mobile terminal.)
setting.
360 Enable User  No Specifying whether or not to use the user authentication when using
Authentication for the Does not use the user authentication. the Smacon.
Smacon  Yes
Uses the user authentication.
setting.
362 Enable S/L Value View  No Specifying whether or not to enable the S/L value view function of
Function Disable. the exposure menu display area.
 Yes
Enable * The default setting in V7.1 is “No”.
363 Enable Display  No Specifying whether to display the connected device status on the
StatusView on FRIS Does not display the status. FRIS client screen.
Screen  Yes
Displays the status.
364 Xcon Dose Unit  100 Specifying the unit of exposure dose value (how many times when
Unit: 1dGycm2 using mGycm2 as standard) notified as actual result.
1
Unit: 1mGycm2 (for VacuDAP1570015)
 0.1
Unit: 0.1mGycm2 (for VacuDAP1580015)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
365 Inherit the Menu  No Specifying whether or not to use the exposure condition of the copy
Condition The default menu is used. source when doing reexposure or additional exposure.
 Yes
The exposure condition of the copy source is used.
366 Display Terminal  0:Patient Specifying the format of the XML file read by the patient information
Format Patient information only display linkage function.
 1:Patient,Menu
Patient information and exposure menu information
367 Enable 2D Barcode  No Setting whether or not to use the 2D barcode reader.
Not used.
 Yes
Used.
368 Enable radio map in  Yes Setting whether or not to display the electric wave intensity in the
hospital network dialog Displayed. list of wireless networks inside the hospital.
 No
* Set “No” if the access points in the hospital do not use separate
Not displayed.
SSIDs.
369 Enable Free Rotation  No Specifying whether or not to use the function of image arbitrary
Not used. degree rotation.
 Yes
Used.
371 Enable TomoAEC  No Specifying whether or not to use Tomosynthesis auto exposure
Not used. condition preset function.
 Yes
Used.
372 Screen Design  Basic Specifying whether or not to use the new GUI for laptop PCs.
Use existing GUI
* This is the setup item for laptop PCs.
 Mobile
* This item displays only when the new GUI is available.
Use the new GUI for laptop PCs
* Do not switch the existing GUI and new GUI in this setup item.
$ For details of enabling the new GUI, see
“4.14 Enabling the New GUI for Laptop PCs (V7.4 or
Later)” under “IN: Installation”.
373 Ris IP Address (RDP) Up to128 one-byte characters. ( 172.16.1.150) Setting non-FUJIFILM RIS terminal IP address.
* The IP address is set as “xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx”.
* In V7.4 or earlier, the configuration name is “Ris IP Address”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
374 Ris Port Number 0 or more ( 3389) Setting remote desktop port number for non-FUJIFILM RIS
(RDP) terminal.
* In V7.4 or earlier, the configuration name is “Ris Port Number”.
375 Ris Desktop Width 640 to 4096 ( 1280) Setting non-FUJIFILM RIS terminal resolution (width).
(RDP)
* In V7.4 or earlier, the configuration name is “Ris Desktop Width”.
376 Ris Desktop Height 480 to 2048 ( 1024) Setting non-FUJIFILM RIS terminal resolution (height).
(RDP)
* In V7.4 or earlier, the configuration name is “Ris Desktop Height”.
377 Start Next Study At  No Setting whether or not to start next study with BCR trigger.
Study Screen By BCR Not start next study.
 Yes
Start next study.
378 Auto Start Study By  No Setting whether or not to start the study automatically when
Bcr On WorkList Not start study automatically. perform the BCR search on WorkList screen and one search result
 Yes is retrieved.
Start study automatically.
379 Flush Disk Cache at  No Setting whether or not to do a compulsory HDD writing flush to the
Study Finishing Not flush. waiting cache when study is retained or complete.
 Yes
* When “Yes” is specified for this item, the study termination time will
Flush.
be delayed. Make settings coordinating with the facility operation.
380 Enable SizeUp For  No Setting whether or not to adjust an image size to a stated DR Agreement
DRImage Does not adjust an image size to a default image. image size during distribution by putting a black frame around the required.
 Yes trimmed image when the image size does not match the default DR
Adjusts an image size to a default image. image size after trimming.
* This setting is valid only for DR images.
381 BCR Device Type  0:USB(HID) Setting the type of BCR to use.
Uses USB connection BCR.
 Yes
Uses Bluetooth connection BCR.
382 Bluetooth BCR Com 0 to 32 ( 0) Setting the COM port number to use Bluetooth connection.
Port
387 ES High Voltage  0:First Setting which shot is to be processed as a high voltage image
Image Sets the first shot up as a high voltage image. when performing an ES exposure.
 1:Second
Sets the second shot up as a high voltage image.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
388 RIS browser Mode  0:RDP Setting the type of connection to the RIS terminal when using
Uses the remote desktop. General RIS Browser.
 1:HTTP
Uses the web browser.
389 RIS browser Path Up to 256 one-byte characters. Setting the path of the web browser when using the web browser
(HTTP) ( C:\Program Files\Internet Explorer\iexplore.exe) with General RIS Browser.
390 RIS browser Option Up to 256 one-byte characters. ( Blank) Setting the option parameter to invoke the web browser when using
(HTTP) the web browser with General RIS Browser.
391 Enable DRCassette  No Setting whether or not to use Memory Exposure Mode with
Memory Mode Disables. D-EVO2.
 Yes
Enables.
392 Tomosynthesis  No Setting whether or not to use the function of Tomosynthesis images
Reacquisition Image Does not use. redistributing.
 Yes
Uses.
393 Use Exposure Support  No Setting whether or not to use the DS/injector (exposure
Device Does not use. sub-function).
 Yes
Uses.
394 Copy Marker Position  12\15 Specifying the position of the copy marker.
[%] (X\Y)
* Specifying the marker's center by using X-Y coordinate in the
trimming frame.
* Using xxx\yyy format to specify the position (up to 7 digits).
* Taking the top-left as the origin and using "\" to separate X(0-100)
and Y(0-100). The former number represents the X-coordinate
and the latter number represents the Y-coordinate.
395 Copy Marker Color  0:White-Black Setting the letter color and background color of the copy marker.
(Fore Color-Back Letter color: white/Background color: black
Color)  1:White-Clear
Letter color: white/Background color: transparent
 2:Black-White
Letter color: black/Background color: white
 3:Black-Clear
Letter color: black/Background color: transparent
396 DAP Device Type  0:VacuDAP Setting the DAP connection device type.
 1:IBA
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
397 DAP Serial_TX  0:1200 Setting the DAP Serial transfer rate.
Baudrate  1:2400
* Set this item to “6:38400” when connecting to the DAP of IBA.
 2:4800
 3:9600
 4:14400
 5:19200
 6:38400
400 Menu Screen Mode  Classic Setting the screen mode of the exposure menu.
 Graphical
401 Software Xcon  127.0.0.1 Specifying the Software Xcon IP address.
IpAddress
* Set this item to “127.0.0.1” if the Software Xcon is installed in the
same base of DR-ID 300CL.
402 Software Xcon Port  8010 Specifying the Software Xcon port number.
Number
* Input a single-byte number from 0 to 2147483647.
403 Display warning dialog  No Setting whether or not to notify the user immediately when it is
immediately when Not notified immediately. aborted during tomosynthesis exposing.
Exposure was aborted  Yes
Notified immediately.
404 Tomosynthesis  No Setting whether or not to support the tomosynthesis image
Reacquisition Image of Not support. reacquisition function (PPU).
PPU  Yes
Support.
405 Auto Screen Keyboard  No Setting whether the screen keyboard is to be displayed
Not display. automatically or not with the timing of the focus shifting to the text
 Yes input column.
Display.
* When this setting is “Yes”, “357 Software KeyBoard Program Path”
of “IMAGE MODALITY” must be set.
406 MISS EXPOSE Server Up to 128 one-byte characters. Registration of the AE name of the mis-exposed server.
Name  (Blank)
* Up to 9 servers can be registered, delimited by “\”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3.8 Configuration Details — 7. CONFIG OPTION
■ CONFIG OPTION setup items
For cluster
connection
2 Enable Trimming  Yes Specifying whether or not to enable the trimming function.
Function Enables the trimming function.
* Settings for whether the trimming function is enabled or disabled
 No
must be the same in a hospital.
Disables the trimming function.
* To connect the FDR D-EVO, select “Yes”.
3 Enable Reader QC  Yes Specifying whether or not to enable the Image Reader QC
Function Enables the Image Reader QC function. function.
 No
Disables the Image Reader QC function.
5 Enable Synapse  Yes Specifying whether to enable or disable the Synapse Web Query
WebQuery Enables the Synapse Web Query function. function.
 No
Disables the Synapse Web Query function.
6 Enable S/L Value  Yes Specifying whether or not to perform setting and warning for the Agreement
Restriction Function Performs setting and warning. allowable range of S and L values. required
 No when Smart-
Not to perform setting and warning. QA is used.
7 Enable  Yes Specifying whether or not to enable the Retake Analysis function.
RetakeAnalysis Enables the Retake Analysis function.
* To enable this option, use the log storage function offered by the
Function  No
User Utility to collect necessary logs beforehand.
Disables the Retake Analysis function.
* To enable this option, specify “Yes” also for Nos. 34 and 51 of
IMAGE MODALITY setup items.
* Use the LOG SHARE setup function to register the host name and IP
address of the DR-ID 300CL targeted for calculation of Retake Analysis.
8 Enable MammoImage  No Specifying whether to enable the mammography image positioning
Alignment Function Disables the positioning function. function or disable it.
 Yes
* When “Yes” is specified for this item, set up a used MPM code
Enables the positioning function.
using the User Utility.
9 Enable 12on1 Film  No Specifying whether or not to enable 12on1 format output.
Print Function Disables 12on1 format output.
* To enable this option, also confirm setup value for No. 133 of CSL/
 Yes
Enables 12on1 format output. IDT FUNCTION setup items and setup values for Nos. 78, 79 and
80 of PRINTER setup items.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
10 Enable Exposure  No Specifying whether or not to enable the exposure guidance
Guidance Disables the exposure guidance function. function for general practitioners.
 Yes
Enables the exposure guidance function
11 Enable Six Image  No Specifying whether to enable or disable six-image monitoring mode
Display Disables six-image display. on the Study Execution Window.
 Yes
* This is the setup item in V4.0 or earlier and V7.3 or later.
Enables six-image display.
13 Enable Connecting  Yes Specifying whether or not to connect DR-ID 300CL directly to a DAP.
DAP Directly Connects directly to a DAP.
 No
Does not connect directly to a DAP.
14 Enable Alignment Auto  No Specifying whether or not to enable the portable alignment detection
warning Disable. function.
 Yes
Enable.
15 Enable  No Setting whether or not to enable the ConsoleGateway.
ConsoleGateway on Disable.
WebApplication  Yes
setting.
Enable.
* Select “Yes” when functions operated on the ConsoleGateway are
to be used.
16 Enable DI Warning  No Specifying whether to enable the DI warning function. Agreement
Disable. required
 Yes when Smart-
Enable. QA is used.
17 Enable Virtual Grid  No Specifying whether to use the Virtual Grid function.
Not used.
* When “Yes” is specified for this item, confirm that the value of mA
 Yes
and ms from the exposure menu using Virtual Grid is not “0”.
Used.
* You must set FFC to “C” or “D” (recommended value of FNC2) for
the menus with Virtual Grid processing.
18 Enable Combine  No Specifying whether or not to use the division function of long-view
Cancellation Does not use. combined images.
 Yes
Uses.
19 Enable Copy Image  No Specifying whether or not to enable the duplication function of an
Disable. image.
 Yes
Enable.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
For cluster
connection
20 Enable Free Layout  No Specifying whether or not to enable the free layout print in study
Print In Study Disable. function.
 Yes
Enable.
21 Enable QA  No Specifying whether or not to enable the QA measurement function.
Measurement Disable.
 Yes
Enable.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3.9 Configuration Details — 8. CONFIG QC
■ CONFIG QC setup items
For cluster
connection
1 Visible QC Record  Yes Specifying whether or not to show the Delete button on the Image
Delete Button Displays the button. Reader QC history information display window.
 No
Does not display the button.
2 Destination Path of  E: \ Specifying a directory for storage of history information on the
QC Record File Image Reader QC history information display window.
* The default value for V3.1 or earlier is “A:\”.
4 Visible MammoQC  Yes Specifying whether or not to show the Delete button on the Mammo
Record Delete Button Displays the button. QC history information display window.
 No
Does not display the button.
5 Destination Path of Up to 256 one-byte characters. Specifying a directory for storage of history information on the
MammoQC Record ( E:\) Mammo QC history information display window.
File
6 Select CSV Output  1: UseQCTransferPath Specifying how to determine an equipment unit where history
Folder  2: Last Folder information is to be stored on the Mammo QC history information
display window.
7 X-ray System Name for Up to 64 one-byte characters. Setting the name of the X-ray system used for the Mammo QC.
Mammography QC ( Blank)
301 RUQC Save folder 1 Up to 256 one-byte characters. Specifying the Save folder 1 of the Image Reader QC.
( C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\QC\RUQC)
( Blank)
( Blank)
304 Mammography QC Up to 256 one-byte characters. Specifying the Save folder 1 of the Mammo QC.
Save folder 1 ( C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\QC\MammographyQC)
Save folder 2 ( Blank)
Save folder 3 ( Blank)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3.10 Configuration Details — 10. CONFIG QR
(V4.0 or Earlier)
■ CONFIG QR setup items
No. Name Selection Meaning Remarks
1 Retrieved Image  0 : Normal Specifying image confirmation finish mode.
Viewer Finish Mode Normal finish (finishing after clicking the finish button)
 1 : Finish After Reprint
Finishes after generating reprint.
2 Reverse LUT For  0 : None Specifying whether or not to perform LUT reverse-conversion
Processed Image No Console reverse-conversion processing is performed. processing when a processed image is retrieved.
 1 : SendConfigurationInformation
Console reverse-conversion processing is performed on the
printer side after LUT type information is sent to the printer.
Not to perform setting and warning.
 2 : ApplyReverseLUT
Console reverse-conversion processing is performed at the
output process of the console.
3 The Patient Format  * : (1) family Specifying which element(s) of a patient name is to be matched
For Search Condition  *^* : (2) family, given with the search conditions.
 *^*^* : (3) family, given, middle
 *^*^*^* : (4) family, given, middle, prefix * A patient name consists of the following five elements.
 *^*^*^*^* : (5) family, given, middle, prefix, suffix This setup item is to determine which of those five elements are to
 *=* : (1) Multi-byte support to (1) above. be matched with the search conditions.
 *^*=*^* : (2) Multi-byte support to (2) above. family, given, middle, prefix, suffix
 *^*^*=*^*^* : (3) Multi-byte support to (3) above. * “*” appearing in the selective alternatives at left represents one of
 *^*^*^*=*^*^*^* : (4) Multi-byte support to (4) above. the patient name elements.
 *^*^*^*^*=*^*^*^*^* : (5) Multi-byte support to (5) above. “^”shows delimitation between the elements, and “=”shows that
multi-byte characters can be typed in.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3.11 Configuration Details — 99. CONFIG FIX
■ CONFIG FIX setup items
No. Name Selection Meaning Remarks
1 MaximumDataSize 1 or larger ( 81920) Threshold of the Image folder usage (MB).
* The default setting in V7.2 or earlier is “87040”.

2 Restart Check Interval 30 to 1440 ( 30) Setting the interval (minute) between the first warning issued after
24-hour operation and the second warning.
3 Wait time for 1 to 360 ( 30) Specifying the timeout period (second) for receipt of the result of
performed exposure exposure.
info. from xcon(DR)
4 Wait time for 0 to 360 ( 0) Setting the timeout period (second) for receipt of the result of DR
performed exposure division exposure.
info. from xcon(DR For
Long Time Accum)
5 StudyAutoDeleteNum 1 to 20 ( 5) Setting the number of studies to be deleted at one time by the
study automatic deletion function.
* The number of studies to be deleted is calculated by “setting
value x 3.”
Example: If the setting value is “5” the number of studies to be
deleted is 15 calculated by 5 x 3.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3.12 Setting the Name Elements for DICOM 5. Perform the setup steps indicated below:
Connection
This appendix explains about the procedure for changing the name
I
element sequence and delimiter.
At some institutions, a patient name is displayed on the monitor by II
changing the sequence of its elements. For example, the name “Fuji
III
Taro” may be displayed as “Taro Fuji” (with the given name and family
name positions interchanged).
DXCL080403007.ai
The DICOM protocol stipulates only one sequence of name elements.
Therefore, it is necessary to define the relationship between the name I. To validate this standard (condition) change, check it ( ➔ ).
element sequence stipulated by standards (or conditions) other than II. Enter a one-byte character delimiter between name elements.
DICOM and the name element sequence stipulated by DICOM.
 NOTES 
1. Start the Service Utility of the DR-ID 300CL.  Any one-byte characters can be used as a delimiter. However, a
one-byte space ( ), hyphen (-), comma (,) or period (.) should
normally be used.
2. Click .  One or two kinds of delimiters can be defined (either can be used
as a delimiter). For instance, enter “-,” if you wish to define both of
hyphen and comma.
3. Click the sign within . Input example: Element3=given, middle-family
4. Select a standard (condition) (e.g., FINP). III. Enter a multi-byte character delimiter between name elements.
 NOTES 
 Any one- or two-byte characters can be used as a delimiter.
However, a two-byte space ( ) or hyphen (–) should normally be
used.
Standard (or condition)  One or two kinds of delimiters can be defined (either can be used
as a delimiter). For instance, enter “–” if you wish to define both of
two-byte space and hyphen.
Input example: Element3=given – middle family
00000423.EPS
➤ IMPORTANT
Do not change the settings for “DICOM_MWM_PPS”, “DICOM_IN”, or
“DICOM_OUT”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
6. Set up name elements for one-byte characters. 3.13 Setting Up the DICOM Print Film
Enter name elements directly on the keyboard. To separate one name Sorting Function
element from the other, use a delimiter defined in step 4. above.
When a printer targeted for DICOM printout has a multiple number of
One name element
BIN (sorter), film output is possible to different BINs accordingly
(family (name))
depending on the requirement.
Two name elements
(family given) In the procedure described herein, the printer targeted for DICOM
Three name elements printout is the “DRYPIX 7000” and the requirement (recognition key) for
(family given middle) film output to each BIN is the Requesting Department Information
Four name elements (REQ_SEV), as illustrated below.
(family given middle
prefix)
 Setup example
Five name elements BIN1
(family given middle
prefix suffix)
MU000010.ai
BIN2
DRYPIX7000
7. Set up name elements for multi-byte characters.
Enter name elements directly on the keyboard. To separate one name Study1 Study2 Study3
element from the other, use a delimiter defined in step 5. above.
Requesting department
One name element information : Radio Surgi#1 Inter#1
(family (name)) BIN setting : 1 2 2
Two name elements
(family given) DR-ID 300CL
00000400.ai
Three name elements
(family given middle) Described below is the setup procedure.
Four name elements
(family given middle 1. Start up DR-ID 300CL Service Utility mode.
prefix)
2. Click [Setup Configuration Item].
Five name elements
(family given middle 3. Select and
prefix suffix) from the tree on the left-hand side of the window. Select
MU000011.ai
then the DICOM print AE name (“fujiprinter” - “DICOM” -
“DRYPIX 7000”).
8. Use the “Configuration (F)” menu to save the setup data. ➔ The AE setup window for the DRYPIX 7000 opens on the right-
hand side of the window.
4. Click .
➔ The “DICOMSetup” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5. Make the following selections and entry. 7. Select .
II
III
DXCL080403002.ai
I. Select “BIN_I”.
II. Select a recognition key (e.g.: REQ_SRV).
(Indent for REQ_SRV, MPM and BODY_PART.)
III. Enter a BIN number (e.g.: 1). 00000054.ai
➥ REFERENCE ➔ The right-hand side of the window changes to the film sorting
setup list.
In the Default Bin Number box, specify the default BIN number to
which the film is to be output when an input number verification is
not possible. 8. Click .
➔ The “Film Sorting” window opens.

6. Click .
➔ You are returned to the previous window.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
9. Make the following selections and entries. 12. Use the “Configuration” menu to save the setup data.
The window below shows the results of setup example presented at
the beginning of this section.
II
III
DXCL080403004.ai
I. Select the AE name.

II. Enter a verification data item. 00000052.EPS
When the recognition key specified at step 5. above is “REQ_
SRV*”, enter a requesting department name (e.g.: Radio).
When the recognition key specified at step 5. above is “MPM*”,
enter an MPM code (e.g.: 0200).
When the recognition key specified at step 5. above is “BODY_
PART*”, enter an anatomical region (e.g.: CHEST).
(Note that “*” indicates an indent.)
III. Enter a BIN number.
10. Click .
➔ You are returned to the previous window.
11. To set up other verification data items continuously, repeat

steps 8. to 10 . above.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3.14 Patient Information Sharing Function Setup 1. Start the DR-ID 300CL’s Service Utility.
 NOTE  2. Click [Setup Configuration Item].

When connecting with RU and IPv6 via IP translator, it doesn’t matter if
the patient information sharing function is set to use or not, register the 3. Click .
Hardware Unique Key for IPv6 and IPv4. If Hardware Unique Key is not
registered, the IPv4 and IPv6 cannot be exchanged in DR-ID 300CL. ➔ The right-hand area of the window changes to the “CONFIG\IDT
CONNECTING” window.
The patient information sharing function is exercised to share the

patient information between two or more DR-ID 300CLs and
4. Click .
CR-IR348CL units existing in the same network. ➔ The “IDT Connection” window opens.
In compliance with an ID inquiry (IP barcode) coming from the Image
Reader, the relevant DR-ID 300CL will acquire requested ID information 5. Enter settings as directed below:
from any CR-IR348CL or DR-ID 300CL even when that CL has no such
information.
When the CR-IR348CL and DR-ID 300CLs are interconnected as shown
below, the patient information sharing function is set up to enable the I
units (e.g., DR-ID 300CL-a and cl-a) to share the patient information.
II
 Connection example
group-A group-B III
CL-a CL-b IV
172.16.1.101 172.16.1.102
GateWay
V
172.16.1.201 172.16.1.202 VI
DR-ID 300CL DR-ID 300CL
-a -b
00000549.ai
The setup procedure is described below:

DXCL140403001.ai
I. Enter the host name.

 NOTE 
Do not use the following characters for a host name.
<>&'"/\
II. Enter the IPv4 address.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
III. Enter the IPv6 address (only if you use it). 8. With the “Config” menu, save the setup data.
 NOTE  The window shown below indicates the results that are obtained when
 “IP Address Version 6” can be set from V9.0 or later version. the equipment is set up as indicated in the connection example at the
beginning of this section.
 Because CR-IR348CL is not supported by IPv6, use IPv4
only when registering CR-IR348CL.
IV. Select a machine attribute.

V. Specify the group name.
 NOTE 
When you specify the group name for the first time, the
GroupName field contains no entry. Therefore, enter a group
name from the keyboard. DXCL140403002.ai
VI. When you define the machine as a gateway, check

( ➔ ).
 NOTE 
When the patient information is to be shared by groups, it is
necessary to define one unit of each group as the gateway
(check ).
6. Click .
7. To set up another machine, repeat steps 4. through 6.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3.15 MAC Address Manual Input
When the MAC address cannot automatically be acquired, this utility is
used to make a manual entry and let the DR-ID 300CL recognize it.
 NOTE 
If the MAC address is not acquired, the DR-ID 300CL-AP does not start
up (Error 20110 or 20111 occurs).
When the following window opens and indicates that the values in the
MAC address fields are all 0s, it means that the MAC address is not
automatically acquired.
In such an instance, enter a 12-digit value (00:50:DA:C4:D5:8D when
only one DR-ID 300CL is used). The next time the DR-ID 300CL starts
up, it recognizes the entered value as the MAC address so that the
DR-ID 300CL-AP starts running.
If two or more DR-ID 300CLs are used, make the following entries.
For each DR-ID 300CL addition, increment the last two-digit value by
one (in hexadecimal notation).
 2nd unit : 00 : 50 : DA : C4 : D5 : 8E
 3rd unit : 00 : 50 : DA : C4 : D5 : 8F
 4th unit : 00 : 50 : DA : C4 : D5 : 90



MU000008.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3.16 Log Information Sharing Function Setup 5. Enter settings as directed below.
Setup of the log information sharing function enables you to use the
Retake Analysis function and IP use count calculation function. I
 NOTE 
II
To make use of the Retake Analysis function, the “OpRetakeAnalysis”
option key must be installed.
■ New setup
Described below is the procedure used to newly set up host name and DXCL140403003.ai
I. Enter the host name.

IP address of the DR-ID 300CL with which the log information is to be
shared.  NOTE 
1. Start up the DR-ID 300CL Service Utility. <>&'"/\
II. Enter the IPv4 address or IPv6 address.

 NOTE 
3. Click . “IP Address Version 6” can be set from V9.0 or later version.
4. Click .
6. Click .
➔ The “Log Share” window opens.
7. To register other DR-ID 300CLs successively, repeat steps 4
through 6.
8. Use the “Config” menu to save the setup data.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Deleting unnecessary settings ■ Changing settings
Described below is the procedure used to change host names and IP
1. Start up the DR-ID 300CL Service Utility.
addresses of other DR-ID 300CLs with which the log information is to
be shared.
 NOTE 
3. Click .
Host name and IP address of this equipment are only to be displayed
and cannot be changed.
4. On the pane right of the window, select the name of a
DR-ID 300CL to be deleted and then click [Delete].
3. Click .
4. Select host name, IPv4 address and IPv6 address of the

DR-ID 300CL targeted for change.
5. Click .
6. Change host name, IPv4 address and IPv6 address

appropriately.
 NOTE 
<>&'"/\
7. Click .
8. To change settings of other DR-ID 300CLs successively,

repeat steps 4 through 7.
9. Use the “Config” menu to save the setup data.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4. Display Optimization — LUT 3. Select the connected display and then click .
Install an LUT file that matches the display characteristics.  Linear LUT : Linear (linear gradation) LUT
 nanao L560T-C : EIZO 17” LCD monitor with touch
➥ REFERENCE panel (model L561T-C)
The LUT file is used to adjust luminance values measured on an image  EIZO T1781 : EIZO 17” LCD monitor with touch
panel (model T1781)
displayed on the monitor.
1. Start the DR-ID 300CL Service Utility.  nanao Radiforce RX220 : LCD monitor Radiforce RX220
2. Click [LUT].
 NOTE 
➔ The “Monitor List” window opens. For a laptop PC, select the “Linear LUT”.
➔ Settings are thus completed, and the system returns to the “IIP
Service Utility” window.
➥ REFERENCE
You can confirm the type of the LUT file set in DR-ID 300CL by
DXCL070404001.ai comparing the update dates and sizes of the following files, and by
comparing the file contents when the file is opened in the notepad.
 The LUT file set in DR-ID 300CL.
 LUT file settable in DR-ID 300CL.
DXCL070404002.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5. Restoring/Backing Up ➥ REFERENCE
the Configuration File — If drive “A” is selected, a message appears to prompt for the
insertion of an FD.
Configuration Restore/Backup
4. Select a save destination directory and then click
$ For details of procedures used for restoring the configuration file,
see “14. Restoring the Config/Network Adapter Settings” under .
➔ The system returns to the Configuration Restore/Backup window.
1. Click [Configuration Restore/Backup] on the main menu.
➔ The configuration Restore/Backup window opens.
5. Click .
2. Click [...] for the Configuration Backup area.
 NOTE 
 If a dialog warning that the files do not exist is displayed at the
time of backup, confirm the file names and click [OK] to close the
dialog. Since the contents of the files displayed in the warning
dialog are not to be backed up, confirm the setting details
separately.
 Even when the save process ends, no message appears to
indicate it. While the save process is being performed, the mouse
cursor is replaced by the “ ” mark. When the “ ” mark changes
back to the mouse cursor, it means that the save process is
ended.
DXCL080404002.ai
➔ A window opens, prompting you to specify the save destination. Note, however, that the “ ” mark appears only when the mouse
cursor is positioned within the Configuration Restore/Backup
3. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) within window.
in the “Drive:” box to

select the drive onto which the configuration file is to be 6. Click .
saved.
➔ The “Directory:” box shows the directory structure of the selected ➔ The system returns to the main menu.
drive.
 NOTE 
Do not select drive “D”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
6. Retrieving EDR Data — 2. Select one or more EDR data.
Retrieve EDR Backup Data ● When selecting only one piece of EDR data
I. Select an EDR data item by clicking it.
1. Click [Retrieve EDR Backup Data] on the main menu. ➔ The selected item becomes highlighted.
➔ A list of EDR data appears. ● When selecting two or more contiguous EDR data (selecting all
data between “I” and “II” in the window illustration below)
II
00000068.EPS
EDR data list
00000067.EPS
I. Click the first item of a set of contiguous data (“Image Time
14 : 32 : 22” in the above window illustration).
➥ REFERENCE
➔ The selected item becomes highlighted.
No EDR data appears immediately after installation.
EDR data listings do not appear until images are transferred to the II. Hold down the “Shift” key and click the last item (“Image Time
DR-ID 300CL. 14 : 37 : 37” in the above window illustration) of the
contiguous data set.
➔ All the items from the first to the last become highlighted.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● When selecting two or more noncontiguous EDR data 4. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) within
in the “Drive” box to select the drive
onto which the EDR data is to be saved.
➔ The left-hand area of the window shows the directory structure of
the selected drive.
I
II 5. Select the save destination directory and then click

.
III
00000069.EPS
➥ REFERENCE
I. Click the first item to be selected (“Image Time 14 : 32 : 22” If drive “a” is selected, a message appears to prompt for the
in the above window illustration). insertion of an FD.
➔ The selected item becomes highlighted.
➔ When the save process ends, the system returns to the Retrieve
II. Hold down the “Ctrl” key and click the second item to be EDR Backup Data window.
selected (“Image Time 14 : 33 : 37” in the above window
illustration).
6. Click .
➔ The second item becomes highlighted as well.
➔ The system returns to the main menu.
III. Hold down the “Ctrl” key and click the third item to be selected
(“Image Time 14 : 37 : 37” in the above window illustration).
➔ The third item becomes highlighted as well.
IV. To select any additional item, repeat step III.
➥ REFERENCE
Even if highlighted items are hidden when the window scrolls,
they are retained as selected items.
3. Click .
➔ A window opens, prompting you to specify the save destination.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
7. Verifying the Connection to 2. Verify the Ping or DICOM connection as directed below:
Other Connected Equipment ● Verifying the connection with the Ping
— Verify Connection I. In the field,
1. Click [Verify Connection] on the main menu. enter the host name or IP address of the equipment to be
➔ The “Verify Connection” window opens. subjected to connection verification.
➥ REFERENCE
Clicking the downward arrow mark within
lists the host
names of equipment registered in the Service Utility.
II. Click .
III. Verify the connection.

The connection is normal when the following message is
displayed four times within the command prompt window.
00000070.ai
Reply from 127.0.0.1 : bytes=32 time<1ms TTL=128
➥ REFERENCE
Values for “time<1ms” and “TTL=128” in the message above
vary depending on the network status. Connection remains
normal even though such values vary.
IV. Close the command prompt window.

➔ The system returns to the “Verify Connection” window.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Verifying the DICOM equipment connection
 NOTE 
To verify connections between DICOM equipment units, it is
necessary that both this equipment and other connected
equipment must support Service Class for the Verification
function.
I. Click the downward arrow mark within
to specify the AE name of
the DICOM equipment to be subjected to connection

verification.
II. Click .
III. Verify the connection.

When the window below opens, the connection is OK.
DXCL080404001.ai
3. Click .
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
8. Print Output Function ■ Print formats
The DR-ID 300CL supports the following print formats : Single, Twin,
2on1 and 4on1
Presented herein are the settings necessary for enabling the print
output function. Film
Image
■ Setup necessary when editing the film annotation
character format
Describes various setup items for the film annotation character format.
$ See “3.6 Configuration Details — 4. PRINTER”.
Single TWIN 2on1

■ Film annotation character setup (direct editing of
FilmStrFmt)
Describes the film annotation character setup procedure defined for
each FMT No.
$ See “8.1 Film Annotation Character Setup (Direct Editing of
FilmStrFmt)”.
4on1 F0000020.EPS
Single : One image is allotted on film.

Twin : Two same images are allotted on film.
Each of the images are subjected to different image
processing.
2on1 : Two different images are allotted on film.
4on1 : Four different images are allotted on film.
➥ REFERENCE
When the image size is larger than the area available for printing an
image on film, the image size will be reduced automatically to the area
available for image printing.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
8.1 Film Annotation Character Setup 8.1.1 Procedure for Directly Editing the FilmStrFmt File
(Direct Editing of FilmStrFmt) 1. Start the Service Utility mode.
$ For the Service Utility startup procedure, see “1. Starting/
This section describes the film annotation character setup procedure for Exiting the Service Utility” in “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
FMT numbers, which are indicated under “■ 2636cm, 3543cm/
14"17", 8"10" and 3535cm/14"14" film printout patterns [Reference]”
2. Click “Edit/View Film String”.
in “3.6 Configuration Details — 4. PRINTER”.
Film annotation character setup is performed by directly editing the
contents of the FilmStrFmt file.
➤ IMPORTANT
When directly editing the contents of the FilmStrFmt file, be sure to
select “No” as the configuration setting for No. 56 (Enable Auto Edit
Function of Film String Format File) in “1. Setup Necessary When
Connecting the LP”.
If you directly edit the contents of the file while the setting is left ON, the
Service Utility may restore the previous contents of the FilmStrFmt file.
Therefore, when editing the FilmStrFmt file, follow the steps indicated
below.
1. If you intend to edit the printer-related configuration settings with the
DXCL040408001.ai
Service Utility, do it first. ➔ The “Edit/View Film String” window opens.

2. Complete an editing procedure with the Service Utility (only the
configuration settings related to the printer), save the results, and 3. Click .
then change the No. 56 setting to “No”.
➔ Notepad opens.
3. Finally, edit the contents of the FilmStrFmt file.
4. Edit the file in the format described later (“8.1.2 FilmStrFmt
Once the FilmStrFmt file is directly edited, you should avoid performing
File Description Format” and subsequent sections).
setup with the Service Utility.
After the FilmStrFmt file is edited, you should keep a record of the 5. Save the FilmStrFmt file and then close Notepad (Notepad.exe).
applied changes within the FilmStrFmt file in the form of a comment.
 NOTE 
 The FilmStrFmt file uses “Unicode” characters. Therefore, be sure to
use Notepad and save the edited file in Unicode format.
 If the application software version is upgraded together with the
FilmStrFmt file, do not restore the FilmStrFmt file that is backed up on
an FD or like media. Locate the new version of FilmStrFmt file that is
installed upon a software upgrade and edit it according to the backed
up file as needed.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
8.1.2 FilmStrFmt File Description Format
Following is the FilmStrFmt file description format.
Example of description
Format name Area size and position
FMT1 = (1202,188,L)[
Command SetFontTypeFace ("Arial"); Command for specifying the font type
SetFontSize (55); Command for specifying the font size

FilmStrings(" ",%-10s),
(0019,2F90);
#ifdef LONG_TYPE_NO
SetFontSize (44);
FilmStrings(%-10s),
(0010,0020);
FilmStrings(%-20s," ","[",%SEX2,"]"," ",%DATE1,"B"), Command for specifying the character string
Settings for one (0010,0010),(0010,0040),(0010,0030);
film annotation #endif
#ifdef LONG_TYPE_YES
character format
SetFontTypeFace ("Lucida Console");
SetFontSize (43);
FilmStrings(%-16s),
(0010,0020);
FilmStrings(%-30s,"[",%SEX2,"]"," ",%DATE1,"B"), Command for specifying the character string
(0010,0010),(0010,0040),(0010,0030);
SetFontTypeFace ("Arial");
#endif
SetFontSize (44);
FilmStrings("EXP:",%DATE1," ","[",%TIME1,"]"," ","SC:",$MAG,"%",\t,\t," ",$FUNC_PROC),
(0008,0022),(0008,0032);
]
FMT1_1 = (1282,188,L)[
Settings for one SetFontTypeFace ("Arial");

film annotation ·
·
character format ·
FR000015-2.EPS
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Following are the details of each setting. ● Command
Describes the command for setting film annotation character format.
● Format name
Here, command format is similar to a programming language.
Describes the name of the format. Do not change the description for
the DR-ID 300CL. These commands relate to fonts and character strings.
$ For details, see “8.1.3 Changing the Film Annotation
➥ REFERENCE Characters”.
The ImageSize.env file stored in the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\
Configuration” folder defines which format should be used by an ❍ Font specifying commands
output film. Font specification Command
x_1 for the FMT number (1_2 for FMT1) is a setting for the 20pixel/ Font type specification SetFontTypeFace
mm image and x_M is for the mammography format. Font size specification SetFontSize
Font style specification SetFontStyle
● Area size and position ❍ Character string specifying commands
Specify the area size and position between parentheses to the right Output character string specification Command
of the format name, connecting them with each other using an equal Line spacing specification LineSpacing
sign (=). Output format and attribute specification FilmStrings
X-size, Y-size, position
Item Description ■ Cautions in editing the FilmStrFmt file
X-size Specifying the width of the film annotation character Following are the cautions to observe when editing the FilmStrFmt file.
display area (0<X-size<4280pixel)
Y-size Specifying the height of the film annotation character  “#” at the top of a line indicates a comment line.
display area (0<Y-size<4280pixel)  Unnecessary spaces, tabs and line changes will be disregarded.
Position Specifying the position of characters in the film annotation  Describe commands by the use of “;” between them.
character display area (C: centering, R: right padding,
L: left padding)  NOTE 
 NOTE  Because FilmStrFmt is a Unicode-formatted text file, a Unicode-
formatted NotePad included in the OS is necessary for file editing.
When an item other than L is specified in “Position”, the left side of
the string might not be displayed depending on the space on the
right side of the string.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
8.1.3 Changing the Film Annotation Characters ● SetFontTypeFace printout examples
 “Arial” specified
■ Specifying the font type
Use the “SetFontTypeFace” command to specify the font type. G1.2G#0.70+0.30R4R0.5
This command will be effective from the line describing PARANASAL SINUS
“SetFontTypeFace” to the line that directly precedes another
“SetFontTypeFace” description. FR000016.EPS
 “TimesNewRoman” specified
 NOTE 
Because no default values are available for font type, make sure to G1.2G#0.70+0.30
1.2G#0.70+0.30 R4R0.5
4R0.5
specify values for each film annotation character format. PARANASAL SINUS
FR000017.EPS
● SetFontTypeFace description format
SetFontTypeFace (“font name”); ■ Specifying the font size

Use the “SetFontSize” command to specify the font size.
Enclose a True-Type font name between quotation marks (“ ”). This command will be effective from the line describing “SetFontSize” to
Any of the fonts that are available when Windows Vista is installed the line that directly precedes another “SetFontSize” description.
can be specified.
 NOTE 
● SetFontTypeFace description examples Specifying “ITALIC” for characters displayed in reverse video can make
 Specifying MS Gothic it look like they are missing in parts. “ITALIC” is thus disabled for
reverse-video characters.
SetFontTypeFace(“MS Gothic”);
 Specifying Times New Roman

SetFontTypeFace(“TimesNewRoman”); ● SetFontSize description format
SetFontSize (font size);
Specify a font size using values expressed in terms of pixels.
● SetFontSize description examples

 Specifying the font size to be 20 pixels
SetFontSize(20);
 Specifying the font size to be 40 pixels

SetFontSize(40);
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● SetFontSize printout examples ■ Specifying print format and attributes
 Font size specified as 20 pixels Use the “SetFontStyle” command to specify the font style.
This command will be effective from the line describing
JOHN SMITH [M] “SetFontStyle” to the line that directly precedes another
02247393 1938.04.08B “SetFontStyle” description.
FR000018.EPS
● SetFontStyle description format
 Font size specified as 40 pixels SetFontStyle (font style);
Select either of the following.
 Bold : BOLD
JOHN SMITH [M]  Italic : ITALIC
When selecting the two font styles at the same time, use “|” to delimit
02247393 1938.04.08B them (ex.: BOLD|ITALIC).
 NOTE 
FR000019.EPS
Specifying “ITALIC” for characters displayed in reverse video can
make it look like they are missing in parts. “ITALIC” is thus disabled
for reverse-video characters.
● SetFontStyle description examples

 Bold specified
SetFontStyle (BOLD);
 Specifying bold and italic at the same time
SetFontStyle (BOLD|ITALIC) ;
● SetFontStyle printout examples

 Bold specified
1234567890ABC
EXP: 1998.09.29 [10:42]
FR000020.EPS
 Bold and italic specified
1234567890ABC
EXP: 1998.09.29 [10:42]
FR000021.EPS
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Specifying the line spacing ■ Specifying print format and attributes
Specify line spacing with the “LineSpacing” command. Use the “FilmStrings” command to specify character strings.
● LineSpacing description format ● FilmStrings description format

LineSpacing (line spacing); FilmStrings(format descriptor1, format descriptor2,… ),(attribute
descriptor1),(attribute descriptor2)… ;
Use an integer between 1 and 400 (in terms of pixels) to specify line
spacing for film annotation characters.
 Format descriptor “n”
Specifies the “format descriptor” that shows the format in which
● LineSpacing description examples
character strings are printed out. A maximum of 512 descriptors
 Specifying line spacing of 5 pixels can be specified. However, the maximum total length of all
LineSpacing(5); character strings represented by the format descriptor is 256
characters.
 Specifying line spacing of 50 pixels $ For details, see “8.1.4 Format Descriptors”.
LineSpacing(50);
 Attribute descriptor “n”
● LineSpacing printout examples
Specifies the “attribute descriptor” that shows an attribute to be
 Line spacing of 5 pixels specified printed out as a character string. Basically, one attribute descriptor
is given per format descriptor. The attribute descriptor is a tag
1234567890ABC EXP: 1998.09.29 [10:42] number that represents the attribute to be printed out.
G1.2G#0.70+0.30R4R0.5 It is not necessary to specify the attribute descriptor when the

format descriptor is attribute-specific.
FR000024.EPS
$ For details, see “8.1.5 Attribute Descriptors”.
 Line spacing of 50 pixels specified
1234567890ABC EXP: 1998.09.29 [10:42]
G1.2G#0.70+0.30R4R0.5
FR000025.EPS
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● FilmStrings description examples ● FilmStrings printout examples
 Patient and exposure information printout
❍ Printing out patient and exposure information
The patient and exposure information indicated below are printed JOHN SMITH [M]
out. 02247393 1998.04.08B
 Patient name : Character string of variable length, up to 20 1234567890ABC
characters EXP: 1998.09.29 [10:42]
 Sex : “[“+M or F+”]”
 Patient ID : Character string of variable length, up to 15 FR000026.EPS
characters  Image processing parameters printout

 Date of birth : YYYY.MM.DD + “B”
 Date of examination : Character string of variable length, up to 15 G1.2G#0.70+0.30R4R0.5
characters L2.4S325C*1.0*1.0 SCALE: 100%
 Date of exposure : “EXP”+ YYYY.MM.DD
 Time of exposure : “[“+HH:MM+”]”
FR000027.EPS
FilmStrings(“”,%*20s,“[“,%SEX2,”]”),(0010,0010),(0010,0040);
FilmStrings(“”,%*15s,““,%DATE1,”B”),(0010,0020),(0010,0030);
FilmStrings(“”,%*15s),(0008,0050);
FilmStrings(“EXP:”,%DATE1,“[“,%TIME1,”]”),
(0008,0020),(0008,0030)
❍ Printing out image processing parameters

The following image processing parameters are printed out.
 Gradation processing : G + GA + GT + “#” + GC + GS
parameters
 Frequency processing : R + RN + RT + RE
parameters
 Latitude (L value) : L + latitude
 System sensitivity (S value) : S + system sensitivity
 Corrections : C + gradation correction + density
(gradation and density) correction
 Image magnif./reduc. rate : “SCALE:” + percentage
FilmStrings(“ ”,$IMG_PROC);
FilmStrings(“ “,$L,$S,$CS_SS,” “,SCALE:”,$MAG,“%”);
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
8.1.4 Format Descriptors ■ Character string control descriptor (\)
Described herein are the format descriptor types and content presented Shown below are format descriptors that control character strings.
in “8.1.3 Changing the Film Annotation Characters ■ Specifying print Descriptor Meaning
format and attributes”.
\t Inserts tabs. Each tab is equivalent to 80 pixels.
Three format descriptor types are available. The first character of each Displays the characters that follow in reverse video,
\r
which will be effective until “\r” is specified again.
format descriptor identifies the type.
First character Descriptor type

\ Character string control descriptor
% Character string style descriptor
$ Attribute-specific format descriptor
➥ REFERENCE
The C language command “printf” format-specified method has been
adopted basically for the format descriptor that specifies the character
string print format.
However, the “printf” method has been expanded to make the following
items available.
 Special print character formats, including characters in reverse video

 Some VR-specific patterns, including date format
 Information not assigned tag numbers, such as film image
magnification/reduction
 Handling of a multiple number of attributes in a group (such as image
processing parameters)
Format descriptors not required by the “printf” method have been

deleted.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Character string style descriptor (%) ● [width]
This format descriptor indicates that the character string style is Shows the character string length. When “*” has been specified for
composed as follows. [flag], this indicates the maximum character string length. When it
has not, it indicates the fixed length.
%[flag][width][type]
Only when “f” has been specified for [type] the “a.b” style
● [flag] specification will be effective, where “a” indicates the number of
Shows the information necessary for controlling character string digits (of an integer) and “b” the number of decimal places.
length. Can be omitted. If [flag] has been specified, [width] must also In this case, “a” can be omitted. Omitting “a” will not determine the
be specified. number of digits while determining only the number of decimal
places. When “f” has been specified for [type], it will not be possible
Flag description Meaning to omit only “b.” Specifying 0 for “b” will cause an error.
Outputs character strings padded from the left. This
is effective only when fixed length has been
- specified using [width]. If it has not, character
Example of description Example of printout
strings will be output padded from the right. %*10d 1234567890
Shows that the character string length specified by
[width] consists of a maximum number of [type] (d=a decimally expressed An integer of a
characters. If the length of the character string to be integer ) maximum of
ten numbers
* output is longer than that specified by [width], it will [width]
be output as specified by [width]. If the length of the
Character string length
character string to be output is shorter than that
specified by [width], it will be output as it actually is. [flag] (*=maximum number of characters)
Example of description Example of printout

%*10s ABCDEFGHIJ Example of description Example of printout
A character string
[type] (s=character string data) %*5.1f 1234.2
of a maximum of
[width] ten characters [type] (f=decimally expressed A maximum of
five integers,
[flag] (*=maximum number of characters) floating-point number) one decimally
A value specified by [width] FR000031.EPS [width] expressed
Character string length floating-point
[flag] (*maximum number of number
characters) FR000032.EPS
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● [type] ❍ Special type
Shows the type of character string notation. This cannot be omitted. Annotation Attribute
Note
Two types are available: the standard type supported by C language type VR
and a special type added exclusively for film annotation characters. Outputs various time display patterns in accordance with the
values specified by “n.” This setting is valid only for
The standard type uses small letters to annotates character strings and information for which “Attribute VR” has been set to “TM.”
the special type uses large alphanumerics. Numbers cannot be used at TIMEn TM Patterns are as follows.
the beginning of character strings. TIME1 : 10:51
TIME2 : 10:51:20
The table below shows character strings annotation types. TIME3 : AM 10:51
In the table, attributes other than those listed in the “Attribute VR” Outputs various age display patterns in accordance with the
column (UN and SQ) cannot be output as film annotation characters. values specified by “n.” This setting is valid only for
information on date of birth. Patterns are as follows.
AGE1: 25 years, 1 year and 8 months, 1 month and 10
❍ Standard type DA days, 13 days
AGEn (date of AGE2: 25Y, 1Y8M, 1M10D, 13D
Annotation birth only) Output format will differ with the relevant age, as follows.
Attribute VR Note
type 0 years to 0 years and 1 month or under : ** days
OB,OW,SL,SS, Outputs binary data in decimal form. Image 0 years and 1 month up to 1 year : ** months
d 1 to 8 years : ** years and ** months
UL,US data and overlay data cannot be selected.
8 years or over :** years
AT,OB,OW,SL, Outputs binary data in hexadecimal form.
x Outputs sex display patterns in accordance with the values
SS,UL,US Letters will be output in capitals.
specified by “n.” This setting is valid only for information on
Outputs binary data in floating-decimal-point CS
f FL,FD SEXn sex. Patterns are as follows.
form. (sex only)
SEX1: Male, female, (for others, 1 space)
AE,AS,CS,DS, Outputs character string data. Character strings SEX2: M, F, O (for others, 1 space)
s DT,IS,LO,LT, of a maximum length of 256 characters can be Outputs name display patterns in accordance with the
PN,SH,ST,UI output. values specified by “n.” This setting is valid only for
information with PN specified for VR. Display patterns
follow.
❍ Special type PN1: For printing kana alongside kanji (ANK characters
Annotation are printed only when ideographic characters are
Attribute VR Note used.)
type
PN2: Only for use with ideographic characters
Outputs various date display patterns in PNn PN (Ideographic characters are printed if used.
accordance with the values specified by “n.” Left blank if not used.)
Patterns are as follows. PN3: Only for single-byte characters (Single-byte
DATE1 : 1998.12.13 characters are printed if used. Left blank if not
DATE2 : 1998.DEC.13 used.)
DATEn DA DATE3 : 12.13.1998 PN4: For display of multi-byte characters (Ideographic
DATE4 : DEC.13.1998 characters are printed if used. Single-byte
DATE5 : 13.12.1998 characters are printed if they are not used.
DATE6 : 13.DEC.1998 Left blank if neither are used.)
DATE7 : H1.01.13
DATE8 : 1.01.13
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Attribute-specific format descriptor ($) ● Table of attribute-specific format descriptors (2/3)
The attribute-specific format descriptor is used for outputting a multiple Descriptor
Information Sample
Note
number of attributes in groups or for outputting information that has not displayed character format
been assigned tag numbers. FNC Characters will not be output if
processing this process is not performed.
The attribute-specific format descriptor requires no attribute descriptors $FNC F
identification
(the tag numbers shown below). characters
The table below presents attribute-specific format descriptors. CRF Characters will not be output if
processing this process is not performed.
$CRF C
● Table of attribute-specific format descriptors (1/3) identification
characters
Information Sample
Descriptor Note Image Parameters will be output only
displayed character format
processing when they have been changed.
Outputs image Processing parameters for any $MOD parameter *
processing parameters processing that is not subjected change
(G,R,O,D,U,H). to in view of processing path will mark
Image
Parameter output will not be output.
$IMG_PROC processing For both gradation correction
depend on the image
parameter Term of and density correction,
processing parameter $CS_SS C *1.0/1.5
correction parameters are output converted
formats described
to character strings.
hereafter.
Right-and- Can be output only when image
Gradation
$AP_PA1 left reversal Я is reversed.
$GAMMA processing G 1.0G#1.6-0.20 –
mark (1/2)
parameter
Right-and- “PA” will be output when
Frequency Parameters will not be output
$AP_PA2 left reversal AP (PA) reversed and “AP” when not
$BETA processing R 4R0.5 during multi-frequency
mark (2/2) reversed.
parameter processing (MFP).
Can be output only when the
1D-USM $MAG Image
Parameters will not be output if 67 image size requested has been
$1DUSM processing O 3V1.0 _RATE magnif. rate
this process is not performed. set.
parameter
Image processing type
DRC RT-01 is for image
Parameters will not be output if (0019,2F40)
$DRC processing D 2A0.8 processing type RT.
this process is not performed. Pair Set numbers (0021,2F30)
parameter $FUNC
processing Image numbers in the set
_PROC ES 01 02-01 is for an
MFP information (0021,2F40)
Parameters will not be output if image processing type
$MFP processing U FA0.8FA0.8 Pair processing information
this process is not performed. other than RT.
parameter numbers (0021.2F50)
PEM $L L value L 2.0 –
Parameters will not be output if
$PEM processing P ABC1.5
this process is not performed. $S S value S 20000 –
parameter
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Table of attribute-specific format descriptors (3/3) 8.1.5 Attribute Descriptors
Information Sample
Descriptor Note Described next are the specific types and contents of the attribute
displayed character format
descriptors discussed in “8.1.3 Changing the Film Annotation
Pixel value (0018, 1164) while Characters” “■ Specifying print format and attributes”.
an image is read, as well as
pixel value (used for image
The attribute descriptor is information used to specify several kinds of
$IMG_PS Pixel value 0.10->0.15 processing) while it is printed
will be output. “****” will be attributes to be printed out as film annotation characters.
output when no pixel value One attribute descriptor can be described for each format descriptor.
information is available. The attribute descriptor represents a tag number for the attribute to be
$KV KVP 120KV – printed out.
X-ray Tube
$TUB 320mA –
Current ■ Attribute descriptor description format
$EXTIM Exposure Time 16msec –
Following is the attribute descriptor description format.
$EXP Exposure 5mAs –
Distance
(gggg,eeee)
$SID Source to 1000mm –
Detector  gggg : Group number. Fixed four digits in hexadecimal form.
Image Area
 eeee : Element number. Fixed four digits in hexadecimal form.
$AREA 0.01dGymm2 –
Dose Product
$ENT Entrance Dose 0.002mGy – ■ Attribute descriptor description cautions
Tomo Layer
$TOMOH
Height
110mm –  Parentheses “( )” are required when describing a tag number.
$TOMOA Tomo Angle 15° –
 Use a comma “,” between attributes.
 Use a comma “,” between a group and an element.
$TOMOT Tomo Time 500msec –
 If the specified tag is not available, use one half-size space.
 For the patient’s name, create a character string after delimitation
conversion.
 When printing out a kanji character string, remove the ESC sequence
and then create the string.
 Handle control characters within LT and ST as spaces.
 For a tag for which VM is 1 or more, only the head information will be
printed out. However, information for the character string will be
printed out including the “\” that represents delimitation.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Attributes that can be printed out using the DR-ID 300CL
Tables below show attributes that can be output using the
DR-ID 300CL’s DICOM Print function.
● Attributes that can be printed out using the DR-ID 300CL and its
attribute descriptors (1/4)
Film annotation Format Attribute
Attribute Annotation
characters descriptor descriptor
Hospital (institution) kanji %s (0009, 2F80)
1
name ANK FUJI HOSPITAL %s (0008, 0080)
EDR mode A, S, F , M $EDR_MODE (0019, 2F50)
2
Menu code 0900 %s (0018, 1401)
Image proc. conditions $IMG_PROC –
 -identifying characters GA, GT,
Gradation proc. G .0G#1.6-0.20 $GAMMA –
GC, GS
 -identifying characters RN, RT,
Frequency proc. R 4R0.5 $BETA –
RE
1D-USM identification characters
1D-USM O 3V1.0 $1DUSM –
ORN, ORD, ORE
DRC identification characters DRN,
DRC D 2A0.8 $DRC –
3 DRT, DRE
MFP-USM identification characters
MFP M FA0.8FA0.8 $MFP –
HRN, HRT, HRE, HDN, HDT, HDE
PEM proc. parameter characters
PEM proc. P ABC1.5 $PEM –
PRN, α edge, α calc, PRE
FNC proc. FNC proc. identification characters F $FNC –
CRF proc. CRF proc. identification characters C $CRF –
Image proc. condition
* $MOD –
change mark
kanji %s (0019, 2F32)
4 Exposure menu name
ANK CHEST GENERAL %s (0018, 1400)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Normalization
conditions + – –
correction term
Latitude identification character
Latitude L 2.0 $L –
Latitude
5 System sensitivity identification
System sensitivity character S 20000 $S –
System sensitivity
Correction term identification
Correction term character, gradation correction, C *1.0/1.5 $CS_SS –
density correction
Department kanji %s (0009, 2F92)
6
name ANK SURGERY1 %s (0032, 1033)
Radiographer code NT %s (0019, 2F60)
7 Exposure stand
100kv10mAs %s (0019, 2F91)
information
8 Patient ID 1010181139 %s (0010, 0020)
kanji %s (0011, 2F10)
9 Patient name
ANK FUJI TARO %s (0010, 0010)
10 Examination no. Accession Number 1234567890ABC %s (0008, 0050)
… “ :”
–
EXP: .. “EXP:”
ANSI short format 1998.12.13 %DATE1
ANSI long format 1998.DEC.13 %DATE2
American short format 12.13.1998 %DATE3
Date of
11
exposure American long format DEC.13.1998 %DATE4
(0008, 0020)
European short format 13.12.1998 %DATE5
European long format 13.DEC.1998 %DATE6
Japanese date format H10.12.13 %DATE7
Japanese date (kanji) format 10.12.13 %DATE8
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Sex: kanji kanji [ ] or [ ] %SEX1 (0010, 0040)
12
Sex: ANK Alphabet [M] or [F] %SEX2 (0010, 0040)
Y, YM, MD, D – –
25 , 1 8 ,
kanji %AGE1
Age 1 10 , 13
(0010, 1010)
13 25Y, 1Y8M
Alphanumerics %AGE2
1M10D, 13D
YYYY.MM.DD 1989.12.13 %DATEn, “ ”
Date of birth (0010, 0030)
YYYY.MM.DDB 1989.12.13B %DATEn, “B”
Pair proc. Proc. type, pair no. and IL TM01 02-01
14 Indicates the routine and serial $FUNC_PROC
Routine proc. RT-01
routine processing nos.
15 Time of exposure Hour and minute [10:51] “[“ ,%TIME1, ”]” (0008, 0030)
16 Film mark Film annotation characters1 PA %s (0019, 2F90)
“ :”
: 100% –
Magnif./reduc. $MAG, “%”
17
rate “SCALE:”,
SCALE : 100% –
$MAG, “%”
18 Patient name (2) – –
Data compression : 22 “ :”,% (0029, 2F50)

19
code CC : 22 “CC:”,%s (0029, 2F50)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
KVP 120kV $KV –
X-ray Tube Current 320mA $TUB –
Exposure Time 16msec $EXTIM –
Exposure 5mAs $EXP –
X-raying conditions, Distance Source to Detector 1000mm $SID –
20
radiation dose Image Area Dose Product 0.01dGymm2 $AREA –
Entrance Dose 0.002mGy $ENT –
Tomo Layer Height 110mm $TOMOH –
Tomo Angle 15° $TOMOA –
Tomo Time 500msec $TOMOT –
Right-and-left $AP_PA1 or
21 R , AP (PA) –
reversal mark $AP_PA2
Technologist kanji TEC: “TEC:” ,%7PN2 (0008, 1070)

22
name ANK TEC: FUJI TARO “TEC:” ,%14PN3 (0008, 1070)
23 Pixel value 0.05->0.10 $IMG_PS –
24 DAP 1.00 dGycm 2%s, “dGycm2” (0018, 115E)
To print out attributes other than those listed above, set the relative
tag number of the attribute specified in the Conformance Statement.
$ Conformance Statement
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
8.1.6 Film Annotation Character Verification Procedure 4. From the “Format Number” pull-down menu, choose the
name of the film annotation character format you want to
With the Service Utility, you can verify the FilmStrFmt file editing results.
verify. Leave the other settings as they are.
The procedure is described below.
1. Start the Service Utility mode.

$ For the Service Utility startup procedure, see “1. Starting/
Exiting the Service Utility” in “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
2. Click “Edit/View Film String”.
FR000046.EPS
DXCL040408001.ai
➔ The “Edit/View Film String” window opens. 5. Click .
3. Click . ➔ The “Edit/View Film String” window shows a film annotation

character string.
➔ The “FilmChar Setup” window opens.
6. To verify the other film annotation character formats, repeat
steps 3. through 5.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
9. Management of Various 1. Start the Service Utility.
Databases — DataBase Utility $ For the Service Utility startup procedure, see
“1. Starting/Exiting the Service Utility”.
➔ The main menu opens.
This section describes the procedures for initializing the image
database, deleting the queued output images (clearing the contents of
the image output queue), and initializing the patient database.
9.1 Initializing the Image Database 3. Click .
 NOTES  ➔ A confirmation window opens.
 When the OS is installed newly, be sure to initialize the image

database. If you start up the DR-ID 300CL-AP without initializing the
image database for V4.0 or earlier, an error window opens (error code:
50001, 20001, 30107, 30151, 20110, etc.).
 If the SQL Server is not running, database initialization cannot be
effected. When the SQL Server is running, restart the PC.
 If the image output queue is not empty, database initialization cannot MU000018.ai
be effected. Delete the images from the image output queue.
$ For the procedure for deleting the images from the image output
queue, see “9.2 Clearing the Contents of the Image Output
Queue”.
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
4. Click . 9.2 Clearing the Contents of the Image
 NOTE 
Output Queue
the <Enter> key. 1. Start the Service Utility.
$ For the Service Utility startup procedure, see
➔ The image database initialization process ends in about “1. Starting/Exiting the Service Utility”.
20 seconds and the system returns to the "Database Utility" ➔ The main menu opens.
window.
 NOTE  2. Click [DataBase Utility].

When the following message appears, the image database is not ➔ The “DataBase Utility” window opens.
initialized.
It failed in initialized DB. 3. Click .
Check that the SQL Server is running and that no image is placed
on the image output queue. ➔ A confirmation window opens.
 To start the SQL Server
I. Restart the PC.
IV. Select “Computer Management” – “Service and Application”
– “SQL Server configuration Manager” – “SQL Server 2005 MU000019.ai
Service”.
V. Select “SQL Server 2008 Services” or “SQL Server 2012 Services”. 4. Click .
VI. Confirm that SQL Server (MSSQLSERVER) is running.
 NOTE 
 If the image output queue is not empty
➔ Delete the images from the image output queue. When the “Press any key to continue...” message appears, press
the <Enter> key.
$ For the procedure for deleting the images from the
image output queue, see “9.2. Clearing the Contents of
➔ The images are then deleted from the output queue and you are
the Image Output Queue”.
returned to the “DataBase Utility” window.
5. Click .
5. Click .
➔ You are then returned to the main menu.
➔ The system then returns to the main menu.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
9.3 Initializing the Patient Database 9.4 Initializing the Calibration Database
(V4.0 or Earlier)
1. Start the Service Utility.
“1. Starting/Exiting the Service Utility”.
1. Start the Service Utility.
➔ The main menu opens. “1. Starting/Exiting the Service Utility”.
➔ The “DataBase Utility” window opens. 2. Click [DataBase Utility].
3. Click .
➔ A confirmation window opens. 3. Click .
4. Click .
MU000020.ai
4. Click .
 NOTE  DCL40901.ai
When the “Press any key to continue...” message appears, press ➔ The calibration database is initialized and the system returns to
the <Enter> key. the “DataBase Utility” window.
➔ The patient database is then initialized and you are returned to the 5. Click .
“DataBase Utility” window.
5. Click .
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
10. Setting the Magnetic Card — 3. Click [Read Code].
Magnetic Card Setting ➔ The “ISO Card Read Code” window opens.
4. Edit special characters.

10.1 Setting the Hospital Card Data Format  NOTE 
$ For detailed descriptions of the data format setup procedure, see  Characters on the gray background cannot be edited.
“Appendix 2. Setting Up the Magnetic Card [Option]”, under  Be sure to enter one-byte characters.
“Appx IN: Installation – Appendix”.  The default setting is complied with ISO7811-6.
10.2 Defining the ISO Card Character Read Code

When using an ISO type magnetic card, special characters need to be
set up as follows, as required.
 NOTE 
This function will not basically be used in Japan.
1. Start up the DR-ID 300CL’s Service Utility mode.
2. Click [Magnetic Card Setting].

➔ The “Magnetic Card Setting” window opens.
DXCL080410002.ai
➥ REFERENCE
To delete an entered character, enter a one-byte space.
5. Click .
➔ You are returned to the “Magnetic Card Setting” window.
DXCL080410001.ai
6. Click .
➔ You are returned to the main menu.
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
11. Setting the Barcode 3. Click [1D Barcode].
— Barcode Setting ➔ A format list appears on the “Barcode” window.
11.1 1D Barcode
This section describes the procedures used for barcode format settings
(addition, modification and deletion).
A multiple number of formats can be determined. Data will be processed
in the format in which the Barcode Type, Start Character and Stop
Character match the first.
 NOTE 
Note that only one setting will be generated where “Other” is determined
for the Barcode Type.
00000560.ai
1. Start up the DR-ID 300CL’s Service Utility mode.

2. Click [Barcode Setting].

➔ The “Barcode Setting” window opens.
DXCL100411001.ai
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
● To add/modify a format 2. Make necessary settings as follows.
1. Operate as follows on the “Barcode” window.

 To add a format, click [Add].
 To modify a format, select a format for modification from the list and
then click “Modify”.
➔ The “Barcode Format” window opens.
D8CS070410002..ai
NOTE 

For NW7, it is not allowed to use “a” for Start Character and “c” for
Stop Character because those settings represent an IP barcode.
 Barcode type: Barcode type

0: NW7
1: Code39 (Not NW7)
2: Others
 Start Character: Start character
“a” to “d” for NW7; Code39 is fixed to “*”.
 Stop Character: Stop character
“a” to “d” for NW7; Code39 is fixed to “*”.
 Barcode Length: Barcode length
Does not include Start Character/Stop Character. -1 represents
an indeterminate length.
 Data Offset: Data start position
 Data Length: Data length
-1 shows that a read barcode length is handled as a data length.
 Purpose: Purpose of use of the barcode (V8.1 or later)
0: Patient ID/Accession No.
1: Technologist username
The barcode is read with the barcode format of the purpose
specified here.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● To delete a format
3. Click .
➔ You are returned to the “Barcode” window.

1. In the list on the “Barcode” window, select a format to be
deleted, and click .
4. For V8.1 or later, set the priority order of the formats as ➔ A format thus selected will be deleted.
required.
[Up] : Raise one priority order.
[Down] : Lower one priority order. 2. Click .
NOTE 

If it hardly determine uniquely that whether the information is for ➔ You are returned to the main menu.
technologist or for patient with a same format, it will be searched by
a higher priority item.
5. Click .
➔ You are returned to the main menu.
NOTE 
When any data other than “0” has been set to Data Offset, be sure to
specify a Data Length value smaller than “Barcode Length-Data Offset”.
If –1 is specified, data may include a stop character or an indeterminate
value resulting thus in an error to occur.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
11.2 2D Barcode (Applicable only in Japan)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
12. Setting the Selectors — III. Select a device to be added to the selector (use the host name
for selection).
Selector Setting IV. Choose a Reader Type.
 CR-Cassette
 5501
 5502
Select FPD-U for the upright-type FPD,
12.1 Setting the Selectors (V4.0 or Earlier)  Velocity U
 Velocity T
FPD-T for the bed-type FPD, and FPD-C
for the cassette-type DR equipment. Do
 FPD-U
This section describes the procedure for setting the selectors. not select any other type.
 FPD-T
 FPD-C
➥ REFERENCE
2. Click [Selector Setting]. Reader Type options for V3.1 or earlier are as follows.
 Cassette
➔ The “Selector Setting” window opens.  5501
 5502
Select ShimadzuFPD for the upright-type
3. Perform the following setup steps:  Velocity U
FPD and ShimadzuFPD-T for the bed-
 Velocity T
type FPD. Do not select any other type.
 ShimadzuFPD
I  ShimadzuFPD-T
V. Enter the character string (consisting of up to five characters) to

II be displayed on the selector button.
VI. To restore the currently edited selector to the status that
III prevailed at DR-ID 300CL startup, turn this radio button ON.
IV 4. Click .
V ➔ You are then returned to the main menu.
 NOTE 
VI
If the host name is changed for the equipment whose “Reader
Type” is selected as other than “Cassette”, you must perform the
“hostName” setup procedure again. If you do not observe this
precaution, an error (code: 31099) occurs at DR-ID 300CL-AP
DXL74011.ai startup.
I. Choose a selector tab.
II. Set the Technique Code paying attention not to set the same
code with other selectors.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
12.2 Setting the Selectors (V5.0 or Later) 3. Perform the following setup steps:
 NOTE 
I
 Register the Image Detector in [Device Setting] before setting the
selectors.
$ For details on the setup procedures, see “15. Registering the II
Image Detectors — Device Setting (V5.0 or Later)”.
 At the panel setting displayed in the study window, only the first 5 DR III
cassettes from among all registered DR cassettes can be selected.
IV
To use the DR cassette other than the first 5 ones, register the DR
cassette at the selector setting on the User Utility.
V

VI
2. Click [Selector Setting].
VII
➔ The “Selector Setting” window opens.
VIII
IX
X
XI
DXCL130412001.ai

 NOTE 
When connecting with the X-CON, set up in accordance with the
X-CON. Set up the exposure menu also in accordance with the
X-CON. If the X-ray tube/technique code which has been set to
the exposure menu does not exist in the selectors, the selector
which has been set as the InitialActiveButton will be set.
III. Select a device to be added to the selector (use the host name
for selection).
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
IV. Choose a Reader Type. IX. Command for enabling or disabling the Virtual Grid function. (V8.1
 CR-Cassette : CR Cassette or later)
 Velocity U : Velocity upright position  For grid (oscillation type) device, set to OFF.
 Velocity T : Velocity supine position
 For grid (steady type) device, set to ON.
 FPD-U : DR built-in upright position
 FPD-T : DR built-in supine position  NOTE 
 FPD-C : DR Cassette
When Virtual Grid is set to On for CR cassettes from V9.0 on,
V. Enter the character string (consisting of up to five characters) to the selector set for all CR cassettes also must be set to On.
be displayed on the selector button.
VI. Choose the icon to be used. ➥ REFERENCE
➥ REFERENCE  It is possible to set this item only when the “Technique Code”
is not “-1”.
 Since the cassette designs are different, set a dedicated icon
 For the study rereaded from the media, the Virtual Grid
for each of them.
function does not operate. Set the Virtual Grid function to
D-EVO GL OFF on the QA screen if necessary.
D-EVO,
handy D-EVO II Upright Supine
module Cassette X. Sound setting for “Ready” notices (V8.0 or later)
position position
Makes sound from DR-ID 300CL once, when the status switches
from “Not Ready” to “Ready”.
XI. To restore the currently edited selector to the status that
prevailed at DR-ID 300CL startup, turn this radio button ON.
 The icon file with “_S” at the end is a small icon for a laptop PC.  NOTE 
When multiple readers have been configured, repeat I through
VII. If the ReaderType is “FPD-U”, “FPD-T”, or “FPD-C”, set the XI to perform the configuration of selectors.
name of the Image Detector.
VIII. Select the Tube Number. (V7.0 or later)
◆ NOTE ◆
The “Tube Number” is applicable only in Japan.
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
4. Click .
 NOTE 
 If the host name is changed for the equipment whose “Reader
Type” is selected as other than “Cassette”, you must perform the
“hostName” setup procedure again since the “Short Ready” icon
would be hidden. If you do not observe this precaution, an error
(code: 31099) occurs at DR-ID 300CL-AP startup.
 If the same technique code is to be set to different selectors, the
Technique Code needs to be set by editing the
“TechniqueCodeConvertTbl.ini” file.
$ For details on the setup procedures, see “Appendix I Setting
the Technique Code”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
13. Collecting the Log and 3. Perform the following steps.
Configuration Files — I III

Log/Configuration Files Acquisition Tool
II
This section describes herein the procedures for copying the
DR-ID 300CL’s log and configuration files to an HD.
 NOTE 
 This function is useful when asking the software design section for DXCL100413001.ai
error analysis. Collect log files before uninstalling the software.

I. To delete personal information, checkmark it.
Otherwise log files will be deleted consequently.
 Before actually asking for error analysis, be sure to collect information II. Select a time range for which logs are to be collected in the file.
collection files ((computer name) _NP.cab or (computer name) _ • Specify the collection date range value
N.cab), together with the date when the problem arose and description Collects log files of a specified time range.
of the operation that caused such problem to arise. Input a desired time range in .
(Example: If “30” is input in the box, files of the day on which
the collection was made and the preceding 30 days are
1. Start the DR-ID 300CL Service Utility. collected.)
• Collect all
2. Click [Log/Configuration Files Acquisition Tool]. Collects all log files.
➔ The “Acquisition Tool” window opens. III. Indicate by checkmark if you are acquiring the log in hi-speed
mode.
The differences by log acquisition mode are as follows.
Log acquisition Compression Log acquisition
File size
mode format speed
Normal mode Approx. Approx.
cab
(unchecked) 17 minute * 17 MB *
High-speed mode Approx. Approx.
zip
(checked) 4 minute * 40 MB *
* In the case of a log file whose size becomes 300MB after
decompression.
WARNING
When it is necessary to take a file that contains personal data out
of an institution so that it is submitted to analysis, be sure to
obtain advance approval of the relevant institution.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
➔ The system returns to the “Acquisition Tool” window.
➥ REFERENCE
➥ REFERENCE
Checkmarking “Delete personal information” at step 3 above will
 When “Specify the collection date range value” is selected at step
activate the [Check Results] button.
3 above, the time range thus specified is displayed in the
If the [Check Results] button is clicked, the relevant text file is
confirmation window that opens.
displayed enabling you to check contents of the collected files.
 When “Collect all” is selected, “All Routine*.inf will be collected” is
Check contents of the collected files accordingly.
displayed.
 Image_Collect_NP.txt : A text file from which any personal
information was deleted.
5. Click .  Image_Show_P.txt : A text file from which no personal
information was deleted.
 NOTE 
While files are being collected, the following window is displayed.
Do not click [CANCEL] because an error may result.
7. Click to close the “Acquisition Tool” window.
DCL41306.ai
➔ When the file collection processing is complete, a window like that

shown below opens.
DCL41304.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
8. Copy the collected files onto USB flash drive or the like. ➥ REFERENCE
Files thus collected are stored on “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP”. For making the size of the log file acquired in high-speed mode the same
Targeted files are the following two: as the log file acquired in normal mode, perform the following steps.
 (computer name) _NP.cab (zip)
A file from which any personal information was deleted. This file I. Copy the acquired log file (xxxxx_NP.zip) to an arbitrary folder of the
is created when “Delete personal information” was checkmarked service PC, and decompress it.
at step 3 above. II. Copy the following files in the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk to an arbitrary
 (computer name) _P.cab (zip) folder of the service PC.
A file from which no personal information was deleted. This file is
 “D:\tools\CABcompress\cab_compress.bat”
created when “Delete personal information” was not
checkmarked at step 3. above.  “D:\tools\CABcompress\CABARC.EXE”
III. Drag and drop the “MainteInfo” folder created in step I. onto the “cab_
compress.bat” copied in step II.
➔ Cab file will be created in the folder where the log was stored.
File name: (computer name).cab
 NOTE 
If you wish to collect the Smart-QA logs in V7.1, perform the following
procedures.
9. Copy “SmartQALogAcquisition.zip” that is supplied with the

ECN to the PC which the log files are to be collected.
10. Open “SmartQALogAcquisition.zip” with the Explorer, and

copy “SmartQALogAcquisition.bat” to the desktop, for
example.
This filename appears when
“Delete personal information”
was checkmarked at step 3.
above.
DCL41305.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
11. Execute “SmartQALogAcquisition.bat”.
➔ When the file collection processing is complete, a window like that
shown below opens.
DXCL080413002.ai

13. Copy the collected files onto USB flash drive or the like.
Collected files are stored on “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Work”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
14. Setting the DICOM MWL C-FIND Tags I. Sets the tags (C-FIND-RQ) for the information about
the DR-ID 300CL’s inquiries addressed to the RIS.
— DICOM MWL C-FIND Tag Setting II. Perform internal data mapping setup for the tags (C-FIND-RSP)
(V4.0 or Earlier)
received in the form of a response from the RIS to
the DR-ID 300CL. (1/2)
III. Perform internal data mapping setup for the tags (C-FIND-RSP)
The procedure for DICOM MWL C-FIND tag/internal data mapping received in the form of a response from the RIS to
the DR-ID 300CL. (2/2)
setup is described below:
 NOTE   NOTES 
To edit the DICOM tag in V5.0 or later, use the DICOMTagEditTool. The following limitations are imposed on mapping:
$ For details on DICOMTagEditTool, see  The tags that can be set for the inquiry information are limited to
“Appendix J DICOMTagEditTool (V5.0 or Later)”. the standard tags for the MWL and the tags extended by the
DR-ID 300CL.
1. Start the DR-ID 300CL Service Utility.  The response tags can be mapped to up to two destinations.
➔ The main menu opens.  For response tag mapping, up to three hierarchical layers of the
SQ can be used.
2. Click [DICOM MWL C-FIND Tag Setting].  The response tags can be mapped only when they are of the
➔ The “DICOM MWL C-FIND Tag & Mapping Setting” window opens. same VR type.
 You cannot select the response tags within the SQ alone. Their
3. Perform the following setup steps: parent tags will also be selected at all times.
 When mapping a response tag, an error occurs if only parent SQ
tags are described. Therefore, be sure to describe also daughter
tags.
 Received data cannot be processed.
4. Click .
➔ The system returns you to the main menu.
➥ REFERENCE
To copy the Request Procedure ID (0040, 1001) value to the Study ID
(0020, 0010), for instance, input “00200010” in the line of the Request
Procedure ID.
DXCL080410004.ai
I II III DXCL080410003.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
15. Registering the Image Detectors I. Set the name of the Image Detector with 1 to 5 characters
without using a same name as other Image Detectors.
— Device Setting (V5.0 or Later) II. Set the ID of the Image Detector with 1 to 16 one-byte
alphanumeric characters without using a same ID as other Image
Detectors.
1. Start the DR-ID 300CL Service Utility. III. Select the device type from the following:
➔ The “IIP Service Utility” window opens.  BENEO
 FDR AcSelerate
2. Click [Device Setting].  CALNEO U/MT/MB
 CALNEO-C/FDR D-EVO (DR-ID 600SE/DR-ID 601SE/DR-ID 602SE)
3. Click [Add].  CALNEO-C SQ/FDR D-EVO plus (DR-ID 611SE/DR-ID 612SE)
 FDR AcSelerate_CSI
➔ The “Data Type” window opens.  CALNEO-C mini/D-EVO plus C24 (DR-ID 613SE)
 CALNEO HC SQ
4. Perform the following settings.  CALNEO Smart G/D-EVO II G (DR-ID 1201SE/DR-ID 1202SE)
 CALNEO Smart C/D-EVO II C (DR-ID 1211SE/DR-ID 1212SE/
DR-ID 1213SE)
 CALNEO GL1/D-EVO GL (DR-ID 1305SE)
I IV. Set the color to identify the device (as needed).
 Pink  Vivid Pink
II  Blue  Vivid Blue
 Yellow  Lime Yellow
III  Purple  Vivid Purple
 Orange  Vivid Orange
IV  NOTE 
Do not use similar colors (Pink and Vivid Pink, for example)
V simultaneously which are difficult to discriminate from each other.
V. Set whether or not the DR cassette has X-ray automatic

DXCL040415001.ai
detection function.
 Yes  No
5. Click .
6. Click [Cancel].
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
16. Setting the Available Parameter
— Selectable Image Processing
Parameter Setting (V7.1 or Later)

2. Click [Selectable Image Processing Parameter Setting].

➔ The “Selectable Image Processing Parameter Setting” window
opens.
DXCL140416001.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3. Select an arbitrary preset from the “Preset” field. The selectable presets and the available range of each parameter are as follows.
Preset contents Choices of “Preset” Range of each parameter in “Range of selectable image processing parameters:”
GT ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
RT ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
MRT ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
DRT ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
MDT ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
Default setting Blank MRB ABCDEFGH
FFC ABCDEFGHMN
YRT afpqrstuvwxyz
YDT abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvz
YRB abcdefghijklmn
YDB abcdefghijklm
MDT ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
All parameters All parameters MRB ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
FFC ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
YRT ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
YDT ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
YRB ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
YDB ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
RT FPQRSTUVWXYZfpqrstuvwxyz
MRT FPQRSTUVWXYZfpqrstuvwxyz
DRT ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTabcdefghijklmnopqrst
New and conventional image MDT ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTabcdefghijklmnopqrst
processing which do not New/Conventional image proc.
MRB ABCDEFGH
support enhanced gradation (Not Enhanced(W) gradation)
(W gradation) FFC ABCDEFGHMN
YRT afpqrstuvwxyz
YRB abcdefghijklmn
YDB abcdefghijklm
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
New and conventional image MDT ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
processing which support New/Conventional image proc. &
MRB ABCDEFGH
enhanced gradation (W Enhanced(W) gradation
gradation) FFC ABCDEFGHMN
YRT afpqrstuvwxyz
YRB abcdefghijklmn
YDB abcdefghijklm
GT ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
RT FPQRSTUVWXYZ
MRT FPQRSTUVWXYZ
DRT ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRST
Conventional image MDT ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRST
processing which do not Conventional image proc.
MRB ABCDEFGH
support enhanced gradation (Not support Enhanced(W) gradation)
YRT afpqrstuvwxyz
YRB abcdefghijklmn
YDB abcdefghijklm
GT ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
RT ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
MRT ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
DRT ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
Conventional image MDT ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
processing which support Conventional image proc. &
MRB ABCDEFGH
enhanced gradation (W Enhanced(W) gradation
gradation) FFC ABCDEFGHMN
YRT afpqrstuvwxyz
YRB abcdefghijklmn
YDB abcdefghijklm
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
GT abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
RT fpqrstuvwxyz
MRT fpqrstuvwxyz
DRT abcdefghijklmnopqrst
New image processing which MDT abcdefghijklmnopqrst

New image proc.
do not support enhanced MRB ABCDEFGH
(Not support Enhanced(W) gradation)
gradation (W gradation) FFC ABCDEFGHMN
YRT afpqrstuvwxyz
YRB abcdefghijklmn
YDB abcdefghijklm
GT abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
RT abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
MRT abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
DRT abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
New image processing which MDT abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz

New image proc. &
support enhanced gradation MRB ABCDEFGH
Enhanced(W) gradation
YRT afpqrstuvwxyz
YRB abcdefghijklmn
YDB abcdefghijklm
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4. Edit the range of each parameter in “Range of selectable
image processing parameters:” as necessary.
 NOTE 
“FFC” must be set in the range of A to H, M, and N.
5. Click [OK].
 NOTE 
After clicking [OK], the following contents are adjusted automatically
and the user is notified.
 Sequence of characters
Registered strings are sorted in ascending order of ASCII codes.
 Duplicated characters
When the same characters are included, those characters are
combined into one character.
 Characters other than alphabets
When characters other than alphabets are included, the save is not
performed and the user is notified of the existence of illegal characters.
Moreover, spaces inside the strings are treated as illegal characters.
However, spaces in front and after the strings are deleted automatically
and not treated as illegal characters.
➔ Settings are saved, and the system returns to the main menu.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
17. Registering 2. Click [Network Adapter Configuration].
the Network Adapter Settings — ➔ The “Network Adapter Configuration” window opens.
Network Adapter Configuration

(V7.3 or Later)
It becomes possible to switch the connecting network without closing
DR-ID 300CL-AP at arbitrary timing by registering multiple wireless
network settings in DR-ID 300CL.
➥ REFERENCE
When using only the wired connection, this setup is not required.
DXCL100417001.ai
17.1 Registering the Network Adapter Settings 3. Enter the network adapter name of the DR-ID 300CL which is
connected with the image local network.
 NOTE 
 Separately set SSID of each wireless access point at the OS network
setting.
 Do not register the network adapters setting which has the same
values of the IP address and ESSID multiple times. (If there are only
one SSID and one network segment, only one network adapter setting
can be registered.) DXCL100417002.ai
 The setting for each network adapter must be unified to IPv4 or IPv6.
➥ REFERENCE
DR-ID 300CL cannot perform dynamic segment change “from IPv4 to
IPv6” or “from IPv6 to IPv4”. The network adapter name of the DR-ID 300CL which is connected
with the image local network can be checked by selecting “Control
Panel” - “Network and Sharing Center” - “Change Adapter Settings”
1. Start up the DR-ID 300CL Service Utility. from the menu.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
 NOTE  6. Enter the network adapter name of the DR-ID 300CL which is
If wired connection to the image local network, proceed to step 6. connected with the in-hospital network, and click
[Properties].
4. Click [Properties] of “For image local network”.

➔ The “Network Property” window opens.
5. Enter the SSID of the wireless access point in the image

local network, and click [OK].
DXCL100417004.ai
➥ REFERENCE
The network adapter name of the DR-ID 300CL which is connected
with the in-hospital network can be checked by selecting “Control
Panel” - “Network and Sharing Center” - “Change Adapter Settings”
from the menu.
➔ The “Hospital Network Setting” window opens.
DXCL140417001.ai
➔ The system returns to the “Network Adapter Configuration”

window.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
7. Select an arbitrary item, and click [Modify].
DXCL100417006.ai
➔ The “Network Property” window opens.
➥ REFERENCE
 The item without a menu name is an item which has not been set yet.
 The positions of the 3x7 menus on the display are corresponding
with the positions of the network menus on the screen of the list
of in-hospital networks of DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
8. Enter the following items. No. Items Descriptions
Enter the network adapter IP address which is
V. IP Address wirelessly connected with the in-hospital network (IPv6).
* If it is blank, setting will not be saved.
I.
Enter the network adapter subnet mask which is
II. VI. Subnet Mask wirelessly connected with the in-hospital network (IPv6).
III.
Enter the network adapter default gateway which is
IV.
VII. Default Gateway wirelessly connected with the in-hospital network (IPv6).
* Can be leaved unspecified.
V.
Enter the AP’s SSID which is wirelessly connected
VI. VIII. SSID with the in-hospital network.
VII. * If it is blank, setting will not be saved.
VIII. 9. Click [OK].

➔ The system returns to the “Hospital Network Setting” window.
DXCL140417002.ai
No. Items Descriptions

10. Click [OK].
Enter the caption to display on the menu.
➔ The system returns to the “Network Adapter Configuration” window.
* Set a name which can be identified easily.
I. Caption Example: Floor name (1F/2F)
* Name the network setting before transfer (before
switching the network segment) a simple name 11. Click [OK].
such as “Home.”
Enter the network adapter IP address which is
II. IP Address wirelessly connected with the in-hospital network (IPv4).
Enter the network adapter subnet mask which is
III. Subnet Mask wirelessly connected with the in-hospital network (IPv4).
Enter the network adapter default gateway which is
IV. Default Gateway wirelessly connected with the in-hospital network (IPv4).
* Can be leaved unspecified.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
17.2 Backing up the Network Adapter Settings 3. Click [Backup].
➔ The “Utl” folder where the backup files are stored is created in the
The backup for copying the network adapter settings to the other DR-ID “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Work” folder.
300CL. The procedure for creating the backup is described below.
➥ REFERENCE
The backup file created here can be used as the backup of the settings
of this equipment.

➔ The main menu opens. DXCL100417008.ai
➥ REFERENCE
2. Click [Network Adapter Configuration]. The backup files stored in the “Utl” folder are as follows.
➔ The “Network Adapter Configuration” window opens. Backed up files Descriptions

The XML file containing the registration
NetworkStatusConfig.xml
information of the network adapter settings
A file of wireless LAN profile information.
[SSID].profile Stored in the “WifiProfile” folder in the
“Utl” folder.
4. Copy the “Utl” folder to any arbitrary media.
DXCL100417007.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
17.3 Restoring the Network Adapter Settings 4. Click [Properties].
1. Copy the “NetworkStatusConfig.xml” file and “WifiProfile”

folder in the “Utl” folder of the restore-destination DR-ID
300CL which has been backed up to the “C:\Program Files\
FujiFilm\IIP\Config” folder.

DXCL100417009.ai
3. Click [Network Adapter Configuration].

➔ The “Hospital Network Setting” window opens.
➔ The “Network Adapter Configuration” window opens.
5. Edit each network setting according to the environment of

the restore-destination DR-ID 300CL, and click [OK].
➔ The system returns to the “Network Adapter Configuration” window.
 NOTE 
Set different IP addresses for the DR-ID 300CL which is a backup
source and the DR-ID 300CL which is a restore destination. If the
same network settings have been selected for both DR-ID 300CL,
an IP address conflict may occur.
DXCL100417007.ai
➥ REFERENCE
At this point, the network adapter settings in the backup file are
imported and the network adapter name is displayed.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
6. Click [Restore].
➔ The wireless LAN profile information that has been set on the OS side
of the DR-ID 300CL which is a backup source is imported (added).
 NOTE 
 If restore fails, the name of the network adapter of the backup-
source DR-ID 300CL which is wirelessly connected to the in-
hospital network may be inconsistent with that of the restore-
destination DR-ID 300CL. Check the network adapter name of the
restore-destination DR-ID 300CL.
 If you entered a new SSID at step 5, also register the new SSID
at the OS network setting.
7. Click [OK].
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
18. Setting the Password of the 3. Perform the following settings.
Service Utility — Password

Setting (V8.0 or Later)
The procedure for setting the password of the Service Utility is
described below.
 NOTE 
 When a version upgrade or reinstallation is performed, the password
is inherited.
 There is no way to initialize the password. If you forget the password, DXCL120418001.ai
the OS needs to be reinstalled.

Items Description
 Note that when the backup data in which the old password was used
is restored using the Windows backup function, the password is also Old password Enter the currently set password.
(Default value: fieldengineer)
returned to the old one.
New password Enter the new password.
Password can be set within 20 characters using single-
➥ REFERENCE byte alphanumeric and symbols (including space).
* Only blank or only space cannot be set for password.
To enable security by password, the following configuration items need * Password which is the same as the old one cannot
to be set to “Yes”. However, even if “Yes” is not set, the password be set.
setting is possible. Confirm password For confirmation, enter the newly set password again.
“1. IMAGE MODALITY” - “67 Use Service Utility Password”
4. Click [OK].
1. Start up the DR-ID 300CL Service Utility. ➔ The password has been set and the system returns to the main
menu.
2. Click [Password Setting].

➔ The “Service Utility Password Setting” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
19. DR Console Setup Tool ■ Installing the Wake-on-LAN Utility
This section describes the “DR Console Setup Tool” commands and the
relevant setup procedures.
 NOTE 
19.1 Setting the Wake-on-LAN Utility double-click the execution file (Setup.bat) in the Disk.
➥ REFERENCE versions of DR-ID 300CL.
Explained below is the procedure to use the Wake-on-LAN Utility to

have the Image Reader and a CU/MC/FSC start automatically, at the
same time with the startup of the DR-ID 300CL.
 NOTE 
In an attempt to start up a CU/MC/FSC from the DR-ID 300CL by using
the Wake-on-LAN Utility, a communication error may be indicated.
In such cases, we recommend that you start up the DR-ID 300CL from
a CU/MC/FSC to avoid an error occurrence. DXCL080304005.ai

➔ The installer starts running and the “FF-WakeOnLAN Setup”
window opens.
FR000060.EPS
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3. Click . ■ Registering other connected equipment
➔ The “FF-WakeOnLAN Setup/Choose Destination Location” Perform the following procedure to register other connected equipment
window opens. to be started automatically:
4. Click . 1. From the menu, choose “All Programs”, “Fuji

 NOTE  Film”, and “FF-WakeOnLAN Utility”.
Do not change the installation destination. ➔ The Wake-on-LAN Utility starts up.
➔ The “FF-WakeOnLAN Setup/Start Copying Files” window opens.
5. Click .
➔ The installation process starts.
Upon completion of installation, the “Setup complete” window
opens.
6. Click .
 NOTE 
FR000063.EPS

the <Enter> key. 2. From the “Edit” menu, choose “Register”.
➔ The other connected equipment registration window opens.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3. Perform the following setup steps: 5. To register another connected equipment, repeat steps 2.
through 4.
6. Perform the following steps to verify the automatic startup

I process:
I. Put other connected equipment on standby.
II. Select other connected equipment from the list, and then click
.
II IV
III. Click .
III 7. After verifying startup process for other connected

equipment, click to exit the Wake-on-LAN
FR000062.EPS
Utility.
I. Enter MAC address (e.g., 11-AB-CD-EF-AB-CD) of other
connected equipment.
II. Enter IP address (e.g., 172.16.1.10) of other connected
equipment.
III. Enter host name (e.g., CU) of other connected equipment.
IV. Make sure that “Enable” is checked. (If you intend to register ■ Verifying the automatic startup process
other connected equipment but do not want it to automatically
start up, uncheck “Enable”.) 1. Put other connected equipment on standby and then restart
the DR-ID 300CL.
4. Click .
2. Verify other connected equipment starts up the moment the
➔ The system returns you to the previous window. DR-ID 300CL starts up.
FR000065.EPS
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
19.2 Setup for Addition of
Descriptive Characters to Icons
[Applicable only in Japan]
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
19.3 The Grid Pattern Removal Processing 2. Type in “40” and press the <Enter> key.
➔ The “GPR Default Parameter Setup Menu” opens.
Described below is the procedure used to perform settings necessary
for activating the grid pattern removal processing, using the “DR
Console Setup Tool” menu included in the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk.
19.3.1 Setting the Grid Pattern Removal Processing DXCL140419003.ai
3. Type in the item No. of a language you wish to set up and

1. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC. press the <Enter> key.
➔ The “DR Console Setup Tool” main menu opens automatically. ➔ A confirmation window opens.
 NOTE 
 In case the main menu start window does not open automatically,
DXCL140419004.ai
DXCL140419002.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4. To determine a CR image parameter, enter “1”, and “2” to 19.3.2 Verifying the Grid Pattern Removal Processing
determine a DR image parameter. Then press the <Enter> key. Operations
 NOTE 
1. Click and then sequentially choose “All Programs”,
Determine a DR image parameter only when connecting the FDR
D-EVO. Any DR image parameter determined for a DR Image “Fuji Film”, and “Console Advance”.
Detector other than FDR D-EVO will cause the required processing ➔ The DR-ID 300CL opening window opens.
time to be longer because the GPR processing is applied In about two minutes, the DR-ID 300CL-AP reception window
unnecessarily. opens.
➔ The Grid Pattern Removal processing parameter is thus set up
appropriately.
➥ REFERENCE
GPR of the MPM code menu correspond to the following is set to
invalid (OFF).
- 0210 (V7.4 or earlier)
DXCL140419005.ai
- 0120 (V7.4 or earlier) 2. Click “User Utility” in the menu.

- 7?0B (the initial, 3rd and 4th characters of MPM code are “7”, “0”
and “B” (V7.4 or earlier)) ➔ The “Main Menu” window opens.
- ?3?? (the 2nd character of MPM code is “3”)
3. Click .
- ?9?? (the 2nd character of MPM code is “9”)
➔ The “Property setting” window opens.
5. To determine parameters differently for CR images and DR
images, repeat steps 2. through 4. to set up proper
parameters for both.
4. Choose the tab.
➔ The “Setup during a study 2” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5. Click [Setting for console monitor]. 8. Click .
➔ The system returns to the “Main Menu” window.
9. Click .
➔ “User Utility” exits, the system returns to the reception window.
10. Input the image in the study window, make sure that “GPR”
of the incidental information is set to “ON”.
 NOTE 
DXCL130420002.ai
Check the following if the grid pattern removal processing is not
➔ The “Incidental information settings” window opens.
applied.
6. Set “GPR” to arbitrary blank. GPR option key is not applied.

 “Device Setting-Device Type” in Service Utility is set to DR
cassette. (BENEO and CALNEO U/MT/MB are not supported to
the grid pattern removal processing)
 “GPR” of the exposure menu is set to “ON”.
 There are detectable grid irregularities on the image. If the
radiation field is small (approximately no larger than 10 cm), it
may not be deteced appropriately depending on the peripheral
noise outside radiation field.
DXCL130420003.ai
7. Click .
➔ The system returns to the “Setup during a study 2” window.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
19.4 Setup of Auto Shuttering Processing 2. Type in “41” and press the <Enter> key.
➔ “Mask Processing Default Parameter Setup Menu” opens.
To use the automatic setup tool, open first “DR Console Setup Tool”
menus incorporated in the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk and then follow the
steps below.

DCL41502.EPS
➔ The “DR Console Setup Tool” main menu will open automatically.
 NOTE  3. Type in “2” and press the <Enter> key.

 In case the installation start window does not open automatically, ➔ Shuttering processing parameters will then be set up.
Performing the above steps will inactivate (OFF) the auto shuttering
 The items displayed in the “DR Console Setup Tool” vary with the processing for the following MPM code menus and activate (ON) the
versions of DR-ID 300CL. same processing for other menus. Manually set up shuttering
processing appropriately if the automatic setup will result in settings
unsuitable to your customers.
Table List of MPM codes that turn auto shuttering processing OFF
Menu MPM Code
TEST Menu ?9??
Treatment Menu (only in Japan) 7??B
PARANASAL SINUS 00?1
EAR 00?B
PARANASAL SINUS: C 10?2
PARANASAL SINUS: T 20?0
EAR: T 20?1
EAR-2DIV (only in Japan) 60?A
DXCL140419002.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
19.5 Batch Setting of VG Parameters 2. Type in “42” and press the <Enter> key.
(V9.0 and later) ➔ The “VGP Default Parameter Setup Menu” opens.
The menu of the “DR Console Setup Tool” on the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk
can be used for batch setting of the most suitable set values for each
VGP exposure menu.
The procedure is shown in the following.

DXCL140419006.ai
➔ The “DR Console Setup Tool” main menu will open automatically. 3. Type in the item No. of a language you wish to set up and
 NOTE  press the <Enter> key.
 In case the installation start window does not open automatically, ➔ The “Select Image Type” opens.
DXCL140419007.ai
4. Enter the item number for the image type to be set and
➔ The following screen appears and the display automatically
returns to the main menu of the “DR Console Setup Tool”.
DXCL140419008.ai
DXCL140419002.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20. Menu Import Export Tool
Presented herein are the “Menu Import Export Tool” commands and the
procedures used to set up those commands.
 NOTE 
 Do not use the Menu Import Export Tool on the DR-ID 300CL.
 Prior to using the Menu Import Export Tool, be sure to make a backup
copy of the “MenuData.mdb”, “XconParam.mdb”, “Selector.mdb” and
“DisplayData.mdb” files of the DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20.1 Functions and Overview of No. Menu Meaning
the Menu Import Export Tool I Export Folder Specifies a folder where the menu database is stored
in the DR-ID 300CL. This folder is targeted for export
(write-out) processing.
The “Menu Import Export Tool” is used to edit the exposure menu and
the study menu available in the DR-ID 300CL and the following setups II Export File Sets location of storage of a file targeted for export
(write-out) processing and its filename.
are possible.
III Source Console Selects a kind of the console used.
 Extracting exposure menu and study menu information from the Kind
menu database of the DR-ID 300CL and writing out such information
IV Manufacturer Sets whether or not to perform X-CON parameter
onto Excel-format data (Export) Check automatic conversion for each manufacturer when
 Writing post-edited menu information onto the menu database (Import) “CR Console” is selected in “Source Console Kind”.
Starting the Menu Import Export Tool will display a window like that V Export Performs export (write-out) processing of exposure
menus following setups in I and II, above.
shown below (hereinafter, “main menu”).
VI View Log Enables to view log files for export (write-out)
processing.
VII Import File Specifies an Excel file targeted for import (write-in)
I XIV processing.
VIII Import Folder Specifies a folder where the menu database is stored
II in the DR-ID 300CL. This folder is targeted for import
(write-in) processing.
III IX Check or Specifies a type of operation for import (write-in)
Importing processing.
IV  Check Only : Checks contents of a file
V specified in “Import” and writes
XV out the check result onto the log
VI XVI file.
VII  Import : Reflects a file specified in
XVII “Import” onto the menu database
in the DR-ID 300CL. Whenever
VIII
an error is found in a file targeted
XVIII for import (write-in) processing,
IX such processing is stopped
X XIX immediately.
 Import (Repair) : Reflects a file specified in
XX “Import” onto the menu database
XI
in the DR-ID 300CL. Whenever
XII an error is found in a file targeted
XXI for import (write-in) processing,
XIII such processing is continued by
DXCL040417001.ai
replacing the error by a pre-

determined setup value.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
No. Menu Meaning
X Language Setting A language used on the DR-ID 300CL is specified
here.
 Multi Byte : DR-ID 300CL used within the
Japanese environment.
 Single Byte : DR-ID 300CL used within an
environment other than Japanese.
XI Import Performs import (write-out) processing of exposure
menus following setups in VI to IX, above.
XII View Log Enables to view log files for import (write-in)
processing.
XIII Property Setting Displays the Property Setting window, where the
range of selection of menu information is to be
specified.
XIV Log Folder This is to set a log file output folder for “Export”,
“Import”, “APR Information Check” or “Import
Technique Code” processing.
XV 180 Degree Displays the 180° image rotation information window
Rotation and performs necessary processing.
XVI Import Technique Displays the auto technique setup window and
Code updates the Technique Code field contained in the
exposure menu information file. (This option is not
used on this equipment.)
XVII APR Information Displays a window where the consistency is checked
Check between APR information of the DR-ID 300CL
exposure menu and that of the FPD.
XVIII Progress Bar Indicates the progress status of import or export
processing.
XIX STOP Stops export or import processing.
XX Finish Finishes the Menu Import Export Tool.
XXI Message Displays actual execution results of export and import
processing.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20.2 Setting Up the Menu Import Export Tool ■ Operating environment
Use a PC that meets the following requirements.
CAUTION
 Windows XP SP3
The version of the used Menu Import Export Tool depends on the
OS  Windows VISTA Business SP2
version of the DR-ID 300CL software. Therefore, it is necessary to  Windows 7 Professional (32bit version)
check the DR-ID 300CL for the software version and install Menu
 Microsoft Excel 2000 (Office 2000, only for Windows XP)
Import Export Tool of a proper version.  Microsoft Excel 2002 (Office XP, only for Windows XP)
 Microsoft Excel 2003 (Office 2003)
Version of Version of Part No of CD containing Application
 Microsoft Excel 2007 (Office 2007)
DR-ID 300CL Menu Import Export Tool Menu Import Export Tool  Microsoft Excel 2010 (Office 2010)
V3.0 V2.0.1.0 114Y5036902A03  Microsoft Excel 2013 (Office 2013, only for Windows 7)
V4.0 V2.1 114Y5036902A04

V5.0 V3.0.1 114Y2150756B01
V6.0 V4.0 114Y2150758B00
V6.1/V6.2 V5.0 114Y2150758B01
V7.0 V5.1 114Y2150758B02
V7.1 V6.1 114Y2150765B01
V7.2 V6.2 114Y2150765B02
V7.3 V6.3 114Y2150765B03
V7.4 V6.4 114Y2150765B04
114Y2150765B06/
V8.0 V6.6/V6.7
114Y2150765B07
V8.1 V6.8 114Y2150765B08
V9.0 V7.0 114Y2150798B00
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Tool installing 5. Click [Continue].
1. Insert the Menu Import Export Tool CD into the PC where  NOTE 
this tool is to be installed.
To install Menu Import Export Tool within an environment where
different versions of Menu Import Export Tool has already been
2. On the Explorer window, double-click “Setup.exe” within the CD. installed, set a name that is different from the name of Menu Import
➔ The setup start window opens. Export Tool that has been installed in “Program Group”, then click
[Continue].
Example: MenuImportExportTool_V4
3. Click [OK].
 NOTE  ➔ A window opens to indicate completion of the setup processing.
To install Menu Import Export Tool within an environment where
different versions of Menu Import Export Tool has already been 6. Click [OK].
installed, click “Change Directory” to specify a folder that is different
from the one where Menu Import Export Tool has been installed,
then click [OK].
(Example) Before: C:\Program Files\MenuImportExportTool
After: C:\Program Files\MenuImportExportTool_V4
➔ A window opens prompting you to confirm a folder targeted for

setup.
4. Click .
➔ A window opens where setup is to be performed for registration of

the startup menu.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20.3 Starting/Shutting Down the Menu 20.4 Exporting Exposure Menus
Import Export Tool
Described herein is the procedure used for export (write-out) processing
of an exposure menu and a study menu from the menu database within
■ Startup
the DR-ID 300CL onto an Excel-format file.
1. Select , “All Programs” and
“MenuImportExportTool” in this order. 1. Start running the Menu Import Export Tool.

■ Shutdown
1. Click in the “Menu Import Export Tool”. I IV
II
III
DXCL040417002.ai
I. Specify a folder where the menu database is stored in the

DR-ID 300CL.
II. Specify location of storage of a file targeted for export (write-out)
processing and its filename.
III. Select “DR”.
IV. Specify a log file output folder.
3. Click .
4. Click to check the export processing status.
5. Shut down the Menu Import Export Tool.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20.5 Cautions Observed Before Menu Import ■ Cautions observed when editing study menus
 It is not allowed to replace rows or insert empty lines in the study
menu information (Sheet2) and study menu spread information
20.5.1 Cautions Observed When Editing Exposure (Sheet3).
Menus and Study Menus  Consecutively describe study menus of the same code in the study
menu spread information (Sheet3), and be sure not to include any
study menus of different codes in those consecutively described
■ Cautions applicable to both exposure menus and study
menus.
menus  In an attempt to import a study menu, values included in the source
 From the first to third line, replacement of rows or insertion of empty file for menu import are imported without checking values in each of
lines are not allowed. the fields. When editing a field, make sure to observe the following
 Use Sheet1 for exposure menu information, Sheet2 for study menu rules.
information and Sheet3 for study menu spread information. Do not
[Study menu information (Sheet2)]
increase the number of sheets.
Code : Input a code value so that it is unique in the
 Register menu information on the fourth line and thereafter. Use one
study menu information.
line for registration of each menu.
 The cell presentation format used should all be in "character string". [Study menu spread information (Sheet3)]
Code : Input a code value pre-determined in the study
menu information (Sheet2).
■ Cautions observed when editing exposure menu information
ExposureMenuCode : Input a code value pre-determined in the
 When rows were replaced or empty lines inserted, make sure that exposure menu information (Sheet1).
there is no disagreement between the field ID on the first line and ExposeOrder : Input a code value so that it is unique in the
each row containing record values on the fourth line and thereafter. study menu spread information (Sheet3).
 Be sure to input a value in the Code cell. If it is left blank or entirely Starting from 0, increase the input value one
spaced, no menus will be registered skipping over to the next row. by one.
 If the Code cell is left blank or entirely spaced for three or more lines, FramePosition : Input a code value so that it is unique in the
menu import processing will end as the menu information is study menu spread information (Sheet3).
considered to have been fully processed. Starting from 0, increase the input value one
 If a cell other than the Code cell is left blank or entirely spaced, the by one.
pre-determined default value will be registered at menu import.
 In a field where the “Yes/No” data selection type is used in the
database, set “1” for “Yes” and “2” for “No”. Importing menus using
values other those will cause an abnormal value to result.
 In DR-ID 300CL V5.0 or later, an error will occur at the time of import
if the “ContrastShift” (C04) field or the “SensitiveShift" (C05) field is
blank.
Set “0” for the “ContrastShift” (C04) and “SensitiveShift" (C05) fields
or select “Import (Repair)” in the “Check or Importing” column before
importing.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20.5.2 Setting the Positioning ID and the Tube/Technique ■ Default values of the positioning ID and tube/technique code
Code (Applicable in other than Japan)
● Default values of the positioning ID
To use the DR-ID 300CL, it is necessary to set up a proper positioning
ID. Mode (as specified Technique
Positioning ID Name SID
For Arcoma’s X-ray source, specifying a proper positioning ID enables by Arcoma) Assigned
the selection of mode and SID appropriately. 0 Cassette Free — Cassette
The mode involves a technique to be applied (standing position/supine 1 TS - Tracking Film tracking 100 Supine position
position/cassette) and a tube/technique operation mode. 2 TS - Pendulum Pendulum 100 Supine position
$ For details, see the “DR-XD200 Service Manual”. 3 TS - Flexible Table flexible 100 Supine position
4 — — — —
Information of a technique (standing position/supine position/cassette)
5 Tomography Tomo 100 Supine position
to be set up for each exposure menu includes the two items: Tube/
Technique Code and Positioning ID 6 — — — —
As described above, the positioning ID also includes technique-related 7 WS - SID 180 Wall flexible 180 Standing position
information. Therefore, it is necessary to set up values that involve the 8 WS - SID 130 Wall flexible 130 Standing position
same technique for the “Tube/technique code to be set up for an 9 — — — —
exposure menu” and the “Tube/technique operation mode to be
10 WS - Tilted Wall flexible 100 Standing position
specified according to the Arcoma’s X-ray source positioning ID”.
11 Reserve — — —
12 — — — —
13 — — — —
14 — — — —
15 Parking Auto Positioning — Cassette
* The “Technique Assigned” in the table above presents techniques to be assigned
according to a value shown in the “Positioning ID”.
● Default values of the tube/technique code

Tube/Technique Code Kind of Technique
0 Standing position
1 Supine position
2 Cassette
➥ REFERENCE
To select “3” for the “Positioning ID”, select “1” for the “Tube/Technique
Code”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Positioning ID and tube/technique code setup procedure
1. Use the “Menu Import Export Tool” to export an Excel file.
2. On the Excel file exported at step 1. above, check to see that

there is a consistency between the “Positioning ID” and the
“Tube/Technique Code”.
➥ REFERENCE
If default values of both the “Positioning ID” and the “Tube/
Technique Code” are to be used, their combinations will be as
shown in the table below.
Positioning ID Tube/Technique Code

0 2
1 1
2 1
3 1
5 1
7 0
8 0
10 0
15 2
3. Overwrite the Excel file and properly save it.
4. Use the “Menu Import Export Tool” to import the Excel file
thus corrected.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20.6 Importing 3. Click .
Exposure Menus and Study Menus
➔ The “Property Setting” window opens.
Described herein is the procedure used for import (write-in) processing
of post-edited exposure menu and study menu files onto the menu 4. Perform the following settings and click [OK].
database within the DR-ID 300CL.
1. Start running the Menu Import Export Tool.
I
V
II
III
DXCL080417001.ai
I. Place a check marks to “RT”, “TM”, “WS”, “PS”, “ES” and “TO”.
I II. Place a check marks by referring to the table below.
Check mark status Configurable range of
II
Manual Semi-X EDR Mode (CR/DR)
Uncheck Uncheck 0-2
III
Check Uncheck 0-5
Uncheck Check 0 - 2, 6 - 14
IV
Check Check 0 - 14
DXCL040417003.ai
III. Place a check mark to “Admit blank cells (Repair incorrect
data)”.
I. Select an Excel file targeted for import processing.
II. Specify a folder targeted for import (write-in) processing. ➔ The system returns to the main menu window.
Such folder stores the menu database on the DR-ID 300CL.
III. Select a type of operation for import (write-in) processing.
5. Click .
IV. Select a language to be used on the DR-ID 300CL.
V. Specify a log file output folder.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
6. Click to check the import processing status.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20.7 Checking APR Information 3. Perform the following settings.
➤ IMPORTANT
The APR information checkout function is not used with the I
DR-ID 300CL.
Described herein is the procedure used to check consistency between II

APR information of the DR-ID 300CL exposure menu and that of the
FPD.
III
 NOTES 
 Prior to checking APR information, an APR information file (Excel)
where the FPD system settings have been entered must be readied
appropriately.
 When importing to DR-ID 300CL V5.0 or later, the AEC is fixed to [0000]
and imported.
DXCL130420001.ai
I. Select APR information file (Excel) of the DR-ID 300CL exposure

1. Start running the Menu Import Export Tool.
menu.
2. Perform the following settings. II. Select the items to be checked based on the system
configuration.
III. Select APR information file of the FPD system.
I
4. Click .
5. Click to check the results.
6. Close the “APL Information Check” window.

II
DXCL040417005.ai
I. Specify a log file output folder.

II. Click “APL Information Check”.
➔ The “APL Information Check” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20.8 Setting the 180° Image Rotation 3. Perform the following settings.
Information
Based on a menu data file (Excel) exported from the Menu Import
Export Tool, view selector database file settings from “TechnicCode”
that is for each of the extension menus included in the same file and I
update feed data of both “ReverseTopBottom” and “ReverseLeftRight”
also included in the same file. The procedure used is described below.
II
 NOTE 
Perform this setup procedure with the menu data file (Excel) closed
appropriately.
III
1. Start up the “Menu Import Export Tool”.

DXL41502.ai
2. Perform the following settings. I. Select a DR-ID 300CL menu data file (Excel).
II. Select a DR-ID 300CL selector database file (Selector.mdb).
III. Click “180 Degree Rotation”.
I
4. Click and check the setup result.
5. Close the “180 Degree Rotation” window.
6. Shut down the “Menu Import Export Tool”.
II
DXCL040417006.ai

II. Click “180 Degree Rotation”.
➔ The “180 Degree Rotation” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
20.9 Automatic Technique Settings 3. Perform the following settings.
➤ IMPORTANT
The automatic technique setting function is not used with the
DR-ID 300CL. I
Based on a menu data file (Excel) exported from the Menu Import II
Export Tool, view selector database file settings from the APR
information that is for each of the extension menus included in the same
file and update “Technique” feed data also included in the same file. III
The procedure used is described below.
IV
1. Start up the “Menu Import Export Tool”.
2. Perform the following settings. V
DXL41505.ai
I. Select a DR-ID 300CL menu data file (Excel).

II. Select an APR information file (Excel) for the DR-ID 300CL
exposure menu.
III. Select a DR-ID 300CL selector database file (Selector.mdb).
IV. Select a system formation set up on the FPD side.
II Selection System Formation

Stand (1Tube) Standing position (1 tube)
DXCL040417007.ai
Bed (1Tube) Supine position (1 tube)
Bed/Tomograph (1Tube) Supine position/tomography (1 tube)
Stand/Bed (1Tube) Standing position/supine position (1 tube)
II. Click “Import Technique Code”.
Stand/Bed (2Tube) Standing position/supine position (2 tubes)
➔ The “Import Technique Code” window opens.
Stand/Bed/Tomograph Standing position/supine position/
(1Tube) tomography (1 tube)
Stand/Bed/Tomograph Standing position/supine position/
(2Tube) tomography (2 tubes)
V. Click “Import Technique Code”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4. Click and check the setup result.
5. Close the “Import Technique Code” window.
6. Shut down the “Menu Import Export Tool”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix A DICOM Tag Mapping 4. Save the TagReplace.ini file in UNICODE format and then
close Notepad (Notepad.exe).
Function (V4.0 or Earlier)
■ TagReplace.ini file format
When generating image outputs using the DICOM CR STORAGE
function, you can edit (copy, move, delete, or initialize) the tag I. Comment
; Tag setup file
information (image information). To edit the tag information, open the ;
II. Section name
setup file (TagReplace.ini) and write desired data in the file. (protocol name)
[DICOM]
The procedure is described below: ; III. Editing destination tag
; IV.Command
 NOTES  00080090=MOV-T-L,00092F90
00181400=CPY-T,00192F30
 Do not use the TagReplace.ini file, which is used by any other Fuji’s 00192f90=DEL
equipment, for the DR-ID 300CL. Due to different file storage format ; V. Initial value
adopted, an error will result. 00192F30=SET,"SKULL,GENERAL"
 To use the DICOM tag mapping function in V5.0 or later, use the
DICOMTagEditTool.
FR000001.EPS
$ For details on DICOMTagEditTool, see I. Comment

“Appendix J DICOMTagEditTool (V5.0 or Later)”. Lines beginning with a semicolon (;) are commented out.
II. Section name (protocol name)
As the section name, the protocol name targeted for tag information
1. Open the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config” folder. editing must be written within square brackets ([ ]). Only DICOM is
supported.
2. Open the TagReplace.ini file with Notepad (Notepad.exe). III. Editing destination tag
Write the group number/element number of the editing destination tag
 NOTE 
information (enter a string of eight characters at all times).
“[DICOM]” is described in the default TagReplace.ini file. Do not
delete “[DICOM]” description, otherwise the DR-ID 300CL will not IV. Command
Write a tag information editing command. See the table that is presented
be started.
later.
V. Initial value
3. Write desired tag information in the file in accordance with Write a character string in VR-compliant format to specify the initial
the format described later. value for a tag information element.
➥ REFERENCE
As the editing target tag VR, only “character string” is supported. If
a tag VR entry in the setup file is not a “character string”, an image
processing error occurs at output of the first image. The DICOM
tag mapping function will not be applied to image output thereafter.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MU A-1
The following commands are available:  NOTES 
Command Description  When writing the TagReplace.ini file, set data in compliance with
CPY Process Copies an element from another tag. DICOM VR. Also, exercise care to avoid internal data inconsistency.
 Even if the editing destination tag differs from the source tag in VR,
Format Editing-destination-tag=CPY[-T],editing-source-tag
-T : Performs an element copy operation after deleting the editing process is performed as far as they are both in character
spaces from the beginning and end of the source string form. Note, however, that even if the character string length is
tag element. If, for instance, the source tag = over the limit specified by the editing destination tag VR, the tag
“∆∆AB∆C∆”, the command copies “AB∆C” (∆ : information is set as is without being checked.
space).
 The editing process will not be performed if the associated tag or
MOV Process Moves an element from another tag. element and initial value do not exist on the source side.
Format Editing-destination-tag=MOV[-T][-L],source-tag  For the detailed information about Fuji’s Private tags, see “DICOM
-L : Performs a move operation after setting the Conformance Statement”.
source tag element length to zero.
-T : Performs an element move operation after
deleting spaces from the beginning and end of the
source tag element. If, for instance, the source tag
= “∆AB∆C∆”, the command moves “AB∆C” (∆ :
space).
DEL Process Deletes an element.
Format Editing-destination-tag=DEL[-L]
-L : Sets the element length of the editing destination
tag to zero.
SET Process Sets a fixed initial value for the element.
Format Editing-destination-tag=SET, “initial-value”
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
BLANK PAGE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
BLANK PAGE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appendix B Creating/Registering/ 1. Creating Markers
Deleting Markers
New markers can be created with “Paint”, which is a standard
application supplied with the OS. When creating a marker, launch Paint
By default, the DR-ID 300CL allows you to use 83 different markers that and perform the following procedure.
are frequently used at institutions. However, some institutions might
want to use some other markers or delete infrequently used markers
from the list. ■ Image Format
Only the monochrome format of Windows BMP can be used.
This section explains procedures for creating new markers, registering
markers, and deleting markers.
 NOTE  From Paint’s “Image” menu, choose “Attributes”. In the “Attributes”
window, choose “Black and white” from the Colors” area.
Changing the filename of a marker used for the auto marker will cause
an error to occur when performing an exposure using a marker of
changed filename. For this reason, do not change filename of a marker
used for the auto marker. To change the filename, delete auto markers
from all the exposure menus and then change it appropriately.
FR000007.ai
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MU B-1
● For Windows 7 ■ File name
The file name must consist of an alphanumeric character string and
1. Select “Properties” from the menu. extension (.bmp).
When the DR-ID 300CL-AP lists markers, the display order of the
markers is determined as follows:
● V4.0 or earlier
Determined by their file names.
● V5.0 or later
Determined by the order of the registration in
the “RegMarkerBmp.csv” file.
■ Minimum/maximum size
DXL040B0008.ai
The marker size range is from 50 pixels  50 pixels to 1000 pixels  1000
➔ The “Image Properties” window opens. pixels (which corresponds to an actual dimensional range of
0.5 mm  0.5 mm to 100 mm  100 mm).
2. Select “Black and white” from the “Colors” area.
From Paint’s “Image” menu, choose “Attributes”. In the “Attributes”
window, specify the size by entering values in the “Width” and
“Height” input fields.
DXL040B0009.ai
FR000008.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
● For Windows 7 ■ Actual size
One BMP pixel corresponds to an actual size value of 0.1 mm.
1. Select “Properties” from the menu. To create a 25 mm marker, use Paint to create 250-pixel data.
Example) BMP : 100 pixels  100 pixels
Actual size : 10 mm  10 mm
■ Marker data storage location

You can use a created marker when its file is stored in the following
folder.
The folder can store up to 128 data. Since 83 data are initially stored, you
can additionally store up to 45 data if the initially stored data is left
undeleted.
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\MarkerBmp
DXL040B0008.ai In V5.0 or later, the created marker files will be available by registering
their file names in the “RegMarkerBmp.csv” file.
➔ The “Image Properties” window opens.
Up to 128 data can be stored.
2. Set the size in the “Width” and “Height” input fields.
■ Marker retention after an application upgrade

Even if you upgrade the application, created markers are retained.
DXL040B0010.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
2. Marker Creation Example 3. In the “Width” and “Height” fields, enter “150” and “80”,
respectively. Turn ON the “Black and white” radio button in
[Reference] the “Colors” area.
 NOTE 
The procedure for creating a marker is described below. The procedure
presumes that the following marker is to be created: Be sure that “Pixels” is selected in the “Units” area.
15mm
 For Windows Vista
8mm
123
File Name : 123.bmp
1. Click , point to “All Programs” and “Accessories”,

and then click “Pa int”.
➔ Paint then opens.
2. Perform the following procedure. FR000003.ai
 For Windows 7
I. From the “Image” menu, choose “Attributes”.
➔ The “Attributes” window then opens.
● For Windows 7
I. From the menu, choose “Properties”.
➔ The “Image Properties” window opens.
DXL040B0011.ai
4. Click .
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
5. With “Text tool”, enter text. 6. Perform the following steps to save the created BMP data in the
predetermined folder (C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\MarkerBmp).
 NOTE 
1. Choose “C:\Program Files\Fujifilm\IIP\MarkerBmp”
Enter text in black (against a white background of BMP data).
In a DR-ID 300CL-AP window, the white portion of BMP data
becomes the background with the text (marker) displayed in black.
 For Windows Vista
Text tool Enter “123”.

FR000004.ai
 For Windows 7 2. Enter “123.bmp”. 3. Choose “Monochrome Bitmap”.

FR000005.ai
 NOTE 
Text Tool If the following window opens, click .
Enter “123”
DXL040B0013.ai
DXL040B0012.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
7. For V5.0 or later, add the created marker file name to the V. Set “Graphical marker” and “Text marker” at the “Default marker
“RegMarkerBMP.csv” file in the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\ display color” area, and click [OK].
IIP\MarkerBMP” folder.
8. For V7.3 or later, set up the default color of marker as

necessary.
I. From the menu, sequentially choose “All Programs”, “Fuji
Film”, and “Console Advance.
➔ The DR-ID 300CL initial window opens.
In about two minutes, the DR-ID 300CL-AP reception window
opens.
DXCL1004B003.ai

DXL07040003.ai
VI. Click [Terminate].
➔ The system returns to the registration window of
II. Select “User Utility” from the menu. DR-ID 300CL-AP.
➔ The “Main menu” window opens.
VII. Select “Shut Down” from the menu.
DXCL10040B003.ai
VIII. Click while holding down the <Shift> key.
III. Click [Property Setting]. ➔ The system returns to the desktop screen.
IV. Select “Performance Setting” tab.
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
9. Launch the DR-ID 300CL-AP. Verify that “123.bmp” is
displayed in the marker list.
123.bmp
DXCL0804B001.ai
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
3. Preparing Markers for 4. Registering Markers
Mammography (V7.0 or Later) (V5.0 or later)
To use the mammography marker file, the folder where the To display marker files in the marker list in V5.0 or later, marker file
mammography marker file is stored must be moved and the folder information must be registered in the marker management file
name must be changed. The procedure to use mammography markers “RegMarkerBmp.csv”.
is described below. To register marker files, perform the following settings.
 NOTE 
■ When registering markers individually
To use the matching definitions of the automatic markers and the
exposure menu for USA, select “2) English (U.S.)” at the time of Register markers by editing “RegMarkerBmp.csv” in the
exposure menu installation. “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\MarkerBmp” folder using a text editor.
$ For details on installation procedures of the exposure menu, see
“5.2 Replacing the Menu Database” in “MC: Inspection, ■ When registering marker in a batch
➥ REFERENCE
When markers are registered in a batch, the order of the markers in the
1. Start up Explorer and open “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP”
marker list is determined by their file names.
folder.
2. Change the folder name of “MarkerBmp” to “MarkerBmp_ 1. Store the BMP files to be registered in the
bak”. “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\MarkerBmp” folder.
3. Open the “MarkerBmp_bak” folder and copy the marker 2. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC.
folder (“Japanese” or “Other”) according to the request of
the institution.
 NOTE 
To use the created marker file, move the marker file to the marker
folder where it is to be copied before performing copy.
4. Open “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP” folder.
5. Paste the folder copied at step 3 and change the folder

name to “MarkerBmp”.
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
3. Double-click “CreateMarkerCSV.bat” in the “D:\tools” folder.
5. Deleting Markers
➔ The marker files are registered.
 NOTE 
The marker file set to the auto marker file (AutoMarkerDB.mdb)
 5.1 Deleting Markers (V4.0 or Earlier)
must be saved directly under the “MarkerBmp” folder.
When an exposure menu for which auto marker setting has been Move the associated BMP data in the following folder to Recycle Bin or
done is selected and image input is performed in the background, another folder.
the implementation of that study may become impossible. C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\MarkerBmp
Contents of the auto marker file (AutoMarkerDB.mdb) are not

modified automatically. Modify them manually as necessary.
5.2 Deleting Markers (V5.0 or Later)
➥ REFERENCE Delete the applicable marker file name from the “RegMarkerBmp.csv”
Perform the following procedure to change the order of the file in the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\MarkerBmp” folder.
markers.
I. Open “RegMarkerBmp.csv” with a text editor. ➥ REFERENCE
II. Sort the marker file names in the desired display order.  By editing the “RegMarkerBmp.csv” file, the setting whether or not to
display the marker on the DR-ID 300CL can be switched.
III.Save the file and close the text editor.
 When setting not to display a marker, the corresponding BMP data
does not need to be deleted. However, there is not problem in deleting
4. Remove the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk from the PC. it.
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
BLANK PAGE
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
BLANK PAGE
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
BLANK PAGE
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
Appendix C Using the DICOM Log Mode 3. Enter the parameter value 0, 1, or 2 as shown below.
The meanings of the modes selected by these parameters
are explained below:
The DICOM log is a record of communications with DICOM-connected
 0: Records nothing.
equipment. Under normal conditions, the log files record associations
only. However, you can record detailed descriptions of communications  1: Records associations only (default).
by changing the DICOM Log Mode. This mode change is called a  2: Records detailed information as well.
DICOM Log Mode change.
The log files record the numbers of DICOM tags, the information
attached to DICOM tags, the time of communication with connected
equipment, and other relevant information.
■ Changing the DICOM Log Mode

1. Select “All Programs” – “Accessories” – “Run” from the
Parameter
menu, and then click . (The symbol represents a space.) FR000010.ai
2. Select the DicomLogMode.exe file in the following directory: 4. Click .

C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\DicomLogMode.exe
➔ A confirmation window opens, notifying you that the DICOM Mode
is changed.
FR000011.ai
5. Click .
➔ The confirmation window closes.
 NOTE 
After completion of a DICOM Log Mode change and log file
verification, be sure to return the mode selection to 1.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MU C-1
■ Log file storage locations and types ● V5.0 or Later
1. Open the directory (C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Log) in  Reception_BCRIS_ MWLSCU.log : Log of MWM ORDER function
related information
which the DICOM log files are stored.
 Reception_BCRIS_MWLSCU_PI.log : Log of MWM ID function related
information
2. Use a text editor (Notepad) to open the DICOM log files.
 Study_BCRIS_MWLSCU_PI.log : Log of MWM ID function related
The following DICOM log files are used: information
 Reception_BCRIS_MMPPSSCU.log : Log of PPS function related
● V4.0 or Earlier information
 DICOMMWLSCU.log : Log of MWM ORDER function  DicomPrint.log : Log of DICOM PRINT function
related information related information
 DICOMMWMPI.log : Log of MWM ID function related  DicomStorage.log : Log of DICOM STORAGE
information function related information
 DICOMMPPSSCU.log : Log of PPS function related  DicomStorageCommitment.log : Log of DICOM STORAGE
information COMMITMENT function related
 DicomPrint.log : Log of DICOM PRINT function information
related information
 DicomStorage.log : Log of DICOM STORAGE
function related information
 DicomStorageCommitment.log : Log of DICOM STORAGE
COMMITMENT function related
information
 DICOMQRRET.log : Log of DICOM QR Retrieve
 DICOMQRSRH.log : Log of DICOM QR Query
 DICOMIn.log : Log of DICOM QR’s DICOM
image input function related
information
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Previous log files
Log files are stored here.

FR000012.ai
➥ REFERENCE [V4.0 or Earlier]

Previous log files are stored in folders named “A”, “B”, “C”, and so
on. The log files saved directly under the “Log” folder are those
which were generated when the application was last started. When
the application is started again, a new folder is created (e.g., folder
“D”) and the log files saved directly under the “Log” folder are
moved to the new folder.
➥ REFERENCE [V5.0 or Later]

Log files of the past were saved in the TimeStamp folders, such as
“20110115125402”, “20110115183003”, etc. The log file just in the
“LOG” folder is the application’s log file which was just running
previously. When run the application again, a TimeStamp folder is
created and the log file is moved to this folder. (Part of information
is compressed.)
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
■ Details of log files
The log file shown below is used in log mode 2 (detail mode) to record
MWM-related communications.
I.
000104242002/01/18 14:04:27 broker S <118> A-ASSOCIATE-RQ II.
III.
2002/01/18 14:04:27 broker S <118> PresentationContextID -> 0x01
2002/01/18 14:04:27 broker S <118> AbstractSyntax -> "1.2.840.10008.5.1.4.31" IV.
2002/01/18 14:04:27 broker S <118> TransferSyntax -> "1.2.840.10008.1.2"
2002/01/18 14:04:27 broker R <118> A-ASSOCIATE-AC V.
2002/01/18 14:04:27 broker R <118> PresentationContextID -> 0x01 Result (0x00)

VI.
2002/01/18 14:04:27 broker R <118> TransferSyntax -> "1.2.840.10008.1.2"
2002/01/18 14:04:42 broker R <118> (0040,0007) 14(0xe) LO

VII.
2002/01/18 14:04:42 broker R <118> -> "CHEST, PA/LAT"
FR000014.EPS
I. Date and time of a data transmission by DR-ID 300CL or other
connected equipment
II. DR-ID 300CL association
III. Information about the transmitter (broker S = DR-ID 300CL, broker
R = other connected equipment)
IV. Detailed information (transmitted by DR-ID 300CL)
V. Connected equipment association
VI. Detailed information (transmitted by connected equipment)
VII. Tag information
➥ REFERENCE
The data to be recorded varies with selected log mode.
Mode 1 records the logged data about associations only (only the
second and fifth lines in the above figure). Mode 2 records the entire
logged data.
Mode 0 records nothing.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appendix D DICOM Tag Editing Function
(V4.0 or Earlier)
 A character string can be embedded in a tag in accordance with an
input image MPM code. To do this, open the setup file (TagLookup.
ini) and describe an MPM code for character string embedding and
the tag into which a character string is to be embedded.
$ See “1. MPM Code Related Settings” for details of the used
procedure.
 When performing secondary QA processing on another equipment
unit, a tag can be set up accordingly to differentiate whether an image
output from the DR-ID 300CL is a DR image or a CR image. To do
this, open the setup file (TagLookup.ini) and describe a tag to
differentiate whether it is a DR image or a CR image, a character
string used for the differentiation and a tag where such character
string is to be embedded.
$ For details of the used procedure, see “2. Settings Enabling
Differentiation Between a DR Image and a CR Image”.
 NOTE 
To use the DICOM editing function in V5.0 or later, use the
DICOMTagEditTool.
$ For details on DICOMTagEditTool, see
“Appendix J DICOMTagEditTool (V5.0 or Later)”.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MU D-1
1. MPM Code Related Settings ■ TagLookup.ini file format
I. Comment
1. Open the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config” folder. ; DICOM-Tag editing function setup
; II. Protocol type
2. With NotePad capability, open the TagLookup.ini file. [DICOM] III. MPM code tag and character
string embedding tag
➥ REFERENCE [00181401,00081030]
IV. MPM code
By default, nothing is written in the TagLookup.ini file. “0301”=“TEST1”
V. Character string
“0302”=“TEST2”
3. Write the settings in the file in compliance with the format FR000015.EPS
explained later. I. Comment

Lines beginning with a semicolon (;) are handled as a comment.
4. Save the TagLookup.ini file in text format and then close II. Protocol type
NotePad. The name of the protocol to be edited must be written within
square brackets ([ ]). Only DICOM is supported.
 NOTE  III. MPM code tag and character string embedding tag
The TagLookup.ini file uses “Unicode” characters. Therefore, be Describe an MPM code tag (fixed at 00181401) on the left-hand
side. Describe a character string embedding tag on the right-
sure to use NotePad as an editor and save the edited file in
hand side. Separate these two entries with a comma (,).
Unicode format. III. and IV. can be combined to set up two or more III. and IV.
items using different tags.
IV. MPM code
Describe an MPM code for character string embedding. You can
describe one or more MPM codes.
V. Character string
Describe the character string to be embedded in the tag. Be sure
to enclose the character string in double-quotation marks (“”).
When an image having MPM code “0301” is entered in situations where
the settings indicated in the above example are used, an output will be
generated with the character string “TEST1” embedded in the 00081030
tag (Study Description).
 NOTES 
• For the detailed information about Fuji Private tags, see “DICOM
Conformance Statement”.
• Because the TagLookup.ini file is applied after the TagReplace.ini file,
settings performed by the TagLookup.ini file take effect if values have
been set up for the same tag.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
2. Settings Enabling I. Comment
Differentiation Between ; Differentiation between a CR image and a DR

image by using the Station Name
a DR Image and a CR Image ;
[DICOM]
II. Protocol type
III. DR image/CR image
differentiation tag
1. Open the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config” folder. [00081010,00081010]
IV. DR Image Detector/
“fpd0”=“FDR1” CR Image Reader
2. With NotePad capability, open the TagLookup.ini file. “ru0”=“FCR1” host name
➥ REFERENCE “ru1”=“FCR1” V. DR image/CR image

differentiation
By default, nothing is written in the TagLookup.ini file. DXL040D0001.ai
I. Comment
Lines beginning with a semicolon (;) are handled as a comment.
3. Describe the settings in the file in compliance with the
II. Protocol type
format explained later. The name of the protocol to be edited must be written within
square brackets ([ ]). Only DICOM is supported.
4. Save the TagLookup.ini file in text format and then close III. DR image/CR image differentiation tag
NotePad. Describe “00081010,00081010” so that the setup to overwrite
the DICOM Tag Station Name (0008,1010) is to be determined.
 NOTE  IV. DR Image Detector/CR Image Reader host name
The TagLookup.ini file uses “Unicode” characters. Therefore, be Describe host name of the DR Image Detector/CR Image Reader
connected to the DR-ID 300CL. (Describe “HostName”
sure to use NotePad as an editor and save the edited file in
determined in “NETWORK CONFIG” – “ALL OTHER NODES” of
Unicode format. the DR-ID 300CL Service Utility mode.)
 NOTE 
■ TagLookup.ini file format Describe host names of all the Image Readers registered to the
Service Utility.
➥ REFERENCE
Sample descriptions for the setups shown herein are for when the V. DR image/CR image differentiation
following equipment units are connected to the DR-ID 300CL. Describe “FDR1” for a DR image and “FCR1” for a CR image.
 DR Image Detector : fpd0
 CR Image Reader : ru0, ru1
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
As a result of setups determined as above, relevant data is edited as
follows.
 When the Station Name (0008,1010) is “fpd0”: 0008,1010 is
overwritten by “FDR1”.
 When the Station Name (0008,1010) is “ru0”: 0008,1010 is
overwritten by “FCR1”.
 When the Station Name (0008,1010) is “ru1”: 0008,1010 is
overwritten by “FCR1”.
Based on the tag information thus edited, an image is differentiated to
be a DR image if the overwritten data element is “FDR1” and a CR
image if the overwritten data element is “FCR1”.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appendix E Setup of Log Output 4. Use either of the following procedures to revert the modified
“ExposureResultLog.mdb” file to the DR-ID 300CL-PC’s
Items of the Exposure previous directory.
Result Log Function  Restore the setup file.
 Copy the modified “ExposureResultLog.mdb” file to the
“C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Param” folder.
To change data items to be stored in a log, edit on Microsoft Access
2000 the “ExposureResultLog.mdb” setup file backed up using the
Service Utility function. You can change log items in the check boxes of  NOTE 
the “EntryFlag” column on the “ExposureResult” table. The necessary Note that if there are a lot of log items, the number of data items
procedure is described as follows. that can be stored in the log will be smaller.
Edit the “ExposureResultLog.mdb” setup file on a different PC.
1. Use Microsoft Access to open the “ExposureResultLog.

mdb” file.
2. Open the “Exposure Result” table.
3. Turn on/off check boxes in the “EntryFlag” column

accordingly.
 To add a log item, check the relevant check box.
 To delete a log item, uncheck the relevant check box.
DXCL0804E001.ai
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MU E-1
BLANK PAGE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
BLANK PAGE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
BLANK PAGE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appendix F Setup of Rules 4. Save the IssuanceIdPreset.dat file in the text format and
close NotePad.
Applied for Automatic  NOTES 
Patient ID Issuance  The IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat file uses “Unicode” characters.
(V4.0 or Earlier) Therefore, be sure to use NotePad as an a editor and save the
edited file in the Unicode format.
 For V4.0 or earlier, the backup function of Service Utility does not
Rules applied when automatically issuing patient ID can be set up as back up the IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat file. Perform a manual
follows. backup/restore procedure by, for instance, selecting the
Open the setup file (IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat) to describe elements IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat file directly and saving it on media,
(such as study date, auto increment function, etc.) to be included in the such as FD, USB memory stick or the like.
automatically issued patient ID.
The setup procedure is described below.
■ IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat file format
 NOTE 
To use the screening examination order issuance function for version Elements Elements Elements
V3.1 or earlier, the “IssuanceIdPreset.dat” setup file is used. %SystemID(0)%%Date("YYMMDD")%%AutoInc("AutoIncID",5,1,99999,1,1)%
Perform necessary operations reading the description presented herein
A B A B A B
for it accordingly.
1. Open the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config” folder. A : Character string component

B : Identifier (character string element issuance rule)
2. Use the NotePad function to open the IssuanceIdMassOrder. FR190001.ai
dat file.
■ IssuanceIdPreset.dat file format (V3.1 or earlier)
➥ REFERENCE
The default IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat file includes the following Elements Elements Elements
description. “System ID (alphanumerics)” + “study date (year,
month, day)” + “a five-digit serial number” are issued following the %SystemID(0)%%Date("YYMMDD")%%AutoInc("A",5,0,99999,1,1)%
automatic issuance rules. A B A B A B
 For IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat
%SystemID(0)%%Date(“YYMMDD”)%%AutoInc(“AutoIncID”,5,1,99999,1,1)% A : Character string component
 For IssuanceIdPreset.dat B : Identifier (character string element issuance rule) FR110001.eps
%SystemID(0)%%Date(“YYMMDD”)%%AutoInc(“A”,5,0,99999,1,1)%  NOTE 
If format of the ID issuance setup file is invalid (when the applicable
3. Describe the settings in the file in compliance with the restrictions are not observed appropriately), a relevant message appears
format explained below. at CL-AP startup. In such cases, correct the setup file format as necessary.
Note however that even if the format is invalid, it is converted into fixed
values internally and the DR-ID 300CL-AP, as a result, starts up.
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MU F-1
■ Details of setting items (IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat)
Display item Component How to set up the identifier Setup example
System ID %SystemID(Type)% Type (numerical value) %SystemID(0)%
0 : Alphabet (A to Z)
1 : Numerics (1 to 26)
The value set up for No. 14 System Recognition ID (A to Z) of IMAGE MODALITY will be used.
Date %Date(Format)% Format (character string) %Date(“YYMMDD”)%
“YY” : All the four digits representing the Christian Era. (2004)
“yy” : The lower two digits of the Christian Era. (04)
“GG” : Three digits with initial for the Japanese Era. (H16)
“MM” : A two-digit number representing the month.
“DD” : A two-digit number representing the day.
Time %Time(Format)% Format (character string) %Time(“HHMM”)%
“HH” : A two-digit number representing the hour. (An around-the-clock representation)
“MM” : A two-digit number representing the minute.
“SS” : A two-digit number representing the second.
Fixed character %Fix(String)% String (character string) %Fix(“FUJI”)%
string Enter single-byte characters.
Do not use multi-byte characters, “*” (one-byte character) and “@” (one-byte character).
User-defined %UFix(ID, Max)% ID (character string) %UFix(“SiteCode”,64)%
character string Make sure to specify “SiteCode”.
It should not be the same as the registry key name determined based on the conventional
automatic ID issuance function.
Max (numerical value)
Always specify “64”.
* Elements for a maximum of one user-defined character string can be set up in one script.
Auto increment %AutoInc(ID, Order, Min, Max, ID (character string) : Auto increment identifier %AutoInc(“AutoIncID”,5,1,9999
(serial numbers) Count, Reset)% * Always specify “AutoIncID”. (Fixed value) 9,1,1)%
Order (numerical value) : The number of digits. (≤6)
* Do not determine “0” (=variable).
Min (1) : Minimum value
* Always determine “1”. (Fixed value)
Max (99···9) : Maximum value (99···9)
* Always determine “99···9”. The displayed number of digits should be in accordance with the
value determined for Order above. (Fixed value)
Count (1) : Increment range of serial numbers. (Numerical value)
* Always determine “1”. (Fixed value)
Reset (1) : Whether or not to reset the serial number at CL-AP startup.
* Always determine “0” (=Not to reset). (Fixed value)
* Only one auto increment character string component can be set up in one script.
 NOTE 
The configuration setting for character string of a patient ID must be longer than a character string issued automatically according to
“17. Patient ID Length” of “5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION” under “Setup Configuration Item” - “SYSTEM CONFIG”.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
■ Details of setting items (IssuanceIdPreset.dat)
System ID %SystemID(Type)% Type (numerical value) %SystemID(0)%
Date %Date(Format)% Format (character string) %Date(“GGMMDD”)%
“yy” : The lower two digits of the Christian Era. (04)
Time %Time(Format)% Format (character string) %Time(“HHMM”)%
“HH” : A two-digit number representing the hour. (An around-the-clock representation)
Fixed character %Fix(String)% String (character string) %Fix(“FUJI”)%
string Enter single-byte characters.
Do not use multi-byte characters, “*” (one-byte character) and “@” (one-byte character).
User-defined %UFix(ID, Max)% ID (character string) %UFix(“B”,4)%
character string Enter an identifier for user-defined character strings. Set a value different from the auto increment
identifier. If an identifier same as to the auto increment identifier is set, the two same values will be set up.
Max (numerical value)
Enter the maximum character string length.
* Elements for a maximum of one character string can be set up in one script.
Auto increment %AutoInc(ID, Order, ID (character string) : Auto increment identifier %AutoInc(“A”,4,0,9999,1,1)%
(serial numbers) Min, Max, Count, Order (numerical value) : The number of digits. (≤6)
Reset)% Min (numerical value) : Minimum value. (≥0)
Max (numerical value) : Maximum value. (≤999999) [When reaching the maximum value, it will be reset
to the minimum value.]
Count (numerical value) : Increment range of serial numbers. (numerical value)
Reset (select one of the following) : Whether or not to reset the serial number at DR-ID 300CL-AP startup.
0 : Not to reset.
1 : Reset to Min at DR-ID 300CL-AP startup.
2 : Reset to Min at DR-ID 300CL-AP startup only when the specified date is different from that of the last
issuance.
* Set the value so that Max > Min.
* Components for a maximum of one character string can be set up in one script.
 NOTE 
The configuration setting for character string of a patient ID must be longer than a character
string issued automatically according to “17. Patient ID Length” of “5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION”
under “Setup Configuration Item” - “SYSTEM CONFIG”.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
■ Service Utility settings ■ Invalidated Service Utility settings
The “site identification code” included in the order information can be In case the auto ID issuance function was determined to be activated,
stored additionally in any of the DICOM tags. the following items that can be determined using the Service Utility will
The setting item is as follows. become invalidated.
Table CSL/IDT FUNCTION setting item $ For details of the setting items, see “3.7 Configuration Details —
No. Name Selection Meaning 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
188 Mass Order Site A maximum of 49 Specifying to which tag the site
Code Mapping one-byte identification code, entered using Table Invalidated CSL/IDT FUNCTION setting items
Tag characters. the screening examination order No. Name Remarks
 (Blank) function, is to be mapped.
(Description example) 18 Patient ID Padding Method Changing to any desired setting is
0038,0500 disabled.
21 Exposure List Erasure Setup Preset exposure menus must be used.
29 Study Number Issuance Logic No accession numbers are issued
 NOTES  Setup automatically.
 If format of the determined value is invalid, a relevant message 56 Enable Patient Info. DB If this function is activated, the patient
appears at DR-ID 300CL startup, causing thus the startup to be Function database is managed by newly added
automatically issued patient ID history
unsuccessful. In such cases, correct the setup file format database.
appropriately.
83 Default Requesting Service
 If it is not determined (initial setting), the site identification code will not 93 Use Distribution Code Depart Name
be stored in the DICOM tag. 106 Automatic Issuance Patient ID User Utility settings must be observed.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appendix G Filter Information
Setup (Applicable in
other than Japan)
I.
The filter information that the DR-ID 300CL system receives as actual
II.
exposure result information includes only a number that represents a
filter type (filter ID). III.
The relevance between the filter ID and the filter information (including IV.
filter material and filter thickness) must be determined appropriately so V.
that actual exposure result information is displayed on the monitor or
such information is output as image-incidental information.
Setup procedure based on the filter information is as described below.
1.
MUG00001.ai
Open the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config” folder.

I. Number of effective filter sections
Sets number of the effective filter sections.
2. Use NotePad to open the FilterConfig.ini file.
II. Filter ID
Specifies ID of the filter to be used in the system. This value
3. Follow the procedure below to set up the filter information. must be specified also in the User Utility.
III. Filter material
 NOTES  Sets name of the filter material used.
 By default, it is determined that 20 filter information items can be IV. Filter thickness
set up. To handle 21 or more information items, create section Sets thickness (mm) of the filter.
[Filter021] and thereafter appropriately so that setup data can be V. Turret position
added as necessary. Sets position of the turret. (Not used even though it is set up for
 Values of the filter information (including filter material and filter the DR-ID 300CL system.)
thickness) set up in the FilterConfig.ini file are reflected directly on
the DICOM tag data.
(As for the filter thickness, the minimum filter thickness and
maximum filter thickness values are set to (0018, 7052) and
(0018, 7054), respectively. No individual settings are enabled.)
 When falling under any of the conditions listed below, the data in
the relevant filter section becomes invalid.
- “ID=” is left blank.
- “Material=” is left blank.
- Any data other than a numerical value is set up for “Thickness=”.
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MU G-1
4. Save the FilterConfig.ini file in the text format and then close
NotePad.
 NOTE 
 Because “Unicode” characters are used in the FilterConfig.ini file,
be sure to edit it using NotePad and then save in the “Unicode”
format.
 The backup function of Service Utility does not back up the
FilterConfig.ini file. Perform a manual backup/restore procedure
by, for instance, selecting the FilterConfig.ini file directly and
saving it on media, such as FD, USB memory stick or the like.
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
BLANK PAGE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
BLANK PAGE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appendix H Setting the Exposure  NOTES 
Index Function  Software version V5.0 or later enables the EI and DI values to be
displayed.
(V5.0 or later)  The EI value accuracy is ±20%.
 The Exposure Index function does not support the Mammography
exposure menus. As a result, the EI and DI values will not be
When an image derived from the Image Reader is received, an index
calculated leaving the relevant display boxes to be blank.
value, Deviation Index (DI), that represents the degree of deviation
between the Exposure Index (EI) that is proportionate to the X-ray dose  The EI value and the DI value will not be output in the film output.
and the ideal EI value (EIt) is calculated and then displayed.  The EI and DI values will be displayed only when the determined
functionality is “RT”.
The EI value and the DI value are displayed as overlay items.
 With respect to a study image that has already been subjected to the
This chapter presents the description on how to display the EI and DI study, the EI and the DI values will not be recalculated even if the ideal
values. EI value (EIt) that is to be used as a guidepost for the exposure menu
is changed.
CAUTION
➥ REFERENCE
 The used Image Reader must regularly be subjected to complete
calibration processing using the Image Reader QC tool, so that The Exposure Index will be displayed as the following window as an
the EI and DI values can be applied for the purpose of control of overlay item.
actual image quality.
 Any changes in exposure menus and/or exchange of images
made with regard to a menu already subjected to exposure do
not affect the functionality to display the EI and DI values (the EI
and DI values will be displayed as commanded according to the
functionality of the originally determined exposure menu). Note,
however, that the EI and DI values will not be displayed even if an
energy subtraction menu that has already been subjected to
exposure is changed to an RT menu. To check the EI and DI
values after changing an exposure menu or exchanging images,
select a correct exposure menu and then perform study.
 A long-view exposure menu terminated without undergoing any
image composition processing does not cause the EI and DI
values to be displayed, because it is considered to have been
determined a long-view exposure menu (WS) in terms of the
functionality.
DXL040H0002.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MU H-1
■ Service Utility settings ■ Correction coefficient parameter file
With the use of the Service Utility capability, it is possible to enable or Correction coefficient specific to each of the Image Readers (cassette
disable the Exposure Index function. type: IP VN/VI, dual-side cassette type: ST-BD, built-in type) are stored
Table: IMAGE MODALITY setup item in the “ExposureIndex.prm” file that is located under the following folder.
No. Name Selection Meaning C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config\ExposureIndex.prm
312 Enable Exposure  Yes Specifying whether to enable Do not change unless it is absolutely necessary to do so.
Index Function Enables the Exposure or disable the Exposure Index
Index function. function.
 No
Disables the Exposure
Index function.
* To display Exposure Index on the study window, it is necessary to set

up in the “Overlay display item settings for incidental information” of
User Utility to display the Exposure Index.
■ Saving and Outputting Exposure Index

The EI, DI and EIt values are stored under the following DICOM tags
(Standard).
 EI value : (0018,1411) VR name : DS
 DI value : (0018,1413) VR name : DS
 EIt value : (0018,1412) VR name : DS
The EI value, DI value, and EIt value can be output in the following
service classes (including media storage).
 DICOM Standard CR Storage (image processed)
 DICOM Private CR Storage (standardized)
 DICOM Unstandarlized CR Storage (before standardized)
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
BLANK PAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
BLANK PAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appendix I Setting  NOTE 
the Technique Code  Value of the technique code is sent to the external device after being
converted with the “TechniqueCodeConvertTbl.ini” file; however, Value
of the detector ID is sent to the external device as it is selected in the
By editing the conversion file (TechniqueCodeConvertTbl.ini), different selector.
exposure panels and tubes can be specified for one technique code.  The backup function of Service Utility does not back up the
TechniqueCodeConvertTbl.ini file. Perform a manual backup/restore
Conversion files are stored in the following.
procedure by, for instance, selecting the TechniqueCodeConvertTbl.ini
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config\TechniqueCodeConvertTbl.ini file directly and saving it on media, such as FD, USB memory stick or
the like.
The default setting of the conversion file is as follows.
DXL040I0003.ai
When the selector is set to “Technique code: 02” in DR-ID 300CL and is
selected on the study window, edit the file as follows if you want to send
“Technique code: 03” to the external device.
DXL040I0004.ai
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MU I-1
BLANK PAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
BLANK PAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
BLANK PAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appendix J DICOMTagEditTool Target SOP class and function Overview
(V5.0 or Later) DICOM STORAGEC-STORE Tag

Setting
Edit the tag to be output to storage with
DICOM C-STORE.
 PrivateCRStorage Make individual tag editing setting for each
 PrivateUnstandardizedCRStorage SOP class.
This section describes commands of “DICOMTagEditTool” and their  CRImageStorage
setting procedures.  DXImageStorageForPresentation
 DXImageStorageForProcessing
 MGImageStorageForProcessing
 NOTES 
 MGImageStorageForPresentation
 Back up the current conversion file before editing the conversion file
using DICOMTagEditTool.
■ Tag conversion files to be created
 When replacing the conversion file, terminate DR-ID 300CL in
advance. SOP class name Service name File name to be edited
 To take over the tag conversion function in V4.0 or earlier, a new tag PrivateCRStorage DDT_CRPrv.xml
conversion file must be created using the DICOMTagEditTool.
PrivateUnstandardizedCRStorage DDT_CRPrvUnst.xml
$ For taking over the tag conversion function in V4.0 or earlier, see
“5. Taking over the Tag Conversion Function in V4.0 or Earlier”. CRImageStorage DDT_CRStd.xml
DXImageStorageForPresentation C-STORE DDT_DXPres.xml
1. Functions and Overview of DXImageStorageForProcessing DDT_DXProc.xml
DICOMTagEditTool
MGImageStorageForProcessing DDT_MGProc.xml
MGImageStorageForPresentation DDT_MGPres.xml
C-FIND-RQ DDT_MWL_RQ.xml
“DICOMTagEditTool” is a tool to support editing of the DICOM tags. ModalityWorklistIMFIND
C-FIND-RP DDT_MWL_RP.xml
Settable SOP classes and functions, tag conversion file to be created, N-CREATE DDT_MPPS_NC.xml
and screen structure of the tool are as follows. ModalityPerformedProcedureStep
N-SET DDT_MPPS_NS.xml
■ Settable SOP classes and functions

Target SOP class and function Overview
DICOM MWLC-FIND-RQ Tag Edit the tag for which RIS is inquired of with
Setting DICOM MWL C-FIND-RQ.
DICOM MWLC-FIND-RP Tag Edit the tag received from RIS with DICOM
Setting C-FIND-RP.
DICOM MPPS N-CREATE Tag Edit the tag to be notified of RIS with DICOM
Setting MPPS N-CREATE.
DICOM MPPS N-SET Tag Setting Edit the tag to be notified of RIS with DICOM
MPPS N-SET.
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MU J-1
■ Screen structure of DICOMTagEditTool
I IX
II III IV
X
V XI
XII
VI VII VIII DXCL1004J001.ai
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
● I. Operation definition selection list (hereinafter referred to as SOP list) ● VIII. Test button
AE titles registered in each SOP class are listed. Select one of the following files and folders, and execute the process
of the tag editing function.
 The “Default” AE are registered by default. (cannot delete them)
 AE titles can be changed in accordance with the setting of DR-ID 1. Tag conversion file targeted for testing
300CL in each institutes. 2. Setup file (schema)
(However, same AE title cannot be added.) 3. Tag dictionary file
4. DDO file to be input
● II. Create button
5. Folder for storing output DDO files
Initialize the SOP list status.
Confirm that the created conversion file works as intended by
inputting the tag conversion file created with the DICOMTagEditTool
● III. Load button
and by checking the log file to be generated at the time of converting
Load a created tag conversion file, and display it as a conversion and output DDO file.
rule of the selected SOP class.
$ For detailed testing procedures, see “3.4 Testing the Saved Tag
● IV. Save button Conversion Files”.
Create a tag conversion file from the selected SOP class. Log file
can be output when you place a checkmark to “log”.
 NOTE 
Only the conversion rule of “Default” can be tested. Settings created
Log output destination : C:\Program Files\Fujifilm\IIP\Log\
for each AE title need to be tested with DR-ID 300CL.
File name : Same as the tag conversion file name,
whose extension is replaced to “.log”
● IX. Operation definition list
 NOTE  A list to display operation definitions.
When confirming output log files in “3.4 Testing the Saved Tag
Conversion Files”, create the aforementioned log file output
destination folder in advance.
● V. AE creation button
Add an AE title, input into the text box, to the selected SOP class.
● VI. AE deletion button

Delete the selected AE title.
● VII. AE copy button

Copy the contents of the selected AE title to another AE title in the
same SOP class.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
● X. Operation definition items to be configured
 SRC text box in the 1st line:
Component of the 1st conditional equation to judge whether to
perform the operation.
 Condition pull-down in the 1st line:
Logical instruction of the 1st conditional equation.
 DST text box in the 1st line:
Component of the 1st conditional equation to judge whether to
 and/or pull-down:
Logical instruction to be used when the logical operation spans 2
lines.
 SRC text box in the 2nd line:
Component of the 2nd conditional equation to judge whether to
 Condition pull-down in the 2nd line:
Logical instruction of the 2nd conditional equation.
 DST text box in the 2nd line:
Component of the 2nd conditional equation to judge whether to
 SRC text box in the 3rd line:
Describe the input information, which is the component of the
operation.
 Operation pull-down in the 3rd line:
Select an operation.
 DST text box in the 3rd line:
Describe the output information, which is the component of the
operation.
● XI. Operation definition addition button

Add an operation definition.
● XII. Operation definition deletion button

Delete an operation definition selected in the operation definition
selection list (IX. in the DICOMTagEditTool window).
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
2. Setting up the DICOMTagEditTool ■ Startup
1. Double-click “DICOMTagEditTool.exe”.
■ Operation environment ➔ The “DICOMTagEditTool” window opens.
Use a PC to which either one of the following OS is installed.
 Windows VISTA Business SP2 (32bit version)
 Windows 7 Professional (32bit version)
■ Tool installation
 NOTES 
 When using the DICOMTagEditTool in a PC to which the DR-ID 300CL
has been installed, install the tool in a folder other than “C:\Program
Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System”.
 When “DICOMTagEditTool” has been already installed, uninstall it from
“Programs and Features”, and then install.
 When an error occurs during the installation, start over from step 2.
1. Insert the “DICOMTagEditTool” CD into the PC.
2. Double-click “setup.exe” in the CD.

➔ The setup start window opens.
3. Click [Next].
4. Click [Browse] as needed to set a setup destination folder.
5. Click [Next].
➔ Installation starts.
Upon completion of the installation, a window opens to indicate
completion of the setup processing.
6. Click [OK].
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
3. Creating Tag Conversion Files 3.2 Configuring Operation Definitions
1. Select an AE title whose operation definition you wish to

configure.
3.1 Creating the Operation Definition
Selection List 2. From the operation definition items, configure the
conditional equation to judge whether to perform the
Operation definitions of the AE title created with the DICOMTagEditTool
operation.
are applied as tag conversion rules in the corresponding connected AE.
Operator Format Function
 NOTE  Judged as true when the elements
“tag”equal“tag”
If the connected AE and the AE title of the conversion file created with of the tags are the same.
the DICOMTagEditTool do not match, the default conversion rule is Judged as true when the element
applied. equal of the tag and a fixed value are the
“tag”equal“(value)” same.
* A value must be put into
■ Adding an AE parentheses.
Judged as true when the elements
“tag”not_equal“tag”
of the tags are different.
1. Select an SOP class to which you wish to add an AE title.
Judged as true when the element
not_equal of the tag and a fixed value are
2. Enter the AE title to be added into the text box on the bottom
“tag”not_equal“(value)” different.
left of the window, and click [Create].
* A value must be put into
➔ The AE title is added to the selected SOP class. parentheses.
exist “tag”exist Judged as true when a tag exists.
■ Deleting an AE not_exist “tag”not_exist Judged as true when no tag exists.
1. Select an AE title you wish to delete, and click [Delete] on

the bottom left of the window.
➔ The selected AE title is deleted.
DXL040J0004.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
3. Configure an operation which is going to be applied to the
DICOM tag when the conditional equation configured in step
2 is met.
Command Option Function Explanation of option
Copy the element of the When copying, spaces DXL040J0005.ai
Copy T tag specified in Src to the before and after the element
tag specified in Dst. are deleted.
 NOTE 
When moving, spaces before When there is a dependence relationship in the conversion
T and after the element are contents, the conversion process cannot consider the dependence
Move the element and the deleted. relationship.
Move tag specified in Src to the Instead of deleting the
tag specified in Dst. element and the tag specified
L
in Src, the length of the
element is changed to 0.
DXL040J0002.ai
Instead of deleting the In the above case, the conversion does not take place as “00080
Delete the element and element and the tag specified
Delete L
the tag specified in Src. in Src, the length of the
016=00080018=00080020=00080022”, but the conversion takes
element is changed to 0. place as follows.
A fixed value set in Src is  00080020 in the input DDO file is put into the 00080022 in the
set in the tag specified in output DDO file.
Set - Dst. -  00080018 in the input DDO file is put into the 00080020 in the
* The Src value must be output DDO file.
put into parentheses.  00080016 in the input DDO file is put into the 00080018 in the
The value of the tag output DDO file.
specified in Dst is cut at
the place specified in Src.
* The Src value must be 4. Click [Create] at the upper right of the window.
put into parentheses.
➔ The created definition is added into the operation definition list.
[Definition of Src]
(HEAD, value):
Specified number of digits
Cut - are deleted from the head. -
(TAIL, value):
Specified number of digits
are deleted from the tail.
(value 1, value 2):
The number of digits, which
is specified by value 2, are
deleted from the position
specified by value 1. (The
first digit is 0).
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
3.3 Saving Tag Conversion Files
Save the operation definition created in “3.2 Configuring an Operation
Definition” as a tag conversion file.
1. Select an SOP under which the created operation definition

is to be saved from the operation definition selection list.
2. Place a checkmark to “log” as needed, and click [Save].
3. Specify a file saving destination.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
3.4 Testing the Saved Tag Conversion Files 5. Select an input DDO file.
Test the tag conversion file saved in “3.3 Saving Tag Conversion Files”. File name (variation) Directory
Specify arbitrarily. Specify arbitrarily.
1. Click [Test] The following sample files are in the * Sample files in the installer are
installer. stored in the following directory.
➔ A window to select a tag conversion file to be tested opens. “C:\Program Files\
 Sample_STORAGE.INF DICOMTagEditTool\SampleDDO”
(for overall STORAGE)
2. Select a tag conversion file to be tested.  Sample_MWL_RQ.INF
* Specify a corresponding DDO for
the SOP to be tested.
(for DDT_MWL_RQ.xml)
File name (variation) Directory  Sample_MWL_RP.INF
DDT_CRPrv.xml Specify arbitrarily. (for DDT_MWL_RP.xml)
DDT_CRPrvUnst.xml  Sample_MPPS_NC.INF
DDT_CRStd.xml (for DDT_MPPS_NC.xml)
DDT_DXPres.xml  Sample_MPPS_NS.INF
DDT_DXProc.xml (for DDT_MPPS_NS.xml)
DDT_MWL_RQ.xml
DDT_MWL_RP.xml
DDT_MPPS_NC.xml 6. Select a folder to which the output DDO file is to be stored.
DDT_MPPS_NS.xml
DDT_MGProc.xml File name (variation) Directory
DDT_MGPres.xml
Specify arbitrarily. (If the folder does not Specify arbitrarily.
exist at the time of testing, the folder is
➔ A window to select a setup file (schema) opens. newly created.)
3. Select a setup file (schema). ➔ Result of the tag conversion (SUCCESS/FAILURE) is output.
File name (variation) Directory 7. Check the generated DDO file to confirm whether the
ddotranslator_schema.xsd C:\Program Files\ created conversion file operated as intended.
DICOMTagEditTool\Resource
 NOTE 
➔ A window to select a DICOM tag dictionary file opens. When a checkmark is placed to “log” at the time of saving the tag
conversion file, check the log to confirm whether the created tag
4. Select a DICOM tag dictionary file. conversion file operated as intended.
File name (variation) Directory
dx_private_tag.csv C:\Program Files\
DICOMTagEditTool\Resource
➔ A window to select an input DDO file opens.
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
3.5 Applying Tag Conversion Files
Apply the tag conversion files confirmed in “3.4 Testing the Saved Tag
Conversion Files”.
1. Start up Explorer and open “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\

Config” folder.
2. Copy the file created in “3.4 Testing the Saved Tag

Conversion Files” step 6 to “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\
Config” folder.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
4. Details of Each Command
4.1 Details of Operation Commands
Command SRC DST Explanation Condition to be skipped Option Explanation of option

Copy the element of a tag to another tag. When the tag to be copied When copying, spaces before
VR value in the DICOM tag dictionary is used. does not exist. and after the element are
When VR cannot be resolved with the dictionary (including the case of UN), deleted.
VR value of the copy source is used.
copy tag tag T
When the destination tag does not exist, it will be created.
When the parent tag of SQ is specified in SRC, its subelements are all copied.
In this case, specify the parent tag of SQ also in DST. Subelement of SQ
cannot be specified in DST.
Move a tag and its element to another tag. When the tag to be moved When moving, spaces before
VR value in the DICOM tag dictionary is used. does not exist. T and after the element are
When VR cannot be resolved with the dictionary (including the case of UN), deleted.
VR value of the copy source is used.
move tag tag
When the destination tag does not exist, it will be created. Instead of deleting the input
When the parent tag of SQ is specified in SRC, its subelements are all moved. tag and its element, the length
L
In this case, specify the parent tag of SQ also in DST. Subelement of SQ of the element is changed to 0.
cannot be specified in DST.
Delete a specified tag and its element. When the tag to be deleted Change the length of the
delete tag - L
does not exist. source tag element to 0.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Command SRC DST Explanation Condition to be skipped Option Explanation of option
Put a fixed value into a tag.
When the setup destination tag does not exist, it is created automatically with
the dictionary being referenced for its VR.
If the VR does not exist in the dictionary, the VR is set as UN.
Value is assigned according to the following assignment method, with VR of
the storage destination tag being referenced.
 Character string is assigned when VR is one of the following:
AE AS CS DA DS DT IS LO LT PN SH ST TM UI UT
 Character string of decimal number is assigned as numerical value when VR
is one of the following:
FL FD SL SS UL US
When the input value exceeds the limit value, an error is returned.
No error is returned for cancellation of digits.
set value tag - - -
Ex. Character string 70000 -> 16 bit Signed integer
(An error is returned as this cannot be
stored.)
Ex. Character string 10.4 -> 16 bit Unsigned integer 10
 Little endian hex character string is assigned as byte sequence when VR is
one of the following:
AT OB OF OW
Ex. Character string 0xFF00FF00 -> 16 bit byte sequence 0xFF00FF00
(Add 0x to the beginning of the binary data. Do not add 0x when you want to
replace character string to binary data.)
 An error is returned for SQ tag.
* The value must be put into parentheses.
* Subelements of SQ cannot be specified in DST.
Value of a tag is cut at the specified place. When the tag to be cut does
VR must be one of the following VRs for character strings. not exist.
AE AS CS DA DS DT IS LO LT PN SH ST TM UI UT
SRC value retains values separated by a comma, and perform the
corresponding processing.
HEAD, value : Specified number of digits are deleted from the head.
TAIL, value : Specified number of digits are deleted from the tail.
cut value tag value 1, value 2 : The number of digits, which is specified by value 2, are - -
deleted from the position specified by value 1. (The first
digit is 0).
Example of SRC : HEAD, 1 Delete 1 character from the head.
* Describe a decimal integer for value.
* Subelements of SQ cannot be specified in DST.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
4.2 Details of Judgment Command
Command SRC DST Explanation Option Explanation of option

Judged as true when the elements of the SRC tag and DST tag are the same.
For numerical VRs, elements are all unified into float, and then compared.
tag tag When comparing character string to numerical value, the character string is converted into numerical
value and then compared.
When comparing elements of SQ tags, subelements are also compared.
When VR of tags are for character strings (AE AS CS DA DS DT IS LO LT PN SH ST TM UI UT),
comparison using the wild card can be operated by adding an option.
Ex. : *ES* Inclusion matching is checked.
: TES* Forward matching is checked.
equal W Compare using a wild card.
: *EST Backward matching is checked.
: TEST Exact matching is checked.
When option is not set, only exact matching is checked.
value tag
When VR of tags are for numerical value, the values are converted into numerical values and then
compared.
When VR of tags are for binary data, exact matching is checked.
* The wild card can be used only for forward matching and backward matching. It cannot be used for
partial matching such as “TE*ST”.
not_equal * Judged as true when “equal” is false.
exit Judged as true when the tag specified in SRC exists.
not_exit * Judged as true when “exit” is false.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
4.3 Details on Description of Tags ■ When VR of tags are PN
When VR of tags are PN, the following description can be used.
■ When specifying SQ tags
Group number, Element number [Component group][Component]
When specifying SQ tags, use “/” and “()”, which is for indicating
the item number. ex): When (0010,0010) is “FUJI^TAROU”
➔ “TAROU” can be retrieved with “00100010{0}[0][1]”.
ex): When specifying the 1st item of (0008, 0100), which is the “FUJI^TAROU” can be retrieved with “00100010[0]”.
subelement of (0004, 0008), which is the subelement of (0040,
0100).
A set of component can be retrieved by combining specifications
➔ “00400100(0)/00400008(0)/00080100(0)”
of VMs.
➥ REFERENCE ex): When (0040, 1010) is “FUJI^TAROU\MORITA^KEIICHI”.
When () are omitted, all the elements can be used. ➔ “TAROU\KEIICHI” can be retrieved with “00401010{*}[0][1]”.
■ When accessing a target of the VM

When accessing a target of the VM, use {}.
ex): When accessing 2nd VM of (0010, 2110)
➔ 00102110{1}
➥ REFERENCE
When {} are omitted or {*} are used, the entire elements of the tag can
be used.
 NOTE 
When comparing tags and character strings using “equal”, {0} cannot be
omitted. Add {0} to the tag number even when the VM of the tag is 1.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
5. Taking over the Tag Conversion
Function in V4.0 or Earlier
Relationship between tag conversion function in V4.0 or earlier and the
SOP items of DICOMTagEditTool are as follows.
 NOTES 
 In V4.0 or earlier, tag conversion for STORAGE were in the order of
“TagReplace.ini” → “TagLookUp.ini”.
In DICOMTagEditTool, setup of the “TagReplace.ini” file and
“TagLookUp.ini” file are set up in a same conversion rule, and the
conversion is done for a same DDO file. When taking over the tag
conversion function using the DICOMTagEditTool, be careful for the
conversion contents and their order.
 When taking over setup of the “TagReplace.ini” file and “TagLookUp.
ini” file using the DICOMTagEditTool, create a conversion rule for
each SOP class.
V5.0 or later V4.0 or earlier

C-FIND tag
SOP item name of the DICOMTagEditTool Contents TagReplace.ini TagLookUp.ini
customization
ModalityWorklistIMFIND [REQUEST] Operation definition for the tag for which RIS is inquired of with [MWL]
❍ - -
C-FIND.
ModalityWorklistIMFIND [RESPONCE] Operation definition for the tag received from RIS with [MWL] C-FIND. ❍ - -
ModalityPerformedProcedureStep Operation definition for the tag to be notified of RIS with [MPPS]
- - -
[N-CREATE] N-CREATE.
ModalityPerformedProcedureStep [N-SET] Operation definition for the tag to be notified of RIS with [MPPS] N-SET. - - -
PrivateCRStorage Operation definition for the tag to be sent to PACS with [STORAGE]
- ❍ ❍
PrivateCRStorage.
PrivateUnstandardizedCRStorage Operation definition for the tag to be sent to PACS with [STORAGE]
- ❍ ❍
PrivateUnstandardizedCRStorage.
CRImageStorage Operation definition for the tag to be sent to PACS with [STORAGE]
- ❍ ❍
CRImageStorage.
DXImageStorageForPresentation Operation definition for the tag to be sent to PACS with [STORAGE]
- ❍ ❍
DXImageStorageForPresentation.
DXImageStorageForProcessing Operation definition for the tag to be sent to PACS with [STORAGE]
- ❍ ❍
DXImageStorageForProcessing.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
5.1 Taking over the Conversion Setting of ● Example of taking over the “TagReplace.ini” file
the “TagReplace.ini” File Correspondence example of contents described in the “TagReplace.ini”
file and the conversion rule of the “DICOMTagEditTool” are shown
The “TagReplace.ini” is a conversion file for editing (copying, moving, below.
deleting, and initial setting) the tag information (image information)
when outputting images with DICOM CR STORAGE. ❍ TagReplace.ini
● Format and functions of the “TagReplace.ini” file ; DICOM Tag Replace

Function Command Format Setting
Editing-destination tag = CPY[-T], Editing-source tag [DICOM]
Copy an element -T : Element in the source tag is copied without
CPY spaces before and after the element. 00081010 = DEL
from another tag
When source tag is “ABC”, 00185101 = CPY, 00191090
“ABC” is copied. (: space).
Editing-destination tag = MOV[-T][-L], Source tag
❍ DICOMTagEditTool
-L : Change the length of the source tag element
Move an element to 0 and then moved.
MOV Condition/
from another tag -T : Element in the source tag is moved without No SRC DST
Operation
spaces before and after the element.
When source tag is “ABC”, “ABC” Condition 00081010 exist
is moved. (: space). 1
Operation 00081010 delete
Editing-destination tag = DEL[-L]
Delete an 2 Operation 00191090 copy 00185101
DEL -L : Change the length of the editing-destination
element
tag element to 0.
Setting up a Editing-destination tag = SET, “Initial value”
fixed initial value SET
to an element
● Correspondence between the “TagReplace.ini” file and

conversion rule of the DICOMTagEditTool
TagReplace.ini DICOMTagEditTool
Command Option Operation Option
- -
CPY copy
-T -T
- -
MOV -L move -L
-T -T
- -
DEL delete
-L -L
SET - set -
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
5.2 Taking over the Conversion Setting of ● Example of taking over the “TagLookUp.ini”
the “TagLookUp.ini” File Correspondence example of contents described in the “TagLookUp.ini”
file and the conversion rule of the “DICOMTagEditTool” are shown
The “TagLookUp.ini” file is a setup file for embedding character strings below.
into arbitrary tags in accordance with he MPM codes of the input
images. ❍ TagLookUp.ini
; DICOM Tag Lookup Setting

● Format of the “TagLookUp.ini” file
[DICOM]
Format Explanation
[00181401,00081030] Describe the tag of the MPM code (fixed to 00181401) on
; Study Description(LO)
the left side. Then, separating with a comma (,), describe [00181401, 00081030]
a tag to which character string is to be embedded on the
right side. "0301" = "TEST1"
"0301"="TEST1" Left side : Describe MPM codes to which character
strings are to be embedded. Multiple MPM
"0302" = "TEST2"
"0302"="TEST2" codes can be specified.
Right side : Describe a character string you wish to ❍ DICOMTagEditTool
 embed.
Condition/
No SRC DST
● Correspondence between the “TagLookUp.ini” file and Operation
conversion rule of the DICOMTagEditTool Condition 00181401{0} equal (0301)
1
In DICOMTagEditTool, judgment command and conversion command Operation (TEST1) set 00081030
“set” are used. Condition 00181401{0} equal (0302)
2
Operation (TEST2) set 00081030
Condition/
SRC DST
Operation
Condition 00181401{0} equal (Targeted MPM code)
Tag number to which the
(character string you wish
Operation set character string is to be
to embed into a tag)
embedded
 NOTE 
When comparing tag and character string with “equal”, {0} must be
added to the tag number even when the VM of the tag is 1.
(Specification of the VM {} cannot be omitted.)
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
5.3 Taking over the DICOM MWM C-FIND ● Corresponded between the “DICOM MWM C-FIND Tag
Tag Customization Mapping Setting” and conversion rule of the
DICOMTagEditTool
DICOM MWM C-FIND tag customization is a function to set up “tags to be In “DICOM MWM C-FIND Tag Mapping Setting”, the following 2 types of
inquired for with C-FIND” and “mapping destination of the received tag”. setup are defined in a same window.
● Each item in the “DICOM MWM C-FIND Tag Mapping Setting”  Selection of tags for which RIS is inquired of
window
 Setup of internal data mapping for tags received from the RIS
In DICOMTagEditTool, the abovementioned 2 types of setup are divided

into separate definitions (Request[RQ]\Response[RP]). Therefore,
procedures to take over the setup to each conversion rule are described
below.
SOP class name Explanation File name

C-FIND-RQ DDT_MWL_RQ.xml
ModalityWorklistIMFIND
C-FIND-RP DDT_MWL_RP.xml
❍ ModalityWorklistIMFIND[REQUEST]
When conversion rule is not generated, tags in accordance with the
DICOM conformance are used for inquiring of the RIS.
$ For list of tags to be inquired for, see “MWM-SCU Application

Entity Specification” in the conformance.
Create a conversion rule of the DICOMTagEditTool for difference from the

I II III tags to be inquired for, which are defined in the DICOM conformance.
DXL040J0003.ai
<Format to be described in the conversion rule>

No Contents Remarks
I Selection of tags for which RIS The selectable tags are fixed.
SRC Operation DST
is inquired of They are configured of the following tags. Additional tag numbers for
 Tags opened in DICOM conformance Operation () * set which you are going to inquire
 Tags added for supporting connection to of the RIS
competitors’ RIS
Tag numbers for which
II 1st destination of the mapping to Up to 3 hierarchy can be selected for tags Operation you do not want to delete -
internal data for tags received within the SQ tag. inquire of the RIS
from the RIS
* Set a blank tag for a tag to be inquired of.
III 2nd destination of the mapping Up to 3 hierarchy can be selected for tags
to internal data for tags received within the SQ tag.
from the RIS
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
❍ ModalityWorklistIMFIND[RESPONCE] ● Example of taking over the DICOM MWM C-FIND tag
When mapping is set up, generate the conversion rule in the following customization
format.
❍ When inquiring for tags
<Format to be described in the conversion rule> Conversion rule for inquiring for DistributionCode (00091090) in addition
SRC Operation DST
to “MWM SCUApplication Entity Specification” of the conformance is
shown below.
Mapping-source tag Mapping-destination tag
Operation copy
number number Condition/
No SRC DST
* When specifying a tag within the SQ tag, separate SQ with “/” like Operation
“00400100/00400008/00080100”.
1 Operation () set 00091090
❍ When copying received tags

Conversion rule for copying the received Accession Number
(0008,0050) to the Study ID (0020,0010) is shown below.
Condition/
No SRC DST
Operation
Condition 00080050 exit
1
Operation 00080050 copy 00200010
❍ When setting the fixed value to the received tags

The patient name and menu name may turn into garbled characters
when the received study is opened since the value of the specific
character set (0008, 0005) is different from the character set which can
be used in DR-ID 300CL. In this case, you can avoid garbled characters
by set a fixed value for the specific character set (0008, 0005).
<When using the one-byte kana code and kanji code>

SRC Operation DST
Operation (ISO 2022 IR 13\ISO 2022 IR 87) set 00080005
<When using the European character code 1>

SRC Operation DST
Operation (ISO_IR 100) set 00080005
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
BLANK PAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appendix K Editing the AEC For the “Enable/Disable AEC” and
“AEC Sensitivity”, the definition of
The definitions of “Enable/Disable AEC”
and “AEC Sensitivity” vary with the X-ray
Conversion File the X-ray apparatus is different from
any one of the following content.
apparatus used. Check the definitions of
“Enable/Disable AEC” and “AEC
(V6.1 or Later) (A) Enable/Disable AEC
Sensitivity” for the X-ray apparatus used
in each facility, and edit the AEC
OFF :0
conversion file as necessary.
ON :1
 NOTE 
(B) AEC Sensitivity
 When upgrading, the AEC conversion file is not automatically Normal : 0
succeeded. Be sure to back up the following file previously to other Low :1
media, and overwrite after upgrading. High : 2
 The backup function of Service Utility does not back up the ➥ REFERENCE
AECParamConvertTbl.dat file. Perform a manual backup/restore Example of AEC Sensitivity: Arcoma X-CON
procedure by, for instance, selecting the AECParamConvertTbl.dat file
Low : 1
directly and saving it on media, such as FD, USB memory stick or the
like. Normal : 2
High : 3
In this case, the definition of AEC Sensitivity is different in DR-ID 300CL
When all of the following conditions are applicable, the AEC conversion
and X-CON, so the AEC conversion file must be edited.
file must be edited.
Condition Remarks The method of editing the AEC conversion file will be explained below.
When the X-ray source is directly
Environment where the CU/MC is connected to DR-ID 300CL, the AEC
connected conversion file must be edited even if DR-
ID 300CL is not connected to the CU/MC.
In the environment where the AEC is not
used, the AEC conversion file does not
Environment where the AEC is used
need to be edited regardless of the other
conditions.
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MU K-1
1. Format of Element name Meaning
the AEC Conversion File

Setting the converted value (the value to be notified to the
CU/MC)
Enable/Disable AEC (AEC type 1)
The format of the AEC conversion file is as follows. AEC OFF : 0
FPD definition
AEC ON : 1
value
 CSV format in which the elements are delimited with a comma AEC Sensitivity (AEC type 2)
 Comment line begun with # Normal :0
Low :1
High :2
Setup content and explanation are given below.
Notation of elements
2, 8, 0 Setting “Enable/Disable AEC”
AEC type
DR-ID 300CL
definition value
FPD Setting “AEC Sensitivity”
definition value
DXCL05040K001.ai
Element name Meaning

Selection of “Enable/Disable AEC” or “AEC Sensitivity”
AEC type 1 : Enable/Disable AEC
2 : AEC Sensitivity
Value to be converted (Value to be set in User Utility)
* When the X-ray source is directly connected to DR-ID
DR-ID 300CL 300CL, the value set by the User Utility is informed
definition value regardless of whether the AEC conversion file is set. With
respect to the exposure conditions to be notified to the
CU/MC, the AEC conversion file must have been set.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
2. Procedures of 3. Change the setting of “AEC Sensitivity” as necessary.
Editing AEC Conversion File ➥ REFERENCE

When the setting of the definition in the X-ray apparatus is different,
while the definition of “AEC Sensitivity” in the DR-ID 300CL is set to
1. Open the following file on the notepad. “0: Normal, 1: Low, 2: High”
“C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config\AECParamConvertTbl.dat” the content of the conversion file must be modified.
2. Change the setting of “Enable/Disable AEC” as necessary. In the following example, as the definition in the X-ray apparatus is
set to
➥ REFERENCE “1: Low, 2: Normal, 3: High”
When the definition in the X-ray apparatus is set to the content of the conversion file is modified so that the “normal” is
“0: ON, 1: OFF” converted to “0” and “high” is converted to “2”.
while the definition of “Enable/Disable AEC” in the DR-ID 300CL is
set to <Before changing> <After changing>
“0: OFF, 1: ON” #AEC Sensitivity #AEC Sensitivity

the content of the conversion file must be modified. #para3: #para3:
# 0:Normal # 0:Normal
# 1:Low # 1:Low
<Before changing> <After changing> # 2:High # 2:High
2, 0, 0 2, 0, 0
#AEC Use #AEC Use 2, 1, 1 2, 1, 1
#para3: #para3: 2, 2, 2 2, 2, 0
# 0:OFF # 0:OFF 2, 3, 0 2, 3, 2
# 1:ON # 1:ON 2, 4, 0 2, 4, 0
1, 0, 0 1, 0, 1 2, 5, 0 2, 5, 0
1, 1, 1 1, 1, 0 2, 6, 0 2, 6, 0
DXCL05040K002.ai 2, 7, 0 2, 7, 0
2, 8, 0 2, 8, 0
2, 9, 0 2, 9, 0
DXCL05040K003.ai
4. Save the modified contents and close the Notepad.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
BLANK PAGE
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appendix L CS Edit Tool for Storage 1. Functions and Overview of
CS Edit Tool for Storage
This chapter describes the commands and procedures of the CS Edit
Tool for Storage.
The CS Edit Tool for Storage is the tool that adds/deletes/edits tags in
 NOTE  the definition file (DicomStorageTag.mdb) for the DICOM tags which are
 If you extend DICOM tags using “DicomTagEditTool” and to be output from DR-ID 300CL for storage.
“CSEditToolforStorage”, be sure to test and check whether the storage
output of the extended DICOM tags is properly done. ■ Screen structure of CS Edit Tool for Storage
 The backup function of Service Utility does not back up the
II.
DicomStorageTag.mdb file. Perform a manual backup/restore
procedure by, for instance, selecting the DicomStorageTag.mdb file I.
directly and saving it on media, such as FD, USB memory stick or the
like.
 The default DicomStorageTag.mdb will be installed when reinstalling
DR-ID 300CL-AP. Restore the file that has been backed up previously.
Since the content of DicomStorageTag.mdb varies according to a

version of DR-ID 300CL-AP, the newly added functions will not be
enabled though restore the backup file after upgrading DR-ID 300CL- III.
AP. Therefore, re-edit DicomStorageTag.mdb after upgrading.
IV.
IX.
V. VI. VII. VIII.
<Context Menus>
X.
XI.
XII.
XIV. XIII.
XV.
XVI.
XVII.
DXCL06040L001.ai
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MU L-1
No Object/ Name Description No Object/ Name Description
I “ShowDeleteDialog” Sets display/no-display of deletion VII [Save] button Save editing results in “DicomStorageTag.mdb”.
check box confirmation dialog when deleting the line In parallel with saving, rows are sorted in
displayed in the list data display section. ascending order based on GroupValue and
ElementValue.
II “ShowSaveDialog” Sets display/no-display of the saving
check box confirmation dialog when ending this tool VIII [Exit] button Exit CS Edit Tool for Storage.
without saving editing results.
IX Status bar Displays processing status when saving
III List data display section Displays list data of “DicomStorageTag.mdb”. results of editing tag.
$ “ List data display section”
X “Undo” menu Cancel the previous editing operation.
<Behavior when clicking>
 When clicking a cell: The entire row XI “Redo” menu Returns to the editing operation cancelled by
including clicked “Undo”.
cell is selected.
XII “Add New “Add New Row Add a new row to the same level hierarchy as
* Multiple rows can
Row” Same Level” the line being selected at the list data display
be selected by
menu menu section.
clicking rows
while pressing XIII “Add New Row Add a new row to one lower level hierarchy of
the Ctrl key. Lower Level” the row selected in the list data display
 When double-clicking a cell: Double-clicked cell menu section.
becomes editable.
 When right clicking: Context menu is XIV “Delete Row” menu Delete the row selected in the list data display
displayed. section.
* When selecting multiple rows, execution is
<Color of cells> possible.
 Grey: Cell/row of selected status
 Yellow: Cell/row edited when executing this XV “Copy” menu Copy the row selected in the list data display
tool section and also to copy the row matching to
 Red: Cell/row including error the row selected simultaneously.
Upon executing editing function after copying,
IV [Add] button Add a new row to the same hierarchy as the copied data are reset.
row selected in the list data display section. * When selecting multiple rows, execution is
* When selecting multiple rows, execution is impossible.
impossible.
XVI “Insert “Insert Copied Insert copied row to the same level hierarchy
V “Lower Level” check box Set whether or not to add a new row to one Copied Rows Same as the row selected in the list data display
lower level hierarchy. Rows” Level” menu section.
Change the row selected in the list data menu * When selecting multiple rows, execution is
display section to the SQ tag and to add a impossible.
new row to one lower level hierarchy upon
clicking the "Add" button. XVII “Insert Copied Insert copied row to one lower level hierarchy
Rows Lower of the row selected in the list data display
VI [Delete] button Delete the row selected in list data display Level” menu section.
section. * When selecting multiple rows, execution is
* When selecting multiple rows, execution is impossible.
possible.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
■ List data display section
● DICOM tag and SOP class
Each row in the list display section indicates DICOM tag, and DICOM
tag is identified by the head 2 columns “GroupVal” and “ElementVal”.
Each SOP class is indicated from the third column onward, and the
output parameter of each tag is displayed.
 NOTE 
When specifying “M” with the tag output parameter, specify the tag to be
output for save from DR-ID 300CL.
Parameter Description
C Outputs tag if it exists.
M Always outputs tag.
NONE Does not output tag.
● SQ tag
With CS Edit Tool for Storage, the depth of the tag hierarchy structure is
indicated by the number of “>” in “GroupVal” column.
if a tag has other tag(s) under itself, it is the SQ tag.
SQ tag A
SQ tagB
Tag
subordinated Tag
to SQ tag A subordinated
to SQ tag B
DXCL06040L003.ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
2. Setting up 2. Start up Explorer and double-click “Setup.bat”.
the CS Edit Tool for Storage
2.1 Operating Environment

 NOTE 
The CS Edit Tool for Storage can be used only in an environment where
the DR-ID 300CL has already been installed.
Console Version OS
Windows VISTA SP2 (32bit version)
DR-ID 300CL V5.0 or later
Windows 7 SP1 (32bit version)
DXCL06040L018.ai
➔ The installation window of CSEditToolforStorage opens
2.2 Tool Installation 3. Enter “1” and press the <Enter> key.
 NOTE 
When an error occurs during the installation, start over from step 1.
1. Insert the “CSEditToolforStorage” CD into the PC.

 NOTE 
If the “AutoPlay” window opens, select “Setup.bat” and proceed to
step 3.
DXCL06040L019.ai
4. Press the “Enter” key.

➔ The command prompt window closes.
5. Remove “CSEditToolforStorage” CD disk from PC.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
2.3 Starting/Shutting Down ■ Shutdown
the CS Edit Tool for Storage
1. Click [Exit], or press the <Alt> + <F4> keys.
➔ The saving confirmation screen opens.
■ Advance preparation
 NOTE 
1. Copy the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config\ In the following cases, the CS Edit Tool for Storage exits without
DicomStorageTag.mdb” file, and paste it to an arbitrary the saving confirmation screen opening.
place, such as “My Document”.  When the checkmark is not placed to the “ShowSaveDialog”.
 When you have saved the edited contents before shutting down
■ Startup the “CS Edit Tool for Storage”.
1. Shut down the DR-ID 300CL-AP.

➔ The DR-ID 300CL exits returning then to the desktop.
2. Click [Yes].
 NOTE 
2. Right-click in the task tray, and select “End”.
In the following cases, the editing results in an error (the cell is
displayed in red) and cannot be saved.
3. Double-click “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\
CSEditToolforStorage.exe”.  When a value other than 4 digits 16 hexadecimal has been input
in “GroupValue” or “ElementValue”.
 NOTE 
 When an input parameter of SOP other than C/M/NONE has been
 Do not move “CSEditToolforStorage.exe” from “C:\Program Files\ input.
FujiFilm\IIP\System” folder.
 When a combination of “GroupValue” and “ElementValue”
 When you are using CSEditToolforStorage, do not start up DR-ID overlaps in the highest hierarchy (tag not having “>”).
300CL.
 CS Edit Tool for Storage cannot be started up multiply. ➔ The editing contents are saved, and the “CS Edit Tool for Storage”
exits.
➔ The login screen opens.
4. Enter “fieldengineer” and click [Login].

 NOTE 
The login password of the “CSEditToolforStorage” is the same as
that of the “IIP Service Utility”.
➔ The DB editing screen opens.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
3. Operation List of Editing No Function Type Operation
Functions 7 Paste
(Same hierarchy as
Editing function display -
section
selected row)
In context menu Select “Insert Copied Rows
Same Level”.
No Function Type Operation
Shortcut keys Press the <Ctrl> + <V> keys.
1 Row addition Editing function display Click [Add].
(Same hierarchy as section 8 Paste Editing function display -
selected row) (1 level lower section
In context menu Select “Add New Row Same hierarchy of
Level”. selected row) In context menu Select “Insert Copied Rows
Lower Level”.
Shortcut keys Press the <Ctrl> + < + > keys
with row selected. Shortcut keys Press the <Ctrl> + <Shift> +
<V> keys.
2 Row addition Editing function display After placing the checkmark
(1 level lower section to the “Lower Level” check 9 Undo Editing function display -
hierarchy of box, and click [Add]. section
selected row)
In context menu Select “Add New Row Lower In context menu Select “Undo”.
Level”.
Shortcut keys Press the <Ctrl> + <Z> keys.
Shortcut keys Press the <Ctrl> + <Shift> +
10 Redo Editing function display -
< + > keys.
section
3 Row deletion Editing function display Click [Delete].
In context menu Select “Redo”.
section
Shortcut keys Press the <Ctrl> + <Y> keys.
In context menu Select “Delete Rows”.
11 Save Editing function display Click [Save].
Shortcut keys Press the <Delete> key.
section
4 Cell edition Editing function display Double-click the cell.
In context menu -
(1, 2 column) section
Shortcut keys Press the <Ctrl> + <S> keys.
In context menu -
12 Exit Editing function display Click [Exit].
Shortcut keys Press the <F2> key.
section
5 Cell edition Editing function display Double-click the cell.
In context menu -
(From 3rd column section
onward) Shortcut keys Press the <Alt> + <F4> keys.
In context menu -
Shortcut keys Press the <F4> key.
6 Copy Editing function display -
section
In context menu Select “Copy”.
Shortcut keys Press the <Ctrl> + <C> keys.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
4. Editing Samples 3. In the created new row, double-click the cell of “GroupVal”
column, and enter “0007”.
➥ REFERENCE
The context menu and shortcuts can also be used in the operation
procedures other than the following.
$ “3. Operation List of Editing Functions”
■ When outputting “0007,0001” tag only to

DXCL06040L013.ai
SOP class “CRImageStorage” 4. In the created new row, double-click the cell of “ElementVal”
column, and enter “0001”.
1. Select an arbitrary row in the highest hierarchy (tag not
having “>”).
DXCL06040L014.ai
5.
DXCL06040L006.ai
In the created new row, set the cell of “CRImageStorage”

2. Click [Add]. column to “C”.
➔ A new row is added. ➥ REFERENCE

It has already been set to “C” by default.
DXCL06040L007.ai
DXCL06040L008 ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
6. In the newly created row, set “NONE” to each cell of the
SOPs to which you do not need to output the tag.
DXCL06040L015.ai
7. Click [Save].
➔ The editing contents are saved and sorted in ascending order
according to “GroupVal” and “ElementVal”.
DXCL06040L009.ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
■ When changing “0007, 0001” tag to the SQ tag and 4. In the created new row, double-click the cell of “ElementVal”
subordinating the “0007, 0005” tag in the lower level column, and enter “0005”.
hierarchy
1. Select the row of “0007,0001” tag.
DXCL06040L017.ai
5. In the created new row, set the cell of SOP column you want
DXCL06040L010.ai
to output to “C”, and set the cell of SOP column you do not
want to output to “NONE”.
2. Place a checkmark to the “LowerLevel” check box, and click  NOTE 
[Add].
If the parent tag (0007,0001) has been set as “NONE”, the daughter
➔ A new row is added under the line of the “007,001” tag. tag (0007,0005) cannot be output despite being specified as “C”.
DXCL06040L011.ai
DXCL06040L012.ai
3. In the created new row, double-click the cell of “GroupVal”

column, and enter “0007”. 6. Click [Save].
➔ The editing result is saved and sorted in ascending order
according to “GroupVal” and “ElementVal”.
DXCL06040L016.ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
BLANK PAGE
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
BLANK PAGE
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
BLANK PAGE
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appendix M Setting the Default ■ PositionIDDefault.ini file format
Positioning ID ; Default PositioningID for Tube&Technique
(Only for Connecting to I. ; [Position]
the DR-ID 200) II.

; key ... Technique(ExposureMode) = PositionID
[Position]
Stand(Still) = 7
Technique code and Positioning ID have been set to an exposure menu. Table(Still) = 1
Stand(WS) = 11
Once an exposure menu is selected, the information is sent to the
Table(WS) = 4
Arcoma side. Cassette = 0
When the exposure technique is changed with a selector (Stand to
Table, etc) after selecting a menu, the changed exposure technique is III. IV. DXCL06040M001.ai
connected to the menu and the information after the change is

displayed as the exposure technique. (Also, when you select another No. Items Displaying Contents
menu and re-select the original menu again, the information after the format
change is displayed as the exposure technique.)
I. Comment ; Lines beginning with a semicolon (;) are
However, as the selector has information only about Technique Code, commented out.
the relationship between Technique code and Positioning ID becomes II. Type [Position] Only “[Position]” is valid.
invalid when the selector is changed. The setting file for correcting this
inconsistency of the information is “PositionIDDefault.ini”. III. Key Technique Only the single-byte characters can be set. The
(Exposure following five patterns are defined.
The method of editing the Positioning ID setting file (PositionIDDefault. Mode)  Standing Position (General) : Stand(Still)
ini) is described below.  Supine Position (General) : Table(Still)
 Standing Position (Long-View) : Stand(WS)
 NOTE   Supine Position (Long-View) : Table(WS)
 Others (Cassette) : Cassette
 Configure the settings only when connecting to the DR-ID 200. * In the DR-ID 200, other exposure modes
 Also in the control unit, the default settings of Positioning ID according (analogue tomography, Tomosynthesis) can be
performed as well, but it is not necessary to set.
to the technique are retained. Therefore, set the values consisting with
the settings. IV. Positioning Positioning Only 0 or larger single-byte numbers can be set.
ID ID
1. Open the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config” folder.

➥ REFERENCE
2. Open the “PositionIDDefault.ini” file with Notepad (Notepad. In the PositionIDDefault.ini, the values of the five patterns are set by
exe). default. However, there is no problem even though the exposure
patterns which are not used in the DR-ID 300CL are left.
3. Write the settings of default Positioning ID in the file in (For example, in the institutions which do not perform the DR long-view
accordance with the format described later. exposure, there is no problem the patterns Standing Position (Long-
View) and Supine Position (Long-View) are left.)
4. Save the “PositionIDDefault.ini” file in Unicode format and
then close Notepad (Notepad.exe).
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MU M-1
BLANK PAGE
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
BLANK PAGE
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
BLANK PAGE
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appendix N Extended Parameter  NOTE 
Convert Tool The extended parameter convert tool of V7.1/V7.2/V7.3 is not supported
by the menu data for V7.1 or later. When adding this tool to
(V7.0 or Later) mammography menu for V7.1 or later, import (restore) the menu data
after exporting it by using the MenuImportExportTool.
This chapter describes the Extended parameter convert tool.
1. Overview of the Extended

Parameter Convert Tool
The extended parameter convert tool supports the following conversion
operations in the DR-ID 300CL upgraded to 7.0 or later.
 Addition of tomosynthesis menus and mammography menus.
Conversion of image processing parameters associated with the
addition of the menus.
 Conversion of image processing parameters from filming to
monitoring.
The relationship between the function of the extended parameter
convert tool and the target units is shown below.
Conversion of
the image
Addition of Addition of
processing
Target unit Tomosynthesis mammography
parameters for
menus menus
filming to those
for monitoring
Units with the system Disable * Disable * Enable
migrated from the
CR-IR 348CL V.8.0 or
later, and upgraded to
DR-ID 300CL V7.0 or
later
Units upgraded from Enable Enable Enable
DR-ID 300CL V5.0 to (Exposure menu/ (Exposure menu/
V7.0 or later Image processing Image processing
parameter parameter
information) information)
* To prevent from losing the menus and image processing parameters information
used in the units before the system is migrated.
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MU N-1
2. Setting up the Extended
Parameter Convert Tool
■ Operating condition
The following conditions must be satisfied.
 The system migration or upgrading is completed, and the DR-ID
300CL is upgraded to V7.0 or later.
 The DR-ID 300CL-AP is not started. If the DR-ID 300CL-AP has
been started, stop the AP.
 The extended parameter convert tool is not started. If the tool has
been started, stop the tool.
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
3. Starting/Operating 5. Enter “Y” when the tomosynthesis menus are added or “N”
if not, and press the <Enter> key.
the Extended Parameter NOTE
Convert Tool When “N” is entered in both steps 4 and 5, steps 6 to 8 are not
displayed. Proceed to step 9.
Install the necessary menus and change the image processing
parameters according to the procedures shown below. ➔ The following window opens.
1. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC
2. Start running Explorer and execute “D:\tools\

ExtendedParamConvertTool\ExtendedParamConvertTool.bat”.
➔ The Extended parameter convert tool starts.
DXCL07040N004.ai
6. Enter the item number of the language used in the added

menu, and press the <Enter> key.
NOTE
The language of the menu to be installed must be matched with the
language used in the Service Utility.
If the languages is not matched agree, the extended parameter
convert tool may not operate normally.
DXCL07040N001.ai
3. Enter “1” when the system is migrated from the CR Console $ For the language setup procedure, see “■ Setting the system
or “2” in the other cases, and press the <Enter> key. information” under “4.2.2 DR-ID 300CL System Information
NOTE Setup” of “IN: Installation”.
When “1” is entered, steps 4 to 8 are not displayed. Proceed to step 9.

DXCL07040N002.ai
4.
DXCL07040N005.ai
Enter “N” for US/Canada or “Y” for others, then press the
<Enter> key.
DXCL07040N003.ai
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
7. Enter the item number of the image processing parameter to 10. Enter “Y” and press the <Enter> key.
be installed, and press the <Enter> key.
➥ REFERENCE
When “N” is entered, the conversion is not executed, and the
procedure returns to step 2.
➔ The conversion is executed, and following window opens.
DXCL07040N010.ai
8. Enter “1” and press the <Enter> key. DXCL07040N011.ai
NOTE ➥ REFERENCE
When “Y” is entered, a folder including a backup file is created on
When ”1) for CR” is not selected, the operation is not warranted.
the desktop. The contents of the folder is as follows.
Be sure to enter “1”.
 “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\ImageProcessing” backup
➔ The following window opens.  “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Param” backup
 A temporary file for conversion
DXCL07040N006.ai
9. Enter “Y” when converting the image processing parameters 11. Enter “Y” and press the <Enter> key.
for filming to those for monitoring or “N” if not, and press
➔ The converted file is copied, and following window opens.
the <Enter> key.
➥ REFERENCE
When “N” is entered in steps 4, 5 and 9, steps later than 10 are not
displayed, and the procedure returns to step 2. DXCL07040N012.ai
➔ The contents selected up to step 9 are displayed. 12. Press the <Enter> key.
➥ REFERENCE ➔ The extended parameter convert tool ends.
When “Y” is entered in steps 4, 5 and 9, the following window opens.
DXCL07040N007.ai
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
4. Errors and Remedies No Description Remedies
3 MenuData.mdb Confirm that the Service Utility and DR-ID 300CL-

is Not Found. AP are not started. If they have been started, stop
The error that occurs in the extended parameter convert tool and the them.
remedies for it are shown below. Confirm that the MenuData.mdb file is not opened.

If the file is opened, close the file.
In the other case, restart the PC. If the error

NOTE occurs again even after restarting the PC, verify
whether the unit has been correctly upgraded.
 When the extended parameter convert tool has been started, stop the
tool. 4 XconParam. Confirm that the Service Utility and DR-ID 300CL-

mdb is Not AP are not started. If they have been started, stop
 When an error occurs in steps 1 to 8 of “3. Starting/Operating the Found. them.
Extended Parameter Convert Tool”, steps 1 to 3 are unnecessary. Confirm that the XconParam.mdb file is not

Proceed to step 4. opened. If the file has been opened, close the file.

occurs again even after restarting the PC, verify
whether the unit has been correctly upgraded.
1. Open the “BackupData” folder on the desktop.
5 Overlapped The study menu code “****” already exists.
Examination Change the study menu code to any character
2. Open “Before_Conversion” – “IIP” folder and copy Menu Code: **** string with the User Utility.
“ImageProcessing” folder and “Param” folder. $ For the details of the added menu code, see “6. List
of Additional Menus”.
3. Open “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP”folder, and overwrite 6 Overlapped

ExposureMenu
The exposure menu code “****” already exists.
Change the exposure menu code to any character
the “ImageProcessing” folder and “Param” folder.
Code: **** string with the User Utility.
$ For the details of the added menu code, see “6. List
4. Correct the errors according to the table shown below. of Additional Menus”.
7 Failed When this message is displayed after the error


No Description Remedies Mammography messages No.1 to 6, execute the remedies of
Menu Convert. No.1 to 6.
1 Failed Get Confirm that the Service Utility and DR-ID 300CL-
 In the other case, restart the PC. If the error

Language. AP are not started. If they have been started, stop occurs again even after restarting the PC, verify
them. whether the unit has been correctly upgraded.
Confirm that the SysConfig.mdb file is not opened.

If the file has been opened, close the file. 8 Failed When this message is displayed after the error

In the other case, restart the PC.
 Tomosynthesis messages No.1 to 6, execute the remedies of
Menu Convert. No.1 to 6.
2 SysConfig.mdb Confirm that the Service Utility and DR-ID 300CL-
 In the other case, restart the PC. If the error

is Not Found. AP are not started. If they have been started, stop occurs again even after restarting the PC, verify
them. whether the unit has been correctly upgraded.
Confirm that the SysConfig.mdb file is not opened.

If the file has been opened, close the file.

occurs again even after restarting the PC, verify 5. Restart the extended parameter convert tool, execute the
whether the unit has been correctly upgraded. operation, and make sure that no error occurs.
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
5. List of Update Files
The files to be updated with the extended parameter convert tool are
shown below.
No Folder path File name File description Addition/Change contents

1 MenuData.mdb Menu date DB
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Param
2 XconParam.mdb Xcon parameter DB
3 irmprm.prm EDR parameter
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\ImageProcessing\ImageProc\Type\Builtin
4 mpmprm.prm EDR parameter
5 irmprm.prm EDR parameter
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\ImageProcessing\ImageProc\Type\Cassette
6 mpmprm.prm EDR parameter
7 FNCd.prm Image processing parameter
8 Gd.prm Image processing parameter
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\ImageProcessing\ImageProc\System\CR\Default
9 MFPd.prm Image processing parameter
 Addition of tomosynthesis menus
10 Stdd.prm Image processing parameter
 Addition of mammography menus
11 FNCd.prm Image processing parameter
12 Gd.prm Image processing parameter
13 MFPd.prm Image processing parameter
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\ImageProcessing\ImageProc\System\DR\Default
14 Stdd.prm Image processing parameter
15 SHARPd.prm Image processing parameter
16 ESd.prm Image processing parameter
17 C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\ImageProcessing\ImageProc\System\DR\InDirFPD\GOS Select.prm Image processing parameter
18 C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\ImageProcessing\ImageProc\System\DR\InDirFPD\CsI Select.prm Image processing parameter
19 C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\ImageProcessing\ImageProc\System\DR\DirFPD\a-Se Select.prm Image processing parameter
20 C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\ImageProcessing\ImageProc\System\CR\Default\User Gdu.prm Image processing parameter Conversion of the image
processing parameters for filming
21 C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\ImageProcessing\ImageProc\System\DR\Default\User Gdu.prm Image processing parameter to those for monitoring
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
6. List of Additional Menus Extended
menu code
Exposure menu name
(for USA)
Exposure menu name
(for other countries)
FCR0331-0010 - L MAMMOGRAPHY, MLO, SPOT M
The mammography menu and the tomosynthesis menu which can be
FCR0331-0011 - R MAMMOGRAPHY, MLO, SPOT M
added by using the extended parameter convert tool are shown below.
FCR0331-0012 - L MAMMOGRAPHY, ML, SPOT M
FCR0331-0013 - R MAMMOGRAPHY, ML, SPOT M
6.1 Mammography Menu FCR0331-0014 - L MAMMOGRAPHY, CC, MAG:M
FCR0331-0015 - R MAMMOGRAPHY, CC, MAG:M
■ Exposure menu FCR0331-0016 - L MAMMOGRAPHY, MLO, MAG:M
Extended Exposure menu name Exposure menu name FCR0331-0017 - R MAMMOGRAPHY, MLO, MAG:M
menu code (for USA) (for other countries)
FCR0331-0018 - L MAMMOGRAPHY, ML, MAG:M
FCR0307-0000 - BREAST, L (DSR)-WW
FCR0331-0019 - R MAMMOGRAPHY, ML, MAG:M
FCR0308-0000 LCC L MAMMOGRAPHY, CC-US
FCR0332-0000 - MAMMOGRAPHY- CHEST WALL
FCR0308-0001 RCC R MAMMOGRAPHY, CC-US
FCR0338-0000 LXCCL -
FCR0309-0001 - L MAMMOGRAPHY
FCR0338-0001 RXCCL -
FCR030F-0000 MAX4.0 MAMMOGRAPHY MAX4.0 MAMMOGRAPHY
FCR0348-0000 LXCCM -
FCR0318-0000 LMLO L MAMMOGRAPHY, MLO-US
FCR0348-0001 RXCCM -
FCR0318-0001 RMLO R MAMMOGRAPHY, MLO-US
FCR0349-0000 - L MAMMOGRAPHY, CC
FCR0328-0000 LML -
FCR0349-0001 - R MAMMOGRAPHY, CC
FCR0328-0001 RML -
FCR0359-0000 - L MAMMOGRAPHY, MLO
FCR0331-0000 - L MAMMOGRAPHY, SPOT
FCR0359-0001 - R MAMMOGRAPHY, MLO
FCR0331-0001 - R MAMMOGRAPHY, SPOT
FCR0359-0002 - L MAMMOGRAPHY,ML
FCR0331-0002 - L MAMMOGRAPHY, CC, SPOT
FCR0359-0003 - R MAMMOGRAPHY,ML
FCR0331-0003 - R MAMMOGRAPHY, CC, SPOT
FCR1330-0000 - LACTIFEROUS DUCT:C
FCR0331-0004 - L MAMMOGRAPHY, MLO, SPOT
FCR7301-0000 LCC SPOT -
FCR0331-0005 - R MAMMOGRAPHY, MLO, SPOT
FCR7301-0001 RCC SPOT -
FCR0331-0006 - L MAMMOGRAPHY, ML, SPOT
FCR7302-0001 PHYSICS SENSITIVITY PHYSICS SENSITIVITY
FCR0331-0007 - R MAMMOGRAPHY, ML, SPOT
FCR7302-0002 Visual Inspection Visual Inspection
FCR0331-0008 - L MAMMOGRAPHY, CC, SPOT M
FCR7302-0003 S Value 1 S Value 1
FCR0331-0009 - R MAMMOGRAPHY, CC, SPOT M
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
Extended Exposure menu name Exposure menu name Extended Exposure menu name Exposure menu name
menu code (for USA) (for other countries) menu code (for USA) (for other countries)
FCR7302-0004 S Value 2 S Value 2 FCR7302-0031 Mode6 CNR(PMMA60mm) Mode6 CNR(PMMA60mm)
FCR7302-0005 S Value 3 S Value 3 FCR7302-0032 Mode6 CNR(PMMA70mm) Mode6 CNR(PMMA70mm)
FCR7302-0006 CNR CNR FCR7302-0033 Mode7 CNR(PMMA20mm) Mode7 CNR(PMMA20mm)
FCR7302-0007 AGD AGD FCR7302-0034 Mode7 CNR(PMMA40mm) Mode7 CNR(PMMA40mm)
FCR7302-0008 S Value S Value FCR7302-0035 Mode7 CNR(PMMA60mm) Mode7 CNR(PMMA60mm)
FCR7302-0009 Mode1 CNR(PMMA20mm) Mode1 CNR(PMMA20mm) FCR7302-0036 Mode7 CNR(PMMA70mm) Mode7 CNR(PMMA70mm)
FCR7302-0014 Mode2 CNR(PMMA40mm) Mode2 CNR(PMMA40mm) FCR7303-0001 PHYSICS COLLIMATION PHYSICS COLLIMATION
FCR7302-0015 Mode2 CNR(PMMA60mm) Mode2 CNR(PMMA60mm) FCR7303-0002 Uniform Expo.3(Collimation) Uniform Expo.3(Collimation)
FCR7302-0018 Mode3 CNR(PMMA40mm) Mode3 CNR(PMMA40mm) FCR7304-0001 PHYSICS DYNAMIC RANGE PHYSICS DYNAMIC RANGE
FCR7302-0019 Mode3 CNR(PMMA60mm) Mode3 CNR(PMMA60mm) FCR7305-0001 PHYSICS ACR MAP PHYSICS ACR MAP
FCR7302-0020 Mode3 CNR(PMMA70mm) Mode3 CNR(PMMA70mm) FCR7307-0000 Biopsy Specimens Biopsy Specimens
FCR7302-0021 Mode4 CNR(PMMA20mm) Mode4 CNR(PMMA20mm) FCR7308-0000 Lumpectomy Lumpectomy
FCR7302-0022 Mode4 CNR(PMMA40mm) Mode4 CNR(PMMA40mm) FCR7312-0001 PHYSICS ARTIFACTS PHYSICS ARTIFACTS
FCR7302-0023 Mode4 CNR(PMMA60mm) Mode4 CNR(PMMA60mm) FCR7313-0001 PHYSICS IP FOG PHYSICS IP FOG
FCR7302-0024 Mode4 CNR(PMMA70mm) Mode4 CNR(PMMA70mm) FCR7313-0002 IP Fog(Non-exposure) IP Fog(Non-exposure)
FCR7302-0025 Mode5 CNR(PMMA20mm) Mode5 CNR(PMMA20mm) FCR7313-0003 ACR Phantom1(Lag) ACR Phantom1(Lag)
FCR7302-0026 Mode5 CNR(PMMA40mm) Mode5 CNR(PMMA40mm) FCR7313-0004 Non Exposure(Lag) Non Exposure(Lag)
FCR7302-0027 Mode5 CNR(PMMA60mm) Mode5 CNR(PMMA60mm) FCR7313-0005 Uniform Expo.1(Ghost) Uniform Expo.1(Ghost)
FCR7302-0028 Mode5 CNR(PMMA70mm) Mode5 CNR(PMMA70mm) FCR7313-0006 ACR Phantom2(Ghost) ACR Phantom2(Ghost)
FCR7302-0029 Mode6 CNR(PMMA20mm) Mode6 CNR(PMMA20mm) FCR7313-0007 Uniform Expo.2(Ghost) Uniform Expo.2(Ghost)
FCR7302-0030 Mode6 CNR(PMMA40mm) Mode6 CNR(PMMA40mm) FCR7315-0001 PHYSICS TRACKING PHYSICS TRACKING
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
Extended Exposure menu name Exposure menu name ■ Study menu
Study menu name Study menu name
FCR731B-0000 - MAMMOGRAPHY, LG Study menu code
(for USA) (for other countries)
FCR7321-0000 LMLO SPOT - FCR0321-00 - MAMMOGRAPHY SPOT 2R
FCR7321-0001 RMLO SPOT - FCR0329-00 - MAMMOGRAPHY 2R
FCR7325-0001 - PHYSICS ACR PHANTOM FCR0329-01 - L MAMMOGRAPHY 2R
FCR7325-0002 IP Variations IP Variations FCR0329-02 - R MAMMOGRAPHY 2R
FCR7325-0003 ACR Phantom ACR Phantom FCR0339-00 - MAMMOGRAPHY MLO
FCR7331-0000 LML SPOT - FCR7300-00 Installation test 1/3 Installation test 1/3
FCR7331-0001 RML SPOT - FCR7300-01 Installation test 2/3 Installation test 2/3
FCR7341-0000 LCC M - FCR7300-02 Installation test 3/3 Installation test 3/3
FCR7341-0001 RCC M - FCR7300-03 Calculation 1/2 Calculation 1/2
FCR7351-0000 LMLO M - FCR7300-04 Calculation 2/2 Calculation 2/2
FCR7351-0001 RMLO M - FCR7300-05 1Shot PhantomM 1Shot PhantomM
FCR7361-0000 LML M - FCR7300-06 ACR Phantom ACR Phantom
FCR7361-0001 RML M - FCR7300-07 1Shot/ACR 1Shot/ACR
FCR7375-0001 1Shot PhantomM 1Shot PhantomM FCR7300-08 Annual A 1/1 Semi-annual 1/1
FCR7375-0002 1ShotM (Magnification) 1ShotM (Magnification) FCR7300-09 Annual 1/11 Annual 1/11
FCR7375-0003 1Shot PhantomM(40mm) 1Shot PhantomM(40mm) FCR7300-10 Annual 2/11 Annual 2/11
FCR7300-11 Annual 3/11 Annual 3/11
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
6.2 Tomosynthesis Menu Extended Exposure menu name Exposure menu name
FCR7601-0000 WRIST JNT,LAT:TMS WRIST JNT,LAT:TMS
■ Exposure menu
FCR7601-0001 WRIST JNT,FRN:TMS WRIST JNT,FRN:TMS
Extended Exposure menu name Exposure menu name FCR7601-0002 HAND,LAT:TMS HAND,LAT:TMS
FCR7601-0003 HAND,FRN:TMS HAND,FRN:TMS
FCR7000-0001 SKULL,LAT:TMS SKULL,LAT:TMS
FCR7701-0000 KNEE JNT, FRN,SUPINE:TMS KNEE JNT, FRN,SUPINE:TMS
FCR7000-0002 SKULL,FRN:TMS SKULL,FRN:TMS
FCR7701-0001 KNEE JNT, LAT,SUPINE:TMS KNEE JNT, LAT,SUPINE:TMS
FCR7000-0003 PARANASAL SINUS, LAT:TMS PARANASAL SINUS, LAT:TMS
FCR7701-0002 KNEE JNT, FRN,UPRIGHT:TMS KNEE JNT, FRN,UPRIGHT:TMS
FCR7000-0004 PARANASAL SINUS, FRN:TMS PARANASAL SINUS, FRN:TMS
FCR7701-0003 KNEE JNT, LAT,UPRIGHT:TMS KNEE JNT, LAT,UPRIGHT:TMS
FCR7003-0000 MANDIBULAR JNT, LAT:TMS MANDIBULAR JNT, LAT:TMS
FCR7702-0000 ANKLE JNT,FRN:TMS ANKLE JNT,FRN:TMS
FCR7100-0000 CERVICAL SPINE, FRN:TMS CERVICAL SPINE, FRN:TMS
FCR7702-0001 ANKLE JNT,LAT:TMS ANKLE JNT,LAT:TMS
FCR7100-0001 CERVICAL SPINE, LAT:TMS CERVICAL SPINE, LAT:TMS
FCR7702-0002 FOOT,LAT:TMS FOOT,LAT:TMS
FCR7202-0000 CHEST,SUPINE:TMS CHEST,SUPINE:TMS
FCR7702-0003 FOOT,OBL:TMS FOOT,OBL:TMS
FCR7202-0001 CHEST,UPRIGHT:TMS CHEST,UPRIGHT:TMS
FCR7203-0000 THORACIC SPINE, FRN:TMS THORACIC SPINE, FRN:TMS
FCR7204-0000 THORACIC SPINE, LAT:TMS THORACIC SPINE, LAT:TMS
■ Study menu
FCR7205-0000 SHOULDER JNT, SUPINE:TMS SHOULDER JNT, SUPINE:TMS
No addition menu.
FCR7205-0001 SHOULDER JNT, UPRIGHT:TMS SHOULDER JNT, UPRIGHT:TMS
FCR7400-0000 ABDOMEN,SUPINE:TMS ABDOMEN,SUPINE:TMS
FCR7400-0001 IVP,SUPINE:TMS IVP,SUPINE:TMS
FCR7400-0002 ABDOMEN, UPRIGHT:TMS ABDOMEN, UPRIGHT:TMS
FCR7400-0003 IVP,UPRIGHT:TMS IVP,UPRIGHT:TMS
FCR7500-0000 LUMBAR SPINE, FRN,SUPINE:TMS LUMBAR SPINE, FRN,SUPINE:TMS
FCR7500-0001 LUMBAR SPINE, LAT,SUPINE:TMS LUMBAR SPINE, LAT,SUPINE:TMS
FCR7500-0002 LUMBAR SPINE, FRN,UPRIGHT:TMS LUMBAR SPINE, FRN,UPRIGHT:TMS
FCR7500-0003 LUMBER SPINE, LAT,UPRIGHT:TMS LUMBER SPINE, LAT,UPRIGHT:TMS
FCR7501-0000 PELVIS:TMS PELVIS:TMS
FCR7502-0000 HIP JNT,FRN:TMS HIP JNT,FRN:TMS
FCR7502-0001 HIP JNT,LAT:TMS HIP JNT,LAT:TMS
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
BLANK PAGE
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
BLANK PAGE
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appendix O Editing the Minimum 4. Save the CheckAccount.ini file in UNICODE format and then
close Notepad (Notepad.exe).
Lengths of the User  NOTE 
Name and Password The backup function of Service Utility does not back up the
Strings CheckAccount.ini file. Perform a manual backup/restore procedure
by, for instance, selecting the CheckAccount.ini file directly and
This chapter describes the procedures for editing the minimum lengths
of the user name and password strings.
1. Open the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Param” folder.
2. Open the CheckAccount.ini file with Notepad (Notepad.exe).
3. Edit the minimum lengths of the user name and password

strings.
[UserName]
I. MinLength=1
MaxLength=20
CheckByte=1
Prohibition=\/|:<>?.+=*
CheckAllSpace=1
[Password]
II. MinLength=0
MaxLength=20
CheckByte=1
Prohibition=
CheckAllSpace=0
yyy
DXCL0804O001.ai
Assignable character
No. Item Default value
numbers
Minimum length of
I. 1 to 20 characters 1
the user name string
Minimum length of
II. 0 to 20 characters 0
the password string
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MU O-1
BLANK PAGE
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
BLANK PAGE
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
BLANK PAGE
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
Appendix P List of New Group 1. A. System
Indications of
Configuration Items ● 01. Base Setting
(V7.3 or Later) ID Name Reference

1 Language Setup for Screen Message 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 7
2 System Common Date Format 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 1
In V7.3 or later, the tree items under “CONFIG” - “SYSTEM CONFIG”
are displayed according to the new grouping when [Group] in main 3 Institute/Site Name Strings 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 4
menu is clicked. Institute/Site Name in
4 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 8
Two-Byte Characters
5 DICOM Station Name 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 55
I
II 6 DICOM Series Generation Logic 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 13
III 7 System Recognition ID (A to Z) 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 14
IV
V 8 StudyInstanceUID Generation Logic 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 27
VI 9 Image Number Generation Logic 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 29
VII
DXCL1004P001.ai
10 Modality Setup 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 54
11 Min. Set Number 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 24
The configurations are divided into 7 groups with the new group
indications: the settings concerning the whole system of DR-ID 300CL (I 12 Max. Set Number 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 25
in the figure), the settings concerning the exposure system (X-CON/CR/ 13 Remaining Battery Display Format 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 320
DR) (II), the settings concerning study/QA (III), the settings concerning
20 Restart Check Interval 99. CONFIG FIX - No. 2
the order system (IV), the settings concerning operation of DR-ID
300CL (V), the settings concerning DICOM (VI) and the settings 21 Flush Disk Cache at Study Finishing 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 379
concerning film output (VII).
Configuration items included in each group are listed below.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MU P-1
● 02. CSL device ● 04. CSL management
ID Name Reference ID Name Reference
1 Monitor1 Resolution Setting 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 300 1 Use Service Utility Password 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 67
2 Display Pixel Size 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 30 2 Period[Days] of log keeping 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 313
3 Monitor2 Resolution Setting 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 320 3 RSPC Path 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 331
4 Display Pixel Size for 2nd monitor 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 350 4 MaximumDataSize 99. CONFIG FIX - No. 1
5 MCR Customized Card 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 26 The Priority used to
filter target records when AutoDelete runs
6 MCR Card Type (JIS/ISO) 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 27
6 StudyAutoDeleteNum 99. CONFIG FIX No. 5
7 MCR Card Format Setup 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 28
10 Enable 2D Barcode 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 367
● 05. Media device
11 BCR Device Type 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 381
ID Name Reference
12 Bluetooth BCR Com Port 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 382
1 Media Auto Mount 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 114
14 Use Exposure Support Device 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 393
2 Media Forlder Warning Capacity 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 306
15 Screen Design 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 372
3 Media Set Default FPD-System 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 312
4 USB Memory Security Soft Path 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 69
● 03. Security function
Enable Media initialize button in
ID Name Reference 5 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 324
UserUtility
1 Enable Security Function 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 37 10 PDI Drive Letter 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 167
2 Link User Account to Operator's Name 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 38 11 PDI Use CrtLut 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 168
3 Time Until Auto LogOff 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 52 12 PDI Use Multibyte 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 170
4 Term Password 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 86 13 PDI Transfer Syntax 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 171
5 Notify Term Password 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 87 14 PDI Image Bit Stored 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 172
6 User Utility Guest Password 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 305 15 PDI Normalized 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 319
7 User Utility Admin Password 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 340
10 Enable User Lock Function 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 357
Login Failures Number Of

Times Until The Locking
12 Password Authentication Wait Time 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 358
20 Use Password Security 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 61

21 Password for PAS Security 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 62
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● 06. Mobile setting ● 09. Smacon
1 Software KeyBoard Program Path 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 68 1 Range of IP addresses for the Smacon 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 344
Enable PowerManagement button in Enable ConsoleGateway on
2 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 325 2 7. CONFIG OPTION - No. 15
UserUtility WebApplication
3 Display Battery Warning 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 315 5 Smacon Default Reject Comment 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 358
Threshold of 10 Enable User Authentication for the Smacon 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 360
Mobile PC low battery warning
11 Smacon Login Timeout 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 347
Enable Shutdown by
5 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 343 12 Smacon Default Login UserName 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 345
Run out of the PC battery
6 Auto Screen Keyboard 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 405 13 Smacon Default Login Password 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 346
Enable radio map in

10 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 368
hospital network dialog ● 10. General Browser
ID Name Reference
● 07. Web query 1 Ris IP Address (RDP) 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 373
ID Name Reference 2 Ris Desktop Width (RDP) 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 375
1 Enable Synapse WebQuery 7. CONFIG OPTION - No. 5 3 Ris Desktop Height (RDP) 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 376
2 Synapse Host for Web Query 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 115 4 Ris Port Number (RDP) 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 374
3 Web Query Root Path 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 116 10 RIS browser Mode 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 388
11 RIS browser Path (HTTP) 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 389
● 08. Display Terminal
12 RIS browser Option (HTTP) 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 390
ID Name Reference
1 Display Terminal Share Folder 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 191
2 Patient Info File Name 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 192
3 Display Terminal Format 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 366
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2. B. Modality device ID Name Reference
Xcon Exposure Info. Limit Value
(Maximum Reserve 1)
● 01. X-CON
30 Xcon No-Data Default Output 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 120
ID Name Reference
31 Xcon DoseValue1 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 117
1 Xcon Format Type 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 108
32 Xcon DoseValue2 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 118
2 Xcon Status Display Strings 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 43
33 Xcon Dose Unit 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 364
3 Xcon Serial_TX Control Port 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 44
40 mAs Auto Calculation 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 333
4 Xcon Serial_TX Control Port2 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 136
41 mAs Verification 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 334
5 Xcon Serial_TX Baudrate 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 111
50 Software Xcon IpAddress 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 401
6 Xcon Serial_TX Parity 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 142
51 Software Xcon Port Number 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 402
7 Xcon No-Response Timeout 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 112
8 Xcon Data Reception Timeout 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 113 ● 02. DR
9 Xcon Performed Info. Reception 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 45 ID Name Reference
10 Xcon Exposure Info. Transfer 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 46
Gradients(x10) of LUT used for
11 Xcon Interlock Command Transfer 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 109 Preview Image
12 Serial Xcon Connection 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 196 2 Enable High Speed Preview 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 316
13 Send Xcon Detail Parameter 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 183 6 Display Calibration Dialog 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 348
Xcon Exposure Info. Limit Value 7 Use X-ray Free Operation 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 318
(Minimum KVP [kV])
8 Use X-ray Free Operation Mode 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 321
15 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 48 9 Use X free High Sensitive Mode 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 352
(Maximum KVP [kV])
10 Time-out Value in High Sensitive Mode 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 353
(Minimum X-ray Tube Current [mA]) 11 MPM Code for QC Lag Image 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 354
Xcon Exposure Info. Limit Value Wait time for
17 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 50 12 99. CONFIG FIX - No. 3
(Maximum X-ray Tube Current [mA]) performed exposure info. from xcon(DR)
Xcon Exposure Info. Limit Value Wait time for performed exposure info.
18 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 51 13 99. CONFIG FIX - No. 4
(Minimum Exposure Time [msec]) from xcon(DR For Long Time Accum)
Xcon Exposure Info. Limit Value 14 Enable SizeUp For DRImage 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 380
(Maximum Exposure Time [msec])
15 Enable DRCassette Memory Mode 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 391
(Minimum Reserve 1)
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
● 03. FCR ● 04. QC function
Connection Between Reader and 1 Visible QC Record Delete Button 8. CONFIG QC - No. 1
Console
2 Destination Path of QC Record File 8. CONFIG QC - No. 2
Distribution Code for
2 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 55 4 RUQC Save folder 1 8. CONFIG QC - No. 301
FCR5000 Series Connection
Wait Time for 5 RUQC Save folder 2 8. CONFIG QC - No. 302
Performed Exposure Info. From Xcon 6 RUQC Save folder 3 8. CONFIG QC - No. 303
4 IP Info. Request Timeout (Reader:CSL=N:N) 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 60 X-ray System Name for
10 8. CONFIG QC - No. 7
5 Enable Velocity Sensitivity Button 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 119 Mammography QC
Horizontal UMB Processing for Visible MammoQC Record Delete

6 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 53 11 8. CONFIG QC - No. 4
VELOCITY & PRELIO Button
7 Enable Pantomography Processing 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 6 Destination Path of

12 8. CONFIG QC - No. 5
MammoQC Record File
8 Enable IP Use Count List 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 140
13 Select CSV Output Folder 8. CONFIG QC - No. 6
9 Enable IP Use Count Reset 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 141
14 Mammography QC Save folder 1 8. CONFIG QC - No. 304
10 Is Fill Proc 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 360
11 Range Fill Left(100um) 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 361
12 Range Fill Right(100um) 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 362
Priority Image Host IP Address for ● 05. DAP
CR Builtin.
ID Name Reference
1 Enable Connecting DAP Directly 7. CONFIG OPTION - No. 13
2 DAP Serial_TX Parity 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 177
3 DAP Serial_TX Control Port 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 178
4 DAP Message Trial Count 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 179
5 DAP Address 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 180
6 Wait Time for Response. From DAP 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 181
7 DAP Status Display Strings 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 182
8 DAP Serial_TX Baudrate 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 397
10 DAP Device Type 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 396
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3. C. Imaging ● 02. Study_Operation
ID Name Reference
● 01. Processing 1 Auto Menu Select 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 1
ID Name Reference 2 Enable Six Image Display 7. CONFIG OPTION - No. 11
1 Exposure Area Margin 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 195 3 Enable Distribution Code 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 3
2 Edge Correct RE 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 313 4 Enable Film String 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 4
3 Selection of GT Parameter Type 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 314 5 Enable Function Setup 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 5
4 Apply GS Filter To 8x10/1824 Image 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 48 6 EDR Mode Setup 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 12
PEM Processing in the case of 7 Function Setup 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 14

5 3. QA FUNCTION - No. 19
Magnify Display
8 Inherit the Menu Condition 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 365
6 Enable Legacy Normalized Proc 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 355
11 Exposure List Erasure Setup 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 21
7 GPR Processing algorithmto DRImage 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 327
12 Start Next Study At Study Screen By BCR 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 377
8 Enable Virtual Grid 7. CONFIG OPTION - No. 17
13 Enable Free Layout Print In Study 7. CONFIG OPTION - No. 20
15 Activate Error Recovery Retrial 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 3
20 Enable Copy Image 7. CONFIG OPTION - No. 19
21 Copy Marker Position [%] (X¥Y) 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 394
22 Copy Marker Color (Fore Color-Back Color) 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 395
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
● 03. QA_Operation ● 04. Imaging support
1 Enable Free Size Trimming 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 301 1 Enable Auto Marker 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 174
Enable Trimming size Standard 2 Enable Display Reverse Marker 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 185
(Auto+Manual)
3 Reverse Marker Position [%] (X\Y) 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 186
3 Enable Trimming size Extended (Auto) 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 318
Reverse Marker Color
4 Enable Trimming size Extended (Manual) 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 351 (Fore Color-Back Color)
5 Enable Image Proc. Param Update Flag 3. QA FUNCTION - No. 1 5 Enable Expousre Index Function 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 312
6 Alert MSG Display When Image Changed 3. QA FUNCTION - No. 10 6 Enable DI Warning 7. CONFIG OPTION - No. 16
7 Image File Type For Magnify Display 3. QA FUNCTION - No. 18 7 DI Warning Lower Limit 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 356
8 Enable RealTime Adjust S/L 3. QA FUNCTION - No. 25 8 DI Warning Upper Limit 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 357
9 ResponseSValue 3. QA FUNCTION - No. 20 9 Enable S/L Value View Function 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 362
10 ResponseLValue 3. QA FUNCTION - No. 21 10 Enable S/L Value Restriction Function 7. CONFIG OPTION - No. 6
11 Alert MSG Display When Save 3. QA FUNCTION - No. 9
15 Enable Adjust GA/GS by dragging 3. QA FUNCTION - No. 22
16 ResponseGA 3. QA FUNCTION - No. 23
17 ResponseGS 3. QA FUNCTION - No. 24
Confirm MSG Display Marker Delete When
Image Rotation/Reverse
Marker Position When
Image Rotation/Reverse
20 Enable AutoQA Complete 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 308
21 AutoQA Complete Time 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 309
22 Enable Free Rotation 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 369
Enable Virtual Grid Editting when
use X-ray Grid
24 Enable QA Measurement 7. CONFIG OPTION - No. 21
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● 05. WS function ● 06. ES function
1 Rotate the 2nd Stitching Image 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 40 1 Use ES Motion Correction Param Set 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 322
2 Rotate the 3rd Stitching Image 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 41 2 Kind of Output Image (Energy Subtraction) 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 19
3 Enable Stitching Edge Adjustment 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 42 3 ES High Voltage Image 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 387
4 Cut IP Edge for Stitching 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 43
Complete Study when ● 07. TO function
WS menu with one image
ID Name Reference
6 DR Stitch With Modality Option 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 329
1 TopBoard To Partition Distance 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 323
7 Edge Adjust Flag For FPD 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 64 2 Job Status Display Time 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 321
8 Fov Cut UD 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 65 Image File Type For
9 Fov Cut LR 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 66 Tomosynthesis Viewer
10 Marker Search LR 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 328 4 Enable TomoAEC 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 371
11 Enable Marking Stitched Image 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 70 5 Tomosynthesis Reacquisition Image 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 392
12 Display Motion Correction 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 302 Display Message Dialog During
Tomosynthesis Exposure
13 Motion Warning Value 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 303
Display warning dialog immediately
14 Motion Shift Flag 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 327 when Exposure was aborted
15 Motion Correct Marker Path 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 335 Tomosynthesis Reacquisiton Image of
PPU
Enable density correction to
DR stiched Image
Enable S Value Edit to ● 08. Mammo
DR pre-stiched Image
ID Name Reference
19 Enable Combine Cancellation 7. CONFIG OPTION - No. 18
Enable
1 7. CONFIG OPTION - No. 8
Kind of Print Image MammoImage Alignment Function
(Image Combining Process)
Quantity which paints inside
Kind of Transfer Image 2 the recognition result of 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 47
21 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 33 the chest wall[x0.01mm]
(Image Combining Process)
3 Enable Implant Input 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 349
4 Use Output WW 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 83
5 Enable Auto Pairing 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 205
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4. D. Ordering system ● 03. DICOM MWM
ID Name Reference
● 01. General 1 StudyInstanceUID Regeneration 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 134
ID Name Reference Display Performed Procedure on

Worklist Tab
1 Examination No. Length 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 15
MWM Not Received Condition
2 Examination No. Padding Method 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 16 Delete Study
3 Patient ID Length 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 17 Tag Mapped on Study Menu at

MWM Use
4 Patient ID Padding Method 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 18
Perform Mapping to
5 Technician's Code Length 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 30 5 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 24
Exposure Menu at MWM Use
6 Enable Patient Info. DB Function 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 56 Display Dialog When
7 Max. Number of Patient Info. 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 57 Failed in Mapping to Menu at MWM Use
8 Default Requesting Service 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 83 7 Exposure Menu Code Treatment 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 68
9 Use DistributionCode DepartName 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 93 8 MWM MenuName Mapping 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 89
Alert MSG Type When 9 MWM Execute Study Type 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 66
Patient Information will be Modified 10 MWM RIS Trigger Port 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 64
11 Mass Order Site Code Mapping Tag 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 188 11 MWM RIS Trigger Timeout 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 65
12 Enable Function Mass Order 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 339 Enable Patient's Info.
13 Use StudyInstanceUID from RIS 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 26 Automatic Search by Bcr/Mcr
13 Auto Start Study By Bcr On WorkList 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 378
● 02. FujiRIS
● 04. DICOM PPS
ID Name Reference
ID Name Reference
Enable Display StatusView on
FRIS Screen SOP Class UID for PPS When
2 Use Series Identification From F-RIS 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 44 No FILE Attribute Output
Enable Update Order information With 2 Protocol Name for PPS 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 17
MWM 3 PPS Exposure Status Sequence 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 76
4 Use wild card for Update Order information 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 350 4 PPS Exposure Status Mapping Tag 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 90
5 PPS Exposure Status Mapping Kind 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 91
6 Use PPS Cache Server 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 164
7 Study Suspend when using PPS. 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 326
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● 05. RECE-COM
ID Name Reference
1 Recept Computer Type 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 95
2 Recept Computer Info File Share Folder 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 97
Recept Computer Info File
Temporal Folder
4 Simplified Ordering Report Share Folder 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 307
5 Recept Computer Hostname 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 69
6 Recept Computer IP Address 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 70
7 Recept Computer Port Number 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 71
8 Recept Computer Patient Info. Format 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 72
9 Recept Computer Request Timeout 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 73
FUJITSU Recept Computer
Receiving Port Number
FUJITSU Recept Computer
Receiving Timeout
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5. E. CSL operation
● 01. CSL operation
ID Name Reference
7 Requesting Dept. Name Field Setup 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 22
8 Technician's Name Field Setup 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 23
9 Kanji Patient's Name Auto Convert 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 96
10 Max Number of Exposure Menu 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 305
11 Enable Continuous Barcode Read 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 81
Alert MSG Display When
Deleting Image
14 Enable Multiple Study Select 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 309
15 Barcord Type for Search on List 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 84
16 Examination No. Alignment 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 338
17 Alert MSG Display When Output 3. QA FUNCTION - No. 7
18 User Selector Setting 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 315
20 Menu Screen Mode 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 400
● 02. Exposure Management

ID Name Reference
1 Enable Statistical Info. Output 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 34
2 Use Reject Comment 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 51
3 Enable RetakeAnalysis Function 7. CONFIG OPTION - No. 7
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
6. F. DICOM storage ● 02. Dose SR
ID Name Reference
● 01. Base Setting 1 X-Ray Device Manufacturer 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 98
ID Name Reference 2 X-Ray Device Model Name 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 99
1 Modality Setup for Mammography Image 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 35 3 X-Ray Device Observer UID 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 100
Dicom Storage Output 4 Gantry ID 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 60

Connection Number 10 Device Serial Number 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 59
UID Issuance after
Modifying ID Information
UID Issuance after
Modifying Normalized Parameter
UID Issuance after
Modifying Image Processing Parameter
UID Issuance Before
Sending Processed Data
UID Issuance about a function
7 (except Image Processing) to 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 39
change to the image themselves
UID Issuance after
Modifying Trimming Parameter
UID Issuance after
Modifying FNC Parameter
UID Issuance after
Modifying CRF Parameter
Link User Account to
11 Verifying Observer Name 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 307
(The Person done the QA Complete)
12 MISS EXPOSE Server Name 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 406
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
7. G. Film print ID Name Reference
Print Image Frame
12 4. PRINTER - No. 69
(2636 film:18x24-LR,2on1 Format)
● 01. Print function
Reduction Rate
ID Name Reference (2636 film:18x24-LR,2on1 Format)
1 Enable Magnify Print 4. PRINTER - No. 2 2530 Film Character Field Position &
Rotation (10x12,2430-Sigle)
Enable Auto Edit Function of
2 4. PRINTER - No. 56 2530(Landscape) Film Character Field
Film String Format File 15 4. PRINTER - No. 73
Position & Rotation (10x12,2430-Single)
3 Enable Reduce To 8x10 Film 4. PRINTER - No. 64
18 Reduction Rate (8x10,2on1 Film Format) 4. PRINTER - No. 81
4 Print Priority in Dicom Print 4. PRINTER - No. 71
Enable Image Frame
5 Enable Distance Correction 4. PRINTER - No. 92 (8x10,100%-Size Image 2on1 Film Format)
6 FLP DiskUsage Limit Size 1. IMAGE MODALITY - No. 304 Film Character Field Position & Rotation
(8x10,100%-Size Image 2on1 Film Format)
Film Character Field Position & Rotation
● 02. Formatting 21
4. PRINTER - No. 84
ID Name Reference Film Character Field Position & Rotation

1 Black Margin Setup on Film Edge 4. PRINTER - No. 10 (7x8,100%-Size Image 4on1 Film Format)
2 Trimming Range [mm] 4. PRINTER - No. 11 23 4. PRINTER - No. 86
3 Trimming Range for Mammography [mm] 4. PRINTER - No. 12
Print Image Frame (3543film:14x17,14x (5x8,100%-Size Image 2on1 Film Format)
14,1843/3535film:14x14/2636film:10x1
4 4. PRINTER - No. 23 25 Type of processing multi-frame format. 4. PRINTER - No. 91
4/2025film:8x10,1824/2530film:1
0x12,2430 Single Format) Film Character Mode Setting On
XCON Material Info.
Print Image Frame
(3543 film:18x43 LR/2on1 Format) Lifesize Film Character Field
Position & Rotation
Print Image Frame (3543
film:14x17,18x43,8x10 4on1 Format) 31 Overlap width(mm) of the Lifesize Film 4. PRINTER - No. 76
Print Image Frame (2636 Setting of minimum scale to be cut off
7 film:18x24,24x30/2025 film:18x24 4. PRINTER - No. 27 32 4. PRINTER - No. 90
the ends of Life-size Output(cm).
Single Mammography Format)
33 Reduction Ratio of WS image (DR) is fixed 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 328
Print Image Frame (2636film:18x24
8 4. PRINTER - No. 28 34 15x30 ExFormat For 14x10 Film 4. PRINTER - No. 88
2on1 100% Mammography Format)
9 No Print Scale (User Definition Rules) 4. PRINTER - No. 29 35 15x30 ExFormat For 10x8 Film 4. PRINTER - No. 89
10 Image Area Move to the Top of 3543 Film 4. PRINTER - No. 46 Minimum Output Size of
WS Original Image [cm]
Gap between Image Edge and Film Edge
(Mammography Format)[x0.1mm]
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● 03. Character
ID Name Reference
1 Print Barcode 4. PRINTER - No. 13
2 Print EDR Mode 4. PRINTER - No. 14
3 Print Image Process Condition 4. PRINTER - No. 15
4 Print L,S,CS,SS Condition 4. PRINTER - No. 16
5 Print Shot Time 4. PRINTER - No. 17
6 Print Set Process 4. PRINTER - No. 18
7 Print Engineer ID 4. PRINTER - No. 19
8 Print Menu Name 4. PRINTER - No. 20
9 Print Compression Rate 4. PRINTER - No. 21
10 Print Energy-Subtraction Parameter 4. PRINTER - No. 22
11 Representation of Age 4. PRINTER - No. 30
12 Print Reverse Mark 4. PRINTER - No. 31
13 Print Film Char2 / Examination Number 4. PRINTER - No. 33
14 Patient's Name Length on Film 4. PRINTER - No. 47
15 Patient's Name Length on Film (Multibyte) 4. PRINTER - No. 48
16 Patient's Name Justify on Film 4. PRINTER - No. 49
17 Menu Name Length on Film 4. PRINTER - No. 50
18 Menu Name Length on Film (Multibyte) 4. PRINTER - No. 51
19 Menu Name Justify on Film 4. PRINTER - No. 52
20 Department Name Length on Film 4. PRINTER - No. 53
Department Name Length on Film
(Multibyte)
22 Department Name Justify on Film 4. PRINTER - No. 55
23 Font Size of Requesting Service 4. PRINTER - No. 58
24 Format Type of Operator's Name 4. PRINTER - No. 59
25 Display Image Feature 4. PRINTER - No. 60
26 Film String Format 4. PRINTER - No. 74
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● 04. Character area ID Name Reference
ID Name Reference 3535Film Character Field Position &
Rotation (Single Format)
Print Film Character Field
(14x17-S/4on1,18x43-LR/2on1/4on1, 2636 Film Character Field Position &
1 4. PRINTER - No. 32 17 4. PRINTER - No. 65
8x10-4on1,14x14-S,10x14-S, Rotation (10x14 Image)
18x24-LR/2on1,8x10/18x24-S Format)
2636 Film Character Field Position &
Size Selection of 3543,3535,2636,2025 Rotation (14x10 Image)
Film Character (Single Format)
3543 Film Character Field Position & Rotation (2636 Film:18x24-LR)
Rotation (14x17 Image)
3543 Film Character Field Position & Rotation (2636 Film:18x24-2on1)
3543 Film Character Field Position & ● 05. 12on1 print
ID Name Reference
3543,2025 Film Character Field Position &
6 Rotation (3545 Film:8x10-4on1, 4. PRINTER - No. 38 1 Enable 12on1 Film Print Function 7. CONFIG OPTION - No. 9
2025Film:8x10,18x24-Single)
2 Use 12on1 Film Print in MediaList 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No. 133
2025(Landscape) Film Character Field
7 4. PRINTER - No. 39 Film Annotation Position
Position & Rotation (8x10,18x24-Single) 3 4. PRINTER - No. 78
(12on1 Film Format)
Film Character Field position & rotation
8 4. PRINTER - No. 40 4 Print Image Frame (12on1 Film Format) 4. PRINTER - No. 79
(User Definition Rules1)
Film Character Field position & rotation Film Character Field Position & Rotation
9 4. PRINTER - No. 41 5 4. PRINTER - No. 80
(User Definition Rules2) (12on1 Film Format)

14 Rotation (Left Image of 2on1 4. PRINTER - No. 61
Mammography Format)
15 Rotation (Right Image of 2on1 4. PRINTER - No. 62
Mammography Format)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
Appendix Q Setting 3. The following keywords are searched according to the type
of radio wave.
the Connection Device Type of radio wave Search keyword
Status Icons Radio wave intensity between
(V7.3 or Later) the DR-ID 300CL and
the AP of the in-hospital network
wireless_info device="hospital"
Radio wave intensity between

1. Settings Concerning the DR cassette and
the AP of the image local network
wireless_info device="fpd"
Radio Wave Intensity and Radio wave intensity between

the Antenna Icon the DR-ID 300CL and
the AP of the image local network
wireless_info device="console"
With regard to the following radio wave intensities, the procedure to ➥ REFERENCE
change the icon displayed according to the radio signal intensity (RSSI The figure below is an example of a “StatusView.config” file actually
value) is described below. opened by Notepad, and the tags concerning radio wave intensities
are displayed.
 Radio wave intensity between the DR-ID 300CL and the AP of the
in-hospital network
 Radio wave intensity between the DR-ID 300CL and the AP of the
image local network
 Radio wave intensity between the DR cassette and the AP of the
Setting radio intensity of
image local network the in-hospital network
the network between
1. Open the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config” folder. the DR-ID 300CL and the AP
the network between
2. Open the “StatusView.config” file with Notepad (Notepad. the AP and the FPD
exe).
DXCL1004Q003.ai
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MU Q-1
4. Change the value of each tag. ➥ REFERENCE
With the default values set for displaying the icon of the radio wave
● Range of the value set in each tag
intensity between the DR cassette and the AP of the image local
Tag Range of the value which can be set network, the RSSI value and the icon are linked as below.
rssi_value1 0 to -120 RSSI value Displayed icon
rssi_value2 0 to -120
RSSI value ≥ -50 (3 bars)
* Set a value smaller than the value set in the “rssi_value1” tag.
rssi_value3 0 to -120 -50 > RSSI value ≥ -70 (2 bars)
* Set a value smaller than the value set in the “rssi_value2” tag.
-70 > RSSI value ≥ -90 (1 bar)
● Relationship between the radio signal intensity (RSSI value) and the (0 bar, V7.4 or earlier)
displayed icon
-90 > RSSI value
Radio wave Displayed (0 bar, V8.0 or later)
RSSI value
intensity icon
Equal to the value set in Radio signal intensity:
“rssi_value1” or higher 3 bars
5. Save the “StatusView.config” file and then close Notepad
In the range of the value set in (Notepad.exe).
Radio signal intensity:
“rssi_value1” and the value set in
2 bars
“rssi_value2” or higher  NOTE 
In the range of the value set in The backup function of Service Utility does not back up the
Radio signal intensity:
“rssi_value2” and the value set in
1 bar StatusView.config file. Perform a manual backup/restore procedure
“rssi_value3” or higher
by, for instance, selecting the StatusView.config file directly and
Lower than the value set in Radio signal intensity: (V7.4 or earlier)
“rssi_value3” 0 bar
(V8.0 or later)
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
2. Settings Concerning 4. Change the value of each tag.
the Remaining Battery Life of ● Range of the value set in each tag
a Laptop PC and the Battery Icon Tag Range of the value which can be set
battery_life_value1 0 to 100
The procedure for changing the icon displayed according to the battery_life_value2 0 to 100
remaining battery life (%) of a laptop PC is described below. * Set a value bigger than the value set in the “battery_
life_value1” tag.
1. Open the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config” folder. battery_life_value3 0 to 100

* Set a value bigger than the value set in the “battery_
2. Open the “StatusView.config” file with Notepad (Notepad. life_value2” tag.
exe).
3. Search the “battery_life” tags. ● Relationship between the remaining battery life and the displayed icon
Remaining battery life Displayed icon
➥ REFERENCE
0% or higher
The figure below is an example of a “StatusView.config” file actually (Empty)
but lower than the value set in “battery_life_value1”
opened by Notepad, and the tags concerning remaining battery life
are displayed. Equal to the value set in “battery_life_value1” or higher
Equal to the value set in “battery_life_value2” or higher
Equal to the value set in “battery_life_value3” or higher
(Full)
with the maximum at 100%
➥ REFERENCE
When the default values are used, the remaining battery life and
the icon are linked as below.
Actual remaining battery life Displayed icon
0% ≤ remaining battery life < 5% (Empty)
5% ≤ remaining battery life < 15%
15% ≤ remaining battery life < 50%
50% ≤ remaining battery life < 100% (Full)

DXCL1004Q002.ai
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
5. Save the “StatusView.config” file and then close Notepad
(Notepad.exe).
 NOTE 
The backup function of Service Utility does not back up the
StatusView.config file. Perform a manual backup/restore procedure
by, for instance, selecting the StatusView.config file directly and
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
Appendix R FNCParamVerUpTool No. Name Directions
(V8.0 or Later) I. The parameter file

path
Specifies the paths to “FNCd.prm” and “FNCdu.
prm.”
* For V1.0, you do not need to change paths if
➥ REFERENCE paths are set at the time of startup.
The version correspondence between the DR-ID 300CL and the * For V2.0, the path is set according to the selection
status of the “DR/CR selection button”.
FNCParamVerUpTool is shown below.
II. DR/CR selection When a radio button is selected, “The parameter
DR-ID 300CL FNCParamVerUpTool button file path” is switched automatically.
V8.1 V1.0 III. [Set] button The file selection dialog will open at the click of the
button and you can select parameter files.
V9.0 V2.0
As accurate paths to parameter files are set when
this tool starts, you do not need to use the [Set]
1. Functions and button.
Overview of FNCParamVerUpTool IV. [Prepare] button Read parameter files from the paths of “The
parameter file path”, and categorize the parameters
associated with MPM codes into ones to be
FNCParamVerUpTool is a tool to make FNC2 operational by updating updated or not to be updated.
FNC parameter files. * At this point, “FNCdu.prm” is not overwritten
This tool can be used in an environment where the DR-ID 300CL is V. Update parameter After clicking the [Prepare] button, the update
upgraded from V7.4 or earlier to V8.0 or later. selection field parameter selection field displays which parameters
will be updated or will not.
■ Screen structure of FNCParamVerUpTool You can control whether each parameter will be
updated or not by checking or unchecking the
➥ REFERENCE boxes.
The following window shows the one after an update has been
VI. [Execute] button Overwrite the “FNCdu.prm” with the setting of
implemented. “Update parameter selection field”.
Create a backup file of “FNCdu.prm” and an
execution log file at the same time.
The [Execute] button cannot be clicked until the
I. II. [Prepare] button is clicked. Moreover, to prevent
operational error, all buttons become unavailable to
III. V. be clicked after the [Execute] button is clicked.
VII. Log display field Execution log will be displayed after the [Execute]
button is clicked.
* MPM codes which were not overwritten and their
parameter values are displayed in the block of
“==== Convert ====”. Note that overwritten MPM
IV. VI. codes are not displayed.
DXCL14040R004.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MU R-1
2. Setting up the 3. Executing
FNCParamVerUpTool the FNCParamVerUpTool
NOTE 
 1. Shut down the DR-ID 300CL-AP.
This tool operates only on PCs with a DR-ID 300 CL in which V8.0 or
later has been installed.
2. Double-click the “FNCParamVerUpTool.exe” in the
“FNCParamVerUpTool” folder copied in the step 3 of “2. Setting
1. Insert the “DR-ID 300CL FNCParamVerUpTool Vx.x” Disk into the up the FNCParamVerUpTool.”
DR-ID 300CL-PC.
➔ The password entering window opens.
2. Start up Explorer and open the drive D.
3. Copy the “FNCParamVerUpTool” folder from the drive D, and

paste it to an arbitrary place in the PC.
D80H01040T002.ai
NOTE 

As the backup file and the log file are created in the 3. Enter “fieldengineer” end click [OK].
“FNCParamVerUpTool” folder, be sure to make copies of them in ➔ The FNCParamVerUpTool starts up.
the PC. The above-mentioned files cannot be written if this tool is
started directly from the Disk.
4. Remove the Disk from the PC. ● DR

I. Confirm that “DR” is selected.
● CR
I. Select “CR”.
➔ The paths to “FNCd.prm” and “FNCdu.prm” are changed.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5. Check that “FNCd.prm” has been set to following path. 7. Click [Prepare].
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\ImageProcessing\ImageProc\System\ ➔ The list of parameters is displayed in the update parameter selection
DR
DR\Default\FNCd.prm field.
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\ImageProcessing\ImageProc\System\
CR
CR\Default\FNCd.prm
DXCL14040R005.ai
6. Check that “FNCdu.prm” has been set to following path. D80H01040T005.ai
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\ImageProcessing\ImageProc\System\ ➥ REFE RENCE

DR
DR\Default\User\FNCdu.prm  The update parameter selection field displays information about
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\ImageProcessing\ImageProc\System\ whether parameters associated with MPM codes will be updated
CR
CR\Default\User\FNCdu.prm or not.
Whether parameters will be updated or not is determined
depending on the state of MPM codes in the parameter file.
Update/Non-update of
Pattern Status of the MPM code
parameters
DXCL14040R006.ai
MPM codes which exist in

Parameters will be updated to
A both “FNCd.prm” and “FNCdu.
ones for V8.0 or later.
prm.”
B “FNCd.prm” but not in
“FNCdu.prm.”
No parameters will be
MPM codes which do not exist
updated.
C in “FNCd.prm” but exist in
(Because these codes were
“FNCdu.prm.”
added by users.)
 Uncheck the boxes for MPM codes which do not need updating.
However, you can control parameters using the check boxes only
when parameters belong to the Pattern A.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
8. Click [Execute].
➔ “FNCdu.prm” updated, and the log outputted.
9. Click [X] at the upper right corner of the window to finish this
tool.
10. Confirm that a backup file of “FNCdu.prm” and an execution log

file of the tool are created in the “FNCVerUpTool” folder.
➥ REFE RENCE
The log file and the backup file are created in the
“FNCParamVerUpTool” folder with the following filenames.
Backup file : FNCdu.prm

Log file : log_yyyymmdd.txt (“yyyymmdd” shows the date on
which the tool was executed.)
NOTE 

When restoring from the backup file, copy “FNCdu.prm” to the
following location manually.
 For DR
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\ImageProcessing\ImageProc\
System\DR\Default\User\FNCdu.prm
 For CR
System\CR\Default\User\FNCdu.prm
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix S Setting of Issuance 4. Save the “IssuanceIdSetting.dat” file in the text format and
close NotePad.
Rules for the Quick  NOTE 
Start Function The “IssuanceIdSetting.dat” file uses “Unicode” characters. There-
(V9.0 or later) fore, be sure to use NotePad as an a editor and save the edited file
in the Unicode format.
Set the issuance rules for the patient ID with the Quick Start function.
Open the setting file (IssuanceIdMSetting.dat) and describe the ■ Format of the issuance rules in the “IssuanceIdSetting.dat” file
elements included in automatically issuing (study date, automatic Elements Elements Elements Elements
increment, etc.). IssuanceId=%Type(PatientID)%%SystemID(0)%%Date("YYMMDD")%%AutoInc("AutoIncID",5,1,99999,1,1)%
The setting procedure is shown in the following. A B A B A B A B
 NOTE 
A : Character string component
“IssuanceIdSetting.dat” also sets the issuance rules for automatically B : Identifier (character string element issuance rule) DXCL14040S002.ai
issuing of the patient ID.

 NOTE 
Edit the “QuickStart” item in the file to change the settings of the
issuance rules for the Quick Start function. In case of an invalid format of the issuance setup file, the operation of
the DR-ID 300CL-AP at the time of start will be one of the following.
1. Open the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config” folder. Correct the setup file as required.
 When the issuance logic cannot be obtained from the setup file
2. Use the NotePad function to open the “IssuanceIdSetting.
An error message is displayed at the time of start.
dat” file. The DR-ID300CL-AP will not start.
➥ REFERENCE Example:  There is no setup file.
The default “IssuanceIdSetting.dat” file includes the following  A not defined identifier is used.
description.  When the issuance logic can be obtained, but the definition contents
The patient name is “EX”, and the patient’s kanji name is no entry. are invalid
The issuance rule is “Type (patient ID)” + “Fixed character string 1 An error message is displayed at the time of start,
(EX)” + “Date (2 digits)” + “Fixed characters string 2 (_)” + “3-digit but the DR-ID 300CL-AP will start.
issuance”. At the time of study start, switching is done to fixed values with blanks
for the invalid parts. No error message is displayed when the invalid
PatientName="EX" parts are replaced by fixed values.
The format of the setup file remains invalid.
Multibyte_PatientName=""
Example: T he characters specified for the patient name include
IssuanceId=%Type(PatientID)%%Fix("EX")%%Date("DD")%%Fix prohibited characters.
("_")%%AutoInc("AutoIncID",3,1,999,1,2)%  Each identifier is correct, but the parameters in the

identifier are outside the permissible range
3. Describe the settings in the file in compliance with the (%Date(“XXD”)% etc.).
format explained below.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MU S-1
■ Details of setting items
● Fixed items
Setup item Contents Setup example
Name (character string)
PatientName="Name" PatientName="EX"
Set the patient name in single-byte characters.
MBName (character string)

Multibyte_PatientName="MBName" PatientName="Patient"
Set the patient name in double-byte characters.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Variable items
Format (character string)
PatientID : Patient ID
Type %Type(Format)%
AccessionNumber : Accession Number
%Type(PatientID)%
Either one must be set.
Type (numerical value)
System ID %SystemID(Type)% %SystemID(0)%
Set at least one of the following. The order of the identifiers is optional.
Date %Date(Format)% “yy” : The lower two digits of the Christian Era. (04) %Date("GGMMDD")%
Set at least one of the following. The order of the identifiers is optional.
Time %Time(Format)% “HH” : A two-digit number representing the hour. (An around-the-clock representation) %Time("HHMM")%
String (character string)
Fixed Enter single-byte characters.
%Fix(String)% %Fix("FUJI")%
character string Do not use multi-byte characters, “*” (one-byte character) and “@” (one-byte character).
Two or more items can be set.
ID (character string) : Auto increment identifier. Always specify “AutoIncID”. (Fixed value)
Order (numerical value) : The number of digits (≤6). Do not determine “0” (=variable).
Min (1) : Minimum value (≥0).
Max (99···9) : Maximum value (99···9). The displayed number of digits should be in accordance with
the value determined for Order above. (Fixed value)
Count (1) : Increment range of serial numbers. (Numerical value) (≥1)
%AutoInc(ID, Order,
Auto increment Reset (1) : Resetting/No resetting of consecutive numbers at the time of DR-ID 300CL-AP %AutoInc("AutoInc
Min, Max, Count,
(serial numbers) startup Select from the following three choices. ID",3,1,999,1,2)%
Reset)%
0: No resetting
1: Reset to Min at DR-ID 300CL-AP startup.
2: Reset to Min at DR-ID 300CL-AP startup only when the specified date is
different from that of the last issuance.
* Only one auto increment character string component can be set up in one script.
 NOTE 
 The configuration setting for character string of a patient ID must be longer than a character string issued automatically according to “17. Patient ID
Length” of “5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION” under “Setup Configuration Item” - “SYSTEM CONFIG”.
 At the time of setting, start the study with this function and confirm that the character string length of the automatically issued patient ID or the study
number is within the maximum character string length. When the character string length of the automatically issued patient ID or the study number
exceeds the maximum character string length, no error message or similar is put out and the patient ID or the study number become blank.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix T VGParamVerUpTool No. Name Directions
(V9.0 or Later) I. The parameter file

path
Specifies the paths to “VGPd.prm” and “VGPdu.prm.”
* The path is set according to the selection status
of the “DR/CR selection button”.
1. Functions and II. DR/CR selection When a radio button is selected, “The parameter
Overview of VGParamVerUpTool button file path” is switched automatically.
III. [Set] button The file selection dialog will open at the click of the
button and you can select parameter files.
VGParamVerUpTool is a tool to update VGP parameter files. As accurate paths to parameter files are set when this
tool starts, you do not need to use the [Set] button.
This tool can be used in an environment where the DR-ID 300CL is
upgraded from V9.0 or later. IV. [Prepare] button Read parameter files from the paths of “The
parameter file path”, and categorize the parameters
associated with MPM codes into ones to be
■ Screen structure of VGParamVerUpTool updated or not to be updated.
* At this point, “VGPdu.prm” is not overwritten
➥ REFERENCE
V. Update parameter After clicking the [Prepare] button, the update
The following window shows the one after an update has been implemented. selection field parameter selection field displays which parameters
will be updated or will not.
You can control whether each parameter will be
II. updated or not by checking or unchecking the
I. III. boxes.
VI. [Execute] button Overwrite the “VGPdu.prm” with the setting of
IV. VI. “Update parameter selection field”.
Create a backup file of “VGPdu.prm” and an
execution log file at the same time.
The [Execute] button cannot be clicked until the
[Prepare] button is clicked. Moreover, to prevent
operational error, all buttons become unavailable to
V. VII. be clicked after the [Execute] button is clicked.
VII. Log display field Execution log will be displayed after the [Execute]
button is clicked.
* MPM codes which were not overwritten and their
parameter values are displayed in the block of
DXCL14040T001.ai
“==== Convert ====”. Note that overwritten MPM
codes are not displayed.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx MU T-1
2. Setting up the VGParamVerUpTool 3. Executing
the VGParamVerUpTool
NOTE 

This tool operates only on PCs with a DR-ID 300 CL in which V9.0 or 1. Shut down the DR-ID 300CL-AP.
later has been installed.
1. Insert the “DR-ID 300CL VGParamVerUpTool Vx.x” Disk into the 2. Double-click the “VGParamVerUpTool.exe” in the
DR-ID 300CL-PC. “VGParamVerUpTool” folder copied in the step 3 of “2. Setting
up the VGParamVerUpTool.”
2. Start up Explorer and open the drive D. ➔ The password entering window opens.
3. Copy the “VGParamVerUpTool” folder from the drive D, and

paste it to an arbitrary place in the PC.
NOTE 

As the backup file and the log file are created in the
DXCL14040T002.ai
“VGParamVerUpTool” folder, be sure to make copies of them in the

PC. The above-mentioned files cannot be written if this tool is 3. Enter “fieldengineer” end click [OK].
started directly from the Disk. ➔ The VGParamVerUpTool starts up.
4. Remove the Disk from the PC. 4. Make the following settings.
● DR
I. Confirm that “DR” is selected.
● CR
I. Select “CR”.
➔ The paths to “VGPd.prm” and “VGPdu.prm” are changed.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5. Check that “VGPd.prm” has been set to following path. 7. Click [Prepare].
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\ImageProcessing\ImageProc\System\ ➔ The list of parameters is displayed in the update parameter selection field.
DR
DR\Default\VGPd.prm
CR
CR\Default\VGPd.prm
DXCL14040T003.ai
DXCL14040T005.ai
6. Check that “FNCdu.prm” has been set to following path. ➥ REFE RENCE
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\ImageProcessing\ImageProc\System\  The update parameter selection field displays information about
DR whether parameters associated with MPM codes will be updated
DR\Default\User\VGPdu.prm
or not.
CR
CR\Default\User\VGPdu.prm Whether parameters will be updated or not is determined
depending on the state of MPM codes in the parameter file.
Update/Non-update of
Pattern Status of the MPM code
parameters

A both “VGPd.prm” and
DXCL14040T004.ai ones for V9.0 or later.
“VGPdu.prm.”
B “VGPd.prm” but not in
“VGPdu.prm.”
MPM codes which do not exist No parameters will be updated.
C in “VGPd.prm” but exist in (Because these codes were
“VGPdu.prm.” added by users.)
 Uncheck the boxes for MPM codes which do not need updating.
However, you can control parameters using the check boxes only
when parameters belong to the Pattern A.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
8. Click [Execute].
➔ “VGPdu.prm” updated, and the log outputted.
9. Click [X] at the upper right corner of the window to finish this
tool.
10. Confirm that a backup file of “VGPdu.prm” and an execution log

file of the tool are created in the “VGParamVerUpTool” folder.
➥ REFE RENCE
The log file and the backup file are created in the
“VGParamVerUpTool” folder with the following filenames.
Backup file : VGPdu.prm

Log file : log_yyyymmdd.txt (“yyyymmdd” shows the date on
which the tool was executed.)
NOTE 

When restoring from the backup file, copy “VGPdu.prm” to the
following location manually.
 For DR
System\DR\Default\User\VGPdu.prm
 For CR
System\CR\Default\User\VGPdu.prm
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
SP: Service Parts
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual SP-I
Control Sheet
04/15/2010 02 Revision for V4.0 (FM5668) 3, 4
02/28/2011 03 Revision for V5.0 (FM5818) 3, 4
08/31/2011 04 Revision for V6.0 (FM5897) 4
03/31/2014 11 Revision for V7.4 (FM6225) 3, 4
01/31/2015 13 Revision for V8.1 (FM6269) 3, 4
12/31/2015 14 Revision for V9.0 (FM9380) 4
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual SP-II
1. Service Parts List ■ REF. NO.
A number for indicating each part in the Service Parts Exploded
Views.
1.1 How to Use Service Parts List
■ PART NUMBER
■ RANK A code number that is unique to each part. The rightmost letter of the
❍ Parts handling ID symbols used to identify the parts requiring special code number has the following meaning.
operation
The ID symbols are assigned to applicable parts. Parts without the R ❍ For hardware
mark are replaced and handled in a regular manner. The letter denotes the version number of a part. If parts have
different version numbers, they are upward-compatible.
Symbol Description
❍ For software
R Repairable parts The letter denotes the software specifications.
Q, T Symbol for use other than in Japan
❍ Export regulation mark ■ PART NAME

This + mark is assigned to the parts subject to Export regulations. This represents the general name of a part.
Parts without the + mark are not subject to Export regulations.
Symbol Description ■ QTY.

QTY. represents the quantity of parts used in a unit or assembly.
+ Parts subject to Export regulations
❍ Fault rankings used for estimating the recommended stock quantity ■ REMARKS
All parts are assigned a symbol letter from A to E. Unique name of a part or its relevant information or note is described
Symbol Description in this column.
A Consumable parts or parts that will be replaced at short intervals
Parts that may become faulty accidentally and have a relatively ■ SERIAL NUMBER
B
high failure rate The units may contain different parts depending on their shipment
Parts that have a sufficiently long MTBF, but are expected to control number. SERIAL NUMBER indicates the shipment control
C
have a high failure rate number to which the parts are applicable. If this column is blank, the
Parts that have a sufficiently long MTBF, but are expected to parts are applicable to all the relevant units.
D
become faulty
Parts that are necessary for fault analysis or parts that may be
E
needed in case of faults such as man-induced damage
❍ RANK column description

The symbols for Fault Ranking, Parts Handling, and Export
regulation are assigned in order named. Thus, one to three letters
are put in the RANK column.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual SP-1
■ Recommended quantity of spare parts
It is recommended as a rough guide to hold in stock a specified
quantity of parts according to the rank (A to E) assigned to the parts.
Parts to be replaced at periodic intervals must be held in stock
separately.
Adjust the quantity of parts stock depending on the number of
working units (N) as prescribed below.
Q: Quantity used in a single system
❍ N=1
Rank A = 1 + Q  0.3
Rank C = 1 + Q  0.05
Rank D = 1 + Q  0.02
❍ 2 ≤ N ≤ 10
Rank A = 2 + N  Q  0.3
Rank C = 2 + N  Q  0.05
Rank D = 1 + N  Q  0.02
❍ 11 ≤ N ≤ 300
Rank A = 3 + N  Q  0.3
Rank C = 3 + N  Q  0.05
Rank D = 2 + N  Q  0.02
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
1.2 Service Parts List
1
3 15
4
2 16
10
11
6
14 12
13
9
DXCL130401001.ai
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
RANK REF. PART NUMBER PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NUMBER
E 1 114Y2150001 Software 1 Main unit software
CR 2.1 849Y100048 Monitor display 1 2M color display (EIZO Radiforce RX211) Function repair
CR 2.2 849Y100027 Monitor display 1 17” touch panel display (L560T-C) Function repair
CR 2.3 849Y100066 Monitor display 1 DUAL monitor LCD/2M monochrome (EIZO RadiForce GS220-CL) Function repair
CR 2.4 849Y100004 Monitor display 1 DUAL monitor LCD/3M monochrome (EIZO RadiForce GS310-CL/GS310-CL ECN) Function repair
CR 2.5 849Y100057 Monitor display 1 DUAL monitor LCD/3M color (EIZO RadiForce RX320) Function repair
CR 2.6 849Y100093 Monitor display 1 2M color display (EIZO Radiforce RX220) Function repair
CR 2.7 849Y100167A Monitor display 1 2M color display (EIZO Radiforce RX240)
CR 2.8 849Y100168B Monitor display 1 DUAL monitor LCD/3M color (EIZO RadiForce RX340)
CR 2.9 849Y100169A Monitor display 1 DUAL monitor LCD2M monochrome (EIZO RadiForce GX240-CL)
CR 2.10 849Y100170A Monitor display 1 DUAL monitor LCD/2M monochrome (EIZO RadiForce GX340CL)
CR 2.11 849Y120004 Monitor display 1 17” touch panel display (T1781)
D 3 852N0039 Reading unit 1 Magnetic card reader (JIS)
E 4 898Y0729 Kit 1 Magnetic card reader wall-hanging kit
D 5 852Y100026 Reading unit 1 Barcode reader (OmniScan)
D 6.1 852N0036 Reading unit 1 Barcode reader (laser system)
D 6.2 852N100014 Reading unit 1 Barcode reader (Datalogic Gryphon GD4130)
E 7.1 357N1611 Stand 1 Barcode reader stand (for NA)
E 7.2 357N100769 Stand 1 Barcode reader stand (Datalogic Gryphon GD4130)
D 8 136Y102171 Cable 1 Serial conversion cable (RS232C)
D 9 136Y102172 Adapter 1 Relay adapter
C 10.1 113Y100435 Video board 1 DUAL monitor video board (ATI FireGL V3600)
C 10.2 113Y100609 Video board 1 DUAL monitor video board (ATI FirePro V3800)
C 10.3 113Y120093 Video board 1 DUAL monitor video board (EIZO MED-X3900) (for Windows 7)
E 11 113Y100610 PC board 1 Serial port add-in board (RS232C) MOXA CP-112UL
C 12 113Y100888 NIC card 1 NIC board for PCIe
C 13 113Y100502 NIC card 1 NIC board for PCI (for OptiPlex 780DT)
C 14.1 113Y100843A Memory 1 Additional memory 2GBx2 (for OptiPlex 780/790/990)
C 14.2 113Y100849A Memory 1 Additional memory 2GBx2 (for OptiPlex 760/960)
C 14.3 113Y100902 Memory 1 Additional memory 2GBx2 (for OptiPlex 745/755/760/960)
D 15 852Y100079 Reading unit 1 Wireless barcode reader (OPI-4002)
D 16 852Y120006 Reading unit 1 Bluetooth barcode reader (OPN-3002i)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
BLANK PAGE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
PM: Preventive Maintenance
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual PM-I
Control Sheet
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual PM-II
1. Preventive Maintenance Items ■ Table of preventive maintenance items
(Recommended cycle of preventive maintenance: Annual)
While the DR-ID 300CL is being used, maintenance of the items listed Work items
Required Replacement
Remarks
in the table on the right should be performed periodically, observing the time part
Warnings and Cautions shown below. 2. Checking for a Fatal Error
2.1 Confirming the Event Log
WARNING 3. Safety
To avoid electrical shock, turn off the power to the equipment, 3.1 Service Voltage
before performing maintenance work. 3.2 Power Plug
4. Hardware Cleaning
4.1 PC Internal Cleaning
WARNING/CAUTION
4.2 Keyboard and Mouse Cleaning
Observe Warnings/Cautions described in the “Safety Precautions”
4.3 LCD Cleaning
section.
DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive
4.4
Cleaning
CAUTION 5. Executing the Error Analysis Tool
When performing maintenance work of the inside of the PC, the 5.1 Executing Dell Diagnostics
user is required to wear a wrist strap unfailingly to secure proper 6. Functional Checks
grounding. Confirmation of Image Input to
6.1
Otherwise, electronic parts mounted on the boards may be Storage onto HDD
damaged due to static electricity discharged by the user. 6.2 Image Output to Film [option]
6.3 Image Transfer
7. Backup of Setup Files and Verification of Date and Time
Backup of Setup Files and Log
7.1
Files
7.2 Verification of Date and Time
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual PM-1
2. Checking for a Fatal Error 3. Safety
2.1 Confirming the Event Log 3.1 Service Voltage
View the OS event log (application) to check for any fatal error Verify the service voltage that is available within the institution.
recording.
$ For the procedure for viewing the event log, see “2. Using the
Event Viewer” under “MT: Machine Troubleshooting”.
3.2 Power Plug
WARNING
When making resistance measurements, be sure that the power
plug is disconnected from an outlet.
Measure the resistance values of the power cable.
Terminals Between L and N Between L and M Between N and E

Resistance value 100 kΩ or higher ∞ ∞
<For European and <For U.K. and

<For Japan> <For U.S.>
other countries> other countries>
E
E E
E
L L N N
N N L
L
DCL61002.EPS
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
4. Hardware Cleaning 4.2 Keyboard and Mouse Cleaning
1. With a vacuum cleaner, remove dust that is accumulated

4.1 PC Internal Cleaning between keyboard keys.
Cooling fans (power supply fan, CPU fan, etc.) are mounted in the PC
to dissipate generated heat through air convection. 2. Rotate the ring on the bottom of the mouse
If dust is heavily accumulated in the neighborhood of a cooling fan or a counterclockwise, and then take the ball out.
vent in the PC housing, the effect of the cooling fan may decrease,
thereby adversely affecting the operation of the PC. It is therefore 3. With a soft, lint-free cloth, wipe the ball clean.
necessary to clean the inside of the PC on a periodic basis.
4. With an air blower, carefully blow dust away from the mouse
■ Preparations case into which the ball is to be placed.
Disconnect all cables from the PC main body.
5. Place the ball back in the mouse case.
■ Cleaning
1. With a brush attached to a vacuum cleaner, carefully
vacuum-clean the slots and other openings in the rear of the
PC.
2. Open the PC cover.
3. With an air blower, clean the heat sink and circuit board
section.
4. Close the PC cover.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
4.3 LCD Cleaning 4.4 DVD/CD-RW Combo Drive Cleaning
1. With a “Cleaner Torch”, remove dust from the LCD. 1. Reconnect all disconnected cables.
2. If there is any stubborn dirt on the LCD panel surface, wipe 2. Turn ON the power to both monitor and PC.
it clean with a cloth (e.g., gauze) well wrung out in water. ➔ Windows starts up. In about one minute, the DR-ID 300CL-AP
starts running.
CAUTION
If you vigorously scrub the LCD panel surface, the liquid crystal 3. Within three seconds after the initial window opens, click
surface may become damaged. Therefore, do not apply any undue the upper left corner and then the upper right corner of the
force to the LCD panel surface when you wipe it clean. If the LCD window.
panel surface is heavily soiled and cannot be cleaned with a
moistened cloth, clean it with the monitor cleaner kit. The monitor
cleaner kit is of a chemical type. Therefore, if the monitor cleaner
kit is repeatedly used for cleaning purposes, the LCD panel 4. Click “Cancel” to close the window.
surface will be adversely affected. When using the monitor cleaner
kit, read its operation manual and exercise utmost care. 5. Open the DVD/CD-RW combo drive tray.
 NOTE 
6. Clean the DVD/CD-RW combo drive with a dedicated lens
cleaner.
Do not use dehydrated ethanol for cleaning purposes because it
➔ For details of the procedure, see manuals supplied with the
adversely affects the LCD’s surface film.
dedicated lens cleaner kit.
7. Close the DVD/CD-RW combo drive.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
5. Executing the Error Analysis 6. Functional Checks
Tool
6.1 Confirmation of Image Input to
5.1 Executing Dell Diagnostics Storage onto HDD
Execute the error analysis tool (Dell Diagnostics) with the use of the 1. Read an image and check to see that it is stored without fail.
“Drivers and Utilities Disk” supplied with the PC.
See the following to perform the specified procedure.
$ “4.1 Trouble Diagnosis Tool (Dell Diagnostics)” under 6.2 Image Output to Film
“MT: Machine Troubleshooting”.
$ “3. Verifying the Connection” in “Appendix 12 DICOM Print” under
“Appx IN: Installation”.
6.3 Image Transfer

$ “3.2 Image Transfer to Other Connected Equipment” in
“Appendix 10 DICOM CR Storage” under “Appx IN: Installation”.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
7. Backup of Setup Files and
Verification of Date and Time
7.1 Backup of Setup Files and Log Files
$ “6.1 Backing Up the DR-ID 300CL Setup Files” under
“IN: Installation”.
7.2 Verification of Date and Time

$ “4.1.2 OS Setups” under “IN: Installation”.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
IN: Installation
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual IN-I
Control Sheet
04/15/2010 02 Revision for V4.0 (FM5668) 1, 2, 4–6, 11, 12, 15–17, 21, 22, 24, 25, 29–34, 40–42
04/15/2010 02 Changes in pagination (FM5668) 13, 14, 18–20, 23, 26–28, 35–39, 43–46
02/28/2011 03 Revision for V5.0 (FM5818) 1, 4–10, 14–20, 22–27, 33–52, 55–57
02/28/2011 03 Changes in pagination (FM5818) 11–13, 21, 28–32, 53, 54, 58
08/31/2011 04 Revision for V6.0 (FM5897) 4, 5, 17, 20–23, 30, 34, 35, 37, 41, 42, 44–47, 50–52, 62
12/15/2011 05 Revision for V6.1 (FM5944) 1–10, 12, 14, 15, 18–25, 28, 30, 32, 34, 38–40, 44, 45, 53, 55, 57, 59, 60, 62–65, 67–69, 76, 77
12/15/2011 05 Changes in pagination (FM5944) 11, 13, 16, 17, 26, 27, 29, 31, 33, 35–37, 41–43, 46–52, 54, 56, 58, 61, 66, 70–75, 78
03/31/2012 06 Revision for V6.2 (FM6000) 5, 9, 22, 24, 32, 35, 44, 63–68, 71
03/31/2012 06 Changes in pagination (FM6000) 23, 25–31, 33, 34, 36–43, 45–62, 69, 70, 72–78
09/12/2012 07 Revision for V7.0 (FM6055) 1, 4–9, 14, 16, 18, 25, 54, 57–60, 62, 64, 66, 68–70, 73–77, 85, 86
09/12/2012 07 Changes in pagination (FM6055) 17, 19–24, 26–53, 55, 56, 61, 63, 65, 67, 71, 72, 78–84
02/15/2013 08 Revision for V7.1 (FM6142) 1, 5, 9, 22–24, 28, 30, 37, 43, 49, 50, 58, 61, 63, 72
02/15/2013 08 Changes in pagination (FM6142) 25–27, 29, 31–36, 38–42, 44–48, 51–57, 59, 60, 62, 64–71, 73–82
05/25/2013 09 Revision for V7.2 (FM6179) 4, 5, 12, 23, 58, 64
08/30/2013 10 Revision for V7.3 (FM6200) 9, 26, 27, 42, 45, 49, 52, 57, 60–63, 71, 76–79, 81, 86
08/30/2013 10 Changes in pagination (FM6200) 72–75, 80, 82–85
03/31/2014 11 Revision for V7.4 (FM6225) 1, 5, 6, 10, 24, 25, 36, 80, 81
03/31/2014 11 Changes in pagination (FM6225) 4, 7–9, 11–23, 26–35, 37–79, 82–90
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual IN-II
Control Sheet
08/31/2014 12 Revision for V8.0 (FM6242) 1, 2, 7, 8, 12, 13, 16–23, 64–68, 70–72, 90, 100
08/31/2014 12 Changes in pagination (FM6242) 3–6, 9–11, 14, 15, 24–63, 69, 73–89, 91–99
01/31/2015 13 Revision for V8.1 (FM6269) 18–20, 28–30, 68, 70, 71
12/31/2015 14 Revision for V9.0 (FM9380) 6–9, 12, 13, 15, 33, 39–41, 45, 47, 55, 56, 64, 70, 75, 80, 82, 87, 100, 104
12/31/2015 14 Changes in pagination (FM9380) 10, 11, 14, 16–32, 34–38, 42–44, 46, 48–54, 57–63, 65–69, 71–74, 76–79, 81, 83–86, 88–99,
101–103
03/31/2016 15 Revision (FM9387) 72–76, 79
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual IN-III
BLANK PAGE
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual IN-IV
1. DR-ID 300CL 1.1.2 Monitor
Installation Conditions Model

Dimensions
(height × width × depth)
Weight
This section states the PC and monitor installation conditions. L560T-C 432.5 to 514.5 × 380 × 208.5 (mm) Approx. 8.2 kg
T1781 411 × 392 × 157 (mm) Approx. 6.7 kg
 NOTE 
RadiForce RX211 522.5 to 604.5 × 376 × 208.5 (mm) Approx. 9.4 kg
Listed below are the abbreviations adopted in this chapter.
RadiForce RX220 522.5 to 604.5 × 376 × 208.5 (mm) Approx. 10.4 kg
 Application : AP RadiForce RX240 520.5 to 599.0 × 376 × 245.5 (mm) Approx. 10.2 kg
 DR-ID 300CL configuration data : Config RadiForce GS220-CL 522.5 to 604.5 × 376 × 208.5 (mm) Approx. 9.9 kg
RadiForce GX240-CL 520.5 to 599.0 × 376 × 245.5 (mm) Approx. 10.2 kg
For the dimensions and weights of the monitor and peripherals, see the RadiForce RX320 522.5 to 604.5 × 376 × 208.5 (mm) Approx. 10.4 kg
respective manuals that are supplied with them. RadiForce RX340 520.5 to 599.0 × 376 × 245.5 (mm) Approx. 10.7 kg
RadiForce GS310-CL 515.5 to 597.5 × 368 × 208.5 (mm) Approx. 9.2 kg
RadiForce GS310-CL ECN 515.5 to 597.5 × 368 × 208.5 (mm) Approx. 9.2 kg
1.1 Dimensions and Weight RadiForce GX340-CL 520.5 to 599.0 × 376 × 245.5 (mm) Approx. 10.2 kg
1.1.1 PC
Dimensions
Model Weight
(height × width × depth)
OptiPlex 760MT 408.9 × 186.9 × 445 (mm) Approx. 14.3 kg
OptiPlex 780MT 408 × 187 × 433 (mm) Approx. 11.7 kg
OptiPlex 780DT 399 × 114 × 353 (mm) Approx. 8.26 kg
OptiPlex 790DT 360 × 102 × 410 (mm) Approx. 7.56 kg
Compaq 6200 Pro SF 338 × 100 × 378 (mm) Approx. 7.6 kg
Compaq 6300 Pro SF 338 × 100 × 378 (mm) Approx. 7.6 kg
Compaq 8200 Elite MT 448 × 178 × 445 (mm) Approx. 11.2 kg
ProDesk 600 G1 SF 338 × 100 × 379 (mm) Approx. 7.6 kg
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual IN-1
1.2 Temperature and Humidity Model Condition Temperature Humidity *
Operating 0ºC - 35ºC 20% - 80%RH
RadiForce RX340
1.2.1 PC Non-operating -20ºC - 60ºC 10% - 90%RH
RadiForce GS310-CL
Model Condition Temperature Humidity * Non-operating -20ºC - 60ºC 30% - 80%RH
OptiPlex 760MT Operating 10ºC - 35ºC 20% - 80%H Operating 0ºC - 35ºC 30% - 80%RH
OptiPlex 780MT RadiForce GS310-CL ECN
OptiPlex 780DT Non-operating -20ºC - 60ºC 30% - 80%RH
OptiPlex 790DT Non-operating -40ºC - 65ºC 20% - 80%H
RadiForce GX340-CL
Compaq 6200 Pro SF Operating 10ºC - 35ºC 10% - 90%H Non-operating -20ºC - 60ºC 10% - 90%RH
Compaq 6300 Pro SF
Compaq 8200 Elite MT Non-operating -30ºC - 60ºC 10% - 90%H * No dew condensation
Operating 10ºC - 35ºC 10% - 90%H

ProDesk 600 G1 SF
Non-operating -30ºC - 60ºC 5% - 95%H
1.2.2 Monitor
Model Condition Temperature Humidity *

L560T-C
Non-operating -20ºC - 60ºC 10% - 85%RH
T1781
RadiForce RX211
RadiForce RX220
RadiForce RX240
RadiForce GS220-CL
RadiForce GX240-CL
RadiForce RX320
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
1.3 Places of Installation 1.4 Power Requirements
■ For desktop PC
■ Environmental conditions Power voltage/capacity Remarks
Avoid installing the machine at the following places: 100 VAC / approx. 0.64 kVA Power capacity applied when both
 Places where the temperature changes drastically PC and monitor are used.
 Places near heaters or other heat sources Phase : Single phase
 Places where the machine is likely to be wet or submerged Power frequency : 50/60 Hz
 Places where the machine is likely to come into contact with any
corrosive gas
 Dusty or dirty places ■ For laptop PC
 Places where the machine is subjected to constant vibration or shock Power voltage/capacity Remarks
 Places where the machine is subjected to excessive vibration or
100 VAC / approx. 0.09 kVA When the PC is not connected to
shock
the AC power supply, a built-in
 Places exposed to direct sunlight battery is used.
Also, be sure that the monitor is not installed at the following places: Phase : Single phase
 Places where the monitor is surrounded, such as in a rack case Power frequency : 50/60 Hz
 Places whether the display surface is exposed to direct sunlight
 Places near a transformer, another monitor, a power line, or
a 0.02 Gauss or more of AC magnetic field
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
2. Installation Procedure Overview 1. Check the supplied component items, install
the DR-ID 300CL accessories, and make cable
connections to the FPD.
➤ IMPORTANT
Be sure that the following equipment is completely installed and set up.
2. Set up the software related to the DR-ID 300CL
 FPD and FPD/cassette-type Image Reader. The
 Other equipments major procedures are indicated below:
$ See the installation instructions set forth in the respective  Make preparations for DR-ID 300CL-AP
service manuals. startup (e.g., driver, option key, and AP key
installation).
 Set up the software for FPD/cassette-type
➤ IMPORTANT Image Reader operations
(e.g., FPD-AP installation).
Be sure to prepare the following before installation.
 Set up the DR-ID 300CL system information
Desktop PC Laptop PC (e.g., hospital name).
DR-ID 300CL-AP key CD ❍ ❍  Perform Config setup that is needed for the
USB-connected disk drive (JIG) ❍ connection of the other equipment.
*1 *1
USB flash drive (for Media Storage) ❍ ❍
*1*2
USB flash drive (for RIS Order USB) ❍
3. Verify the connection between the DR-ID 300CL
*1
Wireless LAN terminal ❍ and FPD/cassette-type Image Reader as well
Wireless LAN adapter ❍
*1
as the connections to the other equipment. Also,
generate film printouts to check for an improper
*1 Prepare if necessary. format, unevenness on printed films, sensitivity,
*2 Use the USB flash drive with the specifications below. density and abnormal output characters.
 USB2.0 compatible
 It can be installed without special driver/software. 4. Back up the DR-ID 300CL and FPD/cassette-
 Its capacity is more than 2GB. type Image Reader setup files. Also, check the
FPD/cassette-type Image Reader error mode,
 Password security function is available.
and delete an error log after completion of the
 No dedicated driver for security software exists. check.
 Password entering is required every time you connect it.
5. Complete the installation procedures for the
DR-ID 300CL and FPD/cassette-type Image
Reader.
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
3. DR-ID 300CL Hardware Setup 3.1 Unloading and Unpacking
Remove the following items from the packing box.
3.1 Unloading and Unpacking  PC (controller)
 Monitor (only on desktop PC)
 Others (options, etc.)
3.2 Checking the Component Items
CAUTIONS
3.3 Installing the Accessories, Optional ... Install the monitor, keyboard, and
When unloading, transferring, and unpacking the machine,
Items, and Available Items mouse. observe the following precautions:
 Do not subject the machine to vibration or shock.
3.4 Making a Cable Connection to the
If the machine is unduly vibrated or shocked while it is unloaded or
FPD/Cassette-type Image Reader
transferred, it may become damaged or defective.
 Avoid moisture condensation inside the machine.
3.5 Connecting to the Other ... Do not perform this procedure if If the machine is subjected to a drastic temperature change when it is
Equipment other equipment is not used. transferred or unpacked, moisture condensation may occur inside the
machine. If you turn ON the machine while moisture is condensed on
its inner surface, the machine may become defective. To avoid such a
problem, be sure to allow the machine to stand at a room temperature
for a period of 1 hour or longer and then turn ON the power.
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
3.2 Checking the Component Items
Check that the following component items are fully supplied.
■ PC box
 PC
 Keyboard (only on desktop PC)
 Mouse (only on desktop PC)
 Power cable (only on desktop PC)
 Battery (only on laptop PC)
 AC adapter (only on laptop PC)
 AP (Disk)
 DR-ID 300CL Standard Key Software (CD) (V4.0 or earlier)
 DR-ID 300CL Standard Kit Software (CD) (V5.0 or later)
$ For details of the component items, see the documentation
supplied with the PC.
■ Monitor box (only on desktop PC)

 Monitor (the 17" monitor with the touch panel)
 Monitor cable
 USB cable (only for the 17" monitor with the touch panel)
 Touch panel driver CD (only for the 17" monitor with the touch panel)
 Power cable
$ For details on the component items, see the documentation
$ When an LCD Monitor Radiforce RX211/RX220/RX240 is used, see

the documentation supplied with the RX211/RX220/RX240 monitor
to check the component parts.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Others (separately packed items, options, etc.)
Product code Description Qty. Remarks*1
DX CL DICOM PRINT DICOM print key CD 1 O
DX CL MFP MFP key CD 1 O
DX CL DICOM ORDER MWM DICOM worklist (MWM) key CD 1 O
DX CL DICOM ID MWM DICOM worklist (MWM) key CD (patient information only) 1 O
DX CL DICOM MPPS DICOM PPS key CD 1 O
DX CL DICOM COMMITMENT DICOM Commitment Push key CD 1 O
DX CL SHUTTER-PROC Shuttering processing CD key 1 O
DX CL TILE-IM QA QA batch processing key CD (For V4.0 or earlier) 1 O
DX CL DICOM QR DICOM Image Query/Retrieve key CD (For V4.0 or earlier) 1 O
DX CL GPR Grid pattern removal processing key CD 1 O
DX CL IM COMPOSITION Automatic image stitching key CD 1 O
DX CL RETAKE ANALYSIS Retake Analysis key CD 1 O
DX CL QC TEST SOFT Image Reader QC key CD (For V4.0 or earlier) 1 O
DX CL RUQC Image Reader QC key CD (For V6.1 or later) 1 O
DX CL DICOM MEDIA STORAGE DICOM Media Storage key CD 1 O
DX CL PRECISE ENLARGEMENT Precise Enlargement function software CD (For V4.0) 1 O
DX CL PRECISE ENLARGEMENT A Precise Enlargement function key CD (For V5.0 or later) 1 O
DX CL DISPLAY OF PATIENT INF Patient Information Display Linkage function key CD (For V4.0 or later) 1 O
DX CL SIMPLE ORDERING Simple ordering function key CD (For V5.0 or later) 1 O
DX CL DELUX-QA FOR LITE Detail QA key CD (For Lite type) 1 O
DX CL IM-MAGNIFY FOR LITE Image magnification key CD (For Lite type) 1 O
DX CL LUT-ADJ FOR LITE LUT adjustment key CD for connection to other competing PACS (For Lite type) 1 O
DX CL ANNOTATION FOR LITE Annotation function key CD (For Lite type) 1 O
DX CL X ONLINE FOR LITE X-CON control function key CD (For Lite type) 1 O
DX CL FPD FOR LITE DR exposure device connection key CD (For Lite type) 1 O
DX CL DICOM PDI STORAGE PDI function key CD 1 O
DX CL F-LAYOUT PRINT Free layout print key CD 1 O
DX CL REMOTE IMAGE DISPLAY Remote Image Display function key CD 1 O
DX CL ES FOR DR-ID200 Energy Subtraction key CD 1 O
DX CL TOMO FOR DR-ID200 A Tomosynthesis key CD 1 O
*1
O : Option
*2
n : Cable length
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
DX CL TOMO FOR DR-ID200 B Tomosynthesis key CD 1 O
DX CL REMOTE DESKTOP Remote desktop function key CD 1 O
IR CL PEM PEM processing key CD 1 O
DX CL MAMMOGRAPHY QC Mammo QC key CD 1 O
DX CL REFERRAL VIEWING Referral viewing function key CD 1 O
DX CL SMART CONTROLLER Smart-Controller key CD 1 O
DX CL MOTION DETECTION General exposure motion detection function key CD 1 O
DX CL VIRTUAL GRID Virtual Grid function key CD 1 O
DX CL GENERAL RIS BROWSER General RIS Browser key CD 1 O
DX CL QA ROI MEASUREMENT Region of Interest measurement function key CD 1 O
IR 346 MCR ISO B Magnetic card reader (ISO) 1 O
IR 346 BARCODE NB Barcode reader 1 O
IR 346 BCR STAND NA Barcode Reader Stand 1 O
IR CL BARCODE OA Barcode reader (OmniScan)/stand 1 O
IR CL BARCODE KIT DL Barcode reader (DataLogic Gryphon GD4130) 1 O
IR CL BARCODE STAND DL Barcode reader stand (DataLogic Gryphon GD4130) 1 O
DR300 CL DISPLAY 17IN LCD 17" Touch Panel LCD Display 1 O
LCD 17IN TP CLR EIZ 17" Touch Panel Color Display 1 O
DR300 CL 2M DISPLAY CLR 2M Color LCD (EIZO RadiForce RX211/RX220/RX240) 1 O
DR300 2M DISPLAY DUAL GRAY DUAL Monitor LCD/2M Monochrome (EIZO RadiForce GS220-CL/GX240-CL) 1 O
DR300 3M DISPLAY DUAL CLR DUAL Monitor LCD/3M Color (EIZO RadiForce RX320/RX340) 1 O
DR300 3M DISPLAY DUAL GRAY DUAL Monitor LCD/3M Monochrome (EIZO RadiForce GS310-CL/GS310-CL ECN/GX340-CL) 1 O
VIDEO BD V3600 DUAL Monitor Video Board (ATI FireGL V3600) 1 O
VIDEO BD V3800 DUAL Monitor Video Board (ATI FirePro V3800) 1 O
VIDEO BD X3900 DUAL Monitor Video Board (EIZO MED-X3900) 1 O
IDT3/4 ONLINE 9S-CBL nM*2 RS232C cable (9 pin) for connection to other manufacturer’s RIS terminal or X-ray apparatus 1 O
IDT3/4 ONLINE 25P-CBL nM*2 RS232C cable (25 pin) for connection to other manufacturer’s RIS terminal or X-ray apparatus 1 O
SERIAL PORT OPTI TYPE 1 Additional serial port (for OptiPlex GX620/745/755/760/780) 1 O
SERIAL PORT OPTI TYPE 10 Additional serial port (for OptiPlex 790DT/790SFF/990DT/990SFF) 1 O
SERIAL PORT OPTI TYPE 20 Additional Serial Cable (for HP 6200/6300/600G1/8200) 1 O
XCON CONNECT KIT XCON connection kit for RS-232C 1 O
*1
O : Option
*2
n : Cable length
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
SERIAL PORT BS Board for serial capacity enhancement (MOXA CP-112UL-I-DB9) 1 O
SERIAL PORT BD I PCIEX1 Board for serial capacity enhancement (MOXA CP-114EL-I-DB9M/RS-232C or RS-422) 1 O
MARKER KIT Positioning marker 1 O
GIGABIT NIC BD PCIEX1 Additional LAN Board (Gigabit CT Desktop Adapter EXPI9301CT) 1 O
GIGABIT NIC BD PCI Additional LAN Board (for OptiPlex 780DT) 1 O
OPTIPLEX MEM 4GB TYPE 3 Memory Extension 2GBx2 (for OptiPlex 760/960) 2 O
OPTIPLEX MEM 4GB TYPE 4 Memory Extension 2GBx2 (for OptiPlex GX280/745/755/760/960/WS370/WS380/WS390) 2 O
OPTIPLEX MEM 4GB TYPE 11 Memory Extension 2GBx2 (for OptiPlex 780/790/990) 2 O
DR300CL PPU A*-V* Control Unit (PPU) 1 O
*1
O : Option
*2
n : Cable length
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3.3 Installing the Accessories, ● For the 17" monitor with the touch panel
Optional Items, and Available Items 1. Connect the monitor cable (DVI cable) and USB cable to the
Connect keyboard, mouse and monitor to the PC. PC.
$ For details on cable connections, see the documentation
■ U.S.A. and Europe
Connect power cable following local grounding specifications and  NOTE 
regulations. Prior to connection of the power cable, connect the USB cable
between PC and monitor.
If the power cable is connected before USB cable connection, the
3.3.1 Installing the Accessories and Optional Items touch panel driver may not be installed.
(for Desktop PC)
2. Connect the monitor power cable to a ground electrode

■ Keyboard, Mouse, and Power Cable plug.
1. Connect the keyboard, mouse, and power cable to the PC.
$ For details on the connection procedures, see the ■ Mounting the additional NIC
documentation supplied with the PC.
Mount the additional NIC in case of Integrated MC.
2. Connect the PC power cable to a ground electrode plug. $ For details of mounting the additional NIC, see “Appendix 43
Adding the NIC” under “Appx IN: Installation – Appendix”.
■ Monitor ■ Mounting the additional memory

The following monitors can be connected.
Mount the additional memory in case of Integrated MC.
The connection procedure varies with the monitor type.
 17" monitor with the touch panel  NOTE 
 LCD Monitor Radiforce RX211/RX220/RX240 Additional memory is not required when the PC already has 4 GB
$ For the connection procedure of the LCD Monitor Radiforce memory.
RX211/RX220/RX240, see the documentation supplied with the
RX211/RX220/RX240 monitor.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3.3.2 Installing the Accessories and Available Items
(for Laptop PC)
■ Battery, accessories and available items
1. Mount the battery on the PC.
2. Mount the accessories and available items on the PC.
■ Mounting the additional memory

Mount the additional memory in case of Integrated MC.
 NOTE 
Additional memory is not required when the PC already has 4 GB
memory.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3.4 Making a Cable Connection to 3.5 Connecting to the Other Equipment
the FPD/Cassette-type Image Reader
Connect the following equipment to the DR-ID 300CL.
Connect a network cable between the DR-ID 300CL and FPD/cassette-
● Synapse server
type Image Reader, as follows.
$ See “1. Hardware Setup” under
 Use a 1000Base-T (straight) cable to make connection between the “Appendix 10 DICOM CR Storage” of “Appx IN”.
DR-ID 300CL and FPD.
 Use a 100Base-TX (straight) cable to make connection between the ● DRYPIX (DICOM Print)
DR-ID 300CL and a cassette-type Image Reader. $ See “1. Hardware Setup” under “Appendix 12 DICOM Print” of
100Base-TX cable 1000Base-T cable “Appx IN”.
(straight) (straight)
● Synapse server (When Web Query is used)
TCP/IP $ See “1. Hardware Setup” under “Appendix 21 Synapse Server
(Web Query)” of “Appx IN”.
CR ● X-CON (only on desktop PC)

DR-ID 300CL CU/MC/FSC $ See “1. Hardware Setup” under “Appendix 19 X-Ray
Image Reader
Controller” of “Appx IN”.
DR
Image Reader ● DAP (only on desktop PC)
DXCL070703002.ai
$ See “1. Hardware Setup” under “Appendix 27 DAP (Dose-area
Product Meter)” of “Appx IN”.
➥ REFERENCE
 NOTES 
 Even if the DR-ID 300CL and FPD/cassette-type Image Reader will
eventually be incorporated into the network of a hospital for operation,
connect the DR-ID 300CL and FPD/cassette-type Image Reader while
they are independent of the network (not incorporated into the
hospital’s network).
 Do not connect the telephone line to the DR-ID 300CL and FPD/
cassette-type Image Reader network connectors.
 The cable type applicable to this equipment is the IEC950/UL1950-
compliant UTP cable of enhanced category 5 or higher.
 If using the devices that are not supported by IPv6 in the IPv6 network,
connect the devices to the network via the IP translator.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4. DR-ID 300CL Software Setup 4.14 Enabling the New GUI for Laptop PCs (V7.4 or Later)
4.1 DR-ID 300CL-AP Startup 4.15 Changing the Password of the Service Utility (V8.0 or Later)
4.2 Settings on the DR-ID 300CL for Connection with 4.16 Batch setting of VG parameter (V9.0 or Later)
the FPD/Cassette-type Image Readers
4.3 Setting Network Connection in Laptop PC
4.4 Setting Network Connection for

the Desktop PC with Additional NIC
4.5 Setting the Priority Order of the Network Binding
4.6 Procedures for Changing the DR-ID 300CL and

RU (FPD and Cassette-type Image Reader) IP Addresses
4.7 Procedures for Changing the DR-ID 300CL Host Name
4.8 DR-ID 300CL Setup for Connection to Other Equipment
4.9 Barcode Reader/Magnetic Card Reader Connection
4.10 Setting the DX Parameter
4.11 Setting the VIP Account Password
4.12 Setting the Connection Device Status Icon (V7.3 or Later)
4.13 Setting the Images Folder Size (V7.3 or Later)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4.1 DR-ID 300CL-AP Startup
The following procedures must be performed for DR-ID 300CL-AP
startup:
 OS startup
 OS setups
 Installing and setting the touch panel driver (only on desktop PC)
 Touch panel monitor setups/operational verification (only on laptop PC)
 DR-ID 300CL Standard Kit Software installation (V5.0 or later)
 Option key installation
 AP key reinstallation
 AP startup verification
➥ REFERENCE
The following OS setup and software installation steps are completed at
factory prior to shipment:
● DR-ID 300CL setup steps

 DR-ID 300CL IP address
 Subnet mask
 DR-ID 300CL host name
 Administrator password setup (fcr-iip)
 Display setup (screen saver, screen resolution, etc.)
 MS-IME setup (only for units used in Japan)
 DR-ID 300CL-AP (Database Management System included)
installation
 DR-ID 300CL Standard Key Software installation (V4.0 or earlier)
 AP key installation
 Image database initialization
● FPD setup step

 FPD information registration for Config (host name, IP address,
and connected equipment information)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4.1.1 OS Startup  NOTE 
A window like that shown below opens in case the date and time
 NOTE 
displayed on the PC are older than those when it was started last
 On desktop PC, be sure to turn ON the power to the LCD first and time.
then to the PC; otherwise, the touch panel may not operate correctly. Click [OK] on the window that opens, and set correct date and time
 When the DR-ID 300CL is started for the first time, the following on the “Date/Time Properties” window.
window may open. Place a checkmark to the “Public Network” and
click .
DCL41002.ai
If this window opens, the PC battery is possible to be dead. Use

the procedure below to check.
1. Set the current date/time.
2. Turn the power to the PC OFF and disconnect the power cable
from the outlet.
3. After a few minutes, re-connect the power cable and turn the
DXL03070009.ai
power to the PC ON again.
4. Check to see that the set date/time are correct. If the date/time
values revert back to those before settings, have the battery be
1. Turn ON the power to the PC.
changed.
➔ The DR-ID 300CL-AP starts running.
2. Make sure that the DR-ID 300CL-AP is up and running
properly.

or earlier).
DCL44002.EPS
DXCL140419005.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4.1.2 OS Setups
Perform the following OS-related setup.
 Setting the date, time and time zone.
■ Setting the date, time, and time zone
2. Click .
➔ The “Date and Time” window opens.
3. Verify the date, time and time zone.

If the date and time indicated are incorrect, correct them
accordingly and then click [Apply].
DXL07040004.ai
4. Click .

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4.1.3 Installing and Setting the Touch Panel Driver  Installing the driver (Only when the monitor is L560T-C)
(Only on Desktop PC)
[Skip this procedure if the 17" monitor with a ➥ REFERENCE
touch panel is provided.] The following are common procedures for Windows Vista and Windows 7.
When the 17" monitor with the touch panel is going to be used, it is
necessary to install the touch panel driver and adjust the touch panel. 1. Remove the USB cable connecting with the touch panel
monitor and DR-ID 300CL-PC.
 NOTE 
When the monitor is T1781, it is not required to install touch panel driver 2. Copy and extract the “MT7.14.0.Win32-64.zip” attached to
since the OS standard driver is used. Issue Number 2014-E-0219 ECN to anywhere in DR-ID
300CL-PC.
■ Exiting the application
3. Open the “MT7.14.0.Win32-64” folder and execute “Setup.
 NOTE  exe”.
If exists in the taskbar, select “End” from the right-click menu. ➔ The “Welcome to MT 7.14 for Windows” window opens.
● Exiting the MC Manager
1. Click in the task tray, and select “Exit”.

➔ The MC Manager exits.
DXCL120404001.ai
4. Click .
➔ The “3M Software License Agreement” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5. Select “Accept--Installation will continue.” and click 8. On the window that opens, select “Controller Support” and
. checkmark only “EX USB Support”.
DXCL120404005.ai
 NOTE 
Move the scroll bar up and down to check to see that only “EX USB
DXCL120404002.ai
Support” is checkmarked.
9. Click .
➔ The window to select the kind of driver opens.
10. Select “Legacy mouse uses older MicroTouch driver...” and
DXCL120404003.ai
click .
6. Click .
➔ The “Setup Type” window opens.
7. Select “Custom” and click .

DXCL120404006.ai
➔ The “Start Copying Files” window opens.
DXCL120404004.ai
➔ The “Select Components” window opens.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
11. Make sure that only “EX USB Support” is displayed for the  Setting the driver (Only when the monitor is T1781)

“Controller Support” option and then click .
2. Click “Tablet PC Settings”.

➔ The “Tablet PC Settings” window opens.
3. Click “Go to Input Panel Settings” in “Other” tab.

DXCL120404007.ai
➔ The “Options” window opens.

➔ After completion of the installation processing, the “Setup
Complete” window opens. 4. Remove the checkmark from the following items in “Opening”
tab, and then click [OK].
 “For tablet pen input, show the icon next to the text box”
 “Use the Input Panel tab”
DXCL120404008.ai
➔ The system returns to the “Tablet PC Settings” window.
12. Click . 5. Click [OK].

➔ The “Setup Complete” window close. ➔ The system returns to the “All Control Panel Items” window.
13. Delete the files copied and extracted in step 2. 6. Click “Pen and Touch”.
14. Connect touch panel monitor and DR-ID 300CL-PC with USB ➔ The “Pen and Touch” window opens.
cable.
7. Select “Press and hold” in “Pen Options” tab, and then click
15. Restart the PC. [Settings].
➔ Windows starts up. After about one minute, the DR-ID 300CL-AP ➔ The “Press and Hold Settings” window opens.
starts.
8. Remove the checkmark from “Enable press and hold for
16. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper right-clicking”, and then click [OK].
➔ The system returns to the “Pen and Touch” window.
opens. 9. Remove the checkmark from the following items in “Flicks” tab,
and then click [Apply].
 “Use flicks to perform common actions quickly and easily”
➔ The system returns to the desktop.  “Display flicks icon in the notification area”
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10. Remove the checkmark from “Enable multi-touch gestures and  Setting the LUT (Only when the monitor is T1781 with

inking” in “Touch” tab. DR-ID 300CL V8.0 or earlier)
11. Select “Press and hold” and click [Settings]. 1. Insert the “T1781 Setting KIT CD” into the PC.
➔ The “Press and Hold Settings” window opens.

2. Open the drive D with Explorer and double-click the
corresponding DR-ID 300CL version folder.
12. Remove the checkmark from “Enable press and hold for
right-clicking”, and then click [OK].
Version Folder name
➔ The system returns to the “Pen and Touch” window. DR-ID 300CL V4.0 or earlier 8bit_LL
13. Remove the checkmark from “Use finger to scroll” in “Panning” DR-ID 300CL V5.0 or later 16bit_PL
tab, and then click [OK].
➔ The system returns to the “All Control Panel Items” window. 3. Input “Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Lut” into the “Start Searching” column
in the menu and press the <Enter> key.
➔ The “LUT“ folder opens.
4. Copy the .env file in the folder which was opened in step 2 to the
“LUT” folder.
5. Double-click the “lut.txt” file in the “LUT” folder.

➔ Notepad opens.
6. Add the line described below to the bottom of the text.

 For DR-ID 300CL V4.0 or earlier
EIZO_T1781.env EIZO¨T1781
Tab One-byte space
DXCL120704004.ai
 For DR-ID 300CL V5.0 or later

T1781_PL_350cd.env EIZO¨T1781
Tab One-byte space
DXCL120704005.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
7. Save and close the “lut.txt” file.  Setting recognition of the touch panel monitor when
connected to the 2nd monitor
8. Close all of windows being opened. (Only when the monitor is L560T-C)
9. Remove the Disk from the PC.  NOTE 
Check to see that a USB cable is used to make connection between the
10. Restart the PC. PC and a touch panel, and then start working on the necessary task.
➔ Windows starts up. After about one minute, the DR-ID 300CL-AP
starts. 1. From the menu, sequentially choose “All Programs”,
11. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper left “MicroTouch MT 7”, and “MultiMonitor Manager”.
and upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
opens.
12. Click [LUT].

➔ The “Monitor List“ window opens.
13. Select “EIZO T1781” from the list (in the case of DR-ID 300CL
V5.0 or later, the pull-down menu for “1st Monitor LUT”) and
click [OK].
➔ The system returns to the “IIP Service Utility” window.

➔ The system returns to the desktop screen. DXCL070704014.ai
➔ The “MT 7 Multiple Display Manager” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2. Click [1] from “Monitor Arrangement” on the right side of the  Adjusting the touch panel
window, and confirm that the frame which is the same color as (Only when the monitor is L560T-C)
the frame of [1] is displayed on the touch panel monitor.
 NOTE 
Check to see that a USB cable is used to make connection between the
PC and a touch panel, and then start working on the necessary task.
1. Double-click .
➔ The “MT7 Software Control Panel” window opens.
DXCL070704015.ai
DXCL120404012.ai
➥ REFERENCE
If the touch panel monitor is not recognized correctly, the color of 2. Click .
the frame of [1] and the color of the frame displayed on the touch
panel monitor will be different. ➔ A window opens asking you to adjust the position to be touched
on the window.
3. Click [A] from “Touch Screens” on the left side of the window,
and click [Save&Exit]. 3. Keep touching the mark at the lower left corner of the
window for a few seconds.
4. Keep touching the mark at the upper right corner of the

DXCL070704016.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5. Keep touching the mark at the upper left corner of the 8. Perform the following settings.

➔ At the completion of adjusting the touching position, the following
appears at the center of the window.
I.
DCL70434.ai
II.
6. Click .
➔ The system returns to the “MT7 Software Control Panel” window.

III.
7. Select the “Touch Settings” tab.
IV.
DXCL120404013.ai DXCL120404014.ai
I. Touch to set the Touch Modes to [Click on touch
with drag].
II. Touch some times the button that is in the Touch Sound field until
the key is activated, so that the touch sound is set
to [Beep on touchdown].
III. Specify the double-click speed. (as required)
IV. Specify the double-click area. (as required)
9. Touch to shut down the “MT7 Software Control

Panel” window.
$ To set up other touch-panel-related functions, such as silencing

the click sound, see the manual supplied with the touch panel
driver.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Adjusting the touch panel ■ Adjusting the contrast/mode and brightness
(Only when the monitor is T1781) Adjust the display contrast (mode) and brightness as follows.
1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu. ● Model L560T-C

❍ Brightness : 100%
2. Click “Tablet PC Settings”.
● Model T1781
➔ The “Tablet PC Settings” window opens.
3. Click [Calibrate] in “Display” tab. ❍ Brightness : Default (not determined)
➔ The input window for calibration sample opens. ● Model Radiforce RX211/RX220/RX240
4. According to the instruction on the window, perform calibration ❍ Mode : DICOM
using the stylus pen supplied with PC. 2
❍ Brightness : 300cd/m (“%” will be the unit of measurement. Do
➔ After all calibration points are tapped, the “Digitizer Calibration not change the value.)
Tool” window opens.
5. Tap [Yes].
➔ The system returns to the “Tablet PC Settings“ window.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4.1.4 Touch Panel Monitor Setups/ ■ Checking the contrast and brightness settings
Operational Verification (Only on Laptop PC)
Check the contrast and brightness of the display.
Set the touch panel monitor and verify its operation.
 NOTE 
The shape and name of the icon may vary with the versions of Intel(R)
■ Verifying touch panel Graphics and Media. When a different version is installed, perform the
Set the touch panel monitor and verify its operation. work by replacing the names in the following procedures.
1. Touch at the upper right corner of the window. 1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu.
➔ The luncher window opens. ➔ The “All Control Panel Items” window opens.
2. Touch on the luncher. 2. Click .
➔ Soft keyboard opens. ➔ The “Intel(R) Graphics and Media Control Panel” window opens.
3. Select “Color Correction” tab.

3. Double touch on soft keyboard.
4. Check the set up data is as follows.
➔ The Windows Start menu opens.
 gamma : 1.0
4. Touch the date at the lower right corner of the window. ❍ gamma correction  brightness : 0
 contrast : 50
➔ The “Date/Time Properties” window opens.
❍ color All checked
5. Touch [OK].
5. Close the “Intel(R) Graphics and Media Control Panel”
window.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4.1.5 Setup for Addition of Descriptive Characters to
Icons [Applicable only in Japan]
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4.1.6 Installing the DR-ID 300CL Standard Kit 2. Click .
(V5.0 or Later)
Install the Standard Kit that is supplied with the DR-ID 300CL.
 NOTE 
➥ REFERENCE
If the following window opens, place a checkmark to the “Public
When the Standard Kit is installed, the following functions become Network” and click .
available.
 FPD connection [not in Lite type]
 FCR5000plus connection function
 CR storage function
 DX storage function
 LUT adjustment function for competitor’s PACS [not in Lite type]
 Detailed image processing parameter change function [not in Lite type]
 Annotation input function [not in Lite type]
 Image magnification or full screen display on the QA window [not in Lite type]
 X-CON control function [not in Lite type] DXL03070009 ai
1. Turn ON the PC power. 3. Insert the Standard Kit CD into the PC.
➔ An error screen like that shown below opens immediately after

DR-ID 300CL-AP startup. 4. Start up Explorer and select drive D.
DXL03070001.ai
➥ REFERENCE
This error screen does not indicate any abnormality because the
AP key will be installed later in “4.1.8 AP Key Installation”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5. Perform the following procedures. ● For laptop PC
● For desktop PC I. Double-click “Setup.bat”.
I. Double-click “Setup.bat”.
DXL03070011.ai
➔ The “DR Console StandardKit for Mobile” window opens.

DXL03070011.ai
➔ The “DR Console SettingKit” window opens.
DXCL050704010.ai
II. Enter “2” and press the <Enter> key.

DXL03070012.ai
➔ Installation processing starts.

After completion of the installation processing, the “Installation
II. Enter “2” and press the <Enter> key. finished” message appears.
➔ Installation processing starts.
After completion of the installation processing, the “Installation III. Press the <Enter> key.
finished” message appears.
➔ The system returns to the “DR Console StandardKit for
Mobile” window.
III. Press the <Enter> key.
➔ The system returns to the “DR Console SettingKit” window. 6. Enter “0” and press the <Enter> key.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4.1.7 Option Key Installation
The following option keys are available. Install necessary option keys in compliance with the DR-ID 300CL installation specifications.
 NOTE 
- After option key installation, be sure to install the AP key. The reason is that installing the option keys disables the AP key that has been enabled.
- Each option key is supplied on one dedicated CD for each product.
- Apply the licence key instead of installing the option key in this step.
- If the option key has been installed by mistake, it is required to reapply the option key together with the licence key.
$ For details on acquisition and application of licence, see “Appendix 54 Software Licence” of “Appx IN: Installation–Appendix”.
Function Product Abbreviation Description

DX CL DICOM PRINT DICOM Print function
Print output
DX CL F-LAYOUT PRINT Free Layout Print function (V6.0 or later)
DX CL DICOM QR A function that queries studies on the filing device and retrieve images. (V4.0 or earlier)
Image (input) output DX CL DICOM MEDIA STORAGE A function that stores images on removable media.
DX CL DICOM PDI STORAGE PDI output function (V6.0 or later)
Image storage assurance DX CL DICOM COMMITMENT A function assuring that an image has surely been stored in the archiver unit.
DX CL TILE-IM QA QA batch processing (V4.0 or earlier)
QA function Addition of QA functions (For Lite type)

DX CL DELUX-QA FOR LITE * By installing the “DX CL DELUX-QA FOR LITE”, all the QA functions can be used. Without
installing “DX CL DELUX-QA FOR LITE”, only a part of QA functions can be used.
DX CL MFP MFP image processing
DX CL SHUTTER-PROC Shuttering processing
DX CL GPR Grid pattern removal processing function
DX CL IM COMPOSITION Image stitching
Image processing
DX CL IM-MAGNIFY FOR LITE Image magnification (For Lite type)
DX CL LUT-ADJ FOR LITE LUT adjustment for competitors’ PACS (For Lite type)
DX CL ANNOTATION FOR LITE Annotation function (For Lite type)
IR CL PEM PEM processing (V7.0 or later)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Function Product Abbreviation Description
Image processing DX CL VIRTUAL GRID Virtual Grid Processing (V7.4 or later)
Energy subtraction
DX CL ES FOR DR-ID200 Energy subtraction processing function (V6.1 or later)
processing
Tomosynthesis processing DX CL TOMO FOR DR-ID200 Tomosynthesis processing function (V6.1 or later)
DX CL DICOM ORDER MWM DICOM worklist function
DX CL DICOM ID MWM DICOM worklist function (acquiring only patient information)
Acquisition of patient
information DICOM PPS function
DX CL DICOM MPPS
To be installed basically in combination with MWM.
DX CL SIMPLE ORDERING Simple ordering function (V5.0 or later)
X-ray controller DX CL X ONLINE FOR LITE X-CON control function (For Lite type)
Display of precise DX CL PRECISE ENLARGEMENT

A function that presents displayed images and their additional information on the add-in monitor.
enlargement images DX CL PRECISE ENLARGEMENT A
DX CL RETAKE ANALYSIS A function that stores/calculates information on exposure/improperly exposure images.
DX CL RUQC Image Reader QC function (V4.0 or earlier, and V6.1 or later)
DX CL MAMMOGRAPHY QC Mammo QC function (V7.1 or later)
DX CL DISPLAY OF PATIENT INF Patient Information Display Linkage function (V4.0 or later)
DX CL FPD FOR LITE Connection with DR exposure device (For Lite type)
DX CL REMOTE IMAGE DISPLAY Displaying an image in the image display terminal (V6.1 or later)
Other
DX CL REMOTE DESKTOP Remote desktop function (V6.2 or later)
DX CL REFERRAL VIEWING Referral viewing function (V7.1 or later)
DX CL SMART CONTROLLER Smart-Controller function (V7.2 or later)
DX CL MOTION DETECTION General exposure motion detection function (V7.2 or later)
DX CL GENERAL RIS BROWSER General RIS Browser (V7.4 or later)
DX CL QA ROI MEASUREMENT Region of Interest measurement function (V7.4 or later)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
The installation procedure is described below.
The same installation procedure applies to all the option keys.
$ For the option key uninstallation procedure,
see “Appendix 7 Uninstalling the AP” under “Appx IN”.
1. Insert an option key CD into the PC.

➔ The installation start window automatically opens in several seconds.
 NOTE 

with the option key
for installation.
DCL70410.eps
2. Click .

The indication varies with the option key for installation.
DCL70409.ai
3. Click .
5. To install other option key, change the CD and

repeat steps 2 through 4.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4.1.8 AP Key Installation
2. Click .
 NOTE  ➔ A window opens to indicate the completion of installation.

Before AP key installation, be sure to install a standard key (standard
kit) and option keys.
Apply the licence key instead of installing the AP key in this step.
(Option and AP will be enabled while applying the licence key. For this DCL44010.ai

already been applied.) 3. Click .
$ For details on acquisition and application of licence, see ➔ The system returns to the desktop screen.
“Appendix 54 Software Licence” of “Appx IN: Installation–
Appendix”.
Install the AP key as follows:

 NOTE 
DXL309001.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4.1.9 DR-ID 300CL Startup Verification 1. Start running the DR-ID 300CL-AP.
Verify the normal startup of the DR-ID 300CL. ➔ The DR-ID 300CL opening window opens. The DR-ID 300CL-AP
then starts up.
 NOTE   For V4.0 or earlier
When the DR-ID 300CL is started for the first time, the following window
may open. Place a checkmark to the “Public Network” and click
.
DCL44002.EPS
DXL03070009.ai
DXCL140419005.ai

or earlier).
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4.2 Settings on ➥ REFERENCE
the DR-ID 300CL for Connection with If you cannot complete step 2. from the initial window within a
the FPD/Cassette-type Image Readers 3-second period and allow the AP to start up, perform the following
steps to start the Service Utility.
Use the Service Utility to set up the following items:
1. Click “Shut Down” in the menu ( menu in V4.0 or
 DR-ID 300CL system information
earlier).
 Menu database replacement (required only for equipment used
abroad) 2. Click while holding down the <Shift> key.
3. From the menu, sequentially choose “All Programs”,

4.2.1 Starting the Service Utility “Fuji Film”, and “Console Advance (“DR-Console” in V4.0 or
earlier)”.
1. Click and then sequentially choose “All Programs”, 4. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper left
“Fuji Film”, and “Console Advance (“DR-Console” in V4.0 or and upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
earlier)”.
➔ The DR-ID 300CL-AP starts up.
2. Within a few seconds after the initial window opens, Utility and click .
the window.
DXL41001.ai
DXL03100001.ai
DXCL100704001.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4.2.2 DR-ID 300CL System Information Setup 4. Enter setup data as directed below.
Complete setup concerning DR-ID 300CL system information as ❍ Make a date format selection by double-clicking
directed in this section.
for .
■ Setting the system information
1. From the “IIP Service Utility” window, click [Setup  0: Japanese date (S62.10.07) [Default]
Configuration Item].  1: ANSI long date (1987.OCT.07)
 2: ANSI short date (1987.10.07)
 3: American long date (OCT.07.1987)
 4: American short date (10.07.1987)
 5: European long date (07.OCT.1987)
 6: European short date (07.10.1987)
 NOTE 
Use “System Common Date Format” to specify the date format.
If you change the date format, the following items of information
are changed to match the newly selected format.
DXCL100810003.ai
 Date output on film
➔ The “Setup Configuration Item” window opens.  Format for birth date input
 Date displayed by DR-ID 300CL-AP
2. Click the sign within in the “Setup  Other date indications
3. Click . ❍ Make a hospital name entry (one-byte characters) by double-
➔ The DR-ID 300CL system information setup items appear. clicking for .
Items for DR-ID 300CL system setup
 NOTE 
Use “Institute/Site Name Strings” to enter a hospital name string
of one-byte characters for use in the DR-ID 300CL system.
The default hospital name is “FUJI FILM HOSPITAL”. Change
this entry to a hospital name string of one-byte characters as
defined by a specific hospital.
You can enter a string of up to 60 characters.
00000132.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
❍ Use to specify the language to 5. Change the other items of system information as needed.
be used. Item number Description

 0 : Japanese  11 : ChineseSimplified 2 Confirmation window display for examination list deletion
 1 : English  12 : ChineseTraditional Setup of a process to be performed after an abnormality
3
 2 : German  13 : Portuguese occurrence
 3 : French  14 : Polish 14 System ID
 4 : Spanish  15 : Hungarian
 5 : Italian  16 : Czech 15 Password use for user utility access (V4.0 or earlier)
 6 : Swedish  17 : Russian A constant applied when magnifying an image to the 100%
30
 7 : Finnish  19 : Turkish size. (Determine it according to the monitor used.)
 8 : Danish  21 : Greek Setup of a study modality handled on the DR-ID 300CL.
 9 : Norwegian  22 : Romanian When “0:DX” is selected for the “Modality setup”, use the
54
 10 : Korean User Utility or Menu Information Import Export Tool to set up
the DX parameter.
❍ Double-click for 69 Specifying security software of USB flash drive.
Specifying the threshold value (%) for the warning to the
to enter a hospital name 323
remaining battery power. (Only for laptop PCs.)
(consisting of two-byte characters). Specifying whether or not to display the initialization button
324 on the media storage window of the User Utility. (Only for
 NOTE  laptop PCs.)
Use “Institute/Site Name in Two-Byte Characters” to enter a Specifying whether or not to display the button to open the
hospital name string of two-byte characters for use in the 325 “Power Option” function in the User Utility.
DR-ID 300CL system. (Only for laptop PCs.)
The default hospital name is “ ”. Change this entry Specifying whether or not to forcibly suspend a study when
to a hospital name string of two-byte characters as defined by a 326 the study ends in the PPS operation (with PPS option and
no PPS Cache). (Only for laptop PCs.)
specific hospital.
You can enter a string of up to 15 two-byte characters. $ For details on individual setup items, see “3.4 Configuration
Details — 1. IMAGE MODALITY” under “MU: Maintenance
Utility”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Setting the film annotation character format
Use the following procedures to change the image information output
on film, film annotation character format and presence/absence of
image frame.
1. From the “Setup Configuration Item” window, click

.
➔ The printer configuration setup items appear in the right-hand area
of the window.
2. Set the film annotation character format.

$ For details on the setup procedure and setup items, see the
“3.6 Configuration Details — 4. PRINTER” of
3. From the “Config (F)” menu, choose “Save”.

➔ A window opens, prompting you to confirm the setup data to be
saved.
4. Click .
➔ The system saves the setup data.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Setting the CSL/IDT FUNCTION $ For details on individual setup items, see “3.7 Configuration
Details — 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
To change the way how to display various items manipulated on the
DR-ID 300CL or the number of characters to be displayed, use the
procedure described below.
3. Select “Save” from the “Config (F)” menu.
➔ A window opens prompting you to confirm the setup data to be
1. Click on the “Setup Configuration saved.
Item” window.
➔ Setup items relating to the IDT function will be displayed on the
right-hand side of the window.
4. Click .
IDT/Console function-related setup items ➔ The system saves the setup data.
00000160.EPS
2. Set up the CSL/IDT function, as required.

Table CSL/IDT Function Setup Item List
164 Use  No Specifying whether or not to use the PPS
PPS Does not Cache server.
Cache use the
Server PPS Cache
server.
 Yes
Uses the
PPS Cache
server.
184 Type of  0 : PcuCif Specifying an FPD system type. Specify
FPD  1 : SysCon “1: SysCon” when using on the DR-ID 300CL.
System
* By default, “0: PcuCif” is determined in the
DR-ID 300CL-AP CD of V4.0 or earlier.
* In V6.0 or later, this item is hidden.
: Default setting, *: Note
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Checking and editing the FPD settings 5. Click the sign within the example ( ) shown as the
Check and edit settings for the FPD registered to the DR-ID 300CL, as Host Name of the FPD registered to the DR-ID 300CL.
follows. ➔ Setup data for the FPD’s PCU/CIF appears on the right-hand side
of the window.
● Checking the configurations
6. Check to see that the SFPD System Configuration coincides
1. Click the sign within in the “Setup with configuration of the connected FPD.
2. Click the sign within .
3. Click Host Name (e.g.: ) for the FPD registered to the

DR-ID 300CL. DCL44007.EPS
➔ Setup data for the FPD’s Host Name appears on the right-hand
side of the window. 7. For any setup data changed, select “Save” from the “Config
(F)” menu.
4. Check Host Name and IP Address Version 4 of the FPD. ➔ A window opens prompting you to confirm the setup data.
➥ REFERENCE
Since IP Address Version 6 can not be used to FPD, leave it blank.
8. Click .
➔ The setup data will be saved accordingly.
 NOTE 
Do not perform MPC settings because MPC is not used on the

DR-ID 300CL system.
 If FDR AcSelerate and FDR D-EVO are to be connected to one
DR-ID 300CL, set up the IP address of CU for CL setting of MC.
DXCL140704004.ai
 NOTE 
● Editing the “PositionIDDefault.ini” file
Steps 5 and 6 are not required for V4.0 or later. Proceed to step 7.
$ For details of the “PositionIDDefault.ini” file editing procedure,
see “Appendix M Setting the Default Positioning ID (Only for
Connecting to the DR-ID 200)” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Settings for connection of 3. Perform the following settings.
the cassette-type Image Reader (FRUP connection) ● For V8.1 or earlier
To make connection with a cassette-type Image Reader (FRUP
connection), use the procedure described below.
I.
● Registering a cassette-type Image Reader
II.
1. Select and then
on the “Setup Configuration Item” window.
III.
DXL74004.ai
I. Enter “ru11”, for example, for HostName of the cassette-type

Image Reader.
 NOTE 
<>&'"/\
II. Enter “172.16.1.11”, for example, for IP Address of the cassette-

type Image Reader.
DXL74003.ai
III. Select “FRUP”.
2. Click .
➔ The “New Node” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● For V9.0 or later 5. Perform the following settings.
I.
II
III II.
DXCL140704002.ai
I. Enter “ru11”, for example, for HostName of the cassette-type IN000082.EPS
Image Reader. I. Select “CASSETTE”.

 NOTE  II. Enter “ru11”, for example, for ButtonCaption displayed on the
window.
<>&‘“/\ ➥ REFERENCE
Entry for ButtonCaption not always have to be the same as that for
II. Enter IP Address of the cassette-type Image Reader. HostName.
 For IP Address Version 4
“172.16.1.11”
 For IP Address Version 6 6. Click .
“2001:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0001:000B”
III. Select “FRUP”. ➔ The system returns to the “Setup Configuration Item” window.
4. Click . 7. To connect two cassette-type Image Readers, repeat steps 1

through 6.
➔ The “FRUP Setup” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Setting CONNECTING EQUIPMENT ● Setting IDT CONNECTION
The IDT CONNECTION function of the Service Utility must be set up
1. Select on the “Setup appropriately.
 NOTE 
2. Click . IDT CONNECTION must necessarily be set up even if the system used
includes only a single DR-ID 300CL unit.
➔ The “Connecting Equipment” window opens. Otherwise, images will not be transferred from the cassette-type Image
Reader to the DR-ID 300CL, causing then an error to occur (error code:
3. Perform the following settings. 31418).
$ For details on how to set up IDT CONNECTION, see “3.14 Patient

I. Information Sharing Function Setup” under “MU: Maintenance
Utility”.
II.
III.
IN000124.ai
I. Select “READER”.
II. Select host name of the cassette-type Image Reader (FRUP
connection).
III. To connect a multiple number of cassette-type Image Readers
(FRUP connection), select host name of the second Image
Reader or later for “Equipment #2” or later.
4. Click .
➔ The system returns to the “Setup Configuration Item” window.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Settings regarding the barcode-less operation 2. Perform the barcode-less operation setting as necessary.
Perform setting for inputting images taken by CR Image Readers to Table Barcode-less Operation Setup Item List
DR-ID 300CL without barcode registration.
➥ REFERENCE 21 Connection  1: N-N Setting connection
For 7.4 or later, the barcode-less operation is also available for CR-IR Between N-N connection conditions of DR-ID
Reader and  2: N-N (Not Use IP Barcode) 300CL and RU.
356. Console N-N connection (Not Use IP
Barcode)
 NOTE  : Default setting
 For connecting CR-IR 391RU/392, apply the this settings.

In barcode-less operation, the readers which can be connected to

DR-ID 300CL are restricted as follows.
Reader Maximum number of connected units
CR Image Reader 1 unit
DR built-in Exposure device 2 units
DR cassette 3 units
(Additional 2 units can be registered for exchange)
1. Click on the “Setup Configuration Item”

window.
➔ The DR-ID 300CL system information setup items appear.
DXCL040829007.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● IP use count calculation ● Saving Config
To calculate the IP use count, perform the following settings.
1. Click on the “Setup Configuration ➔ A confirmation window opens.

Item” window.
➔ Setup items relating to the IDT function will be displayed on the 2. Click .
IDT/Console function-related setup items
00000160.EPS
2. Set the Nos. below as follows.

 No. 140 “Enable IP Use Count List” : Set to “Yes”.
 No. 141 “Enable IP Use Count Reset” : Set to “Yes”.
3. Click .
4. Select unnecessary settings on the right-hand side of the

window and click [Delete].
5. Register other consoles that require calculation of IP use

counts.
$ For details of the registration procedure, see “3.16 Log
Information Sharing Function Setup” under “MU: Maintenance
Utility”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Settings for connection of the FCR5000plus Image Reader 4. Perform the following settings.
To make connection with an FCR5000plus Image Reader, use the
procedure described below.
● Settings for this equipment (DR-ID 300CL) I.
1. Select and then on II.

the “Setup Configuration Item” window.
IN000040.ai
I. Enter “DICOM_IIP” for Application Entity List of the DR-ID 300CL.

II. Enter “21760” for Port Number of the DR-ID 300CL.
➥ REFERENCE
“DICOM_IIP” and “21760” are the default values of the FCR5000
series equipment, determined at shipment from factory.
DXL74005.ai
5. Click .
2. Click .
➔ The “DICOM Setup” window opens.
DXCL140704003.ai
3. Click .
➔ The “Application Entity List” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
6. Perform the following settings. ● Settings for other connected equipment (FCR5000plus
Image Reader)
I VI 1. Select and then

on the “Setup Configuration Item” window.
II
III VII
IV
V
DXL74003.ai
IN000041.ai
I. Select “PrivateUnstandardizedCRStorage”.
2. Click .
II. Select “SCP”.
III. Select “JPEG Lossless”. ➔ The “New Node” window opens.
IV. Select “ST&HQ”.
V. Select “HQ/SH”.
VI. Checkmark this item when handling 2-byte characters.
VII. Select “OTHER”.
7. Click .
➔ The system returns to the “Application Entity List” window.
8. Click .
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3. Perform the following settings. 5. Enter “DICOM_IR” for Application Entity Name of the
FCR5000plus Image Reader.
I.
II.
III.
DXCL140704005.ai
I. Enter “fcr5000-n”, for example, for HostName of the

 NOTE  IN000049.ai

<>&'"/\ 6. Click .
II. Enter “172.16.0.2”, for example, for IP Address of the ➔ The “DICOM Setup” window opens.
 NOTE 
Communication via IPv6 is not possible in case of connection

setting for an FCR5000plus image reader.
Do not set IPv6. I
II
III. Select “DICOM”. III V
4. Click .
➔ The “Application Entity List” window opens. IV

DXCL040704005.ai
I. Select “PrivateUnstandardizedCRStorage”.
II. Select “SCU”.
III. Select “JPEG Lossless”.
IV. Select a destination for film output.
Select “IIP” when connecting an LP to the DR-ID 300CL. Select
“FCR5000” when connecting an LP to the Image Reader.
V. Select “CASSETTE”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
8. Click .
➔ The system returns to the “Application Entity List“ window.
9. Click .
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Checking CSL/IDT FUNCTION settings ● IDT CONNECTING settings
Perform Service Utility IDT CONNECTION settings.
1. Click on the “Setup Configuration
Item” window.  NOTE 
➔ Setup items relating to the IDT function will be displayed on the Be sure to perform IDT CONNECTION settings even when only one
right-hand side of the window. DR-ID 300CL exists within the system; otherwise images will not be
IDT/Console function-related setup items transferred from the FCR5000plus Image Reader to the DR-ID 300CL,
causing then an error to occur (error code: 31418).
$ For details of the IDT CONNECTION setup procedure, see

“3.14 Patient Information Sharing Function Setup” under
00000160.EPS
2. On item “55 Distribution Code for FCR5000 Series

Connection”, check the distribution code (default: 5000-IIP)
to be received from the FCR5000plus Image Reader.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● IP use count calculation ● Saving Config
To calculate the IP use count, perform the following settings.
1. Click on the “Setup Configuration ➔ A confirmation window opens.
Item” window.
➔ Setup items relating to the IDT function will be displayed on the 2. Click .
IDT/Console function-related setup items ➔ The system saves the setup data.
00000160.EPS
2. Set the Nos. below as follows.

 No. 140 “Enable IP Use Count List” : Set to “Yes”.
 No. 141 “Enable IP Use Count Reset” : Set to “Yes”.
3. Click .
4. Select unnecessary settings on the right-hand side of the

window and click [Delete].
5. Register other consoles that require calculation of IP use

counts.
$ For details of the registration procedure, see “3.16 Log
Information Sharing Function Setup” under “MU: Maintenance
Utility”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Settings for connection of the FDR D-EVO 2. Enter “43” and press the <Enter> key.
To make connection with an FDR D-EVO, use the procedure described ➔ A window like that shown below opens.
below.
● Installing correction parameters (V4.0 only)

DXL74009.ai
 NOTE  3. Enter “2” and press the <Enter> key.

In case the installation start window does not open automatically, ➥ REFERENCE
By default, “1) Builtin” is installed on the DR-ID 300CL-AP.
DXL74010.ai

➔ The “DR Console Setup Tool” exits, returning you to the desktop
screen.
DXL74008.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Setting the IMAGE MODALITY 3. Perform the following IMAGE MODALITY function-related
setting.
1. From the “IIP Service Utility” window, click [Setup
Table IMAGE MODALITY Setup Item List
Configuration Item].
316 Enable High  0 : Yes Specifying whether or not to
Speed Preview Enables the high enable the high speed preview.
speed preview.
 1 : No
Disables the high
speed preview.
DXCL100810003.ai
➔ The “Setup Configuration Item” window opens.
2. Click .
00000132.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Setting the CSL/IDT FUNCTION No. Name Selection Meaning
1. Click on the “Setup Configuration 193 Monolith  0 : 13.6inch Specifying an image size applied
Image Output To be output with when outputting an FPD image.
Item” window. Mode the 13.6inch size
(correction area * Select “0: 13.6inch” only when
➔ Setup items relating to the IDT function will be displayed on the connecting the FDR D-EVO.
right-hand side of the window. not included).
 1 : 14inch
IDT/Console function-related setup items To be output with
the 14inch size
(correction area
included).
194 Enable Auto  Yes Specifying whether or not to
Exposure Automatically have the irradiated field to be
Area recognized. recognized automatically.
Recognition  No
* Select “Yes” only when
Not to be
connecting the FDR D-EVO.
recognized
automatically.
195 Exposure  0 Specifying an error value (unit:
Area Margin mm) when the irradiated filed is
00000160.EPS
to be recognized automatically.
* Specify an integer number.
2. Perform the following CSL/IDT function-related settings. * The trimming size is decided
Table CSL/IDT FUNCTION setup items list by reducing the recognized
irradiated field area by the
No. Name Selection Meaning determined value. Because the
X-ray irradiation is a projection
184 Type of FPD  0 : PcuCif Specifying an FPD system type.
of radioactivity, the irradiated
System  1 : SysCon Specify “1: SysCon” when using
filed area on the detector face
on the DR-ID 300CL.
tends to be larger than on the
* By default, “0: PcuCif” is exposure stand face. This
determined in the DR-ID function is used to correct such
300CL-AP CD of V4.0 or difference caused in the
earlier. irradiated field area.
* This item is hidden in V6.0 or 315 Display  Yes Specifying whether or not to
later. Battery Displays the display the warning for low
190 ImageCutting  0 : DetectorSize Specifying the image cutout logic Warning warning for low battery on DR-ID 601SE, DR-ID
LogicType Not to be cut out. to be applied when inputting battery. 602SE and DR-ID 611SE when
 1 : ExposureSize FPD images.  No a study is started.
Cut out with the Does not display
irradiated field * To connect the FDR D-EVO, the warning for
size. select “0: DetectorSize”. low battery.
* In V5.0 or later, the setting for  : Default setting, *: Note
this item is fixed to
“0 : DetectorSize”, and this
item is hidden.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Setting the CONFIG OPTION ● Saving Config
1. Click on the “Setup Configuration 1. Select “Save” from the “Config (F)” menu.
Item” window. ➔ A confirmation window opens.
2. Click .
CONFIG OPTION function-related setup items
● Editing the AEC Conversion File

$ For details of the AEC conversion file editing procedure, see
“Appendix K Editing the AEC Conversion File (V6.1 or Later)”
under “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
DXL74012.ai
2. Perform the following CONFIG OPTION function-related

setting.
Table CONFIG OPTION function setup item list
2 Enable  Yes Specifying whether or not to
Trimming Enables the enable the trimming function.
Function trimming function.
 No * Settings for whether the
Disables the trimming function is enabled or
trimming function. disabled must be the same in a
hospital.
* To connect the FDR D-EVO,
select “Yes”.
* This is the setup item in V4.0
or earlier.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Setting the connection of CR built-in exposure device 2. Click ― in the
(V5.0 or later) “Setup Configuration Item” window.
If connecting the CR built-in exposure device (FRUP connection),
perform the following procedures.
● Registering the CR built-in exposure device
 NOTE 
Do not register CR built-in exposure devices other than the one that is

actually connected. Malfunction may occur due to the unnecessary
registration.
Do not set IPv6, as CR built-in exposure devices do not support IPv6.


Configuration Item]. DXL74003.ai
3. Click .

I.
DXCL100810003.ai
➔ The “Setup Configuration Item” window opens. II.
III.
DXL07040001.ai
I. Enter the host name of CR built-in exposure device (ex: Velocity).

 NOTE 
<>&‘“/\
II. Enter the IP address of CR built-in exposure device (ex: 172.16.1.20).

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● For V9.0 or later 7. To connect the 2nd CR built-in exposure device, repeat the
step 2 through 6.
I
 NOTE 
For CR built-in exposure device registration to the CONNECTING
II EQUIPMENT is not required.
III
DXCL140704006.ai
I. Enter “Velocity”, for example, for HostName of the cassette-type

Image Reader.
 NOTE 
<>&‘“/\
II. Enter the IP address of CR built-in exposure device (ex: 172.16.1.20).

5. Click .
➔ The “FRUP Setup” window opens.
6. Place a checkmark to “BUILTIN” and click .
DXL07040002.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Setting the system information 2. Perform the following IMAGE MODALITY function-related
setting.
1. Click . Table IMAGE MODALITY Setup Item List
➔ Setup items related to the system information of DR-ID 300CL will No. Name Selection Meaning
be displayed. 53 Horizontal  0: ALL OFF Specifying whether or not to
UMB No image unevenness apply image unevenness
Procession removal processing is removal processing to the
for VELOCITY applied. table type (CR-IR 364T,
& PRELIO  1: ON Table Type Only CR-IR 367 CR-IR 370 CR-
Image unevenness IR 371 and CR-IR 372) and
removal processing is upright type (CR-IR 364U
applied only to the and CR-IR 366) Image
table type (CR-IR Readers.
364T, CR-IR 367
CR-IR 370 CR-IR 371 * Specify “ON” only for newly
installed mobile models or
and CR-IR 372)
mobile models on which an
equipment.
image unevenness problem
 2: ON Upright Type Only
Image unevenness arose as it was subjected
removal processing is to undue vibrations. Specify
applied only to the “OFF” for equipment newly
upright type (CR-IR installed at a hospital or
364U and CR-IR 366) already-installed mobile
00000132.ai
equipment. models.
 3: ALL ON
Image unevenness
removal processing is
applied to all
equipment models.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Setting the CSL / IDT FUNCTION ● Saving Config
1. Click in the “Setup Configuration 1. Select “Save” from the “Config (F)” menu.
➔ Setup items related to the IDT function will be displayed on the
right-hand side of the window. 2. Click .
00000160.EPS
2. Perform the following IDT function-related setting.

Table CSL/IDT FUNCTION Setup Item List
119 Enable  0:No Specifying whether to display or
Velocity Does not display. hide the high-sensitivity selection
Sensitivity  1:Yes (Velocity_T button for high-speed erasure of
Button Only) data on the VELOCITY.
Displays only the
supine position.
 2:Yes (Velocity_U
Only)
Displays only the
upright position.
 3:Yes (Both)
Displays both of
the supine
position and
upright position.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Setting the trimming size (V5.0 or later) ● Setting the system information
 NOTE  1. From the “IIP Service Utility” window, click [Setup
The pantomographic image is not targeted for trimming. To cut out the Configuration Item].
pantomographic image in V5.0 or later, the following settings and
conditions are required.
Register “15CMX30CM” to the “318 Enable Trimming size Extended

(Auto)” of “1. IMAGE MODALITY”.
Set “6 Enable Pantomography Processing” of “5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION”

to “Yes”.
The input image is being “10INX12IN” size of the CR image.

The exposure menu is being pantomography menu (*).

* MPM code is one of the following:
DXCL100810003.ai
0x2004 0x2014 0x2024 0x2044 0x2054 ➔ The “Setup Configuration Item” window opens.
0x2064 0x2074 0x2084 0x2094 0x20A4
0x20B4 0x20C4 0x20D4 0x20E4 0x20F4 2. Click .
➔ Setup items relating to the system information of DR-ID 300CL will
be displayed.
00000132.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3. Perform the following IMAGE MODALITY-related settings. No. Name Selection Meaning
Table IMAGE MODALITY Setup Item List 351 Enable  18CMX43CM, Setting allowable trimming sizes for
Trimming size 18CMX24CM, the manual trimming.
No. Name Selection Meaning Extended 24CMX30CM,
* Maximum : 18CMX43CM,
317 Enable  17INX17IN, Setting allowable sizes from 17INX1 (Manual) 15CMX30CM,
18CMX24CM,
Trimming size 14INX17IN, 7IN,14INX17IN,14INX14IN,10INX14 8INX14IN,
24CMX30CM,
Standard 14INX14IN, IN,10INX12IN, and 8INX10IN with 7INX8IN,
15CMX30CM,
(Auto+Manual) 10INX14IN, the “ , ” delimitation of DICOM 7INX10IN,
8INX14IN,7INX8IN,
10INX12IN, notation. 5INX8IN
7INX10IN,5INX8IN
8INX10IN
* Maximum : 17INX17IN,14INX17IN, * Do not input delimiter except “,”.
14INX14IN,10INX14IN, Operations cannot be performed
10INX12IN,8INX10IN properly if the other delimiters exist.
* Do not delete “17INX17IN”, or an : Default setting, *: Note
error will occur.
* In V7.0 or earlier, the configuration
name is “Enable Trimming Size 1”.
318 Enable  18CMX43CM Specifying the trimming size used
Trimming size when determining the trimming size
Extended with the exposure field auto
(Auto) recognition.
* Maximum : 18CMX43CM,
18CMX24CM,
24CMX30CM,
15CMX30CM,
8INX14IN,7INX8IN,
7INX10IN,5INX8IN
* Do not input delimiter except “,”.
Operations cannot be performed
* To use the 24x30cm, 18x24cm, or
15x30cm CR cassette, set this item
to the same as the size of the CR
cassette. If the different size is set,
the error will occur at print output.
* The default setting in V5.0 is a blank.
* In V7.0 or earlier, the configuration
Furthermore, both auto and
manual trimming sizes are set.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Setting the CSL / IDT FUNCTION ● Saving Config
1. Click in the “Setup Configuration 1. Select “Save” from the “Config (F)” menu.
➔ Setup items related to the IDT function will be displayed on the
2. Click .
00000160.EPS
2. Perform the following IDT function-related setting.

Table CSL/IDT FUNCTION Setup Item List
6 Enable  No Specifying whether or not to
Pantomography The pantomography use the pantomography (to
Processing is not used. isolate a 15×30cm image
 Yes from a 10”×12” size image).
Image isolation
processing is
performed if the
target image is a
pantomography
menu
(MPMcode20×4) in
10”×12” size.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Setting the operation patterns when ● Setting the CSL / IDT FUNCTION
X-ray automatic detection function is used (V6.0 or later)
 NOTE  Configuration Item].
When the DR cassette with X-ray automatic detection function is used, set
the “Enable X-Free” to “Yes” in the “Device Setting” of the Service Utility.
$ For details on the setup procedures, see “4.2.3 Registering the
Image Detector (V5.0 or Later)”.
If using the DR cassette with the X-ray automatic detection function,

images can be created without receiving the exposure signal from the
X-ray exposure device.
However, activating the X-ray automatic detection function consumes
more power of DR cassette.
DXCL100810003.ai
Therefore, set one of the following three patterns as per the institute’s ➔ The “Setup Configuration Item” window opens.
request.
 Pattern A: The system automatically selects an unexposed menu
and changes to the X-ray detection mode. (same as the
operability with V5.0 or earlier.)
 Pattern B: When users select an unexposed menu, the system
automatically changes to the X-ray detection mode. (The
system does not automatically select the unexposed
menu.)
 Pattern C: Users manually change to the X-ray detection mode.
Setting of each item of Operation mode of

Battery
Operation CSL/IDT FUNCTION X-ray automatic
consumption of
pattern detection function
1 318 321 DR cassette
(User Utility)
A Yes Yes No – High
B No Yes No – Middle
C Optional Yes Yes Manual Mode Low
 NOTE 
When changing the settings of No. 321 in “5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION”
from “Yes” to “No”, change the settings of “Operability when using the
X-ray-free function” in User Utility back to “Use Auto Mode” first.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2. Perform the following IDT function-related setting. 3. Select “Save” from the “Config” menu.
Table CSL/IDT FUNCTION Setup Item List ➔ A confirmation window opens.
1 AutoMenuSelect  No Specifying whether or
From exposure list not to automatically 4. Click .
menus of unread images, move onto the next
manually selects exposure menu item (at ➔ The system saves the setup data.
exposure menus of the the bottom on the
image to be read the screen) when multiple
next. exposure menus are 5. Select “Close” from the “Config” menu.
 Yes registered.
When an image is ➔ The system returns to the “IIP Service Utility” window.
received from the FPD,
automatically moves onto
the next exposure menu 6. Click “Exit Service Utility”.
item (at the bottom on
the screen). ➔ The system returns to the desktop window.
318 Use X-ray Free  No Specifying whether or
Operation Does not use the not to use the
operations related to operations related to
X-ray automatic detection X-ray automatic
function. detection function.
 Yes
Uses the operations
related to X-ray automatic
detection function.
321 Use X-ray Free  No Specifying whether or
Operation Mode Unable to select the not to select the
operation mode of X-ray operation mode (Auto,
automatic detection Manual) of X-ray
function in User Utility. automatic detection
 Yes function in User Utility.
Enable to select the
operation mode of X-ray * When changing the
automatic detection setting from “Yes” to
function in User Utility. “No”, be sure to set
the operation mode of
X-ray automatic
detection function in
User Utility to “Auto”
in advance.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Setting the User Utility (operation pattern C only) 5. Select “Use Manual Mode (power-saving)” from the
“Operability using the automatic X-ray detection”.
“Fuji Film”, and “Console Advance (“DR-Console” in V4.0 or
earlier)”.
➔ The DR-ID 300CL opening window opens.
In about two minutes, the DR-ID 300CL-AP reception window opens.
DXCL140419005.ai
DXCL040704006.ai
2. Click “User Utility” in the menu. 6. Click .

➔ The “Main Menu” window opens. ➔ The system returns to the “Main Menu” window.
7. Click .
➔ “User Utility” exits.

DXCL040704004.ai
3. Click .
4. Select tab.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Setting the high-sensitivity mode of the X-ray automatic 1. From the “IIP Service Utility” window, click [Setup Configu-
detection function and the non-exposed image ration Item].
acquisition function (V7.0 or later)
 NOTE 
 The MC software version must be V4.0 or later.
 For use of the high-sensitivity mode of the X-ray automatic detection
function and the non-exposed image acquisition function, set the
“EnableX-Free” of the DR cassette to be used to “Yes” in the “Device
Setting” of the Service Utility.
$ For details on the setup procedures, see “4.2.3 Registering the
Image Detector (V5.0 or Later)”.
DXCL100810003.ai

window.
00000160.EPS
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3. Perform the following IDT function-related settings.

318 Use X-ray  No Specifying whether or not to
Free Does not use the use the operations related to
Operation operations related X-ray automatic detection
to X-ray automatic function.
detection function.
 Yes
Uses the
operations related
to X-ray automatic
detection function.
352 Use X free  No Setting or not to use whether
High Not used. the high-sensitivity mode of
Sensitive  Yes the X-ray automatic detection
Mode Used. function.
353 Time-out  30 (5 to 60) Specifying the timeout value
Value in High in high-sensitivity mode of the
Sensitive X-ray automatic detection
Mode function (unit: sec).
354 MPM Code Up to 64 one-byte Specifying the MPM code
for QC Lag characters. ( 091E) used as a menu for non-
Image exposed QC in the high
sensitive mode of the X-ray
automatic detection function.
* Multiple codes can be
specified delimited by
commas.
: Default setting

saved.
5. Click .
6. Select “Close” from the “Config” menu.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Setting the configuration related to Integrated MC 3. Perform the following IDT function-related settings.
(V7.0 or later)
For Integrated MC configuration, perform the following config settings.
348 Display Calibration  No Setting whether or not to
Dialog Not displayed. display a warning
1. From the “IIP Service Utility” window, click [Setup Configu-  Yes message at the time of
ration Item]. Displayed. calibration.

saved.
5. Click .
DXCL100810003.ai
➔ The “Setup Configuration Item” window opens. ➔ The system returns to the “IIP Service Utility” window.
window.
00000160.EPS
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Connection setting of the D-EVO2 DS (V8.0 or later) 2. Click on the “Setup Configuration Item”
window.
● Installing the DS software ➔ Setup items relating to the IDT function will be displayed on the
Install the DS software using installation media attached to the DS. right-hand side of the window.
$ For the procedures of installing the DS software, see “DR-ID 1200, IDT/Console function-related setup items
DR-ID 1200PU, DR-ID 1200DU” service manual.
● Setting the CSL / IDT FUNCTION

00000160.EPS
3. Perform the following IDT function-related settings.

393 Use Exposure  No Setting whether or not to use
Support Device Does not use. the DS/injector (exposure
DXCL100810003.ai
 Yes sub-function).
➔ The “Setup Configuration Item” window opens. Uses.
saved.
5. Click .


➔ The system returns to the desktop window.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Setting for DR standard size image creation (V8.0 or later) ● Setting the system information
To use the DR standard size image creation function, perform the 1. From the “IIP Service Utility” window, click [Setup
following settings. Configuration Item].
● Arrangement of conversion definition files

1. Start up the Explorer and open “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\
IIP\Param” folder.
2. Delete “TargetPixelSizeList.csv” in the folder.
3. Select a conversion definition file appropriate for the

operation in each institution among the following
conversion definition files in the same folder, and change DXCL100810003.ai
the filename to “TargetPixelSizeList.csv”. ➔ The “Setup Configuration Item” window opens.
File name Description 2. Click .

This file defines only a pattern which converts a
TargetPixelSizeList_
24x30 size image of the 24x30cm-model panel ➔ Setup items relating to the system information of DR-ID 300CL will
MiniSizeTo10IN12IN.csv be displayed.
into a 10”x12” size of the DR-standard panel.
This file defines only a pattern which converts a Items for DR-ID 300CL system setup
TargetPixelSizeList_
24x30 size image of the 24x30cm-model panel
MiniSizeTo24CM30CM.csv
into a 2430 size of the DR-standard panel.
This file defines all types of patterns. A 2430 size
TargetPixelSizeList_ALL_
image of the 24x30cm-model panel is converted
MiniSizeTo10IN12IN.csv
into a 10”x12” size of the DR-standard panel.
This file defines all types of patterns. A 2430 size
TargetPixelSizeList_ALL_
image of the 24x30cm-model panel is converted
MiniSizeTo24CM30CM.csv
into a 2430 size of the DR-standard panel.
4. Close the Explorer.
00000132.ai
3. Set Item 301 “Enable Free Size Trimming” to “Yes”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Setting the CSL / IDT FUNCTION ● Setting the User Utility
1. Click on the “Setup Configuration 1. Click and then sequentially choose “All Programs”,
Item” window.
“Fuji Film”, and “Console Advance”.
DXCL140419005.ai
2. Click “User Utility” in the menu.

00000160.EPS
3. Click [Menu Setting].

2. Set Item “380 Enable SizeUp For DRImage” to “Yes”.

4. Click .
DXCL120850007.ai
➔ The system saves the setup data. ➔ The “Menu Setting” window opens.
5. Select “Close” from the “Config” menu. 4. Select a menu from among the menus in the “Exposure/
➔ The system returns to the “IIP Service Utility” window. Study Menu” to which applies the DR standard size image
creation function, and click [Edit].
6. Click “Exit Service Utility”.
➔ The “Exposure Menu Setting” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5. Open “Exposure parameter 3” tab and set up “Various Fill
Density [%]”.
DXCL120704006.ai
➥ REFERENCE
The setting of “Various Fill Density [%]” is reflected to the following
functions.
 Fill density of a shuttering process
 Fill density of four sides when creating a standard size image
 Fill density of parts outside an image when implementing arbitrary
rotation
6. Click [OK].
➔ The system returns to the “Exposure Menu Setting” window.
7. Click [OK].
8. Click [Terminate].
➔ The system returns to the registration window of DR-ID 300CL-AP.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ DR cassette connection settings for long size model 2. Click .
Configure the following settings when using the DR cassette of long ➔ The DR-ID 300CL system information setup items appear.
size model (hereafter called as long pannel).
 NOTE 
To use this function, the following PC specifications are necessary.
Operation and performance are not guaranteed if the specifications are
not met.
Item Specification Assumed PC
Intel(R) Core(TM) i5-4570 processor
CPU
(3.20GHz, 6MB) or better
Windows Vista Business Edition SP2
OS
Windows 7 Professional Edition SP1
HP ProDesk 600 G1 SF
Memory 4GB or more
HDD 500GB or more 00000132.ai
LAN GbE
3. Set the “329 DR Stitch With Modality Option” to “No”.
● System information setup
1. From the “IIP Service Utility” window, click [Setup Configuration

Item].
DXCL100810003.ai
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
● Setting the User Utility 5. Select [Setting for DR] and click [Image Processing Parameter
Setting].
➔ The “Image Processing Parameter Setting” window opens.
“Fuji Film”, and “Console Advance.
➔ The DR-ID 300CL opening window opens. 6. Set “Panel Type” to “GOS-2”.
7. Click [OK].
8. Click [OK].
DXCL140419005.ai ➔ The system returns to the “Main Menu” window.

9. Click [Terminate]
➔ User Utility is terminated and the system returns to the reception
➔ The “Main Menu” window opens. window.
3. Click [Menu Setting].
DXCL120850007.ai
➔ The “Menu Setting” window opens.
4. Select an arbitrary menu from “Exposure/Study Menu” on the

right side of the window, and click [Edit].
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
● Setting the effective area for the long panel ● Icon settings for the table type
The default settings of effective area for all menus are set to “All area” For table type, it is required to set the icon display to indicate the correct
in following cases. position that corresponds to the position of the first effective area.
Follow the procedures below to set the icon.
 When newly installing V9.0 (or later).
 When updated from V8.1 (or ealier) to V9.0 (or later). 1. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC.
Use the MenuImportExportTool to change the effective area settings as
needed.
2. Double-click the “(Disk drive):\Tools\ActivePanelIconConverter\
ActivePanelIconConverter.bat” file.
$ For details on MenuImportExportTool, see “20. Menu Import
Export Tool” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”. ➔ The following window opens.
 NOTE 
Use a version of the MenuImportExportTool that is compatible with the
version of DR-ID300CL.
DXCL140704010.ai
3. According to the reference position, enter “1” or “2”, and press

the <Enter> key.
 NOTE 
Viewing from the DR-ID 300CL, if the reference position (green
mark) of the long panel is at left-hand side, select “1”; if it is at right-
hand side , select “2”.
➔ The following message is displayed.
DXCL140704011.ai

010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
● Precautions when connecting the long panel Available/unavailable
No. Name when using long panel Remark
 Set “ReaderType” for “Selector” when connecting the long panel
according to the different situations described as below.
303 Motion Warning Value -
- When using as upright type : set to FPD-U
- When using as table type : set to FPD-T 327 Motion Shift Flag -
- Others (unfixed) : set to FPD-C
 The following functions cannot be used with the long panel even if 328 Marker Search LR -
they are enabled.
Complete Study when
Function Description 337 WS menu with one -
High Speed Preview Always previewing in normal speed. image
Always using GPR2. If you wish to use GPR processing, settings Enable density correction
GPR (old) 353 -
for option key and exposure menu are required as before. to DR stiched Image
 Some existing syetem settings applied on DR long-view cannot be Enable S Value Edit to
354 -
applied on images that are taken by the long panel. The following DR pre-stiched Image
table described those settings are available or unavailable when ○ : Available, - : Unavailable
using long panel. (The setting items with “unavailable” means the
settings cannot be applied on images that are taken by the long panel Table setting items in CSL/IDT FUNCTION when using the long panel
even if they are enabled.) Available/unavailable
No. Name Remark
when using long panel
$ For details of the individual setup items, see “3. Various Configuration
Settings— Setup Configuration Item” under “MU: MaintenanceUtility”. 335 Motion Correct Marker Path -
Table setting items in IMAGE MODALITY when using the long panel ○ : Available, - : Unavailable
No. Name Available/unavailable Remark  If the connection confirmation error message appears when performing
when using long panel
exposure with the long panel, check that the image composition
64
Edge Adjust
-
option is being applied.
Flag For FPD
65 Fov Cut UD -
 Effective area can be specified for the long panel only when the
“Reader Type” is set to Upright (FPD-U) or Table (FPD-T). When
66 Fov Cut LR - “Reader Type” is set to Free (FPD-C), the effective area cannot be
For those images which have specified and it will become all area. For the “Selector”, set the
Enable been performed with RT in the “Reader Type” to “FPD-U” or “FPD-T” when you wish to change the
Marking ROI setting window*, no stiched
70 ○
image marker will be displayed
effective area.
Stitched
Image even though there has a joint
section.  When trimming long-view images taken by the long panel, the “328
Reduction Ratio of WS image (DR) is fixed” under “5.CSL/IDT
Display Motion
302
Correction
- FUNCTION” must be set to “No”.
○ : Available, - : Unavailable
* Automatically opens in study window after exposure finished. With the switch button, the
ROI setting window and the combining position adjustment window can be switched.
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
4.2.3 Registering the Image Detector (V5.0 or Later) I. Set the name of the Image Detector with 1 to 5 characters
without using a same name as other Image Detectors.
II. Set the ID of the Image Detector with 1 to 16 one-byte
1. Start the DR-ID 300CL Service Utility. alphanumeric characters without using a same ID as other Image
➔ The “IIP Service Utility” window opens. Detectors.
III. Select the device type from the following:
2. Click [Device Setting].  BENEO
 FDR AcSelerate
 CALNEO U/MT/MB
3. Click [Add].  CALNEO-C/FDR D-EVO (DR-ID 600SE/DR-ID 601SE/DR-ID 602SE)
➔ The “Data Type” window opens.  CALNEO-C SQ/FDR D-EVO plus (DR-ID 611SE/DR-ID 612SE)
 FDR AcSelerate_CSI
 CALNEO-C mini/D-EVO plus C24 (DR-ID 613SE)
4. Perform the following settings.  CALNEO HC SQ
 CALNEO Smart G/D-EVO II G (DR-ID 1201SE/DR-ID 1202SE)
 CALNEO Smart C/D-EVO II C (DR-ID 1211SE/DR-ID 1212SE/
DR-ID 1213SE)
I  CALNEO GL1/D-EVO GL (DR-ID 1305SE)
IV. Set the color to identify the device (as needed).
II  Pink  Vivid Pink
 Blue  Vivid Blue
III  Yellow  Lime Yellow
 Purple  Vivid Purple
IV  Orange  Vivid Orange
 NOTE 
V
Do not use similar colors (Pink and Vivid Pink, for example)
simultaneously which are difficult to discriminate from each other.
DXCL040415001.ai
V. Set whether or not the DR cassette has X-ray automatic
detection function.
 Yes  No
5. Click .
 NOTE 
If there are multiple readers, repeat steps 3 through 5 to register them.
6. Click [Cancel].
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
4.2.4 Setting the Selectors I. Choose a selector tab.
This section describes the procedure used for setting the selectors. code with other selectors.
■ Setting the Selectors (V4.0 or earlier) for selection).
IV. Choose a Reader Type.
1. Start the DR-ID 300CL Service Utility.  CR Cassette
 5501
 5502
 Velocity U
Select FPD-U for the upright-type FPD,
FPD-T for the bed-type FPD, and FPD-C
➔ The “Selector Setting” window opens.  Velocity T
for the cassette-type DR equipment. Do
 FPD-U
not select any other type.
 FPD-T
3. Perform the following setup steps.
 FPD-C
➥ REFERENCE
I
Reader Type options for V3.1 or earlier are as follows.
 Cassette
II  5501
 5502 Select ShimadzuFPD for the upright-type
 Velocity U FPD and ShimadzuFPD-T for the bed-
III  Velocity T type FPD. Do not select any other type.
 ShimadzuFPD
IV  ShimadzuFPD-T
V V. Enter the character string (consisting of up to five characters) to

be displayed on the selector button.
VI. To restore the selector currently being edited to the status that
VI prevailed at DR-ID 300CL startup, turn this radio button ON.
4. Click .
DXL74011.ai
 NOTE 
If the host name is changed for the equipment whose “Reader Type” is
selected as other than “Cassette”, you must perform the “hostName”
setup procedure again. If you do not observe this precaution, an error
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
■ Setting the Selectors (V5.0 or later) 3. Perform the following setup steps:
 NOTE 
I
Register the Image Detector in [Device Setting] before setting the selectors.

$ For details on the setup procedures, see “4.2.3 Registering
the Image Detector (V5.0 or Later). II
 At the panel setting displayed in the study window, only the first 5 DR
cassettes from among all registered DR cassettes can be selected. III
To use the DR cassette other than the first 5 ones, register the DR
cassette at the selector setting on the User Utility. IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
XI
DXCL130412001.ai

 NOTE 
When connecting with the X-CON, set up in accordance with the
X-CON. Set up the exposure menu also in accordance with the
X-CON. If the X-ray tube/technique code which has been set to
the exposure menu does not exist in the selectors, the selector
which has been set as the InitialActiveButton will be set.
for selection).
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
IV. Choose a Reader Type. IX. Command for enabling or disabling the Virtual Grid function. (V8.1
 CR-Cassette : CR Cassette or later)
 Velocity U : Velocity upright position  For grid (oscillation type) device, set to OFF.
 Velocity T : Velocity supine position
 For grid (steady type) device, set to ON.
 FPD-U : DR built-in upright position
 FPD-T : DR built-in supine position  NOTE 
 FPD-C : DR Cassette
V. Enter the character string (consisting of up to five characters) to For V9.0 or later, when Virtual Grid is set to On for CR cassettes,
be displayed on the selector button. the selector set for all CR cassettes also must be set to On.
VI. Choose a icon to be used.
➥ REFERENCE ➥ REFERENCE
 It is possible to set this item only when the “Technique Code”
 Since the cassette designs are different, set a dedicated icon
is not “-1”.
for each of them.
 For the study rereaded from the media, the Virtual Grid
D-EVO, D-EVO GL
function does not operate. Set the Virtual Grid function to
handy D-EVO II Upright Supine OFF on the QA screen if necessary.
module Cassette
position position
X. Sound setting for “Ready” notices (V8.0 or later)
Makes sound from DR-ID 300CL once, when the status switches
from “Not Ready” to “Ready”.
XI. To restore the currently edited selector to the status that
 The icon file with “_S” at the end is a small icon for a laptop PC. prevailed at DR-ID 300CL startup, turn this radio button ON.
 NOTE 
VII. If the ReaderType is “FPD-U”, “FPD-T”, or “FPD-C”, set the
name of the Image Detector. When multiple readers have been configured, repeat I through
VIII. Select the Tube Number. (V7.0 or later)
XI to perform the configuration of selectors.
 NOTE 
The “Tube Number” is applicable only in Japan.
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
4. Click .
 NOTE 
 If the host name is changed for the equipment whose “ReaderType” is
selected as other than “Cassette”, you must select the “hostName”
again since the “Shot Ready” icon will be hidden when the host name
has been changed. If you do not observe this precaution, an error
 If the same technique code is to be set to different selectors, the Technique
Code needs to be set by editing the “TechniqueCodeConvertTbl.ini” file.
$ For details on the setup procedures, see “Appendix I Setting the
Technique Code” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
4.2.5 Optimizing the Monitor Display 2. Select the name of the display monitor that is actually being
Set the LUT file as follows to optimize the image display of the monitor used and click .
that is being used.  Linear LUT : Linear (linear gradation) LUT
 nanao L560T-C : EIZO 17” LCD monitor with touch
1. Click [LUT] on the “IIP Service Utility” window. panel (model L561T-C)
 EIZO T1781 : EIZO 17” LCD monitor with touch
panel (model T1781)
 NOTE 
DXCL100704002.ai

➔ The “Monitor List” window opens.
➥ REFERENCE
You can confirm the kind of the LUT file set in DR-ID 300CL by
comparing the update dates and sizes of the following files, and the
file contents when the file is opened in the notepad.
DXCL070404001.ai
 For V7.0 or later V4.0 or earlier : crtlut1.env
 LUT file settable in DR-ID 300CL.
➔ Settings are thus completed, and the system returns to the “IIP
Service Utility” window.
DXCL070404002.ai
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
4.2.6 Changing the Menu Database 2. Enter “3” and press the <Enter> key.
To change an exposure menu or image processing parameter, the ➔ A window like that shown below opens.
menu database must be replaced following individual procedures.
 NOTE 
Pay attention to the fact that exposure menu and selector settings will
revert to the default if a menu database is replaced.

 NOTE 

DXCL100302012.ai
3. Enter the item number of a language you wish to install and

 NOTE 
DXCL080304004.ai
Select a language without mammo menu in the countries where

the mammo menu is not available.
AWS35001.ai
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
4. Enter the item number of an image processing parameter (for 4.2.7 Exiting the Service Utility
Monitor/for Film) you wish to use, and then press the
<Enter> key. 1. From the “Setup Configuration Item” window, choose
“Close (C)” on the “Config (F)” menu.
 NOTE 
 For V4.0 or earlier, the following window opens. Select the FNC
parameter and CRF parameter to be used and press the <Enter>
key. 2. Click .
4.2.8 Installing the MC Software
AWS35002.ai
For Integrated MC configuration, install the MC software.
 For V6.2 or earlier, the system returns to the “DRConsole Setup  NOTE 
Tool” main menu without the display of the X-CON parameter
selection window. Proceed to step 6. When using the PC for MC, this procedure needs not to be performed.
$ For details on installation procedures of MC software, see DR-ID

➔ The X-CON parameter selection window appears.
600 Service Manual.
DXCL070305001.ai
➔ The message appears and replacement of the menu database

completes.

to the desktop.
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
4.3 Setting Network Connection in Laptop PC (2) Wireless connection to the in-hospital network
Connect DR-ID 300CL (laptop PC) wirelessly to the in-hospital
network. The IP address of the built-in wireless network adaptor of
 NOTE  DR-ID 300CL (laptop PC) is set to meet the image local network.
IP addresses of wired connection and wireless connection of DR-ID
 Change the IP address of the built-in wireless network adaptor as
300CL must be set as different network addresses. follows to meet the in-hospital network.
 The image local network does not support IPv6. Do not set IPv6. Example) When the in-hospital network address is “172.16.0.0”
4.3.1 Setting the IP Address in Before change After change

Each Network Configuration IPv4 address 192.168.0.50 172.16.1.20
IPv6 address - 2001:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0001:0014
■ Connection to the in-hospital network only
Subnet mask 255.255.255.0 255.255.0.0
(Wired or wireless connection)
$ See “Appendix 6 Changing the DR-ID 300CL IP Address”
under “Appx IN”.
(1)
DR-ID 300CL  NOTE 
(Laptop PC)
In case the IP address of the wireless connection has been
(2)
changed to “172.16.1.20” as per the aforementioned example, you
AP TCP/IP must change the IP address of the wired connection to another
or network address (192.160.0.50, for example).
HUB
CR Image DR-ID 300CL

PACS RIS CU/MC
Reader (Cluster Connection)
DR Image
Reader
In-hospital Network
DXCL050704001.ai
(1) Wired connection to the in-hospital network

Connect DR-ID 300CL (laptop PC) to the in-hospital network via a
wire.
Change the IP address in conformity to the in-hospital network.
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
■ Wired connection to the in-hospital and
wireless connection to the image local network
(1) (2)
DR-ID 300CL
(Laptop PC)
AP TCP/IP SE
or AP
HUB (DR Cassette)
RIS DR-ID 300CL

PACS
(Cluster Connection) MC*1 HUB*1
CR Image
Reader
In-hospital Network Image Local Network

DXCL070704009.ai
*1 : MC and HUB are not required for Integrated MC configuration.

wire.
(2) Wireless connection to the image local network
Connect DR-ID 300CL (laptop PC) wirelessly to the image local
network.
The IP address does not need to be changed.
 NOTE 
In case the in-hospital network address is “192.168.0.0”, you must
change image local network address to another network address.
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
■ Wireless connection to the in-hospital and (2) Wired connection to the image local network
wired connection to the image local network Connect DR-ID 300CL (laptop PC) to the image local network via a
wire.
(1) (2) The IP address of the NIC adaptor of DR-ID 300CL (laptop PC) is
DR-ID 300CL
(Laptop PC) set to meet the in-hospital network. Change the IP address of the
NIC adaptor as follows to meet the image local network.
AP TCP/IP SE
or AP Before change After change
HUB (DR Cassette)
IPv4 address 172.16.1.20 192.168.0.50
RIS DR-ID 300CL IPv6 address 2001:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0001:0014 -

PACS
(Cluster Connection) MC *1
HUB *1
Subnet mask 255.255.0.0 255.255.255.0
In-hospital Network Image Local Network  NOTE 

DXCL070704010.ai
In case the in-hospital network address is “192.168.0.0”, you must

change image local network address to another network address.
(1) Wireless connection to the in-hospital network $ See “Appendix 6 Changing the DR-ID 300CL IP Address”
Connect DR-ID 300CL (laptop PC) wirelessly to the in-hospital under “Appx IN”.
network. The IP address of the built-in wireless network adaptor of
DR-ID 300CL (laptop PC) is set to meet the image local network.
Change the IP address of the built-in wireless network adaptor as
follows to meet the in-hospital network.
Example) When the in-hospital network address is “172.16.0.0”
Before change After change

IPv4 address 192.168.0.50 172.16.1.20
IPv6 address - 2001:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0001:0014
Subnet mask 255.255.255.0 255.255.0.0
$ See “Appendix 6 Changing the DR-ID 300CL IP Address”

under “Appx IN”.
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
■ Wired and wireless connection to (3) Wireless connection to the image local network
the in-hospital network and Connect DR-ID 300CL (laptop PC) wirelessly to the image local
wireless connection to the image local network network.
The IP address does not need to be changed.
(1) (3)  NOTE 
DR-ID 300CL In case the in-hospital network address is “192.168.0.0”, you must
(Laptop PC) change image local network address to another network address.
(2)
➥ REFERENCE
TCP/IP SE
AP AP When the connection (1) is disconnected, the connection of DR-ID
(DR Cassette)
300CL (laptop PC) to the in-hospital network is switched from the
connection (1) to (2).
RIS DR-ID 300CL
PACS
(Cluster Connection) MC*1 HUB*1
CR Image
Reader
DXCL070704011.ai

wire.
(2) Wireless connection to the in-hospital network
Connect DR-ID 300CL (laptop PC) wirelessly to the in-hospital
network. Set up the network adaptor connected to the DR-ID
300CL (laptop PC) in accordance with the in-hospital network.
$ For the procedures of setting the IP address of the wireless
network adaptor, refer to the instruction manual attached to
the wireless network adaptor.
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
4.3.2 Enabling the Built-in Wireless Network Adaptor of
a Laptop PC
When using the built-in wireless network adaptor of a laptop PC,
perform the following procedures.
1. Display the wireless switching icon in the taskbar.
2. Enable the wireless LAN and 802.11a from the wireless

switching icon in the taskbar.
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
4.3.3 Setting the Connection Between 5. Click [Close].
DR-ID 300CL (Laptop PC) and
➥ REFERENCE
the Image Local Network AP
“Limited access” message is displayed, but the connection is
When the following configuration is set in “4.3.1 Setting the IP address established. You can confirm the connection by sending the ping.
in each network configuration”, it is necessary to set the connection
between DR-ID 300CL (laptop PC) and the image local network AP.
 Wired connection to the in-hospital network and wireless connection

to the image local network.
 Wired and wireless connection to the in-hospital network and wireless
connection to the image local network.
The procedures for setting the connection between DR-ID 300CL

(laptop PC) and the image local network AP are shown below.
1. Click in the taskbar.
2. Click the wireless network connection to connect to the

image local network.
➔ The connectable network names are displayed.
3. Click the SSID “FUJIAPxx” (xx represent numbers), which

has been set to the AP to connect.
4. Place a checkmark to “Connect automatically” and click

[Connect].
 NOTE 
When the “Enter the network security key” massage appears, enter
“fujifilm” and click [OK].
➔ The connection processing is completed,

and the message of connection failure is displayed.
 NOTE 
When a checkmark is not placed to “Connect automatically”, place
a checkmark.
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
4.3.4 Registration of Connection Settings of
the In-Hospital Network (V7.3 or Later)
When using the network setting switching function, register connection
settings of the in-hospital network as necessary.
 NOTE 
If the smart controller and the remote desktop function are used along

with the network setting switching function, establish communication
with the DR-ID 300CL via the image local network.
The network setting switching function cannot be used on the in-

hospital network in the following cases.
- If it is connected with the in-hospital network only by a wired
connection
- If DHCP is used for connection with the in-hospital network
Do not use the network setting switching function on the following

networks.
- The image local network
- The network which shares the in-hospital network with the image
local network
If the same SSID is registered to the connection settings of multiple

networks inside the hospital, set “No” in “368 Enable radio map in-
hospital network dialog” of “5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION”.
If the in-hospital network is being connected by using a wireless network

adapter and the function for switching network setting is used, do not
start the utility application which is attached to the wireless network
adapter. In addition, delete the utility application from menu
– “All Programs” – “Startup” so that the application does not start
automatically when the DR-ID 300CL is started.
Do not remove the wireless LAN adapter of the USB registered to the

network adapter setting from the USB port.
If any of the following messages is displayed, after removing the
wireless LAN adapter, insert the wireless LAN adapter to the USB port
again and perform the operation.
[SM00002] System error occurred.
[SM00006] Failed in accessing the data base.
$ For details on registration procedures, see “17.1 Registering the

Network Settings” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
4.4 Setting Network Connection for  Configuration according to the combination with CU
the Desktop PC with Additional NIC
(1) (2)
An example of the setting network connection for desktop PC with DR-ID 300CL
additional NIC is shown below.
TCP/IP
$ For details on the procedures to add the NIC, see “Appendix 43 HUB AP
Adding the NIC” under “Appx IN: Installation – Appendix”.
DR-ID 300CL
 NOTE  RIS (Cluster CU/PCU
Connection) SE
 NIC and network must be connected in the following combinations. (DR Cassette)
- On-board NIC : In-hospital network CR Image DR Built-in
- Additional NIC : Image local network PACS
Reader Image Reader
The LAN cables of the in-hospital network and the image local network

must not be switched. DXCL070704013.ai
 The image local network does not support IPv6. Do not set IPv6.
(1) Wired connection of DR-ID 300CL and in-hospital network
The IP address of the on-board NIC must be changed according to
■ For Integrated MC configuration the in-hospital network.
 MC single configuration (2) Wired connection of DR-ID 300CL and image local network
The IP address of the additional NIC must be set according to the
(1) (2) image local network as below.
DR-ID 300CL e.g.,) IP address : 192.168.0.10
Subnet mask : 255.255.255.0
TCP/IP SE
HUB AP $ For the procedures for changing the DR-ID 300CL IP addresses,
(DR Cassette)
see “Appendix 6 Changing the DR-ID 300CL IP Address” under
“Appx IN”.
DR-ID 300CL
PACS RIS (Cluster
Connection)
 NOTE 
Different IP addresses must be set for the on-board NIC and the
CR Image additional NIC. They also must not belong to the same subnet.
Reader
DXCL070704012.ai
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
4.5 Setting the Priority Order of 5. Set the connections in the “Connection” field and the “Bindings
the Network Binding for xxx” field (xxx is the connection name) so that they are
displayed in the following priority order.
● V7.0 or earlier
4.5.1 For the Laptop PC
1. Wired connection to the in-hospital network
When DR-ID 300CL (laptop PC) has one of the following configurations,
2. Wireless connection to the in-hospital network
the network binding must be set.
3. Wired connection to the image local network
 Wired connection to the in-hospital and wireless connection to the
image local network 4. Wireless connection to the image local network
 Wireless connection to the in-hospital and wired connection to the ● V7.1 or later
image local network
1. Wireless connection to the image local network
 Wired and wireless connection to the in-hospital network and wireless 2. Wired connection to the image local network
connection to the image local network
3. Wireless connection to the in-hospital network
 Integrated MC configuration
4. Wired connection to the in-hospital network
The network binding setting procedures for DR-ID 300CL (laptop PC) is
shown below.  NOTE 
If a cassette-type Image Reader is connected, set this equipment
in IDT CONNECTING.
$ For details of setting the IDE CONNECTING, see “3.14 Patient
➔ The “All Control Panel Items” window opens. Information Sharing Function Setup” under “MU: Maintenance
Utility”.
2. Click .
➥ REFERENCE
➔ The “Network and Sharing Center” window opens. By setting the priority order for the network binding, “This Host”
becomes the connection with the highest priority order of the
3. Click “Change adapter settings” on the left side of the window. connected network connections.
➔ The “Network Connection” window opens.
4. Select “Advanced Settings” from the “Advanced” menu. 6. Click [OK].

➔ The system returns to the “Network Connection” window.
➥ REFERENCE
If the menu bar is not displayed, press the <Alt> key to display it.
7. Close the “Network Connection” window.
➔ The “Advanced Settings” window opens. ➔ The system returns to the desktop screen.
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
4.5.2 For the Desktop PC with Additional NIC 4.6 Procedures for Changing the DR-ID 300CL
If an Integrated MC configuration is set for the desktop PC with and RU (FPD and Cassette-type Image
additional NIC, the network binding must be set. Reader) IP Addresses
This section explains about the procedures for changing the IP
addresses for the DR-ID 300CL and RU (FPD and cassette-type Image
➔ The “All Control Panel Items” window opens. Reader).
The IP addresses need to be changed in the following cases.
2. Click . Case 1: When changing the DR-ID 300CL and RU (FPD and
cassette-type Image Reader) IP addresses for reason of
➔ The “Network and Sharing Center” window opens. hospital network management
3. Click “Change adapter settings” on the left side of the window. $ To change the IP address, see “Appendix 3 Procedures for
Changing the DR-ID 300CL and RU IP Addresses” under “Appx
➔ The “Network Connection” window opens. IN”.
4. Select “Advanced Settings” from the “Advanced” menu.
➥ REFERENCE
If the menu bar is not displayed, press the <Alt> key to display it.
4.7 Procedures for Changing
➔ The “Advanced Settings” window opens. the DR-ID 300CL Host Name
5. Set the connections in the “Connection” field and the “Bindings
for xxx” field (xxx is the connection name) so that they are Procedures observed when the DR-ID 300CL host name is changed
displayed in the following priority order. follow.
1. Wired connection to the in-hospital network (On-board NIC) $ See “Appendix 5 Changing the DR-ID 300CL Host Name” under
2. Wireless connection to the in-hospital network (Additional NIC) “Appx IN”.
➥ REFERENCE
By setting the priority order for the network binding, “This Host”
becomes the connection with the highest priority order of the
connected network connections.
6. Click [OK].
➔ The system returns to the “Network Connection” window.
7. Close the “Network Connection” window.
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
4.8 DR-ID 300CL Setup for Connection to 4.9 Barcode Reader/Magnetic Card
Other Equipment Reader Connection
This section explains about the software setup procedures to be When using the barcode reader or magnetic card reader, perform the
performed when connecting the following equipment to the DR-ID following connection and setup.
300CL.
● Barcode reader connection and setup
● Synapse server (DICOM connection) $ For details on the connection, see “Appendix 1 Connecting
$ See “2. Software Setup” under the Barcode Reader [Option]” under “Appx IN”.
“Appendix 10 DICOM CR Storage” of “Appx IN”.
● Magnetic card reader connection and setup
● DRYPIX (DICOM Print) $ For details on the connection, see “Appendix 2 Setting Up the
$ See “2. Software Setup” under “Appendix 12 DICOM Print” of Magnetic Card [Option]” under “Appx IN”.
“Appx IN”.
● Synapse server (When Web Query is used)

$ See “2. DR-ID 300CL Software Setup” under “Appendix 21 4.10 Setting the DX Parameter
Synapse Server (Web Query)” of “Appx IN”.
When “0:DX” is set up for the Modality setup (No. 54 of IMAGE
● X-CON (only on desktop PC) MODALITY), DX parameter needs to be set up for the exposure menus.
$ See “2. Software Setup” under “Appendix 19 X-Ray Provide the user with appropriate explanations with this regard.
Controller” of “Appx IN”. As requested by the user, use the User Utility or Menu Information
Import Export Tool to set up the DX parameter for the DR-ID 300CL
● DAP (only on desktop PC) exposure menus.
$ See “2. Software Setup” under “Appendix 27 DAP (Dose-area $ For details on how to operate the Menu Information Import Export
Product Meter)” of “Appx IN”. Tool, see “20. Menu Import Export Tool” under
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
4.11 Setting the VIP Account Password 3. Set up the following VIP account-related configuration items.
Set the password for a simplified superior user (VIP account) who has No. Name Selection Meaning
the authority to edit technologist information. 340 User Utility Up to 20 one-byte Setting the password for
Admin characters. ( VIP) the admin account of the
1. From the “IIP Service Utility” window, click [Setup Configuration Password User Utility.
Item]. * Be sure to enter a 1-byte
character string from the
keyboard.
➥ REFERENCE
If the Enable Security Function (IMAGE MODALITY No.37) has
been set to “Yes”, the VIP account becomes invalid.
DXCL100810003.ai
Items for DR-ID 300CL system setup ➔ The system saves the setup data.

7. Click “Exit Service Utility”.

DXCL040829007.ai
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
4.12 Setting the Connection Device
Status Icon (V7.3 or Later)
Change the threshold of the status icon displayed on the DR-ID 300CL
as necessary.
$ For details, see “Appendix Q Setting the Connection Device Status

Icons (V7.3 or Later)” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
4.13 Setting the Images Folder Size

(V7.3 or Later)
Set the image folder size according to the number of registered DR
cassettes and the storage volume of the PC.
$ For details, see “21. Setting the Images Folder Size (V7.3 or later)”
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
4.14 Enabling the New GUI for ➥ REFERENCE
Laptop PCs (V7.4 or Later)  “Setup Configuration Item” - “QA FUNCTION” - “No.22 Enable Adjust
GA/GS by dragging” is a setting to set whether to adjust GA/GS by
Enable the new GUI for laptop PCs if necessary. mouse dragging on the QA screen. Note that the GA/GS adjustment
on the image control area can be performed regardless of this setting.
 NOTE 
 Execute this procedure, then “6 images display function” that is
 The new GUI for laptop PCs is available only under “Standard Kit unsupported by new GUI for mobile PCs (“Setup Configuration Item”
(Mobile)” applied environment. Do not activate new GUI under any - “CONFIG OPTION” - “No.11 Enable Six Image Display”) sets to
other specifications. “disable” (“No”) automatically.
There are differences among usable functions in existing GUI and new
GUI. Pay attention since the following functions will not be used in new
GUI.
Major Detailed
Function Name Specifications
Category Category
General Product CR cassette connection Manual input is impossible,
Specifications (IP registration) only BCR is possible
Study QA 1 image display mode No 6 images display
screen Shortcut and 6 images display button in new GUI
mode switching
Image browse No Synapse button in new
(Synapse Web Query) GUI
Others Film format setting No Film button in new GUI
Priority setting No Priority delivery
specifying button in new
GUI
When using a monitor with a resolution of “1920x1080”, set the OS

screen resolution to “1366x768”.
DR-ID 300CL doesn't run if execute the procedures introduced in this

section with a resolution unsupported by new GUI for mobile PCs. The
case where this may occur and remedy for such condition is shown
below.
Condition Remedy
 Monitor size is not “1024x768” Reinstall DR-ID 300CL-AP or reapply
 Resolution setting (SysConfig) is “Standard Kit (Mobile)” and select the
“1024x768” correct resolution setting.
 Monitor size is “1024x768” Inactivate the new GUI for laptop PCs.
 Resolution setting (SysConfig) is
“1024x768” $ “No.372 Screen Design”
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
■ Procedures to enable 4. Enter “1” and press the <Enter> key.
➔ The installation processing starts.
1. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC. After a while, The following window opens..
2. Start up explorer and double-click “D:\tools\SetupMobileUI\

Setup.bat”. DXCL110704008.ai

➔ Installation is complete, and Command prompt is closed.
DXCL110704004.ai
DXCL110704006.ai

DXCL110704006.ai
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
4.15 Changing the Password of 4.16 Batch setting of VG parameter
the Service Utility (V8.0 or Later) (V9.0 or Later)
Change the password of the Service Utility if necessary. To use a Vitual Grid function, set the VG parameter for each exposure
$ For details of changing the password of the Service Utility, see “18. menu by batch.
Setting the Password of the Service Utility — Password Setting $ For the VG parameter batch setting procedure, refer to “19.5 Batch
(V8.0 or Later)” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”. Setting of VG Parameters (V9.0 or later)” of “Maintenance Utility (MU)”.
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
5. Checkout Procedures 5.2 Checking the Connection between
the DR-ID 300CL and Other Equipment
5.1 Checking the Connection between Check the connection to the following equipment.
the DR-ID 300CL and FPD/Cassette-
type Image Reader ● Synapse server
$ See “3. Connection Checkout” under
“Appendix 10 DICOM CR Storage” of “Appx IN”.
5.2 Checking the Connection between
● DRYPIX (DICOM Print)
the DR-ID 300CL and Other Equipment
$ See “3. Verifying the Connection” under “Appendix 12 DICOM
Print” of “Appx IN”.
5.3 Checking the Output Image ● Precise enlargement image display

$ See “2. Confirming the Settings” under “Appendix 25 Precise
Enlargement Function” of “Appx IN”.
5.4 Operation Check of
the Network Switching Function ● Synapse server (When Web Query is used)
$ See “3. Connection Checkout” under “Appendix 21 Synapse
Server (Web Query)” of “Appx IN”.
5.1 Checking the Connection between ● X-CON (only on desktop PC)

the DR-ID 300CL and FPD/Cassette- $ See “3. Verifying the Connection/Data Exchange” under
“Appendix 19 X-Ray Controller” of “Appx IN”.
type Image Reader
● DAP (only on desktop PC)
1. Turn ON the FPD/cassette-type Image Reader power. If it is $ See “3. Verification” under “Appendix 27 DAP (Dose-area
already ON, you do not have to do anything here. Product Meter)” of “Appx IN”.
2. Start running the DR-ID 300CL-AP. 5.3 Checking the Output Image
Run the following checks on the output image.
 Format check
 Irregularity, sensitivity and density checks
 Film annotation character format
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
5.4 Operation Check of ■ If “×” is always displayed with the icon which indicates
the Network Switching Function the electric wave intensity
1. Move close to the AP, and check if there is any change after
If the network switching function is used, check the following items. several minutes.
 Receipt of orders
 Exposure 2. Check if there is any mistake with the SSID registered in
 Distribution and printing of images “Service Utility” – “Network Adapter Configuration”.
 Transfer of the area and switching of the network connection
If any problem occurs, check the settings according to the detail of the
3. Check if the network of the concerned SSID is registered in
problem. “Start” menu – “Control Panel” – “Network and Sharing
Center” – “Manage Wireless Networks”.
■ If it is impossible to communicate with a machine in the ■ If the electric wave intensity does not improve/ become
in-hospital network stable after executing network repair
1. Check if it is possible to communicate with the concerned 1. Check if it changes when repair is executed at a different place.
machine by a wired connection.
2. Check if a wrong adapter name of the in-hospital network is
2. Check if there is any mistake with the settings of “Service registered.
Utility” – “Setup Configuration Item” – “NETWORKCONFIG”.
3. Check the possibility of radio frequency interference with
3. Check if a ping command is executed successfully with the another machine.
concerned machine in the state it is connected wirelessly.
4. Check if the IP address registered in “Service Utility” – “Network

Adapter Configuration” conflicts with another machine.
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
6. Setup File Backup, Image
Database Initialization and
Error Log Verification/Deletion
This section explains about the procedures for backing up the
DR-ID 300CL setup files, initializing various image databases and
verifying/deleting the error log.
When making backups, have the following item on hand.

 Storage media (FD, USB memory stick or the like)
 NOTE 
Never turn OFF the DR-ID 300CL or FPD power during a backup
process.
If the power turns OFF, the machine may fail to start up.
6.1 Backing Up the DR-ID 300CL Setup Files
6.2 Initializing Various Image Databases
6.3 Checking and Deleting the DR-ID 300CL Error Log
6.4 Turning OFF the DR-ID 300CL
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
6.1 Backing Up the DR-ID 300CL Setup Files 6. Click .
6.1.1 Backing Up the System Setup Files  NOTE 

 Even when the backup process is completed successfully, no
1. Insert media (FD, USB memory stick or the like) for storage message appears to indicate such a fact.
of setup files into the PC.
During the backup process, the mouse cursor changes to the
mark. You may understand that the backup process is completed
2. Start the Service Utility and then click .
when the mark changes back to the mouse cursor.
➔ The “Configuration Restore/Backup” window opens.
The mark does not appear unless the mouse cursor is
3. Click [.....] in the [Configuration Backup] area. positioned in the Configuration Restore/Backup window.
 Before removing the media (FD, USB memory stick or the like),
check to see that the drive access lamp is distinguished.
7. Remove the media from the PC.
8. Click .
00000417.EPS 6.1.2 Backing Up the Network Adapter Setup Files

(Only Laptop PC)
➔ A window opens, prompting you to select a storage directory.
If the network switching function is used on laptop PC, back up the
4. Click the downward arrow mark for network adapter settings.
, and then choose a drive $ For details on the backup procedure, see “17.2 Backing up the
Network Adapter Settings” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
where the setup files are to be stored.
5. Click .
➔ You are then returned to the “Configuration Restore/Backup”
window.
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
6.2 Initializing Various Image Databases  NOTES 
When the following message appears, the image database is not
Initialize the image database, output queue and patient database as initialized.
follows.
It failed in initialized DB.
6.2.1 Initializing Image Databases Check that the SQL Server is running and that no image is placed
on the image output queue.
 To start the SQL Server
I. Restart the PC.
2. Click .
➔ A confirmation window opens. IV. Select “Computer Management” – “Service and Applications”
– “SQL Server Configuration Manager”.
V. Select “SQL Server 2008 Services” or “SQL Server 2012 Services”.
VI. Confirm that SQL Server ( MSSQLSERVER ) is running.
 If the image output queue is not empty
➔ Delete the images from the image output queue.
MU000018.ai $ For the procedure for deleting the images from the
image output queue, see “9.2 Clearing the Contents of
3. Click . the Image Output Queue” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
 NOTE 
the <Enter> key.
➔ The image database initialization process ends, and system

returns to the “Database Utility” window.
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
6.2.2 Clearing the Image Output Queue 6.2.3 Initializing the Patient Database
➔ A confirmation window opens. ➔ A confirmation window opens.
MU000020.ai
MU000019.ai
When the “Press any key to continue...” message appears, press When the “Press any key to continue...” message appears, press
the <Enter> key. the <Enter> key.
➔ The images are then deleted from the output queue and the ➔ The patient database is then initialized and the system returns to
system returns to the “DataBase Utility” window. the “DataBase Utility” window.
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
6.2.4 Initializing the Calibration Database (V4.0 or Earlier)
1. Click .
DCL40901.ai
2. Click .
➔ The calibration database is then initialized and the system returns
to the “Database Utility” window.
3. Click .
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
6.3 Checking and Deleting 6.4 Turning OFF the DR-ID 300CL
the DR-ID 300CL Error Log
 NOTE 
Check the DR-ID 300CL error log and then delete it as appropriate.
Do not turn OFF the FPD power.
1. Click .
1. Shut down the DR-ID 300CL system.
➔ The “Event Viewer” main window opens.
2. Turn OFF the PC power switch.
2. Confirm the error log.
$ For details on how to check the error log, see “2.4 Details of
Events” under “MT: Machine Troubleshooting”.
3. Delete the error log.

$ For details on how to delete the error log, see “2.6 Deleting
the Event Log” under “MT: Machine Troubleshooting”.
4. Click on the Event Viewer main window.

5. Click .
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
BLANK PAGE
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
Appx IN: Installation – Appendix
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx IN-I
Control Sheet
04/15/2010 02 Revision for V4.0 (FM5668) Appx IN3-2 Appx IN4-1 Appx IN5-1, 3, 6–8, 12
Appx IN7-1, 4, 5, 7, 8 Appx IN8-1, 7, 10–12 Appx IN10-8, 11, 19
Appx IN11-8, 11, 19 Appx IN12-1, 3, 4, 16 Appx IN13-1, 5, 24
Appx IN14-1, 5, 11 Appx IN17-1, 4, 5, 23 Appx IN19-1–16
Appx IN20-1–12 Appx IN21-1–12 Appx IN22-1–4
04/15/2010 02 Changes in pagination (FM5668) Appx IN5-4, 5, 9, 10, 11 Appx IN8-8, 9
02/28/2011 03 Revision for V5.0 (FM5818) Appx IN1-1–4 Appx IN2-2 Appx IN3-1–5, 7
Appx IN4-1–4 Appx IN5-1–9, 11 Appx IN6-1, 2
Appx IN7-1–6, 8, 10–12 Appx IN8-1–3, 9, 12 Appx IN9-2, 3
Appx IN10-2, 4, 5, 10–19 Appx IN11-2, 4, 5, 10–19 Appx IN12-4, 5, 14
Appx IN13-2, 7, 13–20, 23–28 Appx IN14-2, 10 Appx IN16-1–8
Appx IN17-1 Appx IN18-1–8 Appx IN19-1–11, 13
Appx IN20-1, 2, 5–10, 12, 13, 15, 16 Appx IN21-1, 3–5, 8–10, 12
Appx IN23-1, 6, 7 Appx IN24-1–7, 9–13, 16–24 Appx IN25-2, 3, 5–7, 9–11
02/28/2011 03 Changes in pagination (FM5818) Appx IN1-5, 6 Appx IN5-10, 12–16 Appx IN7-7, 9
Appx IN10-20 Appx IN11-20 Appx IN13-21, 22
Appx IN19-12, 14 Appx IN20-11, 14 Appx IN21-11
08/31/2011 04 Revision for V6.0 (FM5897) Appx IN3-3, 5 Appx IN4-2–4 Appx IN5-7
Appx IN7–1, 10–16 Appx IN8-1–3, 6–10, 12–28 Appx IN10-5
Appx IN11-5, 7, 8, 11 Appx IN12-5, 11 Appx IN13-5, 10
Appx IN14-7 Appx IN16-4 Appx IN19-2, 6, 7, 14, 15
Appx IN20-1, 5, 10 Appx IN21-6 Appx IN24-1, 5, 9
Appx IN25-3, 12–14 Appx IN26-13 Appx IN27-4, 5
Appx IN32-4
08/31/2011 04 Changes in pagination (FM5897) Appx IN8-4, 5, 11 Appx IN11-12
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx IN-II
Control Sheet
12/15/2011 05 Revision for V6.1 (FM5944) Appx IN3-1 Appx IN4-1 Appx IN5-8, 10
Appx IN6-1, 2 Appx IN7-11, 13 Appx IN8-1–3, 7, 9, 11–14, 27
Appx IN10-12, 16 Appx IN11-9, 12, 16 Appx IN12-8, 13
Appx IN13-1, 9, 12, 16, 24 Appx IN16-1 Appx IN17-9
Appx IN19-1, 14, 15 Appx IN20-1, 8 Appx IN21-7
Appx IN23-3 Appx IN24-1 Appx IN24-1, 4, 7, 18, 27, 28
Appx IN25-1, 3 Appx IN26-1, 4–8, 10, 13, 19, 20
Appx IN27-1 Appx IN28-1–12 Appx IN29-1, 3, 7
Appx IN30-1, 3 Appx IN31-1 Appx IN33-1–4
Appx IN37-1–12 Appx IN38-1–16
12/15/2011 05 Changes in pagination (FM5944) Appx IN8-10, 15–26 Appx IN13-2–8, 10, 11, 13–15, 17–23, 25–27
Appx IN24-5, 6, 8–17, 19–26 Appx IN26-2, 3, 9, 11, 12, 14–18
Appx IN31-2–32
03/31/2012 06 Revision for V6.2 (FM6000) Appx IN5-13 Appx IN8-1, 7, 23, 27, 28 Appx IN13-17, 18
Appx IN35-2, 3, 14 Appx IN36-1
Appx IN38-1, 3, 4, 6, 10, 12, 13, 17–24 Appx IN39-1–16
03/31/2012 06 Changes in pagination (FM6000) Appx IN38-9, 11, 14–16
09/12/2012 07 Revision for V7.0 (FM6055) Appx IN8-1, 2, 7, 8, 13, 15, 20, 21, 23–25, 27, 30–32 Appx IN10-13, 14
Appx IN11-6, 13, 14 Appx IN13-18 Appx IN19-1, 2, 6–9, 18, 19
Appx IN20-1, 2, 8, 10, 12–14 Appx IN24-1, 6, 8–12 Appx IN26-1, 4
Appx IN38-8, 9, 11 Appx IN42-1–20 Appx IN43-1–4
09/12/2012 07 Changes in pagination (FM6055) Appx IN8-9–12, 14, 16–19, 22, 26, 28, 29 Appx IN19-10–17, 20
Appx IN20-3–7, 9, 11 Appx IN24-13–27 Appx IN26-5–19
Appx IN38-10
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx IN-III
Control Sheet
02/15/2013 08 Revision for V7.1 (FM6142) Appx IN1-1, 6 Appx IN5-1, 2, 10, 12
Appx IN7-1, 2, 11, 12, 14, 16–20
Appx IN8-1–3, 6–8, 12, 15–17, 22, 30, 31 Appx IN10-6, 9, 10
Appx IN11-1, 6, 7, 10, 11 Appx IN12-10, 11, 13, 15 Appx IN14-1, 2, 4–6, 8, 9
Appx IN17-2, 4, 12, 14 Appx IN19-2, 3, 8, 9 Appx IN20-3, 8
Appx IN25-3, 10, 18–20 Appx IN26-4, 15, 16, 19 Appx IN29-3, 6
Appx IN30-3–6, 9–11, 18–20 Appx IN31-1 Appx IN33-1
Appx IN35-1, 4, 9 Appx IN36-1, 4, 9, 13, 14, 16 Appx IN37-9
Appx IN38-5, 7, 12, 13 Appx IN39-1, 3, 10, 11 Appx IN42-5, 8, 9, 11–13
Appx IN43-2, 3 Appx IN44-1–20
02/15/2013 08 Changes in pagination (FM6142) Appx IN7-3–10, 13, 15 Appx IN8-18 –21, 23–29, 32 Appx IN12-12, 14, 16–20
Appx IN19-1, 4–7 Appx IN25-4–9, 11–17 Appx IN30-7, 8, 12–17
Appx IN36-15, 17–26 Appx IN39-12–15 Appx IN42-14–18
05/25/2013 09 Revision for V7.2 (FM6179) Appx IN1-1–3, 5, 9–12 Appx IN7-1, 12, 14, 16, 19, 20 Appx IN8-1–3, 17, 18, 35, 36
Appx IN25-2, 3 Appx IN27-6 Appx IN29-3
Appx IN30-3 Appx IN35-4, 9 Appx IN36-4, 9, 16
Appx IN37-7 Appx IN39-1, 3, 4, 10–14 Appx IN44-2, 3
05/25/2013 09 Changes in pagination (FM6179) Appx IN1-4, 6–8 Appx IN8-4–16, 19–34 Appx IN14-7
Appx IN39-15–20
08/30/2013 10 Revision for V7.3 (FM6200) Appx IN3-3, 5 Appx IN4-2, 3 Appx IN5-7, 11, 13
Appx IN8-2, 3, 8, 9, 13–15, 17, 19, 36–39
Appx IN10-2, 4, 5, 12, 18–20, 23, 24
Appx IN11-2, 4, 5, 12, 18–20, 23, 24 Appx IN12-2, 3, 5, 12, 16, 17
Appx IN13-6, 11 Appx IN14-7 Appx IN16-4
Appx IN19-6 Appx IN20-3, 4, 6, 9, 10, 12, 16, 17
Appx IN21-6 Appx IN27-4, 5 Appx IN28-4
Appx IN29-5 Appx IN30-8
Appx IN31-17, 20, 21, 24, 29, 31 Appx IN35-8, 12, 13, 21
Appx IN36-8 Appx IN37-6
Appx IN38-8, 11, 21–23, 25–28 Appx IN40-2, 4, 7
Appx IN42-2, 4, 7, 12, 13, 17, 18 Appx IN46-1, 5
Appx IN47-1–4
08/30/2013 10 Changes in pagination (FM6200) Appx IN8-20–35, 40 Appx IN10-21, 22 Appx IN11-21, 22
Appx IN12-18–20 Appx IN20-11, 13–15, 18–20 Appx IN42-19, 20
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx IN-IV
Control Sheet
03/31/2014 11 Revision for V7.4 (FM6225) Appx IN7-1, 12, 14, 16, 19, 21–24
Appx IN8-2–4, 10, 22–26, 32, 35, 37 Appx IN12-9
Appx IN13-1–3, 6–8, 16–20, 29–32 Appx IN20-1
Appx IN24-1, 4–6, 27–39 Appx IN25-3 Appx IN26-4, 6, 7, 15, 16, 18
Appx IN29-3 Appx IN30-1–3, 5, 12–14 Appx IN31-1
Appx IN35-4, 9 Appx IN36-1, 4, 9, 16 Appx IN38-5, 7
Appx IN39-1, 14 Appx IN40-1, 8, 9 Appx IN44-3
Appx IN45-3, 4 Appx IN46-1, 10 Appx IN48-1–16
Appx IN49-1–16
03/31/2014 11 Changes in pagination (FM6225) Appx IN8-5–9, 11–21, 27–31, 33, 34, 36, 38–44
Appx IN13-4, 5, 9–15, 21–28, 33–36 Appx IN24-40
Appx IN26-8–14, 17, 19, 20 Appx IN30-6, 15–18 Appx IN40-10, 11
Appx IN45-2, 5–20
08/31/2014 12 Revision for V8.0 (FM6242) Appx IN1-1, 7–20 Appx IN8-2, 3, 9, 25, 26, 39, 41, 42
Appx IN13-11 Appx IN20-1 Appx IN28-1, 3, 8, 9, 11
Appx IN35-8, 13 Appx IN39-4, 8, 16 Appx IN40-1, 3, 9
Appx IN45-1 Appx IN49-1, 5 Appx IN50-1–12
Appx IN51-1–4
08/31/2014 12 Changes in pagination (FM6242) Appx IN1-21–24 Appx IN8-27–38, 40, 43, 44 Appx IN28-10, 12
Appx IN40-2, 4–8, 10–12
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx IN-V
Control Sheet
01/31/2015 13 Revision for V8.1 (FM6269) Appx IN1-7, 8, 16, 19 Appx IN7-8, 13–16, 18, 21, 23–28
Appx IN8-1–6, 11, 17–20, 28–31, 46, 47 Appx IN12-3, 4
Appx IN13-6, 7, 9, 10 Appx IN14-4, 5 Appx IN17-4, 5
Appx IN23-2, 3, 6, 7, 9, 10 Appx IN25-7, 8 Appx IN27-1, 6
Appx IN28-2–4 Appx IN29-4 Appx IN30-7, 8
Appx IN31-3 Appx IN35-2, 4, 5, 8, 9 Appx IN36-2, 4, 5, 8, 9
Appx IN37-2, 4, 7 Appx IN38-2–4 Appx IN39-2–4, 10–12
Appx IN42-3 Appx IN44-5 Appx IN45-6
Appx IN46-2, 4, 9 Appx IN48-5 Appx IN49-1–6, 8, 9, 11, 12
Appx IN51-1 Appx IN52-1–4 Appx IN53-1–4
01/31/2015 13 Changes in pagination (FM6269) Appx IN7-17, 19, 20, 22 Appx IN8-7–10, 12–16, 21–27, 32–45, 48–52
Appx IN12-5–24 Appx IN13-8, 11–36 Appx IN25-9–18
Appx IN28-5–16 Appx IN30-9–19 Appx IN35-3, 6, 7, 10–24
Appx IN36-6, 7, 10–26 Appx IN49-13–16
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx IN-VI
Control Sheet
12/31/2015 14 Revision for V9.0 (FM9380) Appx IN2-3, 4, 19, 20 Appx IN3-1–7, 9–12 Appx IN4-4
Appx IN7-8–10, 15, 17, 20, 23, 25, 27
Appx IN8-1–4, 10–13, 15, 16, 25, 28, 30, 37–41, 55–63 Appx IN10-1, 3, 7, 10, 19, 22
Appx IN11-1, 3, 7, 10, 19, 22 Appx IN12-1, 2, 6, 9, 17, 20
Appx IN13-1, 2, 5, 11, 13, 36, 38–40 Appx IN14-1, 3, 10
Appx IN19-7, 8, 12 Appx IN20-6, 9, 16 Appx IN21-2, 9
Appx IN25-3, 13 Appx IN27-8 Appx IN28-1, 2, 10
Appx IN29-3, 8 Appx IN30-3, 14 Appx IN31-2, 3, 8, 25, 27
Appx IN35-2, 4, 8, 16 Appx IN36-1, 2, 4, 8, 15, 16 Appx IN37-8, 11
Appx IN38-12, 14 Appx IN39-1–3, 14, 15, 17–20, 24
Appx IN40-3, 6, 11 Appx IN42-1, 3, 7, 10, 17, 19 Appx IN44-3, 6, 13
Appx IN45-3, 7, 15 Appx IN46-1, 8, 11, 12, 14–16 Appx IN48-3, 7, 10
Appx IN49-2, 6, 13 Appx IN50-8
Appx IN54-1, 8, 9, 11–13, 15, 18–25, 27, 29, 31, 37, 39–41 Appx IN55-3, 8, 10
Appx IN56-3
12/31/2015 14 Changes in pagination (FM9380) Appx IN2-5–18 Appx IN3-8 Appx IN5-10–16
Appx IN7-11–14, 16, 18, 19, 21, 22, 24, 26, 28
Appx IN8-5–9, 14, 17–24, 26, 27, 29, 31–36, 42–54, 64–68
Appx IN10-4–6, 8, 9, 11–18, 20, 21, 23
Appx IN11-4–6, 8, 9, 11–18, 20, 21, 23 Appx IN12-10
Appx IN13-14–35, 37 Appx IN39-16, 21–23 Appx IN42-11–13
Appx IN45-8–10 Appx IN46-9, 10, 13
Appx IN54-26, 28, 30, 32–36, 38, 42–48
03/31/2016 15 Revision (FM9387) Appx IN8-4, 23, 38, 39, 66 Appx IN31-3, 20, 25
03/31/2016 15 Changes in pagination (FM9387) Appx IN31-21–24, 26, 27
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx IN-VII
BLANK PAGE
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx IN-VIII
Appendix 1 Connecting 1. Exit DR-ID 300CL-AP and shut down the PC.
the Barcode Reader 2. Connect a barcode reader to the USB port on the PC.
[Option] Cable
This appendix explains about the procedures for connecting and setting USB port
up the barcode reader.
◆ NOTE ◆ DR-ID 300CL
Reader
Only one barcode reader is to be connected.
00000037.ai
1. Connecting the Barcode 3. Turn ON the PC power.
Reader to the DR-ID 300CL ➔ Windows starts up. After about one minute, the DR-ID 300CL-AP
starts running.
1.1 For the Barcode Reader Using USB 4. Start the Service Utility and then click [Exit Service Utility].
Connection ➔ The desktop window opens.
$ For details on the startup procedure of the Service Utility, see

■ Connecting wired Barcode Reader “1. Starting/Exiting the Service Utility” under “MU:
◆ NOTE ◆
 If the barcode reader other than the DataLogic’s is used, the barcode
reader can be connected while the PC is turned on.
 After the barcode reader has been connected to the DR-ID 300CL,
be sure to restart the OS. Although a window opens immediately after
reader connection to indicate that driver software installation has
been completed, you cannot immediately use the reader because it is
not recognized by the DR-ID 300CL-AP yet.
 Because barcode reader sound of the DR-ID 300CL system needs
to be produced only when a barcode is read successfully, it has been
designed so that the PC itself produces a sound. For this reason, the
sound produced by the barcode reader, not only when a barcode is
read successfully but also when it is read unsuccessfully, is disabled
for machines when they are shipped from factory.
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual Appx IN1-1
■ Connecting Wireless Barcode Reader
◆ NOTE ◆
When the PC is Dell Optiplex 780DT, the wireless barcode reader is
unavailable.
● Connecting Wireless Adapter (OPA-1001: USB Cordless)
➥ REFERENCE
OPA-1001 functions as an HID keyboard.
1. Connect OPA-1001 to the PC USB port directly or via a

commercially available extended cable.
➔ After a while, the driver installation and main unit initialization
complete, and the green LED blinks.
● Connecting Wireless Barcode Reader (OPI-4002)

1. Press the trigger switch of OPI-4002, and start the reading
operation.
2. Read the barcode “A4xxxxxxxx” (xxxxxxxx: manufacture

number) of IEEE address label given to OPA-1001 with OPI-
4002.
➔ The barcode is registered and the connection completes.
➥ REFERENCE
The barcode that was read by OPI-4002 will be output at the input
focus position of the active window in the same manner as data
that was input from a USB keyboard, for example.
010-305-09E
05.25.2013 FM6179
■ Installing the Driver 3. Press the <Enter> key.
➔ The system return to the desktop.
◆ NOTE ◆
 When the Barcode Reader other than the DataLogic's is used or
when the version is V5.0.0001 or later, start from step 5. 4. Remove the CD from the PC.
 To use the OPI-4002, you must confirm that the OPA-1001 has been
inserted to the PC USB port. 5. Select “Control Panel” from the menu.

1. Insert the “Barcode Reader Driver CD V1.0” into the PC.
➔ The installation window automatically opens.
◆ NOTE ◆
6. Click .
double-click the execution file (Setup.bat) in the CD. ➔ The “Device Manager” window opens.
DXL02040006.ai

DXL02040007.ai
010-305-09E
05.25.2013 FM6179
7. In the “Device Manager” window, right-click “Human 8. Select “Browse my computer for driver software”.
Interface Devices” and then “USB Human Interface Device”
to select “Update Drivers Software...”.
MT000057.ai
➔ The “Browse for driver software on your computer” window opens.
9. Select “Let me pick from a list of device drivers on my

computer”.
MT0000053.ai

window opens.
MT000058.ai
➔ The “Select the device driver you want to install for this hardware.”
window opens.
010-305-09E
05.25.2013 FM6179
10. Select a driver you wish to install and click . ❍ If the OPI-4002 is used.
◆ NOTE ◆
 When the version is V5.0.0001 or later, select “WinUSB BCR”.
 If the driver you wish to install is not displayed in the “Model” field,
close the “Update Driver Software - USB Human Interface
Device”, return to step 7 and select other item.
❍ If the barcode reader other than the DataLogic’s is used.
DXCL090801011.ai
◆ NOTE ◆
 In case of V7.2, the displayed item is “WinUSB BCR (OPTO
Electronics OPI-6125/OPI-4002)”.
 In case of V7.1 and the device driver software has been updated,
both “WinUSB (OPTOELECTORONICS OPI-4002)” and “WinUSB
BCR(OPTO Electronics OPI-6125/OPI-4002)” are displayed in the
MT0000055.ai
“Model” field. Either of them can be selected.
❍ If the DataLogic’s barcode reader is used. ➔ “Windows Security” window opens.
DXL02040008.ai
010-305-09E
05.25.2013 FM6179
11. Select “Install this driver software anyway”. 13. Verify that the proper USB drivers are installed.
MT000059.ai
12. Click [Close].

➔ You are then returned to the “Device Manager” window. Example of state that
the driver installed normally
◆ NOTE ◆ DXL08010002.ai
If the DataLogic’s barcode reader is used, perform the following

procedures.
I. Disconnect the barcode reader and restart the PC.
➔ PC restarts.
II. Start up the Service Utility and click [Exit Service Utility].
III. Connect the barcode reader to the USB port on the PC.
IV. Select “Control Panel” from the menu.

V. Click .
010-305-09E
05.25.2013 FM6179
1.2 For the Barcode Reader Using 1.2.1 Enabling the Bluetooth
Bluetooth Connection (Only Mobile PC)
1. Turn On the PC power.
 NOTE  2. Press the <F10> key when the hp logo appears at the center
 The Bluetooth barcode reader is connectable to only a mobile PC of the window.
with builtin Bluetooth.
 If installed near a wireless device using the 2.4GHz frequency band, ➔ The BIOS setup window opens.
there is a possibility that the communication speed becomes slower
or communication disconnection occurs.
3. Place a checkmark to “Built-In Device Option” - “Embedded
Bluetooth Device” in the “Advanced” or “System
 Do not install the wireless device near devices that generate
electromagnetic waves (CT, MRI, high frequency therapy equipment, Configuration” page.
mobile phone, RFID, etc.).
 When the LED on the barcode reader is orange and flashing, or if 4. Click [Exit].
is lighting red when reading the barcode, the barcode reader is low ➔ The “Exiting...” window opens.
battery. Connect it to the PC using the USB cable included, and
charge. 5. Click [Yes].
 Do not “Enable” the Outside-Range Memory setting (Operation not
guaranteed).
After a while, the DR-ID 300CL-AP starts.
➥ REFERENCE 6. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper
If you read the barcode when the Bluetooth is disconnected, the left and upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
barcode reader automatically reconnects with the PC. Therefore, it
takes some time for the barcode information to show. ➔ The Service Utility starts and the “IIP Service Utility” window
opens.

010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
1.2.2 Installing the Bluetooth Driver 9. Restart the PC.
➔ After a while, the DR-ID 300CL-AP starts.
 NOTE 
When PC is HP EliteBook 2760p/Revolve 810/Revolve 810 G2, the driver 10. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper
shall be installed according to the procedure described below. For any left and upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
other PC, see the instruction manual of the Bluetooth barcode reader.
opens.
1. Connect the USB connection Disk drive (jig) to the USB port
on the PC.
2. Insert the “Bluetooth Driver CD for Mobile PC V1.0”
(114Y2150085B00) in the service parts into the Disk drive. 12. Make sure that the (Bluetooth Devices) icon is displayed
in the notification area on the task bar.
3. Start up Explorer and open drive D.
 NOTE 
4. Double-click the folder having the name of PC in use.  When the icon is displayed in the notification area, Bluetooth is
disabled. Right-click the icon and select “Turn Adapter On”.
5. Double-click the execution file in the folder.
 When the icon is not displayed in the notification area,
➔ The “InstallShield Wizard” window opens. Bluetooth is disabled. Check the following settings:
6. Click [Next].  For HP Revolve 810/810 G2

Make sure that the orange LED for <F12> key is not lighted.
➔ The “License Agreement” window opens. If it is lighted, press the <Fn>+<F12> keys to enable
Bluetooth/WiFi.
7. Place a checkmark to the “I accept the terms in the license
 For HP EliteBook 2760p
agreement” and click [Next].
Make sure that the Wireless switch (on the left side of the PC)
➔ The “Location to Save Files” window opens. is ON.
Also, make sure that “Bluetooth Radios” - ”Broadcom 2070
8. Note down the extraction destination and click [Next]. Bluetooth” is set to “Enable” on the “Device Manager” window.
➔ Installation is complete, and the window is closed.
 NOTE  13. Delete the extraction folder in step 8.
If the MC application is installed, click the “MCManager” icon in the  NOTE 
notification area on the task bar and select “Exit”.
Also, delete it from the Trash.
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
1.2.3 Disabling the Bluetooth Network Connection
When any Bluetooth device is recognized, “Bluetooth Network
Connection” becomes enabled. Therefore, it needs to be disabled
according to the following procedure:
 NOTE 
When PC is HP EliteBook 2760p/Revolve 810/Revolve 810 G2, the
Bluetooth network connection shall be disabled according to the
procedure described below. For any other PC, see the instruction manual
of the Bluetooth barcode reader.
2. Click “Network and Sharing Center”

3. Click “Change adapter settings”.

➔ The “Network Connections” window opens.
4. Right-click “Bluetooth Network Connection” and select

“Disable”.
5. Close the “Network Connections” window.

010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
BLANK PAGE
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
BLANK PAGE
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
BLANK PAGE
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
1.2.4 Setting the OPN-3002i (Factory Setting)
Read the barcodes shown below from the top in sequence.
➥ REFERENCE
Performing initialization or factory default setup by reading following
barcodes when the performance is unstable can solve problems.
 When read following barcodes, the connection settings for PC and
the barcode reader are also initialized. Therefore, “1.2.5 Pairing
setting for PC and the barcode reader” needs to be performed again.
setup
Factory default
setup
Initialization
End
Disable auto connect

Bluetooth address
1 minute
Auto reconnect:
Disabled
Auto disconnect:
redundancy = 2
Read 3 times,
Data collation:
ST/SP:abcd/abcd
Codabar (NW7):
Transmit ST/SP
Code39:
EXT
(Common suffix)
Postamble
Set
End
Default settings
Set
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
BLANK PAGE
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
1.2.5 Pairing Setting for PC and the Barcode Reader 11. Enter the following character string into the command
prompt and press the <Enter> key.
1. Hold down the function key of the barcode reader till the D:\Tools\COMPortOpener\COMPortOpener.exeΔX
blue LED flashes. (Δ is a one-byte space, and “X” is the COM Port number on the
Outgoing side which was noted down in step 6.)
2. Click the “Bluetooth Devices” icon displayed in the
 NOTE 
notification area on the task bar and select “Add a Device”.
The command shall be executed while the blue LED is flashing.
➔ The “Select a device to add to this computer” window opens.
➔ The LED of the barcode reader lights out and the buzzer sounds
3. Select “OPN-3002i[XXXXXX]” (XXXXXX: Serial No.) and click several times. The pairing is complete.
[Next].
➥ REFERENCE
➔ The “This device has been successfully added to this computer”
After about 20 seconds, reconnection is tried (The blue LED
message appears.
flashes and the buzzer sounds. Then, the LED lights out.). If this
4. Click [Close]. trial is repeated more than once, the setup of the barcode reader is
failed.
➔ After a while, the buzzer sounds from the barcode reader and the Re-execute “1.2.4 Setting the OPN-3002i (Factory Setting)” and
LED lights out. The registration is complete. “1.2.5 Pairing Setting for PC and the Barcode Reader”.
5. Click the “Bluetooth Devices” icon displayed in the

notification area on the task bar and select “Open Settings”.
12. Close the command prompt.
6. With the “COM Ports” tab, note down the COM Port number
and Direction set for OPN-3002i.  NOTE 
If pairing is needed again, delete the registered barcode reader first.
7. Connect the USB connection Disk drive (jig) to the USB port The deletion procedure is as follows:
on the PC. I. Click the “Bluetooth Devices” icon displayed in the
notification area on the task bar and select “Show
8. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the Disk drive. Bluetooth Devices”.
➔ The “Devices and Printers” window opens.
9. Enter “cmd” into the “Search programs and files” column II. Right-click “OPN-3002i” and select “Remove Device”.
from the menu, then press the <Enter> key. ➔ The “Remove Device” window opens.
➔ The command prompt opens. III. Click [Yes].

➔ The system returns to the “Bluetooth Devices” window.
10. Hold down the function key of the barcode reader till the
IV. Close the “Bluetooth Devices” window.
blue LED flashes.
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
1.2.6 Setting the Configuration Items 7. Click “Config” - “Close”.
1. Restart the PC.
➔ After a while, the DR-ID 300CL-AP starts. 8. Click [Exit Service Utility].
2. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper
opens.

4. Select “CONFIG” - “SYSTEM CONFIG” - “5.CSL/IDT

FUNCTION” and set up the following configuration items.
367 Enable 2D Set up to “Yes”. Setting whether or
Barcode not to use the 2D
barcode reader.
381 BCR Device Set up to “1:Bluetooth(SPP)”. Setting the type of
Type BCR to use.
382 Bluetooth Set the COM Port number on the Setting the COM
BCR Com Incoming side which was noted port number to
Port down in step 6 of “1.2.5 Pairing use Bluetooth
setting for PC and the barcode connection.
reader”.
5. Click “Config” - “Save”.

6. Click [Yes].
➔ The system saves the setup data and returns to the “Setup
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
BLANK PAGE
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
BLANK PAGE
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
1.2.7 Verification 8. Select the COM port number which you noted down in the
step 6 of “1.2.5 Pairing Setting for PC and the Barcode
■ The barcode reader setting and verification Reader” from among the items in the “Connect using” field,
and click [OK].
1. Restart the PC. ➔ The “COMxx Properties” window opens.
➔ After a while, the DR-ID 300CL-AP starts.
9. Click [OK].
2. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper ➔ The “BCR - HyperTerminal” window opens.
➔ The Service Utility starts and the “IIP Service Utility” window 10. Read the barcode shown below, and make sure that
opens. “a0123456789c♥” is displayed in “BCR - HyperTerminal”
window.
➔ The system return to the desktop screen.
4. Insert the “DR-ID300CL Standard KIT (Mobile)” CD into the

Disk drive.
 NOTE 
5. Start up Explorer and open “D:\SerialPortCheckTool\EXP” If a reading error occurs or if the LED blinks blue when reading
folder. barcodes, the factory default setup is failed.
Re-execute “1.2.4 Setting the OPN-3002i (Factory Setting)” and
6. Double-click “hypertrm.exe”. “1.2.5 Pairing Setting for PC and the Barcode Reader”.
 NOTE 
11. Read the barcode of step 10 again, and make sure that
 When the “Default Telnet Program?” window displayed, click [Yes]. “a0123456789c♥a0123456789c♥” is displayed in “BCR -
 When “Location Information” window display, enter “03” to “What HyperTerminal” window.
area code (or city code) are you in now?” and click [OK].
 When “Phone and Modem” window opened, click [OK].  NOTE 
If plural results of reading are not displayed, the factory default
setup is failed.
➔ The “Connection Description” window opens.
Re-execute “1.2.4 Setting the OPN-3002i (Factory Setting)” and
“1.2.5 Pairing Setting for PC and the Barcode Reader”.
7. Enter “BCR” to “Name:” column and click [OK].
➔ The “Connect To” window opens.
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
12. Click [Disconnect]. ■ The DR-ID 300CL-AP verification
➔ Communication is disconnected and the barcode reader generates
a buzzer sound.
1. Start up the DR-ID 300CL.
➔ After a while, the registration window opens.
13. Close “BCR - HyperTerminal” window.
➔ The “HyperTerminal” window opens.
2. Read the barcode shown below, and make sure that
“0123456ABC” is entered in Patient ID or Accession Number.
14. Click [No].
➔ The LED of the barcode reader blinks blue about 20 seconds after
the buzzer sound.
Then the buzzer sounds several times about 20 seconds after it
and the LED goes out.
 NOTE  ➥ REFERENCE
Wait for about a minute after the above-mentioned behavior.  When the barcode is read for the first time after the startup of the
If this behavior is repeated more than once, the factory default barcode reader, reconnection from the barcode reader to PC is
setup is failed. performed. Therefore, it takes some time to display the data after
Re-execute “1.2.4 Setting the OPN-3002i (Factory Setting)” and reading the barcode.
“1.2.5 Pairing Setting for PC and the Barcode Reader”.  Whether the data is entered in Patient ID or Accession Number
depends on the setting of Service Utility.
15. Remove the CD from the Disk drive.
16. Remove the Disk drive from the PC.
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
2. Settings Required When Using 6. Select “Save” from the “Config (F)” menu.
the Study List Search Function Based on ➔ A window opens, prompting you to confirm the setup data to be
saved.
the Hospital Barcode
7. Click .
2.1 Setting the Search Key ➔ The system saves the setup data.
Select whether to use Accession Number or Patient ID Number as the

key used to search for a study.
1. Start the Service Utility mode of the DR-ID 300CL.

$ For details on the startup procedure see “1. Starting/Exiting
the Service Utility” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
2. Click in the “Service Utility” window.
4. Click .
➔ The IDT functionality and magnetic card setup items appear in the
right-hand side area of the window.
5. Use the CSL/IDT FUNCTION setup item no. “84 Barcode

Type for Search on List” to set up the search key.
No. Name Meaning
84 Barcode Type for Search key used for barcode-based searches.
Search on List  0 : Accession Number
Accession number
❍ 1 : Patient ID
Patient ID.
 : Default setting
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
2.2 Setting the Barcode Type
Barcode types that can be read by default on the DR-ID 300CL are
CodeBar (NW-7) and Code39.
When using a barcode type other than these, register such barcode
type using the Service Utility mode.
$ For details on how to set up the necessary procedure, see
“11. Setting the Barcode — Barcode Setting” under
 NOTE 
Depending on the barcode type, settings must be performed for the
barcode reader to be employed.
See the barcode reader Operation Manual to set up a barcode type
good for code reading.
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
3. Operation Setting of Wireless
Barcode Reader
Perform the operation setting of wireless barcode readers.
■ Channel setting
See “User Manual” and set the channels so that no interference occurs.
■ Operation setting
See “OPTICON Universal menu book” and perform the following
settings.
● Setting of readable codes

Setting items Code
Enable Code 39 B2
Transmit ST/SP D0
ST/SP: abcd/abcd F4
● Read mode options

Setting items Code
Single read S0
Read 3 times, redundancy = 2 X2
● Buzzer settings
Setting items Code
Enable buzzer W8
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
BLANK PAGE
010-305-12E
08.31.2014 FM6242
Appendix 2 Setting Up the Magnetic 1. Installing the Bracket
Card [Option]
Prior to connecting the magnetic card reader, mount the separately
packaged bracket as follows.
 NOTE 
When using a JIS type magnetic card reader, use a JIS type magnetic 1. Mount the bracket on the back of the magnetic card reader,
card. When using an ISO type magnetic card reader, use an ISO type with the two screws.
magnetic card.
The magnetic card reader connection and setup procedures are

described herein.
Two types of magnetic card readers can be connected to the DR-ID
300CL: JIS type and ISO type. The choice between these two types
depends on the user’s operating environment.
JIS type ISO type
Direction Bracket
of magnetic
card insertion
[Attach]
Lamp Lamp Screw(M3x6)
(left-hand side) (right-hand side) DCL51001.EPS
Reading surface
Reading surface
00000029.EPS
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
2. Connecting the Magnetic Card 5. In the “Device Manager” window, right-click “Human
Interface Devices” and then “USB Human Interface Device”
Reader to the DR-ID 300CL to select “Update Driver Software...”.
Connect the magnetic card reader to the USB port on the back of the
PC.
1. Use the cable supplied with the magnetic card reader to

connect the USB port that is on the back of the DR-ID 300CL
to the magnetic card reader. When the PC is used placing it
horizontally, connect the magnetic card reader to the top
port for back connection.
Dedicated cable
supplied with the
magnetic card reader
USB port
MT0000053.ai
DR-ID 300CL
window opens.
Magnetic card reader
DCL801001.ai
6. Select “Browse my computer for driver software”.
2. Open the Windows desktop screen.
4. Click .

MT000057.ai
➔ The “Browse for driver software on your computer” window opens.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
7. Select “Let me pick from a list of device drivers on my 9. Select “Install this driver software anyway”.
computer”.
MT000059.ai
10. Click [Close].

➔ The system returns to the “Device Manager” window.
MT000058.ai
➔ The “Select the device driver you want to install for this hardware.”
window opens.
8. Select a driver you wish to install and click .
 NOTE 
In case of V8.1 or later, select “WinUSB MCR (NEURON KT-900U-
IR-2004)”.
MT0000054.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
11. Verify that the proper USB drivers are installed.
 For “USB Card Reader (NEURON KT-900-1R-TS)”
Normal installation of drivers

DCL404001.ai
 For “WinUSB MCR (NEURON KT-900U-IR-2004)”

DXCL140802004.ai
 NOTE 
After the magnetic card reader has been connected to the DR-ID
300CL, be sure to restart the OS. Although a window opens
immediately after magnetic card reader connection to indicate that
driver software installation has been completed, you cannot
immediately use the magnetic card reader because it is not
recognized by the DR-ID 300CL-AP yet.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3. Setting the Magnetic Card $ For detailed format descriptions, see “5. ID Card Data Format
[Reference]”.
Reader and Magnetic Card ➥ REFERENCE
Perform the following procedures to set the magnetic card reader type Even if “Yes” is set for , a magnetic card in
and magnetic card type. Fuji format can be used (recognized by the system code).
■ Setting the magnetic card reader type 2. From the “Config (F)” menu, choose “Save”.
1. Start the Service Utility mode of the DR-ID 300CL. ➔ A window opens, prompting you to confirm the setup data to be
saved.
$ For details on the startup procedure, see “1. Starting/Exiting
3. Click .
2. Click in the “Service Utility” window. ➔ The system saves the setup data.
➔ The “Setup Configuration Item” window opens. 4. From the “Config (F)” menu, choose “Close”.
3. Click the sign within . ➔ The system returns to the “IIP Service Utility” window.
➔ The IDT functionality and magnetic card setup items appear in the
right-hand area of the window. ➔ The system returns to the desktop screen.
5. With , set the magnetic card reader ● When using a hospital card (in a hospital’s unique format)
type. 1. From the “Setup Configuration Item” window, change the
■ Setting the magnetic card type setting to “Yes”.
● When using a magnetic card in Fuji format
1. From , select a magnetic card type. ➔ A window opens, prompting you to confirm the setup data to be
saved.
ISO magnetic card JIS magnetic card
 0: FUJI [default]  0: FUJI [default] 3. Click
 6: FJ51  1: FJ01
 2: FJ02 ➔ The system saves the setup data.
 3: FJ03
4. From the “Config (F)” menu, choose “Close”.
 4: FJ04
 5: FJ05 ➔ The system returns to the “IIP Service Utility” window.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5. Click .
7. Determine “Data Length”, “Header String” and “Header
Offset” values in accordance with the magnetic card data
format adopted at the hospital.
$ For data format details, see “5. ID Card Data Format
6. Click “Card Format”. [Reference]”.
 Data Length : The length of the overall data registered on the
magnetic card.
 Header String : The header character string of the data.
 Header Offset : The header character string start position.
➥ REFERENCE
This setting is to cope with the problem of cancellation of significant
digits occurring when reading a hospital card, which causes the
relevant patient information to be different from the original.
This setting checks the Data Length and Header String of a
MT000060.ai
hospital card, causing thus an error to be indicated in the event of a
problem of cancellation of signification digits, which consequently
➔ The “Magnetic Card Format” window opens. prevents a data mis-reading error to occur. Note that when both the
Data Length and Header String boxes are blank, this setting will
not be performed.
8. To add a new item, click .
➥ REFERENCE
 When changing an item setting, select an item and then click
 To delete an existing setup item, select it and then click
➔ The “Data Type” window opens.
00000431.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
9. In accordance with the magnetic card data format used in III. Enter the Card Offset, Data Length , and Destination (storage
the hospital, set “Data Type”, “Format”, “Card Offset”, “Data offset) settings.
Length”, and “Destination”.
 Card Offset
Specify the data start position on the card.
Setup must be performed with the position next to “STX” (the
I character “F” when the FUJI card is used) regarded as “0”.
Do not select the “SI/SO” or “Kanji IN/OUT” code portion as the
start position.
II
 Data Length
Enter the number of characters existing before the card offset
position to specify the length of the data to be read.
Ensure that the data length does not include the “SI/SO” or “Kanji
IN/OUT” code portion.
III For kanji data, use an even number to specify the data length.
 NOTE 
Be sure that the patient ID number, examination number, and
accession number data lengths do not exceed the effective number
of digits specified for the “SYSTEM CONFIG “ – ” CSL/IDT
00000432.EPS FUNCTION” examination number character string length, patient
$ For detailed data format descriptions, see Section “5. ID Card ID character string length, and accession number character string
Data Format [Reference]”. length. If such a limit is exceeded, an error occurs.
Also, note that the padding process is performed as defined by
I. Click the downward arrow mark to select a Data Type “CSL/IDT FUNCTION” of “SYSTEM CONFIG” when the effective
setting. number of digits is not reached.
II. Click the downward arrow mark to select a Format setting.
 NOTE  ➥ REFERENCE
Selectable only when “Patient Sex”, “Patient Birth Date”, or “Year The data length cannot be specified for the following data types.
or Month of Patient Birth Date” is selected as a Data Type setting.  Patient Birthday Date (Day)
 Patient Birthday Date (Month)
 Patient Birthday Date (Year)
 Patient Birthday Date
 Patient Sex
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
 Destination (storage offset)
Specify the location at which the read data is to be stored.
If, for instance, a setting of 2 is entered, the third character and
thereafter will be stored.
A setting of 0 should normally be used.
10. Click .
➔ The system returns to the “Magnetic Card Format” window.

If the entered settings are incorrect, an error message appears.
If an error message appears, repeat steps I. and beyond.
11. To add any other item, repeat steps 6. through 8.
12. Click .
13. Click .
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4. Hospital Card Data Format ■ Setup procedure
Setup Example [Reference] 1. Start the DR-ID 300CL service utility and then click [Magnetic
Card Setting] – [Card Format].
This section explains about the setup procedure to be performed when
using the magnetic card reader to load the following JIS-format-defined
hospital card data into the DR-ID 300CL. 2. Click “Card Format”.
As a patient ID number (10-digit), a 5-digit number consisting of the ➔ The “Magnetic Card Format” window opens.
third to seventh digits is used.
■ Hospital card information and detailed format descriptions

● Patient name (16-digit 1-byte code katakana)
Sex (1-digit) The hospital card
●
Patient ID number (10-digit) records the items of
●
Birth date (4-digit year/2-digit month/2-digit information shown
●
day of the month) at left in descending
order.
● Alphanumeric department name (10-digit)
● Kanji name (7-digit 2-byte code kanji)
Detailed format description
Digit 1 2 3 4 5 6 — 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 — 29 30 00000467.EPS
S S
S O O 3. Since the hospital card is JIS-formatted, verify that “0: JIS”
Content
Patient name Sex Patient ID number

T ⁄ ⁄
(1-byte code katakana, 16-digit) (1-digit) (10-digit)
X S S
I I is entered in the field.
If the entry is not “0: JIS”, change it to the JIS format.

Digit 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 — 47 48 49 50
$ See “3. Setting the Magnetic Card Reader and Magnetic

Birth date
Card”.
Content
Alphanumeric
Day of department name (10-digit)
Month
Year (4-digit) 
(2-digit)
 the month
(2-digit)
4. Make sure that the “Data Length” and “Header String”
boxes are blank and 0 is set to the “Header Offset” box.
(The symbol “” is a period.)
To check the card reading data, the “Data Length” is set to 70 in this
Digit 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 — 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72
example.
E E L
Content
S Undefined
S $ B Kanji name (14-digit) T R
I (2-digit)
C X C
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5. With , clear all the current settings. 6. Click and perform “Patient Name” setup as
indicated in the window shown below:

Current settings
00000468.EPS
00000469.EPS
 NOTES 
 When performing patient name setup for 1-byte code katakana
(Japanese language version), choose “Patient Name (SBCS)”.
Choosing “Patient Name (SBCS)” automatically adds the “SI/SO”
code to both ends of data.
 Since the code next to “STX” is regarded as “0” for counting
purposes, enter “1” in the “Card Offset” field.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
7. Click and perform “Sex” setup as indicated in 8. Click and perform “Patient ID” number setup
the window shown below: as indicated in the window shown below:
00000470.EPS 00000271.EPS
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
 NOTE  9. Set the remaining items in accordance with the following
Since the third to seventh digits of a hospital card patient ID table:
number are to be loaded, pay due attention to the “Card Offset”, Card Data
Date Type Format Destination
“Data Length”, and “Destination” settings. Offset Length
Birth date/year Patient Birthday
2000 29 4 0*
❍ Card Offset (4) Date (Year)
Since the patient ID number data begins with the 21st digit and Birth date/ Patient Birthday
10 34 2 5*
does not use the two highest digits, enter “21”. month (2) Date (Month)
Birth date/ day Patient Birthday
❍ Data Length — 37 2* 8*
of the month (2) Date (Date)
Since five digits are to be used, enter “5”. Alphanumeric
Requesting
department — 39 10 0
❍ Destination name (10)
Service (SBCS)
Since data loading begins with the third digit of the patient ID
Kanji name Patient Name
area, enter “2”. — 53 14 0
(14) (SBCS)
Card 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Settings marked * cannot be changed.

27 28 29
Offset ➔ The resultant settings are shown below:
Digit 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
Sex 1 1 5 2 4 4 9 3 5 1 Birth
Content
date/
(1- year
digit) Patient ID number (10-digit) (4-digit)
Not used Data to be loaded Not used

into DR-ID 300CL FT100309.ai
00000607.ai
10. In the “Magnetic Card Format” window, click .
➔ The system returns to the “Magnetic Card Setting” window.
11. Click “Cancel”.

➔ The system then returns to the “IIP Service Utility” window.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5. ID Card Data Format [Reference] ● Extended Format (FJ01)
To use Kanji characters for the patient name, use the Extended Format.
Its system code is FJ01.
Two types of data formats are available for the ID card: JIS-II type and
JIS-I type (ISO). The system codes are defined as follows depending on Digit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 — 24 25 26 27
how the area of Extended Specification is used.

S S
 JIS-II type : FUJI, FJ01, FJ02, FJ03, FJ04, FJ05 S
System code
O
Patient name
O
Content T ⁄ ⁄
 JIS-I type (ISO) : FUJI, FJ51 X
(FJ01)
S
(20 digits)
S
I I
■ JIS-II Type
● Fuji Standard Format (FUJI) Digit 28 29 — 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
It is FUJIFILM’s standard format, whose system code is FUJI. Since Birth date
undefined regions cannot be used, they must be filled with space (20H). Number
Sex
Content Male/Female
Note that kanji characters cannot be used for patient names. (10 digits)
Year  Month  Day (M) (F)
Digit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 — 24 25 26 27
(“” denotes a period.)
S S
S O O Digit 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 — 69 70 71 72
System code Patient name
Content T ⁄ ⁄
(FUJI) (20 digits)
X S S
I I
E E L
Distribution code S Name in Kanji
Content S $ B T R
(4 lower digits) I (14 digits)
C X C
Digit 28 29 — 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
Birth date
Sex
Number
Content Male/Female
(10 digits)
Digit 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 — 69 70 71 72
E L
Undefined (22 digits)
Content T R
(space: 20H)
X C
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Extended Format (FJ02) ● Extended Format (FJ03)
To use the department name in alphanumeric characters and distribution To use the test number and alphanumeric department name, use the
code, use the Extended Format. Its system code is FJ02. Extended Format. Its system code is FJ03.
Digit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 — 24 25 26 27 Digit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 — 24 25 26 27
S S S S
S O O S O O
System code Patient name System code Patient name
Content T ⁄ ⁄ Content T ⁄ ⁄
(FJ02) (20 digits) (FJ03) (20 digits)
X S S X S S
I I I I
Digit 28 29 — 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 Digit 28 29 — 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
Birth date Birth date

Sex Sex
Number Number
Content Male/Female Content Male/Female
(10 digits) (10 digits)
Year  Month  Day (M) (F) Year  Month  Day (M) (F)
(“” denotes a period.) (“” denotes a period.)
Digit 49 50 — 55 56 57 58 — 63 64 65 — 69 70 71 72 Digit 49 50 — 55 56 57 58 — 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72
Alphanumeric L
E L E
department Distribution code Undefined Alphanumeric department Undefined R
Content T R Content Examination number (10 digits) T
name (8 digits) (6 digits) name (8 digits) (4 digits) C
X C X
(8 digits)
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Extended Format (FJ04) ● Extended Format (FJ05)
To use the department name in alphanumeric characters and distribution To use the test number and alphanumeric department name, use the
code, use the Extended Format. Its system code is FJ04. Extended Format. Its system code is FJ05.
Digit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 — 24 25 26 27 Digit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 — 24 25 26 27
S S S S
S O O S O O
System code Patient name System code Patient name
Content T ⁄ ⁄ Content T ⁄ ⁄
(FJ04) (20 digits) (FJ05) (20 digits)
X S S X S S
I I I I
Digit 28 29 — 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 Digit 28 29 — 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
Birth date Birth date

Sex Sex
Number Number
Content Male/Female Content Male/Female
(10 digits) (10 digits)
Year  Month  Day (M) (F) Year  Month  Day (M) (F)
(“” denotes a period.) (“” denotes a period.)
Digit 49 50 — 55 56 57 58 — 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 Digit 50 51 — 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 — 69 70 71 72
S
E L O E E L
Distribution code Examination number Undefined Alphanumeric department Department name in Kanji
Content T R Content ⁄ S $ B B T R
(8 digits) (10 digits) (4 digits) name (8 digits) (8 digits)
X C S C X C
I
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ JIS-I Type (ISO) ● Extended Format (FJ51)
In the ISO specification format, to use the alphanumeric department
● Fuji Standard (ISO) Format
name, distribution code, test number, use the Extended Format. Its
A standard-specification card that is not particularly specified should system code is FJ51.
comply with this format.
Digit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 — 25 26 27 28
Digit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 — 25 26 27 28
Space
Space
System code Patient name
S Content T
Space
Space
System code Patient name (FJ51) (20 digits)
Content T F X
(FUJI) (20 digits)
X
Digit 29 30 — 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
Digit 28 29 — 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
Birth date
Birth date Sex
Number
Sex Content Male/Female
Number (10 digits)
Content Male/Female Year  Month  Day (M) (F)
(10 digits)

Digit 50 51 — 56 57 58 59 — 64 65 66 67 — 74 75 76 77 78 79
Digit 50 51 52 — 76 77 78 79
Alphanumeric department E L
Distribution code Examination number Space
E L Content name T R
Undefined (8 digits) (10 digits) (2 digits)
Content T R (8 digits) X C
(28 digits)
X C
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Data Definition ● Patient Name
 For JIS
 NOTES  This indicates a patient name by not greater than 20 Roman
❍ Exercise care not to confuse the JIS and ISO cards, since they characters or Katakana graphic characters, excluding @ and *.
contain different character codes. To switch between alphabet and Katakana modes, use SI/SO code.
❍ Undefined regions in the recorded information must be filled with Any SI/SO code of not greater than 20 characters of the patient name
space code (JIS: 20H/ISO: 00H) if: is substituted by space code (20H) and handled as part of the
 Some of the information to be recorded into the ID card cannot be 20-character patient name.
entered; and
 For ISO
 The number of characters actually entered is smaller than the
This indicates a patient name by not greater than 20 Roman
number of characters specified in this specification.
characters or Roman special characters, excluding @ and *.
For Roman special characters, set MAG CARD of the IDT
● STX: Start Code management information to 1, and set Roman special character
This code indicates the start of text that has been written. codes and characters used in “Setting Character Code for Reading
ISO Card”.
● System Code: Identification Code
Four-character code that identifies whether the ID card is for FCR use ● Number: Patient Number
or not. This indicates a patient number for identifying the patient by graphic
characters in alphabetic mode, excluding @ and *.
Identification code Format type
FUJI Standard format
If the patient number falls short of ten digits, enter characters from the
right-most location, and fill the rest with space code (JIS: 20H/ISO:
FU** (*: numeral) Extension format
00H).
Other Hospital individual format
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37
● SI/SO: Extended Code
1 2 3 4 5
 NOTE 
Space code (JIS: 20H/ISO: 00H)
This code exists only in JIS.
SI and SO are used in pair as a special character to extend graphic

characters.
 From SI to next SO: Graphic characters for alphabets
 From SO to next SI: Graphic characters for Katakana
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Birth Date: Patient Birth Date ● Distribution Code (8 digits)
This indicates the patient’s birth date in the dominical year. The distribution code is used to set a destination of image data transfer.
If the distribution code falls short of eight digits, enter characters from
 Year : Four digits from 0 to 9.
the right-most location, and fill the rest with space code (JIS: 20H/ISO:
 Month : Two digits from 0 to 9. 00H).
 Day : Two digits from 0 to 9.
Correspondence between the transfer destination and distribution code
If the number of digits for the birth date falls short of its effective number value may be set arbitrarily by the user.
of digits, enter numbers from the right-most location, and fill the rest
When this code is not used, fill it with space code (JIS: 20H/ISO: 00H).
with zero (JIS: 30H/ISO: 10H).
38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
1 2 3 4 5
1 9 9 3 0 3 3 1
Space code (JIS: 20H/ISO: 00H)
Fill 0.
● Examination Number (10 digits)
The examination number represents the data transferred mainly from
Year Month Day the hospital information system to identify the distinction between
examinations conducted. If the examination number falls short of ten
 NOTE  digits, enter characters from the right-most location, and fill the rest with
“” in the 42nd and 45th digits denotes a period (JIS:2EH/ISO:0EH). space code (JIS: 20H/ISO: 00H).
This code is not used for control purposes.
When this code is not used, fill it with space code (JIS: 20H/ISO: 00H).
● Sex: Patient Sex
The sex of a patient is denoted by one alphabetic character.
1 2 0 4 5
 Male : M
 Female : F Space code (JIS: 20H/ISO: 00H)
● ETX: End Code

This code indicates the end of text.
● LRC: LRC Code

LRC denotes a horizontal redundancy code for a horizontal parity check
bit of information characters recorded.
Horizontal parity check is performed from the start code to the end
code.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
6. Updating the Driver for 6. Select “WinUSB MCR (NEURON KT-900U-IR-2004)” and click
[Next].
the Magnetic Card Reader
When the DR-ID 300CL is V8.1 or later, magnetic card reading is not
possible when “WinUSB MCR(NEURON KT-900U-IR-2004)” is not
applied.
When upgrading the DR-ID 300CL from V8.0 or earlier to V8.1 or
later, update the driver for the magnetic card reader according to this
procedure.

DXCL140802005.ai

2. Click . 9. Select “Install this driver software anyway”.
3. Right-click “usb_mcr USB device” ー “USB Card Reader

(NEURON KT-900-1R-TS)” and select “Update Driver
Software...”.
➔ The “How do you want to search for driver software?” window
opens. MT000059.ai

4. Select “Browse my computer for driver software”.
➔ The “Browse for driver software on your computer” window opens. 8. Click [Close].
➔ The system returns to the “Device Manager” window.
5. Select “Let me pick from a list of device drivers on my com-
puter”.
➔ The “Select the device driver you want to install for this hardware”
window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
9. Verify that the proper USB drivers are installed.

DXCL140802004.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 3 Procedures for Changing 1. Incorporating into the Network
the DR-ID 300CL and
RU IP Addresses
In compliance with the hospital network specifications, re-connect the
DR-ID 300CL and RU (FPD, Cassette-type Image Reader, CR built-in
exposure device) network cables to the hospital’s network.
 NOTE 
 When two or more network adaptors are used in DR-ID 300CL,
confirm the IP address of the network adaptor to be changed, and then
change the IP address.
 When changing the IP address of the wireless network adaptor in
DR-ID 300CL, read “Local Area Connection” for “Wireless Network
Connection” as necessary.
 Be sure not to set IPv6 since the following devices are incompatible
with IPv6.
- CR built-in exposure device
- FCR5000plus image reader device
- Image local network connection device
 When the CR caseette reader is connected via IPv6, an IP translator
is required.
This appendix explains about the procedures for changing the DR-ID
300CL and RU (FPD, Cassette-type Image Reader, CR built-in
exposure device) IP addresses.
The IP addresses need to be changed in the following cases:
When the DR-ID 300CL and RU (FPD, Cassette-type Image
Reader, CR built-in exposure device) IP addresses need to be
changed for hospital network management purposes.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2. Changing the Software Settings ■ Changing the DR-ID 300CL Service Utility settings
● Start of the Service Utility/Display of the Setting change screen
Change the IP addresses for the DR-ID 300CL and RU (FPD, Cassette-
type Image Reader, CR built-in exposure device) as summarized 1. From the menu, sequentially choose
herein:
“All Programs”, “Fuji Film”, and “Console Advance
(“DR-Console” in V4.0 or earlier)”.
■ Changing the RU (FPD, Cassette-type Image Reader, CR
built-in exposure device) and FTP server IP addresses
2. Within a period of 3 seconds after the initial window opens, sequentially
1. Change the RU (FPD, Cassette-type Image Reader, CR built-in click the upper left and upper right corners of the window.
exposure device) and FTP server IP addresses properly.
$ For details of the procedures used to change the FPD and
FTP server IP addresses, see “MU: Maintenance Utility” of the
“AcSelerate and DR-ID 600PU/MC Service Manuals”.
$ For details of the procedures used to change the cassette-
type Image Reader and FTP server IP addresses, see
“MU: Maintenance Utility” of the Cassette-type Image Reader
Service Manual. DXL03100001.ai
$ For details of the procedures used to change the CR built-in ➔ The “Enter Password” window opens.
exposure device and FTP server IP addresses, see
“MU: Maintenance Utility” of the CR built-in exposure device
Service Manual.
 NOTE 
For an FCR5000plus-series cassette-type Image Reader, change 00000119.ai
IP address of the DR-ID 300CL and not that of the FTP server.
➥ REFERENCE
If you cannot complete step 2. from the initial window within a
3-second period and allow the AP to start up, perform the following
steps to start the Service Utility:
1. To exit the AP, choose “Shut Down” in the menu
( menu in V4.0 or earlier).
2. On the shutdown window, click [OK] while holding down the <Shift> key.
3. From the menu, sequentially choose “All Programs”, “Fuji
Film”, and “Console Advance (“DR-Console” in V4.0 or earlier)”.
4. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper left
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Changing the IPv4 address of MC (FPD)
3. Type in “fieldengineer” and click .
➔ The Service Utility starts. The “IIP Service Utility” window opens. 1. Select an MC (e.g. ) registered in
.
➔ The “HostName” window opens in the right-hand area of the
window.
2. Enter the IPv4 address (e.g. 200.150.100.50) of the changed
MC into or .
3. Click .
DXCL100803001.ai
6. Click the sign within and then

select .
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Changing the IP address of cassette-type Image Reader ● Changing the IPv4 address of CR built-in exposure device
1. Select a cassette-type Image Reader (e.g. RU1 ) registered in 1. Select a CR built-in exposure device (e.g. Velocity1 )
. registered in .
➔ The “HostName” window opens in the right-hand area of the ➔ The “HostName” window opens in the right-hand area of the
window. window.
2. Perform the following procedures. 2. Enter the IPv4 address (e.g. 200.150.100.52) of the changed
● In case of V8.1 or earlier or setting IP address Version 4 CR built-in exposure device into or
I. Enter the IPv4 address (e.g. 200.150.100.51) of the .
changed RU1 into or .
3. Click .
● In case of setting IP address Version 6
I. Enter the IPv6 address (e.g.:2001:0000:0000:0000:0000:00
4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 for the already registered 2 CR built-in
00:0001:000D) of the changed RU1 into . exposure devices to change the IPv4 address properly.
3. Click .
4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 for the already registered cassette-type

Image Reader to change the IP address properly.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Saving the setup data/Finishing the Service Utility

➔ A confi rmation window about saving the setup data opens.
2. Click .
➔ The setup data is saved accordingly.


010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Changing the DR-ID 300CL-PC IP address 7. Perform the following setup steps:
I
● In case of setting IP address Version 4
➔ The “All Control Panel Items” window opens. II 00000430.ai
I. Enter a new DR-ID 300CL IP address (e.g., 200.150.100.10).

II. Enter a subnet mask.
2. Click .
➔ The “Network and Sharing Center” window opens. 8. Click .

➔ You are returned to the “Local Area Connection Properties”
3. Click “Local Area Connection”(“View status” in Windows Vista). window.
9. Click .
➔ The system returns to the “Local Area Connection Status” window.
10. Click [Cancel].

DXL08030003.ai
4. Click . 11. Close the “Network and Sharing Center”window.

➥ REFERENCE
5. Choose and then click When a window appears prompting you to restart the system, click
[Yes].
. Once the OS has started, the DR-ID 300CL-AP will start up
➔ The “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties” window automatically.
opens.
6. Choose .
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● In case of setting IP address Version 6 7. Make the following settings.
(IPv6 in V9.0 or later only)

I
II
2. Click .
DXCL140803002.ai
➔ The “Local Area Connection Properties” window opens. I. Enter the IPv6 address of changed DR-ID 300CL
(ex.: 2001:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0001:0015)
II. Enter the Subnet prefix length
3. Click “Local Area Connection” (“View status” in Windows
Vista).
8. Click .
➔ The system returns to the “Local Area Connection Properties”
window.
9. Click .
DXL08030003.ai

10. Click .
4. Click .
➔ The “Local Area Connection Properties” window opens. 11. Close the “Network and Sharing Center” window.
5. Select “Internet Protocol Version 6 (TCP/IPv6)” and then ➥ REFERENCE
click . When a window appears prompting you to restart the system, click
[Yes].
➔ The “Internet Protocol Version 6 (TCP/IPv6) Properties” window
Once the OS has started, the DR-ID 300CL-AP will start up
opens.
automatically.
6. Select “Use the following IPv6 address”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Changing IDT CONNECTING 3. Type in “fieldengineer” and click .
1. From the menu, sequentially choose
(“DR-Console” in V4.0 or earlier)”. 4. Click [Setup Configuration Item].
2. Within a period of 3 seconds after the initial window opens,

the window.
DXCL100803001.ai

DXL03100001.ai

5. Click .
➔ The pane right of the window changes to the “CONFIG\IDT
CONNECTING” window.
6. On the pane right, select a host name of the DR-ID 300CL for
00000119.ai
which the IP address was changed, and click .
➥ REFERENCE
If you cannot complete step 2. from the initial window within a ➔ The “IDT Connection” window opens.
steps to start the Service Utility:
7. Enter the changed IP address and click .
( menu in V4.0 or earlier). ➔ The system returns to the “Setup Configuration Item” window.
2. On the shutdown window, click [OK] while holding down the
<Shift> key.
3. From the menu, sequentially choose “All Programs”, “Fuji ➔ A window opens, prompting you to confirm the setup data to be
Film”, and “Console Advance (“DR-Console” in V4.0 or earlier)”. saved.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
9. Click . ■ Changing patient information sharing function setup
➔ The system saves the setup data.  NOTE 

When connecting with RU and IPv6 via IP translator, it doesn’t matter if
10. Select “Save” from the “Config (F)” menu. the patient information sharing function is set to use or not, register the
➔ The system returns to the “IIP Service Utility” window. Hardware Unique Key for IPv6 and IPv4. If the changed Hardware
Unique Key is not registered, the IPv4 and IPv6 cannot be exchanged
11. Click [Exit Service Utility]. in DR-ID 300CL.
➔ The system returns then to the desktop screen.

Change the IP address of DR-ID 300CL which is set for sharing patient
information.
$ For details on patient information sharing function,
see “3.14 Patient Information Sharing Function Setup” under
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Verifying the connection after IP address changes
4. Click ( in V4.0 or earlier) at the
lower right corner of the window.
➔ The DR-ID 300CL-AP starts up in about one minute. 5. Click “Shut Down” in the menu ( menu in
 For V4.0 or earlier V4.0 or earlier).
➔ A menu opens.
➔ The DR-ID 300CL-AP exits and the system returns to the desktop
screen.
DCL44002.EPS
DXCL140419005.ai
2. From the DR-ID 300CL user window (Registration), set

patient data and exposure menu, and then click [Start
Study].
➔ The DR-ID 300CL-AP window lamp goes on.
3. Make sure that images are transferred to the DR-ID 300CL.

➥ REFERENCE
Be sure not to incorrectly enter an IP address for “NETWORK
CONFIG” – “ALL OTHER NODES” – “RU (FPD and cassette-type
Image Reader)” settings, otherwise an image transfer error will be
indicated.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 4 Changing 2. Within a period of 3 seconds after the initial window opens,
the RU Host Name the window.
 NOTE 
Verify that Explorer or other application is not running. If any
applications are running, exit them accordingly.
■ Changing the RU (FPD, Cassette-type Image Reader, CR DXL03100001.ai

built-in exposure device) host name
1. Change the RU (FPD, Cassette-type Image Reader, CR built-

in exposure device) host name.
$ For details of the procedures used to change the FPD host
name, see “MU: Maintenance Utility” of the “AcSelerate and 00000119.ai
DR-ID 600PU/MC Service Manuals”.
$ For details of the procedures used to change the cassette- ➥ REFERENCE
type Image Reader host name, see “MU: Maintenance Utility” If you cannot complete step 2. from the initial window within a
of the Cassette-type Image Reader Service Manual. 3-second period and allow the AP to start up, perform the following
$ For details of the procedures used to change the CR built-in steps to start the Service Utility:
exposure device host name, see “MU: Maintenance Utility” of
the CR built-in exposure device Service Manual.
( menu in V4.0 or earlier).
■ Changing the DR-ID 300CL Service Utility settings 2. On the shutdown window, click [OK] while holding down the
<Shift> key.
 NOTE  3. From the menu, sequentially choose “All Programs”, “Fuji
Do not use the following characters for a host name in the following
procedures.
<>&‘“/\ and upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.

010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
3. Type in “fieldengineer” and click .
10. Select “Velocity1” (the host name of CR built-in exposure
device before being changed), and then change the
HostName to a new host name of CR built-in exposure
device (ex: Velocity11).
11. For registered CR built-in exposure devices, repeat the step
10. and change their host names.
12. Click .

saved.
DXCL100803001.ai
14. Click .
➔ The “Setup Configuration Item” window opens. ➔ The system saves the setup data.
5. Within the tree in the left-hand area of the window, click 15. Select “Close” from the “Config (F)” menu.
the mark to the left of , and then click
the mark to the left of .
6. Select “fpd0” (the previous host name of FPD).
7. Change on the upper right of the window

to the new FPD host name (fpd1).
8. Select ru1 (host name of the cassette-type Image Reader

before it is changed) and then change the “HostName” entry
data to a new host name of the cassette-type Image Reader
(e.g.: ru11).
9. Repeat step 8, above, for the already registered cassette-

type Image Reader to change the host name properly.
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
■ Changing the CONNECTING EQUIPMENT settings 3. Perform the following settings.

I.
II.
III.
IN000124.ai
I. Select “READER”.
II. Select a changed host name of the cassette-type Image Reader
(FRUP connection).
III. When two or more cassette-type Image Readers (FRUP
DXCL100803001.ai
connection) are connected, change host names of “Equipment
➔ The “Setup Configuration Item” window opens. #2” and thereafter to changed host names.
 NOTES 
2. Select and click .  Do not register an FCR5000plus-series cassette-type Image
Reader to CONNECTING EQUIPMENT.
➔ The “Connecting Equipment” window opens.  The CR built-in exposure device does not need to be registered to
CONNECTING EQUIPMENT.
4. Click .

saved.
6. Click .
7. Select [Close] from the “Config (F)” menu.

The original network setup is then restored.
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
■ Changing the selector settings 3. Click .
1. Select [Selector Setting] on the “IIP Service Utility” window.

DXCL040804001.ai

2. Select a tab in which the FPD host name before being
subjected to the change was registered, and then select
a new FPD host name (fpd1) from the pull-down menu of
“hostName”.
DXCL140804001.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 5 Changing the DR-ID ■ Initializing the image database .... For V5.0.0002 or later,
definitely perform this
300CL Host Name
(V5.0.0002 or later)
procedure as the image
data cannot be
■ Uninstalling the SQL Server transferred.
 NOTE 
 If the DR-ID 300CL is V5.0.0002 or later, the image data are not
transferred. ■ Confirming the Service Utility settings
(Confirmation of MEDIA property setup)
 When changing the DR-ID 300CL host name, be sure to follow the
sequence indicated below.
If you do not use the correct procedure to change the host name, the ■ Changing the DR-ID 300CL-PC host
DR-ID 300CL-AP may become inoperative. name
 Change host names of the DR-ID 300CLs registered on the RU side,
as necessary, so as to avoid confusion with other DR-ID 300CLs. (No
operational problems occur even if they are not changed.) ■ Installing the SQL Server
■ Rebuilding the image database
■ Setting the Service Utility
■ Initializing the image database .... Use this procedure only

when you wish to remove
images from the HDD.
* If you wish to retain
images, do not perform
this procedure.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
■ Initializing the image database (V5.0.0002 or later) ■ Uninstalling the SQL Server
 NOTE  ● For SQL Server 2005
For V5.0.0002 or later, definitely perform this procedure as the image
data cannot be transferred. 1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu.
1. Initialize the image database.

$ For procedures to initialize the image database, see “9.1 2. Click .
Initializing the Image Database” under “MU: Maintenance
Utility”. ➔ The “Administrative Tools” window opens.
2. Clear the image output queue.
3. Double-click .
$ For procedures to initialize the image database, see “9.2
Clearing the Contents of the Image Output Queue” under “MU: ➔ The “Computer Management” window opens.
4. Within the tree in the left-hand area of the window, select
─ ─
.
5. Within the tree in the right-hand area of the window, right-

click , select “Stop”.
00000485.ai
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
6. Close the “Computer Management” window. 10. Select “MSSQLSERVER: Database Engine” and then click
➔ The system returns to the “Administrative Tools” window. .
7. Click in the upper left-hand area of the “Administrative

Tools” window.
8. Click .
➔ The “Properties and Features” window opens.
9. Select “Microsoft SQL Server 2005” and then click

.
➔ The “Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Uninstall” window opens.
00000486.ai
11. Click [Finish].

➔ The installation shield starts running to initiate an SQL Server
uninstallation. After a while, uninstallation ends. The system then
returns to the “Programs and Features” window.

010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
● For SQL Server 2008 6. Close the “Computer Management” window.
➔ The “All Control Panel Items” window opens. 7. Click in the upper left-hand area of the “Administrative
Tools” window.
2. Click . ➔ The “All Control Panel Items” window opens.
➔ The “Administrative Tools” window opens. 8. Click .
3. Double-click . ➔ The “Properties and Features” window opens.
➔ The “Computer Management” window opens.

9. Select “Microsoft SQL Server 2008” and then click .
4. Within the tree in the left-hand area of the window, select ➔ The “Microsoft SQL Server 2008” window opens.
─ ─
10. Select “Remove”.
.

click , and select “Stop”.
DXL08050011.ai
➔ The “Setup Support Rules” window opens.
DXL08050019.ai
DXL08050012.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
➔ The “Select Instance” window opens. ➔ The “Removal Rules” window opens.
DXL08050015.ai
DXL08050013.ai
15. Click .
12. Click .
➔ The “Ready to Remove” window opens.
➔ The “Select Features” window opens.
13. Click .
DXL08050016.ai
DXL08050014.ai
➔ Checkmarks will be placed to all the checkboxes.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
16. Click . 20. According to the instructions on the window, uninstall
“Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Native Client”.
➔ The uninstallation of SQL Server 2008 starts. ➔ The system then returns to the “Programs and Features” window.
After a while, uninstallation ends.

DXL08050017.ai
17. Click .
➔ The “Complete” window opens.
DXL08050018.ai
18. Click .
➔ The system then returns to the “Programs and Features” window.
19. Select “Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Native Client” and then
click [Uninstall/Change].
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
● For SQL Server 2012 6. Close the “Computer Management” window.
➔ The system returns to the “All Control Panel Items” window opens.
➔ The “Administrative Tools” window opens. ➔ The “Properties and Features” window opens.
3. Double-click . 9. Select “Microsoft SQL Server 2012” and then click

➔ The “Computer Management” window opens. .
➔ The “SQL Server 2012” window opens.

─ ─
.

DXL08050019.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10. Select “Remove”. 12. Click .
13. Click .
DXCL140807002.ai
DXCL140807003.ai
11. Click .
➔ The “Select Instance” window opens. DXCL140807005.ai
DXCL140807004.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
➔ The “Removal Rules” window opens. ➔ The uninstallation of SQL Server 2012 starts.
DXCL140807006.ai
DXCL140807008.ai
15. Click .
➔ The “Ready to Remove” window opens. 17. Click .
19. According to the instructions on the window, uninstall

DXCL140807007.ai

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Confirming the Service Utility settings 5. Take notes of the following settings.
(Confirmation of MEDIA property setup)  Abstract Syntax  Role
 Transfer Syntax  MultiByte
 NOTE   Timeout1  Attribute
When you register MEDIA property setup with a new host name, the  Default Output Density  Send Annotation Information
 Normalized  Bit Stored
existing settings are required. Make sure to take notes of all the
 Mask Processing  Acceptable Density
settings.  LUT Operation  Photometric Interpretation
1. Start the Service Utility and then click [Setup Configuration

Item].

─ ─ ─
.
3. Take notes of settings of “Application Entity Name”.
DXCL100805001.ai
DXL08050010.ai
6. Click [Cancel].
◆ NOTE ◆
7. From the “Config (F)” menu, select “Close”.
For V4.0 or earlier, take notes of settings of “Drive” as well.

DXL0805021.ai
4. Click [Modify].
➔ The “MEDIASetup” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Changing the DR-ID 300CL-PC host name 5. Click .
1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu. ➔ A window like that shown below opens.
2. Click .
➔ The “System” window opens.
3. Click . RI0000361.ai

6. Click .
4. Perform the following settings. ➔ The system returns to the “System Properties” window.
 Click the “Computer Name” tab.
7. Click .
➔ A window opens to prompt for a restart.
RI0000359.ai
8. Click .
 Click .
➔ The “Computer Name/Domain Changes” window opens.  NOTE 
If the message “Failed in executing the lock processing +press the
 Change the host name of the “Computer name” field.
lower button” appears after the PC restarts, click [OK].

sequentially click the upper left corner and then the upper
Change
right corner.
RI0000360.ai ➔ The “Enter Password” window opens.
 NOTE  10. Click “Cancel”.

 For the changed host name, be sure to set it with 10 letters or
less.
 Do not use the following characters for a host name.
<>&‘“/\
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Installing the SQL Server ■ Rebuilding the image database
$ For the SQL Server installation procedure, see “4. Installing the 1. Select “All Programs” ─ “Accessories” ─ “Run...” from the
Database Management System” in “MC: Inspection, Replacement
and Adjustment”. menu. Use then the key to select
necessary files located in the directories below:
 NOTE 
When SQL Server and service pack are installed, the PC is forced to ● For V4.0 or earlier
restart. After a restart, the DR-ID 300CL-AP automatically starts up; C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Temp\AttachAll.bat
however, an error occurs because the image database is not rebuilt.
In this instance, just click [OK] to close the error window. ● For V5.0.0002 or later
The system recovers from this error when you rebuild the image C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Work\Installer\Initialize_All_DB.bat
database.
 NOTE 
Do not execute the above command from the MS-DOS prompt.
➔ The MS-DOS prompt window then opens, displaying the message

“Press any key to continue ...”.
00000484.ai

➔ The MS-DOS prompt window closes. The image database is thus
completely rebuilt.
This makes it possible to use again HDD images that have been
available before DR-ID 300CL host name change.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Setting the Service Utility ● Deleting the MEDIA property
● Host name change 1. Start the Service Utility and click [Setup Configuration Item].
When you change the DR-ID 300CL host name, the new host name will ➔ The “Setup Configuration Item” window opens.
be changed as Service Utility’s THIS HOST automatically. However, the
network setting of original host name changes to that for other
2. Within the tree in the left-hand area of the window, click the
connected equipment. Therefore, you have to restore the original
mark to the left of , and then click the
network setup back to “THIS HOST” as directed below:
mark to the left of .
1. Start the Service Utility and then click [Setup Configuration
Item]. 3. Click with is selected.
➔ MEDIA property is deleted and disappeared from the tree in the
2. Within the tree in the left-hand area of the window, click the left-hand area of the window.
mark to the left of , and then click
the mark to the left of . 4. From the “Config” menu, choose “Save”.
3. Choose (previous host name of the saved.
DR-ID 300CL).
5. Click .
4. Change the entry in the upper right
corner of the window to a new host name.
 NOTE 
<>&‘“/\
5. Click .
6. From the “Config” menu, choose “Save”.

saved.
7. Click .
8. Select “Close” from the “Config (F)” menu.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Registering the MEDIA property 6. Select the existing settings for items such as “Abstract
Syntax”, “Role”, and “Transfer Syntax”.
─ .  NOTE 
Be sure to enter the data that you took notes in the step 5 of
2. Click . “ ■ Confirming the Service Utility Settings (Confirmation of MEDIA
property setup)’’.
3. Select “MEDIA”, click .
AWS17024.ai

4. Enter the existing settings in “Application Entity Name”.
 NOTES 
 Be sure to enter the data that you took notes in the step 3 of
“■ Confirming the Service Utility Settings (Confirmation of MEDIA
property setup)’’.
 For V4.0 or earlier, enter the existing settings in “Drive” as well. DXCL100805001.ai
7. Click .
8. Click .

DXL08050010.ai
5. Click .
➔ The “MEDIASetup” window opens. ➔ A window opens, prompting you to confirm the setup data to be
saved.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Changing the log information sharing function (Log Share)
10. Click .
settings
➔ The system saves the setup data. When deleting the settings of the original host name or perform the
settings for the log information sharing function (Log Share) with either
11. From the “Config (F)” menu, select “Close”. the IP use count calculation function or the RetakeAnalysis function, be
sure to change Log Share settings for other DR-ID 300CLs after host
➔ The system returns to the “IIP Service Utility” window. name of a DR-ID 300CL unit has been changed.
12. Click [Exit Service Utility]. ➥ REFERENCE

➔ The system returns to the desktop screen. Settings performed for this Equipment are changed automatically when
a host name is changed.
The original network setup is then restored.

2. Click .
3. Select original host name and IP address.
4. Click [Delete].
5. Select host name and IP address of the DR-ID 300CL that are
to be changed.
6. Click .
7. Enter the changed host name in the “HostName” box.
8. Click .
9. To change settings of other DR-ID 300CLs, repeat steps 3 to 8,

above, as required.
10. Save the setup data from the “Config (F)” menu.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Initializing the image database [as required]
 NOTE 
If you wish to retain images stored in the HDD, do not initialize the
image database.
Initializing the image database deletes all images from the HDD.
1. Initialize the image database with the Service Utility.
$ For the image database initialization procedure, see

“12. Initializing the Image Database” in “MC: Inspection,
➔ The DR-ID 300CL host name change procedure is now completed.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 6 Changing 1. IP Version 4
the DR-ID 300CL
IP Address 1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu.

To connect a multiple number of DR-ID 300CL within the same network,
the DR-ID 300CL IP address must be changed from the default setup
value (172.16.1.20) to another. 2. Click .
In addition, the sub-net mask must also be changed from the default
setup value (255.255.255.0) to another, for which the procedures ➔ The “Network and Sharing Center” window opens.
described below should be followed.
3. Click “Local Area Connection” (“View status” in Windows Vista).
 NOTE 
 For a changed DR-ID 300CL IP address, the FTP server IP address
determined on the RU side and the DR-ID 300CL IP address must be
change as well.
 When two or more network adaptors are used in DR-ID 300CL,
confirm the IP address of the network adaptor to be changed, and then
change the IP address.
 When changing the IP address of the wireless network adaptor in DXL08060001.ai
DR-ID 300CL, read “Local Area Connection” for “Wireless Network ➔ The “Local Area Connection Status” window opens.
Connection” as necessary.
 The image local network does not support IPv6. Do not set IPv6.
4. Click .
5. Select and then click
.
➔ The “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties” window
opens.
6. Select .
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
7. Change the IP address and sub-net mask. 13. Restart the PC.
I
14. Change the IP addresses of DR-ID 300CL and FTP server
which are registered in RU.
$ For details on changing the IP addresses of DR-ID 300CL and FTP
server which are registered in RU, see Service Manual for each
II IN000094.ai
device.
I. IP address This completes to change the DR-ID 300CL IP address and sub-net
II. Sub-net mask mask.
8. Click .
➔ You are returned to the “Local Area Connection Properties” window.
9. Click .
10. Click [Cancel].


➥ REFERENCE
When a window appears prompting you to restart the system, click
[Yes]. Once the OS has started, the DR-ID 300CL-AP will start up
automatically.
12. Set IDT CONNECTING again.

$ See “3.14 Patient Information Sharing Function Setup” under
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2. IP Version 6 7. Make the following settings.

I
II
2. Click .
DXCL140803002.ai

I. Enter the IPv6 address of changed DR-ID 300CL
3. Click “Local Area Connection” (“View status” in Windows Vista). (ex.: 2001:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0001:0015)
II. Enter the Subnet prefix length
8. Click .
➔ The system returns to the “Local Area Connection Properties”
window.
DXL08060001.ai
9. Click .
4. Click .

10. Click .
5. Select “Internet Protocol Version 6 (TCP/IPv6)” and then
click . 11. Close the “Network and Sharing Center” window.
➔ The “Internet Protocol Version 6 (TCP/IPv6) Properties” window ➔ The system returns to the desktop screen.
opens. ➥ REFERENCE
When a window appears prompting you to restart the system, click
6. Select “Use the following IPv6 address”.
[Yes]. Once the OS has started, the DR-ID 300CL-AP will start up
automatically.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
12. Set IDT CONNECTING again.
 NOTE 
When connecting with RU and IPv6 via IP translator, it doesn’t
matter if the patient information sharing function is set to use or not,
register the Hardware Unique Key for IPv6 and IPv4. If the changed
Hardware Unique Key is not registered, the IPv4 and IPv6 cannot
be exchanged in DR-ID 300CL.
$ See “3.14 Patient Information Sharing Function Setup” under

13. Restart the PC.
14. Change the IP addresses of DR-ID 300CL and FTP server

which are registered in RU.
$ For details on changing the IP addresses of DR-ID 300CL and FTP
server which are registered in RU, see Service Manual for each
device.
This completes to change the DR-ID 300CL IP address and sub-net

mask.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 7 Uninstalling the AP
This appendix describes the procedures for uninstalling the following
APs:
 DR-ID 300CL-AP
 SQL Server
 Option keys
 Console software (Built_inConsole)
 FRIS Modules
 Synapse Client (Synapse Workstation)
 Precise enlargement software*1
 Free layout print software*1
 Referral viewing software*1
 PPS Cache Server
 Network Image Search software*1
 QA ROI Measurement software*1
CAUTION
*1: Uninstall this software only when reinstalling or upgrading a
linking application. No support is provided to only
uninstallation of any linking application.
010-305-11E
03.31.2014 FM6225
1. DR-ID 300CL-AP 2. Enter “5” and press the <Enter> key
➔ The “Programs and Features” window opens.
 NOTE  3. Select “IIP” and click “Uninstall/Change”.

If exists in the taskbar, select “End” from the right-click menu and ➔ A confirmation window opens.
make sure that has finished.
4. Click .
1. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC. ➔ The uninstallation window opens.
➔ The “DR Console Setup Tool” main menu opens automatically.
 NOTES 
 NOTES   The message “Prepare Installation” appears here.
 In case the installation start window does not open automatically, Note that the uninstallation process then starts, and not the
double-click the execution file (Setup.bat) in the Disk. installation process as the message indicates.
 For V4.0 or earlier, items displayed in “DR Console Setup Tool”  Click [OK] if a window like that shown below opens.
are different.
00001475.ai
DXCL080304004.ai ➔ Uninstallation ends in several seconds.
5. Close both the “Programs and Features” window and the

DR Console Setup Tool main menu window.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
2. SQL Server 5. Within the tree in the right-hand area of the window, right-
click , select “Stop”.
2.1 SQL Server 2005
2. Click .

00000485.ai
3. Double-Click .
➔ The “Computer Management” window opens. 6. Close the “Computer Management” window.
─ ─ 7. Click in the upper left-hand area of the “Administrative
. Tools” window.
8. Click .
9. Select “Microsoft SQL Server 2005” and

then click “Uninstall/Change”.
➔ The “Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Uninstall” window opens.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
10. Select “MSSQLSERVER: Database Engine” and then click
[Next].
00000486.ai
11. Click [Finish].

➔ The installation shield starts running to initiate an SQL Server
uninstallation. After a while, Uninstallation ends. The system then
returns to the “Programs and Features” window.
12. Close the “Programs and Features” window and then the “All
Control Panel Items” window.
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
2.2 SQL Server 2008 6. Close the “Computer Management” window.
7. Click in the upper left-hand area of the “Administrative
Tools” window.
2. Click .
➔ The “Administrative Tools” window opens. 8. Click .
3. Double-Click . ➔ The “Properties and Features” window opens.

9. Select “Microsoft SQL Server 2008” and then click .
4. Within the tree in the left-hand area of the window, select ➔ The “Microsoft SQL Server 2008” window opens.
─ ─
. 10. Select “Remove”.

DXL08050011.ai
DXL08050019.ai
DXL08050012.ai
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
➔ The “Select Instance” window opens. ➔ The “Removal Rules” window opens.
DXL08050015.ai
DXL08050013.ai
15. Click .
12. Click .
➔ The “Ready to Remove” window opens.
13. Click .
DXL08050016.ai
DXL08050014.ai
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
16. Click . 20. According to the instructions on the window, uninstall
➔ The uninstallation of SQL Server 2008 starts. ➔ The system then returns to the “Programs and Features” window.

DXL08050017.ai
17. Click .
➔ The “Complete” window opens.
DXL08050018.ai
18. Click .
010-305-08E
02.15.2013 FM6142
2.3 SQL Server 2012 6. Close the “Computer Management” window.
1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu. 7. Close the “Administrative Tools” window.
➔ The “All Control Panel Items” window opens. ➔ The system returns to the “All Control Panel Items” window opens.
8. Click .
2. Click .
➔ The “Properties and Features” window opens.

9. Select “Microsoft SQL Server 2012” and then click

3. Double-click .
.
➔ The “SQL Server 2012” window opens.

─ ─
.

DXL08050019.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10. Select “Remove”. 12. Click .
13. Click .
DXCL140807002.ai
DXCL140807003.ai
11. Click .
➔ The “Select Instance” window opens. DXCL140807005.ai
DXCL140807004.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
➔ The “Removal Rules” window opens. ➔ The uninstallation of SQL Server 2012 starts.
DXCL140807006.ai
DXCL140807008.ai
15. Click .
➔ The “Ready to Remove” window opens. 17. Click .
19. According to the instructions on the window, uninstall

DXCL140807007.ai

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3. Option Keys 4. Enter the uninstallation command in the “Open (O)” box and
click .
The option key CD is required for uninstalling an option key.
D:\option key’s executable file name (xxxxxx.exe)/u
 For V8.0 or earlier, or licence unsupported version in V8.1 or later In the underlined portion, enter the drive name of the PC.
When uninstalling an option key, be sure to perform the following
procedure. If, for instance, you directly remove an option key with
Registry Editor or the like, the option name may remain in a user ➥ REFERENCE
window although the option function is removed.
 To confirm the executable file name of an option key, you should
 For licence supported in V8.1 or later directly view the contents of CD from Explorer or the like.
For the AP of the licence supported version, the uninstallation cannot
be done by going through these procedures. Example: Executable file names for DX CL DICOM PRINT option
To delete the option, the licence (which the option has been deleted)  OptionDcmPrint.exe
needs to be obtained and re-applied.
$ See “Appendix 54 Software Licence”.  You can click the button to select the executable
file for the option key to be uninstalled.
1. Insert into the PC the CD for the option key you wish to
uninstall. ➔ A window opens to indicate that uninstallation is completed.
2. The installation window opens. Press the 5. Click .

button to close this window.
 NOTE 
You have to close it manually only when the installation window
opens automatically.
3. Select “All Programs” ─ “Accessories” ─ “Run” from the

menu.
➔ The “Run...” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4. Console Software (Built_inConsole) 2. Enter “5” and press the <Enter> key
(V4.0 or Earlier) ➔ The “Programs and Features” window opens.
3. Select “Built_inConsole” and then click “Uninstall/Change”.

 NOTE 
➔ The “Application Removal” window opens.
After the console software is uninstalled, be sure to reinstall the console
software.
The DR-ID 300CL-AP does not start running when the console software
4. Click .
is uninstalled. ➔ The install shield starts running and begins to uninstall.
After a while, the “Shared Component” window opens.

 NOTE 
In case the installation start window does not open automatically, RI000009.ai
double-click the execution file (Filename extension: Setup.bat) in

the CD.
5. Click .
6. Click .
7. Click .
DCL41501.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5. FRIS Modules
[Applicable only in Japan]
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
6. Synapse Client 6. Click the symbol at the upper right-corner of the window
to close the “Downloaded Program Files” window.
(Synapse Workstation) ➔ The system returns to the desktop.
7. Restart the PC.

➔ The “DR Console Setup Tool” main menu opens automatically. 8. If the DR-ID 300CL-AP starts up after the PC restart, click the
 NOTES  upper-right and -left corners of the window once each to
have the Service Utility be displayed. Then shut down the
 In case the installation start window does not open automatically, Service Utility.
double-click the execution file (Filename extension: Setup.bat) in
the Disk.
 For V4.0 or earlier, items displayed in “DR Console Setup Tool”
9. Open “C:\WINDOWS\Download Program Files”.
are different.
10. Right-click “Synapse Medical Imaging Workstation” and
select “Remove”.
DXCL080304004.ai
2. Enter “5” and press the <Enter> key

RI000229.EPS
3. Select “Synapse” and then click . ➔ The confirmation window opens.

➔ The “WARNING” window opens.
4. Click .
RI000230.EPS
➔ The same window opens again.
5. Click .
11. Click .
➔ After a while, the “Downloaded Program Files” window opens

automatically.
12. Close the “Downloaded Program Files”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
7. Precise Enlargement Software ● For V5.0 or later
I. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC.
This section describes the procedure used to uninstall the precise ➔ The “DR Console Setup Tool” main menu automatically
enlargement software. opens.
CAUTIONS  NOTE 
 Uninstall the precise enlargement software when it is to be
reinstalled or upgraded.
 Uninstallation can only be performed only with the media of the  The items displayed in the “DR Console Setup Tool” vary with the
version same as for the installed software. versions of DR-ID 300CL.
➤ IMPORTANT
When uninstalling the precise enlargement software installed in V6.0 or
earlier, be sure to back up the following file. After reinstalling, write the
backup file over the file in DR-ID 300CL.
“C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Cooper\Config\EchoNoteInfoDef.xml”
(Result overlay setup information)
1. Perform the following procedure.
● For V4.0
I. Insert the precise enlargement software installation CD (Precise
enlargement function (114Y2150118A00)) into the PC.
II. Use Explorer to double-click “Setup.exe”.
➔ The “Install Precise enlargement function screen” window DXCL140419002.ai
opens.
II. Enter “60” and then press the <Enter> key.
➔ The “Install Precise enlargement application screen” window
opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4. Click .
2. Click .
➔ The system returns to the “Install Precise enlargement application
screen” window.
5. Click [Exit].
➔ The system returns to the “DR Console Setup Tool” window.

AWS807002.ai
● For V8.0 or earlier, or
licence unsupported version in V8.1 or later
➔ The “Welcome to the Precise enlargement function Setup Wizard” I. Uninstall the option key.
window opens.
$ For details of the uninstallation procedure, see “3. Option Keys”.

I. Obtain and re-apply the licence which the option has been deleted.
$ See “Appendix 54 Software Licence”.
AWS807003.ai
3. Click .
➔ The “Uninstallation Complete” window opens.
AWS807004.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
8. Free Layout Print Software 1. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC.
This section describes the procedure used to uninstall the Free Layout  NOTE 
Print software.
CAUTIONS double-click the execution file (Setup.bat) in the Disk.
 Uninstall the Free Layout Print software when it is to be  The items displayed in the “DR Console Setup Tool” vary with the
reinstalled or upgraded. versions of DR-ID 300CL.
 Uninstallation can only be performed only with the media of the
version same as for the installed software.
DXCL140419002.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2. Enter “65” and then press the <Enter> key. 4. Click [Free Layout Print].
 NOTE 
For V7.0 or earlier, “Select Location” window is hidden. Proceed to
step 7.
➔ The “Select Location” window opens.
DXCL040830002.ai
DXCL080305004.ai
➔ The “Welcome to the Free Layout Print Setup Wizard” window
opens.

➔ The “Install Free Layout Print screen” window opens.
DXCL040807001.ai
5. Click .
DXCL040807002.ai
6. Click .
➔ The system returns to the “Install Free Layout Print screen”

window.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
7. Click [Exit].


I. Uninstall the option key.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
9. Referral Viewing Software 1. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC.
This section describes the procedure used to uninstall the referral  NOTE 
viewing software.
 Uninstall the referral viewing software when it is to be reinstalled  The items displayed in the “DR Console Setup Tool” vary with the
or upgraded. versions of DR-ID 300CL.
DXCL140419002.ai

➔ The “Install Referral Viewing Function Screen” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3. Click [Referral Viewing Function]. 6. Click [Exit].


DXCL080807001.ai
➔ The “Welcome to the Referral Viewing Function Setup Wizard”
window opens.
DXCL080807004.ai
4. Click .
DXCL080807003.ai
5. Click .
➔ The system returns to the “Install Referral Viewing Function

Screen” window.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10. PPS Cache Server ■ Uninstalling the PPS cache server

■ Exiting the PPS Monitor ➔ The “DR Console Setup Tool” main menu opens automatically.
 NOTE 
1. Press the <Ctrl> + <Shift> + <Esc> key.
➔ The “Windows Task Manager” window opens.
2. Select “Application” tab.
3. Select “PPS Monitor.exe” and click [End Task].

➔ The “PPS Monitor” will then shut down.
4. Close the “Windows Task Manager” window.

DXCL080304004.ai

3. Select “PPS_CS” and click “Uninstall”.

4. Click .
➔ Uninstallation processing ends in several seconds.


010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
11. Network Image Search 1. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC.
Software ➔ The “DR Console Setup Tool” main menu automatically opens.
 NOTE 
This section describes the procedure used to uninstall the Network  In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
Image Search software. double-click the execution file (Setup.bat) in the Disk.
CAUTIONS  The items displayed in the “DR Console Setup Tool” vary with the
 Uninstall the Network Image Search software when it is to be
reinstalled or upgraded.
DXCL140419002.ai

➔ The “Install Network Image Search Function Screen” window
opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3. Click [Network Image Search Function]. 6. Click [Exit].


DXCL090845002.ai
➔ The “Welcome to the Network Image Search Function Setup
Wizard” window opens.
DXCL090807001.ai
4. Click .
DXCL090807002.ai
5. Click .
➔ The system returns to the “Install Network Image Search Function

Screen” window.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
12. QA ROI Measurement Software 1. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC.
This section describes the procedure used to uninstall the QA ROI  NOTE 
Measurement software.
 Uninstall the QA ROI Measurement software when it is to be  The items displayed in the “DR Console Setup Tool” vary with the
DXCL140419002.ai

➔ The “Install QA ROI Measurement screen” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3. Click [QA ROI Measurement]. 6. Click [Exit].


DXCL110807001.ai
➔ The “Welcome to the QA ROI Measurement Setup Wizard”
window opens. ● For licence supported version in V8.1 or later
DXCL110807002.ai
4. Click .
DXCL110807003.ai
5. Click .
➔ The system returns to the “Install QA ROI Measurement screen”

window.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
13. QA Measurement Software 1. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC.
This section describes the procedure used to uninstall the QA  NOTE 
Measurement software.
 Uninstall the QA Measurement software when it is to be  The items displayed in the “DR Console Setup Tool” vary with the
DXCL140419002.ai

➔ The “Install QA Measurement screen” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3. Click [QA Measurement]. 6. Click [Exit].

DXCL130855002.ai
➔ The “Welcome to the QA Measurement Setup Wizard” window opens.
DXCL130807001.ai
4. Click .
DXCL130807002.ai
5. Click .
➔ The system returns to the “Install QA Measurement screen” window.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 8 Upgrading the AP
1. Upgrading the DR-ID 300CL
Describes the procedures for upgrading the version of DR-ID 300CL-AP.
CAUTION ➤ IMPORTANT
To upgrade the software from V4.0 or earlier to V5.0 or later, Before upgrading, check the following.
“System migration” from V4.0 to V5.0 must be performed.  Check verify that there are no patients reserved for exposure (no
$ For details on system migration procedures, see “2. System patients are registered in the examination queue window).
Migration to the DR-ID 300CL V5.0 or Later”.  Check that no image is left in the QA queue or output queue.
Use the procedures described herein to upgrade the DR-ID 300CL-AP

software version.
■ Upgrading to V4.0, V6.0 to V6.2

Upgrade type *1 Procedure necessary only when
Description connecting an FDR D-EVO.
Step (correlating to the subsequent titles V3.0/V3.1 V5.0 ➔ V5.0/V6.0 V5.0 to V6.1 *2 Applicable only to FDR AcSelerate.
prefixed by the ■ mark) ➔ V4.0 V6.0 *3
➔ V6.1
*3
➔ V6.2
*3
*3 If AP is upgraded to V6.0 or later, item
302 and 303 of “5. CSL/IDT
■ Finishing PPS Monitor, FUNCTION” will be hidden. If you
1 ❍ ❍ ❍
Remote Login Checker, and SKB Launcher need to change the settings, change it
2 ■ Uninstalling the linking application ❍ ❍ ❍ before upgrading.
*4 Only when Synapse Web Query is
3 ■ Uninstalling the DR-ID 300CL-AP ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ used and the image cannot be viewed.
■ Setting the monitor resolution
4 (skip over this section if ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
the monitor resolution is not to be changed.)
■ Removing database files and registries
5 (skip over this section if ❍
6 ■ Installing the DR-ID 300CL-AP ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
7 ■ Installing the linking application ❍ ❍ ❍
8 ■ Executing various batch files ❍ ❍ ❍
*1
9 ■ Installing correction parameters (V4.0 only) ❍
*2
10 ■ Replacing DR long-view image processing parameters ❍
*4 *4 *4
11 ■ Uninstalling and reinstalling the Synapse client ❍ ❍ ❍
12 ■ Setting Service Utility and Other Settings ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Upgrading to V7.0 to V7.4
Upgrade type *1 If AP is upgraded to V6.0 or later, item
Description 302 and 303 of “5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION”
Step (correlating to the subsequent titles V5.0 to V6.2 V5.0 to V7.0 V5.0 to V7.1 V5.0 to V7.2 V5.0 to V7.3 will be hidden. If you need to change the
prefixed by the ■ mark) *1
➔ V7.0 ➔ V7.1
*1*4*5*6
➔ V7.2
*1*4*5*6*7
➔ V7.3
*1*4*5*6*7
➔ V7.4
*1*4*5*6*7*9
settings, change it before upgrading.
*2 Only when Synapse Web Query is used
■ Finishing PPS Monitor, and the image cannot be viewed.
1 Remote Login Checker, and ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ *3 In case of institutions performing
SKB Launcher unstandardized processing and monitor
2 ■ Uninstalling the linking application ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ diagnosis, perform this procedure as
required.
3 ■ Uninstalling the DR-ID 300CL-AP ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ *4 Analysis functions of Smart-QA are not
applied to the images exposed in V7.0
■ Setting the monitor resolution or earlier although the images have
(skip over this section if been upgraded to V7.1 or later.
4 ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
the monitor resolution is not to *5 If an exposure menu which the S value/L
be changed.) value warning is still being activated
5 ■ Installing the DR-ID 300CL-AP ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ exists in V7.0 or earlier, the S value/L
value warning information is deleted when
6 ■ Settings related mammography study ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ an upgrade to V7.1 or later is performed.
*3 *3 *3 *3 *3 *6 In V6.2/V7.0, when “Radiation field/
7 ■ Converting image processing parameter ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ Trimming Settings” of the exposure
8 ■ Installing the linking application ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ menu is set to “10”x14””, the setting
“Radiation field: 14”x14”, Trimming:
9 ■ Executing various batch files ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 10”x14”” is applied. However, the
setting is handled differently in V7.1 or
■ Uninstalling and reinstalling *2 *2 *2 *2 *2
10 ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ later. In V7.1 or later, to apply
the Synapse client “Radiation field: 14”x14”, Trimming:
■ Setting Service Utility and 10”x14””, you have to change the
11 ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ exposure menu setting separately.
Other Settings
*7 If AP is upgraded to V7.2 or later, the
■ Upgrading the SKB Launcher DICOM QR settings will not be carried
12 ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
(only laptop PC) over and must be newly set.
*8 Perform this procedure as required, if you
■ Replacing the definition file of RIS tab in
13 ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ wish to change the setup value of
the study list window
“Photometric Interpretation”, which is a setup
■ Confirm the DX parameter item in Service Class of the other connected
14 (Only when the software was ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ equipment, to “MONOCHROME2”.
upgraded from V7.0) *9 If the version is upgraded from 7.3 or
earlier, the search condition settings for
15 ■ Resetting the carried over trimming size ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ RIS are not been taken over. Set the
search condition again after upgrading.
■ Resetting the Service Class of
*8 *8 *10 Perform this procedure as required.
16 the other connected equipment at ❍ ❍
NETWORK CONFIG
*10
17 ■ Enabling the new GUI for laptop PCs ❍
*10
18 ■ Setting the emphasis parameter ❍
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Upgrading to V8.0 or V8.1
Upgrade type *1 If AP is upgraded to V6.0 or later, item 302 and 303 of “5. CSL/
Description IDT FUNCTION” will be hidden. If you need to change the
Step (correlating to the subsequent titles V5.0 to V7.4 ➔ V5.0 to V8.0 ➔ settings, change it before upgrading.
prefixed by the ■ mark) V8.0*1*5*6*7*8*10*13 V8.1*1*5*6*7*8*10*13 *2 Only when Synapse Web Query is used and the image cannot
be viewed.
■ Finishing PPS Monitor, *3 In case of institutions performing unstandardized processing and
1 ❍ ❍
Remote Login Checker, and SKB Launcher monitor diagnosis, perform this procedure as required.
2 ■ Backing up each type of the files ❍
*11
❍
*11 *4 Analysis functions of Smart-QA are not applied to the images
exposed in V7.0 or earlier although the images have been
3 ■ Uninstalling the linking application ❍ ❍ upgraded to V7.1 or later.
*5 If an exposure menu which the S value/L value warning is still
4 ■ Uninstalling the DR-ID 300CL-AP ❍ ❍ being activated exists in V7.0 or earlier, the S value/L value
5 ■ Setting the monitor resolution ❍ ❍ warning information is deleted when an upgrade to V7.1 or later
is performed.
6 ■ Installing the DR-ID 300CL-AP ❍ ❍ *6 In V6.2/V7.0, when “Radiation field/Trimming Settings” of the
7 ■ Settings related mammography study ❍ ❍ exposure menu is set to “10”x14””, the setting “Radiation field:
*2 *2
14”x14”, Trimming: 10”x14”” is applied. However, the setting is
8 ■ Converting image processing parameter ❍ ❍ handled differently in V7.1 or later. In V7.1 or later, to apply
9 ■ Installing the linking application ❍
*3
❍
*3 “Radiation field: 14”x14”, Trimming: 10”x14””, you have to change
the exposure menu setting separately.
10 ■ Executing various batch files ❍ ❍ *7 If AP is upgraded to V7.2 or later, the DICOM QR settings will not
11 ■ Uninstalling and reinstalling the Synapse client ❍
*4
❍
*4 be carried over and must be newly set.
*8 Perform this procedure as required, if you wish to change the
12 ■ Setting Service Utility and Other Settings ❍ ❍ setup value of “Photometric Interpretation”, which is a setup item
13 ■ Upgrading the SKB Launcher (only laptop PC) ❍ ❍ in Service Class of the other connected equipment, to
“MONOCHROME2”.
■ Replacing the definition file of RIS tab in *9 If the version is upgraded from 7.3 or earlier, the search condition
14 ❍ ❍
the study list window settings for RIS are not been taken over. Set the search condition
■ Confirm the DX parameter again after upgrading.
15 ❍ ❍ *10 Perform this procedure as required.
(Only when the software was upgraded from V7.0)
*11 Perform this procedure only when upgrading from V7.4 or earlier.
16 ■ Resetting the carried over trimming size ❍ ❍ *12 Perform this procedure only when upgrading from V7.4 (with
■ Resetting the Service Class of *9 *9
HF0001 installed) or later.
17 ❍ ❍ *13 When upgrading the version from V7.4 or earlier to V8.0 or later,
the other connected equipment at NETWORK CONFIG
*11 *11
apply the ECN of issue number 2015-E-0129 only if it has not
18 ■ Enabling the new GUI for laptop PCs ❍ ❍ been applied.
*11 *11
19 ■ Setting the emphasis parameter ❍ ❍
20 ■ Restoring each type of files ❍ ❍
*12 *12
21 ■ Setting for DR standard size image creation function ❍ ❍
*11 *11
22 ■ Support for FNC2 and Virtual Grid (for V8.0 or later) ❍ ❍
23 ■ Setting the duplication of an image ❍
■ Setting Output of the exposure result log and
24 ❍
the mis-exposure log
25 ■ Updating the driver for the magnetic card reader ❍
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Upgrading to V9.0 or later
Description Upgrade type *1 If AP is upgraded to V6.0 or later, item 302 and 303 of “5.
Step CSL/IDT FUNCTION” will be hidden. If you need to
(correlating to the subsequent titles prefixed by the ■ mark) V5.0 to V8.1 ➔ V9.0*1*5*6*7*8*10*13*14 change the settings, change it before upgrading.
1 ■ Finishing PPS Monitor, Remote Login Checker, and SKB Launcher ❍ *2 Only when Synapse Web Query is used and the image
2 ■ Backing up each type of the files ❍
*11 cannot be viewed.
*3 In case of institutions performing unstandardized
3 ■ Uninstalling the linking application ❍ processing and monitor diagnosis, perform this procedure
4 ■ Uninstalling the DR-ID 300CL-AP ❍ as required.
*4 Analysis functions of Smart-QA are not applied to the
5 ■ Setting the monitor resolution ❍ images exposed in V7.0 or earlier although the images
6 ■ Installing the Update Program (for Windows Vista) ❍ have been upgraded to V7.1 or later.
7 ■ Installing the Update Program (For Windows 7) ❍ *5 If an exposure menu which the S value/L value warning is
still being activated exists in V7.0 or earlier, the S value/L
8 ■ Uninstalling the SQL Server 2005 ❍ value warning information is deleted when an upgrade to
9 ■ Installing SQL Server 2012 ❍ V7.1 or later is performed.
*6 In V6.2/V7.0, when “Radiation field/Trimming Settings” of
10 ■ Installing the DR-ID 300CL-AP ❍
the exposure menu is set to “10”x14””, the setting
11 ■ Settings related mammography study ❍ “Radiation field: 14”x14”, Trimming: 10”x14”” is applied.
*2
12 ■ Converting image processing parameter ❍ However, the setting is handled differently in V7.1 or later.
13 ■ Installing the linking application ❍
*3 In V7.1 or later, to apply “Radiation field: 14”x14”,
Trimming: 10”x14””, you have to change the exposure
14 ■ Executing various batch files ❍ menu setting separately.
*4
15 ■ Uninstalling and reinstalling the Synapse client ❍ *7 If AP is upgraded to V7.2 or later, the DICOM QR settings
16 ■ Setting Service Utility and Other Settings ❍ will not be carried over and must be newly set.
*8 Perform this procedure as required, if you wish to change
17 ■ Upgrading the SKB Launcher ❍
the setup value of “Photometric Interpretation”, which is a
18 ■ Replacing the definition file of RIS tab in the study list window ❍ setup item in Service Class of the other connected
19 ■ Confirm the DX parameter (Only when the software was upgraded from V7.0) ❍ equipment, to “MONOCHROME2”.
20 ■ Resetting the carried over trimming size ❍ *9 If the version is upgraded from 7.3 or earlier, the search
condition settings for RIS are not been taken over. Set
■ Resetting the Service Class of *9
the search condition again after upgrading.
21 the other connected equipment at NETWORK CONFIG ❍
*11
*10 Perform this procedure as required.
22 ■ Enabling the new GUI for laptop PCs ❍ *11 Perform this procedure only when upgrading from V7.4 or
23 ■ Setting the emphasis parameter ❍
*11
earlier.
24 ■ Restoring each type of files ❍ *12 Perform this procedure only when upgrading from V7.4
*12
(with HF0001 installed) or later.
25 ■ Setting for DR standard size image creation function ❍ *13 When upgrading the version from V7.4 or earlier to V8.0
*11
26 ■ Support for FNC2 and Virtual Grid (for V8.0 or later) ❍ or later, apply the ECN of issue number 2015-E-0129
27 ■ Setting the duplication of an image ❍ only if it has not been applied.
*14 Barcode reading may not be possible when upgrading to
28 ■ Setting Output of the exposure result log and the mis-exposure log ❍ V9.0 has been performed. If barcode reading has become
29 ■ Updating the driver for the magnetic card reader ❍ impossible, shut down the DR-ID 300CL, reconnect the
30 ■ Resetting the GPR2 processing algorithm ❍ barcode reader to the USB port, and restart the DR-ID
300CL.
31 ■ Batch setting of VG parameter ❍
32 ■ Setting the effective area for the long panel ❍
33 ■ Resetting the Images Folder Size ❍
34 ■ Conversion of the network adapter settings (mobile PC only) ❍
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
■ Finishing PPS Monitor, Remote Login Checker, and ■ Backing up each type of the files
SKB Launcher Back up the following files to USB memory as required.
1. Press <Ctrl> + <Shift> + <Esc> keys. ● Backing up the EI correction value file (Only for upgrading
➔ The “Windows Task Manager” window opens. from V7.4 or earlier)
 C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Param\ExposureIndex.prm
2. Select “Processes” tab.
● Setting file for patient information display linkage
3. If any of the following program is operating, select the  C:\FDRWeb\rmtDisp_PatientInfo\App_Themes\PatientInfo.xsl
program and click [End Process].
 “CooperManager.exe” ● Setting files for remote image display
 “RemoteLoginChecker.exe”  C:\FDRWeb\rmtDisp_DisplayImage\web.config
 “PPSMonitor.exe” (laptop PC only)  C:\FDRWeb\rmtDisp_DisplayImage\App_Themes\Display.css
“SKBLauncher.exe” (laptop PC only)  C:\FDRWeb\rmtDisp_DisplayImage\App_Themes\Display_Mobile.css

 C:\FDRWeb\rmtDisp_DisplayImage\App_Themes\Anotation.css
4. Close the “Windows Task Manager” window.
● Setting files for precise enlargement
(Only for upgrading to V7.2 or earlier)
 C:\Program Files\Fujifilm\Cooper\Config\EchoNoteInfoDef.xml
 C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config\BENEOTechniqueConfig.ini
(V6.2 or earlier)
● AEC conversion file

 C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config\AECParamConvertTbl.dat
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Uninstalling the linking application ■ Uninstalling the DR-ID 300CL-AP
 NOTES   NOTE 
 If the linking application is installed, it must be upgraded.  For an institution where the actual exposure result data file output
 Uninstall the linking application with DR-ID 300CL when it is to be function and/or mis-exposure comment input function is used,
reinstalled or upgraded. Only uninstalling linking application with DR- complete the following steps and then perform uninstallation
ID 300CL is not supported. processing.
1. Start up the DR-ID 300CL-AP.
$ For details on uninstallation procedure, see “Appendix 7
2. Click “User Utility” in the menu ( menu in V4.0 or
Uninstalling the AP”.
earlier).
➔ User Utility mode starts running.
3. Use the exposure result log storage function to save mis-
exposure log or exposure result log.
4. Shut down User Utility mode while holding down the <Shift> key.
5. Restart the PC, and start up the Service Utility.
$ For how to start up the DR-ID 300CL Service Utility,
see “1. Starting/Exiting the Service Utility” under “MU:
6. Click [Exit Service Utility] and exit the Service Utility.
 If exists in the taskbar, select “End” from the right-click menu.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
1. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC. 4. Click .
➔ The software uninstallation window opens.
 NOTE 
 NOTES 
double-click the execution file (Setup.bat) in the Disk.  The message “Prepare installation” appears here at this step.
Note that uninstallation processing then starts, and not installation
processing as the message indicates.
 Click [OK] if a window like that shown below opens.
DXCL080304004.ai
RI000228.ai
2. Type in “5” and press the <Enter> key.

➔ Uninstallation processing ends in several seconds.
3. Select “IIP” and click “Uninstall/Change”.

 NOTE 
Perform step 6., below, only when upgrading the software from
V3.1.
6. Start up Explorer and delete “C:\Program Files\Fujifilm\IIP\

Config.bak\ConfigQRFilert.ini”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Setting the monitor resolution (skip over this section if 4. Click .
➔ The screen resolution changes.
5. Click and close the “Display Settings” window.
1. Right-click a menu on the desktop to select
“Personalization”.
➔ The “Personalization” window opens.
● For Windows 7
2. Click “Display Settings”.
1. Select “Screen resolution” from the right-click menu on the
desktop.
➔ The “Screen Resolution” window opens.
2. From the pull-down menu of “Resolution”, select the “1280

by 1024” pixels (“1600 by 1200 pixels” for the 1600 x 1200
LCD monitor).
3. Click .
➔ The screen resolution changes.
4. Click .
DCL70422.ai

➔ The “Display Settings” window opens.
3. For the ”Screen resolution” setting, select “1280 by 1024

pixels” (“1600 by 1200 pixels” for the 1600  1200 LCD
monitor).
or
DCL808002.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Removing database files and registries (skip over this 4. If the Registry Editor includes any of the following keys,
section if the monitor resolution is not to be changed.) remove it (remove all values included in the relevant key).
 HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\FujiFilm\IIP\PatientDB
1. Start up Explorer. If any of the following files or folders  HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\FujiFilm\IIP\ShowItem
exits, remove it accordingly.
 C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config.bak\MWMConfig.mdb
 C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config.bak\MediaListDB.mdb
 C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\Bmp (Remove the entire
folder.)
2. Select “All Programs” ─ “Accessories” ─ “Run…” from the

menu.
3. Input “regedit” and click .
DCL70427.ai
DCL70428.ai
➔ The “Registry Editor” window opens. 5. Click to close the “Registry Editor” window.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
 Installing the Update Program (for Windows Vista)

NOTE 

For Windows 7, this procedure is not required.

http://windows.microsoft.com/en-US/windows-vista/ Installation is not required when Windows Vista SP2 already has been
1 Windows Vista SP2
Learn-how-to-install-Windows-Vista-Service-Pack-2-SP2 installed.
To install an OS other than English language, set and start the “ /lang:enu”
2 .net3.5 SP1 https://www.microsoft.com/en-US/download/details.aspx?id=25150
startup option.
3 Update Program KB956250 https://www.microsoft.com/en-US/download/details.aspx?id=18136
4 Update Program KB968930 https://www.microsoft.com/en-US/download/details.aspx?id=9864
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
 Installing the Update Program (For Windows 7)

NOTES 

 For Windows Vista, this procedure is not required.
 Only when the Windows 7 SP1 or later version is already installed,
this procedure is not required.
 Downloading and Installing the Update Program

When you install the Windows7 SP1 without installing this update program,
1 Update Program KB2534366 http://www.microsoft.com/en-US/download/details.aspx?id=22174 the error message “0xC0000009A” appears. In this case, install the
Windows7 SP1 after installing this update program.
When you install the Windows7 SP1 without installing this update program,
2 Update Program KB2533552 http://www.microsoft.com/en-US/download/details.aspx?id=18257 the error message “0xC0000034” appears. In this case, install the Windows7
SP1 after installing this update program.
To install the Windows7 SP1 without installing this update program affects
3 Update Program KB2454826 http://www.microsoft.com/en-US/download/details.aspx?id=6691
the performance and functions of PC and DR-ID 300CL-AP.
 Referring to “ Confirm the download and tnstall of update program”, confirm

4 Windows 7 SP1 http://www.microsoft.com/en-US/download/details.aspx?id=5842 that all the update programs from 1 to 3 have been installed accurately.
 Install the program(s) following the instructions on Web site.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
 Confirming the installation of update program  Uninstalling the SQL Server 2005

Uninstall the SQL Server 2005.
1. Select “Control Panel” from the menu. $ For details, see “2.1 SQL Server 2005” under “Appendix 7
Uninstalling the AP”.
DXL03020210.ai
➔ The “All Control Panel Items” window opens
2. Click “Windows Update”.

➔ The “Windows Update” window opens
3. Select “View update history”.

➔ The “View update history” window opens
4. Check that the “Status” of the following items are “Successful”.

 Update Program for Windows 7 (KB2534366)
NOTE 

If the “Status” is “Failed”, install the item again.
5. Close the “View update history” window.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
 Installing SQL Server 2012
 3. Enter “1” and then press the <Enter> key.
REFERENCE
➔ The “DR Console Setup Tool” main menu automatically opens. information about SQL Server and service pack.
 NOTE 
 NOTE 
double-click the execution file (Setup.bat) in the Disk. Be sure not to click “Cancel” during installation.
➔ After the installation of SQL Server 2012 is completed, the

following window opens.
DXCL140808003.ai
DXCL080304004.ai
 NOTE 
If a message other than the above is displayed, installation of the
update program and restart is required.
$ For details of the precautions, refer to “4.3.2 Precautions
➔ The installation menu opens. When Installing SQL Server 2012 SP2” under “MC: Inspection,

DXCL140808001.ai

desktop screen.
7. Restart the DR-ID 300CL to activate SQL Server.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Installing the DR-ID 300CL-AP 3. Enter the item no. of a parameter type you wish to set up
and press the <Enter> key.
1. Enter “2” on the “DR Console Setup Tool” main menu
➔ The installer starts up and the “IIP/Welcome to the...” window
window and press the <Enter> key.
opens.
00000178.ai
DXCL080304004.ai
➔ The “Select Locale” window opens. 4. Click .
 NOTE 
For V4.0 or earlier, the “IIP - InstallShield Wizard/Setup Type”
window opens. Select the monitor type to be used and click
. In addition, when the “■ Setting the monitor
resolution” and “■ Removing database files and registries”
DXCL080305001.ai
sections were skipped over, make sure to select the currently used
 NOTE  monitor resolution, otherwise a problem will occur with the display
For V7.0 or earlier, the “Select Locale” and “Select Parameter performance.
Type” windows are hidden. Proceed to step 4.

➔ The “Select Parameter Type” window opens.
RI000101.ai
DXCL080305002.ai
➔ The “IIP/Ready to Install the Program” window opens.
00000180.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5. Click . ■ Settings related mammography study
If the following error message has been displayed, re-execute the This procedure is not required when upgrading from V7.0 or later.
installation from step 1.
Error1722 There is a problem with this windows ● Adding mammography menu
Installer package.~ $ For details of the mammography menu addition procedures, see “3.
Starting/Operating the Extended Parameter Convert Tool” of
➔ Installation processing is now complete and the “IIP/InstallShield “Appendix N Extended Parameter Convert Tool (V7.0 or Later)” in
Wizard Completed” window opens. “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
● Registering the markers for mammography
1. Insert the “DR-ID 300CL-AP” Disk into the PC.

00000181.ai
6. Click .
2. Copy any mammography markers from the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk
to the PC.
➔ The following window opens. Copy source: Marker folder (“Japanese” or “Other” folder) in the
“D:\Program files\FujiFilm\IIP\MarkerBmp_def” folder
corresponding to the request of the institution.
Copy target: “C:\Program files\FujiFilm\IIP\MarkerBmp” folder
DXCL120808002.ai
 NOTE 
7. Press the <Enter> key. A maximum of 128 markers can be used. The number of markers
➔ The system returns to the “DR Console Setup Tool” main menu. stored in the “MarkerBmp” folder must always be within 128 or less
markers.
3. Register the marker to the “RegMarkerBmp.csv” file.
$ For details of register the marker procedures, see
9. Remove the Disk from the PC. “4. Registering Markers (V5.0 or later)” of
“Appendix B Creating/Registering/Deleting Markers” in
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Converting image processing parameter ■ Installing the linking application
Execute the upgrading installation for target linking applications.
 NOTE 
 In case of institutions performing unstandardized processing and ● Precise enlargement application
monitor diagnosis, the image processing parameters must be $ For details on installation procedures, see “Appendix 25 Precise
converted from filming to monitoring as required. Enlargement Function” under “Installation - Appendix (Appx IN)”.
 This procedure is not required when the image processing
● Free Layout Print
parameters for monitor are being used from before the version
upgrade. $ For details on installation procedures, see “Appendix 30 Free
Layout Print” under “Installation - Appendix (Appx IN)”.
$ For details of the image processing parameter converting
procedures, see “3. Starting/Operating the Extended Parameter ● Referral viewing
Convert Tool” of “Appendix N Extended Parameter Convert Tool $ For details on installation procedures, see “Appendix 44 Referral
(V7.0 or Later)” in “MU: Maintenance Utility”. Viewing” under “Installation - Appendix (Appx IN)”.
● Network Image Search

$ For details on installation procedures, see “Appendix 45 Network
Image Search” under “Installation - Appendix (Appx IN)”.
● QA ROI Measurement
$ For details on installation procedures, see “Appendix 48 QA ROI
Measurement” under “Installation - Appendix (Appx IN)”.
● QA Measurement
$ For details on installation procedures, see “Appendix 55 QA
Measurement Function” under “Installation - Appendix (Appx IN)”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Executing various batch files ■ Installing correction parameters (V4.0 only)
Execute the following batch files in the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk.  NOTE 
Install correction parameters only when an FDR D-EVO is to be
 NOTES  connected in V4.0.
 “*1” is to be executed only at the institutions which have anatomical
connection with the Toshiba X-CON and have ported the APR setting
to the μAs setting. 1. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP CD into the PC.
 When the batch file “*1” has been executed already, execution of this ➔ The “DR Console Setup Tool” main menu automatically opens.
file is not required.
 NOTE 
 “D:\tools\FirewallSetting.bat” In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
 “D:\tools\CopyReserveCode1FromMicroAs.bat” *1 double-click the execution file (Setup.bat) in the CD.
 “D:\tools\DeleteReceiveDateAndReceiveTime\
DeleteReceiveDateAndReceiveTime.bat”
(Only when the software has been upgraded to V7.0 or later. However, it is
not necessary when HF0001 (Base: V7.1) is applied.)
 “ConvertMenuDataDB_Tool.exe”
(Only when the software has been upgraded to V7.1. Attached to Issue
Number 2013-E-0043 ECN)
DXL74008.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
DXL74009.ai

➥ REFERENCE
By default, “1) Builtin” is installed on the DR-ID 300CL-AP.
DXL74010.ai

➔ The “DR Console Setup Tool” exits, returning you to the desktop
screen.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Replacing DR long-view image processing parameters
[Applicable only to FDR AcSelerate]
1. Insert into the PC, media that stores image processing
parameters to be replaced.
2. Start running Explorer and open “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\
IIP\Param\Sfpd”.
3. Select a replacement file that is appropriate for the hospital
environment and then overwrite/copy the file contents onto
“C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Param\Sfpd”.
List of files targeted for copying
Languages Parameter types Image processing (FNC) ON/OFF Files targeted for copying
Root\Other\Film\Common\*
1 FNC : OFF
Root\Other\Film\SELECTPRM\FNCOFF\Hp.prm
For film
Other Root\Other\Film\Common\*
2 FNC : ON
(other than Root\Other\Film\SELECTPRM\FNCON\Hp.prm
Japanese, and Root\Other\Monitor\Common\*
3 English (U.S.)) FNC : OFF
Root\Other\Monitor\SELECTPRM\FNCOFF\Hp.prm
For monitor
Root\Other\Monitor\Common\*
4 FNC : ON
Root\Other\Monitor\SELECTPRM\FNCON\Hp.prm
Root\USA\Film\Common\*
5 FNC : OFF
Root\USA\Film\SELECTPRM\FNCOFF\Hp.prm
For film
Root\USA\Film\Common\*
6 FNC : ON
Root\USA\Film\SELECTPRM\FNCON\Hp.prm
USA
Root\USA\Monitor\Common\*
7 FNC : OFF
Root\USA\Monitor\SELECTPRM\FNCOFF\Hp.prm
For monitor
Root\USA\Monitor\Common\*
8 FNC : ON
Root\USA\Monitor\SELECTPRM\FNCON\*
Root\Japanese\Film\Common\*
9 FNC : OFF
Root\Japanese\Film\SELECTPRM\FNCOFF\Hp.prm
For film
Root\Japanese\Film\Common\*
10 FNC : ON
Root\Japanese\Film\SELECTPRM\FNCON\Hp.prm
Japanese
Root\Japanese\Monitor\Common\*
11 FNC : OFF
Root\Japanese\Monitor\SELECTPRM\FNCOFF\Hp.prm
For monitor
Root\Japanese\Monitor\Common\*
12 FNC : ON
Root\Japanese\Monitor\SELECTPRM\FNCON\Hp.prm
“Root\(language)\Film\Common\*” includes the following files.
 Hipmenu.prm  HipMnrl.prm
 Hipop.prm  Hpg.prm
4. Shut down Explorer.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Uninstalling and reinstalling the Synapse client
 NOTE 
Only when “GetPixels failed with error: CDicomImgSrc::GetPixels...Fail
ed to process image” is displayed and images cannot be displayed
while using Synapse Web Query, uninstall and reinstall the Synapse
client.
$ For uninstallation/reinstallation procedure of the Synapse client,

see Synapse Operation Manual.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Setting Service Utility and other settings
5. Perform setting according to the
NOTE 
connected monitor.
After completing software version upgrade, set up the Service Utility
and perform necessary checks, as appropriate. 10.4” touch panel LCD monitor : 206
17” touch panel LCD monitor : 264
● Setting the System Information 2M color LCD monitor : 270
2M color LCD monitor (CCL230) : 249
1. Start up the DR-ID 300CL Service Utility. 11.6” touch panel LCD monitor : 188
$ For how to start up the Service Utility, see “1. Starting/Exiting
the Service Utility” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”. 6. For V5.0 or later, perform the setting of “300 Monitor1
Resolution Setting” according to the connected monitor.
2. Click [Setup Configuration Item] on the “IIP Service Utility”
window. 10.4” touch panel LCD monitor : “0: 1024 x 768”
17” touch panel LCD monitor : “1: 1280 x 1024”
2M color LCD monitor : “2: 1600 x 1200”
12.1” touch panel LCD monitor : “3: 1280 x 800”
➥ REFERENCE
There is no monitor corresponding to “4: 1366 x 768”.
DXCL100808001.ai

7. Perform settings of other system information items as
3. On the window that opens, click the mark to the left of necessary.
.
4. Click .
➔ Setup data of the DR-ID 300CL system information is displayed in saved.
the pane right of the window.
9. Click .
10. From the “Config” menu, choose “Close”.

00000248.EPS
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● LUT setting 2. Select the monitor type to be used and click [OK].
1. Click [LUT] on the “IIP Service Utility” window. Linear (linear gradation) LUT : Linear LUT
17” touch panel LCD monitor : nanao L560T-C/
EIZO T1781
2M color LCD monitor : nanao Radiforce RX210/
nanao Radiforce RX211/
nanao Radiforce RX220/
nanao Radiforce RX240
 NOTE 
DXCL100808002.ai

➔ The “Monitor List” window opens.
 For V6.2 or earlier ➥ REFERENCE

You can confirm the type of the LUT file set in DR-ID 300CL by
comparing the update dates and sizes of the following files, and by
comparing the file contents when the file is opened from a notepad.
DXCL070404001.ai

 The LUT file settable in DR-ID 300CL
DXCL070404002.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Selector setting ● Setting the Barcode
1. Click [Selector Setting] on the “IIP Service Utility” window.  NOTE 
“● Setting the Barcode” is performed only when upgrading from V8.0 or
earlier to V8.1 or later.
1. From the “Service Utility” window, click [Barcode Setting].

➔ The “Barcode Setting” window opens.
DXCL100808003.ai

2. Click [1D Barcode].
➔ A format list appears on the “Barcode” window.
2. Perform selector setting as necessary.
$ For details on how to set up the selector, see “12. Setting the
Selectors ― Selector Setting” under “MU: Maintenance
Utility”.
3. Click .

D8CS070808001.ai
3. For the formats which have been registered, set the priority
order of the formats and purpose of the barcode.
 NOTE 
In the environment migrated from CR-Console, the “Purpose” might
be set to “2”. Since the format with “Purpose” set to “2” is not
supported in DR-ID 300CL, the format must be deleted.
$ For detailed descriptions of the data format setup procedure,

see “11. Setting the Barcode — Barcode Setting”, under
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
4. Click [OK]. ● Editing the README text of PDI function
➔ The system returns to the “IIP Service Utility” window. When the PDI function is used, perform the following procedures.
1. From the menu, enter
➔ The system returns to the “Desktop” window.
“C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\PDIMaster\README.txt”
in the “Start search” area and press the <Enter> key.
DXCL040829008.ai
➔ The README.txt file opens.
2. Perform the following procedure as necessary.
I.
II.
DXCL050808001.ai
I. Edit contents of “2. Facility at which the disk was created” in

accordance with the information of the institution.
II. Modify the software version in "3. Application with which the
disk was created" in accordance with the actual software
version.
3. Save the edited contents and close the README.txt file.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Updating the Operation Manual (PDF) 6. Set up the launcher again.
If necessary, copy the PDF file before update, which has
When the operation manual browsing tool has been installed, execute been backed up in step 2 to the PC, and set up the category
the following steps.
for reference.
➥ REFERENCE
1. Start up the task manager, and terminate the following When you continue to use FNC1 for V8.0 or later, you need to refer
processes. to the Reference Guide or Operation Manual for V7.4 or earlier.
 LauncherSoft.exe
 PDFPassWordInput.exe
2. Back up the following setup files and PDF folder into the
storage media (USB memory, etc.).
 Setup file:
“C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Tools\EManualLauncher.ini”
 Setup file:
“C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Tools\PassWordInput.ini”
 The folder in which the PDF file has been saved
“C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Tools\PDF_files”
3. Delete “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Tools” folder.
4. Install the Operation Manuals (PDF) again.

$ For details of setting, see “1.1 Tool Installation” under
“Appendix 23 Settings Necessary for Browsing the Operation
Manuals (PDF)”.
 NOTE 
Since Adobe Reader has been installed, click [Cancel] to stop the
setup when “Adobe Reader 9.3 - Setup” screen is displayed. (PDF
file will be installed normally even if it is canceled.)
5. Overwrite the setup files backed up in step 2 into “C:\Program

Files\FujiFilm\Tools” folder.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Upgrading the SKB Launcher ■ Replacing the definition file of RIS tab in the study list
window
➔ The “DR Console Setup Tool” main menu opens automatically.  NOTE 
 NOTE  If the study list display has been customized, it will return to the default
setting when the definition file is replaced. To transfer the display setting
of the study list, confirm the customizing details in advance, and
customize the definition file content again after replacing the definition
file.
2. Start running Explorer and open the following folder.
● For desktop PC
“(Disk):\program files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config”
● For laptop PC
DXCL080304005.ai
“(Disk):\Mobile\Config”
➔ The following window opens. 3. Copy “CustomizeStudyListInfo.xml”.
4. Paste “CustomizeStudyListInfo.xml” copied in step 3 to the

“C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config” folder and overwrite
the existing file.
DXCL050833065.ai

5. Close all explorers.
➔ The Installation process for the SKB Launcher ends and the
system returns to the “DR Console Setup Tool” window.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Confirm the DX parameter
(Only when the software was upgraded from V7.0)
After the software was upgraded from V7.0 to V7.1 or later, DX
parameters may be mistakenly overwritten when performing the
exposure menu setting at User Utility.
If the occurrence conditions are met, check and set the DX parameter
by using the Menu Import Export Tool.
● Occurrence conditions
After the software was upgraded from V7.0 to V7.1 or later, the system
settings have been changed as follows.
[Setup Configuration Item] - [SYSTEM CONFIG] - [1.IMAGE MODALIDY]
No. Name Changed contents

35 Modality Setup for Changed from “2:CR” to “0:MG”.
Mammography Image
54 Modality Setup Changed from “1:CR” to “1:CR” or “0.DX”.
● Symptom
When performing the exposure menu setting at User Utility, DX
parameters will be mistakenly overwritten.
● Overwritten parameters
 Laterality  Patient Orientation
 Anatomical region  View Modifier Code
 View Modifier Code Sequence
● Countermeasure
By using Menu Import Export Tool, check the following DX parameters
and edit them as necessary.
$ For how to use the Menu Import Export Tool, see “20. Menu Import
Export Tool” in “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
 ImageLaterality  PatientOrientation
 AnatomicRegionID  ViewCodeValueID
 ViewModifierID1  ViewModifierID2
 ViewModifierID3  ViewModifierID4
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Resetting the carried over trimming size 5. Open the “Trimming settings(CR/DR)” tab, place a
Setting “17”x17”” for the trimming size are not allowed since V7.1. checkmark to either of the items in the “Trimming size” field,
However, only when the trimming size has been carried over due to the and click [OK].
version upgrading, setting “17”x17”” is allowed. ➔ The system returns to the “Menu Setting” window.
If the trimming size of the study menu was not set when the software
was upgraded to V7.1 or later, judging whether the trimming size will
becomes “17”x17”” or will be in accordance with the exposure menu
6. Click [OK].
cannot be done. Therefore, the carried over trimming size must be ➔ The system returns to the “Main Menu” window.
reset. The procedure for resetting the carried over trimming size is
shown below. 7. Open the “Exposure Menu Setting” window again with the
same procedure as steps 3 and 4.

8. Remove the checkmark placed at step 5 and click [OK].
“Fuji Film”, and “Console Advance”. ➔ The system returns to the “Menu Setting” window.
In about two minutes, the DR-ID 300CL-AP reception window opens. 9. Click [OK].
10. Click [Terminate]

➔ The system returns to the registration window of DR-ID 300CL-AP.
DXCL140419005.ai
3. Click [Menu Settings].

➔ “Menu Setting” window opens.
4. Select an arbitrary menu from “Exposure/Study Menu” on

the right side of the window, and click [Edit].
➔ “Exposure Menu Setting” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Resetting the Service Class of the other connected 9. If there is more than one Service Class of the other
equipment at NETWORK CONFIG connected equipment whose “Photometric Interpretation”
you wish to change , repeat step 3 to 8 to re-set all of
Perform the following procedure if you wish to change the setup value
of “Photometric Interpretation”, which is a setup item in Service Class of Service Classes.
the other connected equipment, to “MONOCHROME2”.
10. Save the setup data and exit the Service Utility.
1. Start up the Service Utility mode.
$ For details of DR-ID 300 CLs Service Utility mode startup, see
“1. Starting/Exiting the Service Utility” in “MU: Maintenance
Utility”.

3. Select the Service Class of the other connected equipment

whose “Photometric Interpretation” you wish to change
from , and click [Modify].
➔ Service Class setup details are displayed.
4. Note down the Service Class setup details and click [Cancel].
5. Confirm that the Service Class of the other connected equipment

whose “Photometric Interpretation” you wish to change is
selected, and click [Delete] in the “DICOM Setup” area.
➔ Service Class is then removed.
6. Click [New] in the “DICOM Setup”.

7. Set the details noted down at step 4.
8. Select “MONOCHROME2” in the “Photometric

Interpretation”, and then click [OK].
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Enabling the new GUI for laptop PCs ■ Setting the emphasis parameter
Enable the new GUI for laptop PCs as necessary. Set the image processing parameter and exposure menu (“Intraoperative
chest”, “Intraoperative thoracic spine” and “Catheter position”) for emphasis
$ For details of enabling the new GUI for laptop PC, see
“4.14 Enabling the New GUI for Laptop PCs (V7.4 or Later)” in parameter.
“IN: Installation”. Be sure to create necessary exposure menus according to the facility
condition.
 NOTE 
 NOTE 
The available functions differ between existing GUI and new GUI for
laptop PCs. Therefore, be sure to explain to facilities that are changing To confirm or change the FNC parameter, log-in the User Utility with an
to new GUI by using the Operation Manual. account with authority of changing the FNC parameter.
$ For details of the functions that become unavailable during
installation, see “4.14 Enabling the New GUI for Laptop PCs (V7.4
or Later)” under “IN: Installation”. 1. Click and then sequentially choose “All Programs”,
“Fuji Film”, and “Console Advance”.
DXCL140419005.ai
3. Click [Menu Settings].

➔ The “Menu Setting” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4. Select the base exposure menu and click [New]. 7. Click [Image Processing Parameter Setting].
 NOTE  ➔ The “Image Processing Parameter Setting” window opens.
For editing an existing menu, click [Edit] and perform the procedure
below. 8. If [Setting for DR] was selected in procedure 6: Select the
relevant panel the facility from the “Panel Type” pull-down
menu.
Exposure menu to be created Base Exposure Menu MPM Code
Intraoperative chest CHEST,FRN A→P 0200  NOTE 
Intraoperative lumber spine LUMBAR SPINE 750C When using multiple exposure panels, set the "ON"/"OFF" only for
FNC and CRF.
Catheter position CHEST, PEDIATRICS 7207
5. Enter/select the relevant “Extended Menu Code”, “ANK

Exposure Menu Name” and “MPM Code” according to the
table below.
Exposure menu to Extended ANK Exposure MPM
be created Menu Code Menu Name Code
CHEST,FRN A->P,
Intraoperative chest FCR0260-0000 0260
Intraoperative
LUMBAR SPINE,
Intraoperative lumber spine FCR752C-0000 752C
Intraoperative
CHEST,FRN A->P,
Catheter position FCR7277-0000 7277
CATHETER
6. Select either [Setting for CR] or [Setting for DR] depending

on the facility's operation.
 NOTE 
For the devices with both CR exposure and DR exposure, set both
exposures by repeating the steps from 6 to 10.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
9. Select “1 image”, “2 images Left” and “2 images Right” from “Image position”, and enter the image processing parameters for each output
respectively.
 NOTE 
Be sure to set it within the applicable range according to the facility operation.
GT
 : If facility is using small letter, use small letters. If capital letters are used, use capital letters.
MRB to MDE : Set MFP option to “ON” regardless of the Image position (1 image/2 images Left/2 images Right).

* Setting is necessary for MFP option if the following recommended parameters are input.
FNC
 : Setting unnecessary for “OFF” condition.
CRF
 : Setting unnecessary for “OFF” condition.
● For Intraoperative chest

Setting value
Choice Description
GA GT GC GS MRB MRT MRE MDB MDT MDE FFC FNB FNT FNE CRF
1 image Setting for normal use 1.1 e 1.6 -0.15 B R 0.2 A C 0.5 B G A 0.5 -
2 images Left Setting for gauze pad detection 0.9 a 1.1 0.2 C T 9.0 A J 0.3 B G A 0.5 -
2 images Right Setting for gauze pad detection (weak) 0.9 a 1.1 0.2 C T 5.0 A J 0.3 B G A 0.5 -
● For Intraoperative lumber spine

Setting value
Choice Description
1 image Setting for normal use 1.3 o 0.90 0.40 C P 0.6 A J 0.6 B G A 0.5 -
2 images Left Setting for gauze pad detection 0.9 a 1.10 0.20 C T 9.0 A J 0.3 B G A 0.5 -
2 images Right Setting for Centesis position 0.8 o 0.90 0.20 C P 4.0 A I 0.5 B G A 0.5 -
● For Catheter position

Setting value
Choice Description
Setting for double-side pediatrics
1 image 1.0 a 1.60 0.00 C R 3.0 A J 0.3 B G A 0.5 -
(Catheter position + DRC)
Setting for relatively stronger than
2 images Left 1.0 a 1.60 0.00 C R 4.0 A J 0.3 B G A 0.5 -
“1 image”
2 images Right Setting for stronger than “1 image” 1.0 a 1.60 0.00 C R 5.0 A J 0.3 B G A 0.5 -
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10. Click [OK].
11. Click [OK].

➔ The system returns to the “Menu Setting” window.
12. Select the relevant tab that needs highlight and drag the
newly created exposure menu the preferred box.
13. Click [OK].

➔ The system returns to the “Main menu” window.
14. Click [Terminate].

➔ The User Utility terminates.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Restoring each type of files ● Setting files for precise enlargement
Restore the following files as required. (Only for upgrading to V7.2 or earlier)
● EI correction value file (Only for upgrading from V7.4 or earlier) 1. Shut down the DR-ID 300CL-AP.
1. Shut down the DR-ID 300CL-AP. 2. Overwrite and save all the following files which were backed up
in “■ Backing up each type of files”.
2. Start up Explorer and open“C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Param\  C:\Program Files\Fujifilm\Cooper\Config\EchoNoteInfoDef.xml
ExposureIndex.prm” with a text editor in the folder.  C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config\BENEOTechniqueConfig.ini
(V6.2 or earlier)
3. Open “ExposureIndex.prm” which was backed up in “■ Backing
up each type of files” with a text editor, and reflect the parts
customized for the facility to “ExposureIndex.prm” which was
opened in step 3.
● AEC conversion file
4. Save and close “ExposureIndex.prm”.
5. Start up the DR-ID 300CL-AP and check that no error occurs.
2. Overwrite and save all the following files which were backed up
 C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config\AECParamConvertTbl.dat\
AECParamConvertTbl.dat
● Setting file for patient information display linkage
2. Overwrite and save“PatientInfo.xsl” which was backed up in

“■ Backing up each type of files” to “C:\FDRWeb\rmtDisp_
PatientInfo\App_Themes\PatientInfo.xsl”.
● Setting files for remote image display

2. Overwrite and save all the following files which were backed up
 C:\FDRWeb\rmtDisp_DisplayImage\web.config
 C:\FDRWeb\rmtDisp_DisplayImage\App_Themes\Display.css
 C:\FDRWeb\rmtDisp_DisplayImage\App_Themes\Display_
Mobile.css
 C:\FDRWeb\rmtDisp_DisplayImage\App_Themes\Anotation.css
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Setting for DR standard size image creation function ● Facility to be upgraded from V8.0
When all of the following conditions are met, the settings are required.
 NOTE 
 “TargetPixelSizeList_ALL_MiniSizeTo10IN12IN.csv” or
Perform this procedure only when upgrading from V7.4 with HF0001 installed
“TargetPixelSizeList_ALL_MiniSizeTo24CM30CM.csv” is renamed and
or later. used.
In V8.0, the conversion pattern of DR standard size image creation $ For details on settings, see “● Arrangement of conversion
function was expanded. definition files” in “4.2.2 DR-ID 300CL System Information Setup”
Perform the following settings depending on change in operation under “IN: Installation”.
method or use or non-use of function.
● Facility which used the DR standard size image creation

function in V7.4 with HF0001 installed
 In the case where the operation method is not changed
No additional setting is required. This function can be continued to be used.
 In the case where the operation method is changed
Place a conversion setting file that matches the operation method.
$ For details of setting the DR standard size image creation
function, see “■ Setting for DR standard size image creation
(V8.0 or later)” in “4.2.2 DR-ID 300CL System Information
Setup” under “IN: Installation”.
● Facility which didn’t use the DR standard size image

creation function in V7.4 with HF0001 installed
 In the case where this function is not used
No setting is required.
 In the case where this function is used
1. Enable “DR standard size image creation function” in Service Utility.
2. Place a conversion setting file that matches the operation method.
$ For details of setting the DR standard size image creation
function, see “■ Setting for DR standard size image creation
(V8.0 or later)” in “4.2.2 DR-ID 300CL System Information
Setup” under “IN: Installation”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Support for FNC2 and Virtual Grid (for V8.0 or later) ■ Setting the duplication of an image
 Do not delete the Reference Guide for V7.4 or earlier, or manuals “■ Setting the duplication of an image” is performed only when
when you continue to use FNC1 for V8.0 or later since it is required to upgrading from V8.0 or earlier to V8.1 or later.
refer to them.
 You must set FFC to “C” or “D” (recommended value of FNC2) for the Set the duplication function of an image as required.
menus with Virtual Grid processing. $ For details on setup procedure of duplication of an image, see
“Appendix 56. Setting the Duplication of an Image”.
1. Confirm that the PC has 4GB or more memory.
 NOTE 
The Virtual Grid algorithm has been improved in V8.0. When using
Virtual Grid (for V8.0 or later), the PC has to have 4GB or more
memory.
If the PC does not have sufficient memory, mount the additional
memory so that the PC has 4GB or more memory.
2. Update parameters using the FNCParamVerUpTool or the

User Utility.
$ For how to use the FNCParamVerUpTool, see “Appendix R
FNCParamVerUpTool (V8.0 or Later)” under “MU: Maintenance
Utility”.
$ For details of updating parameters using the User Utility, see
the instruction manual of DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Setting Output of ■ Updating the driver for the magnetic card reader
the exposure result log and the mis-exposure log
 NOTE 
The following information will be changed or added to the exposure This procedure is not required when no magnetic card reader is used.
result log and the mis-exposure log from V8.1.
(EntryFlag) $ See “6. Updating the Driver for the Magnetic Card Reader” under
Number of tab Name Note “Appendix 2 Setting Up the Magnetic Card [Option]”.
Shipping state
New addition
TRUE (0018, 0060) KVP (kVp)
from V8.1
New addition
TRUE (0018, 1110) Distanse Source to Detector
from V8.1
New addition
TRUE (0018, 1111) Distance Source to Patient
from V8.1
New addition
TRUE (0018, 1150) Exposure Time
from V8.1
Change the
TRUE (0018, 1151) X-ray Tube Current
shipping state
Change the
TRUE (0018, 1152) Exposure
shipping state
Change the
TRUE (0018, 6000) Sensitivity
shipping state
New addition
TRUE (0018, 8150) Exposure Time in μS
from V8.1
New addition
TRUE (0018, 8151) X-Ray Tube Current in μA
from V8.1
New addition
TRUE (0018, 700A) Detector ID
from V8.1
The addition items above will be installed automatically when update to

V8.1, including the items to change the shipping state. (For the items
other than listed above, have settings taken over before update.)
When changing the setting to “FALSE” (not output to log) for the items
above, make the following procedure. However, the procedure is
unnecessary when changing the setting to “TRUE”.
$ For settings of log output items of the exposure result log
function, see “Appendix E Setup of Log Output Items of the
Exposure Result Log Function” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Resetting the GPR2 processing algorithm ■ Setting the effective area for the long panel
 NOTE  The default settings of effective area for all menus are set to “All area”
 This procedure is not required in case of a version upgrade from an in following cases.
environment not applying HF0010 (Base: V8.0) or HF0004 (Base:
 When newly installing V9.0 (or later).
V8.1).
 When updated from V8.1 (or ealier) to V9.0 (or later).
 For facilities where the set values before the upgrade are inherited
and “0” or “1” has been set, the current situation shall be maintained Use the MenuImportExportTool to change the effective area settings as
and no setting change shall be made when there are no claims in needed.
regard to the moire elimination performance.
$ For details on MenuImportExportTool, see “20. Menu Import
Export Tool” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
In V9.0, the HotFix in regard to GPR2 trouble has been integrated, and
the GPR2 version can be changed from the Service Utility.
Perform the following procedure for version upgrade from an  NOTE 
environment with application of HF0010 (Base: V8.0) or HF0004 (Base: Use a version of the MenuImportExportTool that is compatible with the
V8.1) to V9.0 or later. version of DR-ID300CL.
1. Start up the Service Utility, and then open the “Setup
2. Change the setting of “327 GPR Processing algorithm to

DRImage” under “5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION” to “3:GPR2(V4.4)”.
 NOTE 
If problems in regard to the moire elimination performance are
pointed out by the facility after setting change, change the setting
to “2:GPR2(V4.3)” (V8.0HF0010/V8.1HF000 compatible).
3. Save the setting and exit Service Utility.
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
■ Batch setting of VG parameter ■ Resetting the Images Folder Size
● When the VGP option is to be applied after version upgrade Confirm and reset the images folder size.
from a condition without application of the VGP option $ For details on setup procedure, see “21. Setting the Images Folder
As the same initial values as during new installation are used, use Size (V7.3 or later)” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and Ad-
the DR Console Setup Tool No. 42 in the same way as during new justment”.
installation for batch setting of the most suitable default values for each
VGP exposure menu.
$ Refer to “19.5 Batch Setting of VG Parameters (V9.0 or later)” of
“Maintenance Utility (MU)” for the VG parameter batch setting procedure.
● In case of version upgrade from a condition with application

of the VGP option
The existing set values are inherited as they are.
Use the DR Console Setup Tool No. 42 as required for batch setting of
the most suitable default values for each VGP exposure menu.
 NOTE 
The existing set values before batch setting are overwritten by the most
suitable default values after batch setting.
Before batch setting, use the backup function of the User Utility for
backup of the menu set values.
$ For the VG parameter batch setting procedure, refer to “19.5 Batch

Setting of VG Parameters (V9.0 or later)” of “Maintenance Utility (MU)” .
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
■ Conversion of the network adapter settings 5. In case of a processing failure after step 4 has been performed,
(mobile PC only) restart the PC and perform steps 1 to 3 again after copying the
file “NetworkStatusConfig.xml” with overwriting.
 NOTE   Copy source file:
For desktop PC, this procedure is not required. “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Work\Installer\Config.bak\
NetworkStatusConfig.xml”
1. Copy the file “ConvertNetworkStatusConfigXML.exe”  Overwrite copy destination file:

provided with ECN (issue number: DRCLC241) to the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config\NetworkStatusConfig.xml”
desktop of the DR-ID 300CL.
2. Double-click the “ConvertNetworkStatusConfigXML.exe” file.
3. Start the event log and confirm the message contents.
● Success message
Level : Information
Source : CslAdv_ConvertNetworkStatusConfigXML
Event ID : 0
Message : Success ConvertNetworkStatusConfig.
● Failure message
Level : Error
Source : CslAdv_ConvertNetworkStatusConfigXML
Event ID : 0
Message : Failed ConvertNetworkStatusConfig.
 NOTE 
Perform this only in case of processing failures from step 4 on. The
procedure is completed in case of success.
4. In case of a processing failure, restart the PC and perform

steps 1 to 3 again.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2. System Migration to
the DR-ID 300CL V5.0 or Later
This section describes the procedures for migrating the target Console
to the DR-ID 300CL V5.0 or later.
The following Consoles can be migrated.
 DR-ID 300CL : V4.0
 CR-IR 348CL : V8.0 - V8.3
➤ IMPORTANT NOTE 
 The system migration from CR-IR 348CL can be performed only when Hereinafter, the PC to which the Console to be migrated is installed is
the migration source PC and migration destination PC are different. described as “Migration source PC”, and the PC to which the DR-ID
 Before migrating the system, check the following. 300CL V5.0 or later is to be installed (or already installed) is described
as “Migration destination PC”.
- Check that there are no patients reserved for exposure (no
patients are registered in the examination queue window).
- Check that no image is left in the QA queue or output queue.
System migration procedures

System When the migration When the migration source When DR-ID 300CL V7.0 or
Description
Operation migration source PC and migration PC and migration later has been installed on the
Step (correlating to the subsequent titles
target pattern: destination PC are same destination PC are different migration destination PC *1
prefixed by the ■ mark)
Target
DR-ID 300CL DR-ID 300CL CR-IR 348CL
console:
Migration *1 The system is
1 ■ Converting and backing up the setup data ❍ ❍ ❍
source PC migrated directly to
DR-ID 300CL V7.0 or
■ Setting up the migration destination PC
Migration later.
2 (When the migration source PC and ❍
destination PC
migration destination PC are same)
■ Setting up the migration destination PC
Migration
3 (When the migration source PC and ❍
destination PC
migration destination PC are different)
Migration
4 ■ Installing and setting up the DR-ID 300CL ❍ ❍ ❍
destination PC
Migration
5 ■ Setting up the Service Utility ❍ ❍ ❍
destination PC
Migration
6 ■ Transferring the exposure menu data ❍ ❍ ❍
destination PC
Migration
7 ■ Converting image processing parameter ❍ ❍ ❍
destination PC
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Converting and backing up the setup data 5. Perform the following procedures.
On the migration source PC, convert and back up the setup data.
● When the migration source PC is DR-ID 300CL
 NOTE  I. Select [Setting for DR] and click [Image Processing Parameter
Setting].
When the migration source PC and migration destination PC are
different and the Console of migration source is to be continuously II. Change the “Image Position” setting and click .
used, back up the current settings in User Utility before perming “●
Creating the user parameter files”. ➔ The system returns to the “Exposure Menu Setting” window.
III. Select [Setting for CR] and click [Image Processing Parameter
● Creating the user parameter files Setting].
IV. Change the “Image Position” setting and click .
➔ The Console opening window opens.
In about two minutes, the registration window opens. ● When the migration source PC is CR-IR 348CL
I. Select [Setting for CR] and click [Image Processing Parameter
2. Click “User Utility” from the menu or Setting].
the menu. II. Change the “Image Position” setting and click .

➔ “Main Menu” window opens.
6. Click .
➔ The image processing parameter is created, and the system

returns to the “Menu Setting” window.
00000090.eps
3. Click .
➔ “Menu Setting” window opens.
4. Select an arbitrary menu from “Exposure/Study Menu” on

the right side of the window, and click .
➔ “Exposure Menu Setting” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
7. Click .
8. Click .
➔ The User Utility terminates, and the system returns to the

registration window.
9. Click “Shut Down” from the menu or
the menu.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Deleting the MEDIA attribute 6. From the “Config (F)” menu, choose “Close”.
 NOTE 
Delete the MEDIA attribute only when DICOM Media Storage is used. 7. Click [Exit Service Utility].
1. Start the Console Service Utility.
$ For details on the startup procedure see “1. Starting/Exiting
2. Click “Setup Configuration Item”.
DCL804001.eps
3. Select “NETWORK CONFIG” – “THIS HOST(IIP)” – “MEDIA”

and click .
➔ MEDIA setting is deleted.

saved.
5. Click .
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Deleting the connection settings for 7. From the “Config (F)” menu, choose “Close”.
CR built-in exposure device other than VELOCITY ➔ The system returns to the “IIP Service Utility” window.
(CR-IR 348CL only)
1. Start the CR-IR 348CL Service Utility.
$ For the Service Utility startup procedure, see CR-IR 348CL
Service Manual.
9. Confirm all tabs and delete the settings for CR built-in
exposure device other than VELOCITY.
10. Click .

DXCL040829003.ai
3. Select “NETWORK CONFIG” – “ALL OTHER NODES” and

delete the connection settings for CR built-in exposure
device other than VELOCITY.
4. Select “CONNECTING EQUIPMENT” and delete the

connection settings for CR built-in exposure device other
than VELOCITY.

saved.
6. Click .
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
● Initializing the system file ● Backing up the setup data
1. Insert the latest version DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC. 1. Insert the latest version DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC.
2. Start running Explorer and execute 2. Start running Explorer and open “D:\tools\SystemConvertTool\
“D:\tools\SystemConvertTool\Backup\Initialize.bat”. Backup”.
3. Insert the storage media (USB memory, etc.) to back up the

setting files into the PC.
● Backing up the exposure menu data
1. Copy the following files, which are required for converting
4. Create an arbitrary folder in the storage media.
the exposure menu data, to the environment (service PC
etc.) where the Menu Import Export Tool is executed.
5. Drag the folder created in step 4 onto the following file
located in “D:\tools\SystemConvertTool\Backup” folder.
 MenuData.mdb  When the migration source PC is DR-ID 300CL :
 XconParam.mdb “BackupDXV4.bat”
 When the migration source PC is CR-IR 348CL :
“BackupCRV8.bat”
➔ Console setting files are converted and saved in the folder.
6. Close all the open windows, and remove the DR-ID 300CL-
AP Disk and the storage media from PC.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Setting up the migration destination PC 5. Select “All Programs” – “Accessories” from
(When the migration source PC and migration the menu. Delete the following applications if they exist.
destination PC are same)  IIPDispDateTime.exe
 CheckPCData
● Prior conditions
 DR-Console
 When DR-ID 300CL V4.0 is installed in the migration destination PC,  Launchersoft
perform the settings according to “● Procedures”.  PDFPassWordInput
 When DR-ID 300CL V5.0 or later is installed in the migration  FCR
destination PC, refer to “■ Setting up the migration destination PC
(When the migration source PC and migration destination PC are 6. If the following applications exist, uninstall them.
different)” to set up.  IIPDispDateTime.exe
$ “■ Setting up the migration destination PC (When the  Linking Applications
migration source PC and migration destination PC are  IIP
different)”  Built_in Console
 Risiip
● Procedures
 Microsoft SQL Server 2005
After uninstalling all applications in the migration destination PC (same  IIPDispRaidStatus
with the migration source PC), set up each module for installing DR-ID
 Microsoft SQL Server Native Client
300CL V5.0.
$ For details of uninstalling procedures of each application,
see “Appendix 7 Uninstalling the AP”.
1. Insert the latest version DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC.
 NOTES 
2. Start running Explorer and open  If you are request to restart the PC after uninstalling “IIP”, restart
“D:\tools\SystemConvertTool\Backup”. the PC.
 If some windows appear while uninstalling “Built_in Console” and
3. Double-click “Initialize.bat”. “Risiip”, click [Keep].
➔ The image database and other databases in migration source PC  Perform the uninstallation of “IIPDispRaidStatus”“ from “Program
are initialized. and Features” window. In addition, perform the uninstallation
according to the window instruction.
4. Close all the open windows, and remove
the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk and the storage media from PC.
7. Delete the [DX-Console]/[FCR] shortcut on the desktop.
8. Restart the PC.

➔ After the PC restarted, a login window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
9. Enter “fcr-iip” and click . 15. Enter “fcr-iip” and click .
DXL03020046.ai DXL03020046.ai
The entered password is displayed as “●”. The entered password is displayed as “●”.
➔ The desktop screen opens. ➔ The desktop screen opens.
10. Delete the following folders. 16. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk V5.0 into the PC.
 Delete all folders located in “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm” folder ➔ The “DR Console Setup Tool” main menu automatically opens.
other than “FCR” folder and “SFPD” folder.
 “C:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server” folder  NOTE 
11. Select “All Programs” – “Accessories” – “Run” from double-click the execution file (Setup.bat) in the Disk.
the menu.
17. Install the following modules.
 .NET Farmework3.5 SP1
12. Enter “regedit” in the “Name” field, and click [OK].  Windows Installer4.5
➔ The “Registry Editor” window opens.  SQL Server 2008 SP1
$ For details on installation procedures of each module, see “4.2
13. Delete the following registry keys. For Software V5.0 or Later” in “MC: Inspection, Replacement
and Adjustment”.
 “HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\FujiFilm\IIP”
 “HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\MSSQLSERVER”
14. Restart the PC. ➔ The desktop screen opens.
➔ After the PC restarted, a login window opens.
19. Remove the Disk from the PC
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Setting up the migration destination PC 4. Delete the “C\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP” folder.
(When the migration source PC and migration
destination PC are different) 5. Select “All Programs” – “Accessories” – “Run” from
the menu.
● Prior conditions
 When DR-ID 300CL V4.0 is installed in the migration destination PC,
see “■ Setting up the migration destination PC (When the migration
source PC and migration destination PC are same)” to set up.
6. Enter “regedit” in the “Name” field, and click [OK].
➔ The “Registry Editor” window opens.
$ “■ Setting up the migration destination PC (When the
migration source PC and migration destination PC are same)”
 When DR-ID 300CL V5.0 is installed in the migration destination PC,
7. Delete “HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\FujiFilm\IIP”.
perform step 1 and step 2 of this section, and then skip to the step 6
under “■ Installing and setting up the DR-ID 300CL”.
 In case of the system migration from CR-IR 348CL when DR-ID
300CL V7.0 or later is installed on the migration destination PC, do
not perform the procedures in this section, and skip to step 6 of “■
Installing and setting up the DR-ID 300CL”.
 If the above does not apply, perform setting according to “● Procedures”.
● Procedures
After uninstalling all applications in the migration destination PC
(different with the migration source PC), set up each module for
installing DR-ID 300CL V5.0.
1. Power on the PC, and start the Service Utility of DR-ID 300CL.
$ For details on the startup procedure, see “1. Starting/Exiting
2. Initialize the image database, image output queue, and

patient database.
$ For details on initializing procedures of each database, see “9.
Management of Various Databases – DataBase Utility” in “MU:
3. Uninstall the DR-ID 300CL-AP.

$ For details of uninstalling procedures of DR-ID 300CL-AP, see
“Appendix 7 Uninstalling the AP”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Installing and setting up the DR-ID 300CL ● Linking Applications
Install DR-ID 300CL, and apply the backed up/converted setting files in $ For the installation of Precise Enlargement Software, see
migration source PC to DR-ID 300CL. “Appendix 25 Precise Enlargement Function”.
$ For the installation of Free Layout Print Application, see
● Prior conditions “Appendix 30 Free Layout Print”.
 In case of the system migration from CR-IR 348CL when DR-ID $ For the installation of Referral Viewing Software, see
300CL V7.0 or later is installed on the migration destination PC, skip “Appendix 44 Referral Viewing”.
to step 6 of the procedures. $ For the installation of Network Image Search Software, see
“Appendix 45 Network Image Search”.
● Procedures
$ For the installation of QA ROI Measurement Software, see
“Appendix 48 QA ROI Measurement”.
1. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk V5.0 into the PC.
➔ The “DR Console Setup Tool” main menu automatically opens. ● Standard Kit
 NOTE  ❍ If DR-ID 300CL V4.0 is installed in

In case the installation start window does not open automatically, the migration destination PC.
double-click the execution file (Setup.bat) in the Disk. I. Insert the latest version DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC.
II. Open the “D:\tools” folder from explorer and double-click the
following files.
2. Install DR-ID 300CL-AP and FRIS Module.
$ For details on installation procedures of DR-ID 300CL-AP, see
 “VerUpReg.reg”
“5.1 Installing the AP” in “MC: Inspection, Replacement and  “FirewallSetting.bat”
Adjustment”. III. Remove the Disk from the PC.
$ For details on installation procedures of FRIS Module, see “6.2
❍ If DR-ID 300CL V5.0 or later is installed in
FRIS Modules” in “MC: Inspection, Replacement and
Adjustment”. the migration destination PC.
I. Install Standard Kit.
3. Enter “0” and then press the <Enter> key. $ For the Standard Kit installation procedure, see “7.2
➔ The desktop screen opens. Installing the DR-ID 300CL Standard Kit (V5.0 or Later)” under
4. Install the following softwares as necessary. ● Option Key

$ For the Option Key installation procedure, see “10. Option
Key Installation” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and
Adjustment”.
● AP Key
$ For the AP Key installation procedure, see “11. AP Key
Installation” under “MC: Inspection, Replacement and
Adjustment”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5. If the Console is to be used as V5.0,
apply HF0020 (Base: V5.0) to HF4000 (Base: V5.0).
6. Insert the storage media, in which the backed up setting

files of migration source PC are saved.
7. Insert the latest version DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC.
8. Drag the folder that contains the backed up setting files of

migration source PC to the following batch file.
● If the system of migration source PC is DR-ID 300CL

“D:\tools\SystemConvertTool\Restore\RestoreDXV4.bat”
● If the system of migration source PC is CR-IR 348CL

“D:\tools\SystemConvertTool\Restore\RestoreCRV8.bat”
 NOTE 
 If the transferred maker file is not named with one-byte alphameric
characters, the marker file will not be recognized. In this case,
change the file name with one-byte alphameric characters, and
modify the “RegMarkerBmp.csv” file as well.
 If the file name is changed, auto-maker will not be transferred.
9. Close all the open windows, and remove the DR-ID 300CL-
AP Disk and the storage media from PC.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Setting Up the Service Utility 5. Set “Attribute” to “FILE” in the settings related to DICOM
Set up the Service Utility as necessary. Storage in “NETWORK CONFIG” – “ALL OTHER NODE”.
1. Start the DR-ID 300CL Service Utility. 6. In “CONNECTING EQUIPMENT”, if the setting of “Function”
$ For the Service Utility startup procedure, see “1. Starting/ item is “OD_FILE”/“HD_FILE”, set it to “FILE”.
Exiting the Service Utility” in “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
2. Click [Setup Configuration Item]. 7. Set up DICOM Media Storage as necessary.

$ For the settings of DICOM Media Storage, see “Appendix 20
Removable Media : DICOM Media Storage”.

saved.
9. Click .

DCL804001.eps
➔ The “Setup Configuration Item” window opens. 10. From the “Config (F)” menu, choose “Close”.
3. If the migration destination PC and migration source PC are ➔ The system returns to the “IIP Service Utility” window.
different, change the Host Name and IP Address of migration
source PC displayed in “NETWORK CONFIG” – “ALL 11. Click “Exit Service Utility”.
OTHER NODE” to the ones of migration destination PC. ➔ The system returns to the desktop screen.
➥ REFERENCE
Perform the step 3 and restart the Service Utility. Then, the settings
are reflected to “THISHOST(IIP)”.
4. If the settings related to DICOM Storage in “NETWORK

CONFIG” – “ALL OTHER NODE” fall under the followings,
set “LUT Operation” of connection settings to “Unable to
apply LUT Operation”.
Abstract Syntax Role
CR Image Storage SCP
DX Image Storage For Presentation SCP
Private CR Storage SCP
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Transferring the exposure menu data 4. Import the modified Excel file in step 3 to the data copied in
Use Menu Import Export Tool to transfer the exposure menu data. step 1 with Menu Import Export Tool.
Only “MenuData.mdb” and “XconParam.mdb” need to be modified, but
“DisplayData.mdb” and “Selector.mdb” need to have consistency. 5. Copy the following imported files in step 4 to migration
Therefore, 4 files need to be copied as a whole. Then modify them with destination PC.
Menu Import Export Tool. At last, copy them to Migration destination  MenuData.mdb
PC.  XconParam.mdb
$ For details on Menu Import Export Tool, see “20. Menu Import  DisplayData.mdb
Export Tool” in “MU: Maintenance Utility”.  Selector.mdb
 NOTE 
Do not start User Utility before transferring the exposure menu data.
Otherwise, an error will occur.
1. Copy the following files in migration destination PC to the

environment to run Menu Import Export Tool (such as
service PC).
 NOTE 
Copy the files to a location different from the location where files
have been copied according to “● Backing up the exposure menu
data”.
$ “● Backing up the exposure menu data”
 MenuData.mdb
 XconParam.mdb
 DisplayData.mdb
 Selector.mdb
2. Export the data copied in “● Backing up the exposure menu

data” with Menu Import Export Tool.
3. Modify the Excel file exported in step 2 as necessary.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Converting image processing parameter
 NOTE 
In case of institutions performing unstandardized processing and monitor
diagnosis, the image processing parameters must be converted from
filming to monitoring as required.
$ For details of the image processing parameter converting

procedures, see “3. Starting/Operating the Extended Parameter
Convert Tool” of “Appendix N Extended Parameter Convert Tool
(V7.0 or Later)” in “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3. Upgrading the PPU-AP
Describes the procedures for upgrading the version of PPU-AP.
Use the procedures described herein to upgrade the PPU-AP software
version.
Description Upgrade type

Step (correlating to the subsequent titles
prefixed by the ■ mark) V1.0/V1.1➔ V1.2 V1.0 to V1.2 ➔ V1.3 V1.0 to V1.3 ➔ V2.0 V1.0 to V2.0 ➔ V2.1 V2.0/V2.1 ➔ V2.2
1 ■ Backing up Windows 7 ❍
2 ■ Installing the SQL Server 2012 ❍
3 ■ Installing the PPU-AP ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
4 ■ Checking the version to be installed ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Backing up Windows 7 ■ Installing the SQL Server 2012
 NOTE 
1. Start Task Manager and end the following processes.
 PPUManageProcessFrame.exe Restore the OS and install the SQL Server when under the following
situations.
 PPUMainProcess32.exe *32
 PPUMainProcess.exe ● When restoration is needed before PPU update is completed
 PPUMainProcess.exe
I. Restore the C drive only.
$ For details, see “3.1 Restoring from Backup Images” under
2. Confirme and change the Windows Services. “Appendix F Backup/Restoration for Windows 7” in “MC:
$ For details, see “2.2 Confirming and Changing Windows Services”
under “Appendix F Backup/Restoration for Windows 7” in “MC:
Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment”. ● When error occurs on reconfiguration after PPU is installed
I. Restore the C drive only.
3. Create the backup image. $ For details, see “3.1 Restoring from Backup Images” under
“Appendix F Backup/Restoration for Windows 7” in “MC:
$ For details, see “2.3 Creating the Backup Image” under “Appendix Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment”.
F Backup/Restoration for Windows 7” in “MC: Inspection,
Replacement and Adjustment”. II. Insert the “DR-ID300CL PPU Application Software” Disk into
the PPU-PC.
III. Enter “90” and then press the <Enter> key.
4. Reset the Windows Services.
➔ PPU is initialized, and the system returned to the “PPU Setup
$ For details, see “2.4 Resetting the Windows Services” under
Tool” main menu.
“Appendix F Backup/Restoration for Windows 7” in “MC:
Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment”. IV. Enter “0” and then press the <Enter> key.
1. Remove the monitor connected to the PC main unit of DR-ID

300CL, and reconnect it to the PPU-PC.
 NOTE 
Be sure that the power of DR-ID 300CL is OFF.
2. Remove the LAN cable from the PPU-PC.
3. Open the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\PPU\version.ini” file.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4. Check that the version of PPU is V2.0 or later. 9. When the “Press any key...” message appears, press the
<Enter> key.
 NOTE 
SQL Server 2012 cannot be installed if the PPU version is V1.3 or
earlier.
DXCL140808004.ai
5. Insert the “DR-ID300CL PPU Application Software” Disk into  NOTE 

the PPU-PC.
In the subsequent procedures, if the “Computer restart required”
 NOTE  window opens, click [OK].
 The “PPU Setup Tool” main menu automatically opens.

DXCL140808006.ai
10. Check that “Installation” is selected in the left-hand window

and click “New SQL Server stand-alone installation or add
DXCL14030D004.ai
7. Check that the version of SQL Server is “2008”.

DXCL14030D005.ai
8. Enter “1” and then press the <Enter> key.  NOTE 

 NOTE  When the “Invoke or BeginInvoke cannot be called on a control
When displayed “Please reboot the system.” or “Installation Failed.”, over from step 8.
it indicates that the PC needs to be restarted. After restarting the PC,
once again step 8.
 After a while, the “Product Update” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
11. Click [Skip Scan], and then click [Next]. 12. Select “Perform a new installation of SQL Server 2012” and
click [Next].
DXCL14030D006.ai
 NOTE 
When “You have opted to skip scanning for product updates. To
resume scanning, click Check Again.” displayed, click [Next].
DXCL14030D008.ai

click [Next].
DXCL14030D007.ai
 After a while, the “Installation Type” window opens.
DXCL14030D009.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
14. Place a checkmark to only the “Management Tools - Basic” 16. Click [Close].
and click [Next].
DXCL14030D012.ai
DXCL14030D010.ai
 The “Error and Usage Reporting” window opens.  The system returns to the “SQL Server Installation Center”
window.
15. Click [Next]. 17. Close the “SQL Server Installation Center” window.
 The “You can import customized...” message appears.
DXCL140808007.ai
18. Click [Yes].

 The “Connect to Server” window opens.
DXCL14030D011.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
19. Perform the following settings and click [Connect]. 21. On the pane left of the window, select “Advanced” and set
Server type : Database Engine up the items below appropriately.
Server name : Enter “PPUServer\SQLEXPRESS” Default Full-Text Language : 1033
Authentication : Windows Authentication Default Language : English
DXCL030D0085.ai
22. On the pane left of the window, select “Security” – “Server

DXCL140808008.ai authentication” – “SQL Server and Windows Authentication
 The “Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio” window opens. mode” and click [OK].
20. On the pane left of the window, right-click “PPUSERVER\

DXCL030D0086.ai
SQL Server is restarted” window opens.
23. Click [OK].

Studio” window.
DXCL140808009.ai
 The “Server Properties” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
24. On the pane left of the window, right-click “Security” and 25. On the pane left of the window, select “General” and set up
click “New” – “Login”. the items below appropriately.
Login name : fujifilm
SQL Server authentication : Select
Enforce password policy : Remove the checkmark
Enforce password expiration : Remove the checkmark
User must change password at next login : Remove the checkmark
Default database : master
(select it from the pull-
down menu)
DXCL030D0087.ai
DXCL140808010.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
26. On the pane left of the window, select “Server Roles” and 28. Select “master”, and place a checkmark to the “db_owner”
place a checkmark to the “public” and “sysadmin”. and “public” of “Database role membership for:master”.
DXCL030D0089.ai
27. On the pane left of the window, select “User Mapping” and DXCL140808011.ai
 master
 model
29. Click [OK].
 msdb  NOTE 
 tempdb If the error message “Create failed for User ‘fujifilm’.” is displayed,
click [OK] and then click [Cancel] in the “Login - New” window.

Studio” window.
30. Close the “Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio”

window.
DXCL140808005.ai
 After a while, the system returned to the “PPU Setup Tool” main menu.

 The system returned to the desktop.

33. Restart the PC.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Installing the PPU-AP 5. Enter “15” and then press the <Enter> key.
 NOTE  6. To apply the distance correction processing for PPU-AP
V2.1 or later, enter “1” and then press the <Enter> key.
When updating to V2.2 or later, check the time stamp of the file “C:\
ProgramFile\FujifFilm\PPU\System\Lib\TomosynthesisLibParamU.prm” ➥ REFERENCE
in advance.
 If the time stamp is “2015/02/24 18:54”. When you don’t apply the distance correction processing, enter “2”
and then press the <Enter> key.
The magnification offset processing is activated.
 If the time stamp is not “2015/02/24 18:54”.

The magnification offset processing is not activated.
➔ The OS installation processing starts.
After the installation is completed, the “Set Up Distance Correction
Parameter completed.” message appears, and the system returns
1. Remove the monitor connected to the PC main unit of DR-ID to the “PPU Setup Tool” main menu.
300CL, and reconnect it to the PPU-PC.
 NOTE 
 NOTE 
For PPU-AP 2.1 or earlier, steps 8 and 9 are not required. Go straight to
Step 1 is not required if the monitor has been already connected. step 10.
2. Insert the “DR-ID300CL PPU Application Software” Disk into 8. Enter “16” and then press the <Enter> key.
the PPU-PC.
➔ The “PPU Setup Tool” main menu automatically opens. 9. Enter “1” if the magnification offset processing is activated;
enter “2” if it is not activated. Press the <Enter> key.
 NOTE 
➔ After the installation is completed, the “Set Up Magnification Offset
In case the installation start window does not open automatically, Parameter completed.” message appears, and the system returns
double-click the execution file (Setup.bat) in the Disk. to the “PPU Setup Tool” main menu.

➔ The “PPU Setup Tool” shuts down and the system returns to the
4. Enter “1” and then press the <Enter> key. desktop.
➔ The OS installation processing starts.
After the installation is completed, the “PPU Application installation 11. Remove the Disk from the PPU-PC.
completed.” message appears, and the system returns to the “PPU
Setup Tool” main menu. 12. Restart the PPU-PC.
 NOTE 
For PPU-AP 2.0 or earlier, steps 5 through 7 are not required. Go
straight to step 10.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Checking the version to be installed
1. Right-click the taskbar, and select “Task Manager”.

➔ The “Windows Task Manager” window opens.
2. Check to see that the following processes are displayed.

 PPUMainProcess32.exe *32
 PPUManageProcessFrame.exe
3. Open the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\PPU” folder.
4. Open the “version.ini” file with Notepad (Notepad.exe).
5. Check to see that the “PPUVersion” is the same as the

installed version.
6. Close the Notepad and turn OFF the PPU-PC power.
7. Remove the monitor connected to the PPU-PC, and

reconnect it to the PC main unit of DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4. Upgrade of the DR-ID 300CL-AP ■ Reinstalling the OS and Application
Which Accompanies Creation Reinstall the DR-ID 300CL-AP after reinstalling the OS and creating
partitions.
of Partitions  NOTE 
With regard to the disks used for installation of the DR-ID 300CL-AP, use
If partitions are created during upgrade of the DR-ID 300CL-AP, perform disks of the same version as the DR-ID 300CL-AP which has been installed.
the following steps.
● Procedures for reinstalling the OS and the application (1/2)

■ Backup of the configuration
 NOTE  PC type
Step Description
If partitions are created, all data is deleted. DELL PC HP PC Laptop PC
If backup of data other than configurations such as image data is 1 Installing and Setting Up the OS ● ● ●
required, back up in advance. 2 Setting Up the Monitor ● ● -
Back up the configuration file before reinstalling the OS.

● Preparation for setting the partition
$ For details on the backup of the configuration procedure, see “5.
Restoring/Backing Up the Configuration File – Configuration  NOTE 
Restore/Backup” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
Only for the following procedure, use the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk (V7.3 or
later) for upgrade.
For integrated MC configuration, back up the following items of MC with the
RU PC-TOOL.
 8. CONFIGURATION 1. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC.
 11. LOG ALL ➔ The “DR Console Setup Tool” main menu opens automatically.
 14. CORRECT ALL DATA
 NOTE 
$ For details , see “1.13 BACKUP” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”
in “DR-ID 600PU/MC & Battery Charger Service Manual”.
step 2 is unnecessary. Proceed to step 3.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3. Enter “D:\tools\AssocDataFolder\PreCreateFolder.bat” into
Step Description
PC type
DELL PC HP PC Laptop PC
the “Search programs and files” column from the
Display Optimization (LUT File
13 ● ● ●
menu, then press the <Enter> key. Settings)
➔ The command prompt window opens. Restoring the Config and the
14 ● ● ●
The “Press any key to continue...” message appears. Network Adapter Settings
Settings for the FPD/Cassette-type
15 ● ● ●
4. Check to see that the “Finished.” information is displayed Image Readers
properly and press the <Enter> key. 16 Firewall Settings ● ● ●
➔ The command prompt window closes. 17 Canceling the AutoPlay ● ● ●

18 Setting the Event Log ● ● ●
5. Remove the disk from PC. 19 Disabling the Shadow Copy Service ● ● ●
20 Setting the Images Folder Size ● ● ●
● Procedures for reinstalling the OS and the application (2/2) 21 Other Settings - - ●
 NOTE 
With regard to the disks used for installation of the DR-ID 300CL-AP, use ■ Restore of the configuration of MC
disks of the same version as the DR-ID 300CL-AP which has been installed. (only for the integrated MC configuration)
PC type $ For details, see “1.14 RESTORE” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”
Step Description in “DR-ID 600PU/MC & Battery Charger Service Manual”.
DELL PC HP PC Laptop PC
Installing the
1 ● ● ●
Database Management System
2 Installing the AP ● ● ● ■ Upgrading the DR-ID 300CL
3 Replacing the Menu Database ● ● ●
$ For details on the upgrading procedure, see “1. Upgrading the
Installing the RAID Status Display DR-ID 300CL”.
4 ● ● -
Tool (Only for RAID Configuration)
5 Partition Setting ● ● ●
6 Installing the FRIS Modules ● ● ●
■ Upgrading the MC
7 Installing the SKB Launcher - - ●
(only for the integrated MC configuration)
Installing the DR-ID 300CL
8 ● ● ●
Standard Kit $ For details, see “1.9 VERSION UP” under “MU: Maintenance
9 Installing the Electronic Manual ● ● ● Utility” in “DR-ID 600PU/MC & Battery Charger Service Manual”.
10 Option Key Installation ● ● ●
11 AP Key Installation ● ● ●
12 Initializing the Image Database ● ● ●
010-305-15E
03.31.2016 FM9387
BLANK PAGE
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
Appendix 9 Setup for Security ■ Replacing the default password with a new password
Enhancement 1. Simultaneously press the [Ctrl], [Alt], and [Delete] keys.
To provide DR-ID 300CL security enhancement, complete the following
three setup procedures. 2. Click the [Change Password...] button.
 Replacing the default password with a new password
 Changing the setup so that the computer prompts for password input
at logon
 Defining the minimum character count for the password
 NOTE 
Settings performed for password change and prompt for password input
at login will not start up the DR-ID 300CL automatically. To have it start DCL8A008.ai
up automatically, it is necessary to input the user name and the ➔ The “Change Password” window opens.
password on the Windows initial screen.
3. From the “Change Password” window, perform the following
setup steps.
I
II
III
DCL8A005.ai
I. Enter the currently used password (fcr-iip by default).

II. Enter a new password consisting of no more than seven
characters.
III. Enter the new password again for confirmation.
4. Click .
➔ “Your password has been changed.” is displayed.
5. Click [OK].
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
■ Changing the setup so that the computer prompts for 2. Place a checkmark to “Users must enter a user name and
password input at logon password to use this computer.” ( ➔ ).

I. From the menu, enter the “control userpassword2” in
the Start Search field and press the <Enter> key.
DCL8A007.ai
3. Click .
DCL8A006.ai
➔ The “User Accounts” window opens.
● For Windows 7
I. Select “All Programs”, “Accessories” and “Run...” from the
menu.
➔ The “Run” window opens.
II. Input “control userpasswords2” and click [OK]
DXL08090002.ai
➔ The “User Accounts” window opens.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
■ Defining the minimum character count for the password 4. Set the number of password characters to “7”.
1. Open “Control Panel”. Click and
then double-click .
➔ The “Local Security Settings” window opens.
DCL8A004.ai
5. Click .
➔ The system returns to the “Local Security Settings” window.
6. Close the “Local Security Settings” window.


DCL8A003.ai

2. Click the mark for and then click
.
➔ The right-hand pane shows the password policy settings.
3. Double-click .
➔ The “Local Security Policy Setting” window opens.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
BLANK PAGE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appendix 10 DICOM CR Storage ■ Connection/setup example
➥ REFERENCE
Described herein is the procedure for transferring the following images  IPv6 can be set from V9.0 or later version.
from the DR-ID 300CL to other connected equipment using the DICOM  If the IP address of DR-ID 300CL is IPv6 and the IP address of the other
CR Storage function. side is IPv4, then the IP address should be converted via IP translator.
 Processed images
 Unprocessed images, assigned with image parameters Setup example of other connected equipment
HOST name : Other01
◆ NOTE ◆ IP address (IPv4) : 172.16.1.30*
An equipment unit to which images are transferred is referred to IP address (IPv6) : 2001:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0001:001E *
hereinafter simply as “other connected equipment”. AE name (Provider) : Other01-SCP*
Port number : 5001*
Service Class : CR Image Storage
■ Prior to setup Transfer Syntax : Implicit VR Little Endian*
● DR-ID 300CL requirements
 The DR-ID 300CL main unit must have been set up accordingly. Other connected
Cassette-type equipment
● Requirements of other connected equipment Image Reader (Other maker's equipment)
 Other connected equipment must have been set up accordingly.
 The DICOM CR Storage (SCP) Service Class must be supported. TCP/IP
 Connection to the DR-ID 300CL must be established and confirmed DICOM CR Storage
properly.
Equipment of confirmed connectivity: Synapse V3.1.0 or later FPD
DR-ID 300CL
DR-ID 300CL
setup example
HOST name : fcr-csl*
IP address (IPv4) : 172.16.1.20*
IP address (IPv6) : 2001:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0001:0014 *
AE name (User) : CL-SCU*
Service Class : CR Image Storage
Transfer Syntax : Implicit VR Little Endian*
Items marked with “*” constitute setup examples, which need be
changed depending on the equipment or network environment.
In addition, set the either “IPv6” or “IPv4” for IP address. DXCL140810003.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Overall operation flow
Use a network cable to connect the DR-ID $ “1. Hardware Setup”
300CL to other connected equipment.
Make setups for inputting/outputting

$ “2. Software Setup”
images via DICOM.
 Setup of information (AE name, device
attribute, Service Class, etc.) on this
equipment
 Registration of information (AE name,
device attribute, port number, Service
Class, handling of HQ images, etc.) on
other connected equipment
Make the following setups as required.
 Setup for automatic image distribution
code
(Only HD attribute for V4.0 or earlier)
 Setup for CONNECTING EQUIPMENT
(OD attribute only)
 Setup for UID issuance
 Setup for name elements
 Setup for the timing of the image
distribution (V7.3 or later)
Make sure that images can be transferred $ “3. Connection

from the DR-ID 300CL to other connected Checkout”
equipment.
Back up the configuration file. $ “4. Setup File

Backup”
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
1. Hardware Setup
Connect the DR-ID 300CL to other connected equipment via network as
illustrated below.
1000BASE-T cable
TCP/IP
Cassette-type Other connected

FPD DR-ID 300CL
Image Reader equipment
00000044.ai
◆ NOTES ◆
 Do not connect the telephone line to the network connectors of the
DR-ID 300CL and other connected equipment.
 The cable type applicable to the DR-ID 300CL is the IEC950/UL1950-
 When setting IPv6 for V9.0 or later version, connect the other side to
the network via IP translator as necessary.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2. Software Setup
Set up software for the DR-ID 300CL and other connected equipment.
Set up the items shown in gray as required. Be sure to set up all other
items.
2.1 DR-ID 300CL Software Setup

2.1.1 Starting the Service Utility
2.1.2 Setup for the Study Modality
2.1.3 Setup of Information on This
Equipment for the DICOM CR
Storage Function
2.1.4 Registration of Information on Other
Connected Equipment for the DICOM Tasks done on
CR Storage Function the DR-ID 300CL
2.1.5 Settings of Automatic Image Distribution
(DISTRIBUTION CODE)
2.1.6 Setup for CONNECTING EQUIPMENT
2.1.7 Settings for UID Issuance
2.1.8 Changing the Name Elements
2.1.9 Display Gradation Correction Setup
2.1.10 Service Utility Shutdown
2.1.11 Setup for the Timing of the Image
Distribution (V7.3 or Later)
2.2 Software Setup on Other Connected · · · Tasks done on

Equipment other connected
equipment
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.1 DR-ID 300CL Software Setup ➥ REFERENCE
2.1.1 Starting the Service Utility 3-second period and allow the AP to start up, perform the following
1. Turn ON the DR-ID 300CL power.
➔ Windows starts up and then the DR-ID 300CL-AP starts running in
about one minute. ( menu in V4.0 or earlier).
➥ REFERENCE 2. Click [OK] while holding down the <Shift> key on the shutdown
window.
If the AP or Windows is already running, start the Service Utility as
directed under REFERENCE in step 2. below. 3. From the menu, sequentially choose “All Programs”, “Fuji
2. Within a period of 3 seconds after the initial window opens, and upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
the window.
Utility and click .
opens.
DXL03100001.ai
DXL41001.ai
DXCL100810002.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.1.2 Setup for the Study Modality 3. Click .
1. Click [Setup Configuration Item] of the “IIP Service Utility” ➔ Information on the setup data for the DR-ID 300CL system
appears on the right-side of the window.
window.
DXCL100810003.ai
00000248.EPS
4. Set “1:CR” for .
◆ NOTE ◆
If this item is set to “0: DX”, the CR Storage Service Class would
00000091.EPS not be used.
2. Click the mark within the field on the

“Setup Configuration Item” window.
saved.
6. Click .
➔The system saves the setup data.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.1.3 Setup of Information on This Equipment for the 4. Make sure that “DICOM” is selected and click .
DICOM CR Storage Function
Make settings for the following information items of this equipment.
 Host name and IP address of this equipment
 AE name (Application Entity Name) of this equipment
 Service Class, Role, Transfer Syntax, device attribute (Attribute)
 Other (timeout settings, etc.) 00000093.ai

1. Click the mark within the field on
2. Select and click .
3. Make sure that the DR-ID 300CL host name and IP address
are displayed.
DR-ID 300CL
host name
00000094.EPS
DR-ID 300CL
IP address
5. Enter the AE name that is the SCU for the DR-ID 300CL (e.g.:
DXCL140810004.ai “CL-SCU”) in the field.
◆ NOTE ◆
The IP address will not be displayed properly unless the ◆ NOTE ◆
DR-ID 300CL is connected to a network.
There is no need to set the port number in .
When selecting SCU as the Role, the set port number will be
disregarded even if it is set.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
6. Click . 8. To set up the AE that is the User, select (SCU) for the
Role.
➥ REFERENCES
 If “SCU” is selected, items that need not be set will be hidden on
the “DICOM Setup” window.
 For DICOM SCU settings on this equipment (THIS HOST (IIP)),
two or more Service Class settings (e.g., CR Image Storage,
DICOM Print, and other) can be selected for a single Application
Entity. Moreover, two or more Transfer Syntax settings (e.g.,
JPEGLossless, ImplicitVRLittleEndian, and other) can be selected
for a single Service Class.
00000443.EPS
9. Click downward arrow in the

field to select the
field to select a Service
Transfer Syntax (e.g.: “ImplicitVRLittleEndian”).
Class (e.g.: “CR Image Storage”).
Transfer Syntax Supported (Selected)
 CR Image Storage
Service Class ImplicitVR ExplicitVR JPEG
 Private CR Storage
LittleEndian LittleEndian Lossless
➥ REFERENCES CR Image Storage   
 If “CR Image Storage” or “Private CR Storage” is selected, items Private CR Storage   
that need not be set will be hidden on the “DICOM Setup” window. Verification   
 “Verification” is the Service Class used to verify connection
between DICOM equipment units. For verifying connection, ◆ NOTE ◆
“Verification” must be selected.
When the DICOM QR function is used, an error may result if
$ For details of verification of connection, see “7. Verifying ImplicitVRLittleEndian is set up. For this reason, make sure to set
the Connection to Other Connected Equipment –Verify up ExplicitVRLittleEndian or JPEGLossless.
Connection” in “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10. Set the DICOM inter-message timeout value 13. Click .
as necessary.
➥ REFERENCE
➥ REFERENCES
It is not necessary to check .
 Items just have been set will appear on the right-side area of the
Even if checked, it will be disregarded if the Role set in step 9. “Setup Configuration Item” window. A displayed item can be
above is the SCU. changed. Whenever it is changed, never fail to click
.

 If the key is clicked, currently selected items are
field to select “OTHER” for the device attribute.
deleted.
◆ NOTE ◆ l
To set the SCU AE on the DR-ID 300CL, select “OTHER” for the AE name of this equipment
device attribute for the time being.
12. Click .
Service Class, Role, Transfer Syntax and device

attribute (Attribute) 00000096.EPS

saved.
15. Click .
➔The system saves the setup data.

010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.1.4 Registration of Information on Other Connected 2. Make the following settings.
Equipment for the DICOM CR Storage Function
❍ Enter the Host name (e.g.: “Other01”) in the
Register the following information items of other connected equipment. field.
 Host name and IP address of other connected equipment
 NOTE 
 AE name (Application Entity Name) and port number of other
connected equipment Do not use the following characters for a host name.
 Service Class, Role, Transfer Syntax, device attribute (Attribute) <>&‘“/\
 Setups for gradation correction
 Other (usage of two-byte characters, annotation character setting, ❍ Enter the IPv4 address (e.g.: “172.16.1.30”) in the
etc.)
field ( for V8.1 earlier) as necessary.
1. Select of the “Setup Configuration
❍ Enter the IPv6 address (e.g.: “2001:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:00
Item” window and click .
01:001E”) in the field as necessary.
NOTE 

 “IP Address Version 6” can be set from V9.0 or later version.
 Set the either “IP Address Version 6” or “IP Address Version 4” for
IP address.
 The following conditions are met for IPv6 address.
- The format is “XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX”
(not abbreviated). Abbreviated type cannot be used.
- Each element should be composited from 0-9/a-f/A-F.
- It is not link local address (in other words, the head of IP address is
not “fe80”).
❍ Select “DICOM”.
Select “DICOM”. 00000097.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
➔ The “Application Entity List” window opens for setup of information ➔ The “DICOMSetup” window opens.
on other connected equipment.
00000443.EPS
6. Click downward arrow mark in the
field to select a Service

Class (e.g.: “CR Image Storage”).
00000098.EPS
 CR Image Storage
 Private CR Storage
❍ Enter the AE name of other connected equipment ◆ NOTE ◆
Do not select two or more Service Class settings for a single
(e.g.: “Other01-SCP”) in the Application Entity (e.g., CR Image Storage and Private CR
field. Storage). Further, do not select two or more Transfer Syntax
settings for a single Service Class (e.g., JPEG Lossless and
◆ NOTES ◆ Implicit VR Little Endian).
 Never fail to enter the SCP AE name. Even if you select two or more settings, only the first one takes
 Be sure to enter the upper- or lower-case characters correctly. effect.
Also, in V5.0 or later, an error (error code QA20007) will occur in
distribution setting for QA.
❍ Enter the Port number of other connected equipment (e.g.: “5001”)
in the field. ➥ REFERENCE
 If “CR Image Storage” or “Private CR Storage” is selected, items
that need not be set will be hidden on the “DICOM Setup” window.
between DICOM equipment units. For verifying connection,
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
7. Because the AE of other connected equipment is the 10. Make the following setting as required.
Provider, make sure that (SCP) is selected for the
Role. ❍ Setting of
8. Click downward arrow in the ST : Select when transferring standard images.

HQ/SH : Select when transferring HQ images or 20 lines/mm
field to select Transfer images.
Syntax (e.g.: “ImplicitVRLittleEndian”). 11. To handle two-byte characters, check the box
Transfer Syntax Supported (Selected) ( to ).
➥ REFERENCE
CR Image Storage    needs not be checked. Even if checked, it will be
Private CR Storage    disregarded.
Verification   
◆ NOTES ◆ 12. Click downward arrow in the
• Be sure to select a Transfer Syntax selected for this equipment.
field to and select “FILE” (“HD_FILE” in V4.0 or earlier).
• When the DICOM QR function is used, an error may result if
ImplicitVRLittleEndian is set up. For this reason, make sure to set
up ExplicitVRLittleEndian or JPEGLossless.
13. Make setups for gradation correction as required.
9. Change the following settings as required.
❍ Setting of
ST : Select if other connected equipment cannot receive

HQ images.
ST & HQ : Select if other connected equipment can receive HQ
images. (Basically select this setting.) DXL08100001.ai
ST & HQ & SH : Select if other connected equipment can receive $ For setup details, see “2.1.9 Display Gradation Correction
20 lines/mm images. Setup”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
14. For V7.3 or later, perform the following setting as required. 17. If “Yes” is selected in step 16, specify the gradation bit
number in the standardization process.
10 : Select to perform the standardization process in 10 bit.

DXCL100810001.ai 12 : Select to perform the standardization process in 12 bit.
MONOCHROME1 : Select when setting the minimum pixel value to
white and the maximum pixel value to black. 18. For V5.0 or later, select “Apply mask processing to the
MONOCHROME2 : Select when setting the minimum pixel value to image” in the “Mask Processing”.
black and the maximum pixel value to white.
◆ NOTE ◆
• Photometric Interpretation can be selected only when the
following settings are performed.
DXCL050810001.ai
Abstract Syntax : CR Image Storage
LUT Operation : “Unable to apply LUT Operation” or “Apply LUT
correction process to the image” 19. Click .
• Do not send the images outputted by specifying MONOCHROME2
to T-SUB677. ➔ The system returns to the “Application Entity List” window.
20. Click .
15. Change the following setting as required.

Yes : To transfer annotation-embedded images. ➔ A window opens, prompting you to confirm the setup data to be
saved.
No : To transfer images not embedded with annotation.
16. For V5.0 or later, perform the following setting as required. 22. Click .
Yes : Perform the standardization process using the window conditions.

No : Do not perform the standardization process using
the window conditions.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.1.5 Settings of Automatic Image Distribution 3. Make the following settings.
(DISTRIBUTION CODE) ❍ Enter an 8-digit distribution code (e.g.: 12345678) in
For an automatic image distribution to equipment of FILE attribute .
(HD_FILE attribute in V4.0 or earlier), set up DISTRIBUTION CODE.
❍ Click downward arrow of
◆ NOTE ◆ to select equipment’s AE name (e.g.: “Other01-SCP”).
For an automatic image distribution processing, be sure to change to
“Yes” ahead of time the setting (item 3 of “SYSTEM CONFIG” ➔ “5.CSL/ 4. Click .
IDT FUNCTION”) under “Enable Distribution Code Setup” of the Service
Utility function. ➔ The system returns to the “Setup Configuration Item” window.
$ For an automatic distribution to equipment of FILE attribute (OD_ 5. Select “Save” from the “Config (F)” menu.
FILE attribute in V4.0 or earlier), perform the procedure described
in “2.1.6 Setup for CONNECTING EQUIPMENT”. ➔ A window opens, prompting you to confirm the setup data to be
saved.
1. Click of the “Setup Configuration

Item” window.
6. Click .
➔ A list of destination equipment for automatic image distribution ➔ The system saves the setup data.
appears on the right-side area of the window.
00000247.EPS
2. Click .
➔ The “Distribution Code” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.1.6 Setup for CONNECTING EQUIPMENT 2.1.7 Settings for UID Issuance
To automatically transfer images to the FILE (OD_FILE in V4.0 or Use the procedure below if the UID issuance method needs to be
earlier), set up CONNECTING EQUIPMENT as directed below. changed depending on the specifications of other connected equipment
which the image is transferred to.
1. Click on the “Setup For default settings, see Table: List of UID settings.
➔ A list of registered equipment units appears on the right side of the 1. Click the mark of of the “Setup
window. Configuration Item” window.
➔ The content of the setup items for the DR-ID 300CL system
➔ The “CONNECTING EQUIPMENT” window opens. information appears on the right-side area of the window.
❍ Click the downward arrow within and

select “FILE” (OD_FILE in V4.0 or earlier).
❍ Click the downward arrow within

and select equipment's AE name.
4. Click .
➔ You are returned to the “Setup Configuration Item” window. 00000248.EPS

➔ A window opens prompting you to confirm the setup data.
6. Click .
➔ The setup data will then be saved.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3. Make configuration settings as follows for UID issuance. No Name Selection Meaning
Table List of UID settings (IMAGE MODALITY) 39 UID Issuance  YES Whether or not to issue a new
about a function Issues a new UID. image UID or SOP Instance
No Name Selection Meaning (except Image ❍ NO UID when the shuttering
Processing) to Does not issue a new UID. processing condition is
9 UID Issuance ❍ YES Whether or not to issue a new change to the modified on the DR-ID 300CL.
after Modifying Issues a new UID. image UID or SOP Instance image
ID Information  NO UID when any ID information is themselves
Does not issue a new UID. modified on the DR-ID 300CL.
45 UID Issuance  YES Whether or not to issue a new
10 UID Issuance  YES Whether or not to issue a new after Modifying Issues a new UID. image UID or SOP Instance
after Modifying Issues a new UID. image UID or SOP Instance UID Trimming ❍ NO UID when trimming information
Normalized ❍ NO when image normalization Parameter Does not issue a new UID. is modified.
Parameter Does not issue a new UID. conditions are modified on the
DR-ID 300CL.
11 UID Issuance ❍ YES Whether or not to issue a new after Modifying Issues a new UID. image UID or SOP Instance
after Modifying Issues a new UID. image UID or SOP Instance UID FNC Parameter ❍ NO UID when an FNC parameter
Image  NO when image processing Does not issue a new UID. is modified.
Processing Does not issue a new UID. conditions are modified on the
57 UID Issuance  YES Whether or not to issue an
Parameter DR-ID 300CL.
afterModifying Issues a new UID. image UID and
12 UID Issuance  YES Specifying whether or not to CRF Parameter ❍ NO SOPInstanceUID when the
Before Sending Issues a new UID. output an SOP Instance UID as Does not issue a new UID. CRF parameter (sharpness
Processed Data ❍ NO the processed CR image UID processing parameter) is
Does not issue a new UID. when generating processed modified.
image output on the DR-ID
300CL.  : Default setting
13 DICOM Series  0: 1 Study - N series and 1 Setup of Series Instance UID
Generation Series - 1 image issuance logic. 4. Select “Save” from the “Config (F)” menu.
Logic Issues a number so that it has
multiple series for one study $ See ➔ A window opens, prompting you to confirm the setup data to be
and only one image for one “3.4 Configuration saved.
series. Details – 1. IMAGE
❍ 0: 1 Study - N series MODALITY” under
and 1 Series - M image “MU: Maintenance 5. Click .
Issues a number so that it has Utility”.
multiple series for one study ➔ The system saves the setup data.
and multiple images for one
series.
❍ 0: 1 Study - 1 series and 1
Series - N image
Issues a number so that it has
only one series for one study
series.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.1.8 Changing the Name Elements 2.1.9 Display Gradation Correction Setup
$ See “3.12 Setting the Name Elements for DICOM Connection” The display gradation correction setup procedure is performed to
under “MU: Maintenance Utility”. provide images with reasonable appearance when they are displayed
on the DICOM viewer. The data entered by performing this procedure
works when the DR-ID 300CL transmits images to the DICOM viewer.
This section explains about the LUT file handling and Service Utility
setup procedures to be performed for gradation correction purposes.
■ Handling the LUT file

Copy a 16bitLUT file*1 to a specified folder on the DR-ID 300CL and
then change the filename accordingly.
Copy destination : C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\CrtLut folder

Filename : “SCP AE name”+.lut (e.g., ViewerA.lut)
*1 “mono_PL300_LL_16.lut” and “mono_PL400_LL_16.lut” are available
for 300 candelas and 400 candelas of maximum monitor luminance,
respectively.

As PL_LL has been already corrected, the LUT correction is not
required.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Setup procedure 2. In the setup window (LUT Operation area for DICOM Setup),
With the Service Utility, perform gradation correction setup as directed select a LUT transmission type.
below.
I.
1. Start the Service Utility mode and open the gradation
II.
correction setup window (LUT Operation).
$ For the procedure for opening the setup window, see III. (Hidden in V5.0 or later)
“2.1.4 Registration of Information on Other Connected
Equipment for the DICOM CR Storage Function”. IV.
V. (Hidden in V4.0 or earlier)
DXL08100002.ai
I. Choose this option when outgoing images are not to be

subjected to gradation correction.
II. Choose this option when outgoing images are to be subjected to
gradation correction (inverse transform LUT process) and
transmitted as DICOM-processed images.
III. Choose this option when DICOM tag information (Modality LUT
module/0028,3000) is to be added to outgoing images so that
they are subjected to gradation correction at the connected
equipment (Kodak, etc.).
IV. Choose this option when DICOM tag information (VOILUT
they are subjected to gradation correction (inverse transform
LUT process) at the connected equipment.
V. Choose this option when DICOM tag information (VOILUT
equipment. The sending LUT used for this purpose is the one
that includes gradation processing data. This option can be
selected only for handling of processed images.
3. Save the setup data.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.1.10 Service Utility Shutdown 2.1.11 Setup for the Timing of the Image Distribution
(V7.3 or Later)
➔ The system returns to the “IIP Service Utility” window. 1. From the menu, sequentially select “All Programs”,
“Fuji Film” and “ConsoleAdvance”.
➔ The system returns to the desktop screen. In about two minutes, the DR-ID 300CL-AP reception window
opens.
DXCL140419005.ai
2. Click “User Utility” from the menu.
DXCL10040B003.ai
3. Click [Property Setting].
4. Select “Distribution Setting” tab.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5. Set the “Image-based Distribution Setting” column and “Study- 6. Click [OK]
based Distribution Setting” column as required.
Item Print output Storage output
 Distribute automatically  Distribute automatically 7. Click [Terminate].
at each reading at each reading
Image-based  Distribute the selected  Distribute the selected ➔ The system returns to the registration window of DR-ID 300CL-AP.
Distribution Setting images images
 Do not distribute by the  Do not distribute by the
image image
8. Select “Shut Down” from the menu.
 Distribute automatically  Distribute automatically
after the study after the study
Study-based completion completion ➔ The exit window opens.
Distribution Setting
 Distribute automatically  Distribute automatically
after the QA completion after the QA completion
: Default setting at factory shipment 9. Click while holding down the <Shift> key.
◆ NOTE ◆ ➔ The system returns to the desktop screen.

• To display “temporarily stopping button”, which is for temporarily
stopping and resuming auto distribution at each image reading,
perform the setup at “Image-based Distribution Setting” so that
the combinations are as follows.
Distribute automatically at Distribute automatically at
each reading each reading
Image-based Distribute automatically at Do not distribute by the
Distribution Setting each reading image
Do not distribute by the Distribute automatically at
image each reading
• To display “separately distributing button”, which is for separately

distributing only the selected image, perform the setup at “Image-
based Distribution Setting” so that the combinations are as follows.
Distribute the selected Distribute automatically at
images each reading
image each reading
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.2 Software Setup on Other Connected
Equipment
Set up DICOM CR Storage in accordance with the software
specifications of other connected equipment so that it can receive
images from the DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3. Connection Checkout 3.2 Image Transfer to
Other Connected Equipment
After the DR-ID 300CL-AP is started, makes sure that images can be
Transfer images accumulated in the DR-ID 300CL to other connected
transferred from the DR-ID 300CL to other connected equipment.
equipment.
1. Select an image for transfer, then transfer it to other
3.2 Image Transfer to
Other Connected Equipment $ For details of the image transfer procedures, see the
DR-ID 300CL Operation Manual.
2. Make sure that the image has actually been transferred to

3.1 DR-ID 300CL-AP Startup other connected equipment.
$ For details of the transferred image checking procedures, see
1. From the menu, sequentially select “All Programs”, the operation manual attached to each equipment.
“Fuji Film” and “ConsoleAdvance” (“DR-Console” in V4.0 or
earlier).
opens.
DCL44002.EPS
DXCL140419005.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4. Setup File Backup
Back up the DR-ID 300CL setup file.
Have the following item ready for use for file backup:
 Storage media (FD, USB memory stick or the like)

$ For details on the backup procedure, see “5. Restoring/Backing
Up the Configuration File – Configuration Restore/Backup” under
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
Appendix 11 DICOM DX Storage ■ Connection/setup example
➥ REFERENCE
Described herein is the procedure for transferring processed images  IPv6 can be set from V9.0 or later version.
(Standard Image) from the DR-ID 300CL to other connected equipment  If the IP address of DR-ID 300CL is IPv6 and the IP address of the other
using the DICOM DX Storage Standard function. side is IPv4, then the IP address should be converted via IP translator.
◆ NOTE ◆
6HWXSH[DPSOHRIRWKHUFRQQHFWHGHTXLSPHQW
An equipment unit to which images are transferred is referred to +267QDPH 2WKHU
hereinafter simply as “other connected equipment”. ,3DGGUHVV,3Y
,3DGGUHVV,3Y (
$(QDPH3URYLGHU2WKHU6&3
■ Prior to setup 3RUWQXPEHU
● DR-ID 300CL requirements 6HUYLFH&ODVV ';,PDJH6WRUDJHIRU3UHVHQWDWLRQ
7UDQVIHU6\QWD[ ,PSOLFLW95/LWWOH(QGLDQ
 The DR-ID 300CL main unit must have been set up accordingly.
● Requirements of other connected equipment

2WKHUFRQQHFWHG
 Other connected equipment must have been set up accordingly. HTXLSPHQW
 The DICOM DX Storage (SCP) Service Class must be supported. 2WKHUPDNHU
VHTXLSPHQW
 Connection to the DR-ID 300CL must be established and confirmed
properly. TCP/IP
Equipment of confirmed connectivity: Synapse V3.1.0 or later
DICOM DX Storage
FPD
DR-ID 300CL
DR-ID 300CL
VHWXSH[DPSOH
+267QDPH IFUFVO
,3DGGUHVV,3Y
,3DGGUHVV,3Y
$(QDPH8VHU &/6&8
6HUYLFH&ODVV ';,PDJH6WRUDJHIRU3UHVHQWDWLRQ
,WHPVPDUNHGZLWK³ ´FRQVWLWXWHVHWXSH[DPSOHVZKLFKQHHGEH
FKDQJHGGHSHQGLQJRQWKHHTXLSPHQWRUQHWZRUNHQYLURQPHQW
,QDGGLWLRQVHWWKHHLWKHU³,3Y´RU³,3Y´IRU,3DGGUHVV DXCL140811002.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Overall operation flow
300CL to other connected equipment.
Make setups for inputting/outputting

images via DICOM.
attribute, Service Class, etc.) on this
equipment
 Registration of information (AE name,
device attribute, port number, Service
Class, handling of HQ images, etc.) on
Make the following setups as required.
 Setup for automatic image distribution
code
 Setup for CONNECTING EQUIPMENT
(Only OD attribute for V4.0 or earlier)
 Setup for UID issuance
 Setup for name elements
Make sure that images can be transferred $ “3. Connection

from the DR-ID 300CL to other connected Checkout”
equipment.
Back up the configuration file. $ “4. Setup File

Backup”
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
1. Hardware Setup
Connect the DR-ID 300CL to other connected equipment via network as
illustrated below.
1000BASE-T cable
TCP/IP
FPD DR-ID 300CL Other connected

equipment
00000044.ai
◆ NOTES ◆
 Do not connect the telephone line to the network connectors of the
DR-ID 300CL and other connected equipment.
 The cable type applicable to the DR-ID 300CL is the IEC950/UL1950-
 When setting IPv6 for V9.0 or later version, connect the other side to
the network via IP translator as necessary.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2. Software Setup
Set up the items shown in gray as required. Be sure to set up all other
items.

2.1.1 Starting the Service Utility
2.1.2 Setup for the Study Modality
2.1.3 Setup of Information on This
Equipment for the DICOM DX
Storage Function
Other Connected Equipment for Tasks done on
the DICOM DX Storage Function the DR-ID 300CL
2.1.5 Settings of Automatic Image
Distribution (DISTRIBUTION CODE)
2.1.6 Setup for CONNECTING
EQUIPMENT
2.1.7 Settings for UID Issuance
2.1.8 Changing the Name Elements
2.1.9 Display Gradation Correction Setup
2.1.10 Service Utility Shutdown
Distribution (V7.3 or Later)
2.2 Software Setup on Other Connected · · · Tasks done on

Equipment other connected
equipment
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.1 DR-ID 300CL Software Setup ➥ REFERENCE
2.1.1 Starting the Service Utility 3-second period and allow the AP to start up, perform the following
1. To exit the AP, choose “Shut Down” in the menu (
➔ Windows starts up and then the DR-ID 300CL-AP starts running in
about one minute. menu in V4.0 or earlier).
➥ REFERENCE 2. Click [OK] while holding down the <Shift> key on the shutdown
window.
If the AP or Windows is already running, start the Service Utility as
directed under REFERENCE in step 2. below. 3. From the “Start” menu, sequentially choose “All Programs”, “Fuji
2. Within a period of 3 seconds after the initial window opens, and upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
the window.
Utility and click .
opens.
DXL03100001.ai
DXL41001.ai
DXCL100810002.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.1.2 Setup for the Study Modality 3. Click .
1. Click [Setup Configuration Item] of the “IIP Service Utility” ➔ Information on the setup data for the DR-ID 300CL system
appears on the right-side of the window.
window.
DXCL100810003.ai
00000248.EPS
4. For V7.0 or later, set “0:MG” for .
5. Set “0:DX” for .

00000091.EPS
◆ NOTE ◆
2. Click the mark within the field on the If this item is set to “1: CR”, the DX Storage Service Class would
“Setup Configuration Item” window. not be used.

saved.
7. Click .
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.1.3 Setup of Information on This Equipment for 4. Make sure that “DICOM” is selected and click .
the DICOM DX Storage Function
Make settings for the following information items of this equipment.
 Host name and IP address of this equipment
 Other (timeout settings, etc.) 00000093.ai

1. Click the mark within the field on
3. Make sure that the DR-ID 300CL host name and IP address
are displayed.
DR-ID 300CL
host name
00000094.EPS
DR-ID 300CL
IP address
5. Enter the AE name that is the SCU for the DR-ID 300CL (e.g.:
DXCL140810004.ai “CL-SCU”) in the field.
◆ NOTE ◆
The IP address will not be displayed properly unless the ◆ NOTE ◆
There is no need to set the port number in .
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
6. Click . 8. To set up the AE that is the User, select (SCU) for the
Role.
➥ REFERENCE
 If “SCU” is selected, items that need not be set will be hidden on
 For DICOM SCU settings on this equipment (THIS HOST (IIP)),
two or more Service Class settings (e.g., DX Image Storage,
DICOM Print, and other) can be selected for a single Application
Entity. Moreover, two or more Transfer Syntax settings (e.g.,
JPEGLossless, ImplicitVRLittleEndian, and other) can be selected
for a single Service Class.
00000443.EPS

field to select the
field to select Service Transfer Syntax (e.g.: “ImplicitVRLittleEndian”).
Class (e.g.: “DX Image Storage For Presentation”). Transfer Syntax Supported (Selected)
 DX Image Storage For Presentation Service Class ImplicitVR ExplicitVR JPEG
 DX Image Storage For Processing LittleEndian LittleEndian Lossless
DX Image Storage For
➥ REFERENCES Presentation
  
 If “DX Image Storage For Presentation” or “DX Image Storage For DX Image Storage For
Processing” is selected, items that need not be set will be hidden Processing
  
on the “DICOMSetup” window. Verification   
between DICOM equipment units. For verifying connection, ◆ NOTE ◆
“Verification” must be selected.  When the DICOM QR function is used, an error may result if
$ For details of verification of connection, see “7. Verifying
the Connection to Other Connected Equipment –Verify
Connection” in “MU: Maintenance Utility”.  Only the server can be the output destination with DX Image
Storage for Processing. Output with DX Image Storage for
Processing is impossible in DICOM MEDIA STORAGE and
DICOM PDI STORAGE.
 SYNAPSE does not support DX Image Storage for Processing.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
10. Set the DICOM inter-message timeout value 13. Click .
as necessary.
➥ REFERENCE
➥ REFERENCES
Even if checked, it will be disregarded if the Role set in step 9. “Setup Configuration Item” window. A displayed item can be
above is the SCU. changed. Whenever it is changed, never fail to click
.

field to select “OTHER” for the device attribute.
deleted.
◆ NOTE ◆
To set the SCU AE on the DR-ID 300CL, select “OTHER” for the AE name of this equipment
device attribute for the time being.
12. Click .
Service Class, Role, Transfer Syntax and device attribute (Attribute)

00000096.ai

saved.
15. Click .
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.1.4 Registration of Information on Other Connected 2. Make the following settings.
Equipment for the DICOM DX Storage Function
❍ Enter the Host name (e.g.: “Other01”) in the
Register the following information items of other connected equipment. field.
 Host name and IP address of other connected equipment
 NOTE 
connected equipment Do not use the following characters for a host name.
 Service Class, Role, Transfer Syntax, device attribute (Attribute) <>&‘“/\
 Setups for gradation correction
 Other (usage of two-byte characters, annotation character setting, ❍ Enter the IPv4 address (e.g.: “172.16.1.30”) in the
etc.)
field ( for V8.1 earlier) as necessary.
1. Select of the “Setup Configuration
❍ Enter the IPv6 address (e.g.: “2001:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:00
Item” window and click .
NOTE 

 Set the either “IP Address Version 6” or “IP Address Version 4” for
IP address.
not “fe80”).
❍ Select “DICOM”.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
➔ The “Application Entity List” window opens for setup of information ➔ The “DICOMSetup” window opens.
00000443.EPS
6. Click the downward arrow mark in the
field and select Service

Class (e.g.: “DX Image Storage For Presentation”).
00000098.EPS
 DX Image Storage For Presentation
4. Make the following settings.  DX Image Storage For Processing
❍ Enter the AE name of other connected equipment ◆ NOTE ◆

Do not select two or more Service Class settings for a single
(e.g.: “Other01-SCP”) in the Application Entity (e.g., CR Image Storage and DX Image Storage
field. for Presentation). Further, do not select two or more Transfer
Syntax settings for a single Service Class (e.g., JPEG Lossless
◆ NOTES ◆ and Implicit VR Little Endian).
 Never fail to enter the SCP AE name. Even if you select two or more settings, only the first one takes
 Be sure to enter the upper- or lower-case characters correctly. effect.
Also, in V5.0 or later, an error (error code QA20007) will occur in
distribution setting for QA.
➥ REFERENCES
in the field.  If “DX Image Storage For Presentation” or “DX Image Storage For
Processing” is selected, items that need not be set will be hidden
on the “DICOMSetup” window.
between DICOM equipment units. For verifying connection,
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
7. Because the AE of other connected equipment is the 10. Make the following setting as required.
Provider, make sure that (SCP) is selected for the
Role.
❍ Setting of
8. Click downward arrow in the ST : Select when transferring standard images.

HQ/SH : Select when transferring HQ images or 20 lines/mm
field to select Transfer images.
Syntax (e.g.: “ImplicitVRLittleEndian”).
11. To handle two-byte characters, check the box
Transfer Syntax Supported (Selected)
( to ).
➥ REFERENCE
DX Image Storage For
Presentation
   needs not be checked. Even if checked, it will be
DX Image Storage For disregarded.
Processing
  
Verification   
◆ NOTES ◆ 12. Click downward arrow in the
• Be sure to select a Transfer Syntax selected for this equipment. field to select “FILE” (“HD_FILE” in V4.0 or earlier).
• When the DICOM QR function is used, an error may result if
13. Make setups for gradation correction as required.
 SYNAPSE does not support DX Image Storage for Processing.
9. Change the following settings as required.
❍ Setting of
ST : Select if other connected equipment cannot DXL08100001.ai
receive HQ images.
ST & HQ : Select if other connected equipment can receive $ For setup details, see “2.1.9 Display Gradation Correction
HQ images. (Basically select this setting.) Setup”.
ST & HQ & SH : Select if other connected equipment can receive
20 lines/mm images.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
14. For V7.3 or later, perform the following setting as required. 17. For V5.0 or later, perform the following setting as required.
Yes : Perform the standardization process using the window conditions.

DXCL100810001.ai
No : Do not perform the standardization process using the window
MONOCHROME1 : Select when setting the minimum pixel value to conditions.
white and the maximum pixel value to black.
MONOCHROME2 : Select when setting the minimum pixel value to 18. If “Yes” is selected in step 17, specify the gradation bit
black and the maximum pixel value to white. number in the standardization process.
◆ NOTE ◆
• Photometric Interpretation can be selected only when the
following settings are performed. 10 : Select to perform the standardization process in 10 bit.
Abstract Syntax : CR Image Storage 12 : Select to perform the standardization process in 12 bit.
LUT Operation : “Unable to apply LUT Operation” or “Apply LUT
correction process to the image” 19. For V5.0 or later, select “Apply mask processing to the
• Do not send the images outputted by specifying MONOCHROME2 image” in the “Mask Processing”.
to T-SUB677.
15. Change the following setting as required.

DXCL050810001.ai
20. Click .
Yes : To transfer annotation-embedded images. ➔ The system returns to the “Application Entity List” window.
No : To transfer images not embedded with annotation.
21. Click .
16. For V4.0 or earlier, perform the following setting as required.

12 : To set 12 bits for the DICOM file storage bit value. saved.
14 : To set 14 bits for the DICOM file storage bit value.
23. Click .
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.1.5 Settings of Automatic Image Distribution 3. Make the following settings.
(DISTRIBUTION CODE) ❍ Enter an 8-digit distribution code (e.g.: 12345678) in
For an automatic image distribution to equipment of FILE attribute (HD_ .
FILE attribute in V4.0 or earlier), set up DISTRIBUTION CODE.
❍ Click downward arrow of
◆ NOTE ◆ to select equipment’s AE name (e.g.: “Other01-SCP”).
For an automatic image distribution processing, be sure to change to
“Yes” ahead of time the setting (item 3 of “SYSTEM CONFIG” ➔ “5.CSL/ 4. Click .
IDT FUNCTION”) under “Enable Distribution Code Setup” of the Service
Utility function. ➔ The system returns to the “Setup Configuration Item” window.
$ For an automatic distribution to equipment of FILE attribute (OD_ 5. Select “Save” from the “Config (F)” menu.
FILE attribute in V4.0 or earlier), perform the procedure described
in “2.1.6 Setup for CONNECTING EQUIPMENT”. ➔ A window opens, prompting you to confirm the setup data to be
saved.
1. Click of the “Setup Configuration

Item” window.
6. Click .
➔ A list of destination equipment for automatic image distribution ➔ The system saves the setup data.
appears on the right-side area of the window.
00000247.EPS
2. Click .
➔ The “Distribution Code” window opens.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.1.6 Setup for CONNECTING EQUIPMENT 2.1.7 Settings for UID Issuance
To automatically transfer images to the FILE (OD_FILE in V4.0 or Use the procedure below if the UID issuance method needs to be
earlier), set up CONNECTING EQUIPMENT as directed below. changed depending on the specifications of other connected equipment
which the image is transferred to.
1. Click on the “Setup For default settings, see Table: List of UID settings.
➔ A list of registered equipment units appears on the right side of the 1. Click the mark of of the “Setup
window. Configuration Item” window.
➔ The content of the setup items for the DR-ID 300CL system
➔ The “CONNECTING EQUIPMENT” window opens. information appears on the right-side area of the window.
❍ Click the downward arrow within and

select “FILE” (OD_FILE in V4.0 or earlier).
❍ Click the downward arrow within

and select equipment’s AE name.
4. Click .
➔ You are returned to the “Setup Configuration Item” window. 00000248.EPS

➔ A window opens prompting you to confirm the setup data.
6. Click .
➔ The setup data will then be saved.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3. Make configuration settings as follows for UID issuance. No Name Selection Meaning
Table List of UID settings (IMAGE MODALITY) 39 UID Issuance  YES Whether or not to issue a new
about a function Issues a new UID. image UID or SOP Instance
No Name Selection Meaning (except Image ❍ NO UID when the shuttering
Processing) to Does not issue a new UID. processing condition is
9 UID Issuance ❍ YES Whether or not to issue a new change to the modified on the DR-ID 300CL.
after Modifying Issues a new UID. image UID or SOP Instance image
ID Information  NO UID when any ID information is themselves
Does not issue a new UID. modified on the DR-ID 300CL.
10 UID Issuance  YES Whether or not to issue a new after Modifying Issues a new UID. image UID or SOP Instance
after Modifying Issues a new UID. image UID or SOP Instance UID Trimming ❍ NO UID when trimming information
Normalized ❍ NO when image normalization Parameter Does not issue a new UID. is modified.
Parameter Does not issue a new UID. conditions are modified on the
DR-ID 300CL.
11 UID Issuance ❍ YES Whether or not to issue a new after Modifying Issues a new UID. image UID or SOP Instance
after Modifying Issues a new UID. image UID or SOP Instance UID FNC Parameter ❍ NO UID when an FNC parameter
Image  NO when image processing Does not issue a new UID. is modified.
Processing Does not issue a new UID. conditions are modified on the
57 UID Issuance  YES Whether or not to issue an
Parameter DR-ID 300CL.
afterModifying Issues a new UID. image UID and
12 UID Issuance  YES Specifying whether or not to CRF Parameter ❍ NO SOPInstanceUID when the
Before Sending Issues a new UID. output an SOP Instance UID as Does not issue a new UID. CRF parameter (sharpness
Processed Data ❍ NO the processed CR image UID processing parameter) is
Does not issue a new UID. when generating processed modified.
image output on the DR-ID
300CL.  : Default setting
13 DICOM Series  0: 1 Study - N series and 1 Setup of Series Instance UID
Generation Series - 1 image issuance logic. 4. Select “Save” from the “Config (F)” menu.
Logic Issues a number so that it has
multiple series for one study $ See ➔ A window opens, prompting you to confirm the setup data to be
and only one image for one “3.4 Configuration saved.
series. Details – 1. IMAGE
❍ 0: 1 Study - N series MODALITY” under
and 1 Series - M image “MU: Maintenance 5. Click .
Issues a number so that it has Utility”.
multiple series for one study ➔ The system saves the setup data.
series.
❍ 0: 1 Study - 1 series and 1
Series - N image
Issues a number so that it has
only one series for one study
series.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.1.8 Changing the Name Elements 2.1.9 Display Gradation Correction Setup
$ See “3.12 Setting the Name Elements for DICOM Connection” The display gradation correction setup procedure is performed to
under “MU: Maintenance Utility”. provide images with reasonable appearance when they are displayed
on the DICOM viewer. The data entered by performing this procedure
works when the DR-ID 300CL transmits images to the DICOM viewer.
This section explains about the LUT file handling and Service Utility
setup procedures to be performed for gradation correction purposes.
■ Handling the LUT file

Copy a 16bitLUT file*1 to a specified folder on the DR-ID 300CL and
then change the filename accordingly.
Copy destination : C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\CrtLut folder

Filename : “SCP AE name”+.lut (e.g., ViewerA.lut)
*1 “mono_PL300_LL_16.lut” and “mono_PL400_LL_16.lut” are available
for 300 candelas and 400 candelas of maximum monitor luminance,
respectively.

As PL_LL has been already corrected, the LUT correction is not
required.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Setup procedure 2. In the setup window (LUT Operation area for DICOM Setup),
With the Service Utility, perform gradation correction setup as directed select a LUT transmission type.
below.
I.
1. Start the Service Utility mode and open the gradation
II.
correction setup window (LUT Operation).
$ For the procedure for opening the setup window, see III. (Hidden in V5.0 or later)
“2.1.4 Registration of Information on Other Connected
Equipment for the DICOM DX Storage Function”. IV.
V. (Hidden in V4.0 or earlier)
DXL08100002.ai
I. Choose this option when outgoing images are not to be

subjected to gradation correction.
II. Choose this option when outgoing images are to be subjected to
gradation correction (inverse transform LUT process) and
transmitted as DICOM-processed images.
III. Choose this option when DICOM tag information (Modality LUT
equipment.
 NOTE 
Do not select III. because DX Image Storage does not provide
support to the Modality LUT module. Even if it is selected, the
processing results in the same as that selected in I.
IV. Choose this option when DICOM tag information (VOILUT

they are subjected to gradation correction (inverse transform
LUT process) at the connected equipment.
V. Choose this option when DICOM tag information (VOILUT
equipment. The sending LUT used for this purpose is the one
that includes gradation processing data. This option can be
selected only for handling of processed images.
3. Save the setup data and then exit the Service Utility mode.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.1.10 Service Utility Shutdown 2.1.11 Setup for the Timing of the Image Distribution
(V7.3 or Later)
➔ The system returns to the “IIP Service Utility” window. 1. From the menu, sequentially select “All Programs”,
“Fuji Film” and “ConsoleAdvance”.
➔ The system returns to the desktop screen. In about two minutes, the DR-ID 300CL-AP reception window
opens.
DXCL140419005.ai
2. Click “User Utility” from the menu.
DXCL10040B003.ai
3. Click [Property Setting].
4. Select “Distribution Setting” tab.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
5. Set the “Image-based Distribution Setting” column and “Study- 6. Click [OK].
based Distribution Setting” column as required.
 Distribute automatically  Distribute automatically 7. Click [Terminate].
at each reading at each reading
Image-based  Distribute the selected  Distribute the selected ➔ The system returns to the registration window of DR-ID 300CL-AP.
Distribution Setting images images
 Do not distribute by the  Do not distribute by the
image image
8. Select “Shut Down” from the menu.
 Distribute automatically  Distribute automatically
after the study after the study
Study-based completion completion ➔ The exit window opens.
Distribution Setting
 Distribute automatically  Distribute automatically
after the QA completion after the QA completion
: Default setting at factory shipment 9. Click while holding down the <Shift> key.
◆ NOTE ◆ ➔ The system returns to the desktop screen.

• To display “temporarily stopping button”, which is for temporarily
stopping and resuming auto distribution at each image reading,
perform the setup at “Image-based Distribution Setting” so that
the combinations are as follows.
Distribute automatically at Distribute automatically at
each reading each reading
image each reading
• To display “separately distributing button”, which is for separately

distributing only the selected image, perform the setup at “Image-
based Distribution Setting” so that the combinations are as follows.
Distribute the selected Distribute automatically at
images each reading
image each reading
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2.2 Software Setup on Other Connected
Equipment
Set up DICOM DX Storage in accordance with the software
specifications of other connected equipment so that it can receive
images from the DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
3. Connection Checkout 3.2 Image Transfer to Other Connected
Equipment
After the DR-ID 300CL-AP is started, makes sure that images can be
Transfer images accumulated in the DR-ID 300CL to other connected
transferred from the DR-ID 300CL to other connected equipment.
equipment.
1. Select an image for transfer, then transfer it to other
3.2 Image Transfer to Other
Connected Equipment $ For details of the image transfer procedures, see
the DR-ID 300CL Operation Manual.
2. Make sure that the image has actually been transferred to

3.1 DR-ID 300CL-AP Startup other connected equipment.
$ For details of the transferred image checking procedures, see
1. From the menu, sequentially select “All Programs”, the operation manual attached to each equipment.
“Fuji Film” and “ConsoleAdvance” (“DR-Console” in V4.0 or
earlier).
opens.
DCL44002.EPS
DXCL140419005.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
4. Setup File Backup
Back up the DR-ID 300CL setup file.
Have the following item ready for use for file backup:
 Storage media (FD, USB memory stick or the like)

$ For details on the backup procedure, see “5. Restoring/Backing
Up the Configuration File – Configuration Restore/Backup” under
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
BLANK PAGE
010-305-10E
08.30.2013 FM6200
Appendix 12 DICOM Print ■ Connection/setup example
➥ REFERENCE
Described below are setup procedures used for printing images from  IPv6 can be set from V9.0 or later version.
the DR-ID 300CL using the DICOM Print function.  If the IP address of DR-ID 300CL is IPv6 and the IP address of the other
side is IPv4, then the IP address should be converted via IP translator.
◆ NOTE ◆  The default DRYPIX user AE name is “FCR-CSL”.
The “DRYPIX” is abbreviated herein as “other connected equipment”.
Other connected equipment
+267QDPH fujiprinter
,3DGGUHVV,3Y
■ Before setup ,3DGGUHVV,3Y
● DR-ID 300CL requirements $(QDPH3URYLGHU DRYPIX
3RUWQXPEHU 104*
 The DR-ID 300CL main unit must have been set up accordingly.
6HUYLFH&ODVV %DVLF*UD\VFDOH3ULQW
 The option key is required.
Key Name Functions Supported
DX CL DICOM Print key Basic Grayscale Print (SCU) Other
&DVVHWWHW\SH connected
Image Reader equipment
● Requirements of other connected equipment
❍ DRYPIX TCP/IP
 Other connected equipment main unit must have been set up

DICOM Print
accordingly.
FPD
DR-ID 300CL
DR-ID 300CL
setup example
+267QDPH IFUFVO
,3DGGUHVV,3Y
,3DGGUHVV,3Y
$(QDPH8VHU &/6&8
6HUYLFH&ODVV %DVLF*UD\VFDOH3ULQW
Items marked with “*” constitute setup examples, which need
to be changed depending on the equipment or network environment.
In addition, set the either “IPv6” or “IPv4” for IP address. DXCL140812002.ai
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Overall operation flow 1. Hardware Setup
300CL to other connected equipment. Connect the DR-ID 300CL to other connected equipment via network as
illustrated below.
Make setups for printing images onto other 1000BASE-T cable

connected equipment using the DICOM TCP/IP
Print function.
Install the option key and reinstall the AP
key. Make then the following setups. Cassette-type
Image Reader FPD DR-ID 300CL DRYPIX
attribute, Service Class, etc.) on this OE000005.ai
equipment
 Setup of information (AE name, device ◆ NOTES ◆
attribute, port number, Service Class,  Do not connect the telephone line to the network connectors of the
DICOM Print output conditions, handling DR-ID 300CL and other connected equipment.
of HQ images, etc.) on other connected  The cable type applicable to the DR-ID 300CL is the IEC950/UL1950-
equipment compliant UTP cable of enhanced category 5 or higher.
Make the following setups as required.  When setting IPv6 for V9.0 or later version, connect the other side to
 Registration of a printer for automatic the network via IP translator as necessary.
image printout after the completion of a
study
 Setup for film annotation character
output format
 Setup for name components
Make sure that images can be transferred $ “3 Verifying the

from the DR-ID 300CL to other connected Connection”
equipment and printed correctly from it.
Back up the configuration file. $ “4. Backing Up the

Setup File”
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
2. Software Setup 2.1 DR-ID 300CL Software Setup
2.1.1 Installation of the DICOM Print Option Key
Set up the items in gray as required. Be sure to set up all other items. To activate the DICOM Print function on other connected equipment,
the DX CL300 DICOM PRINT option key is needed.
 NOTE 
2.1.1 Installation of the DICOM Print
Option Key For licence supported version in V8.1 or later, applying the licence key
2.1.2 AP Key Reinstallation instead of installing the option keys in this step.
2.1.3 Service Utility Startup $ For details on acquisition and application of licence, see
2.1.4 Setup of Information on This “Appendix 54 Software Licence” of “Appx IN: Installation–
Equipment for the DICOM Print Appendix”.
Function
Tasks done on 1. Insert the optional key CD into the PC.
the DICOM Print Function
the DR-ID 300CL ➔ Within several seconds, the installation start window opens.
2.1.6 Registration of Printer That
Automatically Outputs Print Films  NOTE 
Upon Completion of Checkout
– CONNECTING EQUIPMENT
2.1.7 Film Annotation Character
Format Setup
2.1.8 Changes in Name Elements
2.1.9 Setup for Film Sorting Function
2.1.10 Setting the DICOM Print Output
Conditions
2.1.11 Service Utility Shutdown DCL70410.ai

Distribution (V7.3 or later)
2. Click .
2.2 Software Setup for Other Connected · · · Tasks done on ➔ A window opens to indicate the completion of option key
Equipment other connected installation.
equipment
DCL70409.ai
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
3. Click . 2.1.2 AP Key Reinstallation
➔ The system returns to the desktop screen. If the option key is installed, be sure to reinstall the AP key.
Use the AP key CD to reinstall the AP key. The reinstallation procedure
4. Remove the CD from the PC. is shown below.
 NOTE 
For licence supported version in V8.1 or later, applying the licence key
instead of installing the AP key in this step.
(Option and AP will be enabled while applying the licence key. For this
already been applied.)

 NOTE 
DXL309001.ai
2. Click .
DXL820004.ai
3. Click .
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
2.1.3 Service Utility Startup ➥ REFERENCE
➔ Windows starts up and then the DR-ID 300CL-AP starts running in steps to start the Service Utility:
about one minute.
1. To exit the AP, choose “Shut Down” in the menu (
➥ REFERENCE
menu in V4.0 or earlier).
If the AP or Windows is already running, start the Service Utility as 2. Click [OK] while holding down the <Shift> key on the shutdown
directed under REFERENCE in step 2. below. window.
3. From the “Start” menu, sequentially choose “All Programs”, “Fuji
the window.
Utility and click .
opens.
DXL03100001.ai
DXL41001.ai
DXCL100810002.ai
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
2.1.4 Setup of Information on 4. Make sure that the DR-ID 300CL host name and IP address
This Equipment for the DICOM Print Function are displayed.
Makes settings for the following information items of this equipment.
 Host name and IP address of this equipment DR-ID 300CL
host name
DR-ID 300CL
 Other (timeout settings, etc.) IP address
1. Click [Setup Configuration Item] of the “IIP Service Utility” DXCL140810004.ai
window. ◆ NOTE ◆
The IP address will not be displayed properly unless the
5. Make sure that “DICOM” is selected and click .
DXCL100810003.ai
➔ The “Setup Configuration Item” window opens. 00000093.ai
00000404.EPS
2. Click the mark of the field.
00000442.EPS
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
6. Enter the AE name that is the SCU for the DR-ID 300CL (e.g.: 8. Click downward arrow in the
“CL-SCU”) in the field.
field to select Service
➥ REFERENCE Class (e.g.: “Basic Grayscale Print”).
When the connected equipment is DRYPIX, enter “FCR-CSL”. As ➥ REFERENCE

the AE name of the connected equipment (SCU), “FCR-CSL” has “Verification” is the Service Class used to verify connection
been set for DRYPIX. between DICOM equipment units. For verifying connection,
◆ NOTE ◆ $ For details of verification of connection, see “7. Verifying
the Connection to Other Connected Equipment – Verify
There is no need to set the port number in . Connection” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
9. To set up the AE that is the User, select (SCU) for the
Role.
7. Click . ➥ REFERENCE
➔ The “DICOMSetup” window opens. If “SCU” is selected, items that need not be set will be hidden on
10. Set the DICOM inter-message timeout value

as necessary.
➥ REFERENCE
Even if checked, it will be disregarded if the Role set in step 9.
00000443.EPS above is the SCU.
11. Click .
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
12. Click .
➥ REFERENCES
“Setup Configuration Item” window. A displayed item can be
changed. Whenever it is changed, never fail to click
.

deleted.
AE name of this equipment
Service Class, Role, Transfer Syntax and device attribute (Attribute)

00000399.ai

saved.
14. Click .
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
2.1.5 Registration of Information on Other Connected ■ Host name and IP address of other connected equipment
Equipment for the DICOM Print Function
Register the following information items of other connected equipment. 1. Select of the “Setup Configuration
 Host name and IP address of other connected equipment Item” window and click .
connected equipment ➔ The “New Node” window opens.
 Settings for DICOM Print output conditions 2. Make the following settings.
 Other (usage of two-byte characters)
❍ Enter the Host name (e.g.: “fujiprinter”) in the
field.
Register the necessary information items according to the flow shown
below.  NOTE 
■ Host name and IP address of other <>&‘“/\
connected equipment
❍ Enter the IPv4 address (e.g.: “172.16.1.30”) in the

■ AE name (Application Entity Name) and
port number of other connected equipment field ( for V8.1 earlier) as necessary.
■ Service Class, Role, Transfer Syntax and ❍ Enter the IPv6 address (e.g.: “2001:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:00
device attribute
■ Settings for DICOM Print output conditions NOTE 


■ Other (usage of two-byte characters)  Set the either “IP Address Version 6” or “IP Address Version 4” for
IP address.
not “fe80”).
 Set IPv4 because DRYPIX does not support IPv6.
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
❍ Select “DICOM”. ■ AE name (Application Entity Name) and port number of
1. Make the following settings on the “Application Entity List”

window.
❍ Enter the AE name of other connected equipment (e.g.: “DRYPIX”)
in the field.
3. Click .
◆ NOTE ◆
➔ The “Application Entity List” window opens for setup of information Be sure to enter the upper- or lower-case characters correctly.
in the field.
➥ REFERENCE
Set as follows when the DRYPIX is connected.
❍ DRYPIX
 Application Entity Name : DRYPIX (default)
 Port number : 17238 (default : DRYPIX 3000/6000)
: 104 (default : DRYPIX 4000/7000)
2. Click .
00000444.EPS
00000443.EPS
010-305-14E
12.31.2015 FM9380
■ Service Class, Role, Transfer Syntax and device attribute ■ Settings for DICOM Print output conditions
1. Click downward arrow of the 1. Make necessary settings for the following DICOM Print
output conditions.
field and select Service Set them as shown in the table below if the other connected
equipment is the DRYPIX.
Class (e.g.: “Basic Grayscale Print”).
2. Because the AE of the other equipment is the Provider,

make sure that (SCP) is selected for the Role.
DICOM Print output conditions DXCL080812002.ai
Setup item Content

 Media Type BLUE FILM (Default)
 Film Destination PROCESSOR (Default)
 Mag Type CUBIC (Default)
 Smoothing Type Blank (Default)
 Recognition Coed NONE (Default)
 Default Bin Number 1 (Default)
 Film Size ID (Change as needed.)* 1
 Requested Image Size SUPPORTED (Select this setting.)
 Dmax 3.0 (Default)
 10 Bits Stored Supported Use check mark. (Default)
* 1 Set this item in accordance with the film size available on the
printer.
$ For details of settings for the DICOM Print output conditions,
see “2.1.10 Setting the DICOM Print Output Conditions”.
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
■ Other (usage of two-byte characters)
1. To handle two-byte characters, check the box

( to ).
➥ REFERENCE
needs not be checked. Even if checked, it
will be disregarded.
2. Click .
3. Click .

saved.
5. Click .
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
2.1.6 Registration of Printer That Automatically 4. Perform the following setup steps:
Outputs Print Films Upon Completion of
Checkout – CONNECTING EQUIPMENT ❍ Click the downward arrow mark in the
field and select the function (PRINT)
Use this procedure to register a printer that automatically outputs print
films upon completion of checkout. of the connected device.
A printer that outputs print films only via the QA operation needs not to ❍ Click the downward arrow mark in the
be registered here.
field and select the AE name
1. From the “IIP Service Utility” window, click [Setup (e.g.: DRYPIX) of the fujiprinter.
5. Click .
➔ You are returned to the “Setup Configuration Item” window.

saved.
7. Click .
DXCL100810003.ai ➔ The system saves the setup data.

00000404.EPS
2. Click .l...
➔ A list of registered equipment appears in the right-hand area of the

window.
3. Click .
➔ The “CONNECTING EQUIPMENT” window opens.
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
2.1.7 Film Annotation Character Format Setup 7. Setup the following configuration item.
Perform the following film annotation character format setup procedure, No. Item Option Meaning
for instance, to specify the image information to be printed out onto film, 318 Enable 18CMX43CM Specifying the trimming size used
the annotation character format, and the use of an image-frame. Trimming size when determining the trimming size
Extended with the exposure field auto
(Auto) recognition.
1. From the “Setup Configuration Item” window, click the
sign within the field. * Maximum : 18CMX43CM,
18CMX24CM,
24CMX30CM,
2. Click . 15CMX30CM,
➔ The Printer configuration setup items appear in the right-hand 8INX14IN,7INX8IN,
7INX10IN,5INX8IN
area of the window.
* Do not input delimiter except “,”.
Operations cannot be performed
3. Set the film annotation character format. properly if the other delimiters exist.
* To use the 24x30cm, 18x24cm, or
$ For details on the setup procedure, see “3.6 Configuration 15x30cm CR cassette, set this item
Details — 4. PRINTER” under “MU: Maintenance Utility”. to the same as the size of the CR
cassette. If the different size is set,
the error will occur at print output.
4. From the “Config (F)” menu, choose “Save”. * The default setting in V5.0 is a
➔ A window opens, prompting you to confirm the setup data to be blank.
saved. * In V7.0 or earlier, the configuration
Furthermore, both auto and manual
5. Click . trimming sizes are set.
◆ NOTE ◆ 8. From the “Config (F)” menu, choose “Save”.

To print out the image exposed with a 24x30cm, 18x24cm, or 15x30cm ➔ A window opens, prompting you to confirm the setup data to be
CR cassette, perform the following procedure. saved.
9. Click .
6. Click .
➔ The setup data information regarding the system information of
DR-ID 300CL appears in the right-hand area of the window.
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
2.1.8 Changes in Name Elements 2.1.9 Setup for Film Sorting Function
When the DICOM is connected, change patient name elements as Film sorting conditions must be set up for the printer that supports the
necessary. film sorting function.
$ See “3.12 Setting the Name Elements for DICOM Connection” in $ “3.13 Setting Up the DICOM Print Film Sorting Function” under
“MU: Maintenance Utility”. “MU: Maintenance Utility”.
010-305-13E
01.31.2015 FM6269
2.1.10 Setting the DICOM Print Output Conditions Item Option Meaning Remarks
The DICOM Print output condition setup data are detailed below. Requesting
REQ-SRV Information for identifying
department
the BIN number that is
Item Option Meaning Remarks used to specify the film
Identification key MPM MPM code output destination
Film having a blue
BLUE FILM Routine setting. (Recognition (printer trays)
background
Media type (Media Code) Exposure (character string:
Film having a BODY-PART
Type) anatomical region information matching the
CLEAR FILM transparent information attached to
background image data).
NONE No setting
MAGAZINE Magazine
Film output
destination (Film PROCESSOR Processor Default BIN BIN-number- BIN number for printing
Destination) number (Default indicating images without matching
BIN_I Printer trays BIN Number) number collation values.

DR-ID - 300CL-15E Fuji DR-ID 300CL Service Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

DR-ID - 300CL-15E Fuji DR-ID 300CL Service Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

DR-ID - 300CL-15E Fuji DR-ID 300CL Service Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FUJIFILM DR

FUJIFILM DR-ID 300

Document No. 010-305-15E

Precautions in Using the Service Manual

The equipment should only be used by persons having recognized qualifications

Incorrect operation, or failure of the user to maintain the equipment in accordance

FDR and FCR are trademarks or registered trademarks of FUJIFILM Corporation.

Copyright © 2009-2016 by FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.

No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted

Important Notice Concerning this Manual

* When the contents of this document need be changed, the

4. If you have any doubt about the contents of this document

Contents (DR-ID 300CL Service Manual)

1. Safety Precautions ...................................................... 1

2. Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) ....................... 5

3. Caution for Handling Personal Information .............. 10

1. Equipment Specifications .......................................... 1

MD: Machine Description

1. System Configuration ................................................. MD-1 6. Relationship between

2. Connectors and Slots ................................................. MD-4

3. System Connection Example ..................................... MD-13

4. Software Function Overview ...................................... MD-16

5. Relationship between FPD and DR-ID 300CL ........... MD-29

MT: Machine Troubleshooting

3. Information Useful for Error Recovery ...................... MT-10

4. Troubleshooting (for DELL PC).................................. MT-11

Appendix A DR-ID 300CL Error Message Table

Appendix B DR-ID 300CL Error Message Table

Appendix C Cooper Application

Appendix D Precise Enlargement Function

Appendix E Free Layout Print

Appendix F Referral Viewing Function

Appendix G Network Image Search Function

Appendix H QA ROI Measurement

Appendix I QA Measurement Function

MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment

17. Canceling AutoPlay Mode ........................................ MC-157 1. Setting the Operation of

19. Checking the Virtual Memory Size

20. Disabling the Shadow Copy Service ....................... MC-162

Appendix D Reinstalling 2. For PPU-AP V1.2 or Later ........................... Appx MC D-40

Appendix E Reinstalling the OS and Application 14. Settings for

Appendix F Backup/Restoration for Appendix G Setting the Firewall when

MU: Maintenance Utility

2. Overview of Service Utility Functions ..................... MU-4 7. Verifying the Connection to

5. Restoring/Backing Up the Configuration File —

Appendix Q Setting the Connection Device

Appendix S Setting of Issuance Rules for

SP: Service Parts

1. Service Parts List ........................................................ SP-1

PM: Preventive Maintenance

1. Preventive Maintenance Items ................................... PM-1

2. Checking for a Fatal Error .......................................... PM-2

3. Safety ........................................................................... PM-2

4. Hardware Cleaning ...................................................... PM-3

5. Executing the Error Analysis Tool ............................. PM-5

6. Functional Checks ...................................................... PM-5

7. Backup of Setup Files and

Appx IN: Installation – Appendix